Entries |
Document | Title | Date |
20080200180 | Using location information to set radio transmitter characteristics for regulatory compliance - A method of dynamically adjusting a wireless transceiver may include acquiring a geographical location of the wireless transceiver and determining transmission characteristics that are compliant with wireless regulations covering the geographical location. The wireless transceiver may be adjusted to conform to the transmission characteristics, and data may be transmitted with the adjusted wireless transceiver. | 08-21-2008 |
20080200181 | Self-Configuring Wireless Network Location System - Wireless adapters are installed on one or more general purpose computing devices and are connected via a network in an enterprise environment. The adapters are densely deployed at known locations throughout the environment and are configured as air monitors. The air monitors monitor signals transmitted by one or more transceiver devices and records information about these signals. One or more analysis or inference engines may be deployed to obtain the recorded signal information and the air monitor locations to determine a location of the one or more wireless transceivers devices deployed in the environment. | 08-21-2008 |
20080200182 | LOCATION POSITIONING METHOD IN HANDOVER BETWEEN NETWORKS - Disclosed is a location information system based upon a SUPL (Secure User Plane Location) architecture, and more particularly, to a location positioning method and terminal based on an area event in handover between networks. The method according to one embodiment includes: if a network is changed or if a terminal is outside of the coverage area of a serving network while an area event is ongoing, requesting, by the terminal, new event trigger parameters to a home network through a first message; determining, by the home network, a serving network of the terminal by using location identifier included in the first message; receiving, the home network, the location identifier of a target area for which the positioning is requested from the determined serving network; and transmitting, the home network, the new event trigger parameters including the area identifier to the terminal through a second message. | 08-21-2008 |
20080200183 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR EMITTING IN A DESTINATION AREA OF A MOVING CONVEYANCE, SIGNALS EMITTED BY A TELECOMMUNICATION DEVICE IN AN AREA LOCATED IN THE MOVING CONVEYANCE - The present invention concerns wireless telecommunication system comprising a telecommunication device emitting signals in an area located in a moving conveyance, the moving conveyance being moving. The system comprises:
| 08-21-2008 |
20080200184 | METHOD FOR ANGLE OF ARRIVAL DETERMINATION ON FREQUENCY HOPPING AIR INTERFACES - A method for calibrating an antenna and signal processing system enabling angle of arrival (AOA) determination for a frequency hopping signal, in which a calibration coefficient is determined in response to one or more calibration signals injected into the system at one or more of the frequencies in the hopping sequence and proximate in time to reception of the communication signal. The calibration coefficients are reflective of a frequency and time dependent parameter of a path between the antenna and wireless location sensor. The AOA is determined as a function of the calibration coefficient and the radio frequency energy of the received communication signal. Several embodiment of the method are illustrated. | 08-21-2008 |
20080207217 | HANDLING LOCATION DETERMINATIONS IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK TO REDUCE SUBSCRIBER-EXPERIENCED LATENCY WHILE CONSERVING NETWORK RESOURCES - The present solution can include a method for handling requests to determine the locations of mobile devices in a subscriber network, such as an IMS based network. The last known location and last time of location update can be stored for each mobile device. A request for a specific mobile device can be received from a location services application. The last time of location update for the specific mobile device can be checked against a current time. If the last update time is current enough, the last known location for the device can be conveyed to the location services application. Information can then be presented on the device that is specific to its last known location. | 08-28-2008 |
20080207218 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR LOCATION-BASED MANAGEMENT OF WIRELESS DEVICES - Method and apparatus are for monitoring the location of a wireless device and taking supervisory action in response to that location. Location information obtained from a user's wireless device, or otherwise concerning the present location of the user, is monitored and compared with one or more locations previously approved for that user. An exception is noted if the user reaches a non-approved location, or fails to timely arrive at an approved destination. In response to an exception, supervisory action is taken which may include contacting the wireless device, partially or completely disabling further service of that device, or contacting another person. | 08-28-2008 |
20080207219 | Estimating Whether Or Not A Wireless Terminal Is In A Zone Using Radio Navigation - A method for estimating whether or not a wireless terminal is in a zone is described. The method is based on the following observation: when a wireless terminal is at a particular location, the values of the traits of the ambient electromagnetic signals that vary with location represent a “fingerprint” or “signature” for that location. This enables the location of a wireless terminal to be estimated by comparing the observed values of the traits of the ambient electromagnetic signals with the fingerprint for each potential location for the wireless terminal. | 08-28-2008 |
20080207220 | Methods, systems, and products for identity verification - Methods, systems, and products are disclosed for identification verification. Location information is acquired. The location information is compared to historical location information. When the location information favorably compares to the historical location information, then an identity associated with the location information is verified. | 08-28-2008 |
20080207221 | Prequalification of potential wireless customers - An apparatus and method of pre-qualifying a potential customer of a wireless network is disclosed. The prequalification includes obtaining a location input by the potential customer, and accessing a wireless network performance database. An expected level of wireless connection performance of the potential customer is estimated based upon the location input by the potential customer, and wireless network performance stored within the network performance database. The expected level of performance is communicated to the potential customer. | 08-28-2008 |
20080207222 | Estimating Whether Or Not A Wireless Terminal Is In A Geographic Zone Using Pattern Classification - A method and apparatus are disclosed for estimating whether or not a wireless terminal is in a geographic zone. The illustrative embodiment employs a pattern classifier that is trained on traits of electromagnetic signals at various locations. A computer-executable program is then generated based on the trained pattern classifier, and the program is installed and executed on a subscribed identity module of the terminal. | 08-28-2008 |
20080207223 | Providing location information of a user equipment - In a communication system, a method for providing a location service with geographical location information associated with a user equipment capable of communicating with the communication system is disclosed. The method includes the steps of: storing connection information identifying a connection of the user equipment in the communication system; and determining whether the user equipment is currently connected in the network. Wherein, responsive to the user equipment not currently being connected in the network, the location of the user equipment is determined in dependence on the last stored connection information for the user equipment. The method also includes the step of translating the connection information into geographical coordinates. | 08-28-2008 |
20080214202 | Method and Apparatus for Bluetooth Discoverability Using Region Estimation - Embodiments of the invention generally provide a method and apparatus for Bluetooth discoverability using region estimation. One embodiment of a method for controlling Bluetooth discoverability of a wireless device includes monitoring the physical location of the wireless device and enabling Bluetooth discoverability if the current physical location of the wireless device is within a trusted region or disabling Bluetooth discoverability if the current physical location of the wireless device is outside of the trusted region. | 09-04-2008 |
20080214203 | Local Positioning System and Method of Estimating Position a Mobile Wireless Unit in a Localised Area - A local positioning system comprises a plurality of sensor elements that may communicate with mobile units in a wireless fashion. The responsiveness of the mobile units is measured by yes/no answers and averaged so as to provide a measure of the distance of a mobile unit to a specified sensor element. Based on this measure and the known positions of the sensor element, the position of the mobile unit is estimated, for instance by a model of ideal springs. | 09-04-2008 |
20080214204 | SIMILARITY BASED LOCATION MAPPING OF MOBILE COMM FACILITY USERS - In embodiments of the present invention methods and systems are described for associating a mobile subscriber characteristic with a mobile communication facility for identifying a location of the mobile communication facility and creating a map that includes the location of the mobile subscriber characteristic based at least in part on the location of the mobile communication facility with which it is associated. | 09-04-2008 |
20080214205 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GENERATING A LOCATION ESTIMATE USING A METHOD OF INTERSECTIONS - The location of a wireless mobile device may be estimated using, at least in part, one or more pre-existing Network Measurement Reports (“NMRs”) which include calibration data for a number of locations within a geographic region. The calibration data for these locations is gathered and analyzed so that particular grid points within the geographic region can be determined and associated with a particular set or sets of calibration data from, for example, one or more NMRs. Regions may be defined as a function of any number of parameters and respective predetermined ranges thereof in the NMRs. An intersection of these defined regions may be determined and the location of a mobile device may be estimated as a function of the intersection. | 09-04-2008 |
20080214206 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING SAME, AND INFORMATION DISPLAYING PROGRAM PRODUCT AND INFORMATION DISPLAYING METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A communication terminal and communication system which are capable of having a grasp of a distance between communication terminals when communication is carried out, an information displaying program product and an information displaying method for the communication terminal and the communication system are provided. A communication network includes an originator terminal and receiver terminal connected to the communication network and a location information server to notify these terminals of the distance between these terminals or location information of each of these terminals. Each of the originator terminal and the receiver terminal, when location of each of these terminal is notified, calculates the distance between these terminals and displays the distance by a method of appealing to the five senses of a human to select a type of ring back tone in stages. Distance information representing the distance transmitted from the location information server is displayed. | 09-04-2008 |
20080214207 | LOCATION-BASED BROADCAST MESSAGING FOR RADIOTERMINAL USERS - Methods, radioterminals, and broadcast message generation consoles provide location-based broadcast messaging for users. A method of operating a radioterminal can include receiving at the radioterminal over a wireless air interface a broadcast message that includes region information that defines a geographic region of applicability. A determination is made at the radioterminal whether the radioterminal is located in the region of applicability. A functional mode of the radioterminal is activated in response to the radioterminal being in the region of applicability. The functional mode may include activating a user interface of the radioterminal. | 09-04-2008 |
20080214208 | Computationally-Efficient Estimation of the Location of a Wireless Terminal Based on Pattern Matching - A method of using a non-GPS-derived technique to estimate the location of an Assisted-GPS-enabled wireless terminal for the purposes of generating location-specific assistance data for the wireless terminal is disclosed. The wireless terminal then uses the assistance data to acquire and process one or more GPS signals and to derive information that is probative of the wireless terminal's location. The GPS-derived location information is then combined with non-GPS-derived location to form an estimate of the location of the wireless terminal that is better than can be derived from either alone. This combination of GPS-derived and non-GPS techniques is particularly useful when the wireless terminal can only acquire one or two GPS signals because it is not possible to determine the location of the wireless terminal with only two GPS signals alone. | 09-04-2008 |
20080214209 | Web to Mobile Device Location Based Event Reminder - Web page ‘event information’ template is provided comprising of data fields to enable users input event information published on corresponding web page. Web page ‘event information’ data can be published or can be imbedded in corresponding web page. Mobile device ‘event information’ database is provided comprising of data fields identical to web page ‘event information’ database. Two way data transmission means between web page and mobile device ‘event information’ databases is provided. Mobile device event reminder application is provided with means to determine if GPS coordinates corresponding to current location of mobile device corresponds to GPS coordinates in ‘event information’ database contained therein. Event information is displayed if mobile device is in proximity to event location. | 09-04-2008 |
20080220794 | WIRELESS REMOTE LOCATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A wireless subscriber unit for a tracking and locating system and method is disclosed. The locating system provides positional information of remote locator devices in the form of images viewable by subscribers over a network. | 09-11-2008 |
20080227462 | Methods and Apparatus for Locating Access Device - A system obtains a plurality of locations respectively associated with a plurality of mobile devices that are in communication with the stationary access device. For each of the plurality of mobile devices, the system obtains a relative distance metric associated with that mobile device. Based on the plurality of locations and the relative distance metric, the computes a relative location of the stationary access device. | 09-18-2008 |
20080227463 | DETERMINING LOCATION INFORMATION | 09-18-2008 |
20080227464 | Communication System, Server, Terminal, and Communication Control Program - It provides a communication system in which a calling party calls a called party on a move and the called party performs a multimedia communication with the calling party, using the communication terminal of a business company providing a communication service. In the communication system in which the communication terminal | 09-18-2008 |
20080227465 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USING HISTORIC NETWORK INFORMATION FOR DETERMINING APPROXIMATE POSITION - Systems and techniques to determine an approximate location for a mobile device using historic location information. In an aspect, a SUPL Location Platform (SLP), which is a location server in SUPL, may receive data from SUPL Enabled Terminal (SET). The data may include the Multiple Location IDs Parameter. The real time Location ID Parameter may not have a current status. The SLP may determine an approximate position for the SET based on the Multiple Location IDs Parameter data received from the SET. The SLP may then send the approximate position to the SET or a SUPL Agent, or may use the approximate position information in another way. | 09-18-2008 |
20080227466 | Modular GPS system for breathalyzer interlock - The present invention provides apparatus, systems and methods for determining positional information and transmitting that information over a cell phone network in connection with a sobriety interlock system. | 09-18-2008 |
20080233969 | CALL ROUTING BASED ON PHYSICAL LOCATION OF CALLED PARTY - A system may include a locator device to track a location of a user, store information identifying locations of a group of telephone devices, and identify one telephone device of the group of telephone devices based on the location of the one telephone device and the location of the user in response to an incoming telephone call request for the user. | 09-25-2008 |
20080233970 | SATELLITE AIDED LOCATION TRACKING AND DATA SERVICES USING GEOSYNCHRONOUS AND LOW EARTH ORBIT SATELLITES WITH GLOBAL LOCATING SYSTEM - A system and method for satellite aided location tracking and data services using geosynchronous (GEO) and low earth orbit (LEO) satellites with global locating system. In one embodiment, a mobile terminal is designed for communication with both GEO and LEO satellites. This dual satellite functionality enables the asset tracking service to provide service across international service areas without hardware modification or reconfiguration of the mobile terminal device. | 09-25-2008 |
20080233971 | Facilitating use of a device based on short-range wireless technology - Various devices may include a short-range wireless transmitter and/or one or more short-range wireless readers. When a first device including the transmitter is placed near a second device including the one or more readers, a relative location of the first device may be determined. Information regarding the relative location of the first device, may be used to facilitate use of the first device with a processing device. In one embodiment, the processing device may automatically configure itself, such that the first device may be used with the processing device. In another embodiment, the processing device may provide feedback, such as, for example, step-by-step instructions to facilitate setup and use of the first device with the processing device. In some embodiments, an application program interface may provide information about the device to an application executing on the processing device. | 09-25-2008 |
20080233972 | Wireless communication system - According to an aspect of an embodiment, a communication system comprisies: a) a mobile communication terminal; b) a first apparatus comprising: and a controller for controlling communication with the mobile communication terminal and for receiving a local information from the mobile communication terminal, c) a second apparatus comprising: a controller for transmitting a request for starting the direct communication with the mobile communication terminal when selected by the first apparatus, and d) an exchange comprising: a communication unit capable of communicating with the mobile communication terminal via the second apparatus, and a controller for starting communication with the mobile communication terminal via the selected second apparatus upon receiving the request from the selected second apparatus, wherein the storage unit stores information relating to the second apparatus, and the controller of the first apparatus selects the second apparatus to start the direct communication with the mobile communication terminal. | 09-25-2008 |
20080242310 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING LOCATION OF ACCESS POINT - Method and apparatus for determining a location of an access point associated with a wireless communication network use phase measurements of a signal transmitted from an access point, at known locations to calculate the location of the access point. In some aspects, GPS information is used in conjunction with phase measurements from a signal transmitted by the access point to determine the location of such access point. | 10-02-2008 |
20080242311 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR PROXIMITY-BASED MONITORING OF WIRELESS DEVICES - Method and apparatus are disclosed for monitoring the geographic location or velocity of a first wireless device relative to at least one other wireless device and noting an exception if the first wireless device moves beyond a predetermined threshold of separation from the second wireless device, or if the velocity of the first wireless device is outside a predetermined threshold. In response to an exception, supervisory action is taken which may include contacting the wireless device or contacting another person. | 10-02-2008 |
20080242312 | Updating position assist data on a mobile computing device - A mobile computing device comprises a memory, a processor and a transceiver. The memory is configured to store at least one type of position assist data. The processor is configured to provide a position fix based on the position assist data. The transceiver is configured for wireless communication. The memory is configured to store updated position assist data for the type of position assist data. The processor is operable in a first operating mode in which the type of position assist data is not updated and operable in a second operating mode in which the type of position assist data is updated in response to at least one triggering event. | 10-02-2008 |
20080242313 | LOW DUTY CYCLE DEVICE PROTOCOL - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to a system and method for establishing communication between a low duty cycle device and other devices through a wireless communication network. In one particular implementation, the low duty cycle device may awaken from a hibernating state in synchronization with transmission of messages. | 10-02-2008 |
20080242314 | PORTABLE WIRELESS SENSOR FOR BUILDING CONTROL - A network of wireless radios automatically conserves energy, directs the operation of equipment, and locates assets and personnel. The network may identify changes in the occupancy of a building area and automatically alter the building environment according to predetermined settings, personal preferences, or unexpected conditions. The wireless radios also may include sensors that monitor specific parameters, the parameters may relate to building environment conditions or operating equipment. The network may automatically alter the operating building equipment in response to the parameters received. The wireless radios also may be portable and mounted upon movable items, such as personal identification devices, office furniture, equipment, containers, or other assets. The network may locate the movable items within a building based upon signals received from the wireless radios. The network also may track the movement of the movable items within a building. The wireless radios may operable as a mesh network. | 10-02-2008 |
20080248808 | ESTIMATION OF POSITION, SPEED AND BEARING USING TIME DIFFERENCE OF ARRIVAL AND RECEIVED SIGNAL STRENGTH IN A WLAN POSITIONING SYSTEM - A method of estimating the speed of a WLAN-enabled device in a WLAN positioning system is provided. A method of estimating a speed of travel of a WLAN-enabled device includes the WLAN-enabled device receiving signals transmitted by a WLAN access point in range of the WLAN-enabled device. The signals include a first message and a second message. The method also includes estimating an expected time of arrival of the second message based on an actual arrival time of the first message and determining an actual time of arrival value of the second message. The method further includes determining a time difference of arrival value for the second message based on the actual time of arrival of the second message and the expected time of arrival of the second message and estimating the speed of travel of the WLAN-enabled device based on the time difference of arrival value. | 10-09-2008 |
20080248809 | Location Aware Activity Profiling - The present invention relates to context or location aware computing, and in particular though not exclusively to providing an activity based view of a location. The invention provides a method for providing activity based information for a location ( | 10-09-2008 |
20080248810 | GPS publication application server - A GPS publicaton application server. A mobile location knowledgeable device is in communication with a server. The server provides indications of the device's location to a home page associated with the device. The home page includes information about a user of the device and methods of contacting the user at any particular time. The server is also in communication with a variety of application servers. The application servers push information to the device depending on the device location and preferences listed in the home page of the device. | 10-09-2008 |
20080248811 | TDOA/GPS Hybrid Wireless Location System - A method and system for enhancing the accuracy and robustness of locations determined for a mobile wireless transceiver in a cellular telephone communications system integrating location-related information both from an assisted GPS device embedded in the mobile unit and from infrastructure-based facilities that extract signal characteristic data at networked base stations. Available supporting collateral information may be additionally evaluated in the location determinations to provide location estimates of enhanced robustness and accuracy. | 10-09-2008 |
20080254808 | Position Information Processing Method, Position Information Processing System, Position Information Processing Apparatus, Communication Apparatus and Program - A position information processing method includes: measuring, at a communication apparatus, a signal intensity of a signal transmitted from a plurality of base stations; recording a history of signal intensity information at one or more times in a history storage medium of the communication apparatus; recording, in an information storage medium of the information recording apparatus, a specific time and information matching a position environment of the information recording apparatus at the specific time, respectively correlated to each other; calculating position information of the communication apparatus based on the history of signal intensity information recorded in the history storage medium, and known base station information constituted of the base station identification information and position information of the base stations; and correlating the calculated position information to the information matching the position environment stored in the medium and correlated to the specific time. | 10-16-2008 |
20080254809 | SECURE USER PLANE LOCATION SESSION INITIATION IMPROVEMENT - Systems and methods of sending a secure user plane location (SUPL) session initiation message from a location platform to a SUPL-enabled terminal are provided. When a network-based application has an internet protocol (IP) connection with the SUPL-enabled terminal using general packet radio service (GPRS) and needs location information regarding the SUPL-enabled terminal, the network-based application indicates an available GPRS session in mobile location protocol standard location immediate request. The location platform uses an application server hosting the network-based application to request starting a SUPL-enabled terminal-initiated location procedure. Alternatively, the location platform can determine whether a SUPL-enabled terminal has an active IP connection from an authentication, authorization, and accounting server. The IP address of the SUPL-enabled terminal is returned to the location platform, upon which a SUPL session initiation message is sent to an associated GPRS Gateway Support Node. User Datagram Protocol is utilized instead of Wireless Datagram Protocol. | 10-16-2008 |
20080261611 | Sparsed U-TDOA Wireless Location Networks - In an overlay, U-TDOA-based, Wireless Location System, LMUs typically co-located with BTSs, are used to collect radio signaling both in the forward and reverse channels. Techniques are used to compensate for sparse LMU deployments where sections of the U-TDOA service area are uplink demodulation or downlink beacon discovery limited. | 10-23-2008 |
20080261612 | Sparsed U-TDOA Wireless Location Networks - In an overlay, U-TDOA-based, Wireless Location System, LMUs typically co-located with BTSs, are used to collect radio signaling both in the forward and reverse channels. Techniques are used to compensate for sparse LMU deployments where sections of the U-TDOA service area are uplink demodulation or downlink beacon discovery limited. | 10-23-2008 |
20080261613 | Sparsed U-TDOA Wireless Location Networks - In an overlay, U-TDOA-based, Wireless Location System, LMUs typically co-located with BTSs, are used to collect radio signaling both in the forward and reverse channels. Techniques are used to compensate for sparse LMU deployments where sections of the U-TDOA service area are uplink demodulation or downlink beacon discovery limited. | 10-23-2008 |
20080261614 | Sparsed U-TDOA Wireless Location Networks - In an overlay, U-TDOA-based, Wireless Location System, LMUs typically co-located with BTSs, are used to collect radio signaling both in the forward and reverse channels. Techniques are used to compensate for sparse LMU deployments where sections of the U-TDOA service area are uplink demodulation or downlink beacon discovery limited. | 10-23-2008 |
20080261615 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION OF A PORTABLE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless access point receives a reverse link (RL) wireless wide area network (WWAN) signals from a wireless communication device and forwards wireless local area network (WLAN) location information related to the received RL WWAN signal to a position determining entity (PDE). The PDE uses the WLAN location information and, in some cases, other location information to determine the geographical location of the wireless communication device. The WLAN location information is any information that at least assists the PDE in determining the geographical location of the wireless communication device and may include any combination of data related to signal strength of the WWAN RL signal, a propagation time of WWAN RL signal, a distance between the access point and the wireless access point, a geographical location of the access point, and/or a geographical location of the wireless communication device. | 10-23-2008 |
20080261616 | POSITION-BASED AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION OF PORTABLE DEVICE - A method for automatically configuring a portable device comprises determining a position of the portable device and automatically configuring the portable device based on the determined position. | 10-23-2008 |
20080261617 | MOBILE WIRELESS APPARATUS AND CONNECTION METHOD THEREOF - A mobile wireless apparatus includes a network interface, a storage and a processing device. The network interface provides a wireless protocol of a personal area network. The storage stores access codes and location indicators. Instead of scanning coverable external apparatuses every time when the mobile wireless apparatus moves from one location to another, the processing device connects to the external apparatuses by reference to the access codes and the location indicators. | 10-23-2008 |
20080261618 | Mobile Communication System, Base Station, Mobile Station, Location Management Station, Incoming Call Control Method, and Program - To obtain a mobile communication system in which a mobile station can prevent a call loss due to move among base stations while performing battery saving. Base stations | 10-23-2008 |
20080261619 | Injection of location object into routing SIP message - The function of determination of location is separated from the function of gathering information based on determined location by use of a Location Object (LO) proxy between an initiating VoIP capable device and a positioning center. The LOProxy queries an appropriate location database using a location key, and injects a PIDF-LO into a routing SIP message otherwise without location. A SIP request without location is received from a VoIP capable device. The SIP request contains messages indicating the type of location generator or service needed. A location key (like a telephone number or SIP URI), in addition to the type of location generator or service needed, is included in a SIP request. A location object (LO) broker may be used between a routing SIP message and a positioning center to direct a routing SIP message to an appropriate one of a plurality of location object (LO) proxies. | 10-23-2008 |
20080261620 | Location Notification Method, Location Notifcation System, Information Processing Apparatus, Wireless Communication Apparatus and Program - There is provided a wireless communication apparatus including a base station information input portion to input base station information of a base station transmitting a radio wave having a wave reaching range including a particular location, the base station information acquired from a first memory storing a plurality of pieces of base station information containing a base station ID, a recording portion to record the base station information input to the base station information input portion into a second memory placed in the wireless communication apparatus, a reception portion to receive the radio wave transmitted from a surrounding base station, and a notification processing portion to perform prescribed notification processing based on a determination result whether the wireless communication apparatus exists in the particular location. | 10-23-2008 |
20080261621 | DYNAMIC SERVICE BINDING PROVIDING TRANSPARENT SWITCHING OF INFORMATION SERVICES HAVING DEFINED COVERAGE REGIONS - It is determined whether a location of a mobile device is within a coverage region of a first information service. Communications for the first information service are redirected to a second information service when the location of the mobile device is not within a coverage region of the first information service. The second information service generally has a coverage region encompassing the location of the mobile device. Communications between a mobile device and a first information service are redirected to another information service when properties of the new information service are determined to meet predetermined criteria set by a user of the mobile device, by an application, or both. In yet another aspect of the invention, Replacement of information services can be “aggressive” or “non-aggressive.” Communications between a mobile device and an original information service are redirected to another information service when the original information service fails | 10-23-2008 |
20080268865 | BEAMFORMING WITH GLOBAL POSITIONING AND ORIENTATION SYSTEMS - A wireless communication system for transmitting signals having a wireless positioning system being responsive to incoming signals for processing the same to generate coordinate information for determining the position of said wireless communication system, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. The wireless communication system further includes a phase controller module being responsive to said coordinate information for controlling the phase of the output signals for transmission in a specified direction by performing beamforming, said wireless communication system for performing beamforming to increase the range of transmission of said output signals. | 10-30-2008 |
20080268866 | Configurable telematics and location-based system - A GSM-based wireless gateway device for facilitating of Telematics and Location-Based Services using GPS via a wireless communications network and a centralized management system. The GSM-based wireless device includes dynamically configurable Virtual SIM Card, a Telematics and Location-based Services virtual client, and event profiles which allow the wireless device to be dynamically reconfigured. The wireless device is a Telematics and Location-Based Services ASIC that will allow installation on the assembly lines of vehicle manufacturers. | 10-30-2008 |
20080268867 | Notification Apparatus and Method for Cellular Communication System - A notification apparatus for a cellular communication system may transmit a notification message to nearby remote terminals if a first remote terminal ( | 10-30-2008 |
20080268868 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MERCHANT SEARCH AND OFFER PRESENTATION - Systems, methods, apparatus, computer program code, and means for receiving a search request from a user operating a wireless device, determining at least one of a location and a desired search location of the user, determining a search response based on a user profile and the at least one of a location and a desired search location, and transmitting a response to the wireless device. In some embodiments, the response includes at least one of an offer and a display sequence selected based at least in part on the user profile. | 10-30-2008 |
20080268869 | LOCATION BASED TRACKING - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to obtaining position fixes using a position determination method in response to a change in an RF environment. | 10-30-2008 |
20080268870 | Method and System for Obtaining Location of a Mobile Device - Method and platform for providing the location of a first mobile device to a second device in which the second device generates a query for the location of the first device which is in the form of an SMS or push e-mail message and which is directed to the first device. Upon receipt of the query, the first device initiates a determination of its location, either by itself or by providing information to a central server, and the determined location of the first device is then directed to the second device, either directly from the central server or via the first device. The central server may direct a transmission of the location of the first device to the second device in an SMS message. | 10-30-2008 |
20080274750 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING THE LOCATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE - A system and method for estimating the location of a mobile station that receives signals from a plurality of base stations. The base station timing offsets may be estimated utilizing an observed time difference of arrival value at the mobile between a first signal received from a first base station and a second signal received from a second base station. An initial location for the mobile is randomly selected and an estimated location is determined using the selected initial location, the observed time difference of arrival value, and an iterative search algorithm. The estimated location may be stored if the estimated location is within a predetermined area. In addition, for each such estimated location, the applicable base station time offsets that relate to this location may be updated to generate a current best estimate. A calculated location for the mobile may be determined from stored estimated locations and the current base station time offset estimates. | 11-06-2008 |
20080274751 | DELAY AND BACKHAUL-EFFICIENT PAGING METHOD AND APPARATUS - Described herein is methodologies for efficient utilization of backhaul resources of a network for delivering paging data to an access terminal (AT) without sacrificing delay performance. A location that buffers data for an AT can be adaptively changed based on factors such as the location of the AT, applications utilized by the AT, and a recent activity level of the AT. To facilitate this determination, an AT can be configured with one or more registration boundaries. An AT can be configured with a small registration radius such that it the AT does not move outside of the small registration radius, data can be delivered directly to a data attachment point for the AT. If the AT moves outside of the small registration radius, the registration radius can be switched to a large registration radius and the access gateway can instead locally buffer data for the AT. | 11-06-2008 |
20080274752 | Method and System for Location-Based Monitoring of a Mobile Device - Method and system for monitoring location of a mobile device relative to a region of interest includes defining a geographic region of interest, receiving a request to obtain notification when the mobile device leaves from, is present in or enters into the region of interest, determining when the mobile device leaves, is present in or enters into the region of interest, and automatically generating a notification signal upon departure of the mobile device from, presence of the mobile device in or entry of the mobile device into the region of interest without manual intervention by a user of the mobile device. It is therefore possible to monitor the departure of a mobile device, and thus presumably the user thereof, from one or more defined regions, the presence of the person in one or more defined regions, and also the entry of the person into one or more defined regions. | 11-06-2008 |
20080280624 | Methods and Apparatuses for Beacon Assisted Position Determination Systems - Methods and apparatuses for microcell beacon assisted position determination. In one embodiment, microcell beacons that are based on low cost, mass market electronics for wireless local area data communication (e.g., Bluetooth or WiFi) are used to broadcast to mobile stations location information and/or identification information, which can be used to look up for the location information, to improve the precision of position solutions in a wide area position determination system (e.g., a GPS system, an AFLT system, or a hybrid system). In one embodiment, the location information and/or the identification information are site specific; and, the distribution and the transmission strength of the microcell beacons are adjusted to prevent misidentification. In one embodiment, the microcell beacons have the transmission capability but not the receiving capability for wireless local area data communication; and, the mobile station has the receiving capability but not the transmission capability for wireless local area data communication. | 11-13-2008 |
20080280625 | Position Determination of Mobile Stations in a Wireless Network - A network, and a method of operating a network. The network includes a plurality of stations each able to transmit and receive data so that the network can transmit data between stations via at least one selected intermediate station. Each station transmits probe signals in broadcast fashion to other stations to gather a list of neighbour stations. The stations transmit position data and/or position determining data in at least some of the probe signals. Each station maintains position data and/or position determining data received from selected probing stations, and utilizes the data to determine the absolute or relative position of itself and/or other stations. The stations can determine the relative or absolute position of other stations in direct communication with themselves, and also of other stations not in direct communication with themselves. | 11-13-2008 |
20080280626 | Method for Providing Location-Based Service Using Location Token - Provided is a method for providing a location-based service using a location token. The method includes the steps of: a) receiving an encrypted token message including constraints for location information access from a terminal; b) decoding and storing the transmitted token message in a token database; c) creating a location token accessible to the transmitted token message and transmitting the location token to the terminal; d) extracting a token message number in the location token transmitted from a location-based service server, checking constraints of a user and updating an exception list; and e) acquiring location information of the terminal and transmitting the location information to the location-based service server. | 11-13-2008 |
20080280627 | DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR SELECTIVE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION WITH CONTACT LIST MEMORY - Methods, devices and systems for wireless communication. A device user defines a list of contacts and receives a collective indication of which contacts are located within a neighborhood of the device. The neighborhood is defined at the device, for example by the device itself or by the user. A plurality of device users define respective user profiles including user attributes. One of the users defines a target attribute, and receives an indication of which other users that have that attribute have devices in the first user's neighborhood. The devices communicate among themselves either indirectly, for example via cellular base stations, or directly. | 11-13-2008 |
20080287139 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING THE LOCATION OF A MOBILE STATION IN COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS - A system and method for estimating the location of a mobile station that receives signals from a plurality of base stations. An estimated location of a mobile station may be determined through any number of or combination of location technologies. Network measurements such as observed time difference values and/or a round trip time values at the mobile station or base stations in the network may be utilized. Network timing relationships may be determined as a function of the estimated location and network measurements. An estimated location of a second mobile station may be determined as a function of the network timing relationships. | 11-20-2008 |
20080293430 | Method, Apparatus and Computer Program Product for a Social Route Planner - An apparatus for a social route planner may include a processing element. The processing element may be configured to generate social information classifications with respect to other devices, request routing information from a server, receive routing information including at least one candidate route associated with social information provided at least in part based on the social information classifications, and generate a display based on the candidate route and the social information. | 11-27-2008 |
20080293431 | Systems, devices and methods for location determination - In part, the invention relates to a method for generating location data using a wireless mobile device, the wireless mobile device adapted to communicate with a plurality of location services, each service associated with one of a plurality of networks. In one embodiment, the method comprises the steps of: selecting a first location service from the plurality of location services; transmitting a first request for location data to the first location service; if the first request fails, selecting a second location service from the plurality of location services; and receiving location data from one of the first and the second location services. | 11-27-2008 |
20080293432 | Location information to identify known location for internet phone - A mobile phone includes the ability to place calls using a voice over Internet protocol. Location information is provided from the phone itself which can be used to identify the location of the mobile phone. | 11-27-2008 |
20080293433 | DISCOVERING CELLULAR NETWORK ELEMENTS - The present disclosure includes a system and method for discovering network elements. In some implementations, a method includes identifying information indicating a location of a femtocell device. A communication node associated with the femtocell device is identified. A Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) message including the location information is transmitted to the identified communication node. A response is received requesting that the femtocell device register with a different communication node associated with a cellular core network at least proximate the location. | 11-27-2008 |
20080293434 | DETERMINING APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS OF NETWORK DEVICES THAT ARE INACCESSIBLE TO GPS SIGNALS - Methods, apparatus, and computer program products for determining approximate locations of network devices. Information is received concerning last known locations of portable network devices that attach to a network, and used to compute an approximate location of an obscured network device attached to the network. In some embodiments, the last known locations of the portable network devices may be determined using information from GPS satellites. The approximate location of the obscured network device may be used as the approximate location of other stationary network devices connected to the same network. | 11-27-2008 |
20080299988 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING PEER-TO-PEER BANDWIDTH SHARING AD HOC NETWORKS - Systems and methods for establishing peer-to-peer bandwidth sharing ad hoc networks. A method includes: determining a first location and a second location of data; instructing a first device to download a first portion of the data from the first location; instructing a second device to download a second portion of the data from the second location; and receiving the first portion of the data from the first device and the second portion of the data from the second device. | 12-04-2008 |
20080299989 | CENTRALIZED LOCATION BROKER - A centralized location system includes a location update application programming interface (API) to receive varying types of location inputs for a user from at least one location-providing application. A memory stores a location of the user and the location inputs, wherein the location update API periodically updates in the memory the location inputs when location updates are received from the at least one location-providing application. A location export API, upon request from a location-based service application, processes the location inputs to estimate a location of the user, which location estimate replaces the stored location in memory and is sent to the location-based service application. A user interface enables the user to specify a location granularity for at least one of the at least one location-providing application and the location-based service application. | 12-04-2008 |
20080299990 | SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS OF LIGHTER-THAN-AIR (LTA) PLATFORMS - Innovative new methods in connection with lighter-than-air (LTA) free floating platforms, of facilitating legal transmitter operation, platform flight termination when appropriate, environmentally acceptable landing, and recovery of these devices are provided. The new systems and methods relate to rise rate control, geo-location from a LTA platform including landed payload and ground-based vehicle locations, and steerable recovery systems. | 12-04-2008 |
20080305806 | CONTEXT ASSOCIATING ASPECTS - One aspect relates to associating an at least one identifiable person and/or identifiable communication device with an at least one context at least partially by specifying an at least one context designated destination that designates the at least one identifiable person and/or identifiable communication device based at least partially on the at least one context. | 12-11-2008 |
20080305807 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL, SERVICE AREA CALCULATION APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CALCULATING SERVICE AREA - A mobile communications terminal includes positional information generator configured to generate positional information indicating a current position of the terminal, receiver which receives identification information sent from the base station of the second mobile communication network, notification information generator configured to generate notification information including the identification information and the positional information generated at the time of receiving the identification information, and transmitter which transmits the notification information to the service area calculation apparatus via the first mobile communication network to derive the information concerning the service area. | 12-11-2008 |
20080305808 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR MONITORING THE GEOSPATIAL CONTEXT ASSOCIATED WITH A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Systems, methods and interfaces are disclosed for managing communications associated with a mobile communication device. Mobile communication devices process environmental inputs and transmit mobile communication device context information to a communication management system. The context information may, for example, reflect the motion and/or geographic location of the mobile device, and may reflect the risk associated with using the device to handle a call or other communications session. The communication management system uses the context information, optionally in combination with communication device profiles, to determine how to manage incoming and/or ongoing calls or other communication sessions. Mobile device users may also be inhibited from initiating communication sessions. | 12-11-2008 |
20080305809 | Control of Communication Signal Transmission Based on Transceiver Proximity Estimation - Radio transceivers | 12-11-2008 |
20080311927 | System, An Arrangement And A Method For Providing Core Network Nodes With Mobile Station Related Information - The present invention relates to a system for providing a core network node with location related information about one or more mobile user stations accessing the core network over an access network. It comprises a number of radio access network nodes (RNC; BSC) a number of first network nodes or core network nodes serving communication of data (SGSN | 12-18-2008 |
20080311928 | APPLICATION FOR AUTOMATIC TRACKING OF MOBILE DEVICES FOR COMPUTER NETWORK PROCESSOR SYSTEMS - A method and system is provided for tracking mobile devices combining packet processing technology with Global Positioning System (GPS) technology. A central network system comprising a packet processing subsystem receives transmitted GPS location data from a mobile device transmitting GPS location data, wherein the packet processing subsystem uses a table access scheme to process the GPS location data and produce responsive mapping data, and the central network processing system compares the mapping data to a map and identifies a corresponding map location. Embodiments may also correlate device identification data, tracking table entries, and/or billing zone charges. In some embodiments a look-up key is built responsive to the GPS location data and used to identify map locations. The table access scheme may be a key hashing scheme and, in particular, a longest prefix match type scheme. | 12-18-2008 |
20080318591 | Monitoring the Movement of Mobile Communication Devices - A system records the movement of people carrying mobile devices within a specific area. A plurality of receivers distributed throughout the specified area monitor the area for wireless communication from a mobile device. Mobile devices are identified by way of a unique identifier, e.g. IMSI, IMEI, MAC address, or similar transmitted on a control channel or the like. Whenever such wireless communication is detected, the direction from which the signal is received is detected. The position of the mobile device (and hence the person carrying it) may be calculated by triangulating results from two or more receiving devices, and the results stored. | 12-25-2008 |
20080318592 | DELIVERING TELEPHONY COMMUNICATIONS TO DEVICES PROXIMATE TO A RECIPIENT AFTER AUTOMATICALLY DETERMINING THE RECIPIENT'S LOCATION - The present invention discloses a communication method and system, which can include a step of repetitively conveying presence information to a service provider to continuously update a current location of a person identified within the presence information. A communication attempt directed towards the person can be detected. A communication device proximate to the person can be determined based upon the presence information. The communication device can be accessible by any proximate individual. The communication device can be one not specifically designated by an originator of the communication attempt. A notification of the communication attempt can be presented in an environment proximate to the determined communication device. The communication can be established responsive to the person answering the notification by activating the communication device. | 12-25-2008 |
20080318593 | SHARING AND TRACKING REAL-TIME LOCATION FOR MOBILE USERS - In one embodiment, an apparatus can include: a receiver configured to receive location-related data, and to provide real-time location information therefrom; and a processor configured to receive the real-time location information, and to provide an extension in a packet header of a media stream, wherein the header extension comprises the real-time location information. | 12-25-2008 |
20080318594 | Pre-Location Method and System For Assisting Satellite Radio Navigation Systems - The invention relates to a satellite radio navigation terminal using services of a cellular communication network, wherein the pre-location consists in locating the terminal in at least one network cell and the inventive method consists in forming a database ( | 12-25-2008 |
20080318595 | POSITION LOCATION SYSTEM USING MULTIPLE POSITION LOCATION TECHNIQUES - A position location system includes a first position location sub-system, a second position location sub-system, and processing circuitry. The first position location sub-system determines first position location information regarding an object using a first position location technique. The second position location sub-system determines second position location information regarding the object, the second position location sub-system using a second position location technique that differs from the first position location technique. The processing circuitry processes the first position location information and the second position location information to determine position of the object within a coordinate system. | 12-25-2008 |
20090005061 | LOCATION QUALITY OF SERVICE INDICATOR - A mobile wireless device is configured to provide a location quality of service indicator (QoSI) indicative of the quality of a calculated location estimation for use by a location-based service. The QoSI may be calculated by the device itself or by a server, such as a location enabling server (LES). The QoSI may be used to represent the predicted location accuracy, availability, latency, precision, and/or yield. | 01-01-2009 |
20090005062 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING A REAL TIME LOCATION SERVICE PROVIDER - A method and apparatus for selecting a real time location service provider enables improved positioning services. The method includes processing a request for a position of a portable electronic device, where the request identifies at least one local access point and a connected cellular communication cell to which the device is operatively connected (step | 01-01-2009 |
20090005063 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVED LOCATIONING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and systems are provided for determining the location of a first wireless device (e.g., a mobile unit) within a wireless network comprising a second wireless device (e.g., an access point). The method includes determining a signal strength contour associated with RF communication between the access point and the mobile unit, and adding a correction factor to the signal strength contour to produce a corrected signal strength contour, wherein the correction factor includes the sums of the differences between the transmit power and the antenna gain associated with the mobile unit and the access point. In an alternate scheme involving stored fingerprint data, a correction factor is introduced based on the differences between antenna gains and transmit power associated with the mobile unit under consideration and the mobile unit used for generating the fingerprint data. The systems and methods disclosed herein are applicable, for example, to networks operating in accordance with 802.11, RFID, WiMax, WAN, Bluetooth, Zigbee, UWB, and the like. | 01-01-2009 |
20090005064 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR LOCATIONING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK USING STATISTICAL WEIGHTING - Methods and systems are provided for determining the location of a first wireless device (e.g., a mobile unit) within a wireless network comprising a plurality of second wireless devices (e.g., access points). The method includes identifying an overlap area corresponding to the intersection of RF ranges for the one or more second wireless devices then computing a set of signal strength values, each associated with a measure of RF signal strength (e.g., RSSI) received by the plurality of second wireless devices from the first wireless device. A decision metric is evaluated for a plurality of locations within the overlap area based on the set of signal strength values. The location of the first wireless device is determined by selecting, from the plurality of locations, a location having the optimum value of the decision metric within the overlap area. The decision metric may utilize a minimum mean square error (MMSE) calculation. A weighting function may be used to remove redundant or weak signal strength values. The systems and methods are applicable, for example, to networks operating in accordance with 802.11, RFID, WiMax, WAN, Bluetooth, Zigbee, UWB, and the like. | 01-01-2009 |
20090005065 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SETTING STATUS FLAGS FOR MOBILE DATA DISTRIBUTION BASED ON DISTRIBUTION RULES - Embodiments of the invention are generally directed to systems and methods for setting status flags for mobile data distribution based on the subscription rules. A mobile middleware manages several objects between the mobile device and the backend system. The mobile data distribution happen based on subscription rules set up on the object. A status flag is assigned to each such subscription rule and any change in the subscription rule triggers updating of that corresponding status flag. The mobile middleware distributes data to the backend system and to the mobile devices based on the subscription rule evaluation. For updating the subscription rule, it is sufficient to evaluate only the status flags that have changed. | 01-01-2009 |
20090005066 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OBTAINING A ZIP CODE - An apparatus for obtaining a zip code of where a user is at the moment is provided. The apparatus comprises: a core network; an access server operatively connected to the core network providing network access for the communication device; and a zip code location database server operatively connected to the core network, wherein the zip code location database server is adapted to store zip code location information for one or more IDs in the core network. | 01-01-2009 |
20090005067 | Methods, systems, and computer program products for message filtering based on previous path trajectories and probable destination - Methods, systems and computer program products for filtering generally-broadcast messages received by a movable unit based on current spatial position, stored trajectory history, and probable future trajectories. A current spatial position of the movable unit is received and stored to form a stored trajectory history. A generally-broadcast message relating to a target geographical region is also received and stored. Potential trajectories of the movable unit are then computed over a pre-determined time based on at least one of the current spatial position, a current travel direction of the movable unit, and the stored trajectory history of the movable unit. The generally-broadcast message is then disseminated in response to at least one potential trajectory crossing into the target geographical region during the pre-determined time period. The generally-broadcast message may also be disseminated on the basis of specified user preferences. | 01-01-2009 |
20090005068 | Location-Based Emergency Information - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer program products, for location-based emergency information. A current geographic location of a device is determined. One or more first contact information items based on the determined geographic location are received at the device. The first contact information items include one or more contact information items associated with emergency services. | 01-01-2009 |
20090005069 | System and method for tracking the location of multiple mobile radio transceiver units - An object locating system ( | 01-01-2009 |
20090005070 | SYNCHRONIZING MOBILE AND VEHICLE DEVICES - Location information is received at a mobile device from the memory of a vehicle device. The mobile device is updated based on the location information. Sensor data is received from at least one sensor measuring movement of the mobile device, and an estimated location of the mobile device is calculated based at least in part on the location information and the sensor data. | 01-01-2009 |
20090005071 | Event Triggered Content Presentation - Methods, computer program products, systems and data structures for generating property instructions are described. Associated with the property instructions may include a property table. The property table may identify the detection of a particular geographic location as a trigger event, and the display of an attribute (or attributes) of a display property as an action. When a mobile device comes within a defined range of a geographic area as defined in the property table, the attribute of the display property is displayed on the mobile device. | 01-01-2009 |
20090005072 | Integration of User Applications in a Mobile Device - User-applications provided by mobile devices are integrated. In one aspect, an email message is received at a mobile device from an email address and a representation of the email message is displayed on a graphical user interface. An input is received from a user indicating a selection of the email address. Contact information corresponding to a set of contacts is searched for a contact having a contact email address matching the email address. Contact information for the contact includes a geographic location for the contact. A display of a map is provided to the user. The display includes a graphical representation indicating the geographic location for the contact having a contact email address matching the email address. | 01-01-2009 |
20090011772 | MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS, METHOD, AND SERVER FOR SHARING CONTENTS - A mobile terminal apparatus and method for sharing contents are provided. The mobile terminal apparatus includes a storage unit storing location information on an area; a location determination unit for determining a location of the mobile terminal apparatus; a network unit forming a network with one or more other mobile terminal apparatuses in the area; a control unit checking whether the mobile terminal apparatus has entered the area, based on the location information on the area and the determined location; and a screen configuration unit configuring a screen for providing information indicating locations of the one or more other mobile terminal apparatuses; wherein the control unit controls the network unit whereby the network unit obtains contents contained in one of the one or more other mobile terminal apparatuses, wherein the one mobile terminal apparatus is selected based on the information displayed on the screen and indicating the locations of the one or more other mobile terminal apparatuses. According to the apparatus and method, it is possible for users to share and watch user-created private media in real-time using bidirectional networking. Therefore, efficiency of media usage is increased. | 01-08-2009 |
20090011773 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A system and method for finding a wireless local area network, WLAN, when a mobile terminal is connected to a cellular network. A position associated with each WLAN operating within the coverage area of the cellular network is stored in a database. At predefined intervals or conditions, the system determines a current position of the mobile terminal, and determines whether the current position of the mobile terminal is close enough to a stored WLAN position for the mobile terminal to connect to the WLAN corresponding to the stored WLAN position. If so, a notification is sent to the mobile terminal indicating that the mobile terminal is within range of the identified WLAN. The mobile terminal then scans for the identified WLAN. | 01-08-2009 |
20090011774 | Method and apparatus for estimating geo-location of terminal wireless communication system - A method and apparatus for estimating a geo-location of a terminal in a wireless communication system are provided. In a method of operating a terminal for providing geo-location information in a cognitive ratio (CR) system, the method includes obtaining first ranging information and transmitting a first ranging code to a base station (BS) in a network entry process; receiving an allocated second ranging resource from the BS; and transmitting a second ranging code. | 01-08-2009 |
20090011775 | Supporting a Positioning of a Mobile Terminal - A positioning of a mobile terminal is of a type, which comprises evaluating measurements on received signals by a plurality of mobile terminals | 01-08-2009 |
20090017837 | System and method for determining position of mobile communication device - Provided is a method and system for determining a position of a mobile communication device in a mobile communication network, the method including the steps of: receiving a plurality of pieces of base station signal information, the base station signal information including base station identification information, the base stations transmitting the base station signal information to the mobile communication device; determining a base station corresponding to each of the plurality of pieces of base station signal information based on the base station identification information; generating vector information associated with the plurality of the base stations based on geographic information corresponding to the determined base station; and generating location information of the device according to the generated vector information, wherein the step of generating the vector information comprises the steps of: determining a predetermined vector proceeding order associated with the plurality of the base stations according to the base station signal information; and sequentially determining a vector with respect to the plurality of the base stations according to the determined vector proceeding order, with the base station in which the device is currently communicating with as a starting point. | 01-15-2009 |
20090017838 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING A COMMUNICATIONS BAND BASED ON LOCATION INFORMATION - Methods and apparatus for supporting peer to peer communications are described. A plurality of wide area network communications bands in a wireless communications system are also available for use to communicate peer to peer signals. At different locations it may be advantageous for a mobile peer to peer communications device to use a different communications band to promote efficient use of air link resources. A peer to peer communications device stores information associating location information with different communication band usage designation information. The peer to peer communications device determines its location from a received signal, e.g., a received GPS signal, and looks up in its stored information to identify a band to use for peer to peer signaling at that location. A communications band is designated to be used at a location for one of the following: WAN usage, peer to peer usage, and concurrent WAN usage/peer to peer usage. | 01-15-2009 |
20090017839 | WIRELESS NETWORK WITH ENHANCED SECURITY BY REAL-TIME IDENTIFICATION OF A LOCATION OF A RECEIVED PACKET SOURCE - Methods, systems, and apparatuses for tracking client devices in a wireless communications network are provided. A bit sequence is received at three or more access points of the wireless communications network from a client device communicatively coupled to the wireless communications network. A physical location of the client device is determined based on a timing of receiving the bit sequence at the three or more access points. The determined physical location may be used to improve security with regard to the client device. If the determined physical location is outside of an acceptable area for the client device, the client device may be decoupled from the communications network and/or other security measures may be taken. In a further aspect, the client device may itself determine its physical location, and transmit an indication of its determined physical location in communication packets used to communicate with the network, for enhanced security. | 01-15-2009 |
20090023456 | Method And System For Providing Route Alternatives While Using A Cell Phone - A method and system in accordance with the present invention integrates information from cell phone coverage maps with a user's GPS system, thereby making possible the suggestion of alternative routes based on coverage strength and chances of dropping calls in different geographical areas. The method and system in accordance with the present invention can also generate warnings if a user is approaching an area of low or nonexistent coverage, so that the user can take action, such as utilizing a different route or telling the party on the line that the connection may be dropped or disconnected. | 01-22-2009 |
20090023457 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR UTILIZING POSITIONAL INFORMATION OF TAGGED DATA WHEN PROCESSING INFORMATION IN WIRELESS DEVICES - A Wireless mobile communication (WMC) device may be utilized to tag data generated and/or maintained in the WMC device with positional information. Positional information may comprise location and/or directional attributes. Positional attributes may be derived from operations, application, and/or accessory devices. Positional information of tagged data may be utilized to subsequently control the WMC device wherein operations may be performed and/or predicted in said WMC device based on match between current positional information of the WMC device and positional information of tagged data. User preference information and/or biometric data may be utilizing in tagging data with positional information and/or in utilizing positional data for controlling the WMC device. A remote device may be utilized for performing tagging operations, and/or storage of user preference information. | 01-22-2009 |
20090023458 | Method and System for Controlling the Operation of Movable Wireless Networks - A method of controlling the operating parameters of a non-stationary wireless network to conform to jurisdictional regulatory requirements is disclosed. A mobile base system determines its location and checks the operating parameters of the transceiver in the mobile base station against a database to determine whether the regulatory requirements have changed because of its location and to effect such a change. The mobile base station may alter the operating parameters of the transceiver in order to comply with regulatory requirements. | 01-22-2009 |
20090023459 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR HIGH PRECISION POSITION REFERENCE MEASUREMENTS AT INDOOR LOCATIONS - The present invention addresses generating of feasible high precision indoor positioning measurements. A positioning server sets up an interface to which ordinary users may connect with their cellular phones. Using this interface the user can select one out of a plurality of indoor locations where the cellular operator wishes to have high precision position reference measurements performed. The user moves to said indoor location and initiates at this location, by interaction with said interface, the reference measurement. By logging an identity of the user or the time of the positioning the selected indoor location can be correlated to a determined tag in the RAN. The tag together with the indoor location that has been selected by help of the interface towards the positioning server constitutes one tagged high precision position measurement. | 01-22-2009 |
20090029715 | Method For Determining The Distance Of A Mobile Communication Terminal From Mobile Radio Base Stations, And Mobile Communication Terminal - In contrast to the related art, in which the distance value is calculated exclusively from the timing advance value, the first mobile radio base station or the mobile communication terminal additionally calculates a second distance value, which is more accurate in comparison with the above distance value but is multi-valued, from the following parameters: a first carrier frequency signal and a second carrier frequency signal with a fixed frequency offset, an initial phase relation at the transmitting site of the first carrier frequency signal with respect to the second carrier frequency signal, and a measured phase relation (MP | 01-29-2009 |
20090029716 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS DEVICES INCLUDING ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARD MONITORING - Mobile communications devices include sensors for monitoring for environmental hazards that an individual carrying the mobile communications device may encounter when moving from place to place. Examples of such environmental hazards are smoke, poisonous gases including carbon monoxide, and the like. Upon detecting an environmental hazard, the mobile communications device of the individual may take some action. The mobile communications device may generate a local alert to call the attention of the individual to the environmental hazard. The mobile communications device may originate an outbound emergency communication to inform other parties such as emergency personnel that the environmental hazard exists. | 01-29-2009 |
20090029717 | NOTIFYING A USER OF A PORTABLE WIRELESS DEVICE - A method, apparatus and system for notifying a user of a portable communication device. In one embodiment, a location of a first portable communication device is determined for a first user and the location of a second portable communication device is determined for a second user. A determination is made as to whether the location of the second portable communication device is within a same region containing the first portable communication device. If the second portable communication device is within the same region as the first portable communication device, then the first user is notified of the presence of the second user. | 01-29-2009 |
20090029718 | CONTENT PUBLISHING SYSTEMS AND METHODS - A system for publishing digital content is described which, in one embodiment, includes a beacon device associated with a first user configured to transmit identification information and information indicating its current position. A browsing device includes a display configured and adapted to display to a second user a representation of a local geographical area, and to selectively display to the second user content information associated with the first user, based at least in part on whether the location of the beacon device is within the local geographical area. | 01-29-2009 |
20090029719 | INTELLIGENT PAGING IN MULTIPLE NETWORKS - A method and system are provided for paging a mobile device in the intersection of logical areas of two or more different subsystems using information indicative of the logical areas of each subsystem in which the mobile device is likely located. In some embodiments, only those cells which belong to at least two of the different logical areas in which the mobile device is likely located are used to page the mobile device. In some embodiments, the intersection area is used to provide paging access to a first network on which a mobile is not active, by sending a first network page or a request to listen for the page over the second network. | 01-29-2009 |
20090036141 | Mobile advertisement selection method - A method for specifying and selecting a message to be displayed on a mobile advertising unit wherein specifying the message comprises specifying a begin location for the message, specifying the message to be displayed, and specifying an end location for the message. The message is displayed only if the mobile advertising unit arrives at the begin location before it arrives at the end location. | 02-05-2009 |
20090036142 | EXTENDED TRIGGERED POSITION METHOD AND DEVICE - An extended triggered location method and device is provided. The device includes the following: a location calculating unit to calculate location of the target terminal and determine the location information, and a third party location reporting unit to send the location information of the target terminal to the third party terminal periodically or only when the area triggered condition is sufficed. With the present invention, the third party terminal can obtain the location information of the target terminal periodically or receive the notice of the target terminal's entry into/exit from a target area, in accordance with the principles of periodical location or area trigger location. Thereby, the invention supplies new location service application and satisfies the subscriber's demand for different location service applications. | 02-05-2009 |
20090042584 | WIRELESS DEVICE - A wireless device | 02-12-2009 |
20090042585 | TERMINAL POSITIONING METHOD, TERMINAL POSITIONING SYSTEM, POSITIONING SERVER, AND PROGRAM - [Subject] The present invention is directed to realize failure detection without directly detecting a failed positioning system. | 02-12-2009 |
20090047972 | LOCATION BASED PRESENCE AND PRIVACY MANAGEMENT - A method and system for providing location based presence status and enhancing location privacy management in a mobile, instant messaging or social networking environment. A user specifies or saves their favorite locations (e.g. home, work, school, or particular business or point of interest locations), and specifies or selects names and/or categories to be shared for each user-specified location. In addition, the system provides multiple sharing levels for sharing multiple types of location contextual information. When user's current location corresponds to user-specified locations, location based presence status is provided to specified contacts according to the sharing level settings, and provides user the option to share location contextual information without sharing location coordinates of the user. When user is driving, location based presence status is updated accordingly, and when user is at other business or POI locations, corresponding location contextual information is shared based on user's settings for each sharing level. | 02-19-2009 |
20090047973 | Enhanced Mobile Location - A method for obtaining a local path loss versus range model in a radio communications network is disclosed. The method comprises obtaining at least one path loss measurement and an associated range measurement at an approximated location of a mobile radio terminal within the radio communications network and applying this to a path loss versus range model to obtain the local path loss versus range model. The local model may also be used to obtain a more accurate location of the mobile radio terminal within the radio communications network. | 02-19-2009 |
20090047974 | WIRELESS NETWORK NOTIFICATION, MESSAGING AND ACCESS DEVICE - A wireless device having capabilities to receive identification signals from other wireless devices identifies specific wireless devices by said transmitting devices maximum set identification field. Once the transmitting device is identified as having its maximum length identifier set the receiving device may further allow access or data transfer to an alternate network using the contents of the maximum length identifier and/or MAC address of the transmitting device. The wireless devices may conform to the widely popular IEEE 802.11x specifications. | 02-19-2009 |
20090047975 | Method for Tracking Location of a Mobile Unit - Location of a mobile unit is determined by a combined probability, derived from a first probability for possible locations based on a current sample of radio signal characteristics and a second probability that a unit has moved from a prior location or probable location to each possible location. | 02-19-2009 |
20090047976 | Radio positioning system - A radio positioning system includes a plurality of base stations, each receiving a radio wave from a mobile terminal, and including a first base station whose position coordinates are known and a second base station whose position coordinates are unknown. The system also includes a distance measuring unit that measures a distance between the first and the second base stations based on the exchanging the radio waves; a position-coordinate calculating unit that calculates position coordinates of the second base station based on the measured distances; a determination control unit that determines a time reference station out of the base stations, and controls the time reference station to transmit a time reference pulse; and a distance-measurement control unit that calculates, using the time difference, a time difference between reception times of the wave signal at the base stations, and calculates position coordinates of the mobile terminal based on the time difference. | 02-19-2009 |
20090047977 | Performance Monitoring Of Location-Based Service In A Mobile Telecommunications Network - A method, a device and a system are provided for monitoring Location-based Service of a mobile telecommunications network. A passive monitoring method is applied processing both positioning and Location-based Service information of different interfaces. In the system, a monitoring device is attached at the standard interfaces of the network calculating Key Performance indicators and/or measures of network usage from the combined information. In a preferred embodiment, traffic of Le and Gi interfaces ( | 02-19-2009 |
20090054075 | SATELLITE (GPS) ASSISTED CLOCK APPARATUS, CIRCUITS, SYSTEMS AND PROCESSES FOR CELLULAR TERMINALS ON ASYNCHRONOUS NETWORKS - A wireless circuit ( | 02-26-2009 |
20090054076 | Method and Device for Locating a Terminal in a Wireless Local Area Network - A method for locating a terminal in an environment equipped with a set of telecommunication terminal devices of a local wireless network, using a reference database previously stored with a plurality of vectors respectively associated with a plurality of different points of said environment, wherein each vector has, as components, values of powers received from the various terminal devices by a terminal positioned at the point associated with this vector, wherein the terminal includes inertial measurement means, comprising measuring, from the terminal, the powers received from at least some of the telecommunication terminal devices; delivering, as a position result, an identification of the point at which the terminal is located, which point is defined as that where the associated reference vector is closest to the vector formed by the powers measured from the terminal; filtering the position result delivered, and taking into account inertial navigation data provided by the inertial measurement means; and correcting an inertial drift of the inertial measurement means, taking into account a global trajectory of the terminal given by said means for filtering the position result delivered. | 02-26-2009 |
20090054077 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING DATA RELATING TO A TARGET TO A MOBILE DEVICE - The invention relates to a method for sending data relating to a target to a mobile device. Upon moving the mobile device to indicate the target, a vector having an origin at the mobile device and a direction pointing toward the target is computed. The vector is sent to a server for identifying the target. Data relating to the target is sent to the mobile device. The mobile device preferably has a location detecting device, a movements measuring system measuring its movements, a logic module computing the vector and first and second communication modules for exchanging data with the server. The server has first and second communications modules for exchanging data with the mobile device and a logic module for identifying the target using the vector and the location of the target. | 02-26-2009 |
20090054078 | INTELLIGENT GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS) INFORMATION DETECTION - Intelligently caching global positioning system (GPS) location information from GPS satellites based on cellular radio signal strength received at a portable device. The GPS satellites broadcasts signals to the portable device and the cellular radio signal strength is at a first level indicative of a low GPS reception strength. A second level, at the portable device, of the cellular radio signal strength is detected, and the second level is indicative of an increase in GPS reception strength. GPS location information is speculatively read from the GPS satellites associated with the portable device in response to the detected second level and the increase of the GPS reception strength. The GPS location information is cached on the portable device such that the GPS location information is available to the portable device when the first level of the cellular radio signal strength is less than the second level. | 02-26-2009 |
20090054079 | Electronic control apparatus and method for controlling alarm systems of cellular structure - Electronic control apparatus ( | 02-26-2009 |
20090054080 | METHOD FOR VERIFYING PLOTTING RESULTS - A method is provided for verifying plotting results when multiple signals of the same frequency have been detected from different directions. Signal characteristics of the signals detected from different directions are compared so that, on the basis of the signal comparison, a decision may be made as to whether a reflection from the same transmitter is occurring, or different transmitters are involved. | 02-26-2009 |
20090054081 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING POSITIONS OF MEMBERS OF VIRTUAL GROUPS - A method for locating positions of members of virtual groups includes the following steps of: establishing multiple virtual groups for a user to join in; acquiring position information of each member in each of the virtual groups; storing the position information of each member in each of the virtual groups in a storage; receiving requests for viewing position information of members in a designated virtual group from terminal devices; obtaining the position information of the members in the designated virtual group from the storage according to the requests, and constructing a positional map according to the position information; and transmitting the positional map to the terminal devices of the members in the designated virtual group. | 02-26-2009 |
20090061890 | Portable Electronic Devices and Methods for Downloading Applications Based on Presence of the Portable Electronic Device in a Defined Geographical Region - Methods, portable electronic devices and servers are provided for downloading applications to the portable electronic device from the server based on a geographical location of the portable electronic device. One or more applications are stored at the server. The one or more applications have an associated region and duration. A current position of the portable electronic device is determined. Ones of the stored applications are downloaded from the server to the portable electronic device if the current position of the portable electronic device is within the associated region. | 03-05-2009 |
20090061891 | Method for requesting rescue by receiving disaster alarm signal and apparatus thereof - A method of requesting a rescue by receiving a disaster alarm signal and a method thereof are disclosed. The method of requesting a rescue by a user terminal, which is connected to a disaster informing server and a rescue center through a communication network, can include receiving a disaster alarm signal from the disaster informing server, generating a corresponding RF signal by receiving the disaster alarm signal, and outputting the generated RF signal. The rescue center can position the user terminal by analyzing an RF response signal sent from a movable rescue apparatus including an RF module for receiving the RF signal. | 03-05-2009 |
20090061892 | LOCATION ASSISTED CONNECTION TO FEMTOCELL - A method for connecting to an access point base station is presented in the application. Current location information of the mobile access terminal may be determined. The current location information may be determined using positioning location circuitry of the mobile access terminal to determine the current location information. Alternatively, the current location information may be determined by receiving the current location information from an external source. The mobile access terminal may determine the current location based on signals from macro base stations or other base stations, e.g., using triangulation. If the current location information indicates, the mobile access terminal may then connect to an access point base station. | 03-05-2009 |
20090061893 | Communication system for selecting communication method - There is provided a communication system including a base station and a terminal which communicates with the base station through a plurality of communication methods. The base station is configured to predict a position of the terminal; select a communication method optimal for the terminal based on the predicted position; and notify the terminal of the selected communication method. The terminal is configured to measure the position of the terminal by prediction which is similar to the position prediction by the base station; and select the communication method notified from the base station in the case of which a difference between a result of the position prediction and a result of the measurement is smaller than a predetermined threshold. | 03-05-2009 |
20090061894 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, METHODS AND DEVICES BASED ON PROXIMITY TO DEVICE IN A BUILDING - A mobile terminal includes a detector that is configured to detect that the mobile terminal is proximate to a device that is situated in a building, to establish communications between the mobile terminal and the device that is situated in the building and to terminate communications between the mobile terminal and a device that is situated external to the building. Related systems, devices and methods are disclosed. | 03-05-2009 |
20090069027 | System and Method for Identification of Communication Devices - In one embodiment, a system for identifying a communication device includes a signal generator coupled to a transmit horn and a computing system coupled to a receive horn through a receiver. The signal generator is operable to generate an excitation waveform from the transmit horn such that the communication device passively reflects a response waveform. The computing system is operable to receive the response waveform from the communication device and compare the response waveform to a plurality of reference waveforms to determine the identity of the communication device. | 03-12-2009 |
20090069028 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING STATION OPERATION MODE - A system for controlling a station operation mode is provided. The system for controlling a station operation mode, including: a distance information generation unit measuring a distance between a first communication station and a second communication station and generating distance information; a distance information comparison unit comparing the distance information and a predetermined threshold distance; and an operation mode determination unit determining any one of an active mode and an idle mode as an operation mode of the second communication station, based on a comparison result of the distance information comparison unit. | 03-12-2009 |
20090069029 | METHOD FOR AN IMPROVED LINEAR LEAST SQUARES ESTIMATION OF A MOBILE TERMINAL'S LOCATION UNDER LOS AND NLOS CONDITIONS AND USING MAP INFORMATION - A linear least squares (LLS) estimator provides a low complexity estimation of the location of a mobile terminal (MT), using one of the fixed terminals (FTs) as a reference FT to derive a linear model. A method for selecting a reference FT is disclosed, which improves the location accuracy relative to an arbitrary approach to selecting the reference FT. In addition, a covariance-matrix based LLS estimator is proposed in line-of-sight (LOS) and non-LOS (NLOS) environments to further provide accuracy, taking advantage of the correlation of the observations. Different techniques for selecting the reference FT under non-LOS (NLOS) conditions are disclosed. A map-based two-stage LLS estimator assists in selecting the reference FT under NLOS conditions. | 03-12-2009 |
20090069030 | Method for Determination of Location Information in a Communication System - A method for computer-aided operation of a communication system with a communication network, which has a plurality of network nodes, which are designed to interchange data with a number of terminals in the communication system, and in which the following steps are carried out: the terminals determine a first position variable relating to or at a specific point, with the first position variable comprising a semantic description relating to that specific point; the terminals determine a second position vairable relating to or at the specific point with the second position varialbe comprising physical location information relating to that specific point; the first and the second position variables which have been determined by one of the terminals together represent location information, with the location information being transmitted to a network node in the communication network for further processing. | 03-12-2009 |
20090075670 | Method for localizing mobile terminals - The geographical position, or measured information from which the geographical position may be deduced, of a mobile terminal is determined via requests to the terminal and positional information or measured information transmitted to a control device. The speed of displacement of the mobile terminal is determined from the transmitted positional information or measured information and the frequency of requests controlled depending on the determined speed of displacement of the mobile terminal. The communication exchange, in particular, for mobile terminals with low speeds of displacement is therefore significantly reduced and the mobile terminals and central devices provided with dynamic load reduction. | 03-19-2009 |
20090075671 | Method and device for changing method for determining position of mobile station within mobile communication network - After a method is carried out for determining the position of a mobile station within a mobile communication network, characteristic information on the method and context is stored in a database. Then, the stored information is evaluated and the method is modified by adapting the method or by selecting another method for determining the position using the evaluation results of the stored information. These operations can be repeated as needed. | 03-19-2009 |
20090075672 | SERVER FOR UPDATING LOCATION BEACON DATABASE - A location beacon database and server, method of building location beacon database, and location based service using same. Wi-Fi access points are located in a target geographical area to build a reference database of locations of Wi-Fi access points. At least one vehicle is deployed including at least one scanning device having a GPS device and a Wi-Fi radio device and including a Wi-Fi antenna system. The target area is traversed in a programmatic route to reduce arterial bias. The programmatic route includes substantially all drivable streets in the target geographical area and solves an Eulerian cycle problem of a graph represented by said drivable streets. While traversing the target area, Wi-Fi identity information and GPS location information is detected. The location information is used to reverse triangulate the position of the detected Wi-Fi access point; and the position of the detected access point is recorded in a reference database. | 03-19-2009 |
20090075673 | TERMINAL HAVING FUNCTION FOR MANAGING POSITION REVELANT INFORMATION AND PROGRAM RECORDED MEDIUM - A terminal including a position-location module configured to receive position information of the terminal, and a controller configured to control an operation of the position-location module, and synchronize position relevant information obtained using the position information received by the position-location module with user schedule information. | 03-19-2009 |
20090082032 | Method and Device for Providing the Location of a Mobile Station - The present invention provides a solution for providing the location of a mobile device connected to a cellular network to another network. A mobile device receives information about the location of the base stations in its neighborhood. Based on the identity of the base station the device is connected to the device can determine its location and provide that to the other network. | 03-26-2009 |
20090082033 | DATA TRANSFER APPARATUS, DATA TRANSFER METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING DATA TRANSFER PROGRAM RECORDED - A data transfer apparatus includes a data transmitting portion, a destination point recording portion, an arrival time calculating portion, a required transfer rate calculating portion, and an occupied transfer rate calculating portion. The data transmitting portion transmits the pieces of untransmitted data to the respective mobile terminals through the communication line in accordance with the respective occupied data transfer rates calculated by the occupied transfer rate calculating portion. | 03-26-2009 |
20090082034 | WIRELESS CLIENT POSITION ESTIMATING SYSTEM AND METHOD - The present invention comprises a system and method for determining an estimated position of a wireless mobile client device operating in a communications environment covered by a wireless local area network. The received signal strength of the wireless mobile client device is measured by one or more access points serving devices in the communications environment. In a preferred embodiment, the error between the received signal strength measured by the access points and the expected received signal strength at a plurality of locations in the communications environment is calculated. The location of the device is determined from the error. | 03-26-2009 |
20090082035 | POSITIONING SYSTEM AND POSITIONING METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - There is provided a positioning system which generates an appropriate response according to a positioning accuracy request class from a client device. A client device | 03-26-2009 |
20090082036 | DATA BOUNDARY AWARE BASE STATION ASSISTED POSITION LOCATION - The present invention is a novel and improved method and apparatus for performing position location in wireless communications system. One embodiment of the invention comprises a method for performing position location on a subscriber unit in a terrestrial wireless telephone system using a set of satellites each transmitting a signal, the terrestrial wireless telephone system having base stations, including the steps of transmitting an aiding message from the base station to the subscriber unit, said aiding message containing information regarding a data boundary for each signal from the set of satellites, applying correlation codes to each signal yielding corresponding correlation data and accumulating said correlation data over an first interval preceding a corresponding data boundary yielding a first accumulation result, and a second interval following said corresponding data boundary yielding a second accumulation result. | 03-26-2009 |
20090088179 | Method and Device for Providing a Mobile Station with Network Network Identity and Timezone (NITZ) Information - The present invention relates to a method and a device—unit ( | 04-02-2009 |
20090088180 | COMPUTING GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION OF A MOBILE RECEIVER USING NETWORK MEASUREMENT REPORTS - A method and an apparatus for determining a location of a mobile receiver including the steps of measuring a plurality of signal strengths received by a mobile receiver, wherein the plurality of signal strengths are associated with a plurality of cellular stations, wherein the plurality of signal strengths is associated with a specific point in time, combining the plurality of signal strengths with a plurality of signal path modeling parameters to create a propagation path loss model of the path between the plurality of cellular stations and the mobile receiver, applying a non-linear estimation algorithm to the propagation path loss model, generating a plurality of distances, wherein each distance is associated with the mobile receiver and each of the plurality of cellular stations and computing the location of the mobile receiver by iterating the non-linear estimation algorithm and resulting mobile receiver position until converged. | 04-02-2009 |
20090088181 | Apparatus and a Method for Locating User Equipment - The invention is related to a subscriber identity module ( | 04-02-2009 |
20090088182 | Geographic tagging of network access points - A system for geographic tagging of network access points comprises a plurality of access points that have been configured to provide location information as part of their beacon. Each access point provides a service set identifier (SSID) that includes an encoded value that represents the location of the access point. The use of an encoded location value in the SSID of the access point is particularly advantageous because it does not require any additional hardware be added to the access point or the portable computing device. Moreover, location can be determined by any portable device without establishing a connection to the access point. The portable computing devices are adapted to receive the beacon, extract the location information from the beacon and decode the beacon. The present invention also includes a variety of methods including: a method for geographic tagging of network access points, a method for encoding a location into a geographic code, a method for decoding a geographic code into a location, a method for encoding height into a geographic code, a method for decoding height from a geographic code and a method for determining the location using a plurality of geographic codes. | 04-02-2009 |
20090088183 | GEOGRAPHICALLY SELF-LABELING ACCESS POINTS - The present invention provides systems and methods for self-labeling access points with their geographic location from received beacon frames. In particular, the present invention transmits beacon frames including temporary location information from mobile devices. The beacon frames are received by an access point, filtered by the access point and then used to determine a location. Once the location has been determined, the access point uses the determined location to self-label itself by converting the location information to a geographic code and inserting it as part of the SSID of the access point's beacon signal. The present invention also includes a number of methods using geographic codes including a method for generating and transmitting geographic codes for mobile devices, a method for determining a location of an access point, a method for self-labeling an access point, and a method for filtering beacon frames. | 04-02-2009 |
20090098880 | MOBILE TERMINALS AND METHODS FOR REGULATING POWER-ON/OFF OF A GPS POSITIONING CIRCUIT - A method for determining location of a mobile terminal includes repetitively switching power-on and power-off to a GPS receiver circuit which determines location of the mobile terminal using GPS signals. The power-on to power-off duty cycle of the GPS receiver circuit is regulated in response to distance that the mobile terminal has moved from a previously determined location. The power-on to power-off duty cycle can be regulated in response to identifying GPS isolation, in response to an acceleration-determined distance from previous GPS-determine location, an acceleration-determined velocity of the mobile terminal, availability of position assistance information from a cellular system, presence/absence of signals from a WLAN/Bluetooth device, and/or detection of a new cellular base station ID. | 04-16-2009 |
20090098881 | Wireless terminal and user interface method - Communications is executed between users through wireless terminals thereof without fear of being located by each other. On terminal | 04-16-2009 |
20090098882 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD OF PROVIDING LOCATION INFORMATION THEREIN - A communication device, computer program product and method of providing location information therein are disclosed. The communication device includes a wireless communication unit for receiving location information on another communication device and a controller for setting location based information on another communication device using the received location information, and controlling the set location based information to be displayed. | 04-16-2009 |
20090098883 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD OF PROVIDING LOCATION INFORMATION THEREIN - A communication device, computer program product and method of providing location information therein are disclosed. The communication device includes a wireless communication unit, a display, a memory and a controller operatively connected to the memory, the display, and the wireless communication device, the controller configured to transmit virtual movement information of the communication device to a different communication device, the different communication device registered with a location information providing service. | 04-16-2009 |
20090098884 | Method of providing location update messages and paging messages in a wireless communication system - The present invention provides a method of operating an idle mobile unit that is capable of communicating with first and second wireless communication systems. One embodiment of the method includes providing a location update message in response to the idle mobile unit transitioning from a first tracking area associated with the second wireless communication system to a second tracking area associated with the second wireless communication system. The first and second wireless communication systems are capable of paging the idle mobile unit following the location update message. | 04-16-2009 |
20090098885 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR STORING INFORMATION TO LOCATE A FEMTO CELL - A system, method and computer product for augmenting a user's equipment (UE) database with information measured by a femto cell, the method comprising: (a) performing RF measurements by a femto cell; (b) connecting the UE to the femto cell; (c) downloading the RF measurements taken by the femto cell into the UE custom database; (d) maintaining a central database of femto cell measurements, to be used for updating custom UE databases; (e) comparing current RF measurements taken by the UE with the femto cell own RF measurements to estimate proximity to the femto cell. | 04-16-2009 |
20090098886 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING PRESENCE NOTIFICATIONS BASED UPON WATCHER STATUS - A system and method for providing Presence notifications based upon a user's status. According to various embodiments, a Watcher can provide an indication of filtering criteria for incoming Presence information. A network agent can be used to filter 5 unnecessary notifications before they reach the Watcher. Presence notifications can be sent or not sent to a Watcher at certain times based upon the Watcher's availability and/or willingness to receive such notifications. These arrangements optimize Presence traffic by not sending Presence information over a costly radio interface at times when the information would not be useful to the intended recipient of the information. | 04-16-2009 |
20090098887 | Mobile terminal and location information acquisition method thereof - A mobile terminal and location information acquisition method thereof is provided for facilitating registration of a mobile terminal for a location service and locating the mobile terminal using a SIM Application Toolkit (SAT). A location information acquisition method of the present invention includes registering, when a terminal registration menu item provided by the SIM is selected, an intended terminal indicated by a name and a phone number entered by a user with the SIM; selecting, when a location request menu item provided by the SIM is selected, one of terminals registered with the SIM according to the user's intention; and acquiring location information of the selected terminal, the location information being received in response to a location information request transmitted by the mobile terminal. The location information acquisition method for a mobile terminal according to the present invention enables acquires location information of a specific mobile terminal in a cost-effective manner through a simplified manipulation of menu items provided by SAT of SIM card. | 04-16-2009 |
20090104917 | Position-finding method in a radiocommunication system, position finding system and device for carrying out said method - A position-finding method in a radiocommunication system comprising at least one first and one second sub-system and means ( | 04-23-2009 |
20090104918 | SELF-LEARNING TRANSCEIVER - The invention pertains to a transceiver ( | 04-23-2009 |
20090104919 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR ESTABLISHING A REAL-TIME LOCATION-BASED SERVICE NETWORK - A network and method to establish a real-time location based service for client mobile device users. Asynchronous data connections are established between client mobile devices and a data server over wireless networks. Synchronous data connections are established between the client devices and a map server over wireless networks. The data server receives geographic location information from the client devices, indicating a geographic location of each client device, and relays the geographic location information to the client devices in real time via the asynchronous data connections. The map server provides map data to the client devices as requested from the client devices via the synchronous data connections. The geographic location information may be overlaid onto the map data and displayed on any of the client mobile devices to indicate the various locations of the various client devices in real time. | 04-23-2009 |
20090111482 | Method and Apparatus for Determining Whether a Mobile Terminal Has Moved Outside a Given Locale - A method and apparatus are described for determining whether a mobile terminal | 04-30-2009 |
20090111483 | POSITIONING SYSTEM AND METHOD - There is provided a system and method for positioning a receiver, the system comprising an antenna array coupled to a common generating and switching unit. The generating and switching unit is configured to generate a periodic signal and to switch the signal between at least two antennas, constituting a positioning signal; such that an RF receiver receiving the positioning signal and having a phase difference estimator is capable to measure phase differences between portions of the positioning signal transmitted by the spaced-apart antennas, the phase differences indicating the orientation of the received relative to the positioning system. | 04-30-2009 |
20090111484 | Methods, Systems, and Products for Tracking Objects - Methods, systems, and products are disclosed for tracking an object. An identification signal is received that identifies an identification tag associated with the object to be tracked. The identification signal is stored in memory of a cellular phone. When an incoming call is received at the cellular phone, then the information associated with the identification signal is uploaded to a network database. When an outgoing call is placed from the cellular phone, then the information associated with the identification signal may also be uploaded to the network database. | 04-30-2009 |
20090111485 | Communication Terminal and Recording Medium - A communication terminal includes a first wireless unit for carrying out cellular communication, and a second wireless unit for carrying out WLAN communication. A control unit carries out a power save operation that inactivates the WLAN communication function of these wireless communication functions. Location information for access points accessible by WLAN communication is stored in the storage unit. The control unit calculates distances between access points and the communication terminal and determines whether or not the communication terminal is within communication range of any of the access points by matching location information for the communication terminal obtained by the GPS unit and location information for the access points stored in the storage unit. When the access point is within communication range, the control unit gives notification by outputting the signal strength via a display unit and the like according to the distance to the access point. | 04-30-2009 |
20090117915 | MOBILE DEVICE AND METHOD OF OBTAINING POSITION DATA OF THE SAME - A mobile device providing position data of its own, the mobile device including: a Zigbee communication module executing Zigbee communication according to IEEE 802.15.4 standards; a global positioning system (GPS) module receiving a GPS signal and obtaining the position data of the mobile device; and a mobile communication module checking whether the mobile device departs a Zigbee communication network while executing the Zigbee communication via the Zigbee communication module, obtaining the position data of the mobile device via the GPS module when the mobile device departs the Zigbee communication network, and transmitting a position signal including the position data to a predetermined destination address. | 05-07-2009 |
20090117916 | Position detection - Techniques and apparatus are described for detecting a position of a target. A position detection device associated with a wireless communication system includes an accumulator to sample and accumulate a pulse signal included in an input signal. A double-sliding window is connected to the accumulator to detect a starting point of the input signal. Also, a synchronization controller is connected to the accumulator to generate a synchronization signal to enable the accumulator to sample and accumulate the pulse signal. In addition, a time shift calculator is connected to the accumulator to correct the detected starting point of the input signal based on the accumulated pulse signal. Further, a position calculator is connected to the time shift calculator to calculate a position of a target based on the corrected starting point. | 05-07-2009 |
20090117917 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR POSITION LOCATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and apparatus for position location in a wireless network. In an aspect, a method is provided that includes determining whether a symbol to be transmitted is an active symbol, wherein the symbol comprises a plurality of subcarriers, and encoding identification information on a first portion of subcarriers if it is determined that the symbol is the active symbol. The method also includes encoding idle information on a second portion of subcarriers if it is determined that the symbol in not the active symbol. In an aspect, an apparatus includes detector logic configured to decode a plurality of symbols to determine identification information that identifies a plurality of transmitters, and to determine a plurality of channel estimate associated with the plurality of transmitters. The apparatus also includes position determination logic configured to calculate a device position based on the plurality of transmitters and the plurality of channel estimates. | 05-07-2009 |
20090124265 | ENHANCED PILOT SIGNAL - Briefly, in accordance with one embodiment, a method of transmitting signals is provided. Signal waveforms are transmitted from at least two respective sectors. The at least two respective sectors are from at least two different sets of a superset of sectors. The transmitted signal waveforms include signal waveforms at least nearly mutually orthogonal at least along a particular signal dimension. An advantage of such an embodiment, for example, is reduced signal interference. | 05-14-2009 |
20090131071 | Data Communication Apparatus, Data Communication Method, and Data Communication Packet - A data communication apparatus capable of creating a new type of communication is provided. Motion information obtaining means | 05-21-2009 |
20090131072 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RAN ASSISTED LOCATION UPDATE - An apparatus and method for efficiently updating location information of a mobile device in a wireless communication network, such as a cellular network, is disclosed. The mobile device sends its location information through a route update message to a base station controller. This route update message is sent over the access channel if the traffic channel is not up. When the base station controller realizes the mobile device has changed its location, the base station notifies the change to a location server, which sends a location update message to an application server. | 05-21-2009 |
20090131073 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING UMTS USER EQUIPMENT USING MEASUREMENT REPORTS - A system and method for estimating a location of a wireless device receiving signals from a plurality of nodes of a communication system. A first value may be determined based on a network timing characteristic for one of the nodes, and a second value may be determined based on a network measurement report characteristic. An observed time difference of arrival (“OTDOA”) hyperbola may then be calculated based on the first and second values, and a location of the wireless device estimated as a function of the OTDOA hyperbola. | 05-21-2009 |
20090131074 | UTILIZING LOCATION-BASED DATA TO MANIPULATE POWER STATES OF EMBEDDED DEVICES - One or more media is provided for performing a method of utilizing location-based data to manipulate power states of one or more embedded devices on a mobile device. Initially, location-based data from a positioning system (GPS satellite) is received. Generally, the location-based data relates to a global position of the mobile device. The location-based data may then be applied to a set of positional rules, which includes comparing the position-based data against the one or more predefined positional coordinates. Accordingly, the appropriate power level of one or more embedded devices may be determined. Further, if the determination indicates that a present power level of the embedded devices conflicts with the determined appropriate power state, the power state of the conflicting embedded devices is manipulated consistent with the positional rule. As such, this configuration provides for a useful power-management scheme that preserves battery life. | 05-21-2009 |
20090131075 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING AN UNKNOWN BASE STATION - A system and method for estimating a location of an unknown Node B in a wireless communication system having a plurality of other nodes and a plurality of location measurement units. A first value may be determined based on a network timing characteristic for one of the nodes, and a second value may be determined based on a network measurement report characteristic from a user equipment (“UE”). An observed time difference of arrival (“OTDOA”) hyperbola may then be calculated based on the first and second values, and a location of the unknown Node B as a function of the OTDOA hyperbola. Therefore, through the combination of a UE network measurement report characteristic and a downlink timing measurement from a location measurement unit, the location of an unknown Node B may be determined. | 05-21-2009 |
20090131076 | Method and Apparatus for Location Determination in a Wireless Assisted Hybrid Positioning System - Methods and apparatuses for location determination in wireless assisted positioning systems. In one aspect of the disclosed method and apparatus, a method to determine a position of a mobile device in a positioning system includes: computing a second estimated position of a mobile device using a first assumed geometric relationship for a location of the mobile device in relation to a navigational transmitter (e.g., a basestation, a pseudolite, or a Satellite Positioning System (SPS) satellite). The first geometric relationship is linearly independent from the altitude of the mobile device (e.g., obtained from an altitude aiding) and a second geometric relationship based on range information (e.g., a range from the mobile device to the navigational transmitter, a pseudorange, an arrival time, or a round trip time) measured with respect to the navigational transmitter. In another embodiment of the disclosed method and apparatus, the method to determine a position of a mobile device in a positioning system includes: determining an estimated clock bias from a strength indicator of a signal transmitted from a navigational transmitter to the mobile device. | 05-21-2009 |
20090131077 | MULTIMODAL DATA COLLECTION DEVICE - A multimodal data collection device uses a digital pen as a primary input mechanism for data and for controlling the device. The digital pen may be connected to the multimodal data collection device through a wired connection, a wireless host connection, or a slave connection. The multimodal data collection device receives data from a number of input/output devices, captures the data, and then synchronizes selected written, voice and image data with time stamp information and geospatial location information to re-create one or more pre-existing events. In addition, the multimodal data collection device operates to arrange externally and internally received data by synchronizing the data with time and location information. | 05-21-2009 |
20090131078 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ENHANCING POSITIONING OF USER EQUIPMENT - A method and a device for enhancing positioning of user equipment (UE) are provided. The information about the adjacent cells is sufficiently utilized to determine the coverage area where the UE is located and then a basic positioning method is used based on the determined coverage area. Thus, the positioning precision for cells disposed with repeaters is effectively improved without any additional cost of networks and terminals. | 05-21-2009 |
20090137255 | MAPPING IN A MULTI-DIMENSIONAL SPACE - A multi-dimensional, such as a three-dimensional, map is created using nodes in communication with each other. The nodes communicate with each other wirelessly via radio frequency (RF) using Bluetooth™ protocol. Detailed location information from the location nodes is downloaded. A mesh network of nodes is in communication with at least one base station and, in turn, is in communication with at least one control center. A mobile device associated with a user located in a specific area of a geographical location is in communication with a control center to create a multi-dimensional map. | 05-28-2009 |
20090143076 | Method and Apparatus for Using Supported Network Information for Positioning - Techniques to support positioning for terminals in Secure User Plane Location (SUPL) are described. A SUPL Enabled Terminal (SET) may receive supported network information from a SUPL Location Platform (SLP), which is a location server in SUPL. The supported network information may indicate one or more radio access networks supported by the SLP, one or more types of measurement supported by the SLP, and/or information that the SET is allowed to send to the SLP. The SET may send network measurement information for a supported radio access network to the SLP. The network measurement information may include cell and/or access point (AP) information for one or more access points or base stations in the supported radio access network. The SLP may determine a location estimate for the SET based on the network measurement information from the SET. | 06-04-2009 |
20090143077 | System and Method for Brokering Mobile Service Providers - The present invention comprises a method and system for dispatching a plurality of mobile service providers among a plurality of users (stationary) based on proximity of a user to a particular mobile service provider. One or more representations of proximity will be presented to a user on a map by the system and the system computes offers based on proximity. | 06-04-2009 |
20090149191 | Method and arrangement for locating a mobile terminal in a multicell radio arrangement - A method and system for locating a mobile terminal in a multicell radio system are provided. A plurality of radio base stations detect the field strength of a data transmission of the mobile terminal and the location of the mobile terminal is determined the values are provided. The mobile terminal is switched into an active state, then a plurality of the radio base stations are set to the radio channel used by the mobile terminal to be located, and the mobile terminal is prompted to emit a response message as a result of the communication of a test data transmission. The received field strength of the received response message is measured by the radio base stations and communicated to a central device, after which the location of the mobile terminal is determined by the central device on the basis of the measured values. | 06-11-2009 |
20090149192 | Device Locate Service - A device locate service is described. In embodiment(s), a device locate request can be received to locate a device that is configured for mobile communication. A control command can then be communicated via a mobile communication network that activates the device to override configuration settings of the device and initiate one or more locate service functions, such as emit an audible tone, display a message, lock the device to disable device features, wipe data from a memory of the device, and/or transmit a GPS location signal. The device locate service can also receive the GPS location signal from the device, determine a location of the device from the GPS location signal, and communicate the location of the device for display at a computing device. | 06-11-2009 |
20090149193 | Creating optimum temporal location trigger for multiple requests - A technique evaluates overlapping request intervals, and from them determines a temporal reporting interval that satisfies requirements for all that overlap. The temporal reporting interval represents a temporal trigger used to best support multiple triggers on the same target, without modification or support by the target mobile. Disclosed embodiments relate to an example of location requests wherein multiple users, by chance, request location triggered services on the same target mobile during the same time period. To minimize the usage of mobile and network resources, the present invention reduces the number of active triggers on a target mobile subjected to multiple requests (e.g., location requests from multiple tracking applications). | 06-11-2009 |
20090149194 | Femtocell location - In a telecommunications network a technique of identifying unauthorised movement of an Access Point, also often described as a micro base station or a femto-cell, uses a velocity check to determine if the Access Point has been moved from its intended location to a remote, unauthorised location. In an embodiment, the system described herein determines the cell ID of the cell used before the access point was used and/or after the access point is used. The differences in location between the cell IDs and the expected location of the Access Point is then determined to see if the Access Point is in its correct position. | 06-11-2009 |
20090149195 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING ACCESS POINT WITH AREA IDENTITIES - The present invention provides a method for providing an access point in a UMTS with adequate area identities. The mobile communication system includes at least an AG and a plurality of APs connected to the AG. The method includes the following steps. A plurality of first area identities and at least one second area identity are configured on the AG. The APs communicate with a UE by using the first area identities. The first area identities are converted into the second area identity. Finally, the AG communicates with a core network by using the second area identity. A corresponding system is also provided. Thus, unnecessary operations that an unauthorized user attempts to access an AP repeatedly is prevented, and a situation that an authorized user is unable to access an own access point after being rejected by other APs is completely prevented. The configured area identities are used by only the UE and APs, have no influence on the performance of the core network, and may reduce configuration requirements for the core network. | 06-11-2009 |
20090149196 | METHOD FOR PULLING GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION DATA FROM A REMOTE WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS MOBILE UNIT - A method to remotely determine a location of a mobile unit without intervention by a user of the mobile unit is provided. The mobile unit may receive a location query, download location data from a GPS, and transmit the location data via a wireless telecommunications network. For example, a call center may initiate a location query using a voice channel call to the mobile unit. In addition, the mobile unit may select a mode of communication from a number of alternative modes of digital wireless communication based upon a determined characteristic of the transmission mode. By way of example, the determined characteristic could be a transmission speed, cost of transmission, or signal strength of the selected communication mode. Furthermore, the unit may be a battery pack or other accessory device attachable to a wireless telephone handset, or integrated within a mobile unit. | 06-11-2009 |
20090149197 | CONTINUOUS DATA OPTIMIZATION OF NEW ACCESS POINTS IN POSITIONING SYSTEMS - Methods and systems of continuously optimizing data in WiFi positioning systems. A location-based services system uses WiFi-enabled devices to monitor WiFi access points in a target area to indicate whether a WiFi access point is newly-observed. A WiFi-enabled device communicates with WiFi access points within range of the WiFi-enabled device so that observed WiFi access points identify themselves. A reference database is accessed to obtain information specifying a recorded location for each observed WiFi access point in the target area. Observed WiFi access points for which the reference database has no information specifying a corresponding recorded location are identified. The recorded location information for each of the observed WiFi access points is used to calculate the position of the WiFi-enabled device. The reference database is informed of the WiFi access points (for which there was no information in the database) and is provided the calculated position in conjunction therewith. | 06-11-2009 |
20090156228 | Mid-Call Synchronization for U-TDOA and AOA Location in UMTS - In a wireless location system, a method for determining frame and slot timing information for use in receiving an uplink signal from a user equipment (UE) device assigned to an uplink Dedicated Physical Control Channel (DPCCH) includes receiving signals in the uplink DPCCH at a location measurement unit (LMU) of the WLS. The method also includes detecting a predefined bit pattern known to be present in a plurality of predefined slots of the uplink DPCCH. Next, the frame and slot timing information are determined for the uplink DPCCH based on the detected bit pattern. Finally, the frame and slot timing information is used for collecting uplink signals from the UE for use in location processing. | 06-18-2009 |
20090156229 | AUTOMATICALLY IDENTIFYING LOCATION INFORMATION IN TEXT DATA - Techniques are described for automatically identifying/recognizing location information in received data and then providing navigational-related functions associated with the location information. In one or more implementations, automatically identifying location information may be performed using a locale context. More particularly, the locale context may serve as a basis for determining how text data is parsed and which expressions are used to parse text in order to recognize the location information. | 06-18-2009 |
20090156230 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING A MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL IN A GEOGRAPHICAL AREA - A computer system determines and stores antenna probabilities for defined sub-areas ( | 06-18-2009 |
20090156231 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A LOCATION AREA OF A MOBILE USER - A computer system determines location probabilities for defined sub-areas ( | 06-18-2009 |
20090163224 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOCATING A MOBILE DEVICE - Systems and methods disclosed herein generate pseudo pilot signals including PN phase offsets corresponding to a plurality of pseudo base stations. The pseudo base stations are (1) a plurality of non-physical base stations, and/or (2) physical base stations outside the reception range of the mobile device. The pseudo pilot signals are combined with communication signals from a physical base station to form a series of composite signals. The composite signals are transmitted for reception by a wireless mobile device and are used to determine the location of the mobile device. | 06-25-2009 |
20090163225 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR AUTOMATICALLY SEARCHING A DATABASE TO TUNE A FREQUENCY MODULATOR IN A MOBILE DEVICE - A method for automatically tuning a frequency modulator in a mobile device is described. The geographical location of the mobile device is obtained. A database of one or more frequencies associated with the geographical location of the mobile device is searched. Quality associated with channels of the one or more frequencies is analyzed to identify at least one available channel at a first frequency. The first frequency is assigned to an FM modulator. The FM modulator is integrated as a part of the mobile device. A determination is made as to whether a command to search for a second frequency is received. If the command to search for the second frequency is not received, a signal is transmitted on the first frequency by the FM modulator. | 06-25-2009 |
20090163226 | Device, system, and method of power saving using location sensing modules - A method, apparatus and system for, in a computing apparatus, periodically activating a location operating system detecting a substantial change in the location of the apparatus, selecting a computing environment from a predetermined set of computing environments based on the change in the location of the apparatus, where the selected computing environment may be the most appropriate computing environment for the changed location, and altering the power mode of one or more components of the apparatus, specified by the selected computing environment. | 06-25-2009 |
20090170525 | Attaching Location Data to a SMS Message - Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, for attaching location data to a SMS message. A system includes a first wireless device configured with a wireless interface operable to communicate with a wireless interface in a first personal navigation device using a Bluetooth wireless protocol, the first personal navigation device configured to attach location data to a SMS message, a second wireless device configured with a wireless interface operable to communicate with a wireless interface in a second personal navigation device using the Bluetooth wireless protocol, the second personal navigation device configured to identify location data attached to the SMS message, and a wireless network enabling communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device. | 07-02-2009 |
20090170526 | DETERMINING POSITION OF A NODE AND REPRESENTING THE POSITION AS A POSITION PROBABILITY SPACE - Methods and apparatus are provided for determining and representing a location or position of a node in a network. When the node receives position measurement information from a reference node, the node generates, based on the position measurement information, a position probability space (PPS) which defines a space that encompasses possible positions where the node is possibly positioned in the network. The PPS includes a centroid (i.e., a set of coordinates), and a set of vectors which originate from the centroid and define the space around the centroid. The magnitude of each vector reflects the accuracy of the position in the direction of the vector. | 07-02-2009 |
20090170527 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATION AREA PLANNING IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORKS UNDER DELAY BOUND - In one of many possible embodiments, a method of locating a mobile terminal within a location area of a mobile communication network is provided. In the method, a threshold is set by calculating a sum of all location probabilities in the location area and dividing the sum by a maximum number of polling cycles allowed before the mobile terminal is located. Cells in the location area are arranged in non-ascending order according to their location probabilities. Multiple paging areas are formed one at a time by starting with a first cell not used in a previous paging area, grouping cells in order, and stopping when the total of location probabilities reaches the threshold or when no more ungrouped cells exist within the location area. | 07-02-2009 |
20090176504 | METHOD FOR MANAGING SERVICE REQUESTS VIA A MOBILE STATION OF A DIGITAL MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - The invention proposes a method and mobile station application designed for managing service requests via a digital mobile communications network, comprising the steps of: —connecting (S | 07-09-2009 |
20090176505 | Identification of proximate mobile devices - A method for a first mobile device to identify a second mobile device. The method comprises a) detecting at least one sensory identifier (ID | 07-09-2009 |
20090176506 | LOCATION BASED SERVICE (LBS) SYSTEM, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRIGGERING OF MOBILE STATION LBS APPLICATIONS - An application executed within a mobile station to be triggered only by a network element, such as a mobile positioning center (MPC) or a Mobile Center (MC). The network element is coupled to a base station. The network element is responsible for authorizing an application that is either resident within the mobile station or that is run in a device that is resident elsewhere in the network. The mobile station communicates with the network element over a communication link through the base station and other infrastructure components. The mobile station will only respond to attempts to trigger particular operations (e.g., run particular applications) if the mobile station receives a short message services (SMS) message as defined by Interim Specification 637A (IS-637A) which is published by the Telecommunication Industry Association (TIA)/Electronics Industry Association (EIA). More specifically, that SMS message must include an SMS Teleservice Identifier that has a particular pre-assigned value. | 07-09-2009 |
20090186628 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR LINKING COMMUNICATIONS WITH LOCATION DATA - An electronic device includes a communication component; a location-determining component; a display; and a computing device all housed within a portable, handheld housing or other enclosure. The communications component transmits and receives mobile communications over a wireless communication network or path and provides identification information to the computing device. The location determining component determines locations of the electronic device as it is carried or driven from place to place and provides corresponding location data to the computing device. The computing device links the identification information with the location data to indicate the location of the device when a communication was made or received. The identification information and location data may be linked by adding a geocode or geotag to the identification information or by cross-referencing the information and data in a database. The computing device may also display a representation of the location data alongside a representation of the communication on a cartographic map and then display some of the identification information for the communication when a user scrolls over or otherwise selects either of the representations. | 07-23-2009 |
20090186629 | Caller Identification with Caller Geographical Location - Caller identification with caller geographical location is provided. The caller's geographical location represents the actual or approximate geographical location of the caller at the time the call is placed rather than the billing or exchange location. Additional information can be requested based on the caller's geographical location, such as directions, nearby sites of interest, and traffic reports. A call recipient can request that this additional information be sent to the caller. For privacy purposes and security, a caller can limit the amount of information that is transmitted to call recipients. | 07-23-2009 |
20090191891 | Method to support user location in in-structure coverage systems - In an example embodiment of the present invention, the method includes creating a plurality of data packets. Each data packet in the plurality of data packets includes a plurality of coded cellular signals. The plurality of data packets are sent over a data network associated with at least one sector served by a plurality of transceivers, and at least one of the plurality of transceivers broadcasts the data packets. A location of a mobile station is determined based on received multi-paths associated with response from the mobile station to broadcast of at least one of the plurality of data packets. | 07-30-2009 |
20090191892 | INTEGRATING POSITION-DETERMINING AND WI-FI FUNCTIONS - Techniques are described for leveraging position-determining functions and Wi-Fi functions on a device by integrating these functions. In one or more implementations, Wi-Fi data is provided on a electronic device configured with Wi-Fi and position-determining functionality. This Wi-Fi data is then used to facilitate the device accessing a Wi-Fi network available within a geographical region associated with the device. In at least some implementations, the facilitating is associated with identifying and/or selecting one or more potential Wi-Fi networks to access by integrating the Wi-Fi data with received positioning data and map data on the device. In at least some embodiments, the facilitating is associated with communicatively linking to a selected Wi-Fi network. | 07-30-2009 |
20090191893 | Strong media-computer satellite smart telephone with integrated global directory - A new compact digital satellite communication Media Smartphone capable of making and receiving calls globally and with a global direct directory assistance button, that will display a map and translation page, and is combined with a new Laptop Notebook Computer connected together as one embodiment. The Satellite Media Smartphone has an interface, as does the Laptop Notebook and they are controlled with an Interface Connection Platform Coordinator to coordinate all functions between each operation, and each can operate independently to simultaneously transfer data within each device as one embodiment. Using the Global Position System (GPS) and with latest preferred 2 Quad/2 Duo processors the speed of retrieving and transferring data for directory assistance and to display other internet third party application data to the Media Smartphone through an interface loop, with the option to save a subscriber's requested listings to a personal phone book within the Satellite Smartphone, and to send a backup to a file on the Laptop Notebook securely. Security layers within interfaces are must. There are various services for the Satellite Media Smartphone operation, extended videoing because of being able to store in the virtual memory files of the Laptop, including a facsimile mode that the Laptop Notebook can ask for when an external facsimile machine is attached through the telephone port. | 07-30-2009 |
20090191894 | RADIO NETWORK SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING AN UNKNOWN POSITION OF A TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING UNIT OF A RADIO NETWORK - A method for determining an unknown position of a transmitting/receiving unit of a number of transmitting/receiving units of a radio network, use of a signal quality, and radio network. In the method, a signal field strength and/or a transit time of a signal received through an antenna is measured. A signal quality of the signal received through the antenna is determined. The measured signal field strength and/or the transit time is weighted on the basis of the determined signal quality, wherein the unknown position of the transmitting/receiving unit among the transmitting/receiving units is calculated from multiple weighted signal field strengths and/or transit times and known positions of the transmitting/receiving units. | 07-30-2009 |
20090191895 | Apparatus And Method For Providing A Task Reminder Based On Travel History - An apparatus for providing a task reminder to be performed at a task location includes a monitoring module that monitors a location of a user via a mobile communication device associated with the user at predetermined time intervals for tracking historical travel information of the user, and a data store for storing the historical travel information and for storing user specified task information that includes a task and a task location. In an exemplary embodiment, the apparatus includes a reminder module that is configured to determine a reminder position as a position where an estimated probability of the user traveling from the reminder position at a particular time in a trajectory leading away from the task location exceeds an estimated probability of the user traveling from the reminder position at that same time in a trajectory leading toward the task location by a threshold value. The reminder module generates a reminder of the task when the reminder position is identified. | 07-30-2009 |
20090197612 | Mobile telephone location application - A hand-held mobile communications device including a location determination system for determining a location of the hand-held mobile communications device; and a system for sending location information of the hand-held mobile communications device, determined by the location determination system, to a second hand-held mobile communications device. The communications devices can be mobile telephones. The location determination system can include a GPS receiver. The communications device can comprise a system for displaying the location of the second communications device and/or perform a task of a non-location specific application, such as a music player. | 08-06-2009 |
20090197613 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING THE LOCATION OF A NODE IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for determining the location of a node within a wireless communication system is provided herein. In order to determine the location of a node, a series of GSM network measurement reports (NMRs) received at multiple base stations are analyzed by location-finding equipment. Multiple reports from the same mobile unit are analyzed for their received signal strength and multiple location estimates are then determined for the node. The location estimates are then averaged and weighted to determine an accurate location estimate for the node. | 08-06-2009 |
20090197614 | Content Forwarding for Bandwidth Conservation - Embodiments described herein provide for conserving bandwidth. A cluster of cellular devices is identified. Each cellular device in the cluster may be within a given proximity from at least one other cellular device in the cluster. A seed is selected from the cluster of cellular devices. A schedule associated with a content item to be distributed to the cluster of cellular devices is identified. The schedule identifies which of the cellular devices in the cluster receive the content item. A cellular tower is instructed to transmit the content item and the schedule to the seed. Upon receiving the content item, the seed may forward the content item to another cellular device in the cluster according to the schedule. | 08-06-2009 |
20090197615 | USER INTERFACE FOR MOBILE DEVICES - A device and method for controlling the user interface of a mobile device, are discussed. According to an embodiment, the method includes determining a distance relationship between a user's body and the mobile device, and changing a configuration of at least one of at least one input unit and at least one output unit depending upon the determined distance relationship. | 08-06-2009 |
20090197616 | CRITICAL MASS BILLBOARD - A public advertisement display (e.g., billboard) is dynamically adjusted for advertising content in response to characterizing a viewing population. At least a subset of the viewing population carries a wireless networked device that can be associated with a user's identity as well as a location of the user. A user profile is developed based on behavior, collected demographic data, web browsing through other devices, etc. Advertising campaigns have royalty values based on the number of viewers of a particular characterization. Optimization of the royalty is dynamically determined based on determining a number of viewers and a characterization of at least a portion of the viewers. A targeted advertising campaign of reach-frequency-time per viewer can be satisfied at least in part by tracking these views for identified users. A marketplace platform depersonalizes tracking and royalty reports to advertisers to protect the users and encourage their participation in the tracking. | 08-06-2009 |
20090203386 | POSITIONING USING ENHANCED PILOT SIGNAL - Briefly, in accordance with one embodiment, a method of transmitting signals is provided. Signal waveforms are transmitted from at least two respective sectors. The at least two respective sectors are from at least two different sets of a superset of sectors. The transmitted signal waveforms include signal waveforms at least nearly mutually orthogonal at least along a particular signal dimension. An advantage of such an embodiment, for example, is reduced signal interference. | 08-13-2009 |
20090209266 | Investigations - A kit and method of investigating the location of a portable telecommunications device used in making a call, includes obtaining information on the position of the receiver involved in the call. A location is surveyed by visiting the location and establishing the receiver a portable telecommunications device would use from that location. The method also compares the receiver involved in the call with the receiver that would be used from the surveyed location. | 08-20-2009 |
20090209267 | Method and Apparatus for Executing Location Dependent Application in a Mobile Handset - Methods and mobile handsets provide applications with access to locality identifier information heretofore not shared with applications. By accessing the locality identifier from memory, applications can provide location-specific services, such as alarms and location-specific themes. The locality identifier can be compared to a criteria table in memory to determine if an application should be notified or activated. The criteria table may include time and date criteria, so application notification can depend upon time, date and location information. | 08-20-2009 |
20090209268 | LOCATION SENSING SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A location sensing system and method for a mobile communication system is provided for maintaining location sensing service with the support of mobile nodes when there is an insufficient number of anchor nodes for reference points. A location sensing method for a mobile communication system includes discovering, at a source mobile node, anchor nodes in a vicinity; discovering, when a number of discovered anchor nodes is less than a predetermined number of reference nodes required for location sensing, neighboring mobile nodes; selecting at least one of neighboring mobile nodes as a reference mobile node; and computing a location of the source mobile node in cooperation with the predetermined number of reference nodes including the discovered anchor nodes and the reference mobile node. | 08-20-2009 |
20090209269 | SUPL INITIALIZATION MESSAGE IN A LOCATION INFORMATION SYSTEM AND METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROCESSING SUPL BY USING THE SAME - A terminal and method and system for processing SUPL are discussed. According to one embodiment, the invention provides a method of processing a SUPL request for a terminal that has performed roaming, the method comprising: receiving a SUPL INIT message from a home SLP entity, the SUPL INIT message including an indicator that indicates whether a home SLP entity uses a proxy mode or a non-proxy mode; checking the indicator to determine whether a first message or a second message should be transmitted to the home SLP entity; and transmitting the first message or the second message to the home SLP entity according to a result of the checking step. | 08-20-2009 |
20090215465 | Enhanced Mobile Location Method and System - A method and system is disclosed for locating a mobile radio terminal in a radio communications network. The method makes use of additional positional constraints provided as a result of unreported cells. In one form of the invention, a likely reason for a particular cell not being reported is determined and an associated probability term is determined for use in a position location model. The invention also relates to a system for implementing the method. | 08-27-2009 |
20090215466 | MOBILE PHONE BASED SYSTEM FOR DISABLING A CELL PHONE WHILE TRAVELING - The invention describes a method implemented on a mobile phone that will disable a cellular phone to prevent an incoming and outgoing or re-route an incoming cellular phone call/text/video/messages and the like if the cellular phone is known to be moving at a predetermined speed corresponding to an unsafe operation of a vehicle. The system and method will determine if the cellular phone is travelling at the predetermined speed and if so will alert the user, then perform any one or all of, a set of predetermined actions such as shutdown the phone, re-route all call to voice messages, store all text messages, shutdown the display, prevent outbound calling/texting, and the like. The invention prevents an individual from using their cellular phone while operating a moving vehicle at or above a predetermined speed. | 08-27-2009 |
20090215467 | SUPL INITIALIZATION MESSAGE IN A LOCATION INFORMATION SYSTEM AND METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROCESSING SUPL BY USING THE SAME - A terminal and method and system for processing SUPL are discussed. According to one embodiment, the invention provides a method of processing a SUPL request for a terminal that has performed roaming, the method comprising: receiving a SUPL INIT message from a home SLP entity, the SUPL INIT message including an indicator that indicates whether a home SLP entity uses a proxy mode or a non-proxy mode; checking the indicator to determine whether the home SLP operates in the proxy mode or the non-proxy mode; and selectively performing authentication with the home SLP entity based on the checking result indicating whether the home SLP entity operates in the proxy mode or the non-proxy mode. | 08-27-2009 |
20090215468 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND POSITIONING METHOD FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - When a GPS terminal ( | 08-27-2009 |
20090221298 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINALS AND METHODS THAT DISPLAY RELATIVE DIRECTION AND DISTANCE THEREBETWEEN RESPONSIVE TO ACCELERATION DATA - Wireless communication terminals are disclosed that display the direction and distance between them so that users can, for example, travel away from each other and then later find one another. The terminals are configured to track their movement using acceleration data. Some of the terminals may operate as slave terminals in which they transmit their movement data to a master terminal which determines therefrom the relative direction and distance between the terminals. The master terminal may then transmit the relative direction and distance data to the slave terminals where it can be displayed to their users. | 09-03-2009 |
20090221299 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE STATION LOCATION ESTIMATION - Methods and apparatus for estimating mobile station location include receiving reported signal strengths or other attachment indicator values from a mobile station. The reported signal strengths are compared with characteristic received signal strength values in a coverage area of a mobile network. A mobile switching center determines if a local function is requested and initiates a location estimation process by a mobile location module (MLM). The MLM receives the reported signal strength contours associated with the attachment points. Based on a comparison of the reported attachment indicator values with characteristic values, the MLM provides a mobile location estimate. | 09-03-2009 |
20090221300 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND ASSOCIATED METHOD INCLUDING CONTROL OF POSITIONING-SYSTEM RECEIVER AND SHARED OSCILLATOR - The wireless communication device includes a wireless communication transceiver to generate an oscillator control signal and an activation signal, a positioning-system receiver (e.g. a GPS receiver) to process received positioning signals, and a shared oscillator (e.g. a temperature compensated and voltage controlled crystal oscillator TCVCXO) responsive to the oscillator control signal and to generate a reference frequency signal for the wireless communication transceiver and the positioning-system receiver. The positioning-system receiver may control processing of the received positioning signals based upon the activation signal to reduce a noise contribution (e.g. phase noise) due to frequency control of the shared oscillator based upon the oscillator control signal. The activation signal may indicate that the oscillator control signal is being varied to provide frequency control or adjustment of the shared oscillator. | 09-03-2009 |
20090233619 | Method of Tracking a State of a Mobile Electronic Device - The invention relates to a method of tracking a state of a mobile electronic device and to a mobile electronic device including processing apparatus arranged to perform the method. | 09-17-2009 |
20090233620 | Methods and Apparatuses Supporting Multiple Positioning Protocol Versions in Wireless Communication Networks - Methods and apparatuses are provided for supporting multiple positioning protocol versions within wireless communication networks. | 09-17-2009 |
20090233621 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOCATING A MOBILE DEVICE WITHIN A CELLULAR SYSTEM - A system for determining location and timing information in a cellular network includes a space-time calibration unit (SCU) and a plurality of nodes in communication with the SCU. Each node includes a node ping driver that receives frame synchronization information from a respective subset of cell sites, and associates the frame synchronization information with respective receive count stamps generated using a local node clock. The system also includes a user handset that includes a handset ping driver that receives the frame synchronization information from a serving cell site and one or more neighbor cell sites, and associates the frame synchronization information with respective receive count stamps generated using a local handset clock. The SCU uses the information from the node and handset ping drivers to determine a handset location. | 09-17-2009 |
20090239548 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DERIVING POSITION INFORMATION - A wireless receiver for receiving signals from a satellite positioning system, and receiving signals from a communications system uses a common path in the receiver, and derives position information ( | 09-24-2009 |
20090239549 | ENHANCED WIRELESS ACCESS POINT COMMUNICATIONS WHILE TRAVELING - A method, system and computer program product for enhancing the acquisition of data from a wireless access point during a window of acquisition. A wireless device in a vehicle obtains a list of wireless access points positioned along a route being traveled by a user of the wireless device. The wireless device acquires its current location and identifies the closest upcoming wireless access point in connection with its current location. If the wireless device had previously had a session with the upcoming wireless access point, then the wireless device continues sending packets to the upcoming wireless access point from the point of previous termination with the upcoming wireless access point until the session is restarted. The wireless device then accesses data from the upcoming wireless access point during the remaining window of acquisition. | 09-24-2009 |
20090239550 | RANDOM PHASE MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEM WITH LOCATION TRACKING - A method of determining the location of a communication tag in a random phase multiple access communication network is disclosed. A ranging request signal that is spread using a first pseudo-noise code and offset with a first random timing offset is transmitted at a first time. A ranging response signal that is spread using a second pseudo-noise code and offset with a second random timing offset is received at a second time. A propagation delay that is dependent on the first time and the second time is calculated. | 09-24-2009 |
20090239551 | BEAMFORMING DEVICES AND METHODS - Devices and methods are provided for directionally receiving and/or transmitting acoustic waves and/or radio waves for use in applications such as wireless communications systems and/or radar. High directional gain and spatial selectivity are achieved while employing an array of receiving antennas that is small as measured in units of the wavelength of radio waves being received or transmitted, especially in the case of spatially oversampled arrays. Frequency/wavenumber, multi-dimensional spectrum analysis, as well as one-dimensional frequency spectrum analysis can be performed. | 09-24-2009 |
20090247183 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING A VOICE OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL (VoIP) DEVICE USING A GEOMAGNETIC SENSOR - Embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a system and method for receiving first location information associated with a VoIP device having one or more geomagnetic sensor, wherein the first location information is determined using the one or more geomagnetic sensors based at least in part on the Earth's magnetic field, determining second location information associated with the VoIP device based at least in part on the first location information; storing the second location information in one or more databases; and transmitting the second location information to the VoIP device to establish a service. | 10-01-2009 |
20090247184 | LOCALIZED DETECTION OF MOBILE DEVICES - Various aspects are disclosed herein for detection of mobile devices. Detection of mobile devices can be localized to an environment that is radio frequency enclosed. Within this environment, any packages can be scanned for the presence of mobile devices and for the interrogation of information from such mobile devices, such as the mobile device number and mobile device equipment information. The environment can contain an antenna for communicating with any mobile devices within the environment and a receiver component configured to receive information from any contacted mobile device. Based on this information, a determination can be made whether to validate a contacted mobile device or to take any alternative action. | 10-01-2009 |
20090247185 | CLUSTER-BASED FINGERPRINTING ALGORITHMS - Methods and apparatus to provide cluster-based fingerprinting algorithms are described. In one embodiment, m closest fingerprints from k fingerprints are determined. The k fingerprints may be determined as closest fingerprints to a scan s in a signal strength domain, where the scan s is of an environment surrounding a wireless device. The center of mass of the m fingerprints may be used to determine a location estimation for the wireless device. Other embodiments are also described. | 10-01-2009 |
20090247186 | Dynamic Localization Using Geographical Information Systems - In accordance with certain embodiments of the present disclosure, a system to determine the geographic location of a mobile device is described. The system comprises a mobile device. The mobile device comprises a measurement module, the measurement module being capable of detecting information including the direction and acceleration of the mobile device, the mobile device further being capable of determining the received signal strength from at least one access point. The system further comprises at least one access point being in communication with the mobile device. The at least one access point comprises a database module and a location determination module, the database module including data from a geographic information system, the data relating to the potential geographic locations adjacent to the at least one access point, the location determination module being capable of determining the geographic location of the mobile device based on information from the measurement module, received signal strength by the mobile device, and data from the database module. | 10-01-2009 |
20090247187 | INFRARED, TOUCH SCREEN, W-CDMA, GSM, GPS CAMERA PHONE - System and method for receiving and transmitting one or more signals, for processing and generating signals used in an infrared (IR) system, in a cellular system and in a separate Wi-Fi wireless network. Receiver and demodulator for demodulating and processing a modulated signal for generating from a modulated signal a demodulated processed position finder signal, including Global Positioning System (GPS) position finder processed signal. Processors and selector for selection of processed TDMA, CDMA and OFDM signals and for providing selected TDMA or CDMA or OFDM or IR signal to a transmitter. Processors for providing cross-correlated GSM, or cross-correlated spread spectrum, or cross-correlated Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex (OFDM) baseband signals to quadrature modulators for modulation and transmission. System with multiple input multiple output (MIMO) implementations. Transmitters and receivers for Bluetooth systems and barcode reader provided signals. Processors and receivers for processing touch screen generated signals used for IR, OFDM or TDMA or CDMA systems. | 10-01-2009 |
20090253436 | Method and arrangement for determination of the radio coverage in a multicell mobile radio system - A method for determination of a radio coverage and a method for positional determination of a mobile terminal in a multi-cellular mobile radio system in which the actual received field strength for several or all base stations is measured at a number of measuring points in differing locations. The measured values for the actual received field strengths are entered in a databank as actual local values. Interpolated values are calculated from the actual received field strengths for virtual measuring points lying between the measuring points and the base stations and entered in the databank. Substitute values for the received field strengths are calculated for geographical positions at which neither measured nor interpolated values for the received field strengths are available, the substitute values being calculated from the relevant transmitter power, the distance from the relevant base station to said geographical point and a propagation model and entered in the databank. | 10-08-2009 |
20090253437 | Positioning - A system, comprising: a first low power wireless transceiver; a second low power wireless transceiver configured to transmit a first positioning request to the first low power wireless transceiver over a low power wireless link; a cellular radio transceiver configured, in response to the first low power wireless transceiver receiving the first positioning request, to transmit a second positioning request to a base station of a cellular network, and configured to receive, as a reply to the second positioning request, first positioning data from the base station of the cellular network; wherein the first low power wireless transceiver is configured to transmit second positioning data, determined by the first positioning data, to the second low power wireless transceiver over the low power wireless link as a reply to the first positioning request. | 10-08-2009 |
20090253438 | MOBILE STATION, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A mobile station ( | 10-08-2009 |
20090253439 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CARRYING OUT A TWO WAY RANGING PROCEDURE - The invention relates to a method for carrying out a Two Way Ranging, preferably a Symmetrical Double-Sided Two Way Ranging, between a blind node whose position is unknown and to be determined and at least one reference or mobile node whose position is known in order to determine the location of the blind node, wherein the blind node and the reference or mobile node comprise wireless transceivers for transmitting and receiving radio signals. The invention is characterized in that the Symmetrical Double-Sided Two Way Ranging is initiated by the blind node. | 10-08-2009 |
20090258655 | System and method for integrating location information into an internet phone system - A system and a method for integrating the receipt and transmission of location information into VoIP phone systems. The system may include a location device that includes a SATPS receiver and an antenna together with one or more connectors that allow connection of the location device to other devices, such as a VoIP telephone and a router, that are connected to and made a part of a VoIP phone system. A method of operating such a system is also disclosed. | 10-15-2009 |
20090258656 | Method for Exchanging Location-Relevant Information Using a Mobile Device with an Interactive Map Display - A method is disclosed for wirelessly providing easily accessed and comprehended location-relevant information to a mobile device or web browser by displaying a map showing locations of interest. Simply by touching the map, a user can specify locations and regions used for queries and for uploading peer-to-peer information such as blogs, reviews, items for sale, etc. The device can request information, receive synchronously or asynchronously pushed responses, and display them with symbols that indicate category, age, etc. Location-aware devices can automatically specify their locations and provide location histories. Regions of interest can be adjusted according to visitation frequency, or region boundaries can simply be traced on the map. Limits can be placed on requested information and on distribution of uploaded information. Queries can use fuzzy logic, transactions can be completed using the devices, and requested information can be delivered when battery charge level and wireless link quality are appropriate. | 10-15-2009 |
20090258657 | DEMODULATION APPARATUS AND RECEIVING APPARATUS - A portable phone device comprises a telephone unit for base band processing of a receiving signal and audio conversion processing, as well as a global positioning system (GPS) receiving unit for receiving signals from at least one GPS satellite, each signal including a spread code. A crystal oscillator generates a first oscillation signal having a predetermined frequency, and a temperature controlled oscillator generates a second oscillation signal having a predetermined frequency different from that of the first oscillation signal. A synchronization capture portion performs synchronization capture of the spread code, and a synchronization hold portion performs synchronization holding and demodulation of the signals received from the at least one GPS satellite. A central processing unit calculates position and speed of the portable phone device. | 10-15-2009 |
20090264136 | SYSTEM AND/OR METHOD FOR REDUCING INITIAL POSITION UNCERTAINTY IN SPS OPERATION - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to a system and method for reducing an initial position uncertainty of a mobile station. In one example, although claimed subject matter is not so limited, a process to improve an initial position estimate comprises identifying the locations of a serving cell and at least one other landmark proximate to a receiver and determining an initial estimate of the location of the receiver based, at least in part, on the identified locations of the serving cell and the at least one other landmark. | 10-22-2009 |
20090264137 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF POSITION LOCATION TRANSFER - A position location system, apparatus and method are disclosed. A coordinating device identifies a group of wireless devices for position location processing. The number of wireless devices in the group may vary according to the number of coordinates used to define a position within the system. The coordinating device obtains range measurements from which a distance between each pair of wireless devices in the group can be determined. In addition, the coordinating device acquires the known position of one wireless device in the group. Using this information, a position is determined for one or more devices in the group for which position data is not available. Optionally, the position data is validated by the coordinating device or another wireless device in the system and a final position is returned to the one or more wireless devices. | 10-22-2009 |
20090270110 | Portable wireless communication systems - The present invention relates to portable wireless communication systems, in particular for sending and receiving data including position information using radio frequencies. The invention comprises: (i) a hand held digital computer; (ii) a position-locating device providing position information to the digital computer; (iii) a VHF and/or UHF radio frequency transmitter; and (iv) a radio modem having an input for digital data from the hand held digital computer, a modulator for converting digital data from the computer into a modulated analogue RF signal, and an output connected to the transmitter for transmission of said modulated signal. | 10-29-2009 |
20090270111 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND BASE STATION ACCOMMODATION SERVER - To appropriately set the location registration area according to the installation location of the femto base station. Provided is a base station accommodation server that is coupled to a location management server accommodating at least one of first base station coupled to a first communication network, and accommodates at least one of second base station connected to a second communication network. The base station is configured to determine a location management group identifier of the second base station based on a location management group identifier of the first base station that is present at a location from which the second base station can receive the location management group identifier broadcast by the first base station. | 10-29-2009 |
20090270112 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOCATION MANAGEMENT AND LOCATION INFORMATION PROVIDING SYSTEM - In an information providing system, a user inputs desired mobile ID number to a client terminal. The client terminal transmits a request for location information on the mobile station including the mobile ID number to a location server via a location information server. The location server transmits a request for object movement information corresponding to the mobile station to an object information server. The location information server obtains the information from a traffic control device. Location information on the mobile station obtained by the location information server is transmitted to the terminal. | 10-29-2009 |
20090270113 | Video Mobile Communication System - System for reception, demodulation and processing of location finder modulated signals to demodulated processed location finder baseband signals and processing a voice or data signal with demodulated location finder signal. System for non-quadrature and quadrature modulation of voice and data signals and system for processing, modulating and transmitting of voice, data and video signals. Processors for providing cross-correlated in-phase and quadrature-phase filtered signal and processing CDMA and TDMA signals into cross-correlated voice, data or video signals. System for processing video signal into OFDM signal and transmitting OFDM video signal. Touch screen provided signal for selection of OFDM, cross-correlated CDMA or TDMA signals for transmission by non-linearly amplified or linearly amplified transmitters. | 10-29-2009 |
20090275344 | NETWORK MEASUREMENT REPORT CACHING FOR LOCATION OF MOBILE DEVICES - A system and method for determining an approximate location of a mobile device. The occurrence of a predetermined event may be determined at a first node of a network. Measurement data associated with the mobile device may be stored at a second node of the network. An attempt may be made to determine a location of the mobile device using a first location methodology. Upon failure of the location attempt, the mobile device data may be received at a third node of the network from the second node. At the third node an approximate location of the mobile device may be determined using the mobile device data. | 11-05-2009 |
20090275345 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING LOCATION INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING LOCATION BASED SERVICE AND METHOD FOR USING LOCATION BASED SERVICE - A location information providing apparatus to provide a location thereof, the location information providing apparatus including: a storage unit to store location information regarding the location of the location information providing apparatus; and a transmitter to transmit the location information. Therefore, precise location information can be provided. In addition, a location-based service can be performed in a simple way because there is no need to consider a handoff depending on a movement of a location-based service supporting apparatus, and a service area can be expanded abroad because a wired network is not required. Also, various opportunities using the location-based service can be realized. | 11-05-2009 |
20090280824 | GEO-TAGGING OBJECTS WITH WIRELESS POSITIONING INFORMATION - A method, apparatus, system, and computer program product are disclosed for identifying the geographic location where an object is created in a mobile wireless device, based on the known locations of a plurality of wireless access points. When the object is stored by the mobile device in a media object file format, the mobile wireless device determines the current location with respect to a plurality of wireless access points having known geographic locations. This enables identifying the geographic location of the wireless device at the time the object is created and then associating the location information with the object as a geo-tag, which can be attached to the object at the time it is created or later. | 11-12-2009 |
20090280825 | Device and Method for Sensing and Locating Cellular Phones - Described are device and method for sensing and locating cellular phones. The device may include (a) a sensor receiving broadcasts from activated cellular phones disposed in a predetermined area, the cellular phones being unassociated with the device; and (b) a processor coupled to the sensor to receive the broadcasts. The processor processes the broadcasts to determine a presence of each of the cellular phones. | 11-12-2009 |
20090280826 | Integrated Active Tags in Mobile Devices - Described are integrated active tags in a mobile device. The mobile device may include (a) a transceiver broadcasting a first location beacon when a capacity of a battery of the mobile device is above a predetermined threshold; and (b) a tag broadcasting a second location beacon when the capacity of the battery of the mobile device is below the predetermined threshold. | 11-12-2009 |
20090280827 | Method, system and apparatus for locating a mobile communications device - A system, method and apparatus for locating a mobile communication device are provided. A data set is received, the data set comprising strengths of signals received at the mobile communication device from a plurality of wireless access points. The data set further comprises identifiers of wireless access points from which each signal was received. Scaled signal strengths are determined from the strengths of signals. The scaled signal strengths are compared with a record of signal strengths of wireless access points at given locations. Based on the comparing, a location of the mobile communication device is determined. | 11-12-2009 |
20090280828 | ACCESS PROBE ENHANCEMENTS - A method of providing a location based service to an access terminal in a mobile communication system is provided. The method includes transmitting one or more access probes, each of the one or more access probes including a preamble having a first specific length and transmitted at a first power level, where the preamble is utilized to determine a position of the access terminal. | 11-12-2009 |
20090280829 | Using A Priori Geographical Location Density Information To Improve Location Accuracy - A technique for improving location accuracy based on a priori geographical location density information is disclosed. In accordance with the illustrative embodiment, geographical location density information is derived from historical wireless location data such as the locations of prior E911 emergency calls, Location Based Services (LBS) sessions, conventional voice calls, packet data sessions, vehicle routes, and so forth. The geographical location density information is represented by a probability distribution function, and is incorporated into an existing location technique. Advantageously, the technique of the present invention can be employed in conjunction with any existing location technology; moreover, the historical location data can be obtained via any technology, and from any wireless network, including those that are different than that of the future location estimates. | 11-12-2009 |
20090280830 | LOCATION INFORMATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING NOTIFICATION BASED UPON LOCATION - According to an embodiment, a location based notification method in a H-SLP (Home-SUPL Location Platform) includes receiving, by the H-SLC, a request for positioning of the terminal; transmitting, a session initialization message including a notification mode parameter to the terminal if one or more of location-based notification and verification are required as a result of checking the privacy of the terminal; and receiving a report message including the positioned location of the terminal from the terminal, wherein the positioned location of the terminal is acquired by a positioning process between the H-SPC and the terminal. | 11-12-2009 |
20090286548 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING LOCATION USING MULTI-ANTENNA RADIO RECEIVER - Packets are periodically transmitted by a plurality of radio beacons deployed at known positions over a location estimation area. Monitoring is conducted for incoming packets. Upon receipt of a packet from a k | 11-19-2009 |
20090286549 | Location Determination - Systems, methods, and computer program products obtain power information indicating a detected power of respective signals received in a mobile device from multiple transmitters. Using at least the obtained power information, respective probability values for a plurality of positions are determined, each probability value indicating a probability that the mobile device is in a corresponding position. An estimated position of the mobile device is identified based at least in part on the determined probability values. | 11-19-2009 |
20090286550 | Tempo Spatial Data Extraction From Network Connected Devices - A computer implemented data processing system for extracting user related tempo-spatial data from a cellular network comprising a plurality of cells, each cell comprising at least one cell sector, wherein each cell sector is in communication with a plurality of network-connected devices, and wherein each device is associated with a user profile. The system comprising: a computer component aggregation module, wherein the cellular network comprises: a network-connected raw database, a network-connected device profiles database, a unique identifier and a location module. The aggregation module receives from the cellular network combined data exhibiting identified network-connected devices with their corresponding profiles, and aggregates in response, profile each identified network-connected device with the corresponding location code thereby creating an anonymous aggregated user related data. The system may create, using geo-statistical methods a geographic information system (GIS) layer presenting the anonymous aggregated profiles classes associated with geographical locations. | 11-19-2009 |
20090286551 | E-OTD AUGMENTATION TO U-TDOA LOCATION SYSTEM - A method for use in a wireless communication system with a network overlay geolocation system having a sparse deployment network in which base stations of the wireless communication system may or may not have a co-located wireless location sensor (WLS). The method uses U-TDOA measurements on the uplink (reverse) signal and E-OTD measurements on the downlink (forward) signals to estimate a location for a mobile appliance. | 11-19-2009 |
20090291693 | METHOD FOR ESTIMATING POSITION OF MOBILE TERMINAL IN WIRELESS NETWORK - Provided is a method for estimating a position of a mobile terminal in a wireless network. In the method according to the present invention, difference values between squared signal arrival times of base stations are used to estimate the position of the mobile terminal. | 11-26-2009 |
20090298511 | Notification Adjustment for Computing Devices - A system and a method are disclosed for adjusting a notification mechanism within a computing device. In one embodiment, the method includes receiving a global positioning system signal corresponding to latitude and longitude positional values, calculating a current location of the computing device in response to the received global positioning system signal, determining whether the calculated current location is associated with a configuration identifying adjustment, and adjusting a notification setting on the device accordingly. In another embodiment, the system includes identifying a particular time, determining whether a notification setting to the device is needed, and if so, adjusting the notification setting for the device accordingly. | 12-03-2009 |
20090298512 | REAL-TIME LOCATION INFORMATION FROM MOBILE DEVICES INCLUDING EMBEDDING LOCATION INFORMATION IN MEDIA PACKET PAYLOAD - One embodiment includes a method in a mobile device, including accepting real-time location information on the location of the mobile device, and ascertaining whether real-time information is to be included. In the case it is ascertained that real-time location information is to be embedded, the method includes embedding the accepted location in a payload portion of a media packet; and sending the packets to one or more recipients. At least some of the sent packets include location information embedded in the payload portion. | 12-03-2009 |
20090298513 | Mobile-Server Protocol for Location-Based Services - Location-based services are provided in a communication system comprising a wireless network. In one aspect, a mobile user device sends a trigger message to a server over a wireless link of the network. The server in response to the trigger message sends an update message to the mobile user device over the wireless link. The update message is sent within a period of time after the trigger message that is less than a dormancy time of the wireless link. The update message may specify, for example, a defined area around a location identified in the trigger message, one or more stationary fences associated with the mobile user device that overlap with the defined area and that are active or become active within a designated time frame, and a projected time frame within which a proximity-crossing event is likely to occur for at least one user device pair that includes the mobile user device. | 12-03-2009 |
20090305718 | Portable telephone, image converter, control method and program - Simple pseudo gradation conversion technique suitable for implementation in portable devices such as mobile phones employing a relatively low-speed processor. Target image is represented with 2 | 12-10-2009 |
20090305719 | Provision of location information into iri - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements in a mobile telecommunication system to generate interception related information IRI, including geographical location of a monitored mobile subscriber/equipment. The system is configured to provide to an Intercept configuration unit ICU, information collected from an Intercept Access Point IAP; MSC. The system is also configured to proceed with a Network Induced Location Request NI-LR procedure, which method comprises the following steps: —Receiving to the Intercept Access Point from the Intercept configuration unit, a request to monitor the mobile subscriber/equipment, —Detecting in the Intercept Access Point of a specified Interception Related Information activity IRI involving the monitored subscriber/equipment, —The Intercept Access Point IAP; MSC initiates start of the Network Induced Location Request NI-LR procedure. | 12-10-2009 |
20090305720 | METHOD FOR CHARACTERISING EMITTERS BY THE ASSOCIATION OF PARAMETERS RELATED TO THE SAME RADIO EMITTER - Method of using one or more transmitters and/or one or more parameters associated with a transmitter by using a reception station comprising a device suitable for measuring over time a set of K parameters dependent on the transmitters associated with vectors {circumflex over (η)} | 12-10-2009 |
20090305721 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONVEYING LOCATION OF LOST OR MOTIONLESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES - Movement of a mobile communication device is monitored during any of its powered modes. Upon sensing lack of movement, the location of the device is identified. If no movement has been sensed during a predetermined time period, determination is made as to whether the location of the device has changed. If not, a call is initiated to a remote address to convey the location of the device. | 12-10-2009 |
20090305722 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR AUTOMATED COLLECTION OF CALL ROUTING PERFORMANCE DATA IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and system for collecting location-sensitive call routing data in a wireless telecommunications network under test, the wireless network routing a test call to an appropriate destination based on a geographic area from which the test call was placed. The method and system include receiving the test call placed from a test call device to one or more destination devices, via said network under test; generating originator call records by the test call device; generating destination call records by the devices; electronically collecting originator call records from the test call device, destination call records from the one or more destination devices and network call records from said network under test; and storing said collected originator, destination call records, and network call records in a data collecting device; and organizing said call records such that the originator call records, the destination call records, and the network call records pertaining to the placed test call are associated together. | 12-10-2009 |
20090305723 | DETERMINATION OF LOCATION DEPENDENT INFORMATION - A method of determining position dependent information from one or more terminals in a cell involves transmitting at least two messages; wherein one message covers a first area in the cell; and one or more further messages cover other areas in the cell; and receiving responses from terminals dependent upon the messages received by each terminal; wherein the areas of coverage of the at least two messages at least partially overlap. | 12-10-2009 |
20090305724 | METHOD, DEVICE ARRANGEMENT, TERMINAL AND COMPUTER SOFTWARE PRODUCT FOR DISTRIBUTING TELEMATIC DATA OF MOVING OBJECT - A positioning method, a tracker's terminal ( | 12-10-2009 |
20090305725 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING SERVICE INFORMATION USING LOCATION INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a method and system to provide service information to a portable terminal based on the location information associated with the portable terminal. The service information providing method is performed in such a way that a server acquires location information associated with the portable terminal and service information corresponding to the location information. The portable terminal may acquire and store the service information from the server. The portable terminal user can also identify new service information regarding a place where the user is located. | 12-10-2009 |
20090305726 | Position Determination System That Uses A Cellular Communication System - A position determination system and apparatus for utilizing a network of cellular base stations to determine position of a mobile station includes taking a plurality of statistically independent data measurements of the pilot signals from the base stations. Each of the data measurements includes an earliest time of arrival, providing multiple independent measurements for each of the pilot signals. For each cellular base station, a representative measurement is calculated responsive to the independent measurements, which is used to determine position of the mobile station using an AFLT algorithm and/or in conjunction with a GPS algorithm. In some embodiments, the data measurements for each pilot signal further include an RMSE estimate and time of measurement for each time of arrival, and an energy measurement for all resolvable paths. If the mobile station comprises a cell phone, a cell search list and a GPS search list may be provided by a cell base station. | 12-10-2009 |
20090312032 | Optimizing Battery Life and Network Resources During Position Location Tracking Scenario - An apparatus and method for optimizing battery life and network resources during position tracking is disclosed. The position of a target being tracked is compared with a predefined geofence boundary. If the position of the target is far from the geofence boundary, position fix of the target is calculated using low quality of service (QoS) parameters. If the position of the target is not far from the geofence boundary, position fix of the target is calculated using high quality of service (QoS) parameters. | 12-17-2009 |
20090312033 | MASHUP APPLICATION AND SERVICE FOR WIRELESS DEVICES - Described is a technology, such as implemented as social networking groupware application designed for mobile device users, that provides a data mashup service for various data types, including location dependent and mobility-aware data such as GPS location and surrounding maps. A mobile user may track the location and maps of roaming friends at runtime. To this end, a client device joins a squad of client devices that are each capable of communicating with one another over a wireless local area network (WLAN) connection. When in a squad, the client can obtain data for use as mashup information from other client devices in the squad over the WLAN connection (inter-squad). This may include intra-squad data that was obtained from a service based on information that the service received from another squad, e.g., over a WWAN connection. | 12-17-2009 |
20090312034 | TRANSMISSION OF LOCATION INFORMATION BY A TRANSMITTER AS AN AID TO LOCATION SERVICES - Techniques for transmitting location information as an aid to location services are described. In one design, a transmitter may generate a message including coordinate information and uncertainty information for the location of the transmitter. The coordinate information may include latitude and longitude for horizontal location and possibly the height of the transmitter. The uncertainty information may include uncertainty of the horizontal location and possibly uncertainty of the height of the transmitter. The horizontal location uncertainty may be given by a radius of a circle centered at the latitude and longitude of the transmitter. The height uncertainty may be given by a deviation from the height of the transmitter. The transmitter may send the message to at least one receiver in a wireless network. The transmitter may be a base station that may broadcast the message to terminals within its coverage. | 12-17-2009 |
20090312035 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DETERMINING LOCATION USING A CELLULAR AND WLAN POSITIONING SYSTEM BY SELECTING THE BEST CELLULAR POSITIONING SYSTEM SOLUTION - The present disclosure relates to systems and methods for determining the location of a WLAN and cellular position system enabled device using a WLAN position estimate to select the best cellular positioning system location. The method can include estimating a position of the WLAN and cellular enabled device using a WLAN positioning system and an expected error estimate for the WLAN based position estimate, determining a set of possible cellular based position estimates for the WLAN and cellular enabled device using cellular measurements obtained from at least one cell tower, determining an uncertainty area around the WLAN location estimate based on the expected error of the WLAN location estimate, and determining the device location by selecting cellular based location estimates located within the uncertainty area. | 12-17-2009 |
20090312036 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR IMPROVING THE ACCURACY OF EXPECTED ERROR ESTIMATION IN LOCATION DETERMINATIONS USING A HYBRID CELLULAR AND WLAN POSITIONING SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to systems and methods for improving the accuracy of expected error estimations in hybrid cellular and WLAN location determination. In some embodiments, the method can include providing a WLAN based location estimate and an expected error estimate for the WLAN based location estimate, providing a cellular based location estimate and an expected error estimate for the cellular based location estimate, and determining the expected error of the location determination by evaluating the consistency of the cellular based location estimate to the WLAN based location estimate. In some embodiments, the location estimate with the lower expected error can be selected as the location determination of the WLAN and cellular enabled device. In some embodiments, the consistency of the estimates can include the distance between the cellular based location estimate and the WLAN based location estimate. | 12-17-2009 |
20090318163 | TECHNIQUES FOR TRACKING DESTINATIONS ON A MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICE - Various embodiments of systems and techniques for tracking destinations on a mobile computing device are described. In one or more embodiments, the mobile computing device may comprise or implement hardware and/or software configured to determine arrival at a destination and what is situated at the destination. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 12-24-2009 |
20090318164 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR GNSS-ASSISTED CALL SIGNALING AND MULTIMEDIA SERVER ASSIGNMENT - Aspects of a method and system for GNSS-assisted Call Signaling and Multimedia server assignment may include determining a location of an IP endpoint device and a location of each of a plurality of proxy servers and/or media servers, wherein at least the location of the IP endpoint device may be determined via a Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS). A proxy server and/or media server may be assigned to be a serving server from the plurality of proxy servers and/or media server, for one or more multimedia services for an IP endpoint device, wherein the assigning may be based on at least the determined location of the IP endpoint device and the locations of the plurality of proxy servers and/or media servers. The GNSS may be the Global Positioning System (GPS), for example. The IP endpoint device may be a mobile device and/or a fixed device, for example. | 12-24-2009 |
20090318165 | Apparatus for transmitting media using social intimacy and method thereof - Disclosed is an apparatus and method for transmitting media data using social intimacy. The apparatus and method can calculate a social intimacy level for a plurality of previously stored terminal information, request at least one terminal of transmitting terminal information according to a media transmission request, and when receiving the requested terminal information from at least one terminal, transmit the media data to a terminal where the terminal information equals the received terminal information among terminal information having higher social intimacy, thereby sharing the media data with people forming a higher social intimacy with a user. | 12-24-2009 |
20090318166 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING TIMING FOR INITIAL RANGING OF USER EQUIPMENT USING RANGING OF ADJACENT PIECES OF USER EQUIPMENT IN MULTI-HOP MOBILE RELAY SYSTEM - Provided is a method and apparatus for determining timing for initial ranging of user equipment by using ranging of adjacent pieces of user equipment in a multi-hop mobile relay (MMR) system, and more particularly, a method and apparatus for determining timing for initial ranging of user equipment in which a power value and a timing value for periodic ranging of adjacent pieces of user equipment are measured so as to minimize an uplink timing error of abase station. In the MMR system, user equipment transmits an initial ranging code to the base station with irregular timing while not knowing an exact start point of an uplink of the base station. In particular, if the user equipment attempts the initial ranging at the same time as when adjacent pieces of user equipment attempt the periodic ranging and the handover ranging, an error occurs between transmission timing of the initial ranging and uplink timing, thereby acting as an inter-symbol interference (ISI) and inter-channel interference (ICI) of different ranging. As a result, the initial ranging acts as an interference signal in a ranging process of adjacent pieces of user equipment. However, the apparatus and method can minimize a timing error of the initial ranging code of user equipment by avoiding the initial ranging acting as the interference signal. | 12-24-2009 |
20090325592 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A POSITION OF A COMPACT BASE STATION BY USING USER SUPPLIED LOCATION INFORMATION IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for determining a position of a compact Base Station (BS) by using user supplied location information in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. The method includes receiving a Global Positioning System (GPS) signal using a GPS receiver, receiving location information supplied by a user, comparing a strength of the GPS signal with a threshold, if the strength of the GPS signal is greater than the threshold, obtaining position information of the BS using the GPS signal, and if the strength to the GPS signal is less than or equal to the threshold, obtaining the position information of the BS using the location information. | 12-31-2009 |
20090325593 | Marking Locations With A Portable Communications Device - Marking locations with a portable communications device, where the portable communications device has a location-sensing capability, including recording, by the portable communications device for each wireless device with which the portable communications device is capable of wireless communications, a location of the portable communications device upon receiving from the wireless device a signal having a most recent strongest signal strength and an identifier of the wireless device, and, responsive to a user request, communicating to the user the location of the portable communications device upon receiving from the wireless device a signal having a most recent strongest signal strength. | 12-31-2009 |
20090325594 | Using Base-Station Location to Assist Mobile-Device system Acquisition - Methods and systems are provided for using base-station location to assist mobile-device system acquisition. A mobile station, which stores a network identifier, selects a carrier frequency. The mobile station receives, from a base station on a first carrier frequency, geographic coordinates of the base station and a base-station network identifier, and determines whether the base-station network identifier matches the mobile-station network identifier. If the base-station network identifier matches the mobile-station network identifier, the mobile station will scan the indicated home frequency bands and will connect to one of the home frequencies, and if the base-station network identifier does not match the mobile-station network identifier, the geographic coordinates of the base station are used to identify a market area and a most-preferred carrier frequency is selected from the identified market area. | 12-31-2009 |
20090325595 | PREMISES AREA MAP SYSTEMS AND METHODS - In an exemplary method, a geographic location of a mobile device is determined, a premises area map associated with the geographic location is identified, and data representative of the premises area map is provided to the mobile device over a network. In certain embodiments, data representative of a plurality of premises area maps is received from a plurality of premises area map providers, the data representative of the plurality of premises area maps is stored, and the geographic location is used to select the premises area map from the plurality of premises area maps. In certain embodiments, the premises area map is displayed and graphically represents at least a portion of a premises area. In certain embodiments, the premises area map is configured to illustrate a position of the mobile device within the premises area. | 12-31-2009 |
20090325596 | CONTROLLING VEHICLE TELEMATICS UNIT DATA TRANSMISSION BASED ON CALL CENTER LOCATION - A method and system that inhibits transmission of location information by a telematics unit outside of a geographic region in which such transmission is prohibited. The method includes identifying the relative location of the vehicle and a call center to which the information is to be sent. If the vehicle is in a country or other geographic region that prohibits transmission of vehicle location data outside of the region and, if the call center is determined by the vehicle to be outside of that region, then the telematics unit inhibits the location data from being sent in any communication between the vehicle and call center. | 12-31-2009 |
20090325597 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZING MOBILITY OF A MOBILE DEVICE - The application discloses a method and apparatus for optimizing mobility of a mobile device in the wireless communication system. The method includes receiving ( | 12-31-2009 |
20090325598 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING POSITION OF A WIRELESS ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITHIN A VOLUME - A method for determining a position of a wireless electronic device within a volume includes detecting a signal transmitted by the wireless device during two-way communication to and from a first known position within the volume. The method further includes detecting the signal from at least three additional known positions within the volume, where the at least three additional known positions are spatially independent of each other. The method further includes determining a phase difference between the signal detected at the first position and the signal detected at each of the at least three additional positions, determining the position of the wireless electronic device using the phase differences, and at least one of displaying and storing the position of the wireless electronic device. | 12-31-2009 |
20090325599 | METHOD AND DEVICES FOR FACILITATING THE LOCATION OF A MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The invention relates to a user-portable electronic device and in particular one which is capable of establishing transmission connection with one or more mobile electronic devices. A user-portable electronic device comprising transmission connection circuitry arranged to establish transmission connection between the user-portable electronic device and one or more mobile electronic devices; geographic-location determining circuitry arranged to determine a geographic location of the or each mobile electronic device associated with transmission connection of the user-portable electronic device and the or each mobile electronic device; and log circuitry arranged to allow storage of a geographic-location log including at least a last-known geographic location of the or each mobile electronic device. | 12-31-2009 |
20090325600 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COLLECTING COMMUNICATION SIGNALS - A method and system for collecting communication signals include detecting one or more signals emitted by one or more base stations surrounding a communication device and acquiring one or more signal intensities of the detected one ore more signals. The method and system further include locating a position of the communication device, acquiring the position of the communication device, and transmitting the acquired one or more signal intensities and the position of the communication device to a signal collection server. | 12-31-2009 |
20100004000 | Method for Automatically Changing Incoming Call Alert Profile Upon the Current Location - A method for automatically changing incoming call alert profile upon the current location, implements on a GPS-functioned portable communication device. The method continually obtains a location coordinate, compares the location coordinate with a comparison list to match an incoming call alert profile for the portable communication device's current incoming call alert profile. Thus, wherever the portable communication device moves to, a reaction will be presented automatically according to the current incoming call alert profile when an incoming call comes. | 01-07-2010 |
20100004001 | PAGING MECHANISM IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system is disclosed which includes a communication network having a paging controller and a plurality of base stations to communicate with at least one mobile client device within the system. Also included in the communication system is a base station, between the plurality of base stations, receiving location updates from the at least one mobile client device; and a processor within the paging controller to accumulate the number of location updates relayed by the base station for each mobile client device, wherein the processor determines whether the accumulated number of location updates received exceeds a predetermined threshold number of location updates. The plurality of base stations each broadcast paging messages to the at least one mobile client device when the predetermined threshold number of location updates is not exceeded. The base station, among the plurality of base stations, solely broadcasts paging messages to the at least one mobile client device when the predetermined threshold number of location updates is exceeded. | 01-07-2010 |
20100004002 | METHOD OF PROVIDING LOCATION PRIVACY - A method of providing location privacy of a mobile station in a wireless access system is disclosed. The method of providing location privacy of a mobile station comprises the steps of transmitting a deregistration request message to a serving base station, the deregistration message requesting entry to an idle mode; and receiving a deregistration command message from the serving base station, the deregistration command message including a temporary identifier allocated to the mobile station. In this case, the temporary identifier is an identifier for uniquely identifying the mobile station from a paging group to which the serving base station belongs. | 01-07-2010 |
20100009696 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR ASSOCIATING A LOCATION FIX HAVING A QUALITY OF SERVICE WITH AN EVENT OCCURING ON A WIRELESS DEVICE - Apparatus and methods for estimating a geographical position corresponding to an event associated with operation of a wireless device communicating in a wireless communications network. The time and distance between the occurrence of the event and the related time and speed of the wireless device of at least one of a first and second location fix, respectively measured before and after the event, are analyzed. The first and second location fixes having Quality of Service (QoS) adjusted such that the resulting fixes are based at least partly on terrestrial wireless communication measurements. These analyses include comparing those metrics to predetermined time thresholds to validate a geographic position and, in some instances, determine a preferred geographic position to associate with the event. | 01-14-2010 |
20100009697 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE CAPABLE OF SELF-REPORTING LOCATION AND METHOD THEREOF - A mobile communication device includes a power management module, a central processing module, a positioning module, a communication module, and a self-startup control module. The power management module stops providing power for the mobile communication device except for the communication module and the self-startup control module, when the mobile communication device is shut down. The self-startup control module stores reference information. When the communication module receives a radio signal indicating feature information matches the reference information, the self-startup control module produces a first startup signal and a second startup signal. The power management module distributes the power to the central processing module and the positioning module when receiving the first startup signal. The positioning module produces location information when receiving the second startup signal. The central processing module controls the communication module to send the location information to a mobile service center. | 01-14-2010 |
20100015990 | Method of providing location data from mobile terminal to base station in network - A location area unit is set for one or more mobile terminals. An update periodicity is allocated to each mobile terminal related to its set location area unit and an update of a location of the mobile terminal is sent to the network, each time the mobile terminal crosses a boundary from one location area unit to another. | 01-21-2010 |
20100015991 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CALLING A GEOSOC - A system and method are provided for facilitating communication between a first user and a second user that is in a social network of a user of interest to the first user and located at or near a location at which the user of interest is located or believed to be located. In general, the first user identifies a user of interest and a location at which the user of interest is located or is believed to be located. A number of other users that are in a social network of the user of interest and located in a geographic area of interest corresponding to the specified location or a geographic area about and including the specified location are identified. Communication is then facilitated between the first user and one or more of the identified users. | 01-21-2010 |
20100015992 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATIC PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A triggering event relating to a function of the mobile communication device is detected. Based on detection, the physical configuration of the mobile communication device is automatically adjusted. A database associating triggering events with physical configurations, in accordance with a predefined policy, may be retrieved. The detected triggering event may be correlated to a particular physical configuration within the database to implement automatic adjustment of the physical configuration of the mobile communication device. | 01-21-2010 |
20100015993 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULING AND RESERVATIONS USING LOCATION BASED SERVICES - A system and method for providing reservation services to users of mobile devices. The system is implemented in a reservation computer device having computer executable code tangibly embodied on a computer readable medium. The reservation computer device is operable to prioritize a reservation schedule of a service establishment based on a route and projected arrival time of one or more subscribing users such that earlier arriving users and users that have already arrived at the service establishment are given priority in the reservation schedule regardless of prearranged reservations. | 01-21-2010 |
20100015994 | System and method for providing location-based data on a wireless portable device - There is provided a wireless portable device for providing location-based data to a user in a defined geographical area including a plurality of points of interest, the wireless portable device comprising a wireless transmitter, a wireless receiver, and an expansion bay with an attached expansion cartridge. The wireless transmitter can transmit location information to a wireless server over a wireless network. The wireless receiver can receive location-based data relating to a point of interest from the wireless server periodically and automatically, based on the location of the wireless portable device. The expansion cartridge can receive location-based data while the wireless portable device is in a low power sleep state. There is also provided a method for a wireless server to provide location-based data to a wireless portable device after a pre-determined period of time, including an interactive game relating to a point of interest. | 01-21-2010 |
20100015995 | System and method for automated location information in a unified communication system - A telecommunications system includes a cellular telephone equipped with a global positioning utility for receiving global positioning samples. The cellular telephone periodically transmits received samples to a location client application running on a computer that also includes a unified communication client suite. The location client application derives a location confidence factor from the samples. The confidence factor is provided to a presence and availability service. Incoming calls and/or notifications can be routed to a user based on the confidence factor. | 01-21-2010 |
20100015996 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, METHOD FOR ALLOWING COMMUNICATION TERMINAL TO OBTAIN POSITION INFORMATION, AND PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A communication terminal capable of obtaining assist data without making a configuration of an information providing device for transmitting the assist data complicated is provided. Processing performed by a communication terminal includes the steps of: storing an obtained identifier in a buffer area for a base station for which assist data should be obtained and a buffer area for a standby base station; obtaining an identifier of a wireless base station from a received signal and storing the identifier in a RAM; storing an identifier of a wireless base station after change in the buffer area for a standby base station; and storing the identifier stored in the buffer area for a standby base station in the buffer area for a base station for which assist data should be obtained when the identifier stored in the buffer area for a standby base station is not stored in the buffer area for a base station for which assist data should be obtained. | 01-21-2010 |
20100015997 | POSITION DETERMINATION AND MOVEMENT DETERMINATION BY MOBILE TERMINAL - A method for detecting motion of a mobile device, the method comprising: from a central micro-processor of the mobile device detecting data of the polling ( | 01-21-2010 |
20100015998 | LOCATION SERVICE BASED SECURE USER PLANE LOCATION - An IP connection is released when a SUPL-based periodic triggered service starts, so as to prevent consumption of network resources. After releasing the IP connection, if a location is measured thereby to generate location information, only the fact that the location has been measured is notified to a requester, and the requester is allowed to receive the location information only when a secure transmission is ensured after the notification, thereby avoiding the location information from being exposed externally. | 01-21-2010 |
20100029293 | NAVIGATION SYSTEM USING CAMERA - The present invention provides a method, a computer program, and device for navigation assistance where the method and the computer program may include receiving location information related to the geographical location of a device for navigation assistance, continuously receiving visual information registered by a camera, displaying the visual information received, calculating the geographical coordinates of the device from the received location information related to the geographical location of the device and analyzing the visual information received and relating it to the calculated geographical location of the device. | 02-04-2010 |
20100029294 | DIARY SYNCHRONIZATION FOR SMART PHONE APPLICATIONS (5470.PALM.US) - A mobile communication device configured to communicate over a wireless network is further configured to generate detectable events in response to activities of a user of the mobile communications device. Underlying user activities are identified from the detected events. Personalized electronic diary entries are generated from the identified activities as indications of a user activity related to the detected event. The personalized electronic diary entries can be stored in a user retrievable collection. | 02-04-2010 |
20100029295 | GPS SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD FOR WIRELESS CELLULAR NETWORKS - A method and system for synchronization in a femtocell wireless telecommunications network, the method including transmitting a preamble and pilot tones from a Base Transceiver Station (a “sync-BTS”) having a module for GPS synchronization and performing, in the femtocells, preamble synchronization with the sync-BTS for initial acquisition; and decoding the pilot tones to identify and correct timing and frequency offset in the femtocells for synchronization tracking. | 02-04-2010 |
20100029296 | Systems and Methods of Detection of Transmission Facilities - A method of detecting a transmitting device within an obstruction rich environment is disclosed. The method may involve detecting the transmitting device with a wireless transmission detection facility; communicating signal information relating to the detected transmitting device from the wireless transmission detection facility to a central unit; determining the location of the transmitting device; displaying information of the detection and location of the transmitting device through a user interface; and providing an action facility for causing actions related to the detected transmitting device. | 02-04-2010 |
20100029297 | WIRELESS DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING WIRELESS DATA SERVICE TO SDR TERMINAL - A wireless data communication system includes a software defined radio (SDR) terminal having a wireless map, and accessing a desired wireless data service using the wireless map, wherein the wireless map includes GPS location information, information on wireless data services available at a current location of the SDR terminal based on the GPS location information and information on wireless connection software components for each wireless data service selected by the SDR terminal. The wireless data communication system further includes a base station for providing a wireless connection environment, an authentication center for authenticating the SDR terminal, a download server for providing the wireless connection software component to the SDR terminal, and a location-based service server for providing the wireless map to the SDR terminal. | 02-04-2010 |
20100029298 | TRACE REPORTING METHOD, TRACKING AREA ASSIGNING METHOD, USER TERMINAL, BASE STATION, AND TRACKING AREA MANAGEMENT APPARATUS - A trace reporting method, in which a user terminal reports to a tracking area management apparatus a trace along which the user terminal has moved in a mobile communication system, includes the steps of storing, by the user terminal, identifiers of base stations where the user terminal has performed cell selection in an identifier storage unit; and reporting, by the user terminal, to the tracking area management apparatus the identifiers stored in the identifier storage unit upon communicating with a base station. The tracking area management apparatus may compare the reported identifiers with a prestored pattern and assign a tracking area to the user terminal based on the comparison. | 02-04-2010 |
20100029299 | SYSTEM FOR GEOGRAPHICALLY CONTEXTUALIZING DATA ITEMS - A system for geographically contextualizing data items may include an interface, a memory and a processor. The memory may store a database which includes structured data types. The processor may receive, via the interface, a data item. The processor may determine whether the data item is a structured or unstructured data item. The processor may parse the data item into components. The processor may determine a geographic component from the components. The geographic component may be determined using an algorithm if the data item is an unstructured data item. Otherwise the geographic component may be determined by comparing the components to the database which includes the structured data types. The processor may determine a geographic region representative of the determined geographic component. The processor may identify results associated with the geographic region and at least one of the components. The processor may provide the results via the interface. | 02-04-2010 |
20100035630 | System And Method For Determining The Location Of A Location Tracking Device - A system and method for determining the location of a location tracking device employs a satellite based location determining infrastructure, such as the GPS system, and a wireless data communications network such as a cellular voice and/or data network such as GSM/GPRS. A location tracking device which cannot easily obtain valid ephemeris data, or the like, from the satellite based location determining infrastructure requests the necessary data from a data set stored at a tracking device hub or the like, via the wireless communications network. The tracking device hub determines an estimated position of the location tracking device and this estimated location is transmitted to the location tracking device, along with the appropriate required valid ephemeris data, or the like, to allow the location tracking device to determine its location. If the location tracking device is still unable to make a location determination from the satellite based location determining infrastructure, then the estimated location can be provided. The topography of the base stations, which is used to estimate the location of the location tracking device, is self-determined by a process executing in the system and can include base stations from networks operated by different network operators. | 02-11-2010 |
20100035631 | Systems and Methods to Record and Present a Trip - A method, machine-readable medium and apparatus for determining a sequence of locations; generating one or more objects, each of the one or more objects being at least partially generated at one or more corresponding locations in the sequence of locations; and associating each of the objects with at least one of the one or more corresponding locations in the sequence of locations. | 02-11-2010 |
20100035632 | System and method for detecting use of a wireless device while driving - A system for detecting the use of wireless devices such as a mobile phone, personal digital assistant (PDA), or pagers in a moving vehicle receives wireless signals inside a vehicle using a radio frequency (RF) sensor(s) and converts the RF signals into voltage signals. The voltage signals are then compared with known waveforms to determine if the wireless signals indicate a received call, if the received call is answered, a transmitted call, an SMS text message, data associated with internet browsing on a wireless device, or Bluetooth activity. | 02-11-2010 |
20100035633 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING LOCATION UPDATE OF MOBILE STATION IN IDLE MODE - A method for performing location update in various manners when a mobile station (MS) travels between paging groups in a wireless access system. A method for performing location update of an MS includes steps of transmitting a ranging request message (REG-REQ) including mobility information to a base station, wherein the mobility information represent a mobility of the mobile station; and receiving a ranging response message (RNG-RSP) including paging group information related with new paging group from the base station, wherein the new paging group is assigned based on the mobility information. | 02-11-2010 |
20100035634 | PERIODIC POSITIONING METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A positioning method in a SUPL based position information system, and more particularly, a method for performing periodic positioning capable of processing a periodic positioning request by a location server or a periodic positioning request by a mobile communications terminal when the location server and the terminal respectively manage a trigger generating the periodic positioning, are discussed. | 02-11-2010 |
20100041415 | MOBILE APPARATUS, AND LOCATION NOTIFICATION SYSTEM AND LOCATION NOTIFICATION METHOD FOR MOBILE APPARATUS - A mobile apparatus, that has a calling function, includes: a location-information acquisition unit to acquire location information indicative of a location of the mobile apparatus, and a location-information notification unit to send the location information to a receiving-side apparatus when a call is made to the receiving-side apparatus, the location-information notification unit being further operable to provide, when the call is being made to a receiving-side apparatus, the location information in a manner such that, before a communication connection is established therewith, the receiving-side apparatus can recognize a physical location where the call is being originated based upon the location data | 02-18-2010 |
20100041416 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL WITH GPS FUNCTION, POSITIONING SYSTEM, OPERATION CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - The present invention is to provide a mobile communication terminal with a GPS function capable of further varying the positioning performance of each positioning mode preinstalled in the terminal. A GPS positioning section of the mobile communication terminal with the GPS function can perform positioning in a plurality of positioning modes using the A-GPS system. When a GPS control section of the mobile communication terminal with the GPS function causes the GPS positioning section to perform positioning, the GPS control section sets a positioning mode in the GPS positioning section, varies an allowable error of a communication synchronizing clock established between the terminal and a base station as a parameter relating to the positioning performance of GPS positioning based on the A-GPS system in which a fixed value has been conventionally used, and sets the allowable error in GPS positioning means. | 02-18-2010 |
20100041417 | System for determining network structure and positions of mobile devices in a wireless communication network - The present invention relates to a solution for determining the location of a mobile communication device in a wireless communication network and for determining a network structure of the wireless communication network using a system of plurality of receivers acquiring radio signals from units in the communication network within a geographical area and triangulating the location of the units. The device may be arranged to trigger a re-establishment of connections between units in order to force communication control signal traffic which can be monitored. | 02-18-2010 |
20100048222 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING TERRITORY-BASED ACTIONABLE EVENTS - An approach is provided for territory-based actionable events. Positional information corresponding to a location of a device is received over a communication network. The location is correlated to one or more predefined territories. An alert is selectively generated based on the correlation, wherein an event is performed in response to generation of the alert. | 02-25-2010 |
20100048223 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND FUNCTION MODES SWITCHING METHOD THEREOF - An electronic device and function modes switching method include storing position information of various locations into a database, classifying the various locations into a plurality of location classifications, and setting a function mode of the electronic device corresponding to each location classification. The electronic device and function modes switching method further include acquiring position information of a current location of the electronic device, and activating a function mode of the electronic device according to a location classification of the current location of the electronic device. | 02-25-2010 |
20100048224 | METHOD FOR NETWORK IDENTIFICATION ACQUISITION BY REGULAR USERS FOR SUPPORTING AUTOMATED PLANNING AND OPTIMIZATION PROCESSES IN CELLULAR MOBILE RADIO NETWORKS - The invention relates to a process for acquiring the parameters of a mobile radio network ( | 02-25-2010 |
20100056173 | SYSTEM FOR CONTEXT-DEPENDENT ALERTS, INCLUDING DISTANCE PROXIMITY ALERTS, AND ANONYMOUS COMMUNICATION BY USERS OF WIRELESS MOBILE DEVICES - A system for issuing a notification alert on user's mobile device whenever another user is within a short distance or in the same general area, as further detailed below. Users may or may not have any previous knowledge of each other in order for both to receive the proximity alert. Users who don't have any previous knowledge of each other (“non-friends”) are able to specify a number of characteristics (age, gender, etc.) and be both alerted only when they are in proximity and mutually satisfy their respective preferences. Following the alert, the system also enables users to exchange any number of anonymous messages that do not contain users' contact information. | 03-04-2010 |
20100056174 | METHOD FOR PROXIMITY DETECTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for proximity detection in a wireless communication network. A node attempts to determine the proximity of the closest neighboring node by transmitting a ranging request. Other nodes respond, and the first node to receive and respond to the request will have the shortest response time and thus will be the closest node. Exact ranges can be determined by applying Time-Of-Arrival (TOA) techniques to node response times. To further avoid collisions, one or more frames of the response messages can be same, making the multiple responses appear as multi-path. The group of responders can be narrowed and individual groups probed in a search pattern until the single nearest node is known or range of the nearest node is known. The ranging node may then use ordinary unicast mechanisms to probe this node, or begin scanning the groups again, or interleave the two mechanisms as desired. | 03-04-2010 |
20100056175 | MOBILITY MANAGEMENT IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - The invention relates to a method for tracking locations of mobile terminals in a communication network. Further, the invention relates to a communication network and apparatuses therein capable of performing individual steps of the method according to different embodiments of the invention. To decrease the signaling load imposed by mobility related signaling the invention suggests to group mobile terminals in so called mobility groups and to reduce the signaling overhead by performing a location update on a per-mobility group basis. In one exemplary embodiment of the invention this is realized by only one of the mobile terminals in a mobility group sending a group location update on behalf of the group to trigger the location update for the mobility group. Alternatively, in another embodiment of the invention, a network operator trusted or controlled entity sends a group location update on behalf of the group to trigger the location update for the mobility group. | 03-04-2010 |
20100056176 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING POSITION INFORMATION OF A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method and system for transmitting position information of a communication device includes: setting a startup command to activate a global position system (GPS) of the communication device, determining if the communication device has received a push mail including the startup command from a push mail server, activating the GPS to locate a position of the communication device, and acquiring corresponding position information. The method and system further includes generating a blank push mail, inserting the position information into the generated push mail, and transmitting the generated push mail to a predetermined receiver. | 03-04-2010 |
20100056177 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND POSITION DETECTION METHOD - A mobile communication system includes a first base station and one or more base stations whose information is included in adjacent-base-station information notified by the first base station. The mobile communication system includes a transmitting unit that transmits information on one or more base stations whose information is not included in the adjacent-base-station information to a mobile station, and a position detecting unit that, by using the one or more base stations whose information is not included in the adjacent-base-station information, detects a position of the mobile station. | 03-04-2010 |
20100056178 | Method and Locating Device for Locating at Least One Mobile Radio Subscriber - The present invention relates to a method for locating at least one mobile radio subscriber in a mobile radio network. The mobile radio subscriber transmits a measurement report that includes an itemization identifying at least two transmitting stations. A value correlated with the receive field strength of a signal from the transmitting stations is allocated to each transmitting station. A table is organized according to geographic units of a presettable area. A pre-calculated value correlated with the receive field strength of a signal from a transmitting station is allocated to each transmitting station. The transmitting stations are organized according to the values correlated with the receive field strength of the signal from the respective transmitting station. The location of the mobile radio subscriber is determined based on the geographic unit meeting at least one presettable criterion. | 03-04-2010 |
20100056179 | Method and Locating Device for Locating at Least One Mobile Radio Subscriber - The present invention relates to a method for locating at least one mobile radio subscriber in a mobile radio network, wherein to each transmitting station a value correlated with the receive field strength of a signal from this transmitting station is allocated; including the following steps: a) from the information determined upon connection setup, a table is created per cell, in which at least one distance parameter to the transmitting station of the cell is allocated to the respective receive field strengths; b) for at least one value correlated with the receive field strength and transmitted in the measurement report, the allocated distance parameter to the transmitting station of the respective cell is read out from the table created in step a); and c) determining at least one point satisfying the distance parameter(s) read-out in step b). | 03-04-2010 |
20100062788 | Managing Device Functionality During Predetermined Conditions - Functionality of a mobile device depends on detected speed of the mobile device. Global positioning system (GPS) technology or tower triangulation may be used to estimate the speed of a mobile device. In addition, the geographic location of the mobile device may be estimated. A set of rules regarding when functionality of the mobile device should be limited is accessed and if the mobile device exceeds a threshold speed or is located in a restricted area, selected features of the mobile device are disabled. For example, incoming calls and outgoing calls may be restricted according to local regulations. Other features such as emergency dialing, hands-free operation of the mobile device, and playing audio files (e.g., MP3 music files) may remain functional regardless of the geographic location or estimated speed of the mobile device. | 03-11-2010 |
20100062789 | Intelligent location tracking based on predictive modelling - Tracking a mobile station, MS, ( | 03-11-2010 |
20100062790 | EXTENDED CLUSTERING FOR IMPROVED POSITIONING - A method for clustering position determinations is used for providing position determination assisting data in a cellular communications network. The method comprises obtaining ( | 03-11-2010 |
20100062791 | METHOD OF LOCATION POSITIONING AND VERIFICATION OF AN AP, SYSTEM, AND HOME REGISTER - A method of location positioning of a Radio Access Point (AP) is provided in an embodiment of the present invention. The method includes: querying the Connectivity Session Location and Repository Function (CLF) according to the IP address of the AP to obtain the Access Line Location Identifier (ALLI) of the AP to access a network. The ALLI is configured to identify the line location of the AP. The location of the AP is determined on the basis of the ALLI. A method of location verification of an AP is provided herein in an embodiment of the present invention. The method includes: the CLF is queried according to the IP address of the AP to obtain the ALLI of the AP; the location of the AP is not changed if the obtained ALLI of the AP is the same as the stored ALLI of the AP. A home register and a system are also provided herein to accurately locate and verify the location of the AP, thus checking the validity of the AP location. | 03-11-2010 |
20100069085 | Method and System for Sharing a Clock Reference Signal within an Integrated Mobile Device - A method and system of a GPS system controlling a voltage of an input signal to an oscillator, the oscillator producing a clock reference signal to the GPS system and a modem system, such that a frequency of the clock reference signal is altered to synchronize the modem system with a corresponding network while the GPS system remains in a locked state. | 03-18-2010 |
20100069086 | Mobile Terminals Providing Network-Based Location Data, and Methods and Computer Program Product for Operating the Same - A mobile terminal includes a position cache that is operable to store a plurality of location data sets corresponding to wireless networks that are associated with a wireless telecommunication node in a telecommunication network when the mobile terminal is connected to the wireless telecommunication node. The mobile terminal includes a wireless network transceiver that is operable to receive wireless network identification signals from at least one of the wireless networks when the mobile terminal is proximate the wireless network and a position module that is operable to determine a geographical location of the mobile terminal corresponding to a location data sets that corresponds to the wireless network. | 03-18-2010 |
20100069087 | PERSONAL TRACKING DEVICE WITH LOW POWER CONSUMPTION - An portable tracking device integrating a mobile phone module (e.g. based on GSM or 3G networks), a GPS module, a radio Beacon and ultrasonic beacon. The tracking device is normally in a hibernated state when the entire device consumes little energy and require no periodically changing or recharging batteries to power the device. It consumes power from the primary battery only when a tracking process is actually taken place. With this portable tracking device on the person who is unable to affirmatively report his or her whereabout, the remote center and/or a search team can communicate the GPS module, radio beacon and ultrasonic beacon of the tracking device via the mobile phone module based on existing wireless communication technologies, such SMS, GPRS, ect, on GSM or 3 G networks, which also serves as a means of initial rough estimation of the tracking device's location. | 03-18-2010 |
20100069088 | TRACKING AREA CHOICE - Methods and a mobile terminal for tracking area management of a mobile terminal using a discontinuous reception (DRX) mode are provided. By having the mobile terminal indicate information to the network related to the cells and/or tracking areas on which the mobile terminal has camped, selection of the most suitable tracking areas for the mobile terminal is facilitated. | 03-18-2010 |
20100069089 | DOWNLINK SILENT PERIOD FOR POSITIONING - A method for acquiring positioning information includes receiving, at a mobile terminal (MT), downlink data in a plurality of downlink slot frames from a serving base station transmitting the downlink data over a first time period generally corresponding to the plurality of downlink slot frames. The MT experiences a relatively silent period during which the serving base station substantially ceases transmission to the mobile terminal during a second time period that defines a transmission power modification period. The MT also receives a preamble broadcasted by various neighbor base stations, the preamble broadcasted by such base stations occurring during a third time period which at least partially overlaps the second time period. The location or position estimate of the MT can be calculated based upon at least the preamble broadcasted by the neighbor base stations. | 03-18-2010 |
20100069090 | SMART CALL DELIVERY WITH GIS INTEGRATION - A method of delivering a call to a called party's device. The method includes receiving a call directed to a wireline device and validating that a telephone number of the wireline device is associated with a telephone number of a wireless device. The method also includes transmitting a message to the wireless device, delivering the call to the wireline device when a return message is not received from the wireless device, and determining a location of the wireless device when a return message is received from the wireless device. The method further includes comparing the location of the wireless device with a location of the wireline device, delivering the call to the wireless device when the location of the wireless device is not within a predefined vicinity of the location of the wireline device, and delivering the call to the wireline device when the location of the wireless device is within a predefined vicinity of the location of the wireline device. | 03-18-2010 |
20100075695 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND DEVICES FOR RETRIEVING LOCAL BROADCAST SOURCE PRESETS - A media device including a broadcast receiver that receives broadcast media and a location sensor that determines the location of the media device and generates media device location data. The media device includes a data store that stores at least one data network address for a media data server where the media data server includes a list of broadcast source settings. The data store also stores a preset list of broadcast source settings. The media device also includes a transceiver for: i) sending the media device location data to the media data server and ii) retrieving a location-based list of broadcast source settings associated with the location of the media device. The media device further includes a processor that compares the preset list with the location-based list and determines a local preset list from the retrieved location-based settings that match the preset settings. | 03-25-2010 |
20100075696 | EXTENDED POSITIONING REPORTING - A method of transferring positioning information using a set of data having a standardized set of formats for a single position entity comprises inclusion ( | 03-25-2010 |
20100081450 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INTEGRATING GLOBAL NAVIGATION SATELLITE SYSTEM (GNSS), WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK (WLAN), AND CELL PHONE TECHNOLOGY - Location of a mobile terminal may be determined via a satellite navigation system receiver integrated within the mobile terminal. The satellite navigation system receiver may comprise a GPS receiver, a Galileo receiver and/or a GLONASS receiver. The location of the mobile terminal may then be used to determine communication standard parameters needed for operation. Different countries may require different parameters for various applications, such as digital video broadcasting (DVB) and/or Bluetooth communication. The mobile terminal may then configure itself to use the appropriate parameters for operation using the determined standards. The configuration information may be stored in the mobile terminal. The mobile terminal may comprise at least one radio wireless communication that may need to be updated. The wireless communication may comprise cellular communication, Internet access, and reception of audio and/or video broadcasts, where the audio/video broadcasts may be analog and/or digital. | 04-01-2010 |
20100081451 | Methods and apparatus for resolving wireless signal components - Methods and apparatus enabling a wireless network to generate data that can be used by a receiver (e.g., UE) to resolve the contributions of individual transmitters, such as to determine its location without resort to external devices such as GPS satellites. In one embodiment, the wireless network comprises a single frequency network (SFN), and a unique base station identifier is embedded within the data, and encoded in a manner which allows the UE to calculate path characteristics (such as path latency, and Direction of Arrival) to triangulate its position. In one variant, the data encoding comprises weighting frames of data from different base stations using an orthogonal matrix. Advantageously, the encoding and embedded identifier are also transparent to legacy UE, thereby allowing for implementation with no infrastructure or UE modifications other than software. Network and user apparatus implementing these methodologies, and methods of doing business, are also disclosed. | 04-01-2010 |
20100081452 | WIRELESS SENSOR BASED CAMERA LOCATION AND ORIENTATION - An apparatus a receiver for a camera for signal communication with transmitters in known locations for determining location of the camera, a compass for the camera for determining orientation of the camera, and a device for determining time associated with the determined camera location and orientation. | 04-01-2010 |
20100081453 | MOBILE TERMINAL LOCATION BASED SERVICE SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USING THE SAME - A mobile terminal location based service (LBS) system includes at least one mobile unit installed in a mobile terminal and at least one service unit installed in a cell base station of a wireless communicating network and wirelessly communicating with the mobile unit. The service unit stores data of mobile terminals communicating with the base station. When the mobile unit sends inquiry signals to the service unit to inquiry data of mobile terminals communicating with the base station, the service unit locates the inquired mobile terminals and sends data of the inquired mobile terminals to the mobile unit as LBS information. | 04-01-2010 |
20100081454 | NEIGHBORHOOD PAGING GROUP DESIGN FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Various example embodiments are disclosed. According to an example embodiment, a technique may include storing, by a mobile station while in an active state, a neighborhood paging list, transitioning from active state to idle state, receiving a paging group ID from a local base station, determining that the paging group ID received from the local base station does not match any of the paging group IDs on the mobile station's neighborhood paging list, performing location update, updating the neighborhood paging list based on information received from the local base station, the updated neighborhood paging list including a paging group ID (PGID) identifying a local paging area corresponding to the local base station and a list of neighbor paging group IDs identifying one or more paging areas that are neighbors to the local paging area. | 04-01-2010 |
20100081455 | TRACKING AREA SIGNALLING IN CELLULAR MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS - The present invention provides for a method of controlling tracking area signaling within a cellular mobile radio communications network and comprising the steps of, determining if the mobile radio communications devices is stationary, providing an indication to the network that the mobile radio communications device is stationary, and in the network, assigning at least one tracking area and/or an equivalent tracking area list to the mobile radio communications device responsive to the indication that the mobile radio communications device is stationary. | 04-01-2010 |
20100081456 | System And Method For Providing A Task Reminder Based On Historical Travel Information - An apparatus for providing a task reminder includes a monitoring module configured to monitor a location of a user via a mobile communication device associated with the user at predetermined time intervals for tracking historical travel information of the user and a data store for storing the historical travel information and for storing user specified task information that includes a task and a task location. The apparatus also includes a message module configured to generate a reminder of the task based on the user's historical travel information and a distance between the task location and a current position of the user. | 04-01-2010 |
20100087204 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF UMTS UE LOCATION USING UPLINK DEDICATED PHYSICAL CONTROL CHANNEL AND DOWNLINK SYNCHRONIZATION CHANNEL - A system and method for estimating a location of a wireless device in a wireless communication system having a plurality of nodes and a plurality of location measurement units (“LMUs”). A set of signal samples from a first wireless device and a second wireless device may be collected by one or more LMUs in a search window. A first time of arrival (“TOA”) is determined, and a second search window is estimated as a function of the first TOA. A second TOA may be determined within the second search window at a second node or one of the LMUs from the set of signal samples. A range estimate of the wireless device may then be determined, and an estimated location of the wireless device may be determined as a function of the first uplink TOA, the second uplink TOA, or the range estimate and second TOA. | 04-08-2010 |
20100087205 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR USE IN MOBILE DEVICE POSITIONING SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatuses are provided which may be adapted for use in and/or with mobile device positioning systems and/or the like. In an example, a method may include accessing a plurality of measurements associated with a plurality of location signals as received by the mobile device from at least a first portion of a plurality of transmitters. The method may include dynamically establishing at least one location signal transmission parameter based, at least in part, on the plurality of measurements. The location signal transmission parameter(s) may be adapted for use by at least a second portion of the plurality of transmitters to operatively initiate subsequent transmission of an additional plurality of location signals adapted to be received by the mobile device. | 04-08-2010 |
20100087206 | GPS SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD FOR MOBILE WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and system for GPS (Geographical Positioning System) synchronization of a femtocell, as defined in the application, in a wireless telecommunications network, the system including a Base Transceiver Station (a “sync-BTS”) for transmitting synchronization signals, a module for GPS synchronization coupled to the sync-BTS, at least one femtocell, and a processor in each femtocell for performing time and frequency synchronization on the sync-BTS over an air interface. | 04-08-2010 |
20100093365 | LOCATION-BASED TAGGING AND SORTING OF CONTENT ON A MOBILE DEVICE - A mobile device a location module configured to determine a location of the mobile device, a controller configured to tag content with a creation location of the mobile device when the content is created using the mobile device, and memory configured to store the tagged content. The controller is configured to sort the tagged content based upon the creation location with respect to a specific location. Also, a mobile device is provided that includes a location module configured to determine a location of the mobile device, a controller configured to tag content with a receipt location of the mobile device when the content is received by the mobile device, and memory configured to store the tagged content. | 04-15-2010 |
20100093366 | Incorporating Non-Presence Information in the Calculation of Presence Aspects by a Presence Access Layer - A method for providing information to a watcher is provided. The method includes a presence access layer receiving non-presence information, using the non-presence information to derive at least one element of presence information, and delivering the at least one element of presence information to the watcher. | 04-15-2010 |
20100093367 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD OF DISPLAY POSITION ON MAP THEREOF - A method of controlling a mobile terminal, and which includes displaying contents in a first region of a display on the mobile terminal, deriving position information from the contents displayed in the first region, and displaying a map including a position corresponding to the derived position information in a second region of the display on the mobile terminal. | 04-15-2010 |
20100093368 | Device and Method for Localizing Terminal Devices - When localizing terminal devices an updating measure of reference ambient information allocated to surroundings of the terminal device is executed when a deviation of ambient information determined by means of the terminal device from reference ambient information allocated to a position of the terminal device is detected. | 04-15-2010 |
20100093369 | SET INITIATED AREA EVENT TRIGGERED POSITIONING METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A SET-initiated area event triggered positioning method in a session-based service system is disclosed. The method is variously performed according to a proxy mode or a non-proxy mode, and further according to which SLP (SUPL location platform) has a positioning procedure. | 04-15-2010 |
20100093370 | METHOD FOR CONFIRMING A READING POSITION USING A SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE MESSAGE AND SYSTEM FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - A method for confirming an SMS message reading position and a system for performing the method are disclosed. A reading-position confirmation terminal device includes a display part, a wireless circuit part and a control part. The wireless circuit part sets a communication channel with a mobile communication network system. The control part transmits an SMS message and information requesting a reading time and a reading position in accordance with a reading the SMS message through the wireless circuit part, and displays the reading time and the reading position to the display part when a time and a position in accordance with a reading of the SMS message by a user of a receiving mobile phone. Therefore, a transmitting mobile phone may confirm a reading position of the corresponding SMS message, so that the position of the SMS message receiving side may be easily checked by the transmitting mobile phone. | 04-15-2010 |
20100099432 | Wireless device provisioning tool - Systems and methods are disclosed that include provisioning a target device coupled to a wireless network. These systems and methods include a provisioning server coupled to the wireless network and a target update coupled to the provisioning server. The provisioning server includes instructions relating to the configuration of the target device. In addition, these systems and methods include a server coupled to the target update and a provisioning user interface coupled to the server that is operable to create parameters for a software update and transmit the parameters to the server. The server is operable to communicate the parameters to create the target update, and the target update is transmitted through the provisioning server and the wireless network to the target device. | 04-22-2010 |
20100099433 | Method and Arrangement for Enhanced Cell Identification and Cell Positioning - In a method of enhanced position determination of a user terminal associated with at least one cell in a cellular communications network, providing a predetermined cell identity definition SO | 04-22-2010 |
20100099434 | SIGNAL CAPTURING APPARATUS AND SIGNAL CAPTURING METHOD - A signal capturing apparatus and a signal capturing method wherein the timing at which to implement the clock frequency correction of a GPS reception part during position determination can be optimized to prevent any search omissions, while shortening the time period required for the position determination. A cellular clock precision estimating function part ( | 04-22-2010 |
20100105409 | PEER AND COMPOSITE LOCALIZATION FOR MOBILE APPLICATIONS - A system and method for peer based localization system using radio technology, such as Bluetooth or Wi-Fi ad-hoc technology that enables mobile devices such as cell phones, smart phones, laptops, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite radios, global positioning systems, PDAs, etc. to discover their physical location relative to one another. In addition, the peer based localization can use a plurality of radio technologies to increase the accuracy of the physical location estimates. Additionally or alternatively, the peer based localization technique can be combined with infrastructure based location techniques, such as triangulation, GPS, or infrastructure based Wi-Fi localization in order to transpose virtual coordinates into physical coordinates. | 04-29-2010 |
20100105410 | PERIODIC POSITIONING METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A positioning method in a SUPL based position information system, and more particularly, a method for performing periodic positioning capable of processing a periodic positioning request by a location server or a periodic positioning request by a mobile communications terminal when the location server and the terminal respectively manage a trigger generating the periodic positioning, are discussed. | 04-29-2010 |
20100105411 | PERIODIC POSITIONING METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A positioning method in a SUPL based position information system, and more particularly, a method for performing periodic positioning capable of processing a periodic positioning request by a location server or a periodic positioning request by a mobile communications terminal when the location server and the terminal respectively manage a trigger generating the periodic positioning, are discussed. | 04-29-2010 |
20100105412 | Apparatus and method for providing position information in a mobile communication system - A method and an apparatus for providing position information in a mobile communication system includes setting, at a mobile communication terminal which requests to provide the position information, a position condition to provide the position information. The mobile communication terminal generates a message including the position condition, and sends the generated message to a correspondent terminal of which the position information is to be acquired. The mobile communications terminal also receives a position information request message including the position condition from a correspondent terminal, determines whether the position condition is violated or not by periodically acquiring its position information, and sends a message informing of the position information violation to the correspondent terminal when the position condition is violated. | 04-29-2010 |
20100105413 | Location-Based Networking Methods and Systems for Performing the Same - Methods and systems for assisting individuals ( | 04-29-2010 |
20100113061 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO CONFIRM MOBILE EQUIPMENT HAS REMAINED RELATIVELY STATIONARY USING ONE OR MORE PILOT SIGNAL - A tracking unit operably coupled to mobile equipment is provided. The tracking unit is capable of using a pilot channel for CDMA networks, a broadcast channel for GSM networks or the like, to determine that the tracking unit has remained relatively stationary. The tracking unit determines it has remained relatively stationary by determining that it is receiving the same radio frequency signals at approximately the same strength as it previously received. | 05-06-2010 |
20100113062 | APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING LOCATION INFORMATION OF HAND-HELD DEVICE AND METHOD THEREOF - A method and apparatus for providing location information of a user terminal is provided, which makes it possible to mark the location of a user terminal using geographical information stored in a broadcast receiver. | 05-06-2010 |
20100113063 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING LOCATION MEASUREMENT OF NETWORK BASED TO MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL BY USING G-PCELL DATABASE ACCORDING TO LOCATION - Disclosed is a system and method for providing a mobile communication terminal with network-based location measurement according to locations by using a G-pCell database. The system includes an NPS for storing a neighboring base station database and a G-pCell database; and an SPC for detecting the location of a base station by parsing a base station signal received from the mobile communication terminal when a location measurement request signal is received from the mobile communication terminal, and determining a location of the mobile communication terminal by using a G-pCell pattern matching algorithm when the number of base stations neighboring the mobile communication terminal, detected by parsing the base station signal, is less than the stored number of neighboring base stations corresponding to the location of the base station, discovered using the neighboring base station database. Considering that the accuracy of location measurement may be lowered when the G-pCell pattern matching algorithm is applied to the upper stories of a high-rise building in an area where high-rise buildings stand closely together, such as a downtown area, the system and method selectively uses the G-pCell pattern matching algorithm or a location measurement algorithm based on triangulation to position a mobile communication terminal according to a rough location of the mobile communication terminal, thereby further improving the accuracy of location measurement. | 05-06-2010 |
20100113064 | METHOD FOR CONSERVING ENERGY IN A MULTIMODE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A system and methods ( | 05-06-2010 |
20100120447 | Femto-Cell Location by Direct Methods - Illustrative embodiments of the inventive subject matter described herein include, but are not limited to, the following: a femto-cell device, methods for use by a wireless location system (WLS) in locating a femto-cell device, and a wireless location system having certain features relating to the location of femto-cell devices. A femto-cell device used in a wireless communications system (WCS) includes a location subsystem configured to acquire information identifying the geographic location of the femto-cell device. The device also includes an antenna subsystem, a radio frequency (RF) block coupled to the antenna subsystem, a baseband block coupled to the RF block, and a communications block coupled to the baseband block. In addition, the device is configured to communicate with the WCS, including communicating at least some of the location information to the WCS. | 05-13-2010 |
20100120448 | TRACKING AREA SETTING APPARATUS, USER EQUIPMENT, AND TRACKING AREA SETTING METHOD - A tracking area setting apparatus is disclosed that includes a service request measurement unit measuring a frequency of occurrence of a service request transmitted by a user equipment terminal to a cell where the user equipment terminal is located based on a paging channel transmitted in all cells belonging to a tracking area where the user equipment terminal is located, the user equipment terminal being a target user equipment terminal to receive a call, the tracking area including one or more cells and a tracking area determination unit determining whether a number of the frequency of occurrence of the service request in a predetermined cell is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold value based on the frequency of occurrence of the service request and, when determining yes, separate the predetermined cell from the tracking area to which the predetermined cell belongs. | 05-13-2010 |
20100120449 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REFINING ACCURACY OF LOCATION POSITIONING - A method and system for accurately determining the location of the mobile device ( | 05-13-2010 |
20100124934 | Wireless System Improvements Based On Location Positioning System Data - An apparatus is disclosed that includes using a first wireless network to determine a position of portable user equipment, and the portable user equipment setting one or more operational conditions of the portable user equipment for one or both of operating in or accessing a second wireless network using the determined position. An apparatus is disclosed that includes a radio frequency transceiver, one or more processors able to communicate with the radio frequency transceiver, and one or more memories including computer program code. The one or more memories and the computer program code are configured to, with the one or more processors, cause the apparatus to perform at least the following: using a first wireless network to determine a position of the apparatus; and setting one or more operational conditions of the apparatus for one or both of operating in or accessing a second wireless network using the determined position. | 05-20-2010 |
20100124935 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CAPTURING INFORMATION OF OTHER MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINALS - A mobile communication system and a method for capturing information of other mobile communication terminals located within a distance from the user's mobile communication terminal may include a first mobile communication terminal for transmitting capture signal, location information and identification information; the second mobile communication terminals for transmitting location information and identification information of the second mobile communication terminals; and a base station for transmitting the GPS driving signal to the second mobile communication terminals and capturing information of the second mobile communication terminals. | 05-20-2010 |
20100130225 | System and method for multiple range estimation location - A system and method of determining the location of a mobile station by determining the time of transmission of a signal by a mobile station and determining range rings at a plurality of reference stations receiving the transmitted signal, where the range rings represent the distance f the mobile station from the plurality of reference stations. | 05-27-2010 |
20100130226 | Determination of event of interest - A method includes receiving first media data from a plurality of persons; identifying first media data generated within a window of time at a certain location and associating the identified first media data with an occurrence of a first event; determining which persons of the plurality of persons were present at the occurrence of the first event; and storing information related to the first event in association with information identifying those persons determined to be present at the occurrence of the first event. The method further includes, in response to receiving further media data from a plurality of persons, determining if the further media data was generated within a window of time at a certain location; determining based at least in part of the stored information if the certain location associated with the further media data is the same as the certain location associated with the first media data, and if at least some of the persons from which the further media data is received are the same as the persons from which the first media data was received and, if so, declaring that a second event is occurring that is related to the first event; and sending a notification of the occurrence of the second event to those persons who were determined to be present at the occurrence of the first event and who are determined to not currently be present at the occurrence of the second event. | 05-27-2010 |
20100130227 | TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION OF POSITION- AND/OR NETWORK-RELATED INFORMATION FROM ACCESS NETWORKS - The present invention relates to a method, subscriber database, network element, an interface, and a computer program product for distributing position- or network-related information from an access network to a core network, wherein a first interface between the access network and the subscriber database is associated with a second interface between the core network and the subscriber database in a manner so that, in response to at least one predetermined notification indicating a registration or change of position and signaled to the subscriber database via the first interface, the position- or network-related information is selectively signaled via the second interface to a network element of the core network in a server assignment answer or in a push profile request. Thereby, position or location information of a subscriber or user in an access network is directly or automatically availability in the core network. | 05-27-2010 |
20100130228 | BRIDGE LINE APPEARANCE FOR LOCATION-AWARE MOBILE DEVICES - A vPBX server manages calls in a bridged line appearance (BLA) group. A BLA group can include extensions for location-aware mobile devices. The vPBX server contains location based forwarding rules that can be applied together with BLA redirection rules in managing incoming calls. A single extension can appear as a user interface element (e.g., an icon or button) on multiple mobile devices. Using the user interface element, a primary user can view a secondary user's status, including the secondary user's location information. The vPBX server allows the primary user to redirect the incoming calls to devices in accordance with the forwarding rules and the redirection rules. | 05-27-2010 |
20100130229 | WIRELESS-BASED POSITIONING ADJUSTMENTS USING A MOTION SENSOR - Apparatuses and methods for adjusting wireless-derived positions of a mobile station using a motion sensor are presented. One method includes estimating a position of a mobile station based upon wireless signal measurements and measuring a movement of the mobile station using a relative motion sensor. The method further includes detecting a displacement of the mobile station based upon the measured movement, determining that the displacement is below a threshold and then adjusting the estimated position of the mobile station using information from the relative motion sensor. An apparatus includes a wireless transceiver, a relative motion sensor, a processor coupled to the wireless transceiver and the relative motion sensor, and a memory coupled to the processor. The memory stores executable instructions and data for causing the processor to execute methods for adjusting wireless-derived positions using a motion sensor. | 05-27-2010 |
20100130230 | BEACON SECTORING FOR POSITION DETERMINATION - Apparatuses and methods for sector-based position determination of a mobile station are presented. One method includes determining an estimate of a distance between the mobile station and at least one wireless access point (WAP), receiving sector information which describes sectors associated with the at least one WAP, and combining the distance estimate and sector information to determine a position of the mobile station. One apparatus includes a wireless transceiver, a processor coupled to the wireless transceiver, and a memory coupled to the processor which stores executable instructions and data. The instructions cause the processor to determine an estimate of a distance between the mobile station and at least one wireless access point (WAP), receive sector information which describes sectors associated with the at least one WAP, and combine the distance estimate and sector information to determine a position of the mobile station. | 05-27-2010 |
20100136999 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING POSITION OF TERMINAL - An apparatus for determining a position of a terminal calculates distances between a terminal and a plurality of base stations by using time information acquired by a reference station among the plurality of base stations through unidirectional communication between the terminal and the base stations and between the base stations, and determines a position of the terminal by using the calculated distances. | 06-03-2010 |
20100137000 | MOBILE TERMINALS SEARCHING SYSTEM AND METHOD EMPLOYING THE SAME - An exemplary mobile terminal searching system includes a base station, a locating terminal, and target terminal. The base station includes a controlling unit, a signal communicating unit, a storage unit, and a positioning unit. The locating terminal is configured for setting searched phone numbers and sending the searched phone numbers to the base station via the signal communicating unit. The signal storage unit is configured for storing the searched phone numbers controlled by the controlling unit. The positioning unit is configured for determining the position information of the target terminal, and the position information is sent to the locating terminal via the signal communicating unit. | 06-03-2010 |
20100137001 | TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING TERMINAL POSITION - The present invention relates to a terminal and a terminal location providing method. The terminal for selectively accessing a plurality of base stations supporting different communication systems includes a first network interface card that is turned on when the terminal is turned on, a second network interface card that is turned on or activated when receiving the terminal's location information request, a power controller for controlling power of the first and second network interface cards, and a processor for receiving the terminal's location information request and controlling the power of the first and second network interface cards through the power controller. | 06-03-2010 |
20100137002 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR PROVIDING GEO-LOCATION PROXIMITY UPDATES TO A PRESENCE SYSTEM - The subject matter described herein relates to methods, systems, and computer readable media for providing geo-location proximity updates to a presence system. One method includes intercepting a mobility management message associated with a mobile subscriber, wherein the mobility management message includes one or more network specific identifiers (NSIDs). A geo-location proximity descriptor is determined based on the one or more NSIDs. The geo-location proximity descriptor is communicated to a presence system. | 06-03-2010 |
20100137003 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TARGET LOCATION PROFILING - Methods and systems for profiling the locations of users of wireless communication terminals. A profiling engine may accept data points regarding a given target. Each data point may indicate a location of the target at a certain measurement time. The profiling engine may accumulate the data points relative to a periodic time scale having a pre-specified time period. The accumulation process produces a location profile of the target. The location profile may convey information regarding the tracked targets. For example, the profiling engine may use the location profile to improve the location accuracy of a target terminal that is idle for long period of time, to detect deviations from the characteristic location pattern of a target, to detect that a certain sensitive location is being visited regularly by a given target, and/or to identify connections among different targets by detecting similarities or correlations between their location profiles. | 06-03-2010 |
20100144366 | Methods and systems for determining the location of a femtocell - A femtocell acquires its geographic location using location samples reported by mobile devices that are communicatively coupled with the femtocell. The estimated location may be calculated as an arithmetic mean of reported location samples, a weighted mean of reported location samples, or by using reported location samples in conjunction with estimated distances and trilateration. The estimated location may be applied in geographic license checks, network interference checks and/or emergency call registration, for example. | 06-10-2010 |
20100144367 | METHOD FOR LOCATION DETERMINATION AND A MOBILE DEVICE - A method and mobile device for location determination using sequential pattern recognition are disclosed. The method comprises determining a specific sequence of identifiers of a plurality of base transceiver stations that control cells through which a mobile device has passed when travelling along a path. The specific sequence of identifiers of a plurality of base transceiver stations are compared with a look-up table stored in a database. The look-up table comprises all possible sequence of identifiers of base transceiver stations and a location for each of the sequence of identifiers of base transceiver stations. The location of the path is determined from the comparison. | 06-10-2010 |
20100151878 | Radio Environment Measurements in a Mobile Communication System - A mobile User Equipment (UE) saves power by ascertaining whether it is in a static environment. The UE's changeable state parameters (e.g., time and location) are compared with its historical changeable state data to determine whether a match exists. If the UE is in the static environment and the UE's changeable state presently matches the previously observed changeable state, then the UE repeatedly measures its radio environment at a first rate. If the UE is in the static environment and the UE's changeable state does not presently match the previously observed changeable state, then the UE repeatedly measures its radio environment at a second rate for a predetermined period of time, wherein the first rate is less than the second rate. If the UE is not in the static environment, then it repeatedly measures its radio environment at the second rate for an unrestricted amount of time. | 06-17-2010 |
20100151879 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING MULTI-CARRIER TRACKING OF WIRELESS DEVICES DURING AN EMERGENCY - A system and method for tracking a wireless communications device of a user may include, in response to receiving a request to track the wireless communications device, notifying a plurality of wireless networks of different communications carriers to collect geographic coordinates at which a wireless communications device is located. Geographic coordinates of the wireless communications device may be collected from at least one of the wireless networks and communicated to a requestor for tracking the wireless communications device. | 06-17-2010 |
20100151880 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD OF TRANSFERRING OR RECEIVING DATA USING THE SAME - The present invention relates to a mobile terminal which transfers or receives data, including location information, in various ways, and a method of transferring or receiving data using the same. | 06-17-2010 |
20100151881 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD OF MANAGING DATA THEREOF - A mobile terminal and method for managing location information are discussed. According to an embodiment, the mobile terminal includes a storage unit, a communication unit configured to receive a message, a location information unit configured to obtain location information indicating a location where the message is received, and a controller configured to selectively store the obtained location information in association with the message in the storage unit. | 06-17-2010 |
20100151882 | LOCATION LOGGING AND LOCATION AND TIME BASED FILTERING - Techniques for performing location logging and location and time based filtering are described. In one design of location logging, a terminal periodically determines its location, e.g., during its paging slots. The terminal determines whether there is a change in its location and stores its location if a change in location is detected. In one design of location and time based filtering, the terminal obtains a location and time criterion with a target area and a time period. The terminal determines its location during the time period, e.g., based on the location log. The terminal evaluates the location and time criterion based on the target area and its location during the time period, e.g., based on at least one sector ID for the target area and one or more sector IDs for its location. The terminal determines whether to download and/or present broadcast information based on the result of the evaluation. | 06-17-2010 |
20100151883 | Method and System for Notifying the Presence of Contacts in a Vicinity of a User - A method and system for notifying a user of an electronic device of the entrance of one or more contacts of the user within an area of interest is provided. The electronic device is present in a network of a plurality of electronic devices. The method includes, tracking the location of the one or more contacts based on the location of the one or more electronic devices connected to the network. The one or more electronic devices are associated with the one or more contacts. Further, the method includes sending a notification of the entrance of each of the one or more contacts in the area of interest to the user. | 06-17-2010 |
20100159941 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING WHETHER A DEVICE IS SUITABLE FOR OPERATING AT AN INCIDENCE LOCATION - A method and apparatus for determining whether a device is suitable for operating at an incidence location enables effective deployment of devices in a wireless communication network. The method includes identifying a location of the device in the wireless communication network. Next, a state of charge of a battery of the device is identified based on data received from the device. A preference value of the device is then determined relative to an incidence location in the wireless communication network. The preference value is a function of the state of charge of the device and a distance between the location of the device and the incidence location. Finally, using the preference value, it is determined whether the device is suitable for operating at the incidence location. | 06-24-2010 |
20100159942 | CALL ENHANCEMENT WITH LOCALIZED INFORMATION - A phone call is enhanced by the addition of localized information. In an example embodiment, a call is placed between a first device and a second wireless device. The call enhancement system is employed to determine a specific geographic location of the second wireless device. The system then abstracts the specific geographic location of the second wireless device into a general geographic location of the second wireless device. The degree of abstraction employed is determined by reference to a configurable privacy setting. The system retrieves content associated with the general geographic location of the second wireless device and packages it for transmission to the first device. The content is transmitted to the first device for presentation on a display of the first device. | 06-24-2010 |
20100159943 | Method and system for providing location-based information to a group of mobile user agents - A method and system for providing location-based information to a group of mobile user agents. A group of mobile user agents may be identified based at least in part on agent information for each of the mobile user agents in the group. The location information may indicate a location for the mobile user agents, which may be determined using GPS information or GPS assistance information. Location-based information may be determined for the group and provided to the group by broadcasting or multicasting. The mobile user agents may be configured to receive and process the location-based information. The location-based information may comprise GPS assistance information. | 06-24-2010 |
20100159944 | SELECTIVE CACHING OF REAL TIME MESSAGING THREADS - A method is provided to process data in a wireless data exchange. The method includes exchanging data between two or more wireless devices in real time and opening a thread of communications between the wireless devices, where the thread includes one or more data exchanges between the wireless devices. When the real time messaging exchange has been established, the method identifies all or portions of the thread as potential data to store. As such data is identified, the method selectively caches the identified portions of the thread for future data retrieval. | 06-24-2010 |
20100159945 | FEMTO CELL VISITATION HISTORY FOR LOCATION BASED SERVICES - System(s) and method(s) are provided for collection and communication of data on handset attachment procedure, or visitation, to one or more femto cells to provide location information. A mobility component receives actual subscriber and femto access point (AP) attachment signaling and extracts visitation data that facilitates generation of real-time or historical visitation reports. Location information is conveyed through visitation reports which can include mobile device identifier(s), femto AP location, and a timestamp. Visitation reports also can include processed visitation data such as mobility matrices, historical mobility patterns or profiles, and predicted mobility events. Provision of location information occurs without the need for dedicated handset functionality, and associated hardware, or additional battery draw. | 06-24-2010 |
20100159946 | Configuration of Telephony Services for Phone Based on User Location - Telephony features for a phone are configured based on the location of a user of the phone. A system receives location data corresponding to a location of the phone. An operational mode is selected from stored operational modes based on the location data. The operational mode of the user phone is set to the selected mode. In one mode, a reply message is provided to the caller that is associated with the location of the phone. | 06-24-2010 |
20100159947 | POSITION CALCULATING METHOD AND POSITION CALCULATING DEVICE - A position calculating method performed by a position calculating device carried with or mounted on a mobile body and moving with the mobile body, includes: receiving a positioning signal from a positioning satellite; calculating a position based on the received positioning signal; intermittently operating a sensor unit which detects moving condition of the mobile body in predetermined intermittent operation cycle; controlling the intermittent operation cycle according to the positioning signal receiving condition; calculating a position by executing predetermined inertial navigation calculation by using a detection result from the sensor unit operated in the intermittent operation cycle; and determining an output position by using the position calculated based on the positioning signal and the position calculated by the inertial navigation calculation. | 06-24-2010 |
20100159948 | Adaptive Networking For Power Savings - An adaptive networking system for power savings which applies to distributed computing systems includes a computing device which runs Adaptive Networking Component software which analyzes, obtains and maintains reliable network connection(s) to one or more mobile device(s) containing cooperating similar software. An Adaptive Networking Component provides power optimized, reliable network connection between a Computing device and a Mobile device. Enabled Software (for example, a communications application) uses the Adaptive Networking Component to reduce system power consumption while maintaining reliable network connections and best available user experience, compared to the power consumption, reliability and user experience when no Adaptive Networking Component(s) are available. The Adaptive Networking Component chooses between different communications transport mechanisms and communicates between connected devices to provide this service. | 06-24-2010 |
20100159949 | Method of Determining a Location of a Mobile Device and Method of Managing a List for Use in Such a Method - Methods of determining a location of a mobile device in a first communication network are presented. The mobile device is in communication with a cellular base station in a second communication network. First, access points within the first communication network are detected with the mobile device. Then, one or more of the detected access points is selected based on information provided by the cellular base station. Finally, the location of the mobile device is determined based on the selected access points. | 06-24-2010 |
20100159950 | RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE, AND GAP GENERATION METHOD - It is possible to provide a radio communication base station device, a radio communication terminal device, and a radio communication method which reduce a signaling load and perform flexible gap allocation. A target gap length generation unit ( | 06-24-2010 |
20100159951 | Signal Comparison-Based Location Determining Method - At least one portable RF communications device in conjunction with at least two fixed-location service-area antenna stations respectively capable of RF communication with the at least one device performs the steps of: (I) using a portable device at a selected location to measure RF communications signals from the plurality of local fixed-location service-area antenna stations and electronically storing at least two of the respective reception signal strength measurements; and (II) monitoring a portable device location by causing the device to measure reception signal strength associated with local fixed-location service-area antenna stations signals, and to electronically compare these measurements with the stored at least two measurements. | 06-24-2010 |
20100167753 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING AND LOCATING WIRELESS DEVICES THAT ARE BEING OPERATED BY UNAUTHORIZED USERS - A method of locating a wireless device being operated by an unauthorized user is provided. The method comprises examining biometric information of an operator of the wireless device, determining if the operator is authorized based on the biometric information, and transmitting a message to a remote recipient in response to determining the operator is not authorized. In certain embodiments, the message can include the location of the wireless device. | 07-01-2010 |
20100167754 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OBTAINING LOCATION INFORMATION USING SMART CARD - A method and device for providing location information to a smart card, are discussed. According to an embodiment, the invention provides a mobile terminal for communicating with a smart card and a location device associated with the mobile terminal, the mobile terminal comprising: a controller configured to provide terminal profile information to the smart card, to receive a geographical location request from the smart card based on the terminal profile information, to send a terminal response to the smart card in response to the geographical location request, to obtain location information of the mobile terminal from the location device in response to the geographical location request, and to sending an envelope signal including the obtained location information to the smart card. | 07-01-2010 |
20100167755 | LOCATION REGISTRATION METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM - A location registration method, apparatus, and system protects against unnecessary power waste by a mobile terminal. The location registration method includes receiving a location registration accept message from a connected network in response to a location registration request message; comparing a connected network information contained in the location registration accept message with a home network information stored in the mobile terminal; and determining, if the connected network information is different from the home network information, whether or not to perform a home network search based on a home network presence indicator contained in location registration accept message. Battery usage of the mobile terminal can be decreased, as well as the energy spent for recharging the battery of the mobile terminal. | 07-01-2010 |
20100167756 | METHOD FOR UPDATING LOCATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for updating a location in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes transmitting a request message to enter idle mode, receiving a response message including an Identifier (ID) of a first paging group and an ID of a second paging group in response to the request message, activating a paging group location update timer, when the MS leaves an area of the first paging group, and updating a location according to the paging group location update timer. | 07-01-2010 |
20100167757 | AREA-BASED POSITIONING METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A positioning method in a SUPL based position information (positioning) system, and particularly a positioning method capable of variously efficiently performing an area-based positioning (location tracking) performed by a location server or a mobile communications terminal when the location server and the mobile communications terminal respectively manage triggers generating the area-based positioning. | 07-01-2010 |
20100173645 | Method And Arrangements In A Mobile Telecommunication Network - The present invention relates to a method and an arrangement in a mobile telecommunication network for detection of a UE transmitted signal. The arrangement comprises means for detecting the signal during the time t | 07-08-2010 |
20100173646 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATICALLY RECORDING POSITION INFORMATION - A method and system for automatically recording position information of an electronic device are provided. The method includes receiving a header notification from the electronic device; receiving a WAP query message comprising query information and position information of the electronic device; forwarding the WAP query message to a content server; and transmitting the position information of the electronic device to a corresponding GPS database so as to continuously record position information of the electronic device. | 07-08-2010 |
20100173647 | POSITION DETERMINATION FOR A WIRELESS TERMINAL IN A HYBRID POSITION DETERMINATION SYSTEM - Techniques to determine a position estimate for a wireless terminal. An accurate position estimate for the terminal is initially obtained (e.g., based on a first (accurate) position determination sub-system). For each of one or more transmitters (e.g., base stations) in a second (less accurate) position determination sub-system, an “expected” pseudo-range is computed based on the accurate position estimate for the terminal and the base station location, a “measured” pseudo-range is also obtained, and a pseudo-range residual is then determined based on the expected pseudo-range and the measured pseudo-range. Thereafter, to determine an updated position estimate for the terminal, measured pseudo-ranges are obtained for a sufficient number of transmitters. The measured pseudo-range for each base station may be corrected based on the associated residual. The updated position estimate is then determined based on the corrected pseudo-ranges for these transmitters. | 07-08-2010 |
20100173648 | LOCATION ESTIMATION METHOD - A location estimation method is provided. The method locates coordinates of a mobile station (MS) by referencing a plurality of base stations (BS). A geometric distribution of the BS is analyzed to provide a list of conditional equations. A virtual BS is allocated, having a virtual distance to the MS to provide a constraint equation. The MS location is derived from the conditional equations and the constraint equation. | 07-08-2010 |
20100178929 | Network Overlay Geo-Location System with Smart Antennas and Method of Operation - A system and method in a wireless communication system having plural base stations ( | 07-15-2010 |
20100178930 | POSITIONING METHOD AND NAVIGATION DEVICE - A positioning method is provided, particularly adaptable for a mobile device. Satellite signals are first received from at least one satellites. At least one first search process is performed on the satellite signals by using an adjustable integration time. A tracking process is then performed when the at least one satellite is acquired in the at least one search process. | 07-15-2010 |
20100178931 | LOCATION DETECTION - A method of obtaining location information from at least one mobile communication device ( | 07-15-2010 |
20100178932 | Device and Method for AGPS High Accuracy Positioning in Unknown Cell Areas - The present invention relates to Assisted Global Positioning System (AGPS) high accuracy positioning in unknown cell areas. By using an approach of three alternative steps a reference position, needed for AGPS positioning, is determined. The first step involves using the location of any neighboring cell. The second involves using the location of a cell within the same Location Area as the cell serving the portable communication device to position. The third step comprises determining a fixed point within the same geographical area as the Serving Mobile Location Center (SMLC) is serving, and using this fixed point as a reference location. Using the three-step approach the AGPS positioning can be optimized, providing a possibility to position, for instance a mobile phone, by AGPS even though the location of the cell serving the phone is unknown to the positioning node operating the serving cell. | 07-15-2010 |
20100178933 | Terminal random access method for cellular radio communications system and method for generating group identifier - A terminal random access method for a cellular radio communications system and a method for generating a group identifier are provided. The terminal random access method for a cellular radio communications system includes steps of: transmitting random access preamble message by a terminal to a base station in a random access time slot in a radio frame; combining location information of the random access time slot in the radio frame and that in the frequency domain to generate a group identifier and sending a random access response message to the terminal after adding the group identifier and an individual identifier that corresponds to the random access preamble message to the random access response message by the base station; judging whether the random access response message that corresponds to the sent random access preamble message is received, by judging whether the group identifier and the individual identifier within the received random access response message are all expected values. This invention provides fast and accurate access to the cellular radio communications system for the terminal and allows simple and easy operations to set a group identifier in the same way regardless of whether or not the configuration of the random access time slot changes. | 07-15-2010 |
20100178934 | ENVIRONMENT-SPECIFIC MEASUREMENT WEIGHTING IN WIRELESS POSITIONING - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to a system and method for estimating a location of a mobile station based, at least in part, on one or more measurements obtained from the mobile station based at least in part on one or more signals received by the mobile station from one or more signal sources. Such measurements may be combined based, at least in part, on estimates of measurement errors associated with the signal sources. In a particular implementation, such error estimates may be updated to account for changes in an operational environment. | 07-15-2010 |
20100178935 | PROVIDING A LOCATION SERVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK USING AN INDICATION OF WHETHER THE LOCATION SERVICE IS AN EMERGENCY-RELATED LOCATION SERVICE OR A LAW ENFORCEMENT-RELATED LOCATION SERVICE - In a wireless communications network, a method of performing a location service with respect to a mobile station includes communicating a paging message containing an indication of whether the paging message is related to at least one of an emergency-related location service and a law enforcement-related location service. In another aspect, a mobile station in a wireless communications network communicates messaging to move the mobile station to a traffic channel in response to a callback by at least one of an emergency services entity and a law enforcement entity. The mobile station also receives a location request on the traffic channel, the location request containing an indication of whether the location request is related to at least one of an emergency-related location service and a law enforcement-related location service. | 07-15-2010 |
20100184451 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING IMAGES AND GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION DATA IN A MOBILE DEVICE - A method and system for managing images and associated geographic location data in a mobile device uses an integrated camera to generate one or more images. After generating an image, the system determines a geographic location associated with the image. The system then stores the image, the associated geographic location data, and a record of the association in the mobile device's storage component. The system may also associate supplemental information, such as telephone number, category, and street address, with the image. The system provides one or more display modes for displaying the image and the associated information. The display modes may include a list mode for displaying multiple images and portions of the associated data and a detail mode for displaying a selected image and the full set of associated data. The system may also provide a map display mode for displaying locations associated with one or more images on a map of a geographical area. | 07-22-2010 |
20100190508 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MONITORING A MOBILE STATION PRESENCE IN A SPECIAL AREA - Method for monitoring the presence of a mobile station ( | 07-29-2010 |
20100190509 | COMPENSATION OF PROPAGATION DELAYS OF WIRELESS SIGNALS - System(s) and method(s) for compensation of propagation delay offsets of wireless signals. Compensation is accomplished through determination of an effective wireless signal propagation delay that accounts for signal path delay and propagation delay over the air. Such determination is based at least in part on statistical analysis of accurate location estimates of reference positions throughout a coverage sector or cell, and location estimates of the reference positions generated through time-of-flight (TOF) measurements of wireless signals. Determination of propagation or signal path delay offset also is attained iteratively based at least in part on reference location estimates and TOF location estimates. High-accuracy location estimates such as those obtained through global navigation satellite systems are employed as reference location estimates. Position of probes or wireless beacons, deployed throughout a sector or cell, also are employed as reference locations. Compensation of propagation delay offset improves accuracy of conventional TOF location estimates and radio network performance. | 07-29-2010 |
20100190510 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ACCESSING TRAVEL SERVICES USING A PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - This is directed to systems and methods for integrating travel services in a single application available to a portable electronic device. Using the single application, a user can access and control travel services before arriving at the initial location of travel, on arriving at the initial location of travel, during travel, and after travel. Such services can include, for example, reserving a travel itinerary, checking-in remotely for a reservation, providing airport information, providing for social networking, obtaining dining or entertainment during travel, controlling and requesting cabin services, providing arrival notifications to third parties, providing destination location information, and the like. | 07-29-2010 |
20100190511 | METHOD FOR AMBIGUITY RESOLUTION IN LOCATION DETERMINATION - A method using various heuristics techniques for resolving ambiguity in location determination in environments with or without noise. A final location determination solution may be determined from a set of ambiguous location determination solutions by using clock temporal bias value, by using consistency information of ranging signal order such as the time of arrival and/or the received power level of the ranging signals, by using the distances to the sources, and/or by using other discriminator functions to select the final location determination solution from a plurality of ambiguous location determination solutions. The main advantage of the heuristic approaches is that redundant measurements are not required for location determination solution disambiguation. | 07-29-2010 |
20100190512 | METHOD FOR AMBIGUITY RESOLUTION IN LOCATION DETERMINATION - A method using various heuristics techniques for resolving ambiguity in location determination in environments with or without noise. A final location determination solution may be determined from a set of ambiguous location determination solutions by using clock temporal bias value, by using consistency information of ranging signal order such as the time of arrival and/or the received power level of the ranging signals, by using the distances to the sources, and/or by using other discriminator functions to select the final location determination solution from a plurality of ambiguous location determination solutions. The main advantage of the heuristic approaches is that redundant measurements are not required for location determination solution disambiguation. | 07-29-2010 |
20100197318 | ANONYMOUS CROWD TRACKING - A system and method for tracking crowds of users are provided. In one embodiment, a central system, which includes one or more servers, operates to obtain current locations for users of mobile devices. Based on the current locations of the users, the central system forms crowds of users. As a result of movement of the users and corresponding location updates, the crowds move and change over time. In order to track at least some of the crowds, crowd snapshots for those crowds are created over time and stored. The crowd snapshots preferably maintain anonymity of the users in the crowd at the time the crowd snapshots are created. Thereafter, the crowd snapshots may be used to generate crowd tracking data for select crowds. | 08-05-2010 |
20100197319 | MODIFYING A USER'S CONTRIBUTION TO AN AGGREGATE PROFILE BASED ON TIME BETWEEN LOCATION UPDATES AND EXTERNAL EVENTS - A system and method that maintain current locations for users of a number of mobile devices and compute confidence levels for the current locations of the users are provided. In one embodiment, the confidence levels of the users are computed as a function of amounts of time since location updates were received for the users. In addition, detection of location confidence events may be used to modify the confidence levels for the current locations of the users. The location confidence events may include positive location confidence events that result in an increase in the confidence levels of the current locations of corresponding users, negative location confidence events that result in a decrease in the confidence levels of the current locations of corresponding users, or both. Once computed, the confidence levels of the current locations of the users may then be utilized in a desired manner. | 08-05-2010 |
20100197320 | Accessibility of Private Base Station - A user terminal receives at least one signal with information depending on a location of the user terminal. The user terminal processes the at least one signal for providing data related to the location while it is in a cell of an accessible private base station and saves the data as a reference data. After that, the user terminal receives at least one signal with information depending on the location of the user terminal and a broadcast from a private base station. The user terminal processes the at least one signal for providing data related to a location of the user terminal and compares the data and a reference data with each other. The controller enables a contact to the private base station if the data and the reference data match each other and, otherwise, disables a contact to the private base station. | 08-05-2010 |
20100197321 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING POSITION - A position determination device calculates a first estimate of positioning information of a terminal based on a non-dynamic model from a measurement value for calculating the positioning information of the terminal. The position determination device calculates a plurality of second estimates of the positioning information of the terminal from the first estimate based on each dynamic model. The position determination device combines the first estimate and the second estimates, and calculates the positioning information of the terminal from the combined value. | 08-05-2010 |
20100197322 | METHOD FOR IN-BAND SIGNALING OF DATA OVER DIGITAL WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS - An inband signaling modem communicates digital data over a voice channel of a wireless telecommunications network. An input receives digital data. An encoder converts the digital data into audio tones that synthesize frequency characteristics of human speech. The digital data is also encoded to prevent voice encoding circuitry in the telecommunications network from corrupting the synthesized audio tones representing the digital data. An output then outputs the synthesized audio tones to a voice channel of a digital wireless telecommunications network. | 08-05-2010 |
20100203898 | Unlicensed Mobile Access (UMA) Terminal Location in a Communications Network - A method of managing location information of an Unlicensed Mobile Access terminal in a Global System for Mobile Communications network. An IP address of the terminal is received at a Generic Access Network Controller. The Generic Access Network Controller then sends a query to a Connectivity Session Location and Repository Function associated with the IP network or IP sub network through which the UMA terminal has gained IP connectivity for the purpose of attaching to a Mobile Switching Centre or Serving General Packet Radio System Service Node. The Connectivity Session Location and Repository Function sends location information to the Generic Access Network Controller, which then transmits the location information to a Mobile Switching Centre or a Serving General Packet Radio System Service Node. | 08-12-2010 |
20100203899 | Method And Apparatus For Improving Radio Location Accuracy With Measurements - A method and apparatus to utilize a set of measurements (either partial or compete) to improve the accuracy of an initial position estimate for a wireless terminal. The initial position estimate for the terminal is first obtained (e.g., based on a cell-ID or an enhanced cell-ID solution). Measurements are obtained for the terminal. The initial position estimate is then updated with the measurements to obtain a revised position estimate for the terminal. The updating may be performed by (1) deriving a measurement vector based on the initial position estimate and the measurements, (2) forming an observation matrix for the measurements, (3) determining a matrix of weights, (4) deriving a correction vector based on the measurement vector, the observation matrix, and the weight matrix, and (5) updating the initial position estimate with the correction vector. | 08-12-2010 |
20100210280 | Radio Access Point Location Verification Using GPS Location and Radio Environment Data - Techniques are provided to perform location verification of a radio access point device such as femtocell. The radio access point device is configured to receive signals from global positioning system (GPS) satellite transmitters to produce GPS location data representing a GPS location of the radio access point device. The radio access point device is also configured to receive wireless signals at one or more specified channels and to generate radio environment data representing characteristics of received wireless signals at the one or more specified channels in a vicinity of the radio access point device. A comparison is made between the GPS location data and reference GPS location data for an expected location of the radio access point device. When the GPS location data substantially matches the reference GPS location data, operations of the radio access point device are enabled and the radio environment data is stored to be used as reference radio environment data for purposes of subsequent location verification of the radio access point device. Subsequent location verifications (such as on reboot) start with comparing radio environment data with reference radio environment data and if a substantial match is found, GPS location data does not need to be obtained. In the case of substantial mismatch between radio environment data obtained at reboot and the reference radio environment data, new GPS location data is obtained and upon successful match to reference GPS location data, the reference radio environment data is updated based on the most recent radio environment data obtained by device. In addition, a service-activated radio access point device performs periodic radio network scans in order to update the reference radio environment data if the new radio environment data differs from the reference radio environment data outside of a tolerance range. | 08-19-2010 |
20100210281 | Method and Apparatus for Location Request Tracking - A method and apparatus for tracking location requests. The apparatus includes a storage device; a display and a processor configured to receive a location request and write location request data to a storage device. | 08-19-2010 |
20100210282 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING TRACKING FOR MOBILE RESOURCES OVER A NETWORK - The present invention provides a system and method for providing communication link negotiation in a mobile device tracking system. In architecture, the system includes a priority determination module that determines the priority of a message to be received on a mobile device, a SMS transmission module that transmits the message to the mobile device if the message is high priority, and a IP transmission module that transmits the message to the mobile device if the message is not high priority. Moreover, the system includes a first transition module that resends the message automatically using the SMS transmission module if the message sent by the IP transmission module was not received by the mobile device. | 08-19-2010 |
20100210283 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND POSITION INFORMATION PROVIDING APPARATUS - A radio communication system includes a delay time acquiring unit configured to acquire a delay time of a signal transmitted between the mobile terminal | 08-19-2010 |
20100210284 | METHOD OF MANAGING PAGING GROUP - The present invention relates to a method of managing a paging group in a mobile terminal that is in an idle mode. A method of managing a paging group according to an exemplary embodiment of the invention includes: collecting paging group ID information including paging group levels and local IDs; determining, on the basis of the collected paging group ID information, whether or not a location update occurs; and if it is determined that the location update occurs, comparing a location update cycle according to a location update time with a threshold value, selecting a paging group level on the basis of the comparison result, and selecting a paging group corresponding to the selected paging group level. | 08-19-2010 |
20100210285 | SYSTEM OF UTILIZING CELL INFORMATION TO LOCATE A WIRELESS DEVICE - A system is described that utilizes the measured characteristics of a cell site or a plurality of cell sites ( | 08-19-2010 |
20100210286 | Location services interworking with intelligent network - The invention provides location information indicating the geographical location of a mobile station via a core net-work node serving the mobile station The method includes the steps of initiating a communication between the mobile station and the network by calculating the geographical location, supplying corresponding location information indicating the geographical location to the core network node, and subsequently routing the communication between the mobile station and the network. | 08-19-2010 |
20100216487 | Mobile Object Monitoring System and Mobile Object Monitoring Method - A GPS mobile terminal ( | 08-26-2010 |
20100216488 | TERMINAL POSITIONING TECHNIQUE - A technique of estimating the location of a mobile terminal in a mobile communications network having a plurality of base stations, including: determining at least one signal parameter measurement for the mobile terminal in relation to each of the plurality of base stations; using the determined signal parameter measurements to obtain a first distance estimation of the location of the mobile terminal from each of the plurality of base stations; and using at least one estimator to obtain a positional estimation of the mobile terminal. The estimators are statistical estimators that can be applied to a distance estimation of the mobile terminal from each of the base stations and/or applied to a triangulation estimation of the actual position of the mobile terminal, based upon estimated distances of the mobile terminal from the plurality of base stations. Preferably the signal parameter measured is the Received Signal Strength. | 08-26-2010 |
20100222072 | SYSTEMS, METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION TO A MOBILE DEVICE - Systems, methods, and apparatus for communicating information associated with tones to a mobile device are provided by certain embodiments of the invention. A request for information associated with a tone that was received by a mobile device may be received at an information source from the mobile device. The request may include at least one location identifier extracted from the tone by the mobile device. The at least one location identifier may be utilized to obtain the requested information, and the requested information associated with the tone may be communicated from the information source to the mobile device. | 09-02-2010 |
20100222073 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRACKING, MONITORING, COLLECTING, REPORTING AND COMMUNICATING WITH THE MOVEMENT OF INDIVIDUALS - A tamper resistant and easily adjustable mobile tracking device is provided, or alternatively may be created by adding appropriate programming to a GPS enabled cellular communications device, by which location data and other information is transmitted to an administrative hub for processing and distribution according to operator defined parameters. Confirmed two-way communications are possible with mobile devices having display screens. | 09-02-2010 |
20100222074 | METHOD FOR UPDATING LOCATION OF USER EQUIPMENT - A method for updating location of a user equipment in a cellular system is disclosed. The method comprises the user equipment receiving route update radius information | 09-02-2010 |
20100222075 | Portable Terminal, Base Station, and Method of Specifying Position of Portable Terminal - A portable terminal is provided, which includes a communication unit that transmits/receives a signal modulated by a predetermined modulation method to/from three or more base stations; a storage unit which stores in advance a plurality of propagation models indicating propagation environments of the signal for respective combinations of the base stations and stores in advance position information of the base stations; and a control unit that controls the communication unit and the storage unit; wherein the control unit specifies a propagation model that corresponds to a combination of the base stations among the plurality of propagation models stored in the storage unit based on the signal and calculates communicable distances of the signal based on the corresponding propagation model, calculates circles having the corresponding communicable distances as their radii and having positions of the base stations as their centers, respectively, obtains an overlapping area where the circles overlap one another, and specifies the center position of the overlapping area as the position of the portable terminal. | 09-02-2010 |
20100222076 | MULTIPLEXED CDMA AND GPS SEARCHING - Searcher hardware is multiplexed to perform simultaneous searches in either an IS-95 CDMA mode or a GPS mode. In the IS-95 mode, the search hardware is time-multiplexed into a number of searcher time slices, each of which can generate a PN sequence to despread a data sequence. In the GPS mode, the search hardware is configured as a number of distinct GPS channels, each of which can generate a Gold code sequence for tracking a GPS signal from a particular GPS satellite. This configuration allows the searcher to perform multiple GPS signal searches simultaneously. Signal searching in both IS-95 and GPS modes is performed at significantly higher speeds compared to conventional searcher hardware. Moreover, the search hardware can be dynamically configured to operate in either the IS-95 or the GPS mode, eliminating the need for dedicated circuitry for each mode of operation. | 09-02-2010 |
20100227625 | System and Method for Accessing Computer Services Via a Wireless Network - Server access is provided to a wireless apparatus via a wireless network. A message is received containing a service request. The service and sever capable of servicing the service request is determined. The service is requested from the server and a reply is received. The reply is formatted for communication over the wireless network and sent. Location dependent information may also be requested with a wireless apparatus including a global positioning device and a two-way wireless communication device. Such an apparatus can “know” its global location and therefore can request information dependent on that location. The apparatus receives signals from a global positioning system and calculates a location. The calculated location is included in the service request sent over the wireless network. | 09-09-2010 |
20100227626 | Location Determination Using RF Fingerprinting - A method for determining the location of a mobile unit (MU) in a wireless communication system and presenting it to a remote party. The location of a remote MU is determined by comparing a snapshot of a predefined portion of the radio-frequency (RF) spectrum taken by the MU to a reference database containing multiple snapshots taken at various locations. The result of the comparison is used to determine if the MU is at a specific location. The comparison may be made in the MU, or at some other location situated remotely from the MU. In the latter case, sufficient information regarding the captured fingerprint is transmitted from the MU to the remote location. The database may be pre-compiled or generated on-line. | 09-09-2010 |
20100234043 | Collective Positioning in Mobile Communication Systems - Methods and devices for managing a cellular communication system ( | 09-16-2010 |
20100234044 | Method and Apparatus for Position Sensing - Embodiments of the present invention include one or more wireless transmitting devices and an array of receiver units for receiving wireless communications from the transmitting devices. The transmitter devices and receiver units can be arranged in one, two or three dimensional configurations. Signals are transmitted from the devices for identification and accurate location determination. Spread spectrum techniques can be used, such as DSSS, FHSS, THSS, and pseudo-noise (PN) coding schemes, or combinations thereof. The transmitting devices can generate one or a plurality of data signals that are orthogonal-code modulated, to be decoded by the receiver units and a processor associated therewith. A plurality of transmitter signals can be received, identified, located, and data demodulated substantially simultaneously using embodiments of the invention. The combined use of array processing methods and diversity schemes can be used to reduce the effects of signal multi-path and occlusion. | 09-16-2010 |
20100234045 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HYBRIDING WIRELESS LOCATION TECHNIQUES - A hybrid wireless location system and method is disclosed for locating mobile stations (MSs). Multiple wireless location techniques (FOMs) are provided for MS location. One or more FOMs can be activated in various combinations (serially or parallelly) for outputting one or more MS location estimates with signal protocols being, e.g., CDMA, TDMA, or GSM. Resulting location estimates may be for, e.g.: 911 emergency calls, tracking, navigation, people and animal location, and/or applications for confinement to and/or exclusion from geographical areas. System components may be distributed on a network (e.g., the Internet). FOMs may be based on one or more of: TOA, TDOA, AOA, signal pattern recognition/fingerprinting, statistical analysis, base station coverage, GPS signals received at the MS, and/or input from mobile stations. Location estimates are enhanced by adjusting MS estimates (and/or confidences therefor) according to: a past performance of the FOM providing such estimates, and/or MS geolocation or velocity constraints. | 09-16-2010 |
20100240389 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING MOBILE DEVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method is provided for determining a location of a mobile device in a wireless network. The method includes receiving global navigation satellite system (GNSS) measurements from the mobile device, and receiving terrestrial measurements from corresponding transceivers in the wireless network, each terrestrial measurement indicating a distance between the corresponding transceivers and the mobile device. The method further includes selecting at least one terrestrial measurement having an uncertainty value within a predetermined accuracy threshold. The location of the mobile device is determined as a function of the GNSS measurements and the selected terrestrial measurement. | 09-23-2010 |
20100240390 | Dual Module Portable Devices - A dual module portable device may be provided. A motion of a first module of the dual module portable device may be detected. Based at least in part on the detected motion, a position of the first module may be determined relative to the second module of the portable device. Once the relative position of the first module has been determined, a portion of a user interface associated with the relative position may be displayed at the first module. | 09-23-2010 |
20100240391 | LOCATION DETECTION - A method for detecting the location of a user terminal in a telecommunications network comprising: receiving network information from the terminal and using the signal from the terminal and a netlist ( | 09-23-2010 |
20100240392 | Angle of Arrival Downlink Signaling - A wireless communication network determines positioning data for a given mobile terminal, in response to receiving a positioning event trigger for that mobile terminal. The network sends the positioning data to the mobile terminal via control-plane signaling, for transfer by the mobile terminal to the user plane. Correspondingly, the mobile terminal receives the positioning data over the control plane, transfers it to the user plane, and transmits the positioning data or location information derived from the positioning data, via user-plane signaling. As such, network-performed positioning measurements and/or geographic coordinate data derived therefrom are transferred from the control plane, to the user plane, for flexible and transparent transmission from the mobile terminal to a given node having a user-plane connection with the mobile terminal. Such a node may be essentially any type of communication device, system, or server, internal or external to the network. | 09-23-2010 |
20100240393 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SENDING A CURRENT POSITION OF A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A system and method for sending a current position of a communication device comprising a global positioning system detects current position of the communication device by the global positioning system when the communication device communicates with a receiving communication device, so as to acquire current position data and communication data from the communication device to the receiving communication device. The system and method further encodes and packs the current position data and the communication data, to generate a data package, and sends the data package to the receiving communication device. | 09-23-2010 |
20100240394 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND PROGRAM - [Problem] To improve convenience of a function of rearranging and conveying information registered in an address book. | 09-23-2010 |
20100240395 | POSITIONING METHOD OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A positioning method of a wireless communication device includes the steps of: receiving first and second wireless signals from the first and second base stations of first and second networks time of transmitting the first and second wireless signals from the first and second base stations to the wireless communication device respectively; determining first and second domains capable of receiving the first and second wireless signals; obtaining a coordinate of one intersection point of the first and second domains; and integrating the coordinate of the intersection point and a geographical data base to obtain a geographical position of the wireless communication device. | 09-23-2010 |
20100240396 | POSITION LOCATION USING MULTIPLE CARRIERS - A method of determining a distance estimate between a mobile device and a wireless transceiver communicating with the mobile device on at least one multi-carrier signal includes: receiving at least one multi-carrier signal; selecting at least one carrier signal from the at least one multi-carrier signal; measuring a signal characteristic of the at least one carrier signal from the at least one multi-carrier signal; and determining the distance estimate between the mobile device and the wireless transceiver based at least partially upon the signal characteristic. | 09-23-2010 |
20100240397 | Handling location information for femto cells - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements for configuring the HeNB (Home eNode B) to retrieve location information indicative of its location and sending this location information via a core network node to a UE (User Equipment) authorized to access the HeNB. The UE can then based on this received location information and on a determination of the location of the UE determine whether the UE is being positioned in the coverage of the HeNB. This implies that the authorized UEs of the HeNB know when they should try to find and access the HeNB and the UEs may then avoid accessing the HeNB when it is out of the HeNB coverage which will save UE battery and reduce interference. | 09-23-2010 |
20100248740 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CREATED LOCATION CONTEXTS IN A LOCATION SERVER - A system and method for handling a location request for a target device using a location uniform resource identifier (“URI”). A location request may be received for a target device from a requesting entity, the target device having a location context information represented by a location URI and including starting information, initial validating information and policy information. The form of the location URI may be verified by a location information server (“LIS”), the form including at least an encrypted context string. This string may be extracted and decrypted by the LIS and it may be determined whether the request can continue as a function of the policy information. If the request can continue, then an estimated location of the target device may be determined as a function of the starting information. Additional validating information may be collected and correlated the initial validating information. If these validating information correlate, then the estimated location of the target device may be provided to the requesting entity. | 09-30-2010 |
20100248741 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ILLUSTRATIVE REPRESENTATION OF A TEXT COMMUNICATION - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, a method comprises receiving a text communication using a mobile electronic device, receiving location information and generating an illustrative representation of said text communication utilizing the text communication and the location information and displaying the illustrative representation. In accordance with an another example embodiment of the present invention, an apparatus comprises a network interface for receiving a text communication, a location determining unit, at least one sensor, and a processor communicatively coupled with the network interface, the location determining unit and the at least one sensor; the processor configured to generate an illustrative representation of the text communication, and a display configured to display the illustrative representation. | 09-30-2010 |
20100248742 | REGULATING THE SCOPE OF SERVICE GEOGRAPHICALLY IN WIRELESS NETWORKS BASED ON PRIORITY - A network communication entity (e.g., an access terminal, access network and/or application server) obtains a location associated with a given access terminal that is attempting to participate in a given communication service, obtains a priority level of the given access terminal, determines a given level of service restriction for the given access terminal's participation in the given communication service based on the obtained location and the obtained priority level and restricts the given access terminal's participation in the given communication service based on the given level of service restriction. In an example, the priority levels can be established such that low-priority access terminals obtain a first level of service restriction within a defined location region, and a second level of service restriction outside of the defined location region, whereas high-priority access terminals obtain the first level of service restriction both inside and outside of the defined location region. | 09-30-2010 |
20100248743 | FREQUENCY CONTROL DEVICE, FREQUENCY CONTROL METHOD, AND BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION - A frequency control device receiving a signal transmitted from each of a plurality of mobile stations, the frequency control device includes a first detecting unit to detect a frequency deviation generated from the signal, a second detecting unit to acquire information about at least a current position or movement of each of the mobile stations as classification information, and a classifying unit to classify mobile stations estimated to be moving in a same moving direction with a same moving speed as a first mobile station based on the classification information. The frequency control device includes a first calculating unit to calculate a first frequency deviations of a signal received from the first mobile station, and a compensation unit to compensate the frequency deviation of the signal received from the first mobile station based on the first frequency deviation. | 09-30-2010 |
20100261483 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING POSITION DETERMINATION WITH PRE-SESSION ACTION - A network sends to a user equipment (UE) an indication (e.g., a request for permission) to perform a position fix for the UE. The network also selectively sends to the UE a pre-session command for an action related to position determination. For example, the command may direct the UE to (1) clear all or a portion of location-related data at the UE prior to performing the position fix, (2) send back a position estimate for the UE, if available, or (3) apply a time offset and/or a position offset in performing the position fix. The UE sends to the network an acknowledgment (e.g., a grant of permission) to perform the position fix. The UE also performs the action indicated by the command (if any) received from the network prior to or in conjunction with performing the position fix. The network and UE perform the position fix for the UE. | 10-14-2010 |
20100267397 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING A MOBILITY OF A MOBILE STATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An infrastructure-based mobililty determination module (MDM) receives multiple measurement reports from the MS and, for each received measurement report, stores values corresponding to values included in the report that are associated with measurements of parameters associated with received signals, wherein each stored value is stored in association with a wireless access node sourcing the corresponding signal. For each of one or more pairings of received measurement reports, the MDM then determines a signal parameter measurement change value corresponding to a change from the signal parameter measurement values associated with a first measurement report of the pairing to the signal parameter measurement values associated with a second measurement report of the pairing. Based on the one or more signal parameter measurement change values, the MDM determines an average signal parameter measurement change value and, based on the average signal parameter measurement change value, determines a mobility of the MS. | 10-21-2010 |
20100273504 | Network Autonomous Wireless Location System - A Network Autonomous Wireless Location System (NAWLS) is designed to allow for precise location of a mobile device (e.g., a cell phone) without interconnection to, and with minimal disruption of, the local wireless communications network. Using distributed radio network monitors (RNM) and a managed network emulator (NE); mobile devices are sampled, acquired or captured. Once triggered by the RNM or NE, an untethered wireless location system (U-WLS) is used to calculate a precise location. The U-WLS; comprising mobile receiver sites, each capable of self location, exchanging information with other components of the NAWLS, and receiving or exchanging signals from the mobile device; utilizes various network-based and handset-based wireless location techniques dependent on the deployed options. In addition, the NAWLS includes data links interconnecting the U-WLS, NE and RNM. | 10-28-2010 |
20100273505 | AUDITORY SPACING OF SOUND SOURCES BASED ON GEOGRAPHIC LOCATIONS OF THE SOUND SOURCES OR USER PLACEMENT - A method may include connecting to another user device, identifying a geographic location of the other user device, identifying a geographic location of the user device, mapping a sound source associated with the other user device, based on the geographic location of the other user device with respect to the geographic location of the user device, to a location of an auditory space associated with a user of the user device, placing the sound source in the location of the auditory space, and emitting, based on the placing, the sound source so that the sound source is capable of being perceived by the user in the location of the auditory space. | 10-28-2010 |
20100273506 | REFERENCE SIGNALS FOR POSITIONING MEASUREMENTS - Methods and apparatus for supporting reference signals for positioning measurements are disclosed. Methods include subframe configuration, subframe structures, measurement opportunities using a set of downlink subframes which are not all consecutive, handling of subframes containing reference signals and system signals such as synchronization signals, paging occasions and Multicast Broadcast Multimedia Service (MBMS), and related control signaling between a long term evolution (LTE) network and a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU). Moreover, methods to resolve allocation conflicts arising between positioning reference signals and other reference signals are disclosed. | 10-28-2010 |
20100273507 | TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A method for a user equipment to transmit a set of data to at least a first telecommunication network, said user equipment comprising a rechargeable power supply, said method comprising the acts of acquiring network related information from at least a second telecommunication network by the user equipment and initiating the transmission of a set of data to the at least first telecommunication network upon detection of the charging of the power supply, the set of data comprising said network related information. | 10-28-2010 |
20100273508 | Method and System for Forecasting Travel Times on Roads - A method of providing forecast of road transit times on roads of a monitored roads network, can include receiving a forecasted road transit time indication calculated by a road traffic monitoring system in respect of at least one road of the monitored roads network; and correcting the received forecasted road transit time indication based on information obtained from a cellular mobile communications network. The information includes information related to mobile terminals connected to the cellular mobile communications network and engaged in calls, and located in the neighborhood of the at least one road. | 10-28-2010 |
20100279705 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DERIVING SEED POSITION OF A SUBSCRIBER STATION IN SUPPORT OF UNASSISTED GPS-TYPE POSITION DETERMINATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a method and system for deriving a seed position of a subscriber station in a wireless communications system in supporting unassisted GPS-type position determination is provided, the subscriber station receives overhead messages from the wireless communications system, and derives the seed position from the parameter values. The subscriber station may use a data structure in its memory and map possible parameter values to corresponding positions that may serve as the seed positions. | 11-04-2010 |
20100279706 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING TRANSMISSION OF LOCATION INFORMATION - Provided is a method and apparatus for reducing transmission of location information when tracking the geographic location of one or more mobile devices. A mobile device generates location information using GPS technology and provides the location information to a communication device on an ongoing basis. In a first embodiment, if the location information of the mobile device is not needed, then the communication device transmits a message indicating that the location information of the mobile device is not needed. Upon receiving the message, the mobile device stops providing location information to the communication device on the ongoing basis. This can reduce the amount of information that gets transferred over the air between users sharing their location information. | 11-04-2010 |
20100279707 | TIME OF ARRIVAL (TOA) ESTIMATION FOR POSITIONING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Techniques for determining time of arrivals (TOAs) of signals in a wireless communication network are described. Each cell may transmit (i) synchronization signals on a set of contiguous subcarriers in the center portion of the system bandwidth and (ii) reference signals on different sets of non-contiguous subcarriers distributed across the system bandwidth. A UE may determine TOA for a cell based on multiple signals transmitted on different sets of subcarriers. The UE may perform correlation for a first signal (e.g., a synchronization signal) from the cell to obtain first correlation results for different time offsets. The UE may perform correlation for a second signal (e.g., a reference signal) from the cell to obtain second correlation results for different time offsets. The UE may combine the first and second correlation results and may determine the TOA for the cell based on the combined correlation results. | 11-04-2010 |
20100279708 | Predicting Presence of a Mobile User Equipment - A method, system, user equipment and computer program for predicting presence of a mobile user equipment, that includes: determining a set of time-distributed locations of a number of mutually associated mobile user equipments; calculating an aggregated location as a function of a location distribution of the set of locations; for each mobile user equipment, predicting a probability that the mobile user equipment will be present at the aggregated location at a future time; and initiating sending, to any of the mobile user equipments, a message indicating that another mobile user equipment of the mobile user equipments is predicted to be present at the aggregated location at a specific future time. | 11-04-2010 |
20100285813 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A REFERENCE LOCATION USING CELL TABLE DATA MINING - A system and method for providing assistance data to a wireless device. A location request may be received for the wireless device, the location request identifying location information for the wireless device. A reference location for the wireless device may then be determined as a function of a comparison of the location information and a region determined as a function of at least one of a mobile country code (“MCC”), mobile network code (“MNC”), and an Area-Identification (“Area-ID”), such as a location area code (“LAC”) or a Radio Network Controller-Identification (“RNC-ID”). Assistance data may be provided to the wireless device as a function of the determined reference location. | 11-11-2010 |
20100285814 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR GATHERING INFORMATION ABOUT DISCRETE WIRELESS TERMINALS - The present invention is broadly directed to systems and methods for gathering information about wireless transceiver devices in a defined boundary region. To this end, the disclosure is more particularly directed to gathering movement information (e.g., via detection and location) about two-way end-user wireless terminals within three-dimensional boundaries of defined local space (“DLS”) to allow for selective control of the terminals and other subsystems, as desired. Additionally, the data collected can be used to improve accuracy and precision regarding the prediction of behavior characteristics and tendencies of populations based on a sampling of observed terminals. | 11-11-2010 |
20100285815 | Locating Method - The invention relates to a method for locating a first mobile terminal within a radio network. Said method comprises the following steps: a first locating process is carried out to determine an initial position of the first terminal; the first locating process is deactivated; a second locating process is carried out to at least approximately determine the current position of the first terminal relative to the initial position; and the first locating process is activated and carried out again to determine a new initial position of the first terminal when the current position reaches a minimum distance from the initial position. The invention also relates to a method for determining cliques of mobile terminals in a radio network encompassing a plurality of mobile terminals. Said method comprises the following steps: one or more independent numbers of terminals is determined, each couple of terminals of each of the independent numbers being located at a distance from each other that is greater than a predetermined threshold value; and at least one clique of terminals is determined, the couples of which are located at a shorter distance from each other than a predetermined threshold value, each independent number containing a maximum of one terminal of the clique. | 11-11-2010 |
20100285816 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PERFORMING POSITION UPDATES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and system for performing position area updates in a wireless communication system configured to broadcast a plurality of position area codes, each associated with one of a plurality of position areas. The method comprises moving the wireless terminal from a first position area to a second position area; evaluating a predetermined condition; and performing the position area update when the predetermined condition is met. | 11-11-2010 |
20100291947 | FACILITY FOR SELECTING A MOBILE DEVICE LOCATION DETERMINATION TECHNIQUE - A facility for selecting a location determination technique from multiple available location determination techniques in order to determine the location of a mobile device in a cost or resource efficient manner. In order to select the location determination technique, the facility may consider various criteria such as the cost of employing the techniques, quality of service (QoS) criteria, the capabilities and/or resources of given mobile devices and/or networks, and/or the like. To select the location determination technique, the facility may rank the multiple location determination techniques according to weighted criteria and select the location determination technique according to the ranking. The criteria may be weighted according to the relative importance of each criterion to a requesting location-based service. | 11-18-2010 |
20100291948 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATICALLY SENDING MESSAGES BY PORTABLE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication system includes a portable communication device. The portable communication device includes a receiver module, a GPS module, a message generating module, and a message sending module. The GPS module is capable of determining location information of the portable communication device and a remote receiver whose information stored in the receiver module. The message generating module is capable of automatically generating a message according to the remote receiver information, the message comprising the location information. The message sending module capable of automatically sends the message to the remote receiver. A method is further provided to automatically sending a message to a receiver from a portable communication device. | 11-18-2010 |
20100291949 | EXTENDING OUTDOOR LOCATION BASED SERVICES AND APPLICATIONS INTO ENCLOSED AREAS - Methods and systems for indoor mobile unit positioning, for seamlessly toggling a mobile unit positioning between outdoor positioning and indoor positioning and for providing location based services or application generated by an external location server to the mobile unit while the mobile unit is indoors. The indoor mobile unit positioning includes mobile unit-based positioning which makes use of reception of access point signals by the mobile unit | 11-18-2010 |
20100298007 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR GENERATING USER MOBILITY MODEL OF CELLULAR NETWORK - A method for generating a user mobility model includes: firstly deriving user movement tracks of all the users in a cellular network and then generating from the user movement tracks a user mobility model involving a user traffic between home cells of any two of path points in the cellular network. Thus, a cell can be re-divided into respective location areas according to the generated user mobility model to thereby deploy reasonably various network resources in the GSM network according to the re-divided positional zones. The invention further discloses a method and device for generating a user movement track and a device for generating a user mobility model. | 11-25-2010 |
20100298008 | POSITIONING OF A WIRELESS DEVICE SERVED BY A FEMTO CELL - Techniques for supporting positioning are described. In an aspect, positioning of mobile stations served by femto cells may be supported by having the femto cells transmit at least one identity used to differentiate the femto cells from other cells/sectors in a wireless network. The at least one identity may also convey certain information for the femto cells, which may be pertinent for positioning of the mobile stations. In one design, a femto cell may send the at least one identity assigned to the femto cell and the location of the femto cell to mobile stations as an aid for positioning. A mobile station may receive and forward the least one identity and the location of the femto cell to a location server. The mobile station and the location server may then perform positioning based on the at least one identity and the location of the femto cell. | 11-25-2010 |
20100304754 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MOVEMENT DETECTION BY EVALUATING ELEMENTARY MOVEMENT PATTERNS - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to a system and method for detecting a movement pattern of a mobile device based at least in part on one or more signals representative of one or more sensor measurements, and for determining whether the movement pattern corresponds to a predefined level of movement of the mobile device. | 12-02-2010 |
20100304755 | LOCATION DETERMINATION WITH GEOGRAPHIC AND BIAS TUNING - A method for determining location of an observer device is disclosed. The method includes receiving basestation distance data for the observer device and applying a location algorithm to the basestation distance data to determine a computed location of the observer device. The method further includes determining whether the basestation distance data correlates to any of a plurality of observer device conditions. Upon determining the basestation data correlates with one of the observer device conditions, a location bias associated with that observer device condition is employed to correct the computed location of the observer device and produce a corrected location. | 12-02-2010 |
20100304756 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISCOVERING SIGNIFICANT PLACES - An approach is provided for determining significant places from cell identifiers. A circular sequence of cell identifiers associated with a mobile device is determined. Each of the cell identifiers has timing information according to when the mobile device has coverage by a corresponding one of a plurality of cells. The circular sequence also has a predetermined cardinality. The cell identifiers of the circular sequence are correlated using the timing information. One or more clusters of cell identifiers are generated based on the correlated cell identifiers. The one or more clusters are designated as one or more significant places. | 12-02-2010 |
20100304757 | MOBILE DEVICE AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING LOCATION THEREOF - To provide a mobile device which can accurately identify a location of the mobile device in relation to a user. | 12-02-2010 |
20100304758 | HANDS-FREE DEVICE IN A VEHICLE - The usefulness of a hands-free device in a vehicle having
| 12-02-2010 |
20100311439 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUPL ROAMING USING A HELD CLIENT - A system and method for assisting the H-SLP is selecting a V-SLP using the HELD client of a SET. The SET receives identity information from an access network regarding associated LIS. The SET relays this information as well as measurements taken of the wireless network to the H-SLP. If the H-SLP does not contain enough information to determine a location estimate, the H-SLP uses the identity information from the access network to find an associated SLP that may serve as a V-SLP. A request using roaming location protocol may then be transmitted from the H-SLP to the V-SLP for location assistance. | 12-09-2010 |
20100311440 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR IMPROVING THE LOCALIZATION AND MOBILITY CONTROL OF PERSONS OR THINGS - A method for improving the localization and mobility control of persons or things applicable to a mobile radio terminal associated with a telephone network, having a plurality of base radio stations is disclosed. The method includes a first step in which the mobile radio terminal receives first service signals associated with each base radio station within radio visibility, a second step in which, by means of processing means, the mobile radio terminal detects the relative temporal delays, calculated with respect to a predetermined time reference, with which are received the service signals of each base radio station from which the mobile radio terminal received a corresponding first service signal, and in which second step, by means of position detection means, associated with the mobile radio terminal, the absolute geographical position occupied by the mobile radio terminal is supplied to the mobile radio terminal. In the second step, by means of the processing means, the mobile radio terminal calculates the absolute geographical position of each of the base radio stations, from which the mobile radio terminal has received a first service signal, according to the relative temporal delays, wherein the relative temporal delays are correlated with the absolute geographical position of the mobile radio terminal as supplied by the position detection means. | 12-09-2010 |
20100317365 | Data Services Via Receivers Independent of Navigation Systems - A system and method for providing a suite of data services in non-navigation based electronic devices such as head units, that can provide similar levels of functionality to navigation-based systems are presented. In exemplary embodiments of the present invention, a non-navigation data system for providing data services in a mobile environment can include a data decoder for decoding a digital data stream from a digital audio radio transmission source, a location determining means for determining a current location of a mobile receiver receiving the digital data stream, a display for displaying data corresponding to the current location, and a plurality of static maps wherein the data corresponding to the current location is overlaid at least over a portion of the static maps. In exemplary embodiments of the present invention, a method of providing a data service in a mobile environment without the need for a navigation system can include decoding a digital data stream from a digital audio radio transmission source, determining a current location of a mobile receiver receiving the digital data stream, displaying data corresponding to the current location, and overlaying the data corresponding to the current location over at least a portion of a plurality of static maps. | 12-16-2010 |
20100317366 | INDOOR/OUTDOOR DECISION APPARATUS AND INDOOR/OUTDOOR DECISION METHOD - An appropriate indoor/outdoor decision is made for a mobile communication terminal in accordance with a purpose of selection of a positioning method or the like. A positioning server | 12-16-2010 |
20100317367 | In-vehicle device and system for communicating with base stations - An in-vehicle device for communicating with base stations includes: a radio wave detection element for detecting a radio wave from the stations; a position detection element for receiving information of position coordinates of the vehicle from an external device; a base station position obtaining element for obtaining position coordinates of each station based on data on the radio wave; a communication element for communicating with each station via the radio wave; and a controller for comparing the position coordinates of the vehicle and each station to determine whether the station is disposed in a predetermined distance range, for selecting one station in the predetermined range and providing a signal level equal to or larger than a predetermined signal level, and for controlling the communication element to communicate with the one station. | 12-16-2010 |
20100317368 | MOBILE DEVICE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A computer-implemented mobile device calling method is provided. The method includes detecting initiation of a communication between a first mobile device and a second mobile device and determining a current location of the first mobile device in response to initiation of the communication between the first mobile device and the second mobile device. The method further includes transmitting the current location of the first mobile device to the second mobile device in response to initiation of the communication between the first mobile device and the second mobile device. A system for managing distribution of location information between mobile devices is further provided. | 12-16-2010 |
20100323714 | MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICES AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICES - In an embodiment, a mobile radio communication device is provided. The mobile radio communication device may include a mobile radio communication protocol circuit configured to provide a mobile radio base station function for a mobile radio communication with another mobile radio communication device; a network control interface circuit configured to receive time dependent or location dependent operation control signals from a network device containing data that enables determination of at least one of at least one piece of location-related information and at least one piece of time-related information; a localization circuit configured to determine at least one of at least one piece of time-related information and at least one piece of location-related information of the mobile radio communication device based on the operation control signals received by the network control interface circuit; and an execution circuit configured to execute a pre-defined action to control the mobile radio communication protocol circuit based on the at least one piece of time-related information or the at least one piece of location-related information determined by the localization circuit. | 12-23-2010 |
20100323715 | DEVICE LOCATION PREDICTION FOR MOBILE SERVICE OPTIMIZATION - Described technologies are generally related to predicting future mobile device locations and using the predictive information to optimize mobile communications service parameters. Mobile device locations may be predicted using real-time device location information, destination information, and location history. Predicted location information for a given device, and possibly other devices as well, may be used to adjust mobile communications service parameters such as handoffs, channel assignment, multipath fading response parameters, data rates, transmission modes, opportunistic scheduling parameters, location-based services, and location update rates. | 12-23-2010 |
20100323716 | CONTROLLING AD DELIVERY TO MOBILE CLIENTS - Systems and methods for controlling ad delivery to mobile clients while maintaining user privacy are herein provided. One exemplary method involves a location broker service. The method includes receiving, at an ad delivery service, a location use token from a mobile client, which may be a single use token. The method includes sending, from the ad delivery service, the location use token to the location broker service for verification at the location broker service. The method includes receiving, at the ad delivery service, the mobile client location from the location broker service based on the verification. The method includes delivering, from the ad delivery service, a location-targeted ad to the mobile client at the mobile client location, where the delivering is further based on a geographic density of a plurality of mobile clients. An advertiser using the ad delivery service may be billed based on location use token history. | 12-23-2010 |
20100323717 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING PROXIMITY DETECTION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods, apparatuses, and computer program products are disclosed for facilitating proximity detection in wireless networks. a location enhancement device is activated and a unique identifier associated with the location enhancement device is ascertained. A positioning signal that emulates a base station reference signal is then generated, which includes the unique identifier. The positioning signal is transmitted from the location enhancement device, wherein the positioning signal is detectable by wireless terminals proximate to the location enhancement device. Proximity detection is then facilitated by processing the positioning signal. | 12-23-2010 |
20100323718 | Method of Enhancing Positioning Measurement and Related Communication Device - A method of enhancing positioning measurement for a network in a wireless communications system is disclosed. The method comprises including a plurality of identifications of a plurality of cells associated with the positioning measurement of a mobile device of the wireless communications system in assistance data, whereby the plurality of cells are identified according to the plurality of identifications. | 12-23-2010 |
20100323719 | Method of Enhancing Positioning Measurement and Related Communication Device - A method of enhancing positioning measurement for a mobile device in a wireless communications system is disclosed. The method comprises initiating a positioning measurement automatically or when a service of the mobile device is triggered or initiated. | 12-23-2010 |
20100323720 | Method of Handling Positioning Measurement and Related Communication Device - A method of handling positioning measurement for a relay in a wireless communications system is disclosed. The method comprises communicating with a mobile device and a base station to serve the mobile device for conveying signaling between the mobile device and the base station, and transmitting a first reference signal associated with a positioning measurement to the mobile device. | 12-23-2010 |
20100323721 | SHARED PHONE, MEDIUM HAVING RECORDED THEREIN PROGRAM FOR CONTROLLING SHARED PHONE, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SHARED PHONE - The present invention provides a shared phone, a medium having recorded therein a program for controlling the shared phone, and a method for controlling the shared phone, which can make the shared use by a plurality of users easy. The shared phone switches phone numbers depending on users, and includes a user information storage unit that stores user information including phone numbers for each user, a public line communication unit that performs public line communication, and registers phone numbers stored in the user information storage unit to a public line, and detects an incoming call to a registered phone number, a display unit that, in case an incoming call is detected by the public line communication unit, displays user information corresponding to the incoming call from among user information stored by the user information storage unit, and an operation unit that accepts instruction for public line communication from a user, and sends the instruction to the public line communication unit. | 12-23-2010 |
20100331008 | Methods and systems for providing user location information in telecommunications networks - Example networks include a network-level user location information database that stores user location information for all network users over several points in time from one or more network-level hosts. Example networks may also include a processor and display connected to the database. Example methods include accessing and storing user location information in a database over several points in time in order to create a network-wide user location log. The user location information may be correlated with geographical images to create user location maps and related graphics. Example methods may further include performing data analysis on the user location log to gather trend and predictive data for network traffic. | 12-30-2010 |
20100331009 | Wireless Terminal and Method for Managing the Receipt of Position Reference Singals for Use in Determining a Location - The present invention provides for wireless terminal and a method in a wireless terminal for use in a location determination approach using time of arrival estimates between the wireless terminal and a plurality of base stations in a cellular network. The method includes receiving assistance data from a serving base station for use in receiving a position reference signal used to determine a time of arrival of one or more respective position reference signals from the plurality of base stations relative to a time reference, wherein the assistance data includes a list of base stations, each base station included in the list to be one of used or excluded from use as part of the plurality of base stations for receiving the position reference signal and determining the time of arrival estimate for the received position reference signal. The position reference signal is then received for each of the plurality of base stations, where for each of the plurality of base stations a time of arrival estimate is determined for each of the respective received position reference signals. The time of arrival estimates for each of the plurality of base stations is then forwarded to a location determination entity. | 12-30-2010 |
20100331010 | Trajectory-Based Location Determination - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to determining a location of a mobile device using an estimated trajectory of motion of the mobile device, and in particular, using a comparison of the estimated trajectory with one or more predetermined candidate trajectories. | 12-30-2010 |
20100331011 | CIRCUIT SWITCHED FALLBACK FOR MOBILE TERMINATED CALLS - In order to prevent a mobile terminated (MT) call to a user equipment (UE) from being lost by addressing a Location Area/Tracking Area (LA/TA) mismatch problem that could occur during a circuit switched (CS) Fallback, the method comprises the steps of: receiving a paging message from a mobility management entity, MME, where the paging message identifies suitable location areas, the paging message is sent because a first mobile switching center, MSC | 12-30-2010 |
20110003601 | COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD - A system for communicating an alert message from a user to a recipient is disclosed. In one embodiment the system includes a communications network, a communication device, and a communications management system. The communications device is activatable by the user to transmit into the communications network a signal communicating identification information associated with the user. The communication management receives and processes the signal to establish a communications channel between the communications device and a communications service associated with a recipient. The communications service is selected according to the identification information. Method and devices for communicating an alert signal are also disclosed. | 01-06-2011 |
20110003602 | DUAL MODE TERMINAL SUPPORTING LOCATION-BASED SERVICES AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - A dual mode terminal for providing location-based services is provided. The dual mode terminal includes a first area including a first wireless communication unit for communication with a first communication network and a first processor for processing signals transmitted and received to and from the first communication network, and a second area including a second wireless communication unit for communication with a second communication network and a second processor for processing signals transmitted and received to and from the second communication network. The first wireless communication unit includes a GPS receiver for receiving satellite GPS signals. The first processor includes a GPS engine for processing network location information received from the first communication network and the second communication network, and the second processor transfers network location information received from the second communication network to the first processor. | 01-06-2011 |
20110009127 | GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS)-BASED COMMUNICATION FILTER - A device includes a memory to store a plurality of instructions and a processor to execute instructions in the memory to determine a location of a mobile communication device, determine a direction of movement of the mobile communication device, identify other mobile communication devices within a particular distance of the mobile communication device, identify other mobile communication devices moving in a particular direction with respect to the mobile communication device, and store, in the memory, a list of the identified other mobile communication devices. | 01-13-2011 |
20110009128 | SYSTEM AND TERMINAL - A terminal | 01-13-2011 |
20110009129 | DEVICE AND METHOD OF ESTIMATING LOCATION OF TERMINAL USING SEQUENCES TRANSMITTED FROM BASE STATIONS - A terminal receives a unique sequence from each of at least two base stations, and transmits a mixture of quantized unique sequences to a serving base station. The serving base station extracts components respectively corresponding to base stations from the mixture of the quantized unique sequences, and estimates a location of a terminal based on the extracted components. The serving base station may calculate a received signal strength or a delay for each of the unique sequences received by the terminal, based on the extracted components, and estimate the location of the terminal based on the received signal strength or the delay. In addition, the terminal may estimate its own location by performing an algorithm used by the serving base station. | 01-13-2011 |
20110009130 | Method of Handling Location Service and Related Communication Device - A method of handling location service for a mobile device compatible with a plurality of radio access technologies (RATs) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises utilizing a first RAT of the plurality of RATs to communicate with a network of the wireless communication system, receiving a first message including positioning support information of the network from the network, and determining whether to initiate a location service in the first RAT or in a second RAT of the plurality of RATs according to the positioning support information. | 01-13-2011 |
20110014927 | METHOD AND MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR A FUNCTION OF GIVING NOTICE ACCORDING TO POSITIONS - A method for performing a function of giving notice according to positions are provided, which enables performing a function of giving notice by not only setting a predetermined time but setting a predetermined position. The function s of giving notice is performed when the predetermined time is up or reached, or when the positioning unit of the mobile electronic device detects that a user reaches a point within a predetermined accuracy range of the predetermined position. This disclosure performs the function of giving notice by combining both ways of determining if the predetermined time is up or reached and if a io user reaches a point within the predetermined accuracy range of the predetermined position to overcome the disadvantages generated by only setting the predetermined time. Therefore, the disclosure provides more flexible ways for a user when taking positions as the first priority not a particular time point. | 01-20-2011 |
20110021207 | System and Method for Estimating Positioning Error Within a WLAN-Based Positioning System - The invention features a method of estimating an expected error of a position estimate for use in a WLAN positioning system that estimates the position of a WLAN-enabled device. The WLAN-enabled device receives signals transmitted by at least one WLAN access point in range of the WLAN-enabled device, and a position of the WLAN-enabled device is estimated based on the received signals from the at least one WLAN access point in range. A signal strength value is measured for the signals transmitted by the at least one WLAN access point, and a maximum signal strength value is determined. The method also estimates an expected error of the position estimate based on the maximum signal strength value of the signals transmitted by the at least one WLAN access point in range of the WLAN enabled device. The expected error predicts a relative accuracy of the position estimate. | 01-27-2011 |
20110021208 | WATERMARKING ANTENNA BEAMS FOR POSITION DETERMINATION - An antenna array may stagger the signal of one or more beams within a single base station sector. The time-delayed beams may have a watermark within the signal they are carrying. The receiving unit then may identify the beam as a time-delayed beam and compensate for the delay using stored data. The receiving unit may transmit the beam identification information to the base station and receive the time delay data. | 01-27-2011 |
20110021209 | Positioning systems utilizing mobile telephone system for correction signals - A positioning system where receiving stations such as multipurpose mobile communications devices ( | 01-27-2011 |
20110028157 | Real-Time Location Determination For In-Building Distributed Antenna Systems - A system for determining the location of a wireless mobile device with respect to an interconnected network of wireless transmission waveguides is disclosed. The interconnected network could be interconnected ducts of an HVAC system in a building. Multiple wireless probes are placed at multiple locations within the HVAC duct system (or similar interconnected network of waveguides). Each probe may detect a common signal from a wireless mobile device and independently preserve arrival time information of the detected signal, wherein the signal propagates to probes by way of a free-space path to an opening in one or another duct, and thereafter to the probes via one or another path through the interconnected ducts, which act as wireless transmission waveguides. By correlating timing information of a signal received at three or more probes, a location of the mobile wireless device may be determined by one or another form of triangulation. | 02-03-2011 |
20110028158 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING LOCATION INFORMATION TO A MOBILE CALLING UNIT - A system for providing location information to a mobile calling unit operating within or among a plurality of communication networks includes at least one communication access unit for each respective network of the plurality of communication networks. The calling unit effects communications with a respective communication network of the plurality of communicate networks via a respective communication access unit of the at least one communication access unit. The respective communication network and the respective communication access unit cooperate to automatically effect providing at least one almanac entry to the calling unit substantially on occurrence of a predetermined event. The at least one almanac entry relates to geographic location of the calling unit while the calling unit effects the communications. | 02-03-2011 |
20110028159 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HANDLING SPECIAL NUMBER CALLS USING TEXT MESSAGE FORMAT - A system for reducing location-related messages in a mobile a network includes: (a) a mobile communicator; (b) a location server coupled with the mobile communicator and the mobile a network; and (c) a location determiner coupled with the mobile communicator or the location server. The location determiner occasionally collects location information relating to an extant location of the mobile communicator. The mobile communicator or the location determiner effects location-related messages to convey location information to the location server. The mobile communicator or the location server employs the location-related messages to compile a locations schedule for the mobile communicator in a time-location almanac coupled with the mobile communicator. The mobile communicator occasionally compares the extant location with the locations schedule. Neither of the mobile communicator and the location determiner effects the location-related messages when the extant location is within a predetermined variance from the locations schedule. | 02-03-2011 |
20110028160 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOCATION-TRIGGERED REWARDS - In some embodiments, techniques for rewarding presence include detecting a presence of a mobile phone within an enclosed space, transmitting information relating to the presence of the mobile phone within the enclosed space to a server computer, wherein the server computer processes an award for the presence of the mobile phone within the enclosed space, wherein the award is associated with a user account associated with the mobile phone; and receiving from the server computer information relating to the award. | 02-03-2011 |
20110028161 | Real-Time Location Determination For In-Building Distributed Antenna Systems - A system for determining the location of a wireless mobile device with respect to an interconnected network of wireless transmission waveguides is disclosed. The interconnected network could be interconnected ducts of an HVAC system in a building. Multiple wireless probes are placed at multiple locations within the HVAC duct system (or similar interconnected network of waveguides). Each probe may detect a common signal from a wireless mobile device and independently preserve arrival time information of the detected signal, wherein the signal propagates to probes by way of a free-space path to an opening in one or another duct, and thereafter to the probes via one or another path through the interconnected ducts, which act as wireless transmission waveguides. By correlating timing information of a signal received at three or more probes, a location of the mobile wireless device may be determined by one or another form of triangulation. | 02-03-2011 |
20110028162 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOCATING COMMUNICATION TERMINALS IN CELLULAR NETWORKS - Methods and systems in a wireless communication network for determining respective distances between a given base transceiver station and one or more other base transceiver stations. An effective location of the given base transceiver station may be calculated that is different from its physical location. The effective location may be use to report an estimated location of a communication terminal communicating with the given base transceiver station. The estimated location may be provided in networks that support both a hard handover or soft handover of the communication terminal between the given base transceiver station and the one or more other base transceiver stations. | 02-03-2011 |
20110028163 | ONBOARD RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Individual radio sets | 02-03-2011 |
20110028164 | MOVEMENT HISTORY REFERENCE SYSTEM, MOVEMENT INFORMATION REGISTRATION SERVER, INFORMATION COLLECTION SERVER, MOVEMENT HISTORY REFERENCE METHOD AND PROGRAM - A movement history reference system includes: a base station communicating with a first terminal; and a movement information registration server and an information collection server connected mutually to the base station. The movement information registration server includes: a first storage unit that stores the movement history; and a movement history recording unit that acquires positional information of the first terminal from the base station, and requests the information collection server to retrieve an address corresponding to the positional information and additional information related to the address. The information collection server includes: a second storage unit that stores address data that is a list of addresses corresponding to the positional information; and a data retrieval unit that retrieves an address corresponding to the positional information from the address data, retrieves additional information related to the address, and returns the acquired address and additional information to the movement information registration server. | 02-03-2011 |
20110034178 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR GENERATING A LOCATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE USING CELL SECTOR INFORMATION - Systems and methods for generating a location of a mobile device using cell sector data are provided. A mobile device is in service connection with a base station, which has a corresponding service area. Upon entering the service area of another base station, the mobile device enters service connection with the second base station in a handoff event. The mobile device and/or the base station determines the location of each of the base stations, and estimates the approximate location of the mobile device based on the locations of the base stations. In one or more implementations, the estimated position can comprise a midpoint of a line joining the two base stations. The systems and methods can be implemented with a random location generator to improve accuracy. The approximate location of the mobile device can be inputted into a GPS-enabled device to reduce times to first fix. | 02-10-2011 |
20110034179 | LOCATION OF WIRELESS MOBILE TERMINALS - Methods, systems, processor-readable media, and devices for collecting information pertaining to the configuration of one or more wireless networks and using this information in turn to estimate the location of mobile wireless devices associated with those networks are disclosed. Also disclosed are methods, systems, processor-readable media, and devices for discovering and/or maintaining wireless transmitter characteristics corresponding to one or more wireless networks. Also disclosed are methods, systems, processor-readable media, and devices for aggregating wireless network transmitter characteristics from a plurality of wireless network transmitters. The present disclosure can be used across multiple networks, without requiring information from the operators of those networks, in which the information concerning those networks is collected and maintained in a current state efficiently and with rapid response to changes in the network configuration. | 02-10-2011 |
20110034180 | POSITION DETERMINATION USING RECEIVED BROADCAST SIGNALS - A radio device that is capable of positioning itself within a broadcast radio system includes a receiver operable to receive a plurality of broadcast radio signals, each broadcast from a respective one of a plurality of broadcast radio signal sources. The radio device further includes processing circuitry operable to determine respective call station identification information for each of the broadcast radio signal sources from the broadcast radio signals, measure respective signal quality characteristics for each of the received broadcast radio signals, identify station position data associated with each of the broadcast radio signal sources from the respective call station identification information, and calculate a location of the radio device using the signal quality characteristics and station position data associated with at least three broadcast radio signal sources. | 02-10-2011 |
20110039571 | MOBILE DEVICE DATA COLLECTION FOR USE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK IMPROVEMENTS - Capabilities of mobile stations are leveraged to measure operational characteristics of a mobile communications network and capture data regarding those measurements. Information related to where the measurements occurred is also captured. The captured measurement data and the location information are forward to a server for processing. The results of the processing are used to improve the performance of the mobile communications network. | 02-17-2011 |
20110039572 | CELLULAR DEVICE CONTROL - A method of controlling a cellular device includes determining a velocity of the cellular device and temporarily disabling a short messaging service function of the cellular device in response to the velocity while a voice function of the cellular device remains enabled. | 02-17-2011 |
20110039573 | ACCESSING POSITIONAL INFORMATION FOR A MOBILE STATION USING A DATA CODE LABEL - Positional information for a mobile station is acquired using a data code label and the positional information is updated as the mobile station moves without the need for signals from a Satellite Positioning System (SPS), such as the Global Positioning System (GPS). The data code label is read and information encoded within the data code label is used to obtain positional information, which may be, e.g., a digital map, directions, or non-navigational information, which may be provided via a display or speakers. The positional information may be referenced to a local coordinate system or a global coordinate system. The position of the mobile station is updated using inertial sensors within the mobile station and/or using a measured radio signal and a wireless access point almanac that may be obtained using the information encoded within the data code label. Updated positional information for the mobile station is then provided. | 02-17-2011 |
20110039574 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR POSITIONING A WIRELESS USER EQUIPMENT - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, a method is disclosed that comprises receiving a reference signal from each of at least two target neighbor cells via at least one receiving branch at a user equipment; estimating a timing range based at least on one of a timing advance for a serving cell and an inter-cell distance between the target neighbor cell and the serving cell; computing a reference signal time difference for the received reference signal from the target neighbor cell; and screening the computed reference signal time difference using the estimated timing range. | 02-17-2011 |
20110039575 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR POSITIONING NEIGHBOR CELLS IN A CELLULAR NETWORK USING LEARNED CELL DATA - A mobile device learns cell information for a serving cell and for neighbor cells. The learned cell information is communicated to a remote location server for locating base stations within the serving and/or neighbor cells. The learned cell information comprises cell signal strength information and/or other cell information such as cell identifiers (Cell-IDs) and Country Code (MCC). Received signal strength (RSS) on the serving cell and the neighbor cells are measured. Locations pertaining to the RSS measurements are determined. The mobile device location stamps the RSS measurements utilizing the determined locations to generate a neighbor cell report, which is utilized by a cellular communication network to prepare a handover operation whenever needed, and/or to build a local cell-learning database. A portion of the local cell-learning database is transmitted as cell data to the remote location server that collects cell data from a plurality of mobile devices. | 02-17-2011 |
20110039576 | Enhanced Positioning Assistance Data For Reduced Signaling - Apparatus and methods for determining a location estimate of a mobile device based on an extended set of assistance data are presented. The extended assistance data includes assistance data for base stations, such as cellular base stations and access points, not expected to be viewable by the mobile device in a (current) first geographical area but expected to be viewable by the mobile device in a (future) second geographical area. By seeding the mobile device with assistance data expected to be useful in the future, the network reduces messaging between the network and mobile device and battery consumption by the mobile device. | 02-17-2011 |
20110039577 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING POSITIONING MEASUREMENTS - A method and apparatus for supporting positioning measurements. The methods include designating a reference cell, choosing a positioning signal, and, for inter-frequency measurements, determining which inter-frequency cell to measure and how to make such an inter-frequency positioning measurement. | 02-17-2011 |
20110039578 | ASSISTANCE DATA FOR POSITIONING IN MULTIPLE RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES - An apparatus and method for determining a position of a mobile station based on terrestrial assistance data from a first wireless network to which the mobile station is not attached. That is, the mobile station is able to receive terrestrial assistance from a first wireless network and use the terrestrial assistance data to obtain location information, such as timing measurements, from the first wireless network and determine its position while not attached to the first wireless network. The first wireless network may be a network to which the mobile station is subscribed and can attach. | 02-17-2011 |
20110039579 | Position-Dependent Connectivity Management - A method for communication to/from a multimode terminal operable to communicate via multiple alternative communication technologies. Each region definition indicates a region name and one or more of the communication technologies and/or operating modes plus an activation range and a deactivation range for the communication technologies and/or operating modes. The multimode terminal determines its position and retrieves a stored region definition relating to the region closest to the multimode terminal's determined position. It then compares its determined position with the activation range and a deactivation range of the retrieved region definition. Based on said comparison, the multimode terminal activates and deactivates the multiple alternative communication technologies and/or operating modes indicated by the retrieved region definition. | 02-17-2011 |
20110039580 | RADIO FINGERPRINT METHOD IN A POSITIONING NODE FOR PROVIDING GEOGRAPHIC REGION DATA - A method for providing geographic region data includes receiving geographic position data associated with a location point of a first user equipment and receiving a first radio fingerprint. The method also includes associating the received first radio fingerprint with the received geographic position data and clustering the received geographic position data to create cluster boundaries defining geographical region data. The method further includes receiving a second radio fingerprint and comparing the second radio fingerprint received from the second user equipment with previously received radio fingerprints being associated with geographic region data, and if the second radio fingerprint corresponds to a previously received radio fingerprint, associating the geographic region data of the previously received radio fingerprint with the location point of the second user equipment, and providing the geographic region data, associated with the location point of the second user equipment. | 02-17-2011 |
20110045839 | GPS remote transmission method - A GPS remote transmission method in which satellite positioning data received by a GPS is converted into a speech signal and transmitted to a proximal mobile telephone wirelessly for enabling the proximal mobile telephone to transmit the speech signal to a proximal base station, which transmits the speech signal to a distal base station through an exchange system so that the distal base station transmits the speech signal to a distal mobile telephone for transmission to a distal GPS, which converts the speech signal into satellite position data for display on a display screen thereof. | 02-24-2011 |
20110045840 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTIMATING RANGE OF MOBILE DEVICE TO WIRELESS INSTALLATION - A method of and system for estimating the range of a mobile device to a wireless installation is disclosed. A method of estimating the position of a mobile device includes receiving signals transmitted by fixed-position wireless communication stations in range of a mobile device. One of the wireless communication stations from which signals are received by the mobile device is designated as a serving station and location information is retrieved for said serving station and at least one other neighboring station from which signals are received. For each of the at least one other neighboring stations, a corresponding distance between the serving station and said neighboring station is determined based on the location information. A position of the mobile device is estimated based on the location information for the serving station and said neighboring stations and further based on the distances between the serving station and said neighboring stations. | 02-24-2011 |
20110045841 | MATCHING A LOCATION OF A CONTACT WITH A TASK LOCATION - An alert system is provided. The alert system includes a processor and a memory coupled to the processor. The memory is computer-readable storage media configured to store instructions that are operable to be executed by the processor. The memory stores instructions that may be executed to determine a physical location of a contact in a contact list or a user managing the contact list; determine a physical location associated with a task in a task list; compare the physical location of the contact with the physical location associated with the task; determine when the physical location of the contact matches the physical location associated with the task; and transmit an alert message indicating the contact and the task. | 02-24-2011 |
20110045842 | Method and System For Updating A Social Networking System Based On Vehicle Events - A computer-implemented method for automatically updating a social networking system based on vehicle events may include receiving login information at a nomadic device to permit network access to a social networking system. The method may also include wirelessly determining a vehicle operational status. Geographic location information indicating an approximate location of the vehicle may also be received. Based on the vehicle operational status and the location information, one or more messages may be generated. Network access to the social networking system using the login information may be obtained and the one or more messages to the social networking system may be transmitted over the network for updating information on the social networking system. | 02-24-2011 |
20110045843 | System and method for mobile group positioning - The present invention provides a system and a method for mobile group positioning, which are applied to a plurality of mobile devices of a group. The system comprises a central control unit, a plurality of mobile tracking units, and a plurality of mobile message units. The mobile tracking units and the mobile message units are disposed in the mobile devices. The mobile message units correspond to the mobile tracking units, respectively. The mobile message units add a user message to the corresponding positioning messages, respectively, and transmit to the central control unit. The central control unit transmits the positioning messages including the user message to the mobile message unit of one of the mobile devices in the group. Thereby, the mobile device need not consume extra network resources or power in transmitting the user messages, and hence achieving power-saving effect and saving network resources. | 02-24-2011 |
20110045844 | METHOD, NODE, DEVICE, COMPUTER PROGRAM, AND DATA CARRIER FOR DETERMINING A POSITION OF A NODE IN AN AD-HOC NETWORK - In a method and a device for determining a geographical position of a node in an ad-hoc network, distance circles of at least two nodes that adjoin the node are determined. In addition, points of intersection between the distance circles of the at least two nodes adjoining the node are identified. A main set of points of intersection is determined from among the set of the identified or determined points of intersection, the main set comprising points of intersection located in the vicinity of an estimated position of the node. The geographical position of the node is then determined by the main set of points of intersection. | 02-24-2011 |
20110045845 | CAST-TO-CALL - A communication device can be equipped with global positioning system (GPS) equipment and one or more accelerometers and/or gyroscopes that can be used to determine one or more of the direction or velocity at which the communication device is “cast” by coupling the location information of the communication device, such as using GPS coordinates, cell tower triangulation, or the like, with the “cast direction” of the communication device—thereby creating a cast vector. The strength of the cast may be analyzed to assist with determining how far the cast vector should be projected. The communication device can then determine which, if any, other communications device, entities, and/or objects are within the cast vector. The direction and strength of the cast can be used to assist in creating either a two or three-dimensional sensible area, that originates with the location of the calling party, and extends therefrom a certain distance. | 02-24-2011 |
20110045846 | Information Processing Device, Program, Information Processing Method and Information Processing System - An information processing device is provided that includes: a storage portion that associates and stores section information indicating one section of a building structure, first measurement information acquired by signal intensity measurement of a wireless signal transmitted from a surrounding base station in a wireless terminal existing in the one section, and base station identification information; a receiving portion that receives, from a given wireless terminal, at least one piece of second measurement information acquired by signal intensity measurement in the given wireless terminal, and at least one piece of base station identification information that indicates a base station of a transmission source of the wireless signal; and a selection portion that selects, based on at least one piece of first measurement information associated with the at least one piece of base station identification information received by the receiving portion and the at least one piece of second measurement information received by the receiving portion, section information that is associated with one of the at least one piece of first measurement information. | 02-24-2011 |
20110053605 | MOBILE STATION, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD OF OPERATION - A mobile station ( | 03-03-2011 |
20110053606 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR NOTIFYING A LOCATION SERVICES CLIENT THAT A TARGET TERMINAL IS UNREACHABLE - A method and device enables notifying a location services client that a target terminal is unreachable. The method ( | 03-03-2011 |
20110053607 | SYSTEM FOR CONNECTION TO MOBILE PHONE NETWORKS | 03-03-2011 |
20110053608 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND NETWORK DEVICE - A mobile communication system according the embodiment is configured such that upon receipt of a radio link establishment request from a mobile station UE #Y via the home cell #a, a cell with which the mobile station is to establish a radio link is selected from the first candidate group, and upon receipt of a radio link establishment request from the mobile station UE #X via the macro cell #A, a cell with which the mobile station is to establish a radio link is selected from the second candidate group. | 03-03-2011 |
20110059746 | Method And Apparatus For Managing Versions Of Various Application Information Messages And Using The Application Information Messages - The present invention manages components carrying application information thru their individual versions. An application information encoding method according to the present invention comprises creating at least one component including application information and version information of the at least one component; writing, in a message management container where management information on the at least one component is written, information indicating that the version information is accompanied; and organizing the at least one component, the version information and the message management container to a transfer message | 03-10-2011 |
20110059747 | Sensing Wireless Transmissions From a Licensed User of a Licensed Spectral Resource - Sensing wireless transmissions from a licensed user of a licensed spectral resource includes obtaining information indicating a number of adjacent sensors that are concurrently sensing wireless transmissions from the licensed user of the licensed spectral resource. Such information can be obtained from a main node controlling the sensor and its adjacent sensors, or by the sensor itself (e.g., by means of short-range communication equipment targeting any such adjacent sensors). A sensing rate is then determined as a function, at least in part, of the information indicating the number of adjacent sensors that are concurrently sensing wireless transmissions from the licensed user of the licensed spectral resource. Receiver equipment is then periodically operated at the determined sensing rate, wherein the receiver equipment is configured to detect wireless transmissions from the licensed user of the licensed spectral resource. | 03-10-2011 |
20110059748 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOCALIZED WIRELESS NOTIFICATION - Implementations relate to systems and methods for localized notification that provide localized information to one or more mobile devices in a wireless communication system that are located in one or more geographical regions. The wireless communication system includes a localized notification server that responds to geographically-targeted broadcast requests and localized service or information requests. The localized notification server localizes components of the wireless communication system into sets of localized components that provide wireless communication service to mobile devices in the specific geographical regions. | 03-10-2011 |
20110059749 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SESSION CONTROL IN A NETWORKED LOCATIONING SYSTEM - A session control method includes establishing a locationing session between a mobile device and a remotely located server over a network, sending information related to the geographical location of the mobile device to the remotely located server after establishing the locationing session, and providing two or more notifications via the mobile device, at predetermined intervals or in response to an event, that the locationing session is active. The user may then validate or invalidate the active session, thereby providing greater control of such information. Additional configuration options are provided to the user in order to control the nature and distribution of such locationing data. | 03-10-2011 |
20110059750 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING LOCATION INFORMATION SERVICE USING MOBILE CODE - An apparatus and method for providing a location information service using a mobile code in a Mobile Station (MS). The method includes scanning, by an input device of the MS, a mobile code; analyzing identifier information of the scanned mobile code; determining whether the identifier information corresponds to other information stored in the MS; if the identifier information corresponds to other information stored in the MS, acquiring location information, to be matched on a first cyber map in the MS, corresponding to the identifier information; matching the acquired location information on the first cyber map and displaying the matched first cyber map on an output device of the MS; and calculating a moving distance and a path using at least one location corresponding to the acquired location information. | 03-10-2011 |
20110059751 | METHOD AND LOCATION SERVER FOR DETERMINING A POSTION OF A TARGET DEVICE - A method and location server ( | 03-10-2011 |
20110059752 | Concurrent Wireless Transmitter Mapping And Mobile Station Positioning - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to concurrently estimating locations for one or more mobile stations and one or more wireless transmitters. | 03-10-2011 |
20110059753 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CAPTURING INFORMATION OF OTHER MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINALS - A mobile communication system and a method for capturing information of other mobile communication terminals located within a distance from the user's mobile communication terminal may include a first mobile communication terminal for transmitting capture signal, location information and identification information; the second mobile communication terminals for transmitting location information and identification information of the second mobile communication terminals; and a base station for transmitting the GPS driving signal to the second mobile communication terminals and capturing information of the second mobile communication terminals. | 03-10-2011 |
20110065449 | ADAPTIVE USE OF POLARIZATION AS A MEANS OF INCREASED WIRELESS CHANNEL CAPACITY - A mobile transceiver uses position and/or orientation knowledge to increase the capacity of a wireless link by transmitting over multiple electromagnetic polarizations. Sensors may include accelerometers, compasses, position sensors such as GPS receivers, and other means of determining the relative orientation of a mobile tranceiver to its base station. This information is used to properly shape transmitted signals and correlate received signals to increase the link capacity of the wireless link, either through channel multiplexing or increased link quality. This is particularly useful for mobile phones used on cellular networks utilizing high data volume on the allocated spectrum. | 03-17-2011 |
20110065450 | Method and Apparatus for Location Fingerprinting - Methods and apparatus taught herein facilitate accurate estimation of a mobile terminal's location via location fingerprinting. Specifically, the methods and apparatus obtain a radio fingerprint of the mobile terminal's location based on signal measurements (e.g., signal strength, signal quality, or path loss) performed at a radio frequency distinct from that used to obtain the reference radio fingerprints. The methods and apparatus transform the radio fingerprint, or the reference radio fingerprints, or both, based on that distinction, such as by offsetting signal measurements of the radio fingerprint by an amount determined based on theoretical or experimental models of the dependency of the signal measurements on the radio frequency at which they are performed. The radio fingerprint of the mobile terminal's location may then be compared to the reference radio fingerprints, to accurately estimate the mobile terminal's location despite the radio fingerprint and the reference radio fingerprints having been obtained using different frequencies. | 03-17-2011 |
20110065451 | CONTEXT-TRIGGERED SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR INFORMATION AND SERVICES - A computer implemented method for providing location-based services using a mobile device is provided. A location of a mobile device is automatically determined. A user context is generated based at least on a user preference and the automatically determined location of the mobile device, wherein the user preference represents at least a content interest of a user. A request is made to a computer remote from the location of the mobile device for an available service relevant to the user context and compatible with a capability of the mobile device. The available service is executed using the mobile device. | 03-17-2011 |
20110065452 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETECTING AND CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION DEVICES - A method of detecting, controlling and managing transmission of a transmitting device within a facility is disclosed. The method involves transmitting information to the transmission device, detecting a response transmission from the transmission device by a least one transmission detection facility, extracting identification information associated with the transmission device in response to the transmitted information; and determining a location of the transmission device based on the response transmission received by the at least one received transmission detection facility, wherein the response transmissions are sorted by the identification information, determining an allowability of the located transmission device with the set area and interacting and manipulating transmission of the detected transmitting device. | 03-17-2011 |
20110065453 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING GEOGRAPHICAL POSITION RELATED INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Method and arrangement in a first node for providing geographical position related information. The first node and a second node are comprised within a wireless communication system. The first node and the second node are adapted to exchange wireless signals. The method comprises receiving a signal from the second node. Apart of the received signal that has propagated through a first channel path from the second node is detected by using a circular correlator. A timing estimate associated with the propagation time of the part of the signal which is received over the first channel path from the second node is calculated. Thus the calculated timing estimate is provided, which timing estimate is to be used when determining the geographical position. | 03-17-2011 |
20110070892 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR A HIGH THROUGHPUT GSM LOCATION SOLUTION - A system and method for estimating a location of wireless devices transmitting signals on channels in a communications system having a plurality of nodes and a plurality of Location Measurement Units (“LMU”). A first plurality of signals from a first channel may be received by one or more of the plural LMUs and a second plurality of signals from a second channel may be received by one or more of the plural LMUs. The received first and second plural signals may be converted into first and second digital signals and then divided into first and second sets of frequency bins, the first and second sets of bins corresponding to the respective channel. Each of the divided signals may be correlated with one or more reference signals, and the correlated signals stored in a database for estimating a location of one or more wireless devices. | 03-24-2011 |
20110070893 | METHOD AND A SYSTEM FOR COMMUNICATING INFORMATION TO A LAND SURVEYING ROVER LOCATED IN AN AREA WITHOUT CELLULAR COVERAGE - Embodiments of the present invention pertain to methods and systems for communicating information to a roving positioning device. In one embodiment, a wireless communication device, a non-cellular wireless communication device, and a computer networking device for forwarding data packets are coupled with a bus. A request originating from a roving positioning device for a location-specific position data is received via the non-cellular wireless communication device. A controller coupled with the bus causes the request to be forwarded via the wireless communication device. | 03-24-2011 |
20110070894 | Global Positioning System (GPS) Instant Friend-Making and Cash Flow Services System - A global positioning system (GPS) instant friend-making and cash flow services system includes a mobile device connected to a mobile network through a mobile base station, and then connected to a main server, a telecommunication server and a short message server, and provided for at least one user to carry out related operations of a GPS instant friend-making and cash flow services program, a certification program and a short message program, such that a global positioning satellite is used for a GPS instant friend-making service. In addition, at least one mobile device is connected to a financial server through the mobile base station for outputting at least one user's personal datum and at least one financial datum to perform a cash flow certification before initializing a cash flow service. | 03-24-2011 |
20110070895 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING DATA ADDED LOCATION INFORMATION - A mobile terminal has a current-location information acquisition unit configured to acquire current-location information indicating a current location of the mobile terminal, a direction information acquisition unit configured to acquire direction information indicating a direction of orientation of the mobile terminal, a storage unit configured to store data added location information, a search unit configured to search for at least one of the data having the location information that is located in the direction from the current location of the mobile terminal and that falls within a predetermined range around the direction based on the current-location information and the direction information, and a display control unit configured to cause the retrieved data to be displayed. | 03-24-2011 |
20110070896 | GPS POSITION TRACKING METHOD WITH VARIABLE UPDATING RATE FOR POWER CONSERVATION - A system and method in which the position update rate is adaptively modified, based on previous position measurements. By adjusting the update rate based on velocity predictions from two or more position fixes, a lower update rate may be used without exceeding the maximum error. Lowering the update rate reduces power consumption in the UE, providing longer battery operation. The updating method may comprise periodically repeating the velocity prediction and periodically adjusting the update rate responsive thereto. The update rate may be adjusted using additional information such as an acceleration prediction, a minimum update rate, or a preferred error. In some embodiments a model for user movement may be used to provide more accurate predictions, for example, stationary, walking, jogging, city driving, and freeway driving. The updating method may comprise receiving user input regarding the maximum position error. | 03-24-2011 |
20110070897 | System and Method for Deriving Cell Global Identity Information - A system and method for deriving cell global identity information are provided. A method for deriving cell global information includes receiving, at a first cell, a measurement report, determining a second identifier for the second cell based on a first identifier and information about the first cell, and adding the second cell to a cell list. The measurement report includes the first identifier of a second cell, and the second identifier is used to reference the second cell. | 03-24-2011 |
20110077021 | PROVIDING A LAST-SEEN MOBILE UNIT LOCATION TO A LOCATION BASED SERVICE - The present invention provides a method involving a mobile unit, a location server, a location-based application client, and a location-based application server configured to provide location-based applications. The method includes receiving, at the location server and from the location-based application server, a request from location-based application client for a current location of the mobile unit and attempting, at the location server, to determine the current location of the mobile unit. The method also includes providing, from the location server to the location-based application server, information indicating a previous location of the mobile unit when the attempt to determine the current location of the mobile unit is unsuccessful. | 03-31-2011 |
20110077022 | Carrier based in-network location triggered managed processing of wireless communications - An in-network wireless device call/message management system and method. The system comprises a wireless network, a controlled region served by the wireless network, a location service platform to ascertain location of wireless devices in the controlled region, a database memory to store call/message permission status of certain of the wireless devices in the controlled region, and a call/message manager to monitor incoming/outgoing calls and/or messages of certain of said wireless devices where the manager effects implementation of call privileges according to the permission status and location of managed wireless device within the controlled region. | 03-31-2011 |
20110077023 | Apparatus and method for providing position information in a mobile communication system - A method and an apparatus for providing position information in a mobile communication system includes setting, at a mobile communication terminal which requests to provide the position information, a position condition to provide the position information. The mobile communication terminal generates a message including the position condition, and sends the generated message to a correspondent terminal of which the position information is to be acquired. The mobile communications terminal also receives a position information request message including the position condition from a correspondent terminal, determines whether the position condition is violated or not by periodically acquiring its position information, and sends a message informing of the position information violation to the correspondent terminal when the position condition is violated. | 03-31-2011 |
20110077024 | Medical System And Tracking Device - A tracking device and system for tracking medical supplies, in particular, medical trays and their components is disclosed. The tracking device utilizes GPRS/GSM technology to enable an individual to locate and monitor the movement of a medical tray at any given time and for any desired period of time. The tracking system utilizes geo-fences established within buildings to assist in determining the specific location of the medical trays within these buildings. The tracking devices can also be activated by motion sensors to alert the tracking system of a possible theft of the tray. The tracking system incorporates software which enables an individual to determine the location of medical trays, determine the contents of the trays and schedule the use of the medical trays by specific doctors and at specific locations. The tracking system also retains information regarding the doctors, the medical device manufacture representatives, the hospitals and sales of the medical devices. | 03-31-2011 |
20110081917 | AUTONOMOUS MUTING INDICATION TO ENABLE IMPROVED TIME DIFFERENCE OF ARRIVAL MEASUREMENTS - A method, a user communication device, and a base station are disclosed. A transceiver | 04-07-2011 |
20110081918 | VENUE APPLICATION FOR MOBILE STATION POSITION ESTIMATION - Disclosed are a system and method for using an entity hosted on a mobile station to selectively provide portions of infrastructure information to one or more other applications hosted on the mobile station. | 04-07-2011 |
20110081919 | Mobile Device Locating In Conjunction With Localized Enviornments - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to systems, methods, apparatuses, articles, etc. for mobile device locating in conjunction with localized environments. For certain example implementations, a method may comprise obtaining at a mobile device one or more signals comprising information indicative of a location thereof. The information may be transmitted to one or more servers. A location context identifier (LCI) may be received responsive to the transmitting, with the LCI corresponding to a localized environment at which the mobile device is located. The LCI may be transmitted to the one or more servers. Location-based data may be received responsive to the transmitting of the LCI, with the location-based data being associated with the LCI and pertaining to the localized environment. The location of the mobile device may be determined with respect to the localized environment based, at least in part, on the location-based data. Other example implementations are described herein. | 04-07-2011 |
20110086646 | Method And Apparatus For Transmitting Indoor Context Information - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to a system and method for determining indoor context information relating to a location of a mobile device. Indoor context information may be utilized by a mobile device or a network element to obtain an estimate of a location of the mobile device within an indoor environment. | 04-14-2011 |
20110092221 | Devices and Methods for Selectively Filtering Message Content - Methods for selectively filtering message content received at a mobile device based upon a current location of the mobile device and/or a user's presence status and devices configured to selectively filter message content based upon a location of the mobile device and/or a user's presence status. | 04-21-2011 |
20110092222 | VECTORING SERVICE INITIATION SYSTEM AND METHOD BASED ON SENSOR ASSISTED POSITIONING - A system and a method for vectoring service initiation, such service initiation can be data transfer, game initiation, media download, media streaming initiation, house application and the like, based on sensor assisted positioning are provided, which employ location sensors built in hand-held devices with positioning technology to provide an instinctive 2-D or 3-D user-machine interface, by that the user is able to transfer a file from a source device to a target device. | 04-21-2011 |
20110092223 | Reciever, frequency deviation measuring unit and positioning and ranging system - In a system for measuring a time difference of arrival of signals for positioning, an accurate time difference is measured by a receiver which is reduced in power consumption, size, and cost. The system comprises a node (under measurement) for transmitting a positioning signal, a reference station for transmitting a reference signal, and a plurality of access points for receiving the positioning signal and reference signal, and a server connected to the plurality of access points through a network. Each of the plurality of access points measures a time difference between the reception of the positioning signal and the reception of the reference signal, and a frequency deviation from the reference station, using a clock signal and a signal for shifting the clock signal, and the server calculates the position of the node based on the measured time difference and frequency deviation. | 04-21-2011 |
20110092224 | METHOD AND TERMINAL DEVICES - A method and terminal device are provided which effect the steps of receiving a message indicating that a user of another terminal device has pressed a talk button, the message including a geographical location of the other terminal device, or any information derived therefrom; and indicating the geographical location of the other terminal device to a user of the terminal device. A further method and terminal device are provided which effect the steps of: in response to a user of a terminal device pressing a talk button, writing information describing the geographical location of the terminal device, or any information derived therefrom, into a message; and sending the message to another terminal device or to a communications network. | 04-21-2011 |
20110092225 | METHOD AND NETWORK ELEMENT FOR TRACKING BASED ON USER EQUIPMENT CAPABILITIES - A method and a Network Element (NE) for tracking based on User Equipment (UE) capabilities are disclosed. The method includes: the NE receives a capability support message from the UE, where the capability support message carries information on the UE capabilities; and the NE judges whether the UE capabilities meet a tracking condition according to the information carried in the capability support message, and initiates tracking of the UE if the UE capabilities meet the tracking condition. The NE for tracking based on UE capabilities includes: a first receiving module, configured to receive a capability support message sent by the UE, where the capability support message carries information on the UE capabilities; and a tracking module, configured to track the UE if the capabilities carried in the capability support message received by the first receiving module meet a tracking condition. Through the method and NE under the present invention, even if the UE capabilities are unknown, the UE with specific capabilities can be tracked according to the information reported by the UE. | 04-21-2011 |
20110098056 | INTUITIVE COMPUTING METHODS AND SYSTEMS - A smart phone senses audio, imagery, and/or other stimulus from a user's environment, and acts autonomously to fulfill inferred or anticipated user desires. In one aspect, the detailed technology concerns phone-based cognition of a scene viewed by the phone's camera. The image processing tasks applied to the scene can be selected from among various alternatives by reference to resource costs, resource constraints, other stimulus information (e.g., audio), task substitutability, etc. The phone can apply more or less resources to an image processing task depending on how successfully the task is proceeding, or based on the user's apparent interest in the task. In some arrangements, data may be referred to the cloud for analysis, or for gleaning. Cognition, and identification of appropriate device response(s), can be aided by collateral information, such as context. A great number of other features and arrangements are also detailed. | 04-28-2011 |
20110098057 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING POSITIONING FOR TERMINALS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Techniques for supporting positioning for terminals in a wireless network are described. In an aspect, positioning may be supported by a location server that can reside in different entities. In one design, the location server may obtain positioning information (e.g., measurements) for a target device via a common positioning protocol. The location server may use the common positioning protocol regardless of where it resides and may communicate with other entities via this protocol. The location server may determine location information (e.g., a location estimate) for the target device based on the positioning information. In another aspect, positioning may be supported by transporting multiple positioning messages together. In yet another aspect, positioning may be supported by transporting a positioning message containing multiple parts defined by different organizations. In yet another aspect, positioning may be supported with shared measurement data units and/or shared assistance data units that may be applicable for different positioning methods. | 04-28-2011 |
20110098058 | Security Tracking Device - A tracking device has an on-board power source, a central processing unit, a cellular telephony transmitter and receiver, a speaker and a microphone, a bus system interconnecting electronic elements, and software or firmware executing at least periodically from a machine-readable physical medium providing a range of functions for the device. The device maintains a sleep mode until activated by an internal timing function, once activated turns on the receiver and listens for radio signals, finding particular signals, consults memory associations with one or more of those signals, and determines to activate transmission only under certain preprogrammed conditions depended on signals found and identified. | 04-28-2011 |
20110105142 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - A wireless communication device is provided which includes a transmission section for discretely increasing transmission power and transmitting wireless signals, and an estimation section for estimating that, when a response signal to a previous wireless signal is not received from a first wireless communication device but a response signal to a current wireless signal is received therefrom, the first wireless communication device exists in a hollow circular first area, which is a difference between a reachable area of the previous wireless signal and a reachable area of the current wireless signal, having the self device at a centre. | 05-05-2011 |
20110105143 | PROXIMAL RELEVANCY RANKING IN A LAYERED LINKED NODE DATABASE - A system and method for determining node relevancy by proximal weighting and pruning in a layered linked node database, such as that used to represent connections between a set of objects. The weights of connections between nodes in the layered linked node database is used as a distance metric, with propagation semantics determining how the summed relevancy is determined. This is particularly useful for determining, for a given node in a given layer, which nodes in another layer, or on the same layer, are most relevant. In the context of mobile device users, this is particularly useful for dynamically determining which people, places, events etc. are of greatest relevance in a scalable manner. | 05-05-2011 |
20110105144 | Method, apparatus and system for defining positioning configuration in a wireless network - GPS and A-GPS based positioning methods can be used to determine UE locations to enable location based services to be provided. However, if a UE does not have such receivers or the wireless network is not able to provide assistance, these methods will not be applicable. An alternative is to use OTDOA measurements using positioning reference signals transmitted by cells of the network. By optimizing the set of cells transmitting their positioning reference signals on different positioning occasions and properly configuring the muting patterns, interference can be minimized and the UE location can be readily determined. | 05-05-2011 |
20110105145 | BACK-CHANNELED PACKETED DATA - Consistent with one aspect, location-based mobile-terminal data is processed within or involving the wireless portion of such communication networks, and methods and apparatuses process the location-based mobile-terminal data based on information provided from outside the relationship of the network operator and the user. The location-based mobile-terminal data is extracted and processed by a node in the wireless portion of the communication network based on a specified set of rules. Other sources of location-based information originate from within the communication network itself including, but not limited to, location information regarding the nodes themselves. | 05-05-2011 |
20110105146 | BACK-CHANNELED PACKETED DATA - Certain embodiments configure wireless-technology equipment, including a processor node, to store and access back channel data for the purpose of controlling aspects of mobile terminals. Within a wireless communication network, a memory circuit stores: on behalf of an operator for the communication network, user profiles that include wireless network subscriber data useful for providing network access to user terminals associated with the subscriber data; and on behalf of a third party, communication rules relevant to a geographic region of service provided by the communication network (optionally, the third party communication rules are implemented pursuant to three-way agreements between the subscriber, the operator of the wireless network and the third party). The processor node is configured within the wireless-technology equipment for assimilating current location data regarding the user terminals with the user profiles, and using the assimilated current location data to facilitate communication for the mobile terminals, via the communication rules relevant to the geographic region, over the communication network. The communication rules can be used to dictate how certain of the mobile terminals can operate, e.g., in terms of operable features, applications and access to the network. | 05-05-2011 |
20110105147 | Apparatus and method for reporting loss of portable terminal in wireless communication system - The present invention is provided to report a loss of a terminal in a wireless communication system. A method of detecting the loss of the terminal includes comparing information elements that change depending on geographical movement of a primary terminal and a secondary terminal when a time for detecting the loss arrives. The loss of the secondary terminal is detected based on the comparison result of the information elements that change depending on the geographical movement of the terminals. The loss of the secondary terminal is reported to the primary terminal. | 05-05-2011 |
20110105148 | ULTRA-WIDEBAND RADIO RECEPTION - A radio receiver arranged to sample an input signal comprising a carrier signal modulated by a predetermined spreading sequence of pseudo-noise code symbols or chips that is stored in the receiver, the carrier signal frequency hopping between predetermined values in a predetermined sequence which is repeated cyclically and is stored in the receiver; the receiver being arranged to accumulate, over all the hops of the frequency hopping cycle, digital samples of the input signal correlated with the spreading sequence, and to perform a Fourier transformation of the accumulated digital samples to generate output data representative of data conveyed by the input signal and/or the time of receipt of the input signal; the receiver comprising a processor arranged to synchronise itself with the frequency hopping cycle and with the spreading sequence at each predetermined value of frequency, by repeating the correlation at different phases of the hopping sequence and of the spreading sequence such as to maximise the output data; wherein the correlation and accumulation are performed at a higher sampling rate over a high-resolution portion of one spreading sequence cycle than over the remainder of that spreading sequence cycle. | 05-05-2011 |
20110105149 | SELECTING A POSITION FIX TO DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Different types of position fixes may be used to determine the location of a mobile station in a wireless communication system. The position fixes include terrestrial, or network, based techniques, and non-network based techniques, such as satellite, based techniques. An apparatus and method are presented by which different position fixes may be selected, based on the performance of a particular position fix in a particular mobile remote unit. | 05-05-2011 |
20110111768 | MOBILE PHONE AND LOCATION UPDATE METHOD THEREOF - A mobile phone and a location update method adapted for the mobile phone are provided. The mobile phone includes a location update processing unit, a location area judging unit, a scope acquiring unit, a scope judging unit, and a selecting unit. When the mobile phone frequently moves back and forth within a predetermined scope of a boundary area of two adjacent location areas, the mobile phone does not perform a location update, and thus the mobile phone does not need send updated location information to a network server and saves a lot of power. | 05-12-2011 |
20110111769 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal and controlling method thereof are disclosed, which facilitates a terminal to be used in further consideration of user's convenience. According to at least one of embodiments of the present invention, it is able to provide a terminal user with information indicating whether a pre-registered counterpart exists in a preview image displayed in the course of image photographing. The present invention includes displaying a camera preview image and if information on a current location of the mobile terminal is obtained, displaying a counterpart indicator in the camera preview image based on the current location of the mobile terminal. In this case, the counterpart indicator indicates that at least one pre-registered counterpart exists within the camera preview image. | 05-12-2011 |
20110111770 | Method and system for providing location-based user information via a map - A method and system for providing location-based user information using a map is disclosed. The method includes displaying a plurality of local areas on a map. If one of the plurality of local areas is selected, user information corresponding to the selected local area is loaded, where the user information contains a name of a user, a phone number of the user, a subscribed local area where a wireless communication network service to which the user subscribes is provided, and a current local area where the user is currently receiving a wireless communication network service. The selected local area is displayed by distinguishing the selected local area from non-selected other local areas, a local time of the selected local area, and the user name from among the loaded user information. When displaying the user name, the phone number, the subscribed local area and the current local area are selectively displayed in addition to the user name. | 05-12-2011 |
20110111771 | Method and System for Location Update in Mobile Network - A system and method for performing a location update is disclosed. A preferred embodiment comprises transmitting a first location update transmission and receiving back a location update transmission response that is not simply an indication of success or failure. In an embodiment a redirection message is included in order to redirect the mobile station to another base station instead of simply telling the mobile station that the location update transmission has failed. | 05-12-2011 |
20110117922 | Positioning in a Mobile Communications System - A method in a mobile communication system for determining a distance between a first mobile terminal ( | 05-19-2011 |
20110117923 | SYSTEM FOR MONITORING POSITIONS OF MOVING OBJECT - [PROBLEMS TO BE SOLVED] A problem to be solved is to provide a moving object monitoring system that can confirm a position of a moving object including a person in a complicated pit in order to early discover a trouble or a problem occurring in the pit. [MEANS FOR SOLVING PROBLEMS] In the moving object position monitoring system is comprised of a moving object central monitoring means, mobile stations and pit base means. The moving object central monitoring means is characterized in that the moving object central monitoring means is made to store a set position of each pit base means in advance and to display a position of each mobile station in the pit in accordance with position information transmitted from each pit base means. | 05-19-2011 |
20110117924 | POSITION DETERMINATION USING A WIRELESS SIGNAL - A mobile station determines its position using measured parameters of a wireless signal to improve a satellite positioning system (SPS) enhanced dead reckoning based position estimate. The mobile station uses SPS enhanced dead reckoning to estimate a current position. The mobile station receives wireless signals and measures, e.g., received signal strength and/or round trip time, which is compared to a database to derive a wireless signal based position estimate. The SPS enhanced dead reckoning position estimate and the wireless signal based position estimate may then be fused using corresponding confidence levels. The database may be generated and stored in the mobile station. In another embodiment, the database is generated and stored on an online server that may be accessed by mobile stations. | 05-19-2011 |
20110117925 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSISTED POSITIONING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methodologies are described herein that facilitate reduced complexity network-assisted device positioning in a wireless communication system. As described herein, a mobile device and/or other suitable device can utilize positioning assistance messages received from a location server, a serving network cell, and/or other entities, to assist in position fixing based on reference signals (e.g., positioning reference signals (PRSs)) detected from nearby network cells. Positioning assistance messages as described herein can include, for example, information relating to PRS bandwidths, transmit antenna configurations, and/or other parameters of respective cells from which reference signals are detected by a device during positioning. As further described herein, messaging load can be reduced by providing bandwidth and/or antenna configuration information relative to a given reference cell, such that parameters of non-reference cells that are equivalent to corresponding parameters of the reference cell can be omitted from transmitted positioning assistance data. | 05-19-2011 |
20110117926 | Network-based positioning mechanism and reference signal design in OFDMA systems - A network-based positioning mechanism is proposed. A serving BS first allocates radio resource to a target UE for network-based positioning in a wireless communication system. The target UE then transmits a positioning reference signal (PRS) to the serving BS and a plurality of cooperative BSs at the same time instant. All the cooperative BSs then conduct PRS detection and TOA measurements. Finally, the serving BS conducts positioning estimation based on the TOA measurement results. In one novel aspect, only one PRS transmission is required in one positioning opportunity for one positioning result. Candidates of PRS are selected with respect to different scenarios and allocated in a PRS resource region. Multiple positioning opportunities and multiple reference signals may be multiplexed over time, frequency or code domain in the PRS resource region. In one embodiment, the PRS is configured in such a way that both radio resource consumption and interference is minimized. | 05-19-2011 |
20110117927 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERLOCKING COMMUNICATION AND TRACKING APPLICATIONS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication device transmits location information associated with a mobile worker, and provides an option to the mobile worker to disable such location transmissions. The use of the location transmission function is enhanced by interlocking the location tracking function with one or more other functions of the wireless communication device. When the tracking function is disabled, one or more other functions that the mobile worker finds valuable are also disabled, thus reducing the likelihood that the mobile worker will disable location tracking. Rules may be implemented to disable the other functions only in the event that disabling the tracking function violates a violated. Location monitoring for such workers is thereby enhanced. | 05-19-2011 |
20110117928 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATION BASED CONTENT CORRELATION - A method and a system to correlate location and content. For example, data is received from a client device that includes current geographical position data identifying a geographical position of the client device. A vendor having a geographical location within a specified distance of the geographical position of the client device is identified. An offer from the vendor within the distance of the client device is returned to the client device. | 05-19-2011 |
20110117929 | LOCATION REGISTRATION PROCESSING METHOD AND MOBILE STATION - A location registration processing method according to the present invention includes steps of: starting, at a mobile station (UE), the location registration processing on the basis of predetermined system information, when acquiring the predetermined system information among a plurality of pieces of system information broadcasted by a radio base station (eNB), the predetermined system information including information necessary for performing the location registration processing; and acquiring the rest of the plurality of pieces of system information. | 05-19-2011 |
20110117930 | Improved Signal Level Measurement for Mobile Positioning - Methods and systems are provided to improve the input used in, e.g., an Enhanced Cell Global ID algorithm. Reducing the variation of the input can result in a more accurate position result for a mobile positioning system when determining the position of a mobile system. | 05-19-2011 |
20110117931 | METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR ASSOCIATION UPDATE - A method and terminal for association update are provided. When the terminal performs location area update to a MSC/VLR via a GERAN/UTRAN, if it has performed combined update or CSFB attachment in an EPS network via E-UTRAN, then it sets a combined update indication which indicates the EPS network requires combined update when the terminal returns to the E-UTRAN from the GERAN/UTRAN; when the terminal moves to a registered tracking area of the E-UTRAN, it determines whether the combined update indication has been set or not, if yes, it initiates combined TAU and LAU to an MME. After receiving a location update request from the MME, the MSC/VLR updates stored association information and re-establishes SGs association with the MME. Accordingly, a terminal has a control module for association update, which comprises a combined update indication setting determination unit, a combined update setting unit and a combined update initiation determination unit. The present invention enables to update the SGs association in the MSC/VLR in time, thereby the MSC/VLR can always find UE through paging. | 05-19-2011 |
20110117932 | METHOD FOR CHECKING THE LOCATION OF A FEMTOCELL - A method for checking the location of a femtocell includes receiving, by the femtocell and by a reference receiver having a known location, radio signals from at least three transmitters disposed at known locations. Each of the transmitters is at least one of a broadcast transmitter and a pilot radio signal transmitter configured to broadcast a pilot radio signal for checking the location of the femtocell in a frequency range outside frequency ranges used for mobile communication. Differences in delay of the radio signals from two of the at least three transmitters are determined based on reception times of the radio signals received by the femtocell and the reference receiver. The location of the femtocell is checked based on the determined differences in delay. | 05-19-2011 |
20110124347 | Method And Apparatus for UE Positioning in LTE Networks - Methods and apparatuses are provided for user equipment positioning in networks. An example method includes computing a location of a user equipment (UE). The computing includes joint scheduling of UL subframes and receiving a Up Link Positioning Reference Signal (UL-PRS). The computing is performed by a network equipment that serves at least one cell site. The UL-PRS is received in a known subframe. The computing may also include estimating an arrival time the UL-PRS from the UE for a plurality of cell sites. In another embodiment, the computing includes determining a one-way delay between | 05-26-2011 |
20110130151 | APPARATUS FOR ASSISTING IN PROVIDING A FIRST FIXING GLOBAL POSITIONING SATELLITE SYSTEM, ASSOCIATED APPARATUS AND METHODS - There is provided a method for assisting in providing a first fix in a global positioning satellite system, the method comprising: storing of connection point association data for a network connection point, observed by a portable electronic device, for subsequent use in assisting in providing a first fix, the connection point association data providing for approximation of the position of a device at the observed network connection point by associating together connection point identifiers of the observed network connection point and one or more other network connection points to allow for positional data used for determining the position at one or more other network connection points to be used for the approximation of the position of the device at the observed network connection point. | 06-02-2011 |
20110130152 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS LOCATION MEASUREMENT - A method for wireless location measurement of a receiver is provided. The method includes: estimating radio channels of a plurality of frequency domains respectively corresponding to a plurality of transmitters by using received signals from the plurality of transmitters; extracting a plurality of propagation delay tab profiles based on the radio channels of the plurality of frequency domains; calculating the distance between each of the transmitters corresponding to the respective propagation delay tab profiles and the receiver by using the propagation delay tab profiles; and estimating the location of the receiver by using the distance between each transmitter and the receiver. | 06-02-2011 |
20110130153 | Computerized Traveler Tracking - In one aspect, a method may be provided. The method may comprise creating a trip file in a database, the trip file corresponding to the trip and including traveler data corresponding to the plurality of travelers. The method may further comprise accessing the trip file from a mobile handheld device, the mobile handheld device to physically travel with the plurality of travelers on the trip. The method may further comprise checking-in the plurality of travelers by marking a traveler-present-indicator as present for each of the plurality of travelers that is physically present. The method may further comprise determining if any of the plurality of travelers is missing by comparing the traveler data and the checked-in plurality of travelers. The method may further comprise checking-out the plurality of travelers by unmarking the traveler-present-indicator for each of the plurality of travelers that is no longer physically present. | 06-02-2011 |
20110130154 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - Time information and positional information indicating the position at which a communication terminal is present are acquired from a GPS satellite, and, based on the acquired positional information and correspondence information which provides the association correspondence between the positional information indicating a position identified by latitude and longitude and the timing of a synchronizing signal for establishing synchronization at the position, the timing of the synchronizing signal for establishing synchronization between the communication terminal and the radio base station is identified. | 06-02-2011 |
20110136500 | METHOD FOR LOCATING MOBILE TERMINALS - A method for locating mobile terminals is provided. First, information of a home Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) of a target mobile terminal, the location of which is to be determined, is checked in response to a location service request from a client. Then, information of a visited PLMN, where the target mobile terminal is currently located, is checked based on the checked information of the home PLMN. The home PLMN calculates location assistance information of the visited PLMN using specific location information of the visited PLMN. The location assistance information is transferred to the target mobile terminal. This allows location information of a mobile terminal to be obtained irrespective of the area or communication network where the mobile terminal is located. It is thus possible to locate a mobile terminal in an area where no location assistance information is provided. | 06-09-2011 |
20110136501 | LOCATION SERVICE FOR WIRELESS DEVICES - A location service for wireless devices is described. In embodiments, a connection identifier is received that indicates a wireless device is linked to a communication node for wireless communication. Additional wireless devices are also linked to the communication node for wireless communication, and the additional wireless devices can each identify its geographic location. Location data is received from the additional wireless devices, where the location data indicates the respective geographic locations of the additional wireless devices. A location of the communication node can be determined from the location data that is received from the additional wireless devices, and a current location can then be assigned to the wireless device based on the determined location of the communication node. | 06-09-2011 |
20110136502 | NETWORK PROVIDING GEO-TAGGED DATA - A method includes receiving geo-tagged data by a user device, wherein the geo-tagged data includes information tagged with geographic data; determining a geographic location of the user device; comparing the geographic data with the geographic location; determining whether the information is to be provided to a user associated with the user device based on the comparing; and providing the information to the user when the geographic location is within a geographic region indicated by the geographic data. | 06-09-2011 |
20110136503 | HIERARCHICAL INFORMATION DISSEMINATION FOR LOCATION BASED SYSTEMS - Techniques are provided which may be implemented in various methods and/or apparatuses that support information dissemination for and/or within location based systems to control information dissemination. | 06-09-2011 |
20110136504 | LOCATION INFORMATION MANAGEMENT METHOD AND NETWORK DEVICE - Provided is a location information management method including: step in which a mobile station acquires information on a second radio base station transmitted via a common control channel from the second radio base station while communication is performed with a first radio base station; step for transmitting the information to a radio control device; step in which the radio control device transmits a measurement instruction to the mobile station and the first radio base station if the information on the second radio base station is received; and step for deciding and managing the location information on the mobile station in accordance with the measurement result. | 06-09-2011 |
20110136505 | Automatically Populating a Database of Wireless Access Point Locations - Systems, methods, apparatus and software have been discovered for use by individual users to monitor the geographic location of other people or assets with some relationship to the user. Once some manner of location information is determined, users have the ability to describe that location in various ways and control how that information is shared with other users. | 06-09-2011 |
20110136506 | Determining and Providing Locations of Communication Devices in Proximity to Wireless Access Points - Systems, methods, apparatus and software have been discovered for use by individual users to monitor the geographic location of other people or assets with some relationship to the user. Once some manner of location information is determined, users have the ability to describe that location in various ways and control how that information is shared with other users. | 06-09-2011 |
20110143767 | POSITION A USER IN WIRELESS NETWORK - The present invention provides a locating apparatus ( | 06-16-2011 |
20110143768 | METHODS AND APPARATUS RELATED TO REGION-SPECIFIC MOBILE DEVICE AND INFRASTRUCTURE DETECTION, ANALYSIS AND DISPLAY - A processor-readable medium stores code representing instructions to cause a processor to receive a signal including an identifier associated with a wireless base station. The code further represents instructions to cause the processor to determine a geolocation associated with the wireless base station and to receive a signal including an identifier associated with a device operatively coupled to the wireless base station. The code further represents instructions to cause the processor to send a signal including the identifier associated with the wireless base station, the identifier associated with the device and the geolocation. | 06-16-2011 |
20110143769 | DUAL DISPLAY MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A dual display mobile device comprises a first device with a first display and a second device with a second display. The mobile device can operate as a mobile cell phone. In a closed configuration of the mobile device, the first display is exposed and the second display is hidden. In an open configuration, both displays are exposed. In a detached configuration, the second device is separated from the first device and the second device can operate as a mobile phone handset. The separated first and second device can communicate wirelessly. The detachable second device allows a user to utilize the full capabilities of the mobile phone without having to remove the second device away from the user's ear, thus preserving the privacy of a phone call. The first and second displays can interact with each other or operate independently in the open, closed or detached configurations. | 06-16-2011 |
20110143770 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING A POSITION OF A NODE IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method and apparatus are provided for timed estimation-based positioning of a user equipment in LTE systems. The method includes estimating, by a mobile node, a plurality of reference signal time differences (RSTD) between the mobile node and a network node. The plurality of RSTD estimates define a first correlator. The method further includes determining a second correlator of RSTD estimates, and defining the second correlator with the first correlator based on a mean of the plurality of RSTD estimates. Further, the method includes determining a distribution of the plurality of RSTD estimates, and grouping clusters of RSTD estimates in the distribution. Additionally, the method includes selecting a cluster from the clusters of RSTD estimates. The cluster includes RSTD estimates closest to a center of the second correlator. The cluster is transmitted, by the mobile node, to the network node for positioning the mobile node in a communications network. | 06-16-2011 |
20110143771 | TRANSPORT OF LCS-RELATED MESSAGES FOR LTE ACCESS - Techniques for transporting messages for location services (LCS) are described. A Mobility Management Entity (MME) may have a location session with an Evolved Serving Mobile Location Center (E-SMLC) to provide location services for a User Equipment (UE). The UE may exchange LCS-related messages with the E-SMLC to obtain location services. In an aspect, LCS-related messages exchanged between the UE and the E-SMLC may be encapsulated in Non-Access Stratum (NAS) messages and transported via the MME and a base station. In another aspect, a routing identifier (ID) may be used to associate messages exchanged between the UE and the MME with the location session between the MME and the E-SMLC for the UE. Each NAS message exchanged between the MME and the UE may include the routing ID, which may enable the MME to associate each NAS message from the UE with the location session between the MME and the E-SMLC. | 06-16-2011 |
20110143772 | PATTERN FILTERING FOR MOBILE STATION POSITION ESTIMATION - Examples disclosed herein may relate to filtering one or more signal attribute patterns from use in position estimation for a mobile station based at least in part on an error value associated with an initial estimated position of the mobile station. | 06-16-2011 |
20110143773 | DEFINING ADAPTIVE DETECTION THRESHOLDS - A wireless device ( | 06-16-2011 |
20110151889 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INTERNET PROTOCOL INITIAL POSITIONING THROUGH CALIBRATED RANGING - A global navigation satellite system (GNSS) enabled mobile device comprising an Internet protocol (IP) interface may be operable to determine a reference position based on a registered public IP address associated with the GNSS enabled mobile device and range uncertainty for the registered public IP address. The GNSS enabled mobile device may identify the registered public IP address associated with the GNSS enabled mobile device and a packet travel time to reach the registered public IP address utilizing a network trace test. The GNSS enabled mobile device may be operable to determine the range uncertainty for the identified registered public IP address and validate the registered public IP address for a reference position based on the determined range uncertainty. The GNSS enabled mobile device may be operable to acquire a latitude/longitude associated with the validated registered public IP address for the reference position. | 06-23-2011 |
20110151890 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING MESSAGES - Systems, methods, and apparatus are provided to enable real-time communication with people, groups and devices in accordance with certain embodiments. Typically, a phone number, address, or login information (“traditional identification information”) is needed to initiate a communication with a specific person. However, there are many situations where this traditional identification information is not known, but individuals still wish to communicate with others whose traditional identification information they do not know. By selecting criteria such as geographical location information that is proximate to the device, a person can identify and communicate with others while not knowing their contact information. The criteria can also include attributes, visual information, or other characteristics of the target device. | 06-23-2011 |
20110159884 | REAL-TIME LOCATION AND PRESENCE USING A PUSH-LOCATION CLIENT AND SERVER - A system for providing real-time always-on location is presented for maintaining the current location of a mobile device, while saving the battery by managing the GPS in a power-saving mode while the device is considered to be stationary. The system also provides a real-time location in an indoor environment where a GPS signal may not be available. Additionally, methods for driving detection are also presented. | 06-30-2011 |
20110159885 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE MOBILE TERMINAL - A mobile terminal and a method of controlling the operation of the mobile terminal are provided. The method includes displaying a map, which is divided into a plurality of blocks in predetermined units of latitude and latitude, on a display module and displaying in each of the blocks identification information indicating whether a corresponding block includes geo-tagged information; and if one of the blocks is selected, displaying one or more thumbnail images corresponding to geo-tagged information included in the selected block on the display module. Therefore, it is possible to effectively select and use geo-tagged information even when using a small size screen. | 06-30-2011 |
20110159886 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POSITION DETERMINATION IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A scaling apparatus and method scales uncertainty criteria (horizontal and vertical accuracy requirements) originally received from an end user before the uncertainty criteria is sent on to a wireless terminal ( | 06-30-2011 |
20110159887 | Location sensitive messaging - Methods including computer program products for receiving a request from a first device, the request incorporating a message. One or more users from a first set of one or more users are selected where each of the selected one or more users is associated with a second device that is in a proximity to a current location of the first device. The message and the current location of the first device are sent to each of the second devices associated with the selected one or more users. | 06-30-2011 |
20110159888 | LOCATION METHOD AND SYSTEM USING COLLIDING SIGNALS - A method comprises: receiving colliding signals by a receiver from a plurality of signal sources, such that the receiver has a respective non-zero probability of detecting and identifying the colliding signals from each respective one of the signal sources at a given time. The colliding signals are configured with at least one common transmission parameter value so as to interfere with each other, so that the receiver only detects and identifies one of the received colliding signals at any given time. The receiving and identifying are performed during each of a plurality of cycles. A probabilistic model is used to calculate the location of the receiver. The model correlates a respective number of times the receiver detects and identifies one of the colliding signals and the probability of that signal being identified by the receiver, given the location of the receiver. | 06-30-2011 |
20110159889 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - There is provided a communication system and a communication method of making available both a shared telephone number shared by multiple communication terminals and an individual telephone number dedicated to a user's own terminal in a single communication terminal. A shared managing unit | 06-30-2011 |
20110165888 | SYSTEM FOR MULTIMEDIA TAGGING BY A MOBILE USER - A system, method, and wireless communication device that provide a mobile user with selective access to information based on a predefined trigger such as a user's vicinity. In an embodiment, selected information from a first wireless communication device of a communication group may be associated with a geographic location and stored. A portion of the information may be selectively transmitted to a second wireless communication device of the communication group when the second wireless communication device is determined to be proximate to the geographic location associated with the information. In one embodiment, the second wireless communication device may receive the information automatically based on trigger settings. | 07-07-2011 |
20110165889 | LOCATION-BASED OPERATIONS AND MESSAGING - Systems and methods for using location information to determine a medium to use for communications to a user of a mobile device are provided. The user's mobile device provides location information to in intermediate computing device. That location information is accessed and used to determine, from a plurality of media, which to use for communications with the user. In various embodiments of the present invention, the user's mobile device can receive location-based content and commands. | 07-07-2011 |
20110165890 | Determining a Geographical Location - In general, the subject matter described in this specification can be embodied in methods systems, and program products for determining a change in a mode of transportation. A change in a mode of transportation of the mobile computing device may be determined by determining that a speed of the mobile computing device has changed. A first geographical location is stored as a geographical location of the mobile computing device that corresponds to the change in mode of transportation. A graphical indication of the first geographical location is displayed. The graphical indication of the first geographical location is different than graphical indications for one or more other geographical locations of the mobile computing device at one or more other times. The one or more other geographical locations were not determined to correspond to a change in mode of transportation. | 07-07-2011 |
20110165891 | ENHANCED FINDING OF SUBSCRIBERS IN COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - In the present solution, a gateway node (GMLC-I, PDC) of a communications system (S) receives a find-subscribers-in-area request from an application node (LAP), and a prioritization act is performed according to predetermined prioritization criteria. The prioritization act is performed on the basis of passive location data received in the gateway node (PDC), and one or more user terminals are selected as polling priority user terminals (UE, UE | 07-07-2011 |
20110171968 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOCATING A MOBILE TERMINAL USING RECEIVED MESSAGES - A method and apparatus for locating a mobile terminal by use of messages received to the mobile terminal are provided. The mobile terminal locating method may include creating at least one location related candidate for the mobile terminal by use of a message that is received to the mobile terminal, and determining a location of the mobile terminal by matching the created location related candidate to stored place information. The current location of the mobile terminal may be recognized by simply analyzing the received messages without the need for installation of additional device on the mobile terminal. | 07-14-2011 |
20110171969 | AREA EVENT SUPPORT INDICATION - Systems and methods are provided enabling a terminal to send an area shape capability indication to a location server. Depending on the use case scenario, the location server can perform at least one of the following operations, before sending the area event request to the terminal. The location server can select a shape that is both allowed by the requesting entity and supported by the terminal. Alternatively, the location server can convert the requested shape into a supported one by some approximation function if the requested shape(s) is/are not supported by the terminal. Furthermore, the location server can choose to terminate the session if the terminal does not support any of the requested (allowed) shapes. It should be noted that different priorities can be assigned to or associated with various area shapes as well. | 07-14-2011 |
20110171970 | MOBILE STATION POSITION LOCATING SYSTEM - A mobile station position locating system, having a mobile station and a plurality of base stations is disclosed. The mobile station is configured to transmit a position location signal. The plurality of base stations is configured to receive the position location signal and includes: a reference base station for transmitting predetermined spread codes several times as time adjustment signals; and an ordinary base station for receiving the time adjustment signals. The mobile station position locating system includes a reception time correcting section for correcting a reception time of the position location signal and a position locating section for determining a position of the mobile station. The mobile station and the reference base station being responsive to one of transmission of the position location signal from the mobile station and transmission of the time adjustment signal from the reference base station for executing the other one of the transmissions. | 07-14-2011 |
20110177825 | LOCATION DETERMINATION USING CACHED LOCATION AREA CODES - Methods, program products, and systems for location determination using cached location area codes are described. A server computer can receive location information from location-aware mobile devices (e.g., GPS-enabled devices) located in a location area of a cellular communications network. The server computer can also receive from the mobile device the location area code associated with the location area in which the mobile devices are located. The server computer can estimate a coarse geographic location of the location area, as well as a number of cells encompassed by the location area using the received information. The server computer can store the estimated geographic locations associated with sufficiently large location areas (e.g., location areas having more than a certain number of cells). The server computer can provide the stored geographic locations to second mobile devices that are not GPS-enabled for estimating current locations of the second mobile devices. | 07-21-2011 |
20110177826 | LOCATION DETERMINATION USING CACHED LOCATION AREA CODES - Methods, program products, and systems for location determination using cached location area codes are described. A mobile device can store a set of location area codes (LACs) of a cellular communications network on the mobile device. Each LAC can represent a location area of the cellular communications network that encompasses at least a predetermined number of cells. Each LAC can be further associated with an estimated geographic area. The estimated geographic area can be defined as a circle centered at a location and having a radius representing an uncertainty of the location. The mobile device can determine a current LAC of the mobile device based on a wirelessly received signal. The mobile device can determine a current location of the mobile device by performing a lookup in the stored set of LACs using the current LAC. | 07-21-2011 |
20110177827 | Pilot Beacon System - A system of and method of accurate positioning of a wireless handset combines a positioning signal with the communication signal. For locations where a wireless handset cannot receive an adequate signal, the system receives a carrier signal either through a donor antenna, exterior the building, or a base station connected to the carrier. In addition to a communication signal, the system adds a location signal to assist the wireless handset in determining the wireless handset's location. The power level of the location signal, a pilot beacon signal, is adjusted so to be sufficiently strong but not at a level that will cause interference with the communication signal. The pilot beacon signal uses a different path than the communication signal to minimize delays. In addition, the system adjusts the offset, either positively or negatively, to account for timing delays caused by hardware and cables. The pilot beacon signal has multiple channels so that each repeating antenna has a distinct pilot beacon signal. Each handset always hears a pilot beacon signal, regardless of what channel the handset picks to communicate on. | 07-21-2011 |
20110177828 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTIMATING THE LOCATION OF A MOBILE TERMINAL - A method and system are provided for estimating the location of a mobile radio-communication terminal, the mobile terminal having a plurality of antennas, and being in communication range of at least one transmitter having a plurality of antennas, the method comprising; measuring the time of arrival of a signal transmitted from the M antennas of the at least one transmitter at each of the N antennas of the mobile terminal to determine M×N range measurements corresponding to the M×N transmission paths of said signal between the M antennas of the transmitter and the N antennas of the mobile terminal; and estimating the location of the mobile terminal based on the M×N range measurements. The location of the mobile terminal may be estimated by applying a least squares method. | 07-21-2011 |
20110183681 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE MOBILITY MANAGEMENT OF A MOBILE TERMINAL BASED ON CELL-CLUSTER IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus which is capable of managing movement of a mobile terminal in the unit of cell cluster in a mobile communication system. The method includes the steps of: forming cell clusters each including at least one cell including a base station communicating with the mobile terminal; determining a position of the mobile terminal; and if it is determined that the mobile terminal moves from one cell cluster to another cell cluster, changing location information of the mobile terminal. According to the present invention, it is possible to overcome a drawback of a conventional mobile communication system which is difficult to manage movement of a mobile terminal due to indistinctness or overlapping of cell or wireless communication areas, and thus achieve efficient and economical mobile terminal mobility management. | 07-28-2011 |
20110183682 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANGE OF AREA EVENT - A system and method for reporting change of area event is provided. The method comprises the steps of receiving a Location Service (LCS) request from an LCS Client to report a change of area event for a User Equipment (UE) for a predetermined location; obtaining an address of a Mobile Switching Center (MSC) associated with the predetermined location; establishing a connection with the MSC associated with the predetermined location; forwarding the LCS request to a Visited Gateway Mobile Location Center (VGMLC) associated with the MSC when the connection is established; checking whether a change of area event has occurred for the UE by monitoring location update of the UE at the MSC; forwarding a Subscriber Location Report (SLR) from the MSC to the VGMLC when the change of area event occurs for the UE; and sending a location update report from the Home Gateway Mobile Location Center (HGMLC) to the LCS Client. | 07-28-2011 |
20110183683 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PEER-ASSISTED LOCALIZATION - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to a system and method for receiving, by a first mobile station, a signal transmitted from a second mobile station and addressed to a communication device (e.g., a communication device having a known location). The signal comprises a location estimate for the second mobile station. A range from the first mobile station to the second mobile station is estimated based at least in part on a measured signal strength of the received signal. | 07-28-2011 |
20110183684 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND METHOD - A mobile communication terminal and a method are employed to select an object in an image captured by a camera, to detect information about a current position of the mobile communication terminal, information about a bearing of the object, and information about the distance between the current position of the mobile communication terminal and the object, and to calculate the position of the object based on the information. Thus, information about an object located a distance from the current position of the mobile communication terminal can be obtained using the mobile communication terminal. | 07-28-2011 |
20110183685 | MULTI-BAND RADIO FREQUENCY DETECTION AND LOCATION SYSTEM - A method is provided that comprises: providing a rules storage that provides one or more rules to determine authorized wireless device usage at a site; using a wireless communications sensor system to determine use of a wireless device at the at the site; and using the one or more rules to determine whether the determined use of wireless device use is authorized. | 07-28-2011 |
20110183686 | METHOD, WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK AND NODE FOR PRE-AD JUSTING TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS OF RADIO BASE STATION IN ADVANCE OF ARRIVAL OF GROUPS OF MOBILE STATIONS - A method of controlling operation of a wireless telecommunications network is disclosed. The method uses location information as part of a dead reckoning algorithm to determine the general direction and average speeds of either an individual mobile station or herd of mobile stations at varying levels of abstraction. This information is then used to provision the telecommunications network in advance of a herd's arrival at a particular destination. | 07-28-2011 |
20110183687 | DISABLING OPERATION OF FEATURES ON A HANDHELD MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE BASED UPON LOCATION - Methods and devices for implementing subsystem or functional aspect restrictions on a wireless handheld communication device. Data defining geographical boundaries of a restricted operating area is stored on the device. The present position of the device is ascertained and a determination is made whether the device is located within the restricted operating area. A restriction on the subsystem or functional aspect is imposed when it is determined the device is within the restricted operating area. The subsystem or functional aspect restriction can be communicated to the device via a wireless communication network. Additionally, the restrictions and boundaries can be communicated to the device as part of an IT security policy. | 07-28-2011 |
20110183688 | Enhanced Wireless Node Location Using Differential Signal Strength Metric - A wireless node location mechanism that employs a differential signal strength metric to reduce the errors caused by variations in wireless node transmit power, errors in signal strength detection, and/or direction-dependent path loss. As opposed to using the absolute signal strength or power of an RF signal transmitted by a wireless node, implementations of the location mechanism compare the differences between signal strength values detected at various pairs of radio receivers to corresponding differences characterized in a model of the RF environment. One implementation searches for the locations in the model between each pair of radio receivers where their signal strength is different by an observed amount. | 07-28-2011 |
20110183689 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING POSITION - Provided is a wireless position determining method and apparatus. The wireless position determining includes: a measuring unit that measures a propagation delay tap of a signal received from a transmitting end through a channel; and extractor that extracts delay spread information having various forms based on the propagation delay tap; and an obtaining and calculating unit that obtains a distance between transmission and reception ends based on the delay spread information and calculates a position of a receiving end based on the obtained distance between the transmission and reception ends. | 07-28-2011 |
20110190004 | Mobile Station Positioning Assistance With Local Mapping Data - Techniques are provided which may be implemented using various methods and/or apparatuses for use in providing positioning assistance data with local mapping data to mobile stations. For example, positioning assistance data may comprise and/or otherwise be based, at least in part, on local mapping data which may relate to a current location of the mobile station. Such positioning assistance data may, for example, be provided to a mobile station by a first server within a cellular network. | 08-04-2011 |
20110190005 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING LOCATION OF USER EQUIPMENT IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for determining a location of a User Equipment (UE) in a communication system. A Base Station (BS) connected to a plurality of antennas by cable receives from each of the antennas reception signal information related to an uplink signal transmitted from the UE, identifies an antenna having a partial service area in which the UE is located, using the reception signal information, and determines the partial service area of the identified antenna to be the location of the UE. | 08-04-2011 |
20110190006 | MINIMIZING THE SIGNALING TRAFFIC FOR HOME BASE STATIONS - The invention relates to a method for operating a mobile telephone network with public base stations (BTS) in which the public base stations transmit mobile telephone signals with a first identifier code (A), wherein the mobile telephone network has assigned to it a home location register in which mobile telephone subscriber numbers are stored, and the mobile telephone network has at least one private base station (HBS) to which is assigned at least one mobile telephone terminal (UE), the private base station (HBS) transmits mobile telephone signals with a second identifier code (B) which is different from the first identifier code (A), an assignment of the mobile telephone terminal (UE) to the private base station (HBS) can be stored in the home location register (HLR), and wherein in the event of an access request by the mobile telephone terminal (UE) to a switching center (MSC, SGSN) of the mobile telephone network, the home location register (HLR) is interrogated and the mobile telephone network sends to the mobile telephone terminal (UE) an identifier code (eB) equivalent to the second identifier code (B) if an assignment of the mobile telephone terminal (UE) to the private base station (HBS) has been stored in the home location register (HLR). | 08-04-2011 |
20110190007 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATIC ASSIGNING OF DEVICES - In order to solve problems of low accuracy, high computation complexity and low assigning success rate of a topological graph existing on a large scale for device assigning, the present invention proposes methods and apparatuses for automatic assigning of devices. According to an aspect of the present invention, by comparing measured distance-related information between each target device and reference devices, and assumed distance-related information between reference devices and target devices corresponding to assigning nodes, and then selecting the target device with smallest difference to correspond to the assigning nodes, the assigning accuracy of devices is largely improved; according to another aspect of the present invention, based on multiple reference devices, by determining multiple target devices at multiple assigning nodes simultaneously with a large safety margin, assigning complexity is decreased; according to yet another aspect of the present invention, by dividing a large topological graph into blocks and assigning and verifying sub-topology blocks, the assigning accuracy of sub-topology blocks is improved, and error dispersion is avoided, so that the whole assigning success rate of the topological graph is increased. | 08-04-2011 |
20110195721 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING LOCATION BASED REMINDERS - A system and method for providing location based reminder is provided. The method comprises the steps of instructing mobile switching center to remind user on reaching a predetermined location via transaction input; forwarding the transaction input to external short messaging entity via mobile switching center; processing and sending the transaction input to Location Services (LCS) Client to set up change of area event; determining if the change of area event is invoked and user equipment has entered the predetermined location; providing a report to external short messaging entity via LCS Client, if the change of area event is invoked; and directing external short messaging entity to invoke a reminder on user equipment via application server. | 08-11-2011 |
20110195722 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRACKING, MONITORING AND/OR CHARGING TRACKING DEVICES INCLUDING WIRELESS ENERGY TRANSFER FEATURES - A method and system for monitoring individuals or objects including tracking devices having wireless powering/charging features. In one embodiment, an exemplary tracking device may comprise a power receiving device that generates power from wireless energy received from a power transmitter configured to transmit the wireless energy, circuitry configured for processing tracking device location information, and communication circuitry configured to process data related to the wireless tracking device for transmission to an administrative hub that is configured to monitor locations of the individuals or objects based upon the data. Output power from the power receiving device may be used to operate the tracking device. Alternately or in addition, the tracking device may include a battery that provides power to the tracking device and is recharged by the power receiving device. | 08-11-2011 |
20110195723 | MOBILE DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING ECO-FRIENDLY USER INTERFACE - Methods and mobile devices for providing various eco-friendly User Interfaces (UIs) are provided. In one method for providing the eco-friendly UI, the mobile device measures a recharging amount or time, displays the recharging amount or time, and determines whether the recharging amount or time is more than a predefined critical amount or time. If the recharging amount or time is more than the critical amount or time, the mobile device is transitioned into an executable state of a specific application. This may give a user motivation to use a solar charge system and thereby reduce battery consumption of the mobile device. | 08-11-2011 |
20110195724 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE INFORMATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method is provided for transmitting inter-cell interference information by a serving Evolved Node B (ENB) in a communication system. The method includes, if a specific resource is allocated to a User Equipment (UE) located in a service region of the serving ENB, checking a location of the UE in the service region; setting a High Interference Sensitivity (HIS) of the UE depending on the result of the checking; determining a location of the UE in an adjacent cell of the service region; setting a High Interference Transmission (HIT) of the UE depending on the determination result; and transmitting a High Interference Indicator (HII) for the specific resource, which includes the HIS and the HIT, to the adjacent cell. | 08-11-2011 |
20110195725 | Estimating a Location of a Mobile Device - The approximate location of a directed cell of a cellular network is calculated based on locations in the vicinity of which mobile devices were able to detect the directed cell. A mobile device is able to estimate its own location from the approximate locations of one or more directed cells that it can identify. This estimated location of the mobile device may be used to seed its GPS receiver. | 08-11-2011 |
20110201346 | BUSINESS HOUR NOTIFICATION DELIVERY - A delivery period for delivering messages including a notification is determined. A location of a mobile station user is identified. A time zone difference between the location of the mobile station user and a location of a server for delivering the messages is calculated. The delivery period for the notification message is adjusted based on the time zone difference so that the mobile station user receives and confirms the messages at his or her best-acceptable time. | 08-18-2011 |
20110201347 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOCATION-BASED DYNAMIC RADIO SELECTION - A multi-radio mobile device comprises a plurality of different radios. When a location update occurs, the multi-radio mobile device, at a specific location, acquires location-based radio information from a remote location server. The multi-radio mobile device selects a radio for use in the specific location based on the acquired location-based radio information comprising available radios in the specific location and radio weights. The radio is selected from the available radios based on the radio weights in the specific location. Transmissions of a desired service are received in the specific location utilizing the selected radio. Location-based radio measurements reports to the remote location server are generated utilizing signal strength measurements for the received signals. Radio quality information of the available radios is calculated by the location server utilizing location-based radio measurement reports from associated users. The radio weights of the available radios are determined based on the calculated radio quality information. | 08-18-2011 |
20110201348 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPTIMIZING UPLOADING OF LOCATION DATA FOR LOCATION BASED SERVICES - A mobile device may be operable to collect location data for a RF node and cache the collected location data in the mobile device. Resources that may be utilized for improving the uploading of the cached location data to a location server may be determined by the mobile device. The cached location data may be communicated, to the location server for updating a location database, by the mobile device utilizing the determined resources. The mobile device may determine and utilize an opportunistic transport based on a data usage and/or an access. The mobile device may store a subset of the location database locally for comparing with the cached location data for redundancy. The compared location data may be transmitted by the mobile device to the location server for updating the location database if the compared location data are not redundant data. | 08-18-2011 |
20110201349 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOCATING A FEMTOCELL USING MEASUREMENT REPORTS - A Femtocell measures power from a serving and/or neighboring base stations in a radio access network specified in, for example, 3GPP, 3GPP2 and/or WiMAX. The power measurements are transmitted over a broadband IP network to a location server coupled to an associated mobile core network. Related location information comprising reference positions and/or actual location of the Femtocell are received from the location server over the broadband IP network. The Femtocell generates measurement reports of a serving and/or neighboring base stations in the radio access network. The generated measurement reports are transmitted to the location server over the broadband IP network. The location server identifies the reference positions of the Femtocell from a reference database based on the received measurement reports for calculating the location of the Femtocell by the location server and/or by the Femtocell itself. The calculated location of the Femtocell is used to update the reference database. | 08-18-2011 |
20110201350 | PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE POSITIONING BASED ON IDENTIFIABLE ZONES PRESENTING REDUCED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CONDITIONS - Techniques are provided which may be implemented in various methods and/or apparatuses to allow a portable electronic device to at least estimate its current position while within or otherwise operatively associated with an operating environment that may have one or more identifiable zones that present a reduced wireless communication condition. | 08-18-2011 |
20110201351 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING MOBILE USER CLASSFICATION INFORMATION FOR A TARGET GEOGRAPHICAL AREA - A system and method for providing mobile user classification information for a target geographical area uses location information of mobile communication devices to detect the mobile communication devices within the target geographical area at a specified time and then further uses at least one of the location information of the detected mobile communication devices and Internet session information of the detected mobile communication devices to produce the mobile user classification information of the mobile communication devices within the target geographical area that are classified in one or more classifications. | 08-18-2011 |
20110201352 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF DETERMINING POSITION INFORMATION OF USER EQUIPMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENT - A method and system for obtaining position information of a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication environment is provided. The system includes a UE, a radio network wirelessly coupled to the UE, and a core network wirelessly coupled to the radio network and having a positioning server and a core network element. The UE generates a request to initiate a positioning session including a temporary session identifier from the UE. The core network element allocates a permanent session identifier for the positioning session upon receiving the request with the temporary session identifier and communicates the permanent session identifier and the temporary session identifier to the UE. Moreover, the positioning server receives transaction data from the UE during the positioning session associated with the permanent session identifier and estimates a geographic location and velocity information associated with the UE based on the received transaction data. | 08-18-2011 |
20110201353 | SELF-OPTIMIZING DETERMINATION OF ROUTING AREAS IN LAND MOBILE NETWORKS - Process for operating a cellular land mobile network which is formed by a plurality of cells, several cells being combined at one time into a routing area, by means of which the cell terminals checked into the land mobile network can be located and addressed in this routing area, the cell terminals checked into the routing area being detected and to set up a connection to a cell terminal, paging of all cells of this routing area to the cell terminal taking place, when leaving the routing area a location up-date being executed, the routing areas being dynamically formed depending on the network parameters and/or parameters of use. | 08-18-2011 |
20110201354 | LOCATION UPDATE METHOD AND MOBILE STATION USING THE SAME - A location update method and a mobile station using the same are disclosed. The location method includes receiving a message including femto Base Station (BS) list information from a macro base station, receiving a preamble including an IDentifier (ID) of a first femto BS from the first femto BS during a predetermined interval, and updating a location to the first femto BS, if the ID of the femto BS is identical to one of IDs included in the femto BS list information. The femto BS list information may include IDs of one or more femto BSs included in the macro BS. | 08-18-2011 |
20110201355 | Method and Device for Location-Based Call Management - A location server ( | 08-18-2011 |
20110207469 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR EXTENDED GENERIC MESSAGING IN A NETWORKED GEOLOCATION SYSTEM - Generic messaging and protocols are provided for handset-to-handset communications in accordance with, for example, the Secure User Plane Location (SUPL) protocol. A mobile device initiates a geolocation-related session with a second mobile device by sending a message, including a payload, to a server (e.g., an H-SLP server) over a network. A data connection is the established between the second mobile device and the server in response to the message. A message, including the payload, is then sent to the second mobile device. The payload may include geolocation (e.g., GPS) information, such that two mobile devices may collaboratively share information regarding the other's geographical location. | 08-25-2011 |
20110207470 | TIMED FINGERPRINT LOCATING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and techniques for determining the location of user equipment (UE) in a wireless network are disclosed. These techniques leverage geometric calculations for an overlaid bin grid framework mapping the wireless network area to store differential values for each frame of the bin grid framework for each pair of relevant NodeBs. A timing offset can be determined, such that when a time value from a target UE is accessed, the location can be quickly determined with minimal real time computation. In an aspect, the target UE time value can be search for in the pre-computed differential value data set indexed by a relevant NodeB site pair to return a set of frames (forming a hyperbola between the site pair) that can be intersected with a second set of frames for a second NodeB site pair for the same UE. The intersecting frames can represent the location of the UE in the wireless network. Further, the data can be leveraged to correct timing in the network. | 08-25-2011 |
20110207471 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING LOCATION WITHIN A BUILDING BASED ON HISTORICAL LOCATION INFORMATION - A mobile device may be operable to receive historical location trail information of a building. A location of the mobile device within the building may be determined by placing, moving or snapping a reference location of the mobile device onto a trail according to the received historical location trail information. The historical location trail information may be acquired from a location server. The historical location trail information stored in the location server may be generated using a plurality of location samples that are provided by one or more other mobile devices that have been within the building. The historical location trail information may also be acquired from an indoor map of the building that is used by the mobile device for navigation within the building. The determined location of the mobile device may then be utilized by the mobile device to navigate within the building for location-based services. | 08-25-2011 |
20110207472 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR CLOCK-ASSISTED WIRELESS ACCESS POINT LOCATING - A wireless access point comprising a cellular receiver receives radio signals from a cellular base station. A cellular reference clock, synchronized to the cellular base station, is detected from the received radio signals. The detected cellular reference clock is utilized to stabilize a local access point clock for GNSS positioning. A clock difference between the local access point clock and the detected cellular reference clock is determined and the local access point clock may be adjusted accordingly. The adjusted local access point clock is utilized for clocking communications between the wireless access point and other communication devices. A time offset between the adjusted local access point clock and the detected cellular reference clock is provided to a remote location server. The remote location server retrieves time offset information from wireless access points served by the cellular base station so as to determine relative distances among the wireless access points. | 08-25-2011 |
20110207473 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-MODE SYSTEM SELECTION - Devices and methods are provided for optimizing the timing of multi-mode system scans in a wireless communication environment. In one embodiment, the method may involve determining at least one of location and movement of a mobile entity (ME). The method may involve adjusting a timer between preferred system scans based on the at least one of the location and the movement of the ME. For example, determining may involve utilizing a movement sensor (e.g., an accelerometer and/or a voltage-controlled oscillator accumulator) to detect the movement of the ME, and/or receiving signals from a Global Positioning System or the like. | 08-25-2011 |
20110207474 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MASS CALIBRATION OF RADIO FREQUENCY FINGERPRINT (RF-FP) LOCATION MEASUREMENTS - Systems and methods for location tracking in a communication network. Base stations transmit downlink signals to a plurality of subscriber terminals to define a mapping between geographical locations and respective sets of signal strengths of the downlink signals received from the base stations at the geographical locations. A subset of the subscriber terminals may be selected, and for each subscriber terminal in the subset, first measurements of a geographical location of the subscriber terminal irrespective of the downlink signals is made. Second measurements of the downlink signals received at the subscriber terminal at the geographical location is made and the mapping of the subscribers terminals is updated responsively to the first and second measurements. The geographical locations of the subscriber terminals is updated using the updated mapping. | 08-25-2011 |
20110207475 | LOCATION OF COOPERATIVE TAGS WITH PERSONAL ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The present disclosure relates to location and communication systems that can be utilized for locating people, pets and other objects with a software defined radio set. A personal electronic device (PED) such as a cellular telephone, personal data assistant (PDA) or other device that include a software defined radio set can be configured for operation as a locator device. The PED transmits a signal A transponder or micro-transponder (MT) that is tagged to an object is arranged to reply to a transmission received from the PED. The PED based locator is arranged to calculate a distance between the PED and the MT using the time-of-flight (TOF) between the transmission and the receipt of a reply. The absolute geographic position of the PED can be determined using satellite navigation information, while the position of the MT relative to the PED can be determined from the TOF information. | 08-25-2011 |
20110212732 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING A LOCATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE BASED ON A PLURALITY OF LOCATION SAMPLES - A mobile device may be operable to receive three or more location samples for the mobile device from each of three or more resources. Two or more valid location samples may be selected based on an accuracy indicator associated with each of the received location samples. A location of the mobile device may be determined utilizing the selected two or more valid location samples. A region around each of the received location samples may be determined based on the accuracy indicator and a condition of a geographic environment that is associated with each of the received location samples. Two or more valid location samples among the received location samples may be selected in instances when at least a portion of the region of each of the selected valid location samples overlaps with at least a portion of the regions of each of other selected valid location samples. | 09-01-2011 |
20110212733 | SUPPORTING VERSION NEGOTIATION FOR POSITIONING FOR TERMINALS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Techniques for supporting positioning for terminals in a wireless network are described. In an aspect, a message is prepared and transmitted with a message segment including a version of a protocol used to encode the message and a compatibility level associated with inter-operable protocol versions, wherein different compatibility levels indicate non-compatibility between protocol versions. In another aspect, a message is received with a message segment including a version of a protocol used to encode the message and a compatibility level associated with inter-operable protocol versions, wherein different compatibility levels indicate non-compatibility between protocol versions. The compatibility level included in the received message is compared to an internal compatibility level and a response message is prepared and transmitted with a message segment including the internal compatibility level. | 09-01-2011 |
20110217987 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING WIRELESS NETWORK SERVICES USING THREE-DIMENSIONAL ACCESS ZONES - A system and method for providing wireless network services using three-dimensional access zones is provided. One or more sensors may determine signal strength information, distance, or other positional information for wireless devices. An agent may provide information relating to fixed wireless reference points, and may control underlying operating systems for the reference points based on policies defined by a manager. For example, the manager may be coupled to the sensors and to the agent, and may define a three-dimensional coordinate system for a managed environment. By collecting information from the sensors and the agent, the manager may triangulate three-dimensional locations of the wireless devices, and may enforce three-dimensional access zone policies for the wireless network via the agent. | 09-08-2011 |
20110217988 | MOBILE DEVICE HAVING AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY UNIT FOR TRANSMISSION OF LOCATION INFORMATION AND RELATED METHOD - A mobile device has a radio frequency (RF) unit that transmits location information about the mobile device to a base station. The mobile device includes a main power supply unit that supplies main electric power to respective elements of the mobile device, and an auxiliary power supply unit that supplies auxiliary electric power to selected elements of the mobile device when the main electric power is not supplied. A switch unit connects the auxiliary power supply unit with the selected elements when the main electric power is not supplied. A control unit controls operation of the switch unit by detecting when the main electric power is not supplied and controls transmission of the location information to the base station through the RF unit. Even when the main electric power is not supplied, the mobile device can repeatedly transmit its location information to the base station by using auxiliary electric power. | 09-08-2011 |
20110217989 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A first user terminal and method of operating the first user terminal so as to provide location information associated with the first user terminal to a second user terminal are disclosed. The first user terminal and the second user terminal are comprised within a wireless communication system, which wireless communication system further comprises a plurality of radio base stations of which a first one of the plurality of radio base stations is serving the first user terminal. A signal is received from one of the radio base stations comprising the absolute geographical coordinates corresponding to the location of that radio base station. Pilot signal measurements are performed on the received signal. The absolute geographical coordinates corresponding to the location of the first user terminal are determined based on the performed pilot signal measurements and the received absolute geographical coordinates of the radio base station. The determined absolute geographical coordinates are transmitted to the second user terminal. | 09-08-2011 |
20110217990 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, BASE STATION, WARNING SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - An object of the present invention is to provide a mobile communication terminal, a base station, a warning system and a method for controlling the mobile communication terminal which are able to inform user of a situation corresponding to a predetermined area when user exists in the predetermined area. | 09-08-2011 |
20110223930 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MONITORING SIGNAL QUALITY - Position data indicative of a geographic location of a mobile device is repetitively received. Additionally, signal quality data indicative of a wireless signal quality at the mobile device is also repetitively received. Mobile device data is generated based upon, at least in part, at least a portion of the position data and at least a portion of the signal quality data. | 09-15-2011 |
20110223931 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CHARACTERIZING LOCATION AND/OR RANGE BASED ON TRANSMIT POWER - A transmitting communication device may iteratively adjust its transmit power, and may estimate, based on iterative transmit power adjustment, relative location of a receiving communication device. The transmit power may be initialized to a maximum value, and the transmit power may be iteratively reduced until connectivity with the receiving communication device is lost. The loss of connectivity may be determined based on reception of responses to ping messages transmitted by the transmitting communication device. The transmitting communication device may authenticate the receiving communication device and/or a user of the receiving communication device. The authentication may comprises utilizing transmit power adjustment and/or relative location estimation therefrom to ensure that a separation between the devices does not exceed a maximum value. The transmitting communication device may generate location info associated with the receiving communication device based on the relative location estimation, and may communicate the location info to a location server. | 09-15-2011 |
20110223932 | TIMING ADVANCE ENHANCEMENTS FOR CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS - Example methods and apparatus to implement timing advance enhancements for cellular communications are disclosed. A disclosed example method to communicate over a cellular network by a device involves retrieving a stored timing advance value and determining if the stored timing advance value is valid based at least on whether the device is operating in a stationary mode. When the stored timing advance is valid, a contention-based transmission is transmitted to a network using the stored timing advance value in order to compensate for propagation delay. | 09-15-2011 |
20110223933 | System and method for providing routing, mapping, and relative position information to users of a communication network - The present invention is directed to a system and method for providing real-time position information of one party to another party by utilizing a conventional telecommunication network system such as the convention telephone network, a mobile telecommunications network, a computer network, or the Internet. More specifically, the preferred embodiments of the present invention allow a caller and a receiver of a telephone call to provide to and receive from each other position information related to the caller and/or receiver's physical location, including address information, GPS coordinates, nearby fixed locations such as a parking structure, etc. Additionally, the preferred embodiments of the present invention allow a caller and receiver to retrieve routing instructions or maps for traveling to or from each other. In another embodiment of the present invention, a party may locate the position of another party via the entry of the other party's unique identifier such as a phone number of the other party's mobile phone. In yet another embodiment of the present invention, the position information of a party may be concurrently delivered to another party's computer terminal whereby the other party can process the information in further detail. | 09-15-2011 |
20110223934 | SYSTEM OF UTILIZING CELL INFORMATION TO LOCATE A WIRELESS DEVICE - A system is described that utilizes the measured characteristics of a cell site or a plurality of cell sites ( | 09-15-2011 |
20110223935 | Cross-Technology Coverage Mapping System and Method for Modulating Scanning Behaviour of a Wireless User Equipment (UE) Device - A network node provides coverage information to wireless UE devices from a database that correlates coverage information for a radio access network with geographic area locations. The network node accepts updates to the coverage information for the radio access network via a first interface and downloads coverage information from the database to a wireless user equipment (UE) device via a second interface. | 09-15-2011 |
20110223936 | Unused Frequency Band Detection Method and Radio Communication Apparatus in Cognitive Radio System - Provided is a technique that enables quicker detection of usable frequency bands in a cognitive radio system. Each radio communication apparatus in the system has, in common, a hash function used to obtain a frequency range from time information and location information. Each radio communication apparatus detects unused frequency bands while narrowing down a frequency range over which a detection process is performed by obtaining the terminal's own location information and current time information from GPS signals, and input them to the hash function. Since a transmitting node and a receiving node that perform a communication are at locations close to each other at the same time, they perform detection in the same frequency range. Therefore, an unused frequency band(s) that is usable by both of them can be detected. Furthermore, at different locations or at different times, the detection will be performed in different frequency ranges. Therefore efficient frequency utilization can be achieved. It is preferred that the nodes have a plurality of kinds of hash functions in common. | 09-15-2011 |
20110230201 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING MOBILE DEVICE LOCATION - A computer-implemented mobile device locating method is provided. The method includes determining a current cell sector of a mobile device and comparing the current cell sector with a cell sector list of previously determined cell sectors. A current location of the mobile device is determined if the current cell sector is not listed in the cell sector list. The current location is compared with a last determined location. The current cell sector is added to the cell sector list if the current location is substantially the same as the last determined location. The cell sector list is cleared if the current location is not substantially the same as the last determined location. | 09-22-2011 |
20110230202 | COMMERCIAL MOBILE ALERTING SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR BROADCASTING MESSAGES TO GEO-FENCED TARGET AREAS - A commercial mobile alert system and method for processing a broadcast message from a broadcast message originator for delivery to a broadcast target area served by a wireless mobile network using point to multipoint cell broadcasting capability of the wireless mobile telephone network. The system including a broadcast message interface for receiving a broadcast message record. The broadcast message record including the broadcast target area defined as geographical information, the broadcast message as created by the broadcast message originator, a message type as defined by the broadcast message originator, and broadcast message originator identifier uniquely identifying the broadcast message originator of the broadcast message. A broadcast control module having an processor, memory, computer executable instructions, an input interface, an output interface, a validating subsystem and a broadcast message routing subsystem. The validating subsystem is for validating the broadcast message record as a function of the broadcast message originator identifier and the broadcast target and for creating a validated broadcast message record. The broadcast message routing subsystem is for receiving the validated broadcast message record, identifying two or more message broadcasting network systems, and transmitting the validated broadcast message record over the output interface to one or more of the identified public service message broadcasting network systems. | 09-22-2011 |
20110230203 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, PROGRAM, SERVER APPARATUS, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - An information processing apparatus includes a first obtaining unit, a setting unit, and a judgment unit. The first obtaining unit is capable of obtaining current position information. The setting unit is configured to set a first judgment condition to judge whether the current position information obtained by the first obtaining unit is transmitted to a site on a network that requests the current position information. The judgment unit is configured to judge whether the current position information is transmitted to the site on the basis of the first judgment condition set by the setting unit. | 09-22-2011 |
20110230204 | INTERACTIVE ADVISORY SYSTEM - A method for locating at least one individual located remotely from a broadcast network. An analysis unit compares user profiles, dynamic locations stored in the communicator location database, and/or fixed locations entered into the analysis unit. A data set of at least one matching individualized locatee user profile is generated and the individualized locatee user profile is transmitted to the locator via the locator's communicator device. | 09-22-2011 |
20110230205 | COMPUTERIZED MINE PRODUCTION SYSTEM - The system contains a central computer unit having a first database controlled by a first logic unit. At least one mobile computer unit is joined with the mobile equipment. Each of the mobile computer units has a second database controlled by a second logic unit. At least one wireless communication device enables communication between said first logic unit and said second logic unit, wherein said mobile computer unit is operable independent of the first logic unit. | 09-22-2011 |
20110230206 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SINGLE SENSOR GEOLOCATION - A system and method for determining a position of a wireless mobile device. The method comprising the steps of providing one base station in communication with the mobile device, providing a sensor spaced apart a known distance from the base station, and determining the range between the mobile device and the base station. The time of arrival of a signal transmitted from the mobile device is measured at the sensor and a set of coordinates is calculated for the mobile device relative to the sensor as a function of the known distance from the sensor to the base station, the range between the mobile device and the base station, an estimate of base station transmission timing relative to a time source, and the time of arrival. One of the set of coordinates may then be chosen to thereby determine a position of the mobile device relative to the sensor. | 09-22-2011 |
20110230207 | MOBILE UNIT'S POSITION MEASUREMENT APPARATUS AND MOBILE UNIT'S POSITION MEASUREMENT METHOD - A mobile unit's position measurement apparatus is provided. The apparatus includes an observation data selection portion that calculates a plurality of estimated error values that correspond respectively to the plurality of pieces of observation data obtained by observing the signals received by the reception portion, that generates groups each of which includes estimated error values corresponding to at least a predetermined number of satellites, and then extracts, from the estimated error value groups generated, in which a difference between a maximum value and a minimum value of the estimated error values included is less than a predetermined value, and that consequently selects pieces of observation data provided by the signals from the satellites that correspond to the estimated error values that are included in an estimated error value group whose standard deviation of the estimated error values is smallest among the estimated error value groups extracted. | 09-22-2011 |
20110230208 | Methods and Arrangements in a Telecommunication System - There is provided a method in a cellular telecommunications network, the cellular telecommunications network comprising at least a first cell and a second cell. The method comprises the steps of transmitting ( | 09-22-2011 |
20110237274 | MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICE HAVING RELATIVE POSITIONING CIRCUIT - A mobile computing device comprises a housing, a telephony circuit and a relative positioning circuit. The housing is configured to be held in a hand during use. The telephony circuit is coupled to the housing and is configured to communicate wireless telephony signals. The relative positioning circuit is coupled to the housing and is configured to determine at least one of a distance and a bearing to an object based on wireless signals received from the object. | 09-29-2011 |
20110237275 | PORTABLE MOBILE TERMINAL AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A portable mobile terminal includes: a detection control unit; and a movement trajectory calculation unit configured to calculate a movement trajectory of a terminal body based on a detection result of an absolute position of the terminal body by the absolute position detecting unit and an acquisition result of a line segment indicating a rectilinear distance of the terminal body by a link information generation unit. The detection control unit determines a timing that comes every given time as a tentative detection timing, and in a case where the link information generation unit has not acquired a new line segment till the tentative detection timing after a previous detection timing, the detection control unit determines a timing at which the link information generation unit acquires a new line segment next as a detection timing, and starts up the absolute position detecting unit. | 09-29-2011 |
20110237276 | System and Method for Network Message Redirection and Application Matching - An flexible, extensible, and dynamically configurable Advanced IP Messaging Server (AIMS) facility that among other things may leverage various pools of data—including for example routing data, location and presence data, Mobile Subscriber profile data, etc.—to expeditiously process and route a wide range of information including among other things conventional Short Message Service, Multimedia Message Service, IP Multimedia Subsystem, etc. messaging; E-Mail messaging; Instant Messaging communications; Voice Over IP and other (e.g., video conference, etc.) data streams; Session Initiation Protocol-addressed artifacts; etc. | 09-29-2011 |
20110237277 | CORRELATION CALCULATING METHOD, SATELLITE SIGNAL CAPTURING METHOD, AND CORRELATION CALCULATING CIRCUIT - A correlation calculating method of correlating a received code signal obtained by demodulating a received signal, which is a signal obtained by receiving a positioning satellite signal, with a replica code signal is provided which includes: correlating values of the replica code signal in a chip period with values of the received code signal at first to n-th arrival times obtained by varying an arrival time of the chip period by 1/n chip (where n is an integer equal to or greater than 2); and acquiring a correlation calculation result at a 1/n chip interval by synthesizing the correlation calculation results. | 09-29-2011 |
20110244878 | Identifying and Displaying User Status Information - A method identifies multiple contacts associated with a user, where the user and the multiple contacts are associated with a common mobile service. A relationship is defined between the user and each of the multiple contacts by the common mobile service. Each of the multiple contacts is monitored automatically by the common mobile service to obtain user information. A mobile device associated with the user displays the current user information associated with at least a portion of the multiple contacts. | 10-06-2011 |
20110244879 | Method and Apparatus for use of Performance History Data in Positioning Method Selection - A method of selecting the positioning method(s) used to respond to given positioning requests uses historical performance data reflecting the actual performance yielded by one or more of the positioning methods that are generally available for selection. As a non-limiting example, a positioning node maintains or otherwise has access to historical data reflecting the QoS obtained for at least some of the positioning methods supported by the node. Correspondingly, the node compares the QoS requirements associated with an incoming positioning request to the historical performance data, to identify the positioning method(s) that appear to best satisfy the requirements. The positioning node therefore selects the “best” method(s) for responding to a positioning request, not based on “generic” performance characteristics of those methods, but rather based on observed real-world performance of those methods, as applicable to the particular operating environment (radio environment) in which the positioning methods are carried out. | 10-06-2011 |
20110244880 | Method and Apparatus to Improvie Idle Mode Power Consumption in Multiple USIM Configuration - Certain aspects of the present disclosure propose techniques and apparatus for improving idle mode power consumption of a mobile station with multiple Universal Subscriber Identity Modules (USIMs). | 10-06-2011 |
20110244881 | Location Estimation System - A location estimation system includes: a position measurement unit that receives position measurement signals from a plurality of sources of emission, and calculates position information of a first mobile object; a distance measurement unit that measures a distance from the first mobile object and to a second mobile object; a relationship determination unit that determines presence or absence of a relationship between the first mobile object and the second mobile object based upon relative position of the second mobile object based upon the distance, and selects position measurement signals from sources of emission that are different from the sources of emission of the position measurement signals received by the first mobile object; a position correction unit that corrects a position of the first mobile object based upon the position measurement signals received by the first mobile object and the position measurement signals selected by the relationship determination means. | 10-06-2011 |
20110244882 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CREATING AND USING IMBEDDED SHORTCODES AND SHORTENED PHYSICAL AND INTERNET ADDRESSES - Systems and methods are disclosed for creating and using imbedded Shortcodes. An imbedded Shortcode (ISC) and Shortcode may be uniquely associated with a full name that identifies an item of interest. The Shortcode may be visually identified when the full name is displayed by the ISC, which is select characters of the full name that are visually distinguished from the other characters of the full name. Thus, subsequent reference to the associated full name and its item of interest may be identified simply by using the Shortcode instead of the full name. For example, a user of an electronic device may observe the full name with the ISC in a visual display, and sequentially enter the characters of the Shortcode from the ISC into the electronic device to obtain additional information regarding the item of interest. | 10-06-2011 |
20110244883 | METHOD AND MOBILE RADIO TERMINAL DEVICE TO DETERMINE POSITION WITHIN MOBILE RADIO NETWORKS BY MEANS OF DIRECTION FINDING - The invention relates to a method for determining the position of a mobile radio terminal device ( | 10-06-2011 |
20110244884 | Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for enhancing signal measurements for positioning in a device ( | 10-06-2011 |
20110244885 | Reporting of Positioning Data - A method for reporting of positioning data in a communication network comprises obtaining ( | 10-06-2011 |
20110244886 | EXTENDED TRIGGERED POSITION METHOD AND DEVICE - An extended triggered location method and device is provided. The device includes the following: a location calculating unit to calculate location of the target terminal and determine the location information, and a third party location reporting unit to send the location information of the target terminal to the third party terminal periodically or only when the area triggered condition is sufficed. With the present invention, the third party terminal can obtain the location information of the target terminal periodically or receive the notice of the target terminal's entry into/exit from a target area, in accordance with the principles of periodical location or area trigger location. Thereby, the invention supplies new location service application and satisfies the subscriber's demand for different location service applications. | 10-06-2011 |
20110250901 | MULTI-TIER GEOFENCE DETECTION - Methods, program products, and systems for multi-tier geofence detection are disclosed. In general, in one aspect, a mobile device can be configured to perform a task when the mobile device enters a geographic region. The mobile device can monitor a current location using a multi-tier approach. A baseband subsystem can monitor a coarse location of the mobile device using various course location parameters, such as a mobile country code (MCC), a location area code (LAC), or a cell identifier (cell ID), as the mobile device moves closer to the geographic region. Upon determining that the mobile device is in a cell that intersects the geographic region, the baseband subsystem can transfer the monitoring to the application subsystem. The task can be performed when the application subsystem determines that the mobile device is currently located in the geographic region. | 10-13-2011 |
20110250902 | DETERMINING TIME ZONE BASED ON LOCATION - Methods, program products, and systems of determining a time zone based on location is disclosed. In general, in one aspect, a mobile device can store one or more geometric shapes using latitude and longitude coordinates. The geometric shapes can be associated with time zones. The mobile device can determine a current location. The mobile device can identify a geometric shape in which the mobile device is currently is located. The mobile device can determine the time zone associated with the identified geometric shape. | 10-13-2011 |
20110250903 | Selective Location Determination - Methods, program products, and systems for selective location determination are described. A mobile device can determine a location of the mobile device using various techniques. When there is a conflict between the locations determined using different techniques, the mobile device can select a most trustworthy location from the locations, and designate the most trustworthy location as a current location of the mobile device. The mobile device can determine a first location of the mobile device (e.g., a coarse location) using a cell identifier (cell ID) of a cellular network. The mobile device can determine a second location of the mobile device (e.g., a fine location) using one or more media access control (MAC) addresses of a WLAN. The first location and second location can be associated with confidence values that can indicate trustworthiness of the first location and second location. | 10-13-2011 |
20110250904 | Enhanced Indoor Localization - An indoor localization system for locating an electronic mobile device within an indoor environment is provided. The indoor localization system includes a plurality of transmitting nodes arranged in different positions within the indoor environment and configured to transmit RF signals. An electronic mobile device is configured to receive the RF signals from the transmitting nodes. The indoor localization system is configured to operate in a training mode, wherein reference quantities are computed based on powers of the RF signals received from the transmitting nodes in different reference positions within the indoor environment. The indoor localization system is further configured to operate in a locating mode, wherein current quantities are computed based on powers of the RF signals received by the electronic mobile device in its current location within the indoor environment from the transmitting nodes, and wherein the current location of the electronic mobile device is determined based on the current and the reference quantities. The indoor localization system is configured to operate based on RF signals over at least two different radio channels. | 10-13-2011 |
20110250905 | Methods and Arrangements for Fingerprinting Positioning - A method for providing position determination assisting data comprises repetitions of establishing ( | 10-13-2011 |
20110256881 | CONTEXT-BASED REVERSE GEOCODING - In general, in one aspect, a mobile device can perform reverse geocoding based on context, in addition to latitude and longitude coordinates. The reverse geocoding can be used to determine in which geofence among multiple geofences the mobile device is located. Thus, the mobile device can be associated with a street address, a postal code, a named land feature, or a commercial, cultural, or political entity associated with the geofence. The context can include a pattern of movement, as well as an accuracy of the latitude and longitude coordinates. Information in the context can be compared to selection criteria of the geofence. A geofence having selection criteria that match the context the best can be selected. | 10-20-2011 |
20110256882 | Multi-Path Mitigation in Rangefinding and Tracking Objects Using Reduced Attenuation RF Technology - A method and system for identification, tracking and locating in wireless communications and wireless networks. The method and system use reference and/or pilot signals that are present in wireless communications and wireless networks. The method and system can also use RTT, TOA and time-stamping measurements/techniques to determine one or more reference signals traveling time between the Base Station (eNB) or its functional equivalent and mobile device (UE) and or network device. The method and system includes multi-path mitigations processor and multi-path mitigations techniques and algorithms which improve the track-locate accuracy. The method and system allow achieving increased accuracy by using multi-path mitigations processor and multi-path mitigations techniques and algorithms. The techniques of Digital Signal Processing and Software-Defined Radio are used. | 10-20-2011 |
20110256883 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PAGING MESSAGES - The present invention relates to a communication method for an idle mode terminal in a wireless access system to which a femtocell is applied. The method for receiving paging messages at a terminal in a femtocell environment according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: receiving a deregistration command message containing first paging information of a first cell region from a first base station; setting a first timer for carrying out a location update with the first base station; moving from the first cell region to a second cell region; setting a second timer for delaying the location update for a predetermined time period; and receiving a paging message in the second cell region. | 10-20-2011 |
20110256884 | Controlling Radio Emission from a Mobile Terminal in a Critical Area - Methods and arrangements ( | 10-20-2011 |
20110256885 | LOCATION ACQUIRING SYSTEM AND LOCATION INFORMATION ACQUIRING METHOD - There are provided a location acquiring system that allows acquiring of location information that keeps track of the movement of a mobile communication terminal to be searched for, with the transmission and reception of signals for acquiring the location information being suppressed, and a location information acquiring method. A session establishment unit | 10-20-2011 |
20110256886 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING AUTOMATIC LOCATION-BASED IMAGING USING MOBILE AND STATIONARY CAMERAS - An approach is provided for automatic location-based imaging. User positional information is determined based on a mobile device associated with a user. The user positional information is correlated with camera positional information of a camera configured to capture one or more images of the user. The one or more images are retrieved from the camera based on the correlation. | 10-20-2011 |
20110256887 | Mid-Call Synchronization for U-TDOA and AOA Location in UMTS - In a wireless location system, a method for determining frame and slot timing information for use in receiving an uplink signal from a user equipment (UE) device assigned to an uplink Dedicated Physical Control Channel (DPCCH) includes receiving signals in the uplink DPCCH at a location measurement unit (LMU) of the WLS. The method also includes detecting a predefined bit pattern known to be present in a plurality of predefined slots of the uplink DPCCH. Next, the frame and slot timing information are determined for the uplink DPCCH based on the detected bit pattern. Finally, the frame and slot timing information is used for collecting uplink signals from the UE for use in location processing. | 10-20-2011 |
20110263267 | METHOD FOR TERMINAL-BASED RECOGNITION OF HOME BASE STATIONS IN A CELLULAR TELEPHONE SYSTEM BY MEANS OF SUPPORT BY THE CELLULAR NETWORK - A method for the geographical location of a mobile radio terminal within a cellular mobile radio network, in which each cell in the mobile radio network can be identified using an identifier containing a cell identification and an area identification and wherein an identifier is emitted and wherein the mobile radio terminal is suitable for receiving and processing such identifiers and for storing one or more identifiers, wherein geographical location of the mobile radio terminal within the cellular mobile radio network is effected by comparing the currently received identifier with one or more stored identifiers, with modification of the cell identification and/or of the area identification in the identifier of a cell involving transmission of a supplementary information item to the mobile radio terminal and the new identifier being stored instead of the old identifier. | 10-27-2011 |
20110263268 | NAVIGATION APPARATUS, LOCATION DETERMINATION SYSTEM AND METHOD OF LOCATION DETERMINATION - A navigation apparatus includes a wireless communications unit for data communication via a wireless communications network supported by identifiable base stations. The apparatus also includes a processing resource arranged to support, when in use, an operational environment, the operational environment supporting a location determination module arranged to receive at a current location at least identities of a number of the identifiable base stations receivable from the wireless communications unit. In at least one embodiment, the location determination module is capable of accessing a data store including a plurality of data association entries. Each data association entry includes a stored number of identities of the identifiable base stations and a location identifier associated with a location where the stored number of identities is receivable. The location determination module is also arranged to determine from the plurality of data association entries the current location associated with the stored number of identities. | 10-27-2011 |
20110263269 | Time, Frequency, And Location Determination For Femtocells - Apparatus having corresponding methods and tangible computer-readable media comprise: a measurement module adapted to generate measurements of a wireless television signal received by the apparatus and measurements of a wireless satellite positioning signal received by the apparatus; a location module adapted to determine a location of the apparatus based on the measurements of the wireless television signal and the measurements of the wireless satellite positioning signal; and a time module adapted to provide a clock control signal for the apparatus based on at least one of the measurements of the wireless television signal, and the measurements of the wireless satellite positioning signal. | 10-27-2011 |
20110263270 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SHARING A SIGNAL RECEIVED BY AN ANTENNA - Described are a method, system, and mobile communication device for sharing a signal received by an antenna. A signal, such as a signal sent from a global positioning system, is received by the antenna. An amplifier is then used to generate an amplified signal. The amplifier is located an attenuation distance away from a noise source. The amplified signal is divided into a first divided signal and a second divided signal, which are respectively transmitted to first and second signal utilization modules. While being transmitted from the antenna to the first and second signal utilization modules, the signal suffers propagation losses. While locating the amplifier remote from the noise source decreases noise strength, which positively contributes to signal-to-noise ratio, it also increases propagation losses, which negatively contributes to signal-to-noise ratio. The method, system and mobile communication device are designed such that this positive contribution exceeds this negative contribution, resulting in an overall benefit to signal-to-noise ratio. Also beneficially, sharing the signal allows one antenna to be used for both signal utilization modules, lowering manufacturing costs and saving space in the mobile communication device. | 10-27-2011 |
20110263271 | Techniques for Uplink Cooperation of Access Nodes - For uplink cooperation of a serving access node ( | 10-27-2011 |
20110263272 | Presence Service Time Zone Information - The invention relates to a method for providing a time zone information of a mobile user entity to a presence server of a cellular network, wherein a network control node by which the mobile user entity is served, is determined. Based on the geographical position of said network control node, a time zone information is determined and transmitted to the presence server. | 10-27-2011 |
20110263273 | SINGLE POINT LOCATION TRACKING FOR A MOBILE DEVICE IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, the location of a mobile device within a floor plan of a building or the like environment may be determined using a single transmission link between transceiver and the mobile device. A bit error rate value and a receiver signal strength indication value are measured for the present location of the mobile device in the floor plan. The coordinates where the mobile device is located may be determined by looking up the measured bit error rate value and the received signal strength indication value in a lookup table. Due to environmental factors of the floor plan, the combination of the bit error rate value and the received signal strength indication value corresponds to a unique coordinate location in the floor plan from which the location of the mobile device may be determined. | 10-27-2011 |
20110269476 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY MANAGING CONNECTIONS USING A COVERAGE DATABASE - Techniques to dynamically manage wireless connections using a coverage database are described. For example, a mobile computing device may comprise a connection management module operative to dynamically select a wireless connection technology based on a location of the mobile computing device and information from a coverage database, and to initiate a wireless connection using the selected wireless connection technology. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 11-03-2011 |
20110269477 | LOCATION CONTINUITY SERVICE FOR LOCATING MOBILE DEVICES USING MULTIPLE ACCESS NETWORKS INCLUDING WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A location continuity service having a location continuity application server (“LCAS”) that utilizes location data generated by multiple networks to determine the location of a mobile device is disclosed. The LCAS specifies a suitable reconciliation process that identifies two or more location estimation techniques that are implemented by different access networks and indicates how to utilize the location data produced by the identified estimation techniques. The LCAS interacts with various access networks identified by the reconciliation process in order to receive location data (e.g., positioning measurements and/or estimated locations) generated by the access networks and analyzes the received data to determine the location of a mobile device and provide the determined location to a location-based service. In some examples, an LCAS also provides location continuity when a mobile device moves between a home communications system and a visited communications system. | 11-03-2011 |
20110269478 | DEVICE FOR ROUND TRIP TIME MEASUREMENTS - An appliance facilitates localization of a station (STA) in a network, for example, a short-range wireless network. An automatic response to a request for a measurement related communication is provided. The appliance can include a radio frequency (RF) interface and a media access control (MAC) section. The MAC section can receive the request and generate the automatic response immediately after a uniform period that is uniform among any such appliance within the network. The appliance performs only the generation of the automatic response, though the response can include additional information such as (x, y) coordinates of the appliance. | 11-03-2011 |
20110269479 | Method and Apparatus for On-Device Positioning Using Compressed Fingerprint Archives - A method and apparatus are provided for on-device positioning using compressed fingerprint archives. The method and apparatus may be configured to provide compression of localization fingerprints, to facilitate efficient on-device positioning based on the RF fingerprint model, and to estimate the physical distance between two or more devices. Embodiments of the method may receive a space-to-access point histogram that corresponds to an access point as observed in a space. The histogram may be normalized and a mean and standard deviation may be calculated from the histogram. A weight may be assigned to the access point corresponding to the frequency with which the access point is observed within the space. A mean, standard deviation, and weight may be calculated and assigned for each of a plurality of access points as observed within a space. The mean, standard deviation, and weight of each access point may be combined to form a data triple. The data triples may be combined to form a fingerprint of access points observed from that space. The data triple or plurality of data triples with the lowest assigned weight(s) may be removed from the fingerprint. | 11-03-2011 |
20110269480 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOCATING AND COMMUNICATING WITH A USER OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Users are located to determine if the user is within, or has departed from, at least one bounded area established about a geographic location. The bounded area may be defined by setting one or more distance boundaries from the geographic location. A base station may monitor the location of a wireless device in proximity of the user. If the wireless device departs from a bounded area, a message containing information configured to be understandable and convey meaning to the user and/or a third-party is sent to the wireless device and/or the third-party. For example, the message may be configured to communicate to the user and/or third-party information pertaining to the departure from the bounded area, location information, navigation directions, instructions, etc. The message sent may include text and/or other symbols. | 11-03-2011 |
20110269481 | Model Based Channel State Information Feedback - The proposed methods and devices provide a new technique for feeding back CSI information of a channel between a network element and a user equipment to the network element by feeding back a location of the user equipment. The new technique opens completely new options for multi user scheduling and channel prediction. According to embodiments, a proposed user equipment configuration is indicated to the user by the user equipment. | 11-03-2011 |
20110275383 | Cell-ID translation in a location based system (LBS) - A Cell-ID translation module accesses a Cell-ID translation database to associate original Cell-ID information with new or changed (i.e., translated) Cell-ID information received by a handset. A Cell-ID database is effectively regularly changed rendering useless any third party databases previously collected without authorization by the relevant mobile operators. Cell-IDs collected by unauthorized third parties will either not be found in the third party database, or not match up to the correct location. | 11-10-2011 |
20110275384 | ADAPTIVE LOCATION DATA BUFFERING FOR LOCATION-AWARE APPLICATIONS - A method of buffering location data on a mobile device. The method transmits location data packets via an unreliable protocol to a receiving device and buffers a copy of the location data packet. Periodically, the method also transmits a location data packet via a reliable protocol to the receiving device. When no acknowledgement is received from the receiving device, the location data sent via the reliable protocol is buffered to memory. Once an acknowledgement is received from the receiving device, all of the buffered location data is sent to the receiving device via an unreliable protocol. | 11-10-2011 |
20110275385 | System and Methods for Observed Time Difference of Arrival Measurements for Location Services in Cellular Devices - Systems and methods for providing improved location such as emergency services location of mobile devices in an over the air communications system are disclosed. On receiving a request, a user equipment (UE) mobile device makes observed time difference of arrival (OTDOA) measurements on signals received from certain cell communication elements. The UE selects or prioritizes the cells based on one of several schemes, including comparing internally stored cell ID information to cell ID information provided by the network, and using lists of cells that are recently used, recently received, previously used, or on a closed subscriber group (CSG) list are alternative embodiments. The UE may prioritize home eNB cells that it is a member of for the measurements. By prioritizing the cells used for the measurements, the OTDOA measurements may be limited to a few cells and the time needed to make the measurements may be reduced. | 11-10-2011 |
20110275386 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A wireless communication device includes a transmission portion, an information acquisition portion, a storage portion, a selection portion, and a transmission control portion. The transmission portion transmits information. The information acquisition portion acquires location information for the wireless communication device that includes a received signal strength of a signal that is transmitted from a base station in the vicinity. The storage portion stores, in association with specific location information, regulating information that regulates the transmission from the transmission portion of the information that corresponds to the location of the wireless communication device. The selection portion selects from the storage portion the regulating information associated with the location information acquired by the information acquisition portion. The transmission control portion controls, based on the regulating information that was selected by the selection portion, the transmission from the transmission portion of the information that corresponds to the location of the wireless communication device. | 11-10-2011 |
20110287778 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTIMATION OF MOBILE STATION VELOCITY IN A CELLULAR SYSTEM BASED ON GEOGRAPHICAL DATA - A system and method for estimating velocity of a mobile station in a wireless communication system using time-frequency signal processing and a geographical database. The geographical database is used for prediction of ray trajectory and ray power to provide an estimate of propagation delay associated with database points. | 11-24-2011 |
20110287779 | System and Method for Location Assurance of A Mobile Device - A system and method for determining whether an estimated location of a wireless device includes one or more forged location measurements. A first estimated location of the wireless device using a first set of location measurements is determined, and a second estimated location of the wireless device using a second set of location measurements is determined. The first estimated location may be compared to the second estimated location. One of the determined locations may then be identified as having one or more forged location measurements if the comparison between the first estimated location and second estimated location is greater than a predetermined threshold. The second set of location measurements may be produced using a location technology different than the location technology used to produce the first set of location measurements. | 11-24-2011 |
20110287780 | COLLAR TRACKING SYSTEM - The present invention is a collar tracking system that includes a RFID system with a modem, an electric fence with a plurality of boundaries that is in communication with the RFID system and a plurality of power modes, a plurality of electronic circuitry that includes a battery, an open charging electrode, a smart protection circuitry to prevent a short to the battery and an antenna. The collar tracking system also includes a GSM system that is in communication with the electric fence and the RFID system, a collar with a RFID receiver and a GMS receiver that is in communication with the RFID system and the GMS system and overall system software that controls the RFID system, the electric fence, the electric circuitry, the GMS system, the RFID receiver and the GMS receiver. The collar tracking system can also utilize a GPS system to replace the RFID system. | 11-24-2011 |
20110287781 | Lawful Identification of Unknown Terminals - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements to establish an identity of a target T. The method comprises the following steps:—Collecting geographical location points A, B, C, D indicating presence of the target.—Interrogating at least one mobile network to fetch lists of identities of users located in defined areas C1-C3, each area covering a collected geographical location point.—Crosschecking between the fetched lists.—Identifying a single identity that is common to the fetched lists. | 11-24-2011 |
20110287782 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OBTAINING EMERGENCY CALLER LOCATION - A method and system for determining if a phone has changed locations includes a subscriber phone equipment coupled to a phone system through a subscriber access line. The subscriber phone equipment includes a location test module and a datastore. The location test module includes a first subscriber access line identity for the subscriber access line. The datastore includes a first subscriber location for the first subscriber access line identity. The location test module obtains a second subscriber access line identity for the subscriber access line, obtains a second subscriber location for the second subscriber access line identity, and compares the first subscriber location and the second subscriber location. If the first subscriber location does not match the second subscriber location, then the subscriber phone equipment has changed locations. If the first subscriber location matches the second subscriber location, then the subscriber phone equipment has not changed locations. | 11-24-2011 |
20110287783 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING POSITIONING ERROR WITHIN A WLAN-BASED POITIONING SYSTEM - The invention features a method of estimating an expected error of a position estimate for use in a WLAN positioning system that estimates the position of a WLAN-enabled device. The WLAN-enabled device receives signals transmitted by a WLAN access point in range of the WLAN-enabled device. The method estimates the position of the WLAN-enabled device based on the received signals from the WLAN access point in range of the WLAN enabled device. The method also estimates an expected error of the position estimate based on characteristics of the WLAN access point in range of the WLAN enabled device, wherein the expected error predicts a relative accuracy of the position estimate. | 11-24-2011 |
20110294515 | HYBRID MOBILE PHONE GEOPOSITIONING - A hybrid positioning system for continuously and accurately determining a location of a mobile device is provided. Samples of GPS locations from a pool of mobile devices and accompanying cell tower data, WLAN data, or other comparable network signals are used to construct a dynamic map of particular regions. The dynamic map(s) may be sent to and stored on individual mobile devices such that the mobile device can compare its less accurate, but more readily available, data like cell tower signals to recorded ones and estimate its position more accurately and continuously. The position data may be sent to a server for user in location based services. | 12-01-2011 |
20110294516 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING LOCATION - A method of determining the location of a portable device comprises obtaining identities of wireless communication devices detectable by the portable device at a particular location which is to be determined, thereby to obtain a set of identities. The set of identities is compared with the content of a database, which database stores a plurality of findings, to select one or more findings; each finding comprising a reference location and a set of identities of wireless communication devices sighted at that location. The location of the portable device is found based on processing the selected findings. | 12-01-2011 |
20110294517 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RECOGNIZING ZONE IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for recognizing an indoor zone in which a user is located by using an Earth's magnetic field that is generated naturally instead of the conventional method of combining a magnetic field generator and a magnetic field sensor. The apparatus includes a zone evaluator configured to primarily recognize a location of the portable terminal by using first and second components of an Earth's magnetic field and to finally recognize the location of the portable terminal by using first and second images. | 12-01-2011 |
20110294518 | Enhancement of Positioning Quality of Service - Teachings herein improve selection of the positioning method(s) used to obtain positioning information responsive to a positioning request, by approaching positioning QoS holistically. Approached holistically, a joint QoS metric as taught herein takes into account the joint effect of individual QoS parameters of a positioning method, or the joint effect of multiple methods in a sequence. Processing in one or more embodiments thus includes determining a joint QoS metric for each of a plurality of candidate positioning methods or sequences, and selecting a positioning method or sequence based on those joint QoS metrics. By selecting a positioning method or sequence in this way, holistically based on joint QoS metrics rather than a piecemeal approach based on a one-by-one check of individual QoS parameters, selection proceeds flexibly according to actual QoS requirements of position-based services and/or systematically according to the joint effect of multiple positioning methods. | 12-01-2011 |
20110294519 | UPLOAD AND DOWNLOAD OF POSITION REFERENCE DATA - An apparatus, method and computer program, the apparatus, comprising: receiver circuitry configured to receive first position reference data from a remote location, the first position reference data relating to a first geographical area and being for assisting the apparatus to determine a position of the apparatus within the first geographical area, using wireless signals received at the apparatus; collection circuitry configured to collect second position reference data, the second position reference data being for modification of the first position reference data, at a remote location; positioning circuitry configured to determine a position of the apparatus, the position being within the first geographical area; transmitter circuitry configured to transmit collected second position reference data; and processing circuitry configured, in dependence upon the determined position of the apparatus and the first position reference data, to selectively control transmission of collected second position reference data by the transmitter circuitry. | 12-01-2011 |
20110294520 | System and Method for Preventing Cell Phone Use While Driving - A system for monitoring and controlling the use of a mobile computing device is disclosed. The system includes a data server ( | 12-01-2011 |
20110294521 | WIRELESS TAG AND AUXILIARY DEVICE FOR USE WITH HOME MONITORING UNIT FOR TRACKING INDIVIDUALS OR OBJECTS - The invention is directed to a wireless location tracking device or tag and auxiliary device for use with a home monitoring unit for tracking individuals or objects. The location tracking device has position determining circuitry and first short range wireless circuitry that communicates position data representative of the location of the tracking device to an auxiliary device (or HMU). The auxiliary device has second short range wireless circuitry that communicates with the tracking device and long range communications circuitry that communicates the position data to a remote location. The tracking device can have a first operational mode, when communication is not established with the auxiliary device, wherein the position determining circuitry is maintained in a normal power state. The tracking device can also have a second operational mode, when communication is established between the tracking device and the auxiliary device, wherein the position determining circuitry is placed in a reduced power state. The remote location can include a monitoring station that communicates with the tracking device via the auxiliary device. The monitoring station can direct the tracking device to switch operational modes. In the alternative (e.g., in cases where the tag is unable to contact the CMS) the tag can maintain list of approved auxiliary devices and the tag can make the determination on whether or not switch operational modes. | 12-01-2011 |
20110300875 | APPARATUS, METHOD, AND SYSTEM FOR SENSING SUPPRESSION FOR LOCATION-BASED APPLICATIONS - A method is provided for managing a location sensing operation for location-based applications, including activating a first sensor disposed in the portable device so as to provide a location sensing operation requested by at least one location-based application. The method further includes periodically monitoring movement of the portable device by a second sensor disposed in the portable device, and suppressing the location sensing operation of the first sensor in accordance with the movement of the portable device detected by the second sensor. | 12-08-2011 |
20110300876 | METHOD FOR GUIDING ROUTE USING AUGMENTED REALITY AND MOBILE TERMINAL USING THE SAME - Disclosed are a method for guiding a route by using augmented reality and a mobile terminal using the same. The method for guiding a route by a mobile terminal includes: receiving route source information from a first terminal; displaying a surrounding image of the first terminal including augmented reality (AR) information by a second terminal based on the received route source information; and providing, by the second terminal, a real time route guidance to the first terminal according to a user input with respect to the displayed surrounding image. | 12-08-2011 |
20110300877 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal including a wireless communication unit configured to wirelessly communicate with at least one other counterpart terminal; a camera module configured to capture images; a touchscreen display configured to receive touch inputs and to display information; a position location module configured to provide a location of the terminal; and a controller configured to control the camera module to capture a preview image, to display the captured preview image on the touchscreen, to receive a designation input command indicating a destination object included in the camera preview image displayed on the touchscreen, to calculate position information of the designated destination object based on the location of the terminal provided by the position location module, and to transmit the calculated position information to the counterpart terminal. | 12-08-2011 |
20110300878 | Method and Arrangement for Determining Terminal Position - A Method and arrangement for determining the position of mobile terminals in a cell of a mobile communication network where time alignment (TA) is employed for terminal transmissions in timeslots to a serving base station. First, the distance to the base station is determined ( | 12-08-2011 |
20110300879 | UNIVERSAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH SPECIAL APPLICATIONS - The application provides a universal communication system. The communication system comprises
| 12-08-2011 |
20110300880 | SENSORS FOR AN AIRCRAFT FOR LOCATING DEVICES - The invention relates to a sensor network for determining the position of devices and gear in an aircraft. The sensor network exhibits several sensor nodes, which have an autonomous power supply. The sensor nodes can communicate wirelessly with each other and with a central processing unit. The position of each individual sensor node can be determined by evaluating high-frequency signal parameters. | 12-08-2011 |
20110306354 | Method and Apparatus for Constructing a User-Generated Geological System - A method and apparatus are provided to permit location discovery, including location discovery in indoor settings. The method may identify a wireless fingerprint present at a geographical location and determine whether the wireless fingerprint corresponds to a previously observed wireless fingerprint associated with the predefined geographical location. A new wireless fingerprint and a geographical location, or bind, may be received by the system and the system may evaluate whether or not the new bind is erroneous or not, or if the new bind is an improvement over existing binds in determining whether or not to accept the new bind. | 12-15-2011 |
20110306355 | Method and Arrangement for Improved Positioning - In a method of improved positioning of user equipments in a telecommunication system comprising at least one user equipment in communication with a core network node via a radio access network node, in response to a user equipment positioning event for said at least one user equipment performing the following steps. Providing S | 12-15-2011 |
20110306356 | POSITIONING SUPPORT DEVICE AND POSITIONING SUPPORT METHOD - Highly-accurate approximate positional information is transmitted to a communication terminal. | 12-15-2011 |
20110306357 | SYSTEMS FOR AND METHODS OF DETERMINING LIKELIHOOD OF ATYPICAL TRANSMISSION CHARACTERISTICS OF REFERENCE POINTS IN A POSITIONING SYSTEM - Systems for and methods of determining likelihood of atypical transmission characteristics of reference points in a positioning system are disclosed. A method of determining a measure of likelihood that a designated wireless device exhibits signal transmission characteristics atypical of a wireless device of a type matching the designated device includes determining reference points associated with the designated device, which are a geographic position at which signals from the designated device were detected and/or another wireless device from which signals were also detected by a receiver within a selected period of time during which the signals from the designated device were detected. The method also includes determining statistical measures of a spatial distribution of the reference points and determining a measure of likelihood that the designated device exhibits signal transmission characteristics that are atypical of a wireless device of a type matching the designated device based on the statistical measures. | 12-15-2011 |
20110306358 | SYSTEMS FOR AND METHODS OF DETERMINING LIKELIHOOD OF REFERENCE POINT IDENTITY DUPLICATION IN A POSITIONING SYSTEM - Systems for and methods of determining likelihood of reference point identity duplication in a positioning system are disclosed. A method of determining a measure of likelihood that a designated identifier is shared by wireless devices includes determining reference points associated with any wireless device having a designated identifier. The reference points are a geographic position at which signals from any of the wireless devices were detected and/or wireless devices from which signals were also detected within a selected period of time during which the signals from any of the wireless devices having the designated identifier were detected. The method also includes determining statistical information about a temporal distribution of detection of signals of reference points, a spatial distribution of the reference points, and/or a cardinality of the reference points and determining a measure of likelihood that the designated identifier is shared by wireless devices is based on the statistical information. | 12-15-2011 |
20110306359 | SYSTEMS FOR AND METHODS OF DETERMINING LIKELIHOOD OF RELOCATION OF REFERENCE POINTS IN A POSITIONING SYSTEM - Systems for and methods of determining likelihood of relocation of reference points in a positioning system are disclosed. A method of determining a measure of likelihood that an estimated geographic location of a designated wireless device is not its accurate present location includes determining a set of reference points associated with the device, which are a geographic position at which signals from the device were detected and/or other devices having a relationship with the designated device. The existence of the relationship is based on the devices being within signal reception range of a same position within a selected period of time. The method includes retrieving attributes of the reference points and/or of the relationships and determining a measure of likelihood that an estimated geographic location associated with the designated device is not its present location based on the attributes of the reference points of the set and/or of the relationships. | 12-15-2011 |
20110306360 | SYSTEMS FOR AND METHODS OF DETERMINING LIKELIHOOD OF MOBILITY OF REFERENCE POINTS IN A POSITIONING SYSTEM - Systems for and methods of determining likelihood of mobility of reference points in a positioning system are disclosed. A method of determining a measure of likelihood that a designated wireless device is a mobile device includes determining a set of reference points associated with a designated wireless device. The reference points are a geographic position at which signals from the device were detected and/or another wireless device from which signals were also detected by a receiver within a selected period of time during which the signals from the designated device were detected. The method also includes retrieving statistical information about a temporal distribution of detection of signals of reference points, a spatial distribution of the reference points, and/or a cardinality of the reference points. The method includes determining a measure of likelihood that the designated wireless device is a mobile wireless device based on the statistical information. | 12-15-2011 |
20110306361 | METHODS OF AND SYSTEMS FOR MEASURING BEACON STABILITY OF WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS - Methods of and systems for measuring beacon stability of wireless access points are provided. A method of determining a measure of likelihood that a designated wireless device exhibits at least one pathological characteristic includes determining a set of reference points associated with a designated wireless device, and retrieving attributes of the reference points, attributes associated with other wireless devices related to the designated wireless device, and/or statistical information. The statistical information includes a temporal distribution of detection of signals of reference points, a spatial distribution of the reference points, and/or a cardinality of the set or a subset of the reference points. The method further includes determining a measure of likelihood that the designated wireless device exhibits at least one pathological characteristic based on attributes of the reference points, attributes associated with the reception of signals, and/or the statistical information. | 12-15-2011 |
20110306362 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR NOTIFYING THE UPDATING OF LOCATION SERVICE AUXILIARY DATA - The present invention provides a method for notifying the updating of location service auxiliary data. The network side sends downwardly a paging message to a terminal, and the paging message carries the notification information which indicates whether the location service auxiliary data is updated or not, and then the terminal determines whether it is needed to obtain the location service auxiliary data or not according to the notification information. When the LCS auxiliary data is sent downwardly in the form of a system message and the LCS system message is modified, namely updated, the method and system for notifying the updating of the location service auxiliary data of the present invention can timely notify UE to obtain the LCS auxiliary data. | 12-15-2011 |
20110306363 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR OPTIMIZING AND UPDATING TRACKING AREA - The present invention relates to the field of mobile communication technologies, and discloses a method, an apparatus, and a system for optimizing a tracking area, and a method, an apparatus, and a system for updating a tracking area. The method for optimizing a tracking area includes the following steps: an Operation, Administration and Maintenance entity obtains an optimization threshold, and performs a tracking area optimization according to the optimization threshold. With the present invention, the Operation, Administration and Maintenance entity can optimize the tracking area automatically. | 12-15-2011 |
20110312333 | CONFIGURATION OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A communication system and method is disclosed. The communication system comprises: a mobile communication device configurable to communicate using one of a plurality of communication protocols; and a configuration server. The configuration server is adapted to determine the location of the mobile communication device and to configure a service of the mobile communication device based upon the determined location of the mobile communication device. | 12-22-2011 |
20110312334 | SATELLITE POSITIONING DEVICE AND ACQUISITION METHOD - A signal generating unit generates a signal in which the satellite signal from each satellite is squared. A time-frequency transforming unit performs time-frequency transformation on the signal thus generated. An acquisition unit identifies an outstanding type of frequency in the frequency characteristics acquired by the time-frequency transformation and acquires each of the satellite signals on the basis of the identified usual frequency in the frequency characteristics. This allows the acquisition unit to hit the vital spot of the frequency at which each of the satellite signals is likely to exist. | 12-22-2011 |
20110312335 | CELLULAR LOCATION SYSTEM AND CELLULAR LOCATION METHOD - A cellular location method is used in a cellular location system including a database. The cellular location method obtains radio measurements from a user terminal located in the communications network, extracts information from the obtained radio measurements, determines the location of the user terminal based on the extracted information, and stores the determined location of the user terminal and the extracted information as an entry in the database such that the determined location of the user terminal is retrieved based upon a matching score between the extracted information from the user terminal and extracted information from the specified user terminal. Additionally, when the determined location of the user terminal is retrieved based upon the matching score, the location of the specified user terminal is determined to be the determined location of the user terminal. | 12-22-2011 |
20110312336 | SATELLITE BASED POSITIONING METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COARSE LOCATION POSITIONING - A satellite based positioning method and system including storing satellite sub-almanac data on a mobile station. Embodiments include using the sub-almanac data to take measurements and calculate a coarse position of the mobile station. Embodiments further include a location server calculating a correction to the coarse position, and the location server determining whether any sub-almanacs used to calculate the coarse position require replacement. | 12-22-2011 |
20110312337 | METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING LOCATION OF MOBILE DEVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and system for identifying the location of a mobile device in a wireless communication network includes identifying Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) priority number of a cell in which the mobile device is currently camped. A first positioning method is selected to identify the location of the mobile device when the HCS priority number is greater than a first predefined number, and a second positioning method is selected when the HCS priority number is smaller than a second predefined number. The method also performs a probabilistic method to select a positioning method from the first posting method and the second positioning method when the HCS priority number is between the first predefined number and the second predefined number. | 12-22-2011 |
20110312338 | METHOD OF LOCATION UPDATE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A location update method in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method for performing a location update in a mobile station (MS) of the wireless communication system including a femtocell includes receiving a deregistration command (DREG-CMD) message that includes not only a paging group identifier (ID) of a first femtocell base station (BS) in which the MS stays but also a paging group ID of a macro BS including the first femtocell BS, initiating a location update delay timer while the MS moves from the first femtocell area to a second femtocell area having a paging group ID different from that of the first femtocell, and performing location update according to an operation of the location update delay timer. | 12-22-2011 |
20110312339 | Methods and Arrangements in a Wireless Communication System - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements in a network node such as a positioning server and a user equipment of enabling downlink-based positioning of the user equipment which is served by a serving cell. The network node estimates ( | 12-22-2011 |
20110312340 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOCATION POSITIONING WITHIN RADIO ACCESS SYSTEMS - A method for calculating the geographical position of a user equipment (UE) unit includes collecting position parameters conveying the relative position of the UE unit from two or more base stations using technologies mandated for the modern wireless networks. Particularly, know (predetermined) signals embedded in the downlink and uplink subframes, such as preambles, pilots, ranging codes are used for determining the coordinates of the UE unit. In addition, the methods and systems proposed here take advantage of the multiple antennas systems mandated at both the UE and BTS. | 12-22-2011 |
20110312341 | Surveying Wireless Device Users by Location - The present invention is a system and method for conducting survey using wireless devices. The system architecture of the present invention comprises a location server and a location system. The location server can receive a survey request from a subscriber, delineate a survey area for the survey, broadcast a query containing the survey to a plurality of wireless devices, process responses received from the wireless devices, and deliver a result of the survey to the subscriber. The location system can generate location information for each of the wireless devices that received the query. The location system may be a network-based unit or a portable unit provisioned at each of the wireless devices. In one of the embodiments, the location system is a GPS receiver that generates the longitude and the latitude of the wireless devices at which it is provisioned. | 12-22-2011 |
20110312342 | RADIO BASE STATION AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The disclosed radio base station ( | 12-22-2011 |
20110312343 | Systems for communicating current and future activity information among mobile Internet users and methods therefor - A computer-implemented method implemented via the Internet for coordinating a current or future event between a user of a mobile Internet device and other users communicating through the Internet. The method includes receiving the current or future activity information pertaining to the future event from the user via the mobile Internet device. The current activity pertains to an activity occurring at a current time relative to a time the future activity information is received. The future activity pertains to an activity occurring at a future time relative to a time the future activity information is received. The method further includes transmitting the current or future activity information to a backend database coupled to the Internet, the backend database being remote from the mobile Internet device. The method further includes rendering the current or future activity information accessible to at least one recipient via the Internet. The recipient represents a subset of the users coupled to the Internet and having access privilege to information pertaining to the current or future event involving the user. | 12-22-2011 |
20110312344 | LOCATION-BASED MESSAGING SYSTEM - Apparatus for supporting a location-based application is disclosed. The apparatus comprises a plurality of mobile devices which report their locations to an application computer. The application computer then periodically or occasionally sends the mobile devices a message (textual, speech, photo or video etc.) which depends upon the reported location of the mobile device. A problem with known apparatus of this type arises when a plurality of users are partaking in the same location-based application together, but receive different messages because their positions are not identical. The location-based application supporting apparatus disclosed here overcomes this problem by first identifying mobile devices which are moving as a group, and then sending all members of that group the same location-based message. The solution is of particular utility in relation to located information, advertising, or reviews for shops, restaurants etc., located games, located educational experiences and location tourism. | 12-22-2011 |
20110319093 | GEO-LOCATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for geo-location of a wireless communication unit ( | 12-29-2011 |
20110319094 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - There is provided an information processing apparatus including: a positioning unit acquiring positioning information on a latitude and longitude showing a position of the positioning unit; a transmission unit transmitting a time-series log, which includes the positioning information acquired by the positioning unit, to a server; a reception unit receiving an activity model showing an activity state of a user, the activity model being obtained by a learning process carried out by the server based on the time-series log; a recognition unit recognizing a present activity state of the user using the positioning information acquired by the positioning unit and the activity model received by the reception unit; and a prediction unit predicting behavior of the user from the present activity state of the user recognized by the recognition unit. | 12-29-2011 |
20110319095 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING POSITION DETERMINATION WITH A SHORT CIRCUIT CALL FLOW - For a call flow to perform position determination, a network sends to a user equipment (UE) an indication (e.g., a request for permission) to perform a position fix for the UE. The UE responds by sending to the network an acknowledgment (e.g., a grant of permission) to perform the position fix. The UE selectively sends a position estimate for itself to the network, typically along with the acknowledgment. The network may initiate location processing if (1) a location estimate is not received from the UE or (2) a location estimate is received from the UE but the network decides not to use this location estimate. In this case, the network and the UE perform location processing to obtain a position fix for the UE. However, if a location estimate is received from the UE and the network decides to use the location estimate, then the location processing is bypassed or short circuited. | 12-29-2011 |
20110319096 | ENABLING SOCIAL INTERACTIVE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A computer-implemented system and method for enabling social interactive wireless communication between at least two mobile devices is presented. In particular, the system and method comprises affiliating and/or synchronizing a first mobile device and a second mobile device with an interactive social network. Further, the present invention comprises associating at least one first social interactive pairing criterion with the first mobile device, and associating at least one second social interactive pairing criterion with a second mobile device. Upon disposition of the first and second mobile devices in a physical and/or geographic proximity to one another, the present invention further comprises determining whether the first and second social interactive pairing criterion at least partially coincide with one another, and establishing a communication channel between the first and second mobile devices for communication therebetween. | 12-29-2011 |
20110319097 | Position Monitoring for a Coverage Area - It is disclosed a method, an apparatus and a computer program for monitoring, for a position of a set of one or more positions that are associated with a coverage area of a communication node, if a report comprising a position associated with said coverage area of said communication node and lying in a defined environment of said position for which said monitoring is performed is received as a validation of said position for which said monitoring is performed. | 12-29-2011 |
20120003988 | Method and Apparatus for Sharing Information from a Communication Device - Provided is a method and apparatus for sharing information from a communication device. The communication device is to send first information to a first apparatus and second information to a second apparatus. In accordance with an embodiment of the application, the communication device combines the first information and the second information in a single message and then sends the message to a network node. In accordance with another embodiment of the application, the network node separates the first information from the second information and sends the first information and the second information to the first apparatus and the second apparatus, respectively. Note that the communication device did not have to send separate messages to the apparatuses and therefore there is a reduction in number of messages sent by the communication device. This reduction has an effect of reducing network utilization by the communication device. | 01-05-2012 |
20120003989 | Location Status Update Messaging - Provision of a location status update for a mobile computing device to a recipient based on navigation information is disclosed. The location status update may be sent to one or more recipients based on a predetermined criterion or upon user command. According to embodiments, a mobile device's GPS and/or network-based location technologies may be utilized to provide information as to whether a predetermined criterion is met. The location status update may be an SMS or MMS message, an e-mail, a text message, a voice call, a voice message, or a posting to a social networking site. | 01-05-2012 |
20120003990 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND INFORMATION DISPLAY METHOD USING THE SAME - A mobile terminal includes a communication unit to detect a first device and to receive device information from the first detected device; a memory unit to store a search classification; a control unit to determine class and location information of the first detected device using device information received from the first detected device, and to control a search result to be displayed on a display unit. An information display method using a mobile terminal includes detecting devices within a reference proximity, receiving device information from a first detected device; storing a search classification in the mobile terminal; determining class information and location information of the first detected device, and comparing the class information with the stored search classification; and displaying a determination result. | 01-05-2012 |
20120003991 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRACKING MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICES WHILE CONSERVING CELLULAR NETWORK RESOURCES - A system and associated methods are disclosed for tracking mobile electronic devices while conserving cellular network resources used for such tracking. The tracking may be performed for purposes of facilitating recovery of lost or stolen devices. To conserve network resources, different telephone numbers may be assigned depending upon the location of each device and the time of each call, and individual calls may be made only after a determination has been made that a telephone call is required. A determination that a telephone call is required may be made depending upon whether a protected electronic device had been reported lost or stolen, and/or whether an internet communication between the protected electronic device and a monitoring center has been made within a selected previous period of time. A dynamic schedule permits reserved telephone call slots to be freed up if not needed so that they can be used for devices that need the communication time. | 01-05-2012 |
20120003992 | METHOD AND SYSTEM TO CONTROL MOVABLE ENTITIES - A method to wirelessly control an entity having an attached transponder is disclosed. A geographical zone is defined. The geographical zone can be defined by allowing a user to define and load to a transponder a plurality of waypoints, each waypoint defined by a geographical coordinate and a radius originating from the geographical coordinate. The geographical zone can also be defined by selecting a plurality of coordinates that are loaded to a transponder and mapped on a pixilated image. The microprocessor in the transponder is programmed to determine the occurrence of an event associated with the status of the entity in relation to the geographical zone. Finally, the microprocessor is configured to execute a configurable operation if the event occurs. | 01-05-2012 |
20120003993 | DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM FOR DATA ITEMS - Distribution system for data items where information on amounts of topics may be used to scope further actions on the information. Data items are created topically in various locations, provided with position-based annotation and made publicly available. Search on desired data items is scoped using views that show the amount of available data items for one or more sub-areas of a geographical area. | 01-05-2012 |
20120003994 | PROVIDING LOCATION-BASED INFORMATION IN LOCAL WIRELESS ZONES - The present invention allows mobile terminals to receive location-based information upon entering a local wireless zone established by an access point. The access point includes or is associated with one or more servers, which may provide the location-based information and control access. The local wireless zone is a limited area in which communications between the access point and the mobile terminal are possible. Once the mobile terminal enters into one or more local wireless zones, the presence of the mobile terminal in the local wireless zone is detected. Once detected, the mobile terminal is afforded access to a server on which the location-based information is stored. The server is associated with the local wireless zone. | 01-05-2012 |
20120003995 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION - A radio base station according to the present invention includes: a downlink data resumption processing unit configured to transmit an RA preamble assignment signal to a mobile station, when a positioning trigger is detected in a state in which no synchronization is established in an uplink between the radio base station and the mobile station; and a propagation delay calculation unit configured to calculate propagation delay in the uplink, in response to reception of a RA preamble assigned by the RA preamble assignment signal. | 01-05-2012 |
20120009936 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, UPPER-LAYER NODE APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND BASE STATION STATUS CONTROL METHOD - A mobile communications system is disclosed. The mobile communications system includes a unit which is provided at an upper-layer node apparatus and which obtains location information of a base station apparatus and one or more mobile station apparatuses; a unit which is provided at the upper-layer node apparatus and which checks whether the mobile station apparatus is authorized to connect to the base station apparatus; a unit which is provided at the upper-layer node apparatus and which calculates a proximity of the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus based on the location information of the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus; and a unit which is provided at the upper-layer node apparatus and which moves the base station apparatus to a service status when the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus are in proximity and moves the base station apparatus to a radio unit stop status when all the mobile station apparatuses are not in proximity with the base station apparatus. | 01-12-2012 |
20120009937 | SELECTED RESTRICTION OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SERVICES - Wireless communications services on a wireless communications device are selectively restricted in accordance with a location of the wireless device and specific permission and/or restrictions assigned to the wireless device while within/at the location. Services can be selectively blocked (denied), selectively modified, or selectively allowed on a wireless device based on lists indicating permissibility for specific services for specific devices at/within specific locations. A location can be a zone of coverage of a cellular tower, micro/pico/Femto cell or wireless access point, a sector of a zone of coverage, a geographic region within a zone of coverage, or any appropriate combination thereof | 01-12-2012 |
20120009938 | CELLULAR LOCATION SYSTEM AND CELLULAR LOCATION METHOD - A cellular location method uses a cellular location system including a database. The cellular location method obtains radio measurements from a user terminal located in the communications network, extracts information from the obtained radio measurements, determines the location of the user terminal based on the extracted information, and stores the determined location of the user terminal and the extracted information as an entry in the database. Additionally, the cellular location method estimates information for the user terminal for another location in the communications network. The estimated information for the user terminal may be based upon the extracted information for the user terminal or upon obtained information from a co-sited communications network. A location of the specified user terminal can be obtained based on a matching score between measurements from the specified user terminal and the stored user terminal measurements including the extracted information and the estimated information. | 01-12-2012 |
20120009939 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING WIMAX OR LTE SUBSCRIBER STATIONS - A system and method for estimating a location of a subscriber station receiving a first signal from a first base station and receiving a second signal from a second base station where the first and second base stations are nodes in a WiMAX or LIE network. A message may be received from the subscriber station containing first and second information, and a range ring determined from the first base station using the first information. A location hyperbola may be determined using the second information wherein the location hyperbola has the first and second base stations as foci. A location of the subscriber station may be estimated using the range ring and the location hyperbola. | 01-12-2012 |
20120009940 | PROCESS FOR UPDATING ADDITIONAL INFORMATION STORED IN A TERMINAL FOR A TERMINAL-BASED RECOGNITION OF HOME BASE STATIONS IN A CELLULAR LAND MOBILE SYSTEM - Process for geographical location of a cellular terminal ( | 01-12-2012 |
20120009941 | Method and apparatus for providing a location based service - An application method of a Location Based Service-zone (LBS-zone) is capable of implementing instruction and measurement for the LBS-zone. The method includes sending, by a serving Base Station (BS) located by a Mobile Station (MS), an instruction message indicating an LBS-zone exists, to the MS. The method also includes, when the LBS-zone exists, and the MS measures a reference signal sent by a neighbor BS in the LBS-zone, receiving, by the MS, the reference signal in the LBS-zone, which is sent by the neighbor BS and used for locating the MS, according to the instruction message. The method also includes measuring, by the MS, the reference signal, and sending a measurement result to the serving BS. Using embodiments of the invention, the MS may be enabled to obtain information of the LBS-zone accurately, so as to implement normal measurement for the LBS-zone and measurement result feedback. | 01-12-2012 |
20120009942 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND METHODS WITH SOURCE LOCALIZATION AND SELF-CALIBRATION - Computer-implemented systems and methods are provided for source-localization and self-calibration for an array of antenna elements. In one implementation, a method is provided that includes estimating directions of arrival of a plurality of signals received by a plurality of antenna elements of the array of antenna elements and identifying a target signal from among the plurality of received signals. The method may also include estimating complex gain of each of the plurality of antenna elements in a direction of arrival of the identified target signal, wherein the estimation of the complex gain of each the plurality of antenna elements is performed after estimating the directions of arrival of signals received by the plurality of antenna elements. | 01-12-2012 |
20120009943 | Tracking System and Portable Virtual Fence - A tracking system includes a global positioning system (GPS) module and a modem for mobile communications both attached to a pet (or other trackee), and a virtual fence (which includes a base station sending a signal to a certain range and a receiver attached to the pet (or other trackee) and receiving the signal sent by a base station when the receiver is within the range of the base station). A portable virtual fence system includes a signal-sending base station, and a signal-receiver worn by a to-be-fenced pet or other trackee. Advantageously, the base station is portable. The size of the virtual fence can be expanded to fit any shaped geometry using signal repeater or transceiver devices. In addition, more than one pet can be tracked using a single virtual fence and base station. | 01-12-2012 |
20120015665 | SENSOR NODE POSITIONING FOR LOCATION DETERMINATION - Systems, methods, and devices are described for determining a physical location of a wireless device. A receiver may be configured to receive associations between anchor locations and sensor nodes, wherein each sensor node uses near field communications to identify an anchor location. The receiver may also receive signal strength measurements from the wireless device measuring the signal strength of wireless sensor nodes. Arrangements may also be configured to determine physical locations of the sensor nodes based on physical locations of anchor locations and utilize received signal strength measurements with the determined physical locations of the sensor nodes to determine the physical location of the wireless device. | 01-19-2012 |
20120015666 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ROUTING MESSAGES OF A POSITIONING PROTOCOL IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and apparatuses are provided that facilitate routing of messages of a positioning protocol, such as long term evolution (LTE) positioning protocol annex (LPPa). A positioning server can determine a network area identifier of one or more messages based at least in part on an identifier of a base station associated with the one or more messages. Based at least in part on the network area identifier, the positioning server can provide the one or more messages to an intermediate network node corresponding to the one or more base stations, such as a mobility management entity (MME). MME can similarly provide the one or more messages to an optional gateway between it and the one or more base stations based at least in part on receiving the network area identifier in the one or more messages. In addition, a base station can update positioning information with the positioning server. | 01-19-2012 |
20120015667 | METHOD OF DETERMINING A POSITION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREOF - A method of determining a position in a wireless communication system and apparatus thereof are disclosed. The present invention includes receiving system information including information on a reference cell and at least one neighbor cell from a location server, receiving positioning reference signals (PRSs) from the reference cell and the at least one neighbor cell using the system information, measuring reference signal time difference (RSTD) of each of the at least one neighbor cell for the reference cell, and transmitting the at least one measured RSTD to the location server. And, the RSTD is a relative timing difference between two cells. Moreover, the system information includes at least one cell for obtaining a system frame number (SFN) by the UE, as the reference cell or the at least one neighbor cell. | 01-19-2012 |
20120015668 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROXIMITY AREA NETWORKING FOR SELECTION OF MESSAGING - Embodiments of the present invention include improved communication system and methods. In one embodiment, the present invention includes a wireless communication method comprising, on a first wireless device, receiving one or more wireless device identifications associated with one or more other wireless devices, and transmitting at least one of the one or more wireless device identifications from the first wireless device to a remote computer system, and on the remote computer system, receiving the at least one wireless device identification, and accessing information associated with the at least one wireless device identification. Embodiments of the present invention may be used for electronic dating, social networking and other communication applications. | 01-19-2012 |
20120015669 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR POSITIONING TERMINAL IN LONG TERM EVOLUTION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for terminal locating in long term evolution system are provided by the present invention, wherein, the method includes: calculating the propagation delay from the terminal to the base station to which the terminal belongs, according to the synchronization time advance of the terminal and the signal reception delay of the base station to which the terminal belongs ( | 01-19-2012 |
20120015670 | Hybrid GNSS and TDOA Wireless Location System - A method and apparatus for position determination is provided using measurements from both Global Positioning System (GPS) receivers and terrestrial-based Uplink Time Difference of Arrival (UTDOA) receivers. The method involves the transformation of downlink satellite measurements into equivalent UTDOA measurements by computing comparable cross-correlation coefficients and time differences of arrival with respect to a UTDOA reference station. The method includes a weighting operation whereby the relative weights of the UTDOA measurements and the relative weights of the GPS measurements are adjusted based on a theoretical scaling followed by empirical adjustments. The method further involves the efficient computation and combining of metrics that are used to minimize the weighted error between candidate location solutions and the UTDOA and GPS measurements. | 01-19-2012 |
20120015671 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOCATING A NOTEBOOK COMPUTER - A method for locating a notebook computer by sending a Wake on Wireless WAN (WoW) signal via a wireless network to the notebook computer to switch ON the notebook computer; instructing the notebook computer to determine its own location using GPS if the notebook computer lid is open. | 01-19-2012 |
20120021758 | SENSING RELATIVE POSITION FROM A WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER - Disclosed is an apparatus, system and method for determining a location of a mobile device based on a location of a wireless network node, a distance between the wireless network node and the mobile device, and a bearing from the wireless network node to the mobile device, wherein the bearing is determined based on a directional signal and magnetometer measurements. | 01-26-2012 |
20120021759 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING LOCATION INFORMATION - A method for determining location information used in an electronic device of a communication system including a plurality of electronic devices, comprising: transmitting a position request signal via a plurality of communication networks of the communication system; receiving a position response signal with respective location information from at least one electronic devices of the plurality of electronic devices; and determining position information of the electronic device by the received position response signal; wherein the position request signal is transmitted successively to the plurality of networks in a specific order among said networks until the location information of the electronic device is determined based on the location response signal. | 01-26-2012 |
20120021760 | TRACKING SYSTEM AND A METHOD FOR TRACKING THE POSITION OF A DEVICE - For allowing a reliable and fast determination of the position of devices with a high degree of privacy preservation a tracking system for determination of the position of devices within a wireless network is claimed, wherein the tracking system is including a number of tracking stations, each tracking station being adapted for wireless communication with at least one device. The system is characterized by a management unit for control of a tracking activity of the tracking stations. Further, an according method for tracking the position of a device within a wireless network is claimed, preferably for use with the above mentioned tracking system. | 01-26-2012 |
20120021761 | Method for locating a terminal device and a communication system - There is provided a method for locating a terminal device in a network system, at least one network having several cells that are combined to form one or more tracking areas. The one or more tracking areas are combined to form an equivalent area. An exemplary method comprises transmitting a locating message from the terminal device to a network when the terminal device enters an equivalent area. Locating messages are also transmitted from the terminal device to the network at predetermined time intervals. The method also comprises indicating via the locating messages a sub-area of an equivalent area in which the terminal device is located during the transmission of a locating message. The method additionally comprises storing at least the sub-area indicated in a most recently received locating message by the network. The method further comprises transmitting at least a first terminal device tracking call by the network within the stored sub-area in order to locate the terminal device. | 01-26-2012 |
20120021762 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR USE IN PROVIDING POSITION ASSISTANCE DATA TO MOBILE STATIONS - Methods and apparatuses are provided which may be implemented in various devices to provide position assistance data and/or the like to a mobile station with regard to at least one of a plurality of different indoor regions. | 01-26-2012 |
20120021763 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING A MOBILE TERMINAL IN A FINITE LOCATION - Embodiments of the present invention include methods, systems and computer program products. Systems, methods and computer program products of the various preferred embodiments can include one or more sensors disposable in a finite location and adapted to receive a communication channel signal from a mobile terminal located in the finite location and a controller connected to the one or more sensors and adapted to calculate a position of the mobile terminal within the finite location. The systems, methods and computer program products of the various preferred embodiments can also include a pseudo-station disposable in the finite location and connected to the controller and adapted to induce a communication channel signal from the mobile terminal by transmitting a control channel signal in the finite location. | 01-26-2012 |
20120021764 | System and Method for Robust Navigation and Communication Via A Cooperative Ad-hoc Network - A MANET Signals of Opportunity (SoOP) network providing positioning information to mobile users cooperatively. Mobile nodes access SoOP/GNSS to determine location and share navigation and communication information with other users to extend coverage to adjacent nodes. The system also allows disadvantaged users to determine positioning based upon beacon information transmitted without access to GNSS signals. | 01-26-2012 |
20120021765 | CLOSEST USER TERMINAL SEARCH METHOD FOR A TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK AND SERVICE NODE APPLYING SUCH A METHOD - Service node for a telecommunication network and method for determining a group of n user terminals which are closest to a point of interest. First, a search range with an upper limit is set. Then in an iterative manner, a current search cell of the set of cells is determined and the search cell is queried for user data. The user terminals are added to a set of found user terminals, and if the set of found user terminals comprises n or more user terminals, the upper limit of the search range is adjusted to the n | 01-26-2012 |
20120021766 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE AND DEVICE REGISTRATION METHOD - According to one embodiment, a storage module stores device information of a counterpart device generated by an authentication process required for wireless communication, a registration information control module registers location information as either of first location information of a location where the device information of the counterpart device will be stored after termination of wireless communication with the counterpart device and second location information of a location where the device information will not be stored after termination of the wireless communication, and a wireless communication control module receives location information of the wireless communication device at the time of execution of the wireless communication, determines whether the received location information coincides with the first location information or not, and executes an authentication process by use of the device information storied in the storage module to enable the wireless communication when the received location information coincides with the first location information. | 01-26-2012 |
20120021767 | UPDATING POSITION ASSIST DATA ON A MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICE - A mobile computing device comprises a memory, a processor and a transceiver. The memory is configured to store at least one type of position assist data. The processor is configured to provide a position fix based on the position assist data. The transceiver is configured for wireless communication. The memory is configured to store updated position assist data for the type of position assist data. The processor is operable in a first operating mode in which the type of position assist data is not updated and operable in a second operating mode in which the type of position assist data is updated in response to at least one triggering event. | 01-26-2012 |
20120021768 | LOCATION DETECTION SYSTEM AND METHOD WITH FINGERPRINTING - A location detection system and method with fingerprinting including defining nodes in an area, the area being associated with field devices and a target device ( | 01-26-2012 |
20120021769 | Methods and Arrangements for Enabling Estimation of a Position of a Mobile Terminal - Methods and arrangements in a first network node, a second radio network node and a mobile terminal for enabling estimation of a position of a mobile terminal are provided. The first network node receives a request for estimating the position of the mobile terminal. The first network node determines a first set of radio network nodes including the second radio network node and two additional radio network nodes. The first network node determines positioning signals for transmission from radio network nodes of the first set to the mobile terminal. The first network node instructs each of the radio network nodes of the first set to transmit the positioning signal, associated therewith, to the mobile terminal. | 01-26-2012 |
20120028649 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR USE IN DETERMINING THAT A MOBILE STATION IS AT ONE OR MORE PARTICULAR INDOOR REGIONS - Methods and apparatuses are provided which may be implemented in various devices for to determine or assist in determining that a mobile station is at one or more particular indoor regions and to provide positioning assistance data and/or the like to the mobile station with regard to at least the one or more particular indoor regions. | 02-02-2012 |
20120028650 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PREDICTING FUTURE LOCATIONS OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES USING CONNECTION-RELATED DATA OF A MOBILE ACCESS NETWORK - A system and method for predicting future locations of mobile communication devices utilizes connection-related data from a mobile access network supporting the mobile communication devices to determine latest locations of the mobile communication devices, which are used to predict the future locations of the mobile communication devices. In addition to the determined locations of the mobile communication devices, carrier-provided location predictive indicators and/or non-carrier location predictive indicators may be used to improve the accuracy of the predicted future locations. | 02-02-2012 |
20120028651 | Location derived presence information - The number of messages required in networks where both location and presence services are deployed may be reduced, by retrieving presence data from messages otherwise intended to provide only location information. Thus, information determined in a location service scheme is utilized to provide a presence service as well. A location server requests mobile subscriber (MS) information from a Core Network (CN) Node (i.e. HLR, MSC, etc.) that can be used in determining the Location of the MS. A single message aggregates retrieval of information for two services, specifically, for both location and presence. | 02-02-2012 |
20120028652 | DETERMINING A POSITION OF A TERMINAL - It is disclosed an apparatus, a method and a computer program for determining a position of a terminal. It is checked if an intersection of all areas of a set of areas that are associated with one or more communication nodes and represent and/or limit possible positions of a terminal is potentially non-empty. Each of the areas is associable with a respective bounding box. The intersection is defined to be potentially non-empty if an intersection of all of the bounding boxes would be non-empty. A position of the terminal is determined in dependence on a result of the checking if the intersection of all areas of the set of areas is potentially non-empty. | 02-02-2012 |
20120028653 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF UMTS UE LOCATION USING UPLINK DEDICATED PHYSICAL CONTROL CHANNEL AND DOWNLINK SYNCHRONIZATION CHANNEL - A system and method for estimating a location of a wireless device in a wireless communication system having a plurality of nodes and a plurality of location measurement units (“LMUs”). A set of signal samples from a first wireless device and a second wireless device may be collected by one or more LMUs in a search window. A first time of arrival (“TOA”) is determined, and a second search window is estimated as a function of the first TOA. A second TOA may be determined within the second search window at a second node or one of the LMUs from the set of signal samples. A range estimate of the wireless device may then be determined, and an estimated location of the wireless device may be determined as a function of the first uplink TOA, the second uplink TOA, or the range estimate and second TOA. | 02-02-2012 |
20120034929 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SHOWING DYNAMIC LOCATION FOR A PLURALITY OF USERS - A computer implemented method of displaying locations of a plurality of tracked assets. The method includes receiving at least one request to display a location representation for a plurality of tracked assets. It is determined whether each request is part of a request chain. Location information related to the requests is received. In response to receiving the first of the location information from a request in a request chain or from a request not in a request chain, a message is displayed, and a first location marker indicating the location of the tracked asset is shown in a view of the map. In response to receiving subsequent location information for a request in a request chain, a message is displayed indicating the location of the tracked asset, and a location marker indicating the location of the tracked asset is placed on the map. | 02-09-2012 |
20120034930 | Anonymous Location Service for Wireless Networks - An anonymous location wireless network service for use in a wireless network. The service provides content providers with the location of network users without revealing their identities. The service includes a wireless network having a proxy server, a network communication link to a plurality of web sites, and a wireless communication link to a plurality of handheld devices. The proxy server blocks identity by reading the location and identity information of network devices, generating dummy identifications, relating the dummy identifications to the identity information, storing the relationships in a memory storage, and forwarding the location information and dummy identifications to the global computer network. Upon receiving messages from the global computer network, the proxy server reads the dummy identifications, looks up the related identification information in the memory storage, and forwards the data to the appropriate network devices. | 02-09-2012 |
20120034931 | System and Method for Detection of Mobile Operating Through A Repeater - A system and method for a network analysis system operating in a wireless communication system with repeaters is disclosed. Embodiments of the system and method enable the network analysis system to determine if signals being received by the network receivers arrive directly from a target mobile appliance or if the signals are passing through a repeater. The repeaters through an augmentation measure attribute of a received signal to a network manager and based on these attributes it is determine whether the signal is served by a repeater or other network device. | 02-09-2012 |
20120034932 | Method and Check Node for Locking Location of User Network Device - A method for locking a location of a Home NodeB (HNB) is provided, which includes: a Connectivity Session Location and Repository Function (CLF) and/or a verification node storing various location identifiers corresponding to location information; the user network device which includes a HNB or a Home evolved Home NodeB (HeNB) sending location information to the verification node after obtaining said location information; said verification node comparing received location information with the various location identifiers stored in the verification node and/or corresponding location identifiers inquired from the CLF, and determining whether to register the location information of said user network device according to a comparison and/or inquiry result. A verification node for giving support to locking a location of a user network device is further provided. | 02-09-2012 |
20120040685 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A BUFFERING SCHEME FOR OTDOA BASED LOCATION POSITIONING - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, a method comprises receiving a plurality of reference signals (RS) from a plurality of nearby cells over a positioning time window comprising a plurality of positioning occasions; grouping the received reference signals into a set of RS groups based on a time difference between a minimum expected RS time difference (RSTD) and a maximum expected RS time difference of the received signals; buffering a subset of the set of RS groups of the received reference signals in a RS buffer whose size is based at least in part on a buffering margin and is smaller than a maximum possible time difference; measuring the buffered reference signals; and generating an observed time difference of arrival (OTDOA) report based on the buffered subset of the set of RS groups of the received reference signals. | 02-16-2012 |
20120040686 | MOBILE DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed herein are a mobile device and control method thereof, the mobile device including: a communication unit which is operable to communicate with a local content providing device from among a plurality of content providing devices in a wireless network; a display unit which is operable to display information for downloading content provided by the local content providing device; a user input unit which is operable to receive a user's command to download the content provided by the local content providing device; and a controller which controls the communication unit to communicate with the local content providing device if the local content providing device is in the user's current area, controls the display unit to display information related to the content provided by the local content providing device, and controls downloading the content from the local content providing device according to the user's command. | 02-16-2012 |
20120040687 | Nodes and Methods for Enhancing Positioning - The disclosure relates to a positioning node | 02-16-2012 |
20120040688 | Electronic Apparatus, Information Determining Server, Information Determining Method, Program, and Information Determining System - A method is provided for determining a category of a location. The method comprises determining, at a first time, information identifying a first device location of a first device associated with a user; and storing the first device location information and information identifying the first time in a location history. The method further comprises determining, at a second time, information identifying a second device location of the first device; and storing, in the location history, the second device location information and information identifying the second time. The method still further comprises determining, based on the location history, a category of a location. | 02-16-2012 |
20120040689 | SYSTEM AND METHOD TO OBTAIN SIGNAL ACQUISITION ASSISTANCE DATA - Signal acquisition assistance data is obtained for receiving devices such as wireless position assisted location devices seeking signals from any source, such as satellite vehicles and base stations. The data may be obtained from previously acquired data, based upon evaluation of changes in parameters such as time and location that may jeopardize validity. In some cases the data may be adjusted for the changes in parameters. Refined data may be calculated by a receiver using partial measurements of signal sets, particularly if the acquisition assistance data provided by a remote entity includes more distinct parameters than have typically been provided. New data need not be obtained until the validity of previous data expires due to limitations upon temporal extrapolation using Doppler coefficients, unless mobile station movement that cannot be compensated is detected, and jeopardizes validity of the previous data. | 02-16-2012 |
20120040690 | Method, system and device for implementing identity identifier and location separation - The present invention discloses a method, system and device for implementing identity identifier and location separation, to solve the technical problem that the change of the host IP address results in the connection interrupt of the terminal in the process of moving. By separating and mapping the identity identifier and location identifier, the present invention eliminates the network limitation because of the IP addresses with dual functions of the identity identifier and location identifier; the terminal host identity identifier and the terminal location identifier are mapped, the IP address is used for route only, and the host identity is denoted by the host identifier. Consequently, when the host address is changed because of moving or multi-homing and so on, the route is changed, the host identifier still keeps unchanged, and the network application and connection are not interrupted. Therefore, the continuity of the session can be implemented, the mobility, the multi-homing, the dynamic reallocation of IP addresses, and the inter-access among the different network area can be implemented effectively. | 02-16-2012 |
20120040691 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING POSITION OF USER EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING SAME IN WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for determining position of a user equipment in a wireless mobile communication system. The method comprises receiving a plurality of subframes including reference signals for positioning of the user equipment from a plurality of base stations periodically with a predetermined period of time; and determining position of the user equipment using reference signal time difference (RSTD) between the reference signals for positioning of the user equipment included in the received plurality of subframes, wherein a pattern of the reference signals for positioning of the user equipment is generated by repeating a diagonal mother matrix with dimension of 6×6, the pattern of the reference signals are mapped to orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols of the subframe, and the reference signals for positioning of the user equipment in a OFDM symbol in which common reference signal (CRS) is transmitted are punctured. | 02-16-2012 |
20120040692 | MOVEMENT DISTANCE FALSIFICATION PREVENTING SYSTEM AND METHOD - Improper acquisition of position information is prevented in a system in which points are added according to a movement distance of a user owning a cellular phone terminal. Position information of a cellular phone and the time information corresponding thereto are acquired on the basis of GPS or base station information. The movement distance and movement speed are calculated for each predetermined time interval, and whether or not the movement is within a range allowed for the corresponding transportation mode is determined on the basis of these position information and movement speed with reference to the mobile body database where timetables or the like have been recorded. The acquisition of the position information is determined to be improper when the movement is not in the range allowed for any of the transportation modes. | 02-16-2012 |
20120040693 | Method of Improved Positioning - In a method of improved clustering for providing position determination assisting data in a cellular communication system, providing (S | 02-16-2012 |
20120040694 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR POSITIONING MOBILE TERMINAL - This invention provides a method, system and device for positioning a mobile terminal. The method includes: instructing, by a serving base station or an upper level relay, measuring a transmission time of a positioning signal with the mobile terminal, and instructing two relays in a serving cell to measure the transmission time of the positioning signal with the mobile terminal; and calculating, by the serving base station or the upper level relay, a position of the mobile terminal according to the transmission time of the positioning signal, the position of the serving base station or the upper level relay and the position of the two relays. The method, system and device provided by the present invention can reduce communication overhead in mobile terminal positioning, and improve the positioning accuracy of mobile terminal positioning. | 02-16-2012 |
20120046040 | LOCATION-BASED PROFILE - A location determination subsystem of a mobile device can determine a location of the mobile device. A monitoring subsystem of the mobile device can be configured, using a profile, to monitor states of a wireless connection between the mobile device and a communications network. When the monitoring subsystem detects an interruption of the wireless connection, a virtual geofence can be constructed around the location of the mobile device when the interruption occurred. The geofence can indicate a boundary of an enclosed geographic area. The geofence can be associated with a diagnostics profile stored on the mobile device or dynamically retrieved from a server upon occurrence of the interruption. When the mobile device enters the area enclosed by the geofence, the monitoring subsystem can be configured using the diagnostics profile in anticipation of interruptions of connections. Information relating to the interruptions can be anonymously sent to a server for analysis. | 02-23-2012 |
20120046041 | PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND POSITION TRACKING METHOD OF THE DEVICE - A location tracking method using a portable electronic device utilizes communication with a server through access points. The portable electronic device creates a database to restore information of the access points and scans the access points which can communicates and searches the information of the access points scanned from the database. The portable electronic device logs onto the access points and transmits transmitter packages including the access points scanned and scanning time of the access points to the server for tracking locations of the portable electronic device. | 02-23-2012 |
20120046042 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR POWER CONTROL IN GEO-TAGGING IN A MOBILE TERMINAL - A method for power control in geo-tagging in a mobile terminal includes: searching for whether serving base station information periodically transmitted from a serving base station, which is currently connected with the mobile terminal, exists in a plurality of pieces of pre-stored image metadata when a camera driving is requested; photographing a subject, and simultaneously driving a location information module when serving base station information does not exist as a result of the search; and storing location information acquired through the location information module in metadata of a photographed image, and mapping the serving base station information to the metadata. | 02-23-2012 |
20120046043 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RECEIVER STATION, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system includes a transmitter station and a receiver station capable of performing wireless communication via a relay station. The relay station includes a receiver that receives the signals transmitted by the transmitter station. The relay station also includes a signal processor that performs predetermined signal processing on the signals received by the receiver, and eliminates the later one of two same signals received by the receiver. The relay station further includes a transmitter that transmits the earlier one of the two same signals to the receiver station after the signal processing performed by the signal processor. | 02-23-2012 |
20120046044 | Target Localization Utilizing Wireless and Camera Sensor Fusion - According to some implementations, an estimate of a target's location can be calculated by correlating Wi-Fi and video location measurements. This spatio-temporal correlation combines the Wi-Fi and video measurements to determine an identity and location of an object. The accuracy of the video localization and the identity from the Wi-Fi network provide an accurate location of the Wi-Fi identified object. | 02-23-2012 |
20120046045 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR USE IN ESTIMATING A LOCATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE WITHIN A STRUCTURE - Methods and apparatuses are provided that may be implemented in a mobile device to determine two or more variations between a baseline probability distribution and two or more probability distributions for signals received from two or more sets of transmitters assigned to two or more regions of a structure. The methods and apparatuses may be further implemented to determine whether the mobile device is located in at least one of the two or more regions based, at least in part, on a comparison of the two or more determined variations. | 02-23-2012 |
20120046046 | Navigation Device - A navigation device includes: a hands-free call unit that is connected to a mobile-phone handset and provides a hands-free call; an acquisition unit that acquires from the mobile-phone handset data related to a phone number stored in the mobile-phone handset; a display control unit that displays a screen based upon the data related to the phone number acquired by the acquisition unit; a storage unit in which the screen displayed by the display control unit when power is turned off is stored; and a redisplay control unit that calls and redisplays the screen stored in the storage unit when the power is turned on again after having been turned off. | 02-23-2012 |
20120046047 | POSITIONING REFERENCE SIGNALS - An improved generation and use of Positioning Reference Signals (PRS) generates a PRS to be used in a wireless Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) communication system. A time-frequency pattern of Resource Elements (REs) is determined and used for transmitting the PRS, wherein the time-frequency pattern includes at least two OFDM symbols. Each one of the at least two OFDM symbols is assigned a value to each one of a number of the REs being within that OFDM symbol. The values being assigned to the number of REs correspond to elements in a modulation sequence having a length being equal to the number of REs, and are to be used for modulating OFDM subcarriers corresponding to the REs within that OFDM symbol. | 02-23-2012 |
20120046048 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING LOCATION INFORMATION FOR A MOBILE HANDSET - A system that facilitates determination of a location of a mobile handset. The system includes three or more location measurement units that each correspond to a sector of the cell site. The location measurement units transmit location related information to a computation component. The computation component receives the location related information and performs a triangulation calculation on the information o define the location of the mobile handset. | 02-23-2012 |
20120058774 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING AUGMENTED REALITY INFORMATION - An apparatus and method for displaying augmented reality (AR) information on a terminal according to authorization for use of AR information provided from an AR system. The method includes recognizing a current location of the terminal; receiving authorization information of AR information receivable at the recognized current location; determining whether the AR information is available with reference to the authorization information for the AR information; and displaying the receivable AR information according to the determination result. Accordingly, the terminal recognizes its current location, determines the availability of AR information receivable at the recognized location, receives available AR information from the AR system according to the determination result, and displays the received available AR information in a window on a display of the terminal. | 03-08-2012 |
20120058775 | SERVICES AND APPLICATIONS FOR A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A location system is disclosed for commercial wireless telecommunication infrastructures. The system is an end-to-end solution having one or more location centers for outputting requested locations of commercially available handsets or mobile stations (MS) based on, e.g., CDMA, AMPS, NAMPS or TDMA communication standards, for processing both local MS location requests and more global MS location requests via, e.g., Internet communication between a distributed network of location centers. The system uses a plurality of MS locating technologies including those based on: (1) two-way TOA and TDOA; (2) pattern recognition; (3) distributed antenna provisioning; (5) GPS signals, (6) angle of arrival, (7) super resolution enhancements, and (8) supplemental information from various types of very low cost non-infrastructure base stations for communicating via a typical commercial wireless base station infrastructure or a public telephone switching network. Accordingly, the traditional MS location difficulties, such as multipath, poor location accuracy and poor coverage are alleviated via such technologies in combination with strategies for: (a) automatically adapting and calibrating system performance according to environmental and geographical changes; (b) automatically capturing location signal data for continual enhancement of a self-maintaining historical data base retaining predictive location signal data; (c) evaluating MS locations according to both heuristics and constraints related to, e.g., terrain, MS velocity and MS path extrapolation from tracking and (d) adjusting likely MS locations adaptively and statistically so that the system becomes progressively more comprehensive and accurate. Further, the system can be modularly configured for use in location signaling environments ranging from urban, dense urban, suburban, rural, mountain to low traffic or isolated roadways. Accordingly, the system is useful for 911 emergency calls, tracking, routing, people and animal location including applications for confinement to and exclusion from certain areas. | 03-08-2012 |
20120058776 | Updating Timestamps of Short Messages - A time stamp of a message from a sending mobile device may be modified to correlate with the time zone occupied by a recipient mobile device. A message from a sending mobile device may be received at a message center. The message center may then route the message to a switch that manages the recipient mobile device, in which the switch is in a time zone that is different from the time zone occupied by the recipient mobile device. Accordingly, the switch may update a time stamp of the message to correlate with the time zone occupied by the recipient mobile. Following the update, the switch may transfer the message with the updated time stamp to the recipient mobile device. | 03-08-2012 |
20120058777 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING QUALITY OF SERVICE AT PICOCELLS USING AGNOSTIC PLATFORM - Systems and methods for maintaining the quality of service provided by a picocell and for reducing the cost to maintain and operate the picocell. The systems and methods provided herein, in an embodiment, provide for a backhaul and radio agnostic system where the picocell is highly configurable and can be used with a variety of different types of backhauls and radio devices. Remote monitoring and configuration of the device may be provided to reduce the cost of maintaining the picocell. | 03-08-2012 |
20120058778 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A POSITION OF A MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICE - A system and method for determining a position of a mobile wireless device using wireless local area network access points (APs). In one embodiment, a mobile wireless device includes an AP positioning system configured to estimate a position of the device based on locations of APs disposed about the device. The AP positioning system is configured to: 1) access an AP database; and 2) provide, to the database, one or more medium access controller (MAC) addresses and an area of interest value. The AP positioning system is also configured to retrieve, from the database: 1) location information for each AP having a provided MAC address, or located within the area of interest; and 2) at least one of: signal parameters for the APs nearby the device, a geographic area within which each MAC address can be received, and an indication of a scan type to used for identifying APs. | 03-08-2012 |
20120058779 | Method and system for implementing location service - The present invention discloses a method and a system for implementing location service, in which the method comprises: sending a location request message from a source user to a MMSG by a MMSC; sending the location request message to a multimedia message generating platform by the MMSG; initiating a location request to an LSP by the multimedia message generating platform according to the location request message; performing location according to the initiated location request and returning a location result to the multimedia message generating platform by the LSP; generating multimedia message information according to the location result and sending the multimedia message information to the MMSG by the multimedia message generating platform; and sending the received multimedia message information to the source user through the MMSC by the MMSG. The present invention can not only reduce the requirement of the location service on terminal capability, but also more conveniently develop the location service, thereby realizing the aim of providing convenient and efficient location service to users by using multimedia message information. | 03-08-2012 |
20120058780 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATIONS METHOD - A communications system and a communications method that enable to collect location information without imposing a load on the network. In an RNC of a communications system, when a communication controlling module performs communication connection processing to a mobile station among a plurality of mobile stations, a positioning module measures the location of the mobile station and the communication controlling module transmits location information of the mobile station to an exchange when communication is connected with the mobile station. In the exchange, a communication controlling module receives the location information transmitted from the RNC and a storage module stores the received location information. Then, in response to a request from a management center, the exchange transmits the location information stored in the storage module. | 03-08-2012 |
20120058781 | LOCATION MONITORING SYSTEM - A method and device are provided for receiving a wireless location tracking activation signal. Location monitoring is initiated based on the received wireless location tracking activation. A geographic location is periodically determined and transmitted to a remote device. | 03-08-2012 |
20120064910 | NOTIFYING A USER OF AN EVENT - Devices, methods, and systems for notifying a user of an event are described herein. One or more embodiments include a computing device for notifying a user of an event. The computing device includes a memory and a processor coupled to the memory. The processor is configured to execute executable instructions stored in the memory to determine a location of a user based on location information received from a personal device of the user, receive information regarding a predicted path or range of an event, determine, based on the location of the user and the information regarding the predicted path or range of the event, if the user is located within the predicted path or range of the event, and send a notification of the event to the user if the user is located within the predicted path or range of the event. | 03-15-2012 |
20120064911 | PROCEDURE TO INCREASE POSITION LOCATION AVAILABILITY - A device, method and system are provide which permits the methodology used to make the position determination to change dynamically in connection with achieving a position fix of a desired accuracy. | 03-15-2012 |
20120064912 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING ACCESS POINT LIST IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for generating an Access Point (AP) list in a mobile communication terminal. The method preferably includes acquiring current position information of the mobile communication terminal, performing AP scan and determining if a beacon signal is received, when at least one beacon signal is received, acquiring corresponding AP information from the received beacon signal, and mapping the AP information with the current position information and storing the mapping result. The apparatus preferably includes a position information acquisition unit that acquires current position information of the mobile communication terminal. A communication module performs AP scan and receives a beacon signal. A controller receives at least one beacon signal, acquires corresponding AP information from the received beacon signal, and maps the AP information with the current position information. | 03-15-2012 |
20120064913 | BROADCAST TUNING CONCEPTS - Systems, methods, apparatus, and computer program products are provided for receiving content available for consumption. For example, a user device can receive a message about content available for consumption and access the content via the appropriate provided in the user's broadcast area. Moreover, a user device can be used to access program information based on the user device's location. | 03-15-2012 |
20120064914 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, INFORMATION ANALYZING APPARATUS, AND INFORMATION ANALYZING METHOD - For easily and quickly collecting data regarding macroscopic population distribution, and easily and quickly obtaining the survey results, an RNC includes: a positioning module that measures a position of a mobile station in response to a given trigger event; an RNC communication controller that transmits location information as information regarding the position of the mobile station that the positioning module measures, identification information as an identifier that makes the mobile station uniquely identifiable; and time information as information regarding a time when the positioning module measures the position of the mobile station, to an information analyzing apparatus, and the information analyzing apparatus includes: a location calculation module that calculates location information regarding a location in which the mobile station is located at a given time based on the location information, the identification information, and the time information; and an output module that calculates distribution information by integrating the calculated location information and outputs the distribution information thus calculated. | 03-15-2012 |
20120064915 | MOBILE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station, a communication system, and a communication method that are capable of efficiently collecting location information of any user. A communicating module receives a positioning request including attribute specifying information from a management center, a determining module determines whether measurements of the location are necessary or not based on the attribute specifying information in the received positioning request and the attribute information stored in advance. Then, when the determining module determines that measurements of the location are necessary, a positioning module performs measurements of the location and sends location information thus measured to the management center. Accordingly, it is possible to collect the location information of the mobile station that agrees with an attribute that the management center desires and therefore, it is possible to provide an attentive service and the like based on the location information. | 03-15-2012 |
20120064916 | BEAMFORMING DEVICES AND METHODS - Devices and methods are provided for directionally receiving and/or transmitting acoustic waves and/or radio waves for use in applications such as wireless communications systems and/or radar. High directional gain and spatial selectivity are achieved while employing an array of receiving antennas that is small as measured in units of the wavelength of radio waves being received or transmitted, especially in the case of spatially oversampled arrays. Frequency/wavenumber, multi-dimensional spectrum analysis, as well as one-dimensional frequency spectrum analysis can be performed. | 03-15-2012 |
20120064917 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GENERATING A RECOMMENDATION ON A MOBILE DEVICE - A system and a method generate a recommendation on a mobile device. The system and the method may use a time, a location, a venue and/or an event to generate the recommendation. Further, the system and the method may use an event database to determine current interests of the user. Still further, the system and the method for generating a recommendation on a mobile device may use a transactional history of the user and/or behavior of other users to generate the recommendation. The system and the method may recommend, for example, digital media, news and event information, editorial content and/or physical or digital merchandise. As a result, the system and the method may generate a recommendation that corresponds to the current interests of the user. | 03-15-2012 |
20120064918 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION DEVICE, AND DEVICE FOR DETERMINING PARAMETERS - A radio communication system according to the present invention includes a radio base station device and a parameter determination device. The radio base station device includes: an antenna device which performs radio communication with a mobile station device; a positional information acquisition unit which acquires positional information representing a position of the antenna device; and a control unit which notifies the parameter determination device of the positional information acquired by the positional information acquisition unit, and controls the antenna device according to a parameter transmitted from the parameter determination device. The parameter determination device includes: a storage unit which stores information of a periphery where the radio base station device is installed; and a parameter determination unit which determines a parameter of the radio base station device based on the periphery information and the positional information of the radio base station device, and transmits the determined parameter to the radio base station device. | 03-15-2012 |
20120071170 | METHOD AND SERVER FOR ESTIMATING POSITION OF MOBILE NODE - A position estimation server estimates the position of a target mobile node by using position information of a minimum number of anchor nodes knowing their position, distance information estimated between mobile nodes or between the anchor nodes and the mobile nodes, and connectivity information. | 03-22-2012 |
20120071171 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR QUERY PROCESSING OF MOVING OBJECT IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile communication system process a query of a location-based service. More particularly, an apparatus and a method reduce communication processes for an unnecessary query by expanding a resident domain with a query type. The apparatus includes a server for expanding a resident domain comprising a query to be operated by the moving object when the location-based service is used and the moving object for reducing the number of communications with the server according to the expansion of the resident domain. | 03-22-2012 |
20120071172 | INTEGRITY MONITORING IN A POSITION LOCATION SYSTEM UTILIZING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL TOPOGRAPHY - A system for and method of deriving a position estimate of a receiver from a plurality of parameter measurements is provided. Each measurement is derived from a correlation function, which in turn is derived by correlating a signal received at the receiver with an identification code uniquely identifying a transmitter visible to the receiver. A plurality of position estimates are derived, each from a different subset of the plurality of measurements. Based on local topography, one of the position estimates is selected as the best estimate of the position of the receiver. | 03-22-2012 |
20120071173 | DEVICE SPECIFIC TRACKING AREA IDENTITY LISTS - A method and system for providing a User Equipment (UE) ( | 03-22-2012 |
20120077513 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REAL-TIME LOCATION - An embodiment concerns the field of real-time location systems (RTLS) based on RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indication) measurements. An embodiment is based on determining the distances between wireless device of a network based on a model that describes the relation of the RSSI value relative to the packet exchanged between nodes as a function of the distance, wherein said model depends on at least one characteristic parameter of the transmission channel and wherein at least said characteristic parameter of the transmission channel is determined periodically and automatically, exploiting the known distances among fixed nodes. In this way, the errors relative to possible time-variability of the transmission channel are reduced and the accuracy and stability of the location measurements are increased. | 03-29-2012 |
20120077514 | Wireless Tracking System And Method Utilizing Multiple Location Algorithms - The present invention provides a solution to mistaken location calculations based on multipath effects. The present invention determines a real-time location of an object in a facility using a combination of location algorithms, with a signal characteristic for a wireless signal from a communication device attached to the object received at a sensor of a mesh network. The location algorithms preferably include at least two of a proximity algorithm, a radial basis function algorithm, a maximum likelihood algorithm, a genetic algorithm, a minimum mean squared error algorithm, a radiofrequency fingerprinting algorithm, a multilateration algorithm, a time difference of arrival algorithm, a signal strength algorithm, a time of arrival algorithm, an angle of arrival algorithm, a spatial diversity algorithm, and a nearest neighbor algorithm | 03-29-2012 |
20120077515 | PROGRAM OF MOBILE DEVICE, MOBILE DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING MOBILE DEVICE - A computer-readable recording device may store a computer program including instructions for causing a computer of a mobile device to operate as: (1) a selecting module that selects, based on first information, second information and third information, a particular device being substantially located in a specific direction indicated by the third information from a plurality of candidate devices on a wireless network, and (2) a controlling module that controls a communication unit that is configured to communicate using the wireless network such that the communication unit communicates with the particular device selected by the selecting module. | 03-29-2012 |
20120077516 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUB-COHERENT INTEGRATION FOR GEO-LOCATION USING WEAK OR INTERMITTENT SIGNALS - A signal is received from a mobile device as multiple data samples. The received signal includes a first component corresponding to a known reference signal and a second component corresponding to an unknown channel impairment or an unknown noise. A sequence of blocks is formed based on the received samples. The first component of the received signal corresponding to the reference signal is known to within a constant phase shift over each block. A plurality of function values are generated as a function of time, frequency, and phase, based on the received signal, corresponding to a plurality of times, a plurality of frequencies, and a plurality of phase sequences. A time, a frequency, and a phase sequence corresponding to an optimal value the function values are determined. The determined time is outputted as a time of arrival of the received signal. | 03-29-2012 |
20120077517 | MOBILE DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile device and a communication method that enable to collect location information without imposing a load on the mobile device and the network. In the mobile device, a communication module receives a notification signal including a cell ID from a base station and a determining module determines whether the cell ID included in the notification signal corresponds to a cell ID stored in a storage module. A positioning module performs measurements of the location and the communication module notifies the location information thus measured. Thereby, a management center is capable of collecting the location information of the mobile device located in a given area and it is possible to realize processing to efficiently collect the location information by reducing a load on the mobile device and the network. | 03-29-2012 |
20120077518 | Communication and control system using location aware devices for producing notification messages operating under rule-based control - A cellular telephone handset stores audio files previously recorded by the user as well as voice mail messages from other users and selectively transmitted selected ones of these files to the remote listener, or to the voice mail system of a remote user. Voice mail messages are composed, stored, transmitted, forwarded and reviewed using a voice mail system without ringing the remote party's telephone, much as email is composed, stored, transmitted and reviewed using an email server. | 03-29-2012 |
20120077519 | TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING APPARATUSES AND METHODS USING A DIFFERENTIAL CYCLIC DELAY DIVERSITY MIMO SCHEME - Disclosed are a transmitting/receiving apparatus and method using a differential cyclic delay diversity MIMO scheme. | 03-29-2012 |
20120083285 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR ENHANCING LOCATION INFORMATION - A method, system and apparatus for obtaining enhanced location information for a mobile device. The mobile device is configured to allow a determination of its location, for example via GPS. Location data for the mobile device, exemplarily obtained via GPS, may be further specified using context information for the mobile device. Additional data is obtained and processed to obtain context information for the mobile device. Enhanced location information is determined for the mobile device at least in part based on processing the location data in association with the context information. Additional data may comprise, for example, ambient noise, speech, images or text. | 04-05-2012 |
20120083286 | MOBILE DEVICE LOCATION ESTIMATION USING ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION - Estimating a location of a mobile device is performed by comparing environmental information, such as environmental sound, associated with the mobile device with that of other devices to determine if the environmental information is similar enough to conclude that the mobile device is in a comparable location as another device. The devices may be in comparable locations in that they are in geographically similar locations (e.g., same store, same street, same city, etc.). The devices may be in comparable locations even though they are located in geographically dissimilar locations because the environmental information of the two locations demonstrates that the devices are in the same perceived location. With knowledge that the devices are in comparable locations, and with knowledge of the location of one of the devices, certain actions, such as targeted advertising, may be taken with respect to another device that is within a comparable location. | 04-05-2012 |
20120083287 | Short messaging system auto-reply and message hold - A system and method for auto-replying to a short message service (SMS) message addressed to a mobile device is provided. A designated short code SMS message is received to activate an auto-reply feature for a mobile device. Automatic transmission of a designated SMS message is triggered in response to a received SMS message if the auto-reply feature is activated for the mobile device. | 04-05-2012 |
20120083288 | POSITIONING NODE, USER EQUIPMENT AND METHODS THEREIN - Embodiments herein relate to a method in a positioning node for enabling positioning of a user equipment, which user equipment is served in a first cell controlled by a radio network node. The positioning node and radio network node are comprised in a radio communications network. The positioning node obtains an indication indicating availability, at the user equipment, of timing information of at least one cell. The positioning node further determines whether the timing information of the at least one cell is available at the user equipment based on the obtained indication, which timing information is enabling positioning of the user equipment. | 04-05-2012 |
20120083289 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING POSITION INFORMATION - A method, device and system for determining position information are used to avoid the defects which result from the way of determining the position information of a wireless sensor node in the prior art. The method for determining the position information provided by the present invention is applied to a wireless sensor network, and includes the following steps: the current position information of a communication network node in the network is acquired; the acquired position information is determined to be the current position information of a wireless sensor node which provides service data to the communication network node. | 04-05-2012 |
20120083290 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MEASURING A SIGNAL OF A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method which involves resetting a signal-measuring cycle for an object system to a specific initial value when a terminal which communicates with one system has changed the location thereof by a value more than a specific reference value, and determines whether or not the intensity of the signal or phase information measured in a source system which is in communication with the terminal has changed by a value higher than a specific value, by means of determining whether or not the terminal has changed the location thereof, under the condition mobile communication system using different wireless connection techniques coexist. | 04-05-2012 |
20120088518 | Support of multiple positioning protocols - A mobile terminal and network location server support multiple positioning protocols so that a first position measurement of the mobile terminal may be obtained using a positioning protocol defined for a first wireless network and a second position measurement of the mobile terminal may be obtained using a different positioning protocol defined for a different wireless network during the same location session. The first position measurement and the second position measurement can then be used together to determine a position of the mobile terminal. | 04-12-2012 |
20120088519 | MOBILE DEVICE FOR LOW POWER IDENTIFICATION OF ITS POSITION AND A METHOD THEREFORE - The present invention relates to a method in a mobile device and a mobile device for low power identification of its position in an indoor environment, in which beacon transmitters of a beacon system are present. The device receives a notification from at least one of the beacon transmitters of the beacon system that notifies the mobile device that it is within the range of the beacon system. Thus it is the beacon transmitters that perform the continuous scanning to identify if the mobile device is within range and not the mobile device itself. This will reduce the power consumption of the mobile device substantially. The mobile device will than request that the beacon transmitters within range to send data pertaining to their position, and then determine its position by performing calculations based on such data. | 04-12-2012 |
20120088520 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, POSITION INFORMATION ACQUIRING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A mobile communication apparatus may receive a first direction from a reference target to an external apparatus and a first distance from the reference target to a position of the external apparatus. A direction acquiring unit acquires a second direction from the reference target to the position, and a distance acquiring unit acquires a second distance between the reference target and the position. A computing unit computes a direction and a distance from the position to the external apparatus based on the first direction, the first distance, the second direction and the second distance, in order to output a computation result from an output unit. | 04-12-2012 |
20120088521 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE SWITCHING CENTER, SERVER DEVICE, AND RADIO BASE STATION - A radio base station according to the present invention comprising a mobile switching center MME, comprising, a location measurement request transmission unit configured to determine the mobile station location measurement type that must be performed corresponding to Provide Subscriber Location, the location measurement request transmission unit configured to transmit Location Request to the server device ESMLC when a determination is made to perform location measurement other than simple location measurement on the mobile station UE corresponding to Provide Subscriber Location, and a location measurement result transmission unit configured to transmit the mobile station location measurement result received from the radio base station eNB or the second server device ESMLC to the server device SMLC. | 04-12-2012 |
20120094683 | METHOD TO REDUCE DATABASE LOAD IN REAL TIME LOCATION SYSTEMS - A location system and method operable to locate mobile units has a mobile unit operable to transmit wireless signals. A wireless network is used to receive the wireless signals and to report data used to estimate the location of the mobile unit. A location server is used to process the data reported by the wireless network. The location server generates a plurality of location reports for the mobile unit. A preprocessing component is operable to communicate with the location server. The location reports generated by the location server are transferred to the preprocessing component. A location application is operable to communicate with the preprocessing component, and interfaced to a database operable to store data records related to the mobile unit. The preprocessing component processes the location report and stores the data records only if the data in the data records meets a specified criteria. | 04-19-2012 |
20120094684 | LOCATION BASED OPERATION OF A WIRELESS MOBILE SYSTEM - Operating parameters of a wireless mobile communication device can be adjusted to comply with requirements defined by a local regulatory regime. Location information can be received by the wireless mobile communication device and be used to determine local operating requirements. In one embodiment, location information in the form of MCC-MNC information can be used to query a local database to determine values of local operating limits such as, for example, a local value of a maximum allowable transmission power limit. | 04-19-2012 |
20120094685 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR LOCATION-BASED POLICY ENHANCEMENT - According to one aspect, the subject matter described herein includes a method for location-based policy enhancement. The method includes receiving a message containing location information identifying a current geographic location for a user device. The method also includes analyzing the location information to determine if the user device is located in a geographic region associated with a location based policy enhancement offer. The method further includes in response to determining that the user device is located in the geographic region associated with the location-based policy enhancement offer, generating a signaling message containing instructions to modify a policy attribute associated with the user device, wherein the policy attribute corresponds to the location-based policy enhancement offer. The method further includes communicating the signaling message to a policy control function associated with the user device. | 04-19-2012 |
20120094686 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, INFORMATION ANALYZING APPARATUS, AND INFORMATION ANALYZING METHOD - For easily and quickly collecting data regarding macroscopic population fluidity, and easily and quickly obtaining the survey results, an RNC includes: a positioning module that measures the position of a mobile station; and an RNC communication controller that transmits location information of the mobile station that the positioning module measures, identification information of the mobile station, and time information when the positioning module measures the position of the mobile station, to an information analyzing apparatus, and the information analyzing apparatus includes: a location extractor that extracts movement information indicating a moving situation of the mobile station at a given time and including information corresponding to at least the location information based on the location information, the identification information and the time information; and an output module that calculates total movement information by integrating the movement information and outputs the total movement information thus calculated. | 04-19-2012 |
20120094687 | METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR TRANSMITTING LOCATION MEASUREMENT REFERENCE SIGNAL, AND METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR RECEIVING LOCATION MEASUREMENT REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method and a base station (BS) for transmitting a location measurement reference signal, and a method and a user equipment (UE) for receiving a location measurement reference signal are disclosed. The UE and the BS determine a transmission time of D-LBS zone configuration information configured to transmit an LBS location beacon on the basis of an S-SFH change cycle. In addition, the UE and the BS determine a transmission start point of the D-LBS zone transmitted according to the configuration information, using the transmission time of the configuration information. | 04-19-2012 |
20120094688 | System and Method for Network Timing Recovery in Communications Networks - A system and method is disclosed for determining the network timing of a communications network from one or more mobile stations that receive signals from a plurality of base stations. An estimated location of a mobile station may be determined through any number of or combination of location technologies. Network timing relationships may be determined as a function of the estimated location and network measurements. An estimated location of a second or third mobile station may be determined as a function of the network timing relationships. A geolocation of a second or third mobile station operating on a band that is different than the band on which a first mobile station operates, may be determined from a network timing relationship determined using the first mobile station. | 04-19-2012 |
20120094689 | METHOD OF AND SYSTEM FOR SIGNAL ANALYSIS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method of and system for calibrating a repeater in a wireless communications system are provided. The one or more calibration parameters for the repeater are derived from (a) time measurements derived from one or more signals relayed by the repeater and received at a plurality of different measurement positions, and (b) the positions of the measurement locations. In one application, the one or more parameters are used in determining the positions of subscriber stations in the wireless communications system. | 04-19-2012 |
20120094690 | Autolocation of Gray Goods - A device is allowed to be used only in a specified country. The device has an automatic location detection part, and automatically determines its location, and whether that location is authorized. If unauthorized, or if no location detection signal is detected for too long a time, the device is deactivated. | 04-19-2012 |
20120094691 | Method and Device for Transmitting Positioning Information - A method and a device for transmitting positioning information are provided in the embodiments of the present invention. The method includes: determining a positioning sub-frame for transmitting a positioning reference signal (PRS); and transmitting the PRS according to the positioning sub-frame. Through the embodiments of the present invention, the transmission of a PRS according to a positioning sub-frame ensures the normal transmission of a synchronization channel (SCH) and/or a broadcast channel (BCH), and the transmission of the positioning sub-frame has no effect on the detection performance of the SCH and/or the BCH. | 04-19-2012 |
20120094692 | Methods and Apparatus for Mobile Station Location Estimation - Methods and apparatus for estimating mobile station location include receiving reported signal strengths or other attachment indicator values from a mobile station. The reported signal strengths are compared with characteristic received signal strength values in a coverage area of a mobile network. A mobile switching center determines if a local function is requested and initiates a location estimation process by a mobile location module (MLM). The MLM receives the reported signal strength contours associated with the attachment points. Based on a comparison of the reported attachment indicator values with characteristic values, the MLM provides a mobile location estimate. | 04-19-2012 |
20120094693 | TELEPHONE DIRECTORY DATA SHARING SYSTEM, NAVIGATION DEVICE, TERMINAL DEVICE, PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A telephone directory data sharing system includes a mobile terminal and a navigation device. The mobile terminal includes an information obtaining unit, a telephone directory data generating unit, and a telephone directory data supplying unit. The information obtaining unit obtains objective information including latitude-longitude information based on an external input. The telephone directory data generating unit generates telephone directory data in which the latitude-longitude information is inserted into a field of a name and/or a field of a telephone number. The navigation device includes a telephone directory data obtaining unit and a latitude-longitude information extracting unit. The telephone directory data obtaining unit obtains the telephone directory data supplied from the terminal device. The latitude-longitude information extracting unit extracts the latitude-longitude information from the obtained telephone directory data. | 04-19-2012 |
20120100866 | MOBILE DEVICE ALERT GENERATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A computer-implemented method for providing an alert regarding mobile device location is provided. The method includes obtaining location data corresponding to locations of a mobile device over a period of time. A location pattern is determined based on the location data. The current location of the mobile device is detected at a time based on the determined pattern, and an alert is provided regarding the current location of the mobile device. A system for providing alerts regarding mobile device location is also provided. | 04-26-2012 |
20120100867 | Determining Points of Interest of a Mobile User - Methods, systems and apparatus for tracking points of interest of a user of a mobile device are disclosed. One method includes determining points of interest of a user of a mobile device. The method includes obtaining user-related information, wherein the user-related information includes spatial information about the user, and determining at least one point of interest of the user based on the user-related information. Another embodiment includes an apparatus for determining points of interest of a user. For one embodiment, the apparatus is a mobile device. The mobile device is operative to obtain user-related information, wherein the user-related information comprising spatial information about the user, and the mobile device is operative to determine at least one point of interest of the user based on the user-related information. | 04-26-2012 |
20120100868 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SEARCHING FOR BLUETOOTH DEVICE IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - The present disclosure relates to a method and an apparatus for searching for a Bluetooth device in a portable terminal. The method includes: broadcasting an inquiry signal and then searching for Bluetooth devices located around the portable terminal, when a request for searching for a Bluetooth device is input, after acquiring location information and bearing information on the portable terminal; requesting the searched Bluetooth devices for identification information, and then acquiring the identification information; determining whether location information on each of the searched Bluetooth devices is packed in the identification information acquired from the searched Bluetooth devices; and calculating a relative location based on the acquired location information and bearing information and then displaying the calculated relative location. | 04-26-2012 |
20120100869 | Location Based User Behavior Analysis and Applications - Methods, systems and apparatuses for generating a user profile of a mobile device user are disclosed. One method includes tracking user stays of the user over time, wherein the user stays include at least one location, and generating the user profile based at least in part on at least one of an arrival time, a time duration or a frequency of visits of the user at each of the user stays. Another method includes determining a current state of a mobile device user. The method includes tracking locations of user stays of the mobile device user over time, and determining a current state of a mobile device user based on user stays within a predetermined time of a present time, wherein the predetermined time is dependent upon an application of the user device or an observed behavior of a user of the user device. | 04-26-2012 |
20120100870 | METHOD FOR POSITIONING BY WI-FI SIGNALS - A method for positioning a terminal using signals received from a plurality of access points of at least one wireless telecommunications network is disclosed. According to some aspects, the terminal first retrieves identifiers of the access points from the received signals, then searches in a first database (BDP) for respective geographical position information for the access points. A first estimation of a position of the terminal or a positioning zone of the terminal is obtained from geographical position information of the access points, then topographical information corresponding to the first estimation of the position or the positioning zone is retrieved from a second database (SIG). A second estimation of the position of the terminal is performed using the topographical information thus obtained. | 04-26-2012 |
20120100871 | Mobile Station Paging Method and Mobile Call Center Device - Embodiments of the present invention provide a mobile station paging method and a mobile call center device, The method includes: receiving a service call request, and selecting a corresponding posterior probability table according to an identifier of a target mobile station included in the service call request, where the posterior probability table includes a distribution probability of the target mobile station in each cell of a location area where the target mobile station is located in a service state; and selecting a cell to page the target mobile station according to the distribution probability. The paging is performed based on the distribution probability of a user in the each cell in the service state; the paging process is simple; and the application scenario is wide, thereby saving air interface resources while ensuring a paging efficiency. | 04-26-2012 |
20120100872 | ESTIMATION OF SPEED AND DIRECTION OF TRAVEL IN A WLAN POSITIONING SYSTEM - A method for estimating the speed and bearing of a Wi-Fi enabled device using WLAN radio signals in a WLAN based location service is provided. A method used to estimate a speed of travel of a Wi-Fi enabled device comprises the Wi-Fi enabled device receiving signals transmitted by Wi-Fi access points in range of the Wi-Fi enabled device, and using the signals to estimate the speed of and/or direction of travel of the Wi-Fi enabled device. | 04-26-2012 |
20120100873 | Environment-Interactive Context-Aware Devices and Methods - Location-aware methods and systems are described. In one embodiment, a portable computing device determines its location by accessing one or more hierarchical tree structures each of which comprising multiple nodes that represent physical or logical locations, and traversing at least one node on the one or more hierarchical tree structures to ascertain the location. The device then acquires digital data associated with the determined location and that can permit the device to interact with a location environment. The device then enables interaction with the location environment based, at least in part, on the acquired digital data. | 04-26-2012 |
20120100874 | METHOD FOR PC TO REALIZE A-GPS - A method for a PC to realize an A-GPS in a PC technology field is provided. The method includes: a. the PC controlling a wireless network module of the PC to connect with a network to initiate a GPS positioning session; b. a location server transmitting GPS auxiliary information to the PC; c. the PC acquiring information of a current satellite according to the GPS auxiliary information. The method enables the A-GPS function to be applicable for the PC to provide positioning and navigation services to the PC. A corresponding A-GPS server can be connected to acquire the information of the current satellite based on the GPS auxiliary information with the network function provided by the wireless network module of the PC to accelerate the speed for acquiring data of the current satellite, and then current position information of the PC can be accurately calculated. | 04-26-2012 |
20120108258 | Method, Device, and System for Obtaining a Mobile Computing Device Location - One embodiment of the present invention comprises a method of determining a mobile computing device location. The method may comprise emitting at least one audio signal from at least one audio signal emitter and determining a sending time of the at least one audio signal. The method further comprises receiving the at least one audio signal at the mobile computing device and determining a receiving time of the at least one audio signal. A difference between the receiving time and the sending time is calculated and this difference is used to determine a distance from the at least one audio signal emitter to the mobile computing device. The distance is then used to obtain a location of the mobile computing device. | 05-03-2012 |
20120108259 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AGGREGATING AND ASSOCIATING MOBILE DEVICE LOCATION DATA - A computer-implemented method for processing mobile device location data is provided. Location data is filtered based on age and accuracy or precision of location coordinates. Location data is partitioned based on the location coordinates into a plurality of clusters including a plurality of location data instances. The plurality of clusters are filtered based on a number of data instances in a particular cluster and a period of time over which data instances of the particular data cluster are generated. A distance is determined from a location coordinate corresponding to the data instances of one or more of the plurality of clusters to a particular predetermined location, and the one or more of the plurality of clusters are correlated with the particular predetermined location in response to the distance being less than a predetermined distance. The invention further provides a location data processing system. | 05-03-2012 |
20120108260 | Method of and System for Estimating Temporal Demographics of Mobile Users - A method of and system for estimating temporal demographics of mobile users is disclosed. A method of estimating demographic information associated with a selected geographical area includes, for at least one individual, determining a selected geographical area along a portion of a track of travel of the individual and determining demographic information associated with the at least one individual. The method also includes estimating a ratio of individuals transiting into the area versus individuals that are residents of the area and estimating demographic information associated with the area based on the estimated ratio and based on demographic information associated with the at least one individual. | 05-03-2012 |
20120108261 | DYNAMIC TRAVEL BEHAVIOR ESTIMATION IN MOBILE NETWORK - A method and apparatus is disclosed herein for estimating travel behavior in a mobile network. In one embodiment, the method comprises receiving event data indicative of user equipment location, pre-processing received event data to produce pre-processed data, performing straight line interpolation on pre-processed data of one or more individuals in the population to estimate intermediate positions of a trajectory of each of the one or more individuals from a first position to a second position, and counting a number of individuals in population at a given time and at a given area. | 05-03-2012 |
20120108262 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR NON-COOPERATIVE STIMULATION OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINALS - Methods and systems for locating Mobile Stations (MSs) that are served by a Wireless communication Network (WLN) in a given geographical area. The MSs typically communicate with other parties, or connect to the Internet, through the WLN, wherein Base Transceiver Stations (BTSs) serve as the WLN front ends from the MSs perspective. A Stimulating Apparatus (SA) monitors control messages that the BTSs in the area of the SA broadcast to MSs. The SA analyzes the control messages that it receives, selects one transmitting BTS and creates a modified version of the control messages that it has received from the selected BTS. The SA then broadcasts the modified messages on behalf of the selected BTS by using its frequency channel. The discrepant transmission parameters are designed to stimulate any MS that receives them to induce a network event from which the MS location may be estimated. | 05-03-2012 |
20120108263 | Method and Arrangement for Determining Terminal Position - A method and apparatus for determining the position of mobile terminals in a cell of a mobile communication network where timing-based alignment is employed for terminal transmissions in timeslots to a serving base station. First, the distance to the base station is determined for at least one mobile terminal in the cell. A current timing value used by the at least one mobile terminal for timing adjustment of signal transmissions is also obtained. A relation between the determined timing independent distance and the obtained current timing value for each terminal is then estimated, and a timing bias of the cell or the at least one mobile terminal is determined based on the estimated relation. The position of subsequent terminals can then be determined using a timing based positioning method and the timing bias, such that the current timing value used by the subsequent terminal is adjusted by the timing bias. | 05-03-2012 |
20120115501 | SELF-AWARE PROFILE SWITCHING ON A MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICE - In one implementation, a computer-implemented method includes detecting, by a mobile computing device, a current context associated with the mobile computing device, the current context being external to the mobile computing device and indicating a current state of the mobile computing device in its surrounding environment. The method can also include identifying, based on at least a first portion of the current context, a location description for the mobile computing device, wherein the location description includes a textual description of the location; and determining, based on the identified location description and at least a second portion of the current context, whether to switch the mobile computing device from operating using a current profile to operating using a second profile, wherein the current profile and the second profile each define one or more settings of the mobile computing device. | 05-10-2012 |
20120115502 | Method for Positioning Femto Base Station Through SUPL Platform and System Thereof - A method for positioning a femtocell base station through a SUPL platform includes the steps of: initiating a SUPL program in the femtocell base station to establish communication between the femtocell base station and the SUPL platform so as to obtain assistant positioning information and approximate location information of the femtocell base station through the SUPL platform; the femtocell base station capturing related satellite signals according to the assistant positioning information, and if the captured related satellite signals are sufficient for positioning calculation, performing the positioning calculation to obtain precise location information of the femtocell base station and replacing the approximate location information with the precise location information. The location information obtained by positioning will be provided by the femtocell base station to a core network for registration or broadcast by the femtocell base station within its coverage. | 05-10-2012 |
20120115503 | Addressing Wireless Nodes - A user may point a control device at a controllable device for which control is desired, and the control device may detect the targeted controllable device. Additionally, the control device may detect a plurality of wireless nodes and list the available wireless nodes. For example, the control device may identify wireless nodes associated with a particular room in the house, or the control device may detect the wireless nodes within a certain range. The list may be a selectable list and a user may select the desired device to control from the list. Upon detection or user selection, the control device may establish control of the wireless node and initiate actions associated with the selected device. | 05-10-2012 |
20120115504 | LOCATION INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, LOCATION INFORMATION MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, AND LOCATION INFORMATION MANAGEMENT METHOD - There is provided a location information management system at a relatively low cost, whereby information including the location information of a vehicle can be managed without affecting the driving. In the location management system including abase transceiver station for transmitting a signal including base transceiver station identifying information, a ubiquitous module | 05-10-2012 |
20120115505 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR POPULATION TRACKING, COUNTING, AND MOVEMENT ESTIMATION USING MOBILE OPERATIONAL DATA AND/OR GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION IN MOBILE NETWORK - Methods and apparatuses are disclosed herein for population tracking, counting and/or movement estimation. In one embodiment, the method comprises receiving mobile phone operational data indicative of user equipment location, where the event data includes location area update messages and periodic registration messages; and performing travel estimation based on the mobile phone operation data, including performing interpolation on data associated with one or more individuals in a population to estimate intermediate positions of a trajectory of each of the one or more individuals for a specified time period based on a shortest path mesh sequence estimation algorithm. | 05-10-2012 |
20120115506 | Tracking and Communications Device - A portable tracking and communications device ( | 05-10-2012 |
20120115507 | Systems and Methods for the Detection of Transmission Facilities - A method of detecting a transmitting device within an obstruction rich environment is disclosed. The method may involve detecting the transmitting device with a wireless transmission detection facility; communicating signal information relating to the detected transmitting device from the wireless transmission detection facility to a central unit; determining the location of the transmitting device; displaying information of the detection and location of the transmitting device through a user interface; and providing an action facility for causing actions related to the detected transmitting device. | 05-10-2012 |
20120115508 | WIRELESS NETWORK HYBRID POSITIONING - Methods and apparatuses for position determination and other operations. In one embodiment of the present invention, a mobile station uses wireless signals from a plurality of wireless networks (e.g., with different air interfaces and/or operated by different service providers) for position determination (e.g., for data communication, for obtaining time and/or frequency information, for range measurement, for sector or altitude estimation). In one embodiment of the present invention, mobile stations are used to harvest statistical data about wireless access points (e.g., the locations of mobile stations that have received signals from the wireless access points, such as from cellular base stations, wireless local area network access points, repeaters for positioning signals or other wireless communication transmitters) and to derive location information (e.g., position and coverage area of the wireless access points) for the wireless networks from the collected statistical data. | 05-10-2012 |
20120115509 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING RADIO LOCATION ACCURACY WITH MEASUREMENTS - A method and apparatus to utilize a set of measurements (either partial or compete) to improve the accuracy of an initial position estimate for a wireless terminal. The initial position estimate for the terminal is first obtained (e.g., based on a cell-ID or an enhanced cell-ID solution). Measurements are obtained for the terminal. The initial position estimate is then updated with the measurements to obtain a revised position estimate for the terminal. The updating may be performed by (1) deriving a measurement vector based on the initial position estimate and the measurements, (2) forming an observation matrix for the measurements, (3) determining a matrix of weights, (4) deriving a correction vector based on the measurement vector, the observation matrix, and the weight matrix, and (5) updating the initial position estimate with the correction vector. | 05-10-2012 |
20120115510 | GEOLOCATION OF A MOBILE STATION OF A WIRELESS TELEPHONY NETWORK - The disclosure relates to a method for locating a mobile station inside an area covered by a wireless telephony cellular network in which the mobile station operates. The method includes using the mobile station to measure the received power on at least seven different communication channels of the network (step | 05-10-2012 |
20120115511 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOCATION REGISTRATION UPDATE ON FAILURE TO INSERT SUBSCRIBER DATA IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for location registration update on failure to insert subscriber data caused by a location registration error in a mobile communication system, comprising (a) in the case of a change in subscriber data, a home location register transmitting the subscriber data to a first switching center in which location of a corresponding subscriber is registered, to request the first switching center to insert the subscriber data; (b) in the case of the first switching center's failure to insert the subscriber data, the home location register being notified of the failure; and (c) the home location register extracting a switching center group, to which the first switching center belongs, from a switching center group database for storing switching center data that is grouped according to geographical closeness, and transmitting a location registration update request signal to switching centers in the extracted group. | 05-10-2012 |
20120122470 | METHOD FOR LOCATING MULTIPLE RAYS OF A SOURCE WITH OR WITHOUT AOA BY MULTI-CHANNEL ESTIMATION OF THE TDOA AND FDOA - A method and system for locating an emitter E transmitting a signal toward a receiver A comprising N radio frequency channels (N≧1), the characteristics of said signal being unknown to the receiver and said signal being reflected off P reflectors B | 05-17-2012 |
20120122471 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MOBILE TERMINAL LOCATION VERIFICATION - Methods and systems for using W-code to extend anti-spoof capability to civilian GPS receivers for verifying locations of mobile terminals are disclosed. A system for verifying a reported location of a mobile terminal includes a receiver of the mobile terminal and a verification processor. The receiver processes the radio ranging signals to generate measured quantities related to the W-code to the verification processor. The receiver also provides the reported location of the mobile terminal to the verification processor. The verification processor generates expected quantities related to the W-code based on the reported location of the mobile terminal. The verification processor further compares the measured quantities related to the W-code to the expected quantities related to the W-code to verify the reported location of the mobile terminal. | 05-17-2012 |
20120122472 | Positioning Reference Signal Assistance Data Signaling for Enhanced Interference Coordination in a Wireless Communication Network - A method in a wireless terminal includes receiving a measurement subframe pattern indicating a first set of subframes on which a transmission from a first base station must be processed, receiving Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) subframe pattern information corresponding to a second base station, determining a subset of the first set of subframes that overlaps with subframes in the PRS subframe pattern information, and processing a transmission received in the subset of the first set of subframes from the first base station. | 05-17-2012 |
20120122473 | Method and Device for Locating Terminal by Using Base Station - The present invention provides a method for locating a terminal by using a base station, and the method includes steps as follows: constructing a locating message by expanding a location report message or via an independent message; sending the locating message to a locating judgment center; and locating the terminal by using the locating message. The present invention is helpful to reduce the power consumption of the User Equipment (UE). | 05-17-2012 |
20120122474 | POSITION REPORTING MICROPHONE - A position reporting microphone, adapted for use in an existing communication system is disclosed. The position reporting microphone communicatively networks with the existing communication system channels to send and receive information such as for example audio, position, and/or identification information regarding the position reporting microphone. | 05-17-2012 |
20120122475 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING POSITION OF ACCESS POINT IN WI-FI SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for estimating a position of an access point (AP) in a Wi-Fi system is provided. The method includes measuring a strength of a signal, transmitted by the AP, at three or more measurement points (MPs), selecting an imaginary attenuation factor, calculating a range between the AP and each of the MPs on the basis of the imaginary attenuation factor and a strength of a signal measured at the MP, calculating an intersecting point of ranging circles in each of which a position of the MP is a center and the range between the MP and the AP is a radius, calculating a best intersecting point from among a plurality of the intersecting points obtained by repeating the calculating the range and the calculating the intersecting point of ranging circles while changing the imaginary attenuation factor, and estimating the best intersecting point as the position of the AP. | 05-17-2012 |
20120122476 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING SPATIAL-BASED CONTEXT-AWARE SERVICE - A system for providing spatial-based context-aware service includes a database configured to store a geocontext including spatial information, one or more contexts, and sensor data; a sensor/context catalog server configured to manage meta data of the contexts and the sensor data; a context processing server configured to generate a list of contexts applicable to the mobile device based on the sensor data and the meta data upon a receipt of the sensor data from the mobile device; a geocontext search server configured to search the database for candidate geocontexts appropriate for the user of the mobile device by using the location information of the mobile device and the list of contexts; and a context-aware management server configured to generate a list of recommended services by executing the searched candidate geocontexts. | 05-17-2012 |
20120122477 | GEO-LOCATION AIDED SENSING - There lies a challenge to develop a technique of accurately and efficiently determining an available communication channel. In accordance with some embodiments disclosed herein, techniques for sensing a primary user of a particular communication channel are performed more efficiently. In some implementations, a geo-location of a communication device is combined with a sensing algorithm in order to more efficiently perform spectrum sensing. In some implementations, a geo-location and an accuracy determination may be used to determine all required sample regions in order to ensure that a primary user is not present in a particular location. | 05-17-2012 |
20120122478 | Signalling Measurements for Positioning in a Wireless Network - A method in a signalling device for assisting in positioning of user equipment based on time measurements is provided. The signalling device is associated with an s-cell, which is recognized by the first network node as having limited functionality and is, therefore, not considerable for the user equipment as a candidate cell for serving the user equipment (for data transmission. The signalling device associated s-cell is part of a positioning neighbour list of neighbour cells. The neighbour cells in the list are configured to have time measurements performed thereon by the user equipment for enabling positioning. The signalling device is configured to transmit predefined reference signals in predefined subframes and according to a predefined pattern relating to preselected subcarriers and preselected time slots within a subframe. The signalling device obtains synchronisation information and transmits reference signals according to the configuration and synchronized according to the obtained synchronisation information. This enables the user equipment to receive and perform time measurements on the transmitted reference signals for positioning when the signalling device associated s-cell is in the positioning neighbour list. | 05-17-2012 |
20120122479 | CULLED SATELLITE EPHEMERIS INFORMATION FOR QUICK, ACCURATE ASSISTED LOCATING SATELLITE LOCATION DETERMINATION FOR CELL SITE ANTENNAS - Locating satellites (e.g., GPS) are culled into a preferred group having a longest dwell time based on a time passing through an ellipsoid arc path through a cone of space, and communicated to mobile devices within a particular region (e.g., serviced by a particular base station). The culled locating satellites may select those visible, or more preferably those locating satellites currently within a cone of space above the relevant base station are selected for communication by a mobile device within the service area of the base station. The inverted cone of space may be defined for each antenna structure for any given base station, and each has 360 degrees of coverage, or less than 360 degrees of coverage, with relevant locating satellites. Thus, cell sites may be specifically used as reference points for culling the ephemeris information used to expedite Assisted GPS location determinations. | 05-17-2012 |
20120122480 | Apparatus and Method for Determining Location and Tracking Coordinates of a Tracking Device - A device and method to monitor location coordinates of an electronic tracking device are disclosed here. The device includes transceiver circuitry to receive at least one portion of a receive communication signal comprising location coordinates information; accelerometer circuitry to measure displacements of the portable electronic tracking device; a battery power monitor configured to activate and deactivate at least one portion of signaling circuitry; and processor circuitry configured to process the displacements. The method includes receiving at least one portion of a receive communication signal comprising location coordinates information; measuring displacements of a portable electronic tracking device; activating and deactivating at least one portion of signaling circuitry; and processing the at least one portion of the receive communication signal. | 05-17-2012 |
20120122481 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING LOCATIONS TO BE STORED IN A LOCATION DATABASE - A present location of a user is periodically determined. The present location of the user is compared to a previous location of the user. A determination is made as to whether the present location is within a specified distance of the previous location. If the present location is within the specified distance of the previous location, a determination is made as to whether the user has been at the present location for a specified time period. If the user has been at the present location for the specified time period, the present location is stored in a location database. | 05-17-2012 |
20120122482 | ACTIVATING LOCATION BASED SERVICE APPLICATIONS - The present invention relates to providing methods and apparatus for identifying a location area of a mobile device, determining whether an LBS application should be activated on the mobile device based on the location area and activating the LBS application on the mobile device. A Mobile Network Operator server may identify the location area of a mobile device and activate an application on the mobile device while a third party LBS application provider server may make the determination as to whether an LBS application should be activated on the mobile device. | 05-17-2012 |
20120122483 | LOCATION IDENTIFYING METHOD AND LOCATION IDENTIFYING DEVICE - In a location identifying method, the sight of users of mobile communication terminals is estimated by calculating directions of the users based on position information of the mobile communication terminals, and the location where the lines of sight of the users are concentrated is identified based on the estimated sight. By identifying a location where the lines of sight of the users of the mobile communication terminals are concentrated, it is possible to identify an installation location where high advertising effectiveness can be achieved. Moreover, since only acquisition of the position information of the mobile communication terminals is needed, it is possible to efficiently identify an installation location of an advertisement, etc. Therefore, it is possible to efficiently identify an installation location of an advertisement or a billboard where high advertising effectiveness can be achieved. | 05-17-2012 |
20120122484 | METHOD FOR CALIBRATING A PROPAGATION-TIME-BASED LOCALIZATION SYSTEM - In a method for calibrating a propagation-time-based localization system in a computer-assisted manner, the position of a mobile object in a predetermined environment can be determined by detecting propagation-time-based variables of multiple base stations, wherein the propagation-time-based variable of a base station represents the propagation time of a signal between an object radio unit and the base station. The object is moved and the variables of the base stations are detected in the process at multiple measuring times. The minimum value of the variables of a base station is associated with a predefined minimum distance between the object and base station and the maximum value with a predefined maximum distance. A predefined dependence of the distances between the object and base station is scaled to the association of the minimum and maximum value. The scaled dependence is then used when determining the position of the mobile object. | 05-17-2012 |
20120122485 | POSITIONING SYSTEMS - We describe a device that is able to compute its range and time offset relative to another similar device, and thereby also a three-dimensional position, speed and time relative to other similar devices provided that at least four are present and within range. It does so by transmitting at least two signals at different frequencies and by receiving similar signals transmitted by the other devices. The signals are constructed so that they are independent of the radio band used and so that they lead to cancellation of common-mode effects in the transmitter and receiver circuits. No fixed infrastructure of transmitters, receivers or local measurement units is required and the devices do not need to be synchronised. The system scales to very large networks of devices in which they work collectively each solving a part of the problem that describes the relative positions of all interconnected devices. | 05-17-2012 |
20120122486 | ESTIMATING POSITIONS OF A DEVICE AND AT LEAST ONE TARGET IN AN ENVIRONMENT - A method/system for estimating a state of a device and at least one target in an environment. The process involves computing a state vector using an error state form of the position of the device in a local coordinate reference frame. | 05-17-2012 |
20120129543 | SELECTIVELY FORMATTING MEDIA DURING A GROUP COMMUNICATION SESSION - In an embodiment, during a group communication session, media is received from a first set of access terminals that belong to a communication group, wherein the received media corresponds to content for presentation to a second set of access terminals that belong to the communication group. In an example, the media can be received either at an application server arbitrating the group communication session, or alternatively at a target access terminal for the received media that belongs to the second set of access terminals. Location information associated with an access terminal among the first or second sets of access terminals is determined, and the received media is selectively reformatted based on the determined location information. | 05-24-2012 |
20120129544 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SELECTIVELY INVOKING POSITIONING SYSTEMS FOR MOBILE DEVICE CONTROL APPLICATIONS USING ACCELEROMETER MEASUREMENTS - Systems and methods are provided for controlling a mobile device, in which a processor receives a first accelerometer signal representative of motion of the mobile device. The processor determines a variation in the first accelerometer signal, and sets an acceleration threshold based at least in part on the determined variation. When a second accelerometer signal exceeds the acceleration threshold, the processor measures a position of the mobile device using a positioning system, determines that a user of the mobile device is likely in control of a vehicle, and disables one or more mobile device features. | 05-24-2012 |
20120129545 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SELECTIVELY INVOKING POSITIONING SYSTEMS FOR MOBILE DEVICE CONTROL APPLICATIONS USING MULTIPLE SENSING MODALITIES - Methods and systems are described for selectively invoking a positioning system for a mobile device. In some implementations, first and second signals are received from first and second non-position-based sensors, respectively, each representative of a context of the mobile device. A processor determines whether the mobile device is in motion based on at least one of the first and second signals; and in response to determining that the mobile device is in motion, a positioning system is invoked to receive a position measurement of the mobile device. The processor determines whether a user of the mobile device is likely in control of a vehicle; and in response to determining that the user is likely in control of a vehicle, the operation of the mobile device is restricted. | 05-24-2012 |
20120129546 | PATH PROGRESSION MATCHING FOR INDOOR POSITIONING SYSTEMS - A path progression matching system and method that uses path progression to find a current position of a mobile device in an indoor environment and a path history to find the path of the mobile device to get to the current position. Embodiments of the system and method use path history information, constraints, and optimization measures such as the use of received signal strength indicator (RSSI) weighted correlation coefficients. Embodiments of the system and method include a unified probabilistic model that uses path history and allows multiple constraints to be applied simultaneously. Embodiments of the system and method also include a path progression module having a first-stage progression module, which finds a starting location for the path progression matching, a second-stage module, which begins building a path history, and a third-stage progression module, which uses the path history to find the current position and path. | 05-24-2012 |
20120129547 | Geographic-Based Signal Detection - The disclosure relates generally to geographic-based signal detection. One claims recites a method including: receiving information indicating a geographical area; with reference to at least a portion of the information indicating a geographical area, selecting a machine-readable indicia detector that corresponds to the information indicating a geographical area; using a programmed processor, processing machine-readable indicia with the selected machine-readable indicia detector to obtain a plural-bit message; and carrying out an action using the plural-bit message. Of course, other claims and combinations are provided as well. | 05-24-2012 |
20120129548 | LOCATION ESTIMATION - A current location of a mobile system in a wireless network can be determined by using information provided by a base station in communication with the mobile system. The information can include a system identifier (SID) table and a local time offset (LTM_OFF) value and a daylight savings time (DAYLT) value. The SID table is used to provide a mobile country code (MCC) associated with a country in which the mobile device is located. The LTM_OFF value is used to provide a range of longitude values in which the mobile device is located. The current location of the mobile device is based upon at least the range of longitude values and the current country. | 05-24-2012 |
20120129549 | Method and Apparatus for Determining the Location of a Wireless Client Device on a Wireless Network - The rate at which a particular wireless client may be PINGed may depend on many factors, including the accuracy with which the location of the wireless client is required to be known, how accurate the system has historically been able to locate other previous clients in the same general area; the speed with which the client is moving, the amount of other data being transmitted by the client, the needs of other clients being serviced by the access point that will need to PING the client, the current battery life of the client, and the priority of obtaining an accurate location for a particular wireless user verses other uses of the network bandwidth. Based on the multiple factors considered by the system, the rate at which the client will be PINGed is adjusted to optimize the amount of bandwidth used to determine the client's location. | 05-24-2012 |
20120129550 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HYBRID LOCATION IN AN LTE NETWORK - A system and method for estimating a location of a wireless device receiving signals from plural nodes of a communications network. A wireless device may be directed to transmit a first signal having one or more predetermined parameters. At one or more location measurement units (“LMU”) an uplink time of arrival (“TOA”) measurement between the wireless device and one or more of the plural nodes or LMUs may be determined as a function of the first signal transmitted from the wireless device. Downlink signal measurements of signals received by the wireless device may be collected, and a location of the wireless device determined as a function of the uplink TOA measurements and the collected downlink signal measurements. | 05-24-2012 |
20120129551 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HYBRID LOCATION IN A UMTS NETWORK - A system and method for estimating a location of a wireless device receiving signals from plural nodes of a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (“UMTS”) network. Observed time difference of arrival (“OTDOA”) measurements of signals received by the wireless device are collected and a message is transmitted to a stand alone serving mobile location center (“SAS”), the message including round trip time information, tipping information, and the collected OTDOA measurements. One or more location measurement units (“LMU”) are tasked to determine uplink and downlink signal measurements between the wireless device and ones of the plural nodes as a function of the transmitted message. At the one or more LMUs, range measurements from the wireless device to ones of the plural nodes, uplink time of arrival (“TOA”) measurements, and downlink TOA measurements are determined. A location of the wireless device may then be determined as a function of the uplink and downlink TOA measurements, OTDOA measurements, round trip time information, and range measurements. | 05-24-2012 |
20120135744 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR GENERATING AND MANAGING COMMUNICATION RULES ASSOCIATED WITH GEOGRAPHIC LOCATIONS - Disclosed herein are methods and systems for generating and managing communication rules associated with geographic locations. According to embodiments of the present disclosure, a method may include storing a communication rule associated with a geographic location and a user. The method also includes receiving a communication identifying the geographic location. Further, the method includes applying the communication rule for routing the communication to the user. | 05-31-2012 |
20120135745 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REPORTING ERRORS IN A GEOGRAPHIC DATABASE - A geographic database is updated using image data collected in the background of a viewing application, such as an augmented reality application, running on a mobile device. The mobile device determines a current geographic location, which is used to access an outline template generated from the geographic data. The geographic data may include sensor data or images. The outline template is compared to the image data, and an error report is provided from the differences, if any. The differences are associated with physical objects that have changed at the current geographic location from a time when the geographic database was built or last updated to the present time. A typical physical object is a building that was recently built or removed. The error report may be used to directly update the geographic database or trigger further data collection at the geographic location. | 05-31-2012 |
20120135746 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING AND PROVIDING LOCATION-BASED RESOURCE AVAILABILITY INFORMATION BASED ON MOBILE DEVICE DATA - An approach for determining and providing location-based facility resource availability information, such as parking space availability at a parking facility, independent of any supporting infrastructure installed at the resource facilities, is provided. Flow data of users entering and exiting the at least one location-based resource is received. Availability of space at the at least one location-based resource is determined based at least in part on the flow data. Resource availability data based at least in part on the availability of space at the at least one location-based resource is provided to a user. | 05-31-2012 |
20120135747 | NAVIGATION SYSTEM DESTINATION ENTRY - A system and method for entering a destination into a navigation system, usually a vehicle navigation system, that reduces the cognitive load on the vehicle user over known systems. The method includes contacting the destination by any suitable and available manner, such as by a cell phone provided on or in the vehicle, through the internet, through an ad-hoc network, etc., where information concerning the GPS location of the destination is sent back to the navigation system and is displayed on the navigation system screen. If the destination is accurate, the vehicle driver can select that destination, such as by touching an icon on the screen, which would allow the destination entry process to be performed while the vehicle was moving. | 05-31-2012 |
20120135748 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING COMMUNICATION QUALITY INFORMATION - A communication quality visualization information providing system acquires a communication quality, generates communication quality visualization information by mapping the acquired communication quality information to geographic information, and provides corresponding communication quality visualization information according to a user request. | 05-31-2012 |
20120135749 | POSITION INFORMATION ANALYSIS DEVICE AND POSITION INFORMATION ANALYSIS METHOD - To effectively analyze location information of a large number of users that is obtained easily and to quickly collect data with regard to macroscopic user tendencies. A location information analysis device includes: an input module that is adapted to input point data across a plurality of time points with regard to a plurality of users, the point data including location information indicating a position of a user, time information indicating time at which the location information is obtained, and user identifier information with regard to the user; a haunt area extraction module that extracts an area, as a haunt area where the plurality of users frequently haunt, the area in which the point data is concentrated at or more than a predetermined level, based on a distribution status of the input point data plotted on two dimensional map data; and a storage module that stores the extracted haunt area information. | 05-31-2012 |
20120135750 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING DISPLACEMENT OF A USER TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for estimating displacement of a user terminal are provided. The method includes estimating, by the user terminal, a moving state of the user terminal; determining a first moving direction probability index of a user, based on the estimated moving state of the user terminal; and determining a moving state of the user terminal and estimating a moving direction of the user terminal, based on the first moving direction probability index. | 05-31-2012 |
20120135751 | USE OF LOCATION TAGGING IN DATA COMMUNICATIONS - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer programs for receiving communication data, determining a current geographic location of a computing device in response to receipt of the communication data, defining location data corresponding to the current geographic location, receiving user input at the computing device, the user input being indicative of a reaction of a user to receipt of the communication data, defining user reaction data based at least in part on the user input, defining one or more rules for reacting to received communication data based at least in part on the user reaction data and the location data, receiving subsequent communication data, and responding to the subsequent communication data based at least in part on the one or more rules. | 05-31-2012 |
20120135752 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION DEVICE, MOVE CONTROL NODE, AND METHOD OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - The wireless communication system of the present invention includes a base station ( | 05-31-2012 |
20120135753 | Apparatus and method for managing hot cell devices - A method for managing hot cell devices includes receiving at least one of location information of at least one hot cell device, type information of at least one hot cell, location information of at least one terminal and uplink signal energy of at least one terminal measured by a hot cell device. The method also includes determining a hot cell device to be opened using the at least one of the location information of at least one hot cell device, the type information of at least one hot cell, the location information of at least one terminal and the uplink signal energy of at least one terminal. In addition, the method includes transmitting a message instructing the hot cell device to open. | 05-31-2012 |
20120142366 | DETERMINING POSITIONS IN A WIRELESS RADIO SYSTEM - A method is described for expanding the radio-map of a WiFi system. A hotspot (HS | 06-07-2012 |
20120142367 | METHOD OF COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A VEHICLE TELEMATICS UNIT AND A CALL CENTER - A method and system of communication between a vehicle telematics unit and a call center via a personal mobile device identifier. The method involves detecting the presence of a personal mobile device at a vehicle, receiving a mobile device identifier from the mobile device, assigning the mobile device identifier to a telematics unit in the vehicle, establishing a data session between the telematics unit and a call center, and sending the mobile device identifier to the call center via the data session. | 06-07-2012 |
20120142368 | OBTAINING LOCATION SERVER ADDRESS ON A MOBILE DEVICE - A mobile device may determine an address of a location server to use for location-based services to the mobile device. In one implementation, a mobile device may retrieve a service list that indicates services available to the mobile device and determine whether location-based services are enabled for the mobile device. The mobile device may additionally retrieve, from a file stored as part of a file structure associated with a smart card of the mobile device, a network address of a location server corresponding to the location-based services. The mobile device may connect to the location server to obtain location-based services from the location server. | 06-07-2012 |
20120142369 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MONITORING AND DISSEMINATING MOBILE DEVICE LOCATION INFORMATION - A computer-implemented mobile device locating method is provided. The method includes monitoring a location indication of a mobile device and an indication of precision or accuracy of the location indication. A change in the precision or accuracy of the location indication is identified, and a position of the mobile device is estimated based on the location indication as monitored prior to the identified change. A mobile device configured for implementing a mobile device locating method is further provided. | 06-07-2012 |
20120142370 | LOCALIZATION OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method, computer program product and system for improving the localization of a wireless communication device within an area covered by a transceiver infrastructure includes triggering the wireless communication device to emit a positioning signal. A positioning signal is received from the wireless communication device by a further wireless communication device at a known position within the area covered by the transceiver infrastructure. The transceiver infrastructure includes at least three transceivers. A forwarding positioning signal is transmitted from the further wireless communication device to at least one of the transceivers. The wireless communication device is located based on the forwarding positioning signal. | 06-07-2012 |
20120142371 | Apparatus and Method for Updating a Location in a Wireless Access System - The present disclosure relates to a method of allowing a terminal to perform a location update in an idle mode in a wireless access system, and the method may include receiving, from a base station, a machine-to-machine (M2M) terminal specific idle mode timer; and performing a location update based on the received M2M terminal specific idle mode timer, wherein the M2M terminal specific idle mode timer represents length of the maximum interval between location update while the terminal is in idle mode. | 06-07-2012 |
20120142372 | Method and Device for Updating the Date and Time of an Electronic System, in Particular a Cellular Mobile Telephone - Device for updating the date and time of an electronic system, said device comprising connection means for connecting the electronic system with an assisted global positioning system, recovery means for recovering assistance data emitted by the assisted global positioning system, determination means for determining the current date and time of the electronic system based on said recovered assistance data, and control means capable of activating the connection, recovery and determination means. | 06-07-2012 |
20120142373 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR REDUCTION OF INTERFERENCE DURING POSITIONING MEASUREMENTS - The exemplary embodiments of the present invention relate to methods and apparatuses enabling reduction of interference in a wireless system in order to assist a user equipment in performing positioning measurements. According to exemplary embodiments of the present invention, a radio network node is configured to: receive a measurement report from the UE comprising signal quality measurements related to interfering cells; to select a set of most interfering cells and to determine a level of reduction of transmission activity to be executed at specific time for a determined duration. | 06-07-2012 |
20120142374 | Ranging in UMTS Networks - A method and system for determining an approximate range from a location measurement unit to a mobile device. An uplink signal from the mobile device is received by the location measurement unit, and an uplink frame marker is determined from the uplink signal. A downlink signal is received at the location measurement unit from a base station serving the mobile device, and a downlink slot marker is determined from the downlink signal. A round trip propagation delay is determined based upon the uplink frame marker and the downlink slot marker, and an approximate range from the location measurement unit to the mobile device is determined as a function of the round trip propagation delay. | 06-07-2012 |
20120142375 | System and Method for Multiple Range Estimation Location - A system and method of determining the location of a mobile station by determining the time of transmission of a signal by a mobile station and determining range rings at a plurality of reference stations receiving the transmitted signal, where the range rings represent the distance of the mobile station from the plurality of reference stations. | 06-07-2012 |
20120142376 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING A MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL IN A GEOGRAPHICAL AREA - A method, and corresponding system, for locating mobile communication terminals associated with a mobile radio network covering a geographical area. Antenna probabilities for a plurality of sub-areas of the geographical area are determined and stored, and locations of mobile communication terminals are estimated based on antennas used by the mobile communication terminals and the antenna probabilities for the sub-areas. The antenna probabilities are determined based on expected field strength. In this regard, the antenna probabilities indicate for at least some of the antennas the probability that in a respective sub-area the field strength of the corresponding antenna is higher than the field strength of other antennas, and the antenna probabilities indicate the probability that the mobile communication terminal, located in the respective sub-area, uses the corresponding antenna for at least one of registering or communicating with the mobile radio network. | 06-07-2012 |
20120149387 | DETECTING MOBILE DEVICE USAGE WITHIN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A device sends, to a mobile device, instructions to collect location-based data associated with calls conducted by the mobile device over a wireless access network and receives, from the mobile device, the location-based data, where the location-based data includes a three-dimensional location and a time associated with each of multiple calls conducted by the mobile device over the wireless access network. The device combines the location-based data with other location-based data from other mobile devices and identifies, based on the combined location-based data and other location-based data, a localized area of congestion for the wireless access network. | 06-14-2012 |
20120149388 | CLASSIFYING THE POSITION OF A WIRELESS DEVICE - Aspects describe using mobile device telemetry data with location reports from a small fraction of reporting devices to pre-compute a set of categorizing formulas that can quickly assign devices of unknown latitude, longitude, and/or altitude to specific values of latitude, longitude, and/or altitude. The described aspects perform a large percentage of complicated calculations in advance of a particular device of unknown location presenting itself on the radio network. Thus, the categorizing formulas can be applied to categorize the device into a particular range of latitude, longitude, and/or altitude with minimal delays. Various aspects relate to enabling an efficient and highly scalable implementation of mobile device advertising, social networking, and other applications that may reply in rapid, real time delivery of “WITHIN” or NOT WITHIN a “fenced-in” region or geography or shape of space. | 06-14-2012 |
20120149389 | Method and System for Providing Service Channel in a Vehicular Environment, Method and System for Switching Service Channel, and Computer Readable Medium - A method for switching service channels in a vehicular environment is provided for performing communications between a user unit and a service provider unit according to a switch ratio between a service channel and a control channel in a multi-channel switching wireless communication environment. The method includes the following steps. In response to a message indicating that the service provider unit uses an access mode of an extended service channel, whether information of the switch ratio is stored in service information of the user unit is searched in the user unit according to geographical information of the service provider unit. If the information of the switch ratio is stored in the service information of the user unit in the searching step, the user unit is set accordingly to enter the access mode of the extended service channel. | 06-14-2012 |
20120149390 | System and Method for Total Flight Time Ratio Pattern Matching - A method and system for estimating the location of a mobile device. A range of the mobile device to a reference station may be determined as a function of the time of transmission of a first signal transmitted from a base station and as a function of the time of receipt of a second signal transmitted from the mobile device to the reference station, the second signal being a function of the first signal advanced by a timing parameter. A relationship for each of a plurality of grid points in a geographic region may be determined as a function of the determined range and a range metric. These plural grid points may contain the reference station. The determined relationship may be compared with data corresponding to each of the plural grid points, and a location of the mobile device determined as a function of the comparison. | 06-14-2012 |
20120149391 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SERVER, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, INFORMATION MANAGEMENT METHOD, PROGRAM, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - An information processing apparatus includes a position detection unit that detects a presence position of the information processing apparatus, a communication network information obtaining unit that obtains information regarding data communication in an accessible mobile communication network, and a data communication related information generation unit that generates data communication related information regarding the data communication using the mobile communication network at the presence position based on information regarding the presence position and information regarding the data communication in the mobile communication network. | 06-14-2012 |
20120149392 | Positioning Node, User Equipment and Methods Therein - Methods in a user equipment (UE) for enabling positioning of the UE in a radio communication network having a radio network node and a positioning node. The UE is served in a first cell controlled by the radio network node, and the UE knows or can obtain a system frame number of at least one cell. The UE receives, from the positioning node, a message having positioning assistance data, which includes information associated with the at least one cell for which the system frame number is known or can be obtained by the UE. The UE also performs a positioning measurement using the positioning assistance data and the system frame number of the at least one cell to enable positioning of the UE. | 06-14-2012 |
20120149393 | Method, System and Apparatus for Acquiring Cell Location Information - A method, a system and an apparatus for acquiring cell location information are disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention. The method includes the following steps: a serving mobile location center acquires the cell antenna location information from a network-side device; the serving mobile location center implements the positioning operation according to the cell antenna location information. In the present invention, the cell antenna location information comprising the information of the longitude, the latitude and the altitude and the like is pre-stored in the evolved Node B (eNodeB), Mobility Management Entity (MME) or Evolved Serving Mobile Location Center (E-SMLC), then according to network planning, the Operation and Maintenance (O&M) beforehand completes the configuration operation of the antenna location information of all the cell in the serving region, thereby further the various kinds of the current positioning technical schemes are improved. | 06-14-2012 |
20120149394 | Apparatus And Method For Providing A Task Reminder Based On Travel History - A method of providing a reminder of a task to be performed at a task location is disclosed herein. The method includes receiving a location of a user via a mobile communication device associated with the user at predetermined time intervals for tracking historical travel information of the user. The method includes receiving user specified task information that includes a task and a task location. The method includes storing the user specified task information. The method includes generating a reminder for the task based on a comparison of an estimated probability of the user traveling in a trajectory leading toward the task location and an estimated probability of the user traveling in a trajectory leading away from the task location. | 06-14-2012 |
20120149395 | MOBILE DEVICE, AND METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM THEREFOR - A mobile device includes: a location detecting unit configured to detect a location of the mobile device; an operation instructing unit configured to instruct a user to perform a specific operation when the location detecting unit detects a specific location; an operation detecting unit configured to detect the specific operation of the user; a determining unit configured to determine whether the specific operation has been performed at the specific location; and a status changing unit configured to change a status of the mobile device when the determining unit determines that the specific operation has been performed at the specific location. | 06-14-2012 |
20120157112 | Call localization systems and methods - Described are a system and method of managing a real-time communication initiated to a mobile communications device. A communication from an originating communications device is sensed as being directed to a first destination address corresponding to a mobile communications device. Location information of the mobile communications device is determined. The communication is directed to a second destination address based on the determined location of the mobile communications device. | 06-21-2012 |
20120157113 | LOCATION REPORTING RESPONSIVE TO TRANSITIONS IN MOTIONAL STATE OF WIRELESS EQUIPMENT - System(s), apparatus(es), and method(s) provide for reporting of location of wireless equipment based at least on transition amongst motional states of the wireless equipment. Measured data and metrics are employed for detection of at least one movement condition of wireless equipment to identify changes in a mobility profile thereof. Change in the mobility profile can convey change in motional state of the wireless equipment; analysis of the data and metrics enables determination of such change. While idle, the wireless equipment can monitor its mobility profile to identify changes in the motional state of the wireless equipment. Identification of certain changes in the motional state of the wireless equipment enable the wireless equipment to measure, report, and update location thereof at the network platform of a network operator that provides wireless service to the wireless equipment. Reported location of the wireless equipment can be exploited for several location-based services. | 06-21-2012 |
20120157114 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADAPTING AN ATTRIBUTE MAGNIFICATION FOR A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Techniques and technologies are presented for adapting an attribute magnification for a mobile communication device. An output device for the attribute is connected to the mobile communication device. A sensor tracks distance of a user's head in relation to the mobile communication device; while a controller initiates a setting phase for magnification change and subsequently a tracking phase, opposite from the setting phase, for dynamically adjusting the attribute from the mobile communication device. | 06-21-2012 |
20120157115 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPDATING ACCESS POINT INFORMATION FOR LOCATION MEASUREMENT - A method and apparatus for updating information of an access point for a wireless local area network service in measuring a location of a communication terminal using the access point are provided. The method includes: storing information of access points in a storage unit; receiving information of nearby access points from a specific communication terminal to be measured for location; checking whether there exists an access point of which information is not stored in the storage unit among the nearby access points; performing a global positioning system (GPS) location measurement for the specific communication terminal when there exists the access point of which the information is not stored; and storing the GPS location measurement result and the information of the nearby access points in the storage unit. | 06-21-2012 |
20120157116 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING A LOCATION BEACON - A method and device for providing a location beacon is presented herein. The location beacon may assist a client device in estimating a current location by transmitting a plurality of signals at distinct power levels to the client device. The location beacon may also be configured to transition to a client device operational mode once the location beacon has an inaccurate estimation of its own location. | 06-21-2012 |
20120157117 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A SIGNAL FOR A LOCATION BASED-SERVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOCATING A TERMINAL THAT USES THE SIGNAL - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In particular, for the transmission of a locating zone configured across one or more superframes for transmitting a locating synchronizing signal for determining the location of a terminal in a wireless communication system, the wireless communication system of the present invention transmits, to a terminal, a superframe header including information indicating whether or not to transmit the locating zone. Thus, the terminal can discern a terminal belonging to the location zone form among superframes received by the terminal. | 06-21-2012 |
20120157118 | METHOD OF CREATING AN AUDIENCE MAP - A method of creating an audience map comprising the steps of; receiving a focus point comprising location data defining a geographical location; receiving trace data defining at least one geographical location of a potential viewer; determining a field of view which represents a region within which a potential viewer could see the focus point; projecting the field of view from either; (i) the focus point and determining whether the or each geographical location of the trace data falls within the field of view of the focus point and recording occurrences thereof; or (ii) the or each of the geographical locations of the potential viewer and determining whether the geographical location of the focus point falls within the field of view of the or each of the geographical locations of the potential viewer and recording occurrences thereof; and generating an audience map based on the recorded occurrences. | 06-21-2012 |
20120157119 | Processor, Apparatus and Associated Methods for Unlicensed Use of White Space - A processor for a device, the processor configured to determine a current geographical area for the current device location within which geo-specific spectrum usage data are known; determine a geographical margin for the current geographical area, the geographical margin defining an outer area of the geographical area; and obtain geo-specific spectrum usage data corresponding to an adjacent geographical area from a location remote to the device when the device location is within the geographical margin. | 06-21-2012 |
20120157120 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR 60 GHZ LOCATION DETERMINATION AND COORDINATION OF WLAN/WPAN/GPS MULTIMODE DEVICES - Within a local region, information may be communicated between two or more wireless multimode communication devices (WMCD) comprising 60 GHz band and lower frequency band wireless interfaces. Spatial relationships between devices may vary. The 60 GHz interface may handle location determination operations and data transfers. The lower frequency band may support WPAN, WLAN and may handle coordination of communications and data transfers. The WMCDs may be coupled with a network. Antennas may be directional. Moreover, the spatial orientation of the antennas may be dynamically modified or swept across a specified angle. Furthermore, intelligent and/or adaptive antenna systems may be utilized. The WMCDs may utilize a position and/or time reference system to aid in location determination operations. | 06-21-2012 |
20120165035 | FACILITATING AD HOC CONGREGATION OVER AN INSTANT MESSAGING NETWORK - Facilitating ad-hoc congregation using an application on a wireless mobile device is provided. Geographic locations defined as meet-ups are shared with members of group. When a wireless mobile device of one of the members of the group enters the geographic location of the meet-up, the wireless mobile device sends a meet-up notification message via a wireless network to other members of the group to identify it's presence at the pre-defined location. Group members can then decide to proceed to the meet-up location based upon the received notification messages. | 06-28-2012 |
20120165036 | LOCATION BASED WIRELESS TOWER CACHING - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, system and computer program product for wireless tower caching. In an embodiment of the invention, a method for wireless tower caching in a radio access network (RAN) can include receiving a response to a request from an end user device wirelessly coupled to a base station of the RAN, determining geographic positioning data for the response and identifying a most geographically wireless tower coupled to the RAN relative to the determined geographic positioning data (such as the closest wireless tower to the determined geographic positioning data). Thereafter, the response can be cached at a cache in a base station of the identified wireless tower. In this way, the cached content can remain relevant for a significant period of time in as much as the correlation between a likely position of the end user device and the content cached at the base station of the wireless tower at the time of use of the cached content is strong. | 06-28-2012 |
20120165037 | Robust Downlink Frame Synchronization Schemes in CDMA Wireless Networks for Geo-Location - A wireless location system is configured to operate in a CDMA-based wireless communication network. In exemplary embodiments, location measuring units (LMUs) can synchronize to sectors of base stations and store sector timing information. In response to a request to geo-locate a mobile device communicating with a sector, sector timing information for the servicing sector is sent to other LMUs and the LMUs can use the sector timing information to detect uplink signals transmitted by the mobile device. The location of the mobile device can then be estimated based on time of arrival measurements made by the LMUs. | 06-28-2012 |
20120165038 | Time and Power Based Wireless Location System - Disclosed is a method for processing readily available radio network, timing and power information about cellular networks and typical measurements made by the mobile device and network. A probabilistic method is disclosed that uses both time (i.e., range) and power differences with known downlink transmitter antenna characteristics to locate mobiles with accuracy better than cell-ID with ranging, with high capacity, and without the need for field calibration. | 06-28-2012 |
20120165039 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, an electronic apparatus includes a wireless communication module, a select information generation module, a position detection module, and a select module. The wireless communication module executes wireless communication by wireless communication systems. The select information generation module generates a plurality of pieces of communication system select information indicating a pair of a position and a wireless communication system. The position detection module detects a present position. The select module selects a first system indicated by first information corresponding to the present position if the plurality of pieces of communication system select information comprises the first information, and selects a second system of the wireless communication systems selected by a user if the plurality of pieces of communication system select information do not comprise the first information. The select information generation module adds new communication system select information indicating the present position and the second system. | 06-28-2012 |
20120165040 | METHOD FOR LOCATING WIRELESS NODES USING DIFFERENCE TRIANGULATION - Disclosed is a method for locating wireless nodes using difference triangulation, including: storing information transmitted from three or more fixed wireless nodes while moving on a movement path; calculating displacement vectors among three or more measurement points sharing the information of three or more fixed wireless nodes on the movement path; calculating positional information of the mobile wireless node at another measurement point by reflecting the calculated displacement vectors to the positional information of the mobile wireless node calculated at a measurement point of a region where a location of at least one fixed wireless node is known; and calculating positional information of a location-unknown fixed wireless node by the positional information of the mobile wireless node calculated at the three or more measurement points and information received from the location-unknown fixed wireless node. | 06-28-2012 |
20120165041 | LOCALIZATION DEVICE AND LOCALIZATION METHOD - Disclosed are a device and a method for localizing a user indoors using a wireless local area network, and more particularly, a localization device and a localization method that improve localization accuracy by fusing various context information when localizing a user-portable/wearable device connected with a wireless network based on an RF-based wireless network such as ZigBee. | 06-28-2012 |
20120165042 | Method For Location Determination of Wireless Device - A method for location determination of a wireless device is disclosed, the method is performed by the wireless device mounted with a gyroscope sensor and receiving position information from artificial satellites, and a positioning period is adaptively adjusted based on degree of mobility of the wireless device using the position information received from GPS and a gyroscope sensor embedded in the wireless device. | 06-28-2012 |
20120165043 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION BASED TAGGING - A plurality of tags can be generated by a user using the mobile electronic device and is associated with the current location of the mobile electronic device. A message can include metadata associated with the current location and at least a subset of tags from the plurality of tags. The message can be transmitted to a first system over a mobile communication network. The message received from the mobile electronic device can be stored in a repository of the first system. The first system can identify the current location of the mobile electronic device using the message. The system can parse the subset of tags and can maps the parsed subset of tags with the current location. | 06-28-2012 |
20120172050 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTEXT BASED ON SPATIAL TRAILS - Techniques for determining context based on a spatial trail include determining data that indicates a first trail comprising a plurality of locations of finite spatial granularity at a corresponding plurality of times. The techniques also comprise determining data that indicates at least one criterion for belonging in a group. The criterion indicates a first spatial granularity for at least a first location at a corresponding first time in the first trail. The techniques further comprise determining whether a particular entity belongs in the group based, at least in part, on the criterion and a second trail for the particular entity. A trail for any entity comprises a plurality of locations of finite spatial granularity indicating actual locations of the entity at a corresponding plurality of times. | 07-05-2012 |
20120172051 | LOCATION MEASURING METHOD AND APPARATUS USING ACCESS POINT AND LAMP - Measuring a location of a communication terminal using a wireless local area access point based on location coordinates of the access points and location information of a nearby lamp. | 07-05-2012 |
20120172052 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INDOOR LOCATION MEASUREMENT - An indoor location measuring method and apparatus are provided. An apparatus for sectionalizing an indoor area for indoor location measurement includes a reference coordinate inputting unit which receives an input of a reference coordinate corresponding to the indoor area; a sector number inputting unit which receives an input of a number of sectors per column or row in the indoor area; and a sectionalization calculating unit which sectionalizes the indoor area into a predetermined number of sectors based on the reference coordinate and the number of sectors per column or row, and calculates a coordinate of a point of a sector among the sectionalized predetermined number of sectors. | 07-05-2012 |
20120172053 | RECORDING MEDIUM FOR STORING POSITION ESTIMATION PROGRAM, POSITION ESTIMATION DEVICE, AND POSITION ESTIMATION METHOD - A computer executes processing of acquiring, by using a positioning unit to output error region information indicating an ellipse-shaped error region represented by a position acquired from positioning performed by receiving a signal from a plurality of transmitters and a measurement error of the position, a plurality of pieces of the error region information by performing the positioning a plurality of times, processing of extending the error region indicated by each piece of the acquired error region information in a major axis direction, and processing of estimating a position of a positioning target based on an intersect region at which the extended error regions intersect with one another. | 07-05-2012 |
20120172054 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COOPERATIVE POSITIONING - Apparatus and method for cooperatively positioning a mobile wireless device. In one embodiment a mobile wireless device includes a navigation satellite receiver, a WLAN transceiver, and a cooperative positioning system. The navigation satellite receiver is configured to receive positioning signals from positioning satellites. The cooperative positioning system is configured to receive positioning measurements from a cooperating mobile wireless device via the WLAN transceiver. The received positioning measurements are derived from satellite positioning signals received by the cooperating mobile wireless device. The cooperative positioning system is also configured to determine a position of the mobile wireless device based on the positioning measurements received from the cooperating mobile wireless device, positioning measurements provided by the navigation satellite receiver, and a focal measurement that is a function of at least one of the position and the clock bias of both the mobile wireless device and the cooperating mobile wireless device. | 07-05-2012 |
20120172055 | Target Positioning Within a Mobile Structure - Method and apparatus for determining position of a target device relative to a mobile structure are disclosed. The method includes obtaining measurements by the target device with respect to a plurality of radio beacons, determining whether the target device is on the mobile structure using the measurements, and determining location of the target device relative to the mobile structure using the measurements. The method of determining whether the target device is on the mobile structure includes at least one of comparing motion of target device with motion of mobile structure, detecting mobile radio beacon(s) on the mobile structure from the target device over a period of time, comparing velocity and location of the target device with respect to velocity and location of the mobile structure, comparing measurements obtained by target device from the plurality of radio beacons, and comparing locations obtained by target device from the plurality of radio beacons. | 07-05-2012 |
20120172056 | METHOD OF DETERMINING OPTIMAL CELL CONFIGURATION BASED UPON DETERMINED DEVICE LOCATION - A configuration device for configuring a wireless device within a wireless cell can include a receiving unit configured to receive a request message from a wireless device within a wireless cell. In addition, the configuration device can include a first processing unit configured to determine location information of the wireless device, and a second processing unit configured to determine a communication capacity of the wireless device, and to estimate a communication requirement based on the request message. Furthermore, the configuration device can have a transmitting unit configured to transmit optimal information to the wireless device with respect to the request message. | 07-05-2012 |
20120172057 | ROADSIDE PORTION TRAFFIC AMOUNT CALCULATION DEVICE AND ROADSIDE PORTION TRAFFIC AMOUNT CALCULATION METHOD - A roadside portion traffic amount calculation device includes an acquisition unit that acquires positional information, a distribution determination unit that refers to road information stored in a road information storage unit and, based on a positional relationship between locations of users indicated by the positional information and a road, determines a passage roadside portion that is a roadside portion in which the locations of the users are distributed for each piece of the positional information, a summarizing unit that counts the number of pieces of the positional information for which the passage roadside portion has been determined by the distribution determination unit for each of the roadside portions and summarizes a roadside portion traffic amount that is an amount of user traffic on each of the roadside portions, and a processing result output unit that outputs the roadside portion traffic amount summarized by the summarizing unit. | 07-05-2012 |
20120178469 | POSITION DETERMINATION USING HORIZONTAL ANGLES - An access terminal of a wireless communication system includes a transceiver configured to receive wirelessly multiple reference keypoints and a geographical location of each respective reference keypoint, each geographical location being a location near an estimated position of the access terminal; at least one camera communicatively coupled to the transceiver and configured to capture an image; and a processor communicatively coupled to the at least one camera and configured to calculate a refined position of the access terminal, that is more accurate than the estimated position, using first and second horizontal angles between the geographical locations of respective first and second pairs of reference keypoints determined as each corresponding to a respective image keypoint identified within the image captured by the at least one camera. | 07-12-2012 |
20120178470 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING SATELLITE POSITIONING RELIABILITY - A position fix of a mobile device is computed based, at least in part, on a plurality of data items. A metric that is indicative of a reliability of the position fix may be generated based, at least in part, on a number of independent ones of the data items and/or an indication of reliability of at least one of the data items. In at least one implementation, the plurality of data items may include SPS satellite signals and/or pseudoranges and an externally obtained position. | 07-12-2012 |
20120178471 | ADDITIONAL DATA USABLE IN APPARATUS POSITIONING - A system for providing positioning information within a wireless communication signal. An apparatus may determine whether to provide information usable for positioning in a packet. If it is determined that positioning information will be provided in the packet, header information in the packet may be configured to indicate that the packet includes positioning information. The positioning information may then be included in the packet, which may then be transmitted. When the packet is an advertising packet, the packet may be transmitted on an advertising channel. A scanning apparatus may then receive the packet and may determine, based on the header information in the packet, whether the packet includes positioning information. If it is determined that the packet includes positioning information, positioning in the scanning apparatus may be configured based on the header information, and positioning may be performed in the scanning apparatus based on the positioning information in the packet. | 07-12-2012 |
20120178472 | RF Fingerprinting for Location Estimation - The location of a terminal is estimated within an area of coverage of a wireless network comprising at least one fixed node by measuring a complex frequency response of a radio channel between the terminal and one of said fixed nodes and estimating the location of the terminal on the basis of at least a comparison between data representing a first metric of the measured complex frequency response and data representing a plurality of stored metrics, each of said plurality of stored metrics being related to one of a plurality of different locations within the network and each stored metric being of a complex frequency response measured between the said one of said fixed nodes and the location within the network to which the metric relates. | 07-12-2012 |
20120184285 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR USE IN PROVIDING POSITIONING ASSISTANCE DATA TO MOBILE STATIONS VIA A SELF-ORGANIZING NETWORK - Techniques are provided which may be implemented using various methods and/or apparatuses to allow a mobile station to receive positioning assistance data that may be used in a signal-based position estimation process. For example, a device at a node of a self organizing network (SON) portion of a communication network may be self-provisioned by establishing and providing selected positioning assistance data to a mobile station. | 07-19-2012 |
20120184286 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE DEVICE LOCATION DETERMINATION - Methods and apparatus for resolving an ambiguity with regard to a mobile device's location are described. In various embodiments, when a level of ambiguity with regard to the location of a mobile device is detected, and the level of ambiguity is above a threshold, an ambiguity resolution request signal is generated and transmitted. In this manner, a wireless terminal needing help in determining its location reliably may request such help but at other times may determine its own location without assistance. In some embodiments the ambiguity resolution request signal includes information, e.g., location probabilities, on one or more locations which are under consideration as possible locations of the mobile device. A device responding to the ambiguity resolution request provides information allowing the mobile device confronted with a location ambiguity to eliminate at least on location under consideration or to generate a new probability for one or more locations under consideration. | 07-19-2012 |
20120184287 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE DEVICE BASED LOCATION DETERMINATION IN A COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus related to determining location of mobile devices based on signals and/or location history information received from other mobile devices are described. In various embodiments mobile devices monitor signals from other devices. Mobile devices store signal measurement information along with time stamp information and information identifying the device from which a measured signal was received. In various embodiments a mobile communications device which determines its location with reasonable accuracy, e.g., to within a predetermined distance or some other accuracy metric, transmits location history information indicating one or more past locations, and optionally the device's current location, and the times it was at the indicated locations. Reliability information is communicated with the time and location information in some embodiments. A device receiving the location history log can determine and/or refine its understanding of its own location and the location of other devices at different points in time. | 07-19-2012 |
20120184288 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INTELLIGENT SWITCH BETWEEN CLIENT BASED LOCATION AND SERVER BASED LOCATION FOR HYBRID LOCATION CLIENT DEVICES - A client device dynamically selects one of client based location computation and server based location computation, based on propagation environment around the client device, to determine its own location. The client device may switch between client based location computation and server based location computation based on the local propagation environment for a desired quality of location and low data load from a remote location server. The client device measures power of received radio transmissions from radio transmission sources such as WLAN access points and/or cellular base stations. For a client based location solution, the client device performs location computation utilizing the local power measurement and assistance data downloaded from the remote location server. For a server based location solution, the remote location server may perform location computation for the client device. The client device determines the corresponding server based location solution by decoding information received from the remote location server. | 07-19-2012 |
20120184289 | POSITIONING SYSTEM AND POSITIONING METHOD THEREOF - A positioning system includes a first mobile device and a second mobile device. The first mobile device includes a first wireless communication unit and an imaging unit. The second mobile device includes a second wireless communication unit and a location information obtaining unit. When an image is captured by the first mobile device, the first mobile device can communicate with the second mobile device to obtain position information, which is then included in EXIF of the just captured image. | 07-19-2012 |
20120184290 | Enhanced Measurement Gap Configuration Support for Positioning Related Applications - A base station is configured to serve a wireless device in a serving cell on a serving frequency. The base station obtains information that indicates one or more non-serving frequencies on which the device is to perform one or more positioning measurements. These positioning measurements are to be used for determining the device's geographic position. For at least one non-serving frequency indicated by the information, the base station configures a measurement gap during which the device is to perform a corresponding positioning measurement. Specifically, the base station configures such measurement gap to occur during a period of time in which a neighboring cell transmits a positioning reference signal over that non-serving frequency. A positioning reference signal is specifically designed to be a signal on which a device performs positioning measurements. Thus, by aligning the measurement gap with a positioning reference signal, the positioning measurements will prove more reliable and accurate. | 07-19-2012 |
20120184291 | METHOD FOR A SUBSCRIBER UNIT'S COMMUNICATION WITH A SERVICE AND A COMPONENT IN A NETWORK - Using a method for a subscriber unit's communication with a service that requires information about the subscriber unit's location, the subscriber unit sends the service a message containing information about the subscriber unit's location and at least one piece of information about the subscriber unit's location is stored in at least one network component and is made available by a network component. | 07-19-2012 |
20120184292 | FILTERING AND CLUSTERING CROWD-SOURCED DATA FOR DETERMINING BEACON POSITIONS - Embodiments analyze crowd-sourced data to identify a moved or moving beacon. The crowd-sourced data involving a particular beacon is filtered based on a cluster start time associated with the beacon. A clustering analysis groups the filtered crowd-sourced data for the beacon into a plurality of clusters based on spatial distance. Timestamps associated with the crowd-sourced data in the clusters are compared to select one of the clusters. The crowd-sourced data associated with the selected cluster is used to determine position information for the moved beacon. The cluster start time for the beacon is adjusted based on the earliest timestamp associated with the positioned observations corresponding to the selected cluster. Adjusting the cluster start time removes from a subsequent analysis the positioned observations associated with one or more prior positions of the beacon. | 07-19-2012 |
20120184293 | Location system, method, server and terminal - The present disclosure discloses a location system, method, server and terminal. In the scheme of the present disclosure, a location information server provides a Secure User Plane for Location (SUPL) Enabled Terminal (SET) with location information regarding the SET in a form of reference; the SET provides a Secure User Plane for Location (SUPL) server with location information corresponding to the location information reference regarding the SET; the SUPL server obtains the location information regarding the SET for the location information server according to the location information reference transmitted by the SET, to enable the convergence of the mainstream location architecture based on the SUPL of Open Mobile Architecture (OMA) Location (LOC) group and another mainstream location architecture based on the Location Configuration Protocol (LCP) of the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF). Meanwhile, by converging the IETF locating standard, the SUPL server may also obtain the auxiliary data of Global Positioning System (GPS) and the like according to the is obtained location information regarding the SET, and transmit it to the SET. | 07-19-2012 |
20120184294 | OPTIMIZING A SERVING GATEWAY LOCATION IN A HOME EVOLVED NODE B WITH LOCAL IP ACCESS - A system and method are provided for enabling a mobile device to establish a local IP access on a packet data network connection on a femto cellular access network. A local server gateway and a macro server gateway are coupled to the femto cellular access network. A mobility management entity is coupled to the femto cellular access network, the local server gateway and the macro server gateway. The mobility management entity obtains a status mode of the mobile device and a location of the mobile device transmitted on the femto cellular access network. The mobility management entity selects one of the local server gateway and the macro server gateway based on the status mode of the mobile device and the location of the mobile device. | 07-19-2012 |
20120184295 | POSITION ESTIMATION APPARATUS, POSITION ESTIMATION METHOD, PROGRAM, AND POSITION ESTIMATION SYSTEM - Provided is a position estimation apparatus including a storage unit in which at least one piece of section information indicating a section in a structure and at least one piece of registered measurement information are stored in association with each other, and an estimation unit for determining, among the at least one piece of registered measurement information, registered measurement information whose degree of similarity to measurement information acquired by wireless measurement for a wireless signal transmitted from a base station exceeds a threshold value, and estimating section information that is associated with the registered measurement information as an acquisition position of the measurement information. The estimation unit performs, using different threshold values, determination of the degree of similarity for registered measurement information that is associated with latest section information which is a latest estimation result and determination of the degree of similarity for another piece of registered measurement information. | 07-19-2012 |
20120184296 | METHOD AND RADIO DEVICE FOR DETECTING A MOVEMENT - The invention relates to a method and a radio device for detecting a movement of at least one receiver, wherein the radio signals are sent from at least one stationary transmitter to the at least one receiver and the received signals are evaluated for determining a movement. The radio signals are designed as a specified bit sequence modulated onto a high-frequency carrier and are demodulated by the receiver to form a receiving sequence that is correlated to determine correspondence with the specified bit sequences stored as a reference sequence. Dependent on the correspondence or errors that can be determined by the correlation, quality indicators for the receiving field strength of the received radio signals are determined, wherein the radio signals having the specified bit sequence are sent from the transmitter having at least two different transmission powers in a series. The series is repeated at temporal intervals and the quality indicators of the received sequences of the series are evaluated to determine a movement of the receiver in relation to the transmitter. | 07-19-2012 |
20120184297 | WIRELESS LOCATION MEASUREMENT METHOD - A method for a receiving node to find a distance from a transmitting node and measure a location includes: measuring a delay tab by receiving a location measurement signal from the transmitting node, temporarily determining a distance between the receiving node and the transmitting node by using the delay tab to compare it with a reference distance, selecting one of a distance estimation method using propagation delay and a distance estimation method using delay spread, and estimating a final distance. | 07-19-2012 |
20120190379 | Intelligent Management of Location Sensor - A telecommunication device configured to manage utilization of a location sensor of the telecommunication device based at least on a location change status of the telecommunication device is described herein. The telecommunication device determines the location change status based at least on one or more of telecommunication device connections, a surrounding environment, user profiles, or information received from a telecommunication network. Also, the telecommunication device may be provided with the location change status by a cloud service or may receive remote management of utilization of the location sensor from the cloud service. | 07-26-2012 |
20120190380 | WIRELESS LOCATION USING NETWORK CENTRIC LOCATION ESTIMATORS - A wireless location system is disclosed having one or more location centers for locating mobile stations (MS) based on, e.g., WIFI, CDMA, AMPS, NAMPS, TDMA, GPRS, and GSM. MS location requests can be processed via, e.g., Internet communication between a network of location centers. A plurality of MS locating technologies may be used, including those based on: two-way TOA and TDOA; pattern recognition; distributed antennas; and reduced coverage base stations. The system includes strategies for: automatically adapting and calibrating system performance according to environmental and geographical changes; automatically capturing location signal data for enhancing a historical data base retaining predictive location signal data; evaluating MS locations according to heuristics and constraints related to, e.g., terrain, MS velocity and path; and adjusting likely MS locations adaptively and statistically. The system is useful for emergency calls, tracking, routing, people and animal location including applications for confinement to and exclusion from certain areas. | 07-26-2012 |
20120190381 | METHOD AND AN APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNALS FOR LOCATION BASED SERVICE, AND A METHOD AND AN APPARATUS FOR MEASURING LOCATION RELATED INFORMATION BASED ON THE SIGNALS - A wireless communication system is disclosed. The wireless communication system transmits a location measure signal for determining a location of a user equipment to the user equipment by allocating the location measure signal to at least one of symbols to which a synchronization signal is transmitted conventionally. In this case, a location related parameter of the user equipment can be measured with higher accuracy. | 07-26-2012 |
20120190382 | System And Method For Tracking A Mobile Node - Techniques for tracking the position and movement of a mobile node within a field of fixed nodes are disclosed herein. In one embodiment, positional information generated from neighboring nodes in the field of nodes along with positional information obtained from the mobile node itself is compiled and used to track the location of the mobile node. The field of fixed nodes may relay positional information to interested nodes within the field in order to communicate the movement of the mobile node. Based on the positional information of the mobile node, the mobile node can be tracked, and an estimated time of arrival and a likelihood of reaching a defined point or a fixed node can be computed. Additionally, fixed nodes may use the estimated time of arrival and likelihood calculations to initiate anticipatory processing if the mobile node is likely to encounter the fixed node. | 07-26-2012 |
20120190383 | LOCATION MEASUREMENT METHOD - In a method for a terminal to measure a location by using a public safety monitoring system, when a public safety mode available for tracking a location while a terminal is turned off is set, the terminal acquires location measurement information and transmits it to the public safety monitoring system. In a method for measuring a location of a terminal to which plural stages of public safety modes are set, when a stage for performing a location measurement process is set, the terminal acquires location measurement information, transmits location measurement information to the public safety monitoring system, and enters the next stage when the public safety mode is not cancelled after a predetermined time. In a method for measuring a location of a terminal in a public safety monitoring system, a public safety mode setting request message including control information is transmitted to the terminal to which a public safety mode setting is requested, location measurement information is received from the terminal, and the location of the terminal is tracked. | 07-26-2012 |
20120196614 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR UNIFIED MANAGEMENT OF COMMUNICATION EVENTS - A method and system for providing unified management of communication events. The method comprises receiving a communication message in a first format, converting the communication message to a generic message, determining one or more message destinations based on a set of routing rules, determining one or more message formats based on the determined destinations, converting the generic message into a converted message, and transmitting the converted message to the one or more determined destinations. The generic message is stored in a destination agnostic format. The converted message is stored in the one or more message formats associated with the one or more determined destinations. | 08-02-2012 |
20120196615 | TRANSFER AND MODIFICATION OF LOCATION RELATED DATA DURING AN ONGOING LOCATION SESSION - Techniques are disclosed for enabling wireless communication with the capability of modifying assistance data and/or location information. A first transaction is used to define location related data for transferring between a location server and a mobile device. A second transaction is used to transfer the location related data between the location server and the mobile device. A third transaction is used to modify the location related data for transferring between the location server and the mobile device. | 08-02-2012 |
20120196616 | DETERMINING LOCATION OF A TARGET DEVICE BASED ON RELATIVE CHANGE IN LOCATION INFORMATION - Techniques are disclosed for determining an absolute location of a mobile device by a server. A relative change in location of a mobile device is computed using local sensors of the mobile device. The relative change in location is transmitted to a location server for estimating, by the location server, an absolute location of the mobile device. | 08-02-2012 |
20120196617 | Method for Acquiring Adjacent eNB Information and Mobile Management Entity - A method for acquiring the neighbour E-UTRAN Node B (eNB) information is disclosed, and the method includes: in the process of the eNB setting up an S1 interface connection with a mobile management entity (MME), the MME sends the information of the global eNB ID and the tracking area identity (TAI) of the neighbour eNB of said eNB to said eNB; said eNB receives and acquires the information of the global eNB ID and TAI of the neighbour eNB. The corresponding MME is also provided. With the scheme of the present invention, the information of this eNB and the neighbour eNB can be acquired; and the X2 interface connection can be set up in time by acquiring information of the neighbour eNB through a MME configuration update. | 08-02-2012 |
20120196618 | FLEET MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD EMPLOYING MOBILE DEVICE MONITORING AND RESEARCH - Systems, apparatuses and methods for monitoring wireless communication performance. A fleet of moving vehicles equipped with communication devices communicate data call records, including a geographic location of the vehicle when the communication was attempted, to a central office. Indications of successful and unsuccessful call record communications attempts are aggregated by geographic area using the geographic location data from the vehicles. Call success rate levels for the geographic areas are determined based on the aggregated indications of successful and unsuccessful call record communication attempts. These levels may be presented on geographical maps or otherwise, and/or used for network analysis purposes. | 08-02-2012 |
20120196619 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR LOCATING MOBILE DEVICES USING LOCATION AND PRESENCE INFORMATION - A location based service and method configured to provide recovery assistance for a misplaced or stolen mobile device. The location based system and method is configured to locate (recover) high value mobile devices using location, presence and other IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem) based telecommunications network assets. The method includes leveraging location dips performed for other services to drive a recovery process for a mobile device to thereby reduce resource overhead on a location platform; locating the mobile device using the location dips performed for other services; and sending a notification to a subscriber of the location of the mobile device for recovery of the mobile device. | 08-02-2012 |
20120196620 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USING SMS AND TAGGED MESSAGE TO SEND POSITION AND TRAVEL INFORMATION TO SERVER AND/OR TO PEERS - The GPS position or other short information related to a wireless telephone is encapsulated in a tagged protocol such as XML and sent using short message service (SMS) to peers or Internet servers, which can parse the tagged messages and extract, e.g., position information for display on a map. | 08-02-2012 |
20120196621 | Estimation of Position Using WLAN Access Point Radio Propagation Characteristics in a WLAN Positioning System - A method for estimating position using WLAN access point radio propagation characteristics in a WLAN location based service is provided. A location-based services system has a plurality of Wi-Fi access points in a target area. The Wi-Fi access points are positioned at geographic locations and have signal coverage areas. A method of characterizing at least one of the Wi-Fi access points comprises determining the geographic location of the Wi-Fi access point, dividing the signal coverage area of the Wi-Fi access point into at least one section, and determining radio propagation characteristics for each section. The radio propagation characteristics of each section characterize a radio channel of the Wi-Fi access point, and the characterization can be used in a location algorithm. | 08-02-2012 |
20120196622 | RADIO NAVIGATION - Methods and systems for estimating the position of a radio signal receiver are described. The position of a first stationary radio signal transmitter is estimated using a primary set of positioning resources available to the receiver. Once the position of the first transmitter has been determined, it is added to a secondary set of positioning resources available to the receiver. If the primary set of positioning resources is ineffectual, the secondary set of positioning resources may be used to estimate the position of the receiver. | 08-02-2012 |
20120202514 | METHOD FOR SPATIALLY-ACCURATE LOCATION OF A DEVICE USING AUDIO-VISUAL INFORMATION - A system to determine positions of mobile computing devices and provide direction information includes a first mobile computing device configured to broadcast a first chirp signal, a second mobile computing device configured to broadcast a second chirp signal indicating receipt of the first chirp signal and a first time information about when the first chirp signal is received, and a third mobile computing device configured broadcast a third chirp signal indicating (a) receipt of the first and second chirp signals and (b) a second time information about when the first and second chirp signals are received. The first mobile computing device is configured to use the first and second time information to determine a position of the second mobile computing device. The first mobile computing device is also configured to transmit text messages to the second mobile computing device to direct a user of the second mobile computing device to a position of a user of the first mobile computing device. | 08-09-2012 |
20120202515 | SMARTPHONE-BASED ASSET MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A method of tracking an inventory of objects via a mobile communications device includes acquiring an image of one or more of the objects via the mobile communications device, which also collects a location of the mobile communications device while acquiring the image of the one or more of the objects. The location and image are transferred from the mobile communications device to a remote server via a wireless network, such that the one or more of the objects are identified at the server based on the image, and the location and identity of the one or more objects are stored on a database associated with the server. | 08-09-2012 |
20120202516 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING LOCATION-BASED DATA - An apparatus capable of providing location-based data includes a communication unit to transmit data to a server and to receive base location-based data from the server via a communication network, a display unit to display the base location-based data, and a control unit to control the display unit to further display synthesized data including first user location-based data and the base location-based data. A method for providing location-based data includes acquiring user location-based data including location information, acquiring base location-based data including location information, and synthesizing the user location-based data into corresponding region of the base location-based data. | 08-09-2012 |
20120202517 | Methods and Apparatus for Identifying and Authorizing Location Servers and Location Services - Techniques are provided which may be implemented in various methods, apparatus, and/or articles of manufacture to allow a mobile device to obtain certain location service(s) and/or the like from one or more computing devices that have been authorized for use. For example, in certain implementations, an authorizing location server may obtain a first message from a mobile device indicating a first set of location servers, determine a second set of location servers based, at least in part, on the first set of location servers, and transmit a second message to the mobile device indicating that the second set of location servers are authorized for location service related access by the mobile device. | 08-09-2012 |
20120202518 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING WHETHER TO PROVIDE LOCATION INFORMATION IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for an operation of a Mobile Station (MS) in a wireless access system are provided. The method includes receiving a request to report measurement data required for location determination, determining whether it is in a state in which providing of location information is rejected, and if it is determined that it is in the state in which providing of location information is rejected, transmitting a message for reporting that providing of the location information is rejected. | 08-09-2012 |
20120202519 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION WITH A TRACKING DEVICE - A system and method for providing communication with a tracking device are disclosed. An example tracking device includes a location detector, a communication device, memory, a processor, and a configuration routine. The location detector is operative to determine locations of the tracking device. The communication device is operative to communicate with a remote system. The memory stores data and code, the data including location data determined by the location detector and configuration data. The processor is operative to execute the code to impart functionality to the tracking device. The functionality of the tracking device depends at least in part on the configuration data. The configuration routine is operative to modify the configuration data responsive to communications from the remote system. Thus, functional access to the tracking device is provided to the remote system. | 08-09-2012 |
20120202520 | TECHNIQUES FOR TRACKING DESTINATIONS ON A MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICE - Various embodiments of systems and techniques for tracking destinations on a mobile computing device are described. In one or more embodiments, the mobile computing device may comprise or implement hardware and/or software configured to determine arrival at a destination and what is situated at the destination. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 08-09-2012 |
20120202521 | Signal Comparison-Based Location Determining Method - At least one portable RF communications device in conjunction with at least two fixed-location service-area antenna stations respectively capable of RF communication with the at least one device performs the steps of: (I) using a portable device at a selected location to measure RF communications signals from the plurality of local fixed-location service-area antenna stations and electronically storing at least two of the respective reception signal strength measurements; and (II) monitoring a portable device location by causing the device to measure reception signal strength associated with local fixed-location service-area antenna stations signals, and to electronically compare these measurements with the stored at least two measurements. | 08-09-2012 |
20120208549 | AUTOMATIC CHECK-OUT UPON LOCATION DEPARTURE - Systems and methods are disclosed for detecting termination of a social check-in session where a user has checked into a location using a mobile device. Upon detecting that the user has left a location, the present system automatically checks the user out of that location, and updates the user's records and friends that the user is no longer at that location. | 08-16-2012 |
20120208550 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY MONITORING STATUS IN LOCATION SERVICES - A method and system for reporting a location of an asset. The method includes: receiving a location tracking request for the asset; dynamically determining a status of the asset; and allowing acquisition of the location of the asset based on the determined status. The method further includes: obtaining the location of the asset responsive to the received request and said allowing; and reporting the obtained location of the asset. The system includes: a reporting module for receiving a location tracking request for the asset; a status module for dynamically determining a status of the asset; and a tracking module for obtaining the location of the asset responsive to the determined status. The reporting module reports the location of the asset responsive to the received location tracking request. | 08-16-2012 |
20120208551 | MOBILE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE PROVIDING OBJECT REFERENCE DATA BASED UPON NEAR FIELD COMMUNICATION (NFC) AND RELATED METHODS - A wireless communications system may include a near field communication (NFC) reference device configured to store object reference data for at least one object associated with a geographic location of the NFC device. The wireless communications system may also include a mobile wireless communications device that includes an NFC transceiver configured to communicate with the NFC device based upon proximity thereto, an image sensor, a display, and a controller. The controller may cooperate with the NFC transceiver, the image sensor, and the display. The controller may be configured to determine a sensed image from the image sensor. The controller may also be configured to select object reference data for the sensed image based upon communication with the NFC reference device, and display the object reference data and the sensed image on the display. | 08-16-2012 |
20120208552 | UE-SIDE REMOVAL OF POSITIONING ASSISTANCE AMBIGUITY - A user equipment ( | 08-16-2012 |
20120208553 | System and Method for Mobile Location By Dynamic Clustering - A system and method for determining the location of a mobile device in a communications network. A set of network measurement reports (NMR) may be provided for a region in the network. NMRs in the first set may be clustered as a function of observed measurement information in the NMRs. A candidate NMR for a mobile device may be received, and the candidate NMR may then be associated with a selected cluster of NMRs. The candidate NMR and a second set of NMRs may then be clustered, and a location of the mobile device determined as a function of the clustered candidate NMR and second set of NMRs, where the NMRs in the second set are associated with the selected cluster. | 08-16-2012 |
20120208554 | TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF MOBILE TERMINAL HAVING ANTENNA - A transmission method and apparatus of a mobile terminal including an antenna are provided. The transmission method includes determining a posture of the mobile terminal in an active state, updating a preset reference power by adding a power gain determined according to the posture of the mobile terminal, and transmitting a transmit signal amplified according to the updated reference power. Accordingly, the reference power is adjusted according to the posture of the mobile terminal, whereby it is possible to control the radiation pattern of antenna of the mobile terminal. | 08-16-2012 |
20120208555 | METHOD AND MOBILE TERMINAL FOR CONTROLLING APPLICATION IN THE MOBILE TERMINAL - A method of controlling applications in a mobile terminal is provided. The method includes collecting acceleration values continuously using an acceleration sensor, when the mobile terminal is being moved; identifying a motion trace indicating that the mobile terminal has been moved from the collected acceleration values; matching the identified motion trace with a preset motion trace, and executing a control command mapped to the preset motion trace to control an application in the mobile terminal, if the matching succeeds. | 08-16-2012 |
20120208556 | METHOD FOR DETECTING CSG CELLS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for detecting closed subscriber group (CSG) cells through a terminal in a wireless communication system. The method for detecting the CSG cells in the wireless communication system comprises the steps of: determining a present position of the terminal; measuring a physical layer identifier of a corresponding cell when the present position of the terminal corresponds to a position of a prestored CSG cell; and detecting the corresponding cell as the priorly connected CSG cell when the measured physical layer identifier corresponds to the physical layer identifier of the prestored CSG cell. Desirably, the method further comprises the steps of measuring system information of the corresponding cell; and detecting the corresponding cell as the priorly connected CSG cell when the upper layer cell identifier included in the system information corresponds to the upper layer cell identifier of the prestored CSG cell. | 08-16-2012 |
20120208557 | Location Reliability Determination - A system, method and apparatus is provided that allows the determination of the reliability of a location determined by a mobile device in response to Navigation System signals. The mobile device sends positioning information derived from the Navigation System signals to a server, the server comparing the positioning information to reference information received from base stations in order to determine its reliability. | 08-16-2012 |
20120208558 | CHANNEL AVAILABILITY FOR WHITE-SPACE DEVICES, ASSOCIATED APPARATUS AND METHODS - An apparatus configured to determine one or more channels available for use by respective one or more white-space devices in a particular determined geographical location. The apparatus is configured to: receive geographic location signalling associated with the particular determined geographical location of one or more white-space devices; receive uncertainty indication signalling for the uncertainty associated with the particular determined geographic location of the one or more white-space devices; and determine the one or more channels available for use by the respective one or more white-space devices in the particular determined geographical location by using the geographic location signalling and uncertainty indication signalling. | 08-16-2012 |
20120214503 | Device, Method, and System for Receiving Content on a Mobile Computing Device - A mobile computing device, comprising processing components, memory components, a wireless receiver/transmitter, and an agent stored in the memory components. The agent is adapted to determine a pattern in data received and requested by the mobile computing device, determine a pattern in a location of the mobile computing device, and request to receive data based on (i) the pattern in the data received and requested by the mobile computing device, and (ii) the pattern in the location of the mobile computing device. | 08-23-2012 |
20120214504 | System and Method for Acquiring Network Data - Systems and methods for acquiring wireless network performance data comprising a user equipment accessible via a wireless network, the user equipment comprising; a receiver, a transmitter, a first processor configured with software executable instructions to cause the user equipment to perform operations comprising; receiving a data acquisition signal via the receiver, sampling a wireless network signal received at the user equipment in response to receiving the data acquisition signal, generating acquired network data, and transmitting the acquired network data via the transmitter, a server accessible via the wireless network, the server comprising, a second processor configured with software executable instructions to cause the server to perform operations comprising; transmitting the data acquisition signal, receiving the acquired network data; and generating network performance data using the acquired network data. | 08-23-2012 |
20120214505 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, PROGRAM, AND INFORMATION STORAGE MEDIUM - A position coordinate receiving section obtains a position from a user terminal. A nearby user distributing section provides information about a source user terminal to a recipient user terminal. The nearby user distributing section controls whether or not to provide the information about the source user terminal to the recipient user terminal based on a position that is obtained from the recipient user terminal and a position obtained from the source user terminal. The position obtained from the source user terminal that is used in the control is a position outside an area set by a user of the source user terminal. Accordingly, a user is provided a way to prevent other users from knowing that the user is in a place specified by the user. | 08-23-2012 |
20120214506 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR GEO-STAGING OF SENSOR DATA THROUGH DISTRIBUTED GLOBAL (CLOUD) ARCHITECTURE - There is disclosed a method of staging real-time data in proximity to a mobile device. The method includes determining a geographic location associated with the mobile device and identifying a storage device located in proximity to the determined geographic location. The method also includes enabling real-time data published by the mobile device or provided to the mobile device to be stored on the identified storage device. | 08-23-2012 |
20120214507 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING INDOOR LOCATION, POSITION, OR TRACKING OF A MOBILE COMPUTER USING BUILDING INFORMATION - An apparatus and method for providing indoor location, position, or tracking of a mobile computer using building information. The mobile computer determines the dimensions of a room in a building using a range finder in the mobile computer. The determined dimensions of the room are compared to the building information to locate, position, or track the mobile computer in the building. | 08-23-2012 |
20120214508 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROVIDING THE LOCATION OF A MOBILE STATION - The present invention provides a solution for providing the location of a mobile device connected to a first mobile network to a second mobile network. A mobile device receives information about the geographic location of the base stations in its neighborhood. Based on the identity of the base station the device is connected to the device can determine its geographic location and provide that to the second mobile network. | 08-23-2012 |
20120214509 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MOBILE STATION LOCATION - A system and method for locating mobile stations in a wireless communication system such as a cellular system based on at least one received wireless signal and a database of geographical information. | 08-23-2012 |
20120214510 | FEMTO CELL VISITATION HISTORY FOR LOCATION BASED SERVICES - System(s) and method(s) are provided for collection and communication of data on handset attachment procedure, or visitation, to one or more femto cells to provide location information. A mobility component receives actual subscriber and femto access point (AP) attachment signaling and extracts visitation data that facilitates generation of real-time or historical visitation reports. Location information is conveyed through visitation reports which can include mobile device identifier(s), femto AP location, and a timestamp. Visitation reports also can include processed visitation data such as mobility matrices, historical mobility patterns or profiles, and predicted mobility events. Provision of location information occurs without the need for dedicated handset functionality, and associated hardware, or additional battery draw. | 08-23-2012 |
20120214511 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING INDOOR LOCATION, POSITION, OR TRACKING OF A MOBILE COMPUTER USING SENSORS - An apparatus and method for providing indoor location, position, or tracking of a mobile computer. Outdoor location, indoor location, and determined motion information is used to track the mobile computer indoors. | 08-23-2012 |
20120220307 | Devices, Systems, and Methods for Presence Determination - Devices, systems, and methods are disclosed which aggregate presence detections, and use the diversity of presence detections to resolve presence ambiguities and increase the correctness of information. Presence confidence levels and reliability values increase the effectiveness of services based on presence. A variety of methods enable presence detection and reporting. Each of these methods has advantages and disadvantages. The limitations of each of the individual methods are overcome with exemplary embodiments of the subject disclosure. | 08-30-2012 |
20120220308 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRE-FETCHING LOCATION-BASED DATA WHILE MAINTAINING USER PRIVACY - An approach is provided for pre-fetching location-based data while maintaining user privacy. A pre-fetching manager determines to segment a geographical area into a plurality of discrete areas. The pre-fetching manager determines to record location information associated with a device operating within the geographical area. The pre-fetching manager processes and/or facilitates a processing of the location information to calculate occurrence information of the device with respect to the discrete areas. The pre-fetching manager processes and/or facilitates a processing of the occurrence information to select location-based data to cache at the device. The pre-fetching manager further determines one or more other devices based, at least in part, on a collaborative filtering process, and retrieves other occurrence information associated with the one or more other devices, wherein the selection of the location-based data to cache is further based, at least in part, on the other occurrence information. | 08-30-2012 |
20120220309 | POSITIONING APPARATUS, POSITIONING METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT THEREOF - A positioning apparatus, a positioning method, and a computer program product thereof are provided. The positioning apparatus is used to calculate a self-position. The positioning apparatus can communicate with a reference apparatus and comprises a transceiving unit, a storage unit and a processing unit. The transceiving unit is configured to receive a received signal strength indicator (RSSI) from the reference apparatus. The storage unit is configured to store attenuating factor data. The processing unit is configured to retrieve an attenuating factor corresponding to the RSSI from the attenuating factor data and calculate the self-position according to the RSSI and the attenuating factor. | 08-30-2012 |
20120220310 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CREATING A FINGERPRINT FOR A WIRELESS NETWORK - The disclosure is directed to a wireless communication device and method for using the device. The wireless communications device may be used by accessing information in memory, the information relating to a first communications network. The information, along with one or more reference signals from a second communications network, is used to determine whether the wireless communications device is in the vicinity of the first communications network. | 08-30-2012 |
20120220311 | SENSOR-BASED MOBILE SEARCH, RELATED METHODS AND SYSTEMS - A smart phone senses audio, imagery, and/or other stimulus from a user's environment, and acts autonomously to fulfill inferred or anticipated user desires. In one aspect, the detailed technology concerns phone-based cognition of a scene viewed by the phone's camera. The image processing tasks applied to the scene can be selected from among various alternatives by reference to resource costs, resource constraints, other stimulus information (e.g., audio), task substitutability, etc. The phone can apply more or less resources to an image processing task depending on how successfully the task is proceeding, or based on the user's apparent interest in the task. In some arrangements, data may be referred to the cloud for analysis, or for gleaning. Cognition, and identification of appropriate device response(s), can be aided by collateral information, such as context. A great number of other features and arrangements are also detailed. | 08-30-2012 |
20120220312 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE MANAGEMENT NODE, AND MOBILE STATION - The mobile communication method according to the present invention includes: a step of acquiring and storing, by a mobile management node MME, Cell-ID for identifying a cell in which a mobile station UE exists, in an MM process; a step of transmitting, by the mobile management node MME, a positioning process signal “Location Request” including the stored Cell-ID to a positioning calculation node E-SMLC, in an LCS process; and a step of performing, by the positioning calculation node E-SMLC, a positioning process of the mobile station UE, using the Cell-ID included in the received positioning process signal “Location Request”, in the LCS process. | 08-30-2012 |
20120220313 | System and Method for Terminal Location - A terminal positioning system and terminal positioning method are provided. The system includes: a first distance acquiring module acquiring a first distance between a first base station and a terminal located in an overlapped coverage area of the first base station and a second base station according to first time offset information of the terminal; a second distance acquiring module acquiring a second distance between the second base station and the terminal according to second time offset information; an angle acquiring module acquiring a first signal arrival angle of the terminal relative to the first base station and a second signal arrival angle of the terminal relative to the second base station; a first positioning module obtaining an initial location of the terminal according to the first and second signal arrival angles, and a second positioning module determining the accurate location of the terminal. | 08-30-2012 |
20120225663 | RSSI-BASED INDOOR POSITIONING IN THE PRESENCE OF DYNAMIC TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL ACCESS POINTS - A position fix for a mobile platform is determined using RSSI values for wireless signals received from access points (APs), at least one of which has dynamic transmission power control. The transmission power data for the APs is received from an entity separate from the APs, e.g., a central entity or a positioning assistance server. The RSSI values for wireless signals received from the APs are acquired, as is an RSSI heatmap. Using the transmission power data, the RSSI values and the RSSI heatmap, the position fix for the mobile platform is determined. The position fix may be determined by the mobile platform or a positioning assistance server. Additionally, a server may receive transmission power data for APs and may provide to a mobile platform RSSI heatmap information based on the transmission power data. The RSSI heatmap information may be, e.g., the transmission power data or a RSSI heatmap. | 09-06-2012 |
20120225664 | APPARATUS, AND ASSOCIATED METHOD, FOR ESTIMATING A TIME ZONE AT WHICH A DEVICE IS POSITIONED - An apparatus, and an associated method, estimates a time zone at which an electronic device, such as a wireless device, is positioned. Parameters, such as a mobile country code, a GMT offset, a daylight savings time parameter, and geo location parameters are all candidate parameters from which to make an estimate. Received parameters are identified, and selectably used to obtain an estimate that is matched or verified to ensure likely accuracy. | 09-06-2012 |
20120225665 | CHARACTERISATION OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS LINK - A system and method are described for characterising a wireless communications link as line-of-sight (LOS) or non line-of-sight (NLOS). The method comprises receiving data (T) representing a position of a transmitter, receiving data (R) representing a position of a receiver, receiving a measure of transmitted power at an output of the transmitter (PT) and receiving a measure of received power at an input to the receiver (PR). An NLOS detector ( | 09-06-2012 |
20120225666 | Method and System for Use of a Trusted Server to Facilitate Location Determination - Disclosed is a method and system for use of a trusted server such as an over-the-air provisioning server to facilitate mobile location determination. If a mobile location server (MLS) sends a location-determination message to a mobile station and does not receive a response back from the mobile station, there is a chance that the mobile station is not provisioned with a correct address of the MLS and that the mobile station therefore did not respond. To help jump start the location-determination process, the MLS may respond to that situation by instead causing a trusted server such as an over-the-air-service-provisioning (OTASP) server to send a location-determination message to the mobile station, triggering a response from the mobile station. | 09-06-2012 |
20120225667 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COORDINATING NECESSARY RADIO TRANSMISSION EVENTS WITH UNRELATED OPPORTUNISTIC EVENTS TO OPTIMIZE BATTERY LIFE AND NETWORK RESOURCES - A method and apparatus for sending an event from user equipment operating in a mobile network, the method comprising the steps of: monitoring whether an unrelated opportunistic event has occurred; and sending said event with said unrelated opportunistic event. | 09-06-2012 |
20120225668 | MOBILE DEVICE, SERVER, AND CONTENT MANAGEMENT METHOD FOR A SYSTEM COMPRISING SAME - A content managing method of a mobile device, a server, and a system is provided. According to the content managing method, when the mobile device enters into a specific region, the mobile device transmits location information of the location of the mobile device and device information of the mobile device to the server, and the server searches for and transmits content information corresponding to the location information to the mobile device. Accordingly, a user can receive the content information simply by entering into a specific location with the mobile device. | 09-06-2012 |
20120225669 | Processor, Apparatus and Associated Methods - A processor for a user-portable device, the user-portable device comprising FM transmission circuitry, wherein the processor is configured to obtain a first set of valid geo-specific FM transmission parameters for the current geographical location of the user-portable device based on received global positioning satellite (GPS) data for the current geographical location of the user-portable device; and provide signalling to configure the FM transmission circuitry to use the valid first set of geo-specific FM transmission parameters. | 09-06-2012 |
20120231807 | FREQUENCY AND TIMING CONTROL FOR FEMTOCELL - Techniques are provided for frequency and/or timing synchronization of a small base station with a network. In one example, small base station may be configured to detect a macro signal of a macro base station, and set a frequency reference based at least in part on the macro signal, in response to the macro signal being available in a different band than that for the small base station. The small base station may be configured to set the frequency reference based at least in part on a Global Positioning System (GPS) signal, in response to detecting that the different band macro signal is not available. | 09-13-2012 |
20120231808 | Providing wireless transmitter almanac information to mobile station based on expected contribution to future navigation operation - Examples disclosed herein may relate to transmitting almanac information associated with a subset of wireless transmitters to a mobile station. The subset of wireless transmitters may be determined, at least in part, by determining expected contributions of one or more wireless transmitters to a future navigation operation for the mobile station. | 09-13-2012 |
20120231809 | Methods and Apparatus for Positioning Measurement in Multi-Antenna Transmission Systems - This document discloses solutions for using a mix of reference signal types in a wireless communications network, e.g., a first type and a second type, in making positioning-related measurements. In one example, a UE uses a “mix” of CRS and PRS. As an example case, a UE receives PRS and, possibly, CRS from one or more cells, while it receives only CRS from one or more other cells. In this case, the UE determines, e.g., received signal timing values for CRS as received from some cells, on a per-cell basis, and for PRS as received from other cells, on a per-cell basis. The UE can measure and report on per-signal/per-cell basis and can perform calculations involving a mix of timing measurements made for both CRS and PRS. In a further aspect, reference signal transmissions are controlled or coordinated on a per-port basis in cells that use multiple antenna ports for transmitting within each such cell. | 09-13-2012 |
20120231810 | DECENTRALIZED DATA-TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK WITH ELEMENT IDENTIFICATION BY THEIR LOCATION, DIAL-UP CHANNEL AND DEVICE FOR SUCH NETWORK - The invention concerns information-telecommunication systems. The mobile network consists of personal broadcasting mobile devices with self-assigned identifiers defining the location of the device at a given time. Commutation in a mobile network occurs by connection of two and more mobile devices located with overlapping of broadcasting coverage areas in a direction from one subscriber to another. The mobile device for operation in such a network supports the function of location definition. When the location of the connected devices is changed and the coverages are separated, and also for equal network workload and load balancing of the sources of power supply, the dial-up channel can be dynamically readjusted | 09-13-2012 |
20120231811 | IDENTIFYING THE LOCATION OF MOBILE STATIONS - A user of a first mobile station, which is lost either in silent mode or switch-off mode may send a ‘Find-Me’ message to the first mobile station from a second mobile station. The first mobile station, after receiving the ‘Find-Me’ message, may power-on the first mobile station enabling the first mobile station to receive voice call and messages. Also, if the first mobile station is in silent mode, the first mobile station may change the profile of the first mobile station from a silent to a regular-noisy mode. The user of first mobile station may call-up the first mobile station and identifies the location of the first mobile station by tracking the ringing sound. The first mobile station may send a location message to the second mobile station in response to receiving the ‘Find-Me’ message that may be used to identify the location of the first mobile station. | 09-13-2012 |
20120231812 | METHOD OF CANCELING LOCATION INFORMATION REQUEST - A method of canceling a location information request including receiving a request from a location service client for location information of a target terminal; performing location tracking of the target terminal; and sending a message to the location service client when a privacy profile state has changed. Further, the message indicates that the request from the location service client for location information of the target terminal is canceled. | 09-13-2012 |
20120231813 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION, AND INFORMATION COLLECTION METHOD - Disclosed is a radio communication system provided with an information collection apparatus ( | 09-13-2012 |
20120238285 | Wireless Identifiers for Proximity Applications - A proximity matching system may use broadcast wireless identifiers transmitted by users' devices to match users with other nearby users. The identifiers may be collected by a plurality of agents, then the identifiers may be matched with pre-defined profiles to generate physically proximate users by a remote service. The group of proximate users may be provided to various applications and consumed with summarized properties or individual properties, depending on the approved privacy settings as selected by the users. In some embodiments, the broadcast wireless identifiers may be personal area network identifiers, local area network identifiers, cellular network identifiers, or other broadcast identifier. In some embodiments, the agents may not establish a peer to peer or other connection with the broadcasting device. The agents may be fixed or mobile agents, and the proximity of users may be generated through links between nearby agents in a meshed fashion. | 09-20-2012 |
20120238286 | Alerts for drivers of wireless communication restrictions - An exemplary method provides for a wireless mobile unit an alert representing a warning that legally imposed restrictions on the use of wireless mobile units by drivers of moving vehicles in predetermined zones. The method includes determining by a communication system if a first mobile unit is being used for wireless communications, and acquiring by the communication system the location of the first mobile unit. The communication system compares the location of the first mobile unit to locations of the predetermined zones having restrictions on the use of wireless mobile units by drivers of moving vehicles. Upon the first mobile unit entering a warning zone that is adjacent the predetermined zone and the first mobile unit being used for wireless communications, the transmission of an alert is initiated to the first mobile unit. The alert causes the first mobile unit to output an audible or visual communication available to the user of the first mobile unit, where the audible or visual communication provides a warning that a legally imposed restriction on the use of the first wireless mobile unit by a driver of moving vehicle is imposed in the predetermined zone. | 09-20-2012 |
20120238287 | Method and System for Selecting A Wireless Network - A method and system for selecting alternative wireless networks to establish a connection to, based on pattern information concerning determined relationships between the wireless user and the wireless network location. By monitoring location information and available wireless networks within range of a wireless user terminal, patterns of frequent and recurring locations and available wireless access points can be used to identify the wireless access points for alternative wireless networks that provide the best opportunity for offloading. People tend to frequent certain locations during their daily lives, such as their home and their place of employ, as well as the homes of relatives and friends and other favorite places like restaurants, coffee shops, shopping and sporting venues. Assumptions can be derived by monitoring available wireless networks to identify those wireless networks that provide a beneficial opportunity to offload primary (e.g., cellular) network services onto other local networks. | 09-20-2012 |
20120238288 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING RELATIVE DIRECTION OF A WIRELESS PEER DEVICE FROM ANOTHER DEVICE - Systems, apparatuses, devices, and methods for wireless communications. An antenna in which nulls or directions of reduced performance can be selectively introduced is provided, and the performance of a communication link to a wireless communication device is monitored. By correlating the selectively reduced sensitivity of the antenna with reductions in the communication link performance, the direction of the wireless communication device may be estimated. Embodiments of the present invention may be used in numerous applications, such as cell phones, PDA's, and laptops. | 09-20-2012 |
20120238289 | Location-Based Pattern for Scanning for Wireless Local Area Networks - A mobile device having a wireless local area network interface and one or more other wireless interfaces identifies a location of the mobile device via one or more of the other wireless interfaces, estimates a likelihood of finding a wireless local area network at the location, and scans for wireless local area networks while at the location during scan sessions that are separated by intervals, where the intervals are determined by the estimated likelihood. | 09-20-2012 |
20120238290 | Dynamic Reporting Scheme for Location Based Services - A dynamic position reporting and/or logging scheme is described herein. Position reporting and/or logging for a mobile device may be dynamically determined based on one or more reporting and/or logging constraints. The constraints may be based on time, distance, events, operating parameters, operating conditions, or some combination thereof. The constraints that dynamically trigger position reporting may be the same as, overlap, or be distinct from the constraints used to trigger position logging. The reporting and logging constraints can be selected to provide a more accurate indication of a track or route travelled by the mobile device. | 09-20-2012 |
20120238291 | DEVICES AND SYSTEMS FOR INDUCTIVE TRANSFER OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY - Devices and systems are described for inductively charging a portable electronic device, such as a tracking device, and for communicatively coupling the portable electronic device to a computer monitoring station or other computing device. | 09-20-2012 |
20120244874 | CONTROLLED MOBILE COMMUNICATION IN A SOCIALLY SENSITIVE ENVIRONMENT - A method includes identifying, through a base station controller, a mobile device when the mobile device is within a coverage area of an antenna of a base station associated with the base station controller based on an identification data of the mobile device. The method also includes determining that the mobile device is within the coverage area based on a sequence of detection of the mobile device through the antenna and another antenna when the mobile device passes an access control point to enter the coverage area, and gaining, through the base station controller, control of an access of wireless communication associated with the mobile device based on the identification data when the mobile device is within the coverage area. The control is gained through the antenna generating a signal that is stronger than a wireless signal of a cell site associated with a wireless service to the mobile device. | 09-27-2012 |
20120244875 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING LOCATION OF A WI-FI DEVICE WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF FIXED RECEIVERS - A method and apparatus is disclosed herein for determining the location of a device with the assistance of fixed receivers. In one embodiment, the method comprises receiving a first request from the mobile device in the wireless network; wirelessly transmitting one or more positioning requests in response to the first request; receiving signal strength information from one or more receivers in the wireless network sent in response to the one or more positioning requests; determining a location of the mobile device based on received signal strength information by comparing the received signal strength information with signal strength information of reference locations; and sending location information to the mobile device, where the location information is indicative of the location of the mobile device. | 09-27-2012 |
20120244876 | COMMUNICATION CONNECTING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A communication connecting apparatus, a mobile terminal, and a method of communicating among the apparatus and the terminal are discussed. According to an embodiment, the apparatus includes a communication unit configured to receive key information relating to at least one key disposed on the mobile terminal, when the communication connecting apparatus is coupled with the mobile terminal; a display unit; and a controller configured to generate at least one key image corresponding to the at least one key based upon the received key information, and to display, on the display unit, at least one soft key having the generated at least one key image thereon. | 09-27-2012 |
20120244877 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS DEVICE DETECTION - In at least one embodiment, an apparatus for determining a locating a wireless device with respect to a vehicle is provided. The apparatus comprises a controller for being operably coupled to a plurality of antennas in a vehicle and each antenna transmitting a first wireless signal to a wireless device to locate a primary antenna. The primary antenna being one of the plurality of antennas that transmitted the first wireless signal at a strongest signal strength. The controller being configured to store a first signal strength for a first control point that is positioned about the vehicle and away from the primary antenna. The controller being configured to determine the location of the wireless device based on a comparison of the first signal strength to the strongest signal strength. | 09-27-2012 |
20120244878 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING TERMINAL LOCATED IN SPACE INCLUDING SMALL BASE STATION - The present invention provides a method including two operations of a first operation and a second operation. The first operation may determine between a terminal located in a space including the small base station and a terminal located in a space excluding the small base station based on a value reported by a terminal. The second operation may be performed using information received from a neighboring macro base station in response to the determination failing to be performed in the first operation, thereby ultimately discriminating between an area including the small base station and an area excluding the small base station corresponding to a location of a terminal. | 09-27-2012 |
20120244879 | ACTIVE WIRELESS TAG AND AUXILIARY DEVICE FOR USE WITH MONITORING CENTER FOR TRACKING INDIVIDUALS OR OBJECTS - A location tracking device is provided. Wireless communications circuitry is configured to transmit position data representative of the location of the tracking device to a remote location, and communicate locally within an auxiliary device. The tracking device has a first operational mode in response to the absence of communication with the auxiliary device, where the tracking device is maintained in a normal operational mode. The tracking device is configured to enter a second operational mode in response to communication being established between the tracking device and the auxiliary device, where in the second operational mode at least a portion of the tracking device is placed in a reduced operational mode. | 09-27-2012 |
20120244880 | POSITION DETERMINATION WITH PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION - For position determination with peer-to-peer communication, a target terminal broadcasts a request for assistance in determining its position. At least one ranging terminal receives the request. Each ranging terminal sends a response with a time of arrival (TOA) measurement for the request and the position of the ranging terminal. For two-way peer-to-peer, the target terminal receives at least one response from the at least one ranging terminal, obtains a TOA measurement for each response, estimates the distance to each ranging terminal based on the TOA measurement for the request and/or the TOA measurement for the response, and computes a position estimate for itself based on the estimated distance and the position for each ranging terminal. For one-way peer-to-peer, a network entity receives at least one response from the at least one ranging terminal, computes a position estimate for the target terminal, and sends the position estimate to the target terminal. | 09-27-2012 |
20120244881 | POSITION-DETERMINING DEVICE, POSITION-DETERMINING SYSTEM, POSITION-DETERMINING METHOD AND PROGRAM - Disclosed is a position-detection technology that can correctly detect the position of a wireless machine attached to a mobile body, even if there are few reference wireless machines installed in the environment in which the position of the mobile body is to be determined. The means for achieving the above is characterized by retrieving from a feature quantity recording unit a reception feature quantity approximating the reception feature quantity calculated from radio wave strength of the mobile station that moves within the aforementioned environment, and determining the position information associated with the retrieved reception feature quantity to be of the position of the aforementioned mobile station. | 09-27-2012 |
20120252480 | MOBILE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE HAVING A NEAR FIELD COMMUNICATION (NFC) DEVICE AND PROVIDING MEMORY DISABLING AND RELATED METHODS - A mobile wireless communications device may include wireless transceiver circuitry and a processor coupled to the wireless transceiver circuitry. The mobile wireless communication device may also include a near-field communication (NFC) device coupled to the processor. The NFC device may include an NFC controller, an NFC transceiver coupled to the NFC controller, and a first memory coupled to the NFC controller and configured to store a first plurality of applications. The mobile wireless communications device may also include a second memory configured to store a second plurality of applications. The processor may be configured to select a given application on a respective one of the first and second memories and to disable the other one of the first and second memories. | 10-04-2012 |
20120252481 | MACHINE TO MACHINE COMMUNICATION IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - This disclosure relates to a system and method for providing machine to machine communication in a communication network. Although machines are ever more capable of sensing and processing information, machines are expected to garner even more intelligence by autonomously communicating the sensed and processed information with other machines. Therefore, machine to machine (M2M) communication is emerging as an important application of a communication network. Despite the opportunity, accommodating a large number of machines in a communication network is a challenge for network operators. This disclosure provides systems and methods for efficiently accommodating M2M communication in a communication network. | 10-04-2012 |
20120252482 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING GEOLOCATION OF WIRELESS ACCESS POINT OR WIRELESS DEVICE - In order to determine the location of wireless network devices without inherent location capabilities, a wireless network device such as an access point can receive geolocation information from transient data sources such as mobile devices requiring network access from the access point. The access point stores geolocation records including location coordinates received from the transient data sources. The geolocation records can be processed to determine the position and movement of the access point. The geolocation records and/or location information can be passed to other transient clients that do not have inherent location capability. | 10-04-2012 |
20120252483 | CAMERA ENABLED HEADSET FOR NAVIGATION - A method for providing location determination includes generating digital images using an imaging device in a headset configured to provide hands-free communication with a mobile device where the digital images are indicative of at least a scene in a direction of a user's gaze. The digital images are filtered and transmitted to the mobile device. The mobile device processes the filtered digital images to generate location information associated with the user's gaze. The headset may be a wired or wireless headset. | 10-04-2012 |
20120252484 | LOCATION-BASED NETWORK RADIO PRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - A location-based radio system including a storage database and a computing device coupled with the storage database. The computing device includes an application that determines a location of a listener computing device that is accessing a radio station and plays audio content associated with one or more locations on the listener computing device if the location of the listener computing device corresponds to the one or more locations associated with the audio content. | 10-04-2012 |
20120252485 | System and Method for Determining Best Available Location for a Mobile Device - A system and method for determining a location of a mobile device is described that attempts to determine the location of the mobile device using a variety of location determination technologies according to a hierarchy of location determination technologies, where the most accurate technologies are attempted before less accurate technologies until a location determination is made for the mobile device. The hierarchy of location determination technologies includes each of: autonomous GPS, assisted GPS, primary carrier network location based services, tri-lateration, secondary carrier network location based services, and serving base station location. | 10-04-2012 |
20120252486 | Interactive Communication and Tracking Dog Collar - A wirelessly interactive dog collar is disclosed, comprising a neck collar having imbedded features that allow voice commands and tracking over long distances, along with features that facilitate tracking and visualization. The device comprises an elongated collar adapted to fit around a dog's neck having an internal compartment housing a cellular connectivity electronics module, a power supply and wiring to a plurality of speakers, light sources and a global positioning tracking antenna. The device provides a cellular phone antenna and means to transmit and receive voice transmissions through a cellular network, facilitating an owner's ability to track the animal and initiate voice communication. Light sources around the collar improve visualization of the pet at night, while the GPS tracking unit provides a backup to cellular triangulation, allowing location determination over long distances. | 10-04-2012 |
20120252487 | RADIO NETWORK NODE AND METHOD FOR USING POSITIONING GAP INDICATION FOR ENHANCING POSITIONING PERFORMANCE - A wireless communications network is described herein in which positioning measurements (e.g., inter-frequency OTDOA measurements and inter-frequency E-CID measurements) may be performed on different frequencies and measurement gaps may be requested for such measurements. In one embodiment, a radio network node (e.g., eNodeB, responsible node) is described for configuring a measurement gap for positioning to be used by a user equipment (UE). | 10-04-2012 |
20120252488 | TRACKING AND MONITORING DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR A SHIPPING CONTAINER - A tracking and monitoring device for a shipping container has a body section attachable to an inside surface of the container proximate the door frame such that an end protrudes through a gap in the door frame. Security sensors integrally mounted in the body section are coupled to a CPU for detecting a respective security event. A global position sensor in the body section provides a position signal, and a cellular or satellite modem and a long-range antenna in the body section allow long range communication with a remote monitoring center. Power is provided to the device and associated components via a battery. In order to minimize power consumption, the CPU is normally dormant and a power management controller monitors battery power level and awakens the CPU in response to sensor signals and external interrogation signals or interrupts. | 10-04-2012 |
20120252489 | TIMED FINGERPRINT LOCATING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and techniques for determining the location of user equipment (UE) in a wireless network are disclosed. These techniques leverage geometric calculations for an overlaid bin grid framework mapping the wireless network area to store differential values for each frame of the bin grid framework for each pair of relevant NodeBs. A timing offset can be determined, such that when a time value from a target UE is accessed, the location can be quickly determined with minimal real time computation. In an aspect, the target UE time value can be search for in the pre-computed differential value data set indexed by a relevant NodeB site pair to return a set of frames (forming a hyperbola between the site pair) that can be intersected with a second set of frames for a second NodeB site pair for the same UE. The intersecting frames can represent the location of the UE in the wireless network. Further, the data can be leveraged to correct timing in the network. | 10-04-2012 |
20120258725 | OTA INITIATION METHOD FOR TELEMATICS SYSTEM IN 2G GSM/3G WCDMA NETWORK - The described method and system provide for over-the-air configuration of a telematics-equipped vehicle by wireless carriers and telematics service providers (TSPs). Regardless of whether a telematics-equipped vehicle has been provisioned for cellular service or not, the TSP and wireless carrier may control undesirable location updating from the vehicle, for example, by setting certain triggers or conditions upon the telematics unit before processing location updates provided by the telematics unit. These triggers or conditions may also be programmed into the telematics unit, whether through an OTA configuration session, or pre-loaded during manufacture. The TSP or wireless carrier may conduct OTA configuration sessions with the telematics unit to provision the telematics unit for cellular service, or provide the telematics unit with software or firmware updates. | 10-11-2012 |
20120258726 | Methods And Apparatus For Use In Establishing A Data Session Via An Ad Hoc Wireless Network For A Scheduled Meeting - In one illustrative example, data for an appointment is saved in memory. The data include start data corresponding to a start date and time of the appointment, an identifier or address of at least one other mobile device, and at least one of a session ID or key. When a current date and time matches the start date and time, the mobile device grants permission to share, with another mobile device, location information indicating a location of the mobile device. The mobile device also receives location information indicating a location of the other mobile device. When the location information indicates that the locations are within a predetermined range of each other, the mobile device connects in an ad hoc wireless network with the other mobile device with use of the session ID or key, for the communication of one or more files in a secure data session. | 10-11-2012 |
20120258727 | Mechanism for Content Management in Wireless Mobile Networks - Techniques for content management in wireless mobile networks are provided. In one aspect, a method of managing content stored on a plurality of mobile nodes in a mobile ad hoc network (MANET) is provided. The method includes the following step. The content is bound to one or more geographical locations such that, at any given time, the content is stored on at least one of the nodes at the geographical location. | 10-11-2012 |
20120258728 | Cell Phone Interactive Device - A cell phone interaction device which communicates with a cell phone. The cell phone interaction device allows a user to locate a misplaced cell phone by signaling the cell phone to produce an audible, physical, or visual signal that aids the user in locating the misplaced cell phone. | 10-11-2012 |
20120258729 | Enhanced Angle-of-Arrival Positioning - The position of a mobile device served in a cell of a serving node of a wireless communication network is estimated by estimating an angle-of-arrival (AoA) between the mobile device and the serving node based on a precoding matrix indicator (PMI) determined for the serving node in a downlink direction or for the mobile device in an uplink direction. Also estimated is the AoA between the mobile device and a non-serving neighbor node of the wireless communication network based on a PMI determined for the neighbor node in the downlink direction or for the mobile device in the uplink direction. The downlink and/or uplink AoA estimation can be further enhanced by employing interference cancellation in the mobile device and in the radio node, respectively. The position of the mobile device is estimated based on the estimated AoAs. | 10-11-2012 |
20120258730 | ESTIMATING ACCESS TERMINAL LOCATION BASED ON BEACON SIGNALS FROM FEMTO CELLS - A location of an access terminal is estimated based on signals received by the access terminal. The manner in which a femto cell transmits signals and/or the manner in which the access terminal monitors for signals may be controlled in some cases to facilitate the reception of signals at the access terminal during a location determination operation. In some embodiments, the number of femto cells for which the access terminal monitors for signals may be controlled by controlling the manner in which the access terminal maintains its active set. In some embodiments, in the event a given femto cell is interfering with the ability of an access terminal to receive signals from other femto cells, that femto cell may be instructed to temporarily stop transmissions (e.g., on the traffic channel and/or a beacon channel). | 10-11-2012 |
20120258731 | Method and System for Locating a Mobile Asset - An improved system and method for creating and accessing a centralized database containing an assorted variety of information related to a debtor such as physical addresses of the debtor or his friends, associates and relatives, as well as information related to a mobile asset, such as physical description information, collectively referred to as “identifying information.” Methods are also disclosed for lenders and others to send identifying information to the centralized database, and for users such as skip tracers to be able to download and use the information located in the database for asset recovery purposes. | 10-11-2012 |
20120258732 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING DIFFERENTIAL LOCATION-BASED SERVICE USING ACCESS POINT - A location detecting method and an apparatus for providing a differential location-based service to detect a location of a communication terminal using an access point for a wireless local area network service is provided. The method includes storing location coordinates of access points, receiving service grade information and information related to nearby access points from the communication terminal, selecting a predetermined number of nearby access points based on the received service grade information and information of nearby access points, obtaining a location coordinate of each of the selected nearby access points, and calculating a centric coordinate using the obtained location coordinates of at least two of the selected access points, and determining the calculated centric coordinate as the detected location of the communication terminal. | 10-11-2012 |
20120258733 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING NETWORK-BASED MEASUREMENTS FOR USER EQUIPMENT-BASED POSITIONING - The subject matter disclosed herein relates in one particular implementation to a method, apparatus, and/or system for acquiring one or more network-based measurements at a location server from a radio access network serving a user equipment (UE). A first message may be transmitted to the UE from the location server, where the first message comprises at least one of the one or more network-based measurements. A location of the UE is capable of being determined by the UE-based at least in part on the one or more network-based measurements. | 10-11-2012 |
20120258734 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - A mobile terminal receives information adapted to the current location of the mobile terminal via a mobile communication network from an information service providing communication apparatus that sends information adapted to current locations of mobile terminals to mobile terminals. The mobile terminal repeats identifying the location of the mobile terminal, and calculates a linear movement distance of the mobile terminal between a past location of the mobile terminal and the current location of the mobile terminal. The mobile terminal transmits a signal indicating the current location if the linear movement distance is greater than a threshold, but does not transmit the signal indicating the current location if the linear movement distance is less than the threshold. | 10-11-2012 |
20120264446 | Identifying Status Based on Heterogeneous Sensors - Techniques for determining a status of a user are described. A mobile device equipped with sensors may collect sensor data pertaining to transportation modes of the user, tracking locations of the user, identifying environmental noise levels surrounding the user, or speech being spoken in proximity to the user. Features of the collected sensor readings are then used to infer activities the user may be performing. Based at least in part on the multiple inferred activities, a status of the user is determined. | 10-18-2012 |
20120264447 | Location Tracking - One or more systems, devices, and/or methods for tracking a wireless device are disclosed. For example, a method includes receiving signal strength data for each of a plurality of access points. The signal strength data from the plurality of access points is compared to identify an anchor access point having a highest signal strength. Remaining signal strength data from the plurality of access points are compared to a threshold signal strength to identify at least one attractor access point. A memory is accessed for locations of the anchor access point and the at least one attractor access point. A pull point is calculated along a line from the anchor access point to the at least one attractor access point. A location of the wireless device is estimated as an average of the pull point and the location of the anchor access point. | 10-18-2012 |
20120264448 | Location reporting with secure user plane location (SUPL) - Techniques for supporting periodic and other location services with Secure User Plane Location (SUPL) and other location architectures are described. The techniques can provide position estimates for a SUPL enabled terminal (SET) to a SUPL agent periodically and/or based on trigger events. A Home SUPL Location Platform (H-SLP) receives from the SUPL agent a request for position estimates for the SET. The H-SLP starts a SUPL location session with the SET. For each of at least one reporting event during the location session, the H-SLP obtains a position estimate for the SET and sends the position estimate to the SUPL agent. The position estimate may be derived by the SET and sent to the H-SLP. Alternatively, the position estimate may be derived by the H-SLP based on measurements from the SET. | 10-18-2012 |
20120264449 | REDUCING COMPLEXITY OF PATTERN-BASED MEASUREMENTS - A measuring node ( | 10-18-2012 |
20120264450 | Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - Method and arrangement in a network node | 10-18-2012 |
20120264451 | METHOD FOR MONITORING MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION DEVICE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a mobile communication system and, more particularly, to a method for monitoring the occurrence of an event of a machine type communication (MTC) service in a mobile communication system. In the method for performing MTC monitoring, among MTC features, in particular, when one or a plurality of particular events occur, the occurred events are detected, and when information regarding a corresponding MTC device of the detected event is transmitted to a network entity, the network entity checks stored information regarding the corresponding MTC device; compares the checked information and information regarding the corresponding MTC device of the event, and provides the comparison information or the event-related information to a server that manages and maintains the MTC device. | 10-18-2012 |
20120264452 | System and Method for Using Location Information to Execute an Action - Provided are methods for executing an action in response to a request for a service using location information in conjunction with service-specific parameters. A user may request a provider of a specified service (e.g., taxi, plumber, pharmacist, etc.). In evaluating the request, providers may be evaluated based on the location information in addition to service-specific parameters. An action in response may include merely displaying selected service provider(s) in response to the request, or acting on behalf of the user by communicating with a selected service provider. | 10-18-2012 |
20120264453 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR REQUESTING/PROVIDING CODE PHASE RELATED INFORMATION ASSOCIATED WITH VARIOUS SATELLITE POSITIONING SYSTEMS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Methods and apparatuses are provided that may be used by one or more devices within in wireless communication network to request and/or provide code phase related information signals associated with various Satellite Positioning Systems (SPSs). | 10-18-2012 |
20120270558 | System and Method for Providing Geographically-Relevant Informantin to Mobile Users - Geographically-relevant information is provided to mobile users by having an information source provide location-referenced information to one or more backend server systems. In response, the backend server system determines a region for which the received location-referenced information is relevant, and then identifies one or more specific cellular base stations that provide wireless broadcast service over an actual broadcast region which covers at least a majority of the determined region. A condition message may then be provided to each of the identified cellular base stations, which are correspondingly instructed to wirelessly broadcast the message over the actual broadcast region. | 10-25-2012 |
20120270559 | TRACKING SYSTEM - A tracking system for tracking the location of an individual, the tracking system including a tracking device worn by the subject in use, the tracking device including a processor for determining a tracking device location and transferring location information indicative of the tracking device location to a base station via a communications network, the base station being for generating a location indication indicative of the tracking device location using the location information and providing the location indication to at least one user via a user end station and a communications network. | 10-25-2012 |
20120270560 | METHODS TO AUTHENTICATE ACCESS AND ALARM AS TO PROXIMITY TO LOCATION - Methods for authenticating access and providing positional awareness using mobile phones. Embodiments for authenticating access include receiving identification indicia from a person seeking access, sending a message to a person having authority for access, and receiving either a second message indicating that the person has taken an affirmative action to indicate authorization, or a password that was provided in the first message. Access may be computer access or physical access, as examples. Methods of providing positional awareness include obtaining or storing location coordinates, monitoring the location of a mobile phone, and providing an alarm, for example, through a second mobile phone. In a number of embodiments, location coordinates are automatically obtained from Internet websites. In some embodiments, parents can monitor the location of their children to make sure they do not get too close to a reported residence of a registered sex offender, for instance. | 10-25-2012 |
20120270561 | LOCATION OF BASESTATION - Techniques and mechanisms relating to a basestation for a cellular communication system, and in particular to a method and a system for determining the location of the basestation, are disclosed. Methods are provided for use in a basestation of a mobile communications network, or in the network itself, for determining information about the position of the basestation itself, and/or for determining the position of mobile devices having a connection to the basestation. According to other aspects of the invention, there are provided basestations and network nodes for performing these methods. | 10-25-2012 |
20120270562 | Facilitating Use of a Device Based on Short-Range Wireless Technology - Various devices may include a short-range wireless transmitter and/or one or more short-range wireless readers. When a first device including the transmitter is placed near a second device including the one or more readers, a relative location of the first device may be determined. Information regarding the relative location of the first device, may be used to facilitate use of the first device with a processing device. In one embodiment, the processing device may automatically configure itself, such that the first device may be used with the processing device. In another embodiment, the processing device may provide feedback, such as, for example, step-by-step instructions to facilitate setup and use of the first device with the processing device. In some embodiments, an application program interface may provide information about the device to an application executing on the processing device. | 10-25-2012 |
20120276918 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING A GEOSPATIAL LOCATION OF A CLIENT IN SIGNAL COMMUNICATION WITH A WIRELESS ARRAY - A method for determining a geospatial location of a client in signal communication with a wireless array is provided. A magnetometer is used to provide geospatial orientation information relating to an orientation of a wireless array relative to the surface of the Earth. The geospatial orientation of the wireless array is determined based on the geospatial orientation information provided by the magnetometer. A transceiver in the wireless array that the client is in signal communication with is identified. The geospatial orientation of the transceiver that the client is in signal communication with is identified based on the geospatial orientation of the wireless array and the position of the transceiver in the wireless array. A geospatial direction of the client relative to the wireless array is calculated based on the geospatial orientation of the transceiver the client is in signal communication with and is used to identify a geospatial sector in which the client is located. | 11-01-2012 |
20120276919 | AUTOMATIC RESPONSE TO LOCALIZED INPUT - The disclosed subject matter provides automatic response to localized input. Where a first user equipment enters a service area, the presence of the first user equipment can be determined from an identification information. The identification information can be employed to access information relating to the identification information. Where either the identification information or the information associated with the identification information satisfy one or more predetermined rules, a response can be determined. The determined response can be made accessible. As such, a second user equipment can receive the response based, at least in part, on the first user equipment entering the service area. | 11-01-2012 |
20120276920 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING LOCATION SERVICES IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Described herein are methods, systems, apparatuses and products for managing location services in wireless networks. One aspect provides for broadcasting an identifier from a terrestrial wireless device in a determinable position; repeatedly changing the identifier broadcast from the terrestrial wireless device; and associating a current identifier broadcast from the terrestrial wireless device with a physical location. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 11-01-2012 |
20120276921 | RADIO FREQUENCY TAG LOCATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - Determination of the location and bearing of an asset having an RF-tag imbedded therein is accomplished through extended radio frequency triangulation. A beacon arrangement determines the direction of an RF tag from a specially designed beacon node. RF-tag localization is further improved by repeating this measurement from multiple spatially displaced beacon nodes. The beacon nodes are equipped with multiple strategically located antennas and transmit frames with each symbol cyclically switched to a different antenna. The symbols traveling different distances result in phase shifts within the frame received by the RF-tag. From the phase shifts and the known arrangements of the antennas the angle at which the RF-tag is RF visible from the specific beacon node can be estimated. Determination of the signal phase shifts are part of the baseband processing hardware, the rest of the location determination procedure may be realized in software. | 11-01-2012 |
20120276922 | Method of Handling Velocity Triggered SUPL Service and Related Communication Device - A method of handling a velocity triggered service for a communication device in a service system is disclosed. The method comprises obtaining at least one first trigger parameter of the velocity triggered service from a location platform of the service system, after an agent in the communication device receives a position request; obtaining a calculated velocity and a calculated position of the communication device, if a current velocity of the communication device satisfies a criterion determined according to the at least one first trigger parameter; and reporting the calculated velocity and the calculated position of the communication device to the agent in the communication device, if the calculated velocity of the communication device satisfies a trigger condition. | 11-01-2012 |
20120276923 | SELECTIVE PROCESSING OF LOCATION-SENSITIVE DATA STREAMS - A method for processing a first data stream specifying locations of a user at different times and a second data stream specifying values of a monitored attribute at a location of interest at different times includes: receiving a location-centric trigger specifying at least one spatial predicate condition relative to the location of interest and at least one non-spatial predicate condition relevant to the location of interest, calculating a safe region that includes locations whose probability of satisfying the spatial predicate condition falls below a first threshold, calculating a safe value container that includes values whose probability of satisfying the non-spatial predicate condition falls below a second threshold, and processing the first data stream and the second data stream against the location-centric trigger, by considering only those locations that are not contained within the safe region and only those values that are not contained within the safe value container. | 11-01-2012 |
20120282945 | PRIVACY PRESERVATION PLATFORM - A platform that facilities preservation of user privacy with respect to location-based applications executing on mobile computing devices is described. The platform registers triggers that are set forth by location-based applications, where a trigger specifies one or more rules and includes a location constraint. The platform causes a sensor on the mobile computing device to output location data, and the platform determines if the trigger has been satisfied by comparing the location constraint with the location data. If the trigger is satisfied, the platform transmits a callback to the application. Accordingly, the application does not receive location data from the sensor. | 11-08-2012 |
20120282946 | Method and Arrangement for Improved Positioning - A method of enabling reporting of high precision position determination data in a cellular communication system includes detecting two different cell polygons, each representative of a geographical location of a respective cluster of high precision position determinations in response to a positioning request, joining the two different cell polygons to form a merged cell polygon by selectively joining a respective outer perimeter of each of the polygons to minimize a resulting merged cell polygon area while maintaining a number of corners of the merged cell polygon below a predetermined threshold, and reporting the merged cell polygon to a network node to provide position determination data originating from the two different cell polygons as the single merged cell polygon. | 11-08-2012 |
20120282947 | Estimating the Location of a Wireless Terminal Based on Signal Path Impairment - A technique for estimating the location of a wireless terminal at an unknown location in a geographic region is disclosed. The technique is based on the recognition that there are traits of electromagnetic signals that are dependent on topography, the receiver, the location of the transmitter, and other factors. For example, if a particular radio station is known to be received strongly at a first location and weakly at a second location, and a given wireless terminal at an unknown location is receiving the radio station weakly, it is more likely that the wireless terminal is at the second location than at the first location. | 11-08-2012 |
20120289241 | DIRECTION-ENHANCED NAVIGATION - A system for providing positioning functionality in an apparatus without having to implement dedicated hardware. An apparatus that desires to receive directional information may receive a message from another apparatus (e.g., access point or AP). The AP may operate in various modes that, for example, may provide directional information to other apparatuses as part of a general broadcast (e.g., a wireless local area network, or WLAN, beacon signal) or in response to messages requesting directional information that are received from other apparatuses. After receiving the message from the AP, the apparatus may determine if the message comprises directional information. If the message is determined to comprise directional information, directional information from the received message may be utilized to determine apparatus location. Otherwise, the apparatus may then send a message requesting directional information to the AP, which may prompt the AP to provide directional information. | 11-15-2012 |
20120289242 | NETWORK DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FOR ANALYZING THE PERFORMANCE OF A RADIO NETWORK DURING FUNCTIONAL OVER-THE-AIR OPERATION - An apparatus for determining network health, the network comprising a plurality of network base station transceivers in bidirectional communication with radios operating in the network, a first radio transmitting a transmitted signal. The apparatus comprises first and second devices for determining respective first and second signal parameters of respective first and second received signals, the first and second received signals responsive to the transmitted signal transmitted during normal over-the-air operation of the first radio, wherein the received signal received at the first receiver is time aligned with the received signal received at the second receiver to ensure the first and second devices determine the first and second signal parameters of the same transmitted signal and wherein the network health is responsive to the first and second signal parameters. | 11-15-2012 |
20120289243 | COOPERATIVE POSITIONING - A system for determining a position of a pair of portable devices in close proximity to one another, the system comprising: a first portable device configured to form first positioning data for use in accordance with a first position determination mechanism; and a second portable device operable to calculate a position in accordance with the first position determination mechanism; wherein the first portable device is configured to transmit said first positioning data to the second portable device, and the second portable device is configured to calculate a position of the first and second portable devices in dependence on the first positioning data. | 11-15-2012 |
20120289244 | CONTEXTUALLY AWARE MOBILE DEVICE - A method for determining if a mobile device is in a vehicle includes monitoring an acceleration of the mobile device for a time interval during a period of time. The method also includes calculating one or more characteristics of the acceleration of the mobile device during the time interval and comparing the one or more characteristics of the acceleration to a set of threshold values. The method further includes determining the state of the mobile device based on the comparison of the one or more characteristics of the acceleration to the set of threshold values, wherein the state of the mobile device includes an in-vehicle state, a non-vehicle state. | 11-15-2012 |
20120289245 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TIME-AWARE AND LOCATION-AWARE MARKETING - Methods and systems for communicating inferred information to a wireless device user are disclosed. A method comprises determining a location of the wireless device and a time of day at the location of the wireless device inferring an interest of the wireless device user and transmitting data to said device; wherein said data is related to the inferred interest of the wireless device user. A method also comprises inferring the interest of the wireless device user based upon the devices vicinity to at least one business entity. Another method comprises transmitting information to the wireless device user that is related to the business in which the wireless device user is in the vicinity. | 11-15-2012 |
20120289246 | LOCATION-BASED SERVICES IN A FEMTOCELL NETWORK - System(s) and method(s) are provided to route traffic and signaling between a set of networked femto access points (APs) and enable location-based services. A femto AP in the set of femto APs is functionally linked to a routing platform that manages traffic and signaling, and is functionally connected to a controller component that relays data and control to a femto network platform. Routing platform can exchange signaling with one or more femto APs to enable, at least in part, location-based services based at least in part on identifier(s) for a femto AP, access privileges, or time-of-flight measurements that assess propagation timing between a mobile device and a femto AP. Routing platform can supply timing configuration to enable predetermined spatial resolution of location estimates. Location estimates can be recorded and conveyed to a consumer layer. | 11-15-2012 |
20120289247 | Radio Node, Positioning Node, and Methods Therein - Embodiments herein relate to a method in a radio node ( | 11-15-2012 |
20120289248 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR NETWORK MANAGEMENT - Various systems and methods for network management are disclosed. In one embodiment, a network management system comprises a receiver for receiving data from a plurality of entities, including base stations and/or subscriber handsets, a processor for generating a network map or a recommendation based on the received data, a display device for displaying the network map or recommendation, and a transmitter for transmitting instructions based on the recommendation. | 11-15-2012 |
20120289249 | Estimating the Location of a Wireless Terminal Based on Signal Path Impairment - A technique for estimating the location of a wireless terminal at an unknown location in a geographic region is disclosed. The technique is based on the recognition that there are traits of electromagnetic signals that are dependent on topography, the receiver, the location of the transmitter, and other factors. For example, if a particular radio station is known to be received strongly at a first location and weakly at a second location, and a given wireless terminal at an unknown location is receiving the radio station weakly, it is more likely that the wireless terminal is at the second location than at the first location. | 11-15-2012 |
20120289250 | TIMED FINGERPRINT LOCATING FOR IDLE-STATE USER EQUIPMENT IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A user equipment (UE) location in a wireless network can be determined by leveraging geometric calculations for an overlaid bin grid framework mapping the wireless network area to store differential values for each frame of the bin grid framework for each pair of relevant NodeBs. A timing offset can be determined, such that when a time value from a target UE is accessed, the location can be quickly determined with minimal real time computation. In an aspect, the time value from an idle-state target UE can be accessed. The target UE time value can be searched among pre-computed differential value data sets indexed by relevant NodeB site pairs to return sets of frames that can facilitate converging on a location for the target UE. Intersecting frames can represent the geographic location of the UE in the wireless network. Further, the data can be leveraged to correct timing in the network. | 11-15-2012 |
20120289251 | System and Method for Using Location Information to Execute an Action - A system and method is provided for using location information associated with wireless devices. The system includes a wireless device, a location system, and a feature server. The wireless device includes any wireless apparatus having wireless communications capabilities. The location system can generate location information pinpointing the location of the wireless device. The feature server can use the location information to determine whether to execute an action in accordance with subscriber rules. A large number of applications may be implemented to execute the action via a number of communication channels, including without limitation, a wireless communications network, a computer network, and a public switched telephone system, for example. | 11-15-2012 |
20120289252 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING MOBILE DEVICE LOCATION - A computer-implemented mobile device locating method is provided. The method includes determining a current cell sector of a mobile device and comparing the current cell sector with a cell sector list of previously determined cell sectors. A current location of the mobile device is determined if the current cell sector is not listed in the cell sector list. The current location is compared with a last determined location. The current cell sector is added to the cell sector list if the current location is substantially the same as the last determined location. The cell sector list is cleared if the current location is not substantially the same as the last determined location. | 11-15-2012 |
20120295632 | INDOOR MAP DISTRIBUTION - A device may send registration information for a location dependent application that is associated with an area to a location dependent application information server device. The device may receive, from a user device that is within the area, a request for the location dependent application. In addition, the device may determine whether the location dependent application or an update for the location dependent application is to be uploaded to the user device, and upload the location dependent application or the update for the location dependent application to the user device when it is determined that the location dependent application or the update for the location dependent application is to be uploaded to the user device. | 11-22-2012 |
20120295633 | USING USER'S SOCIAL CONNECTION AND INFORMATION IN WEB SEARCHING - The present disclosure relates to web searching, and more particularly to using a user's information, such as the user's geographic location, and social connections, such as geographic location of one or more friends of the user, in web searching, e.g., such as in filtering and/or ranking search results, identifying relevant queries, and/or identifying content, such as news items, for presentation on a web page presented to the user. | 11-22-2012 |
20120295634 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal and controlling method thereof are disclosed, by which a preset function is executed at a location of the mobile terminal in case that the mobile terminal initiates a battery charging using a wireless charging power generated from an external wireless charging medium. The present invention includes initiating a charging of a battery of a terminal by receiving a wireless charging power generated from an external wireless charging medium, if the charging of the battery is initiated, obtaining a current location of the terminal, searching a memory of the terminal for a function preset to the obtained location of the terminal, and controlling an operation of the found function. | 11-22-2012 |
20120295635 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM THEREOF - There is provided an information processing apparatus including an information acquirer configured to acquire information transmitted from an access point, a movement determiner configured to determine whether or not the information processing apparatus is moving, and a registration deletion determiner configured to determine, based on the acquired information and a result determined by the movement determiner, whether to register or delete information of an location of the access point. | 11-22-2012 |
20120295636 | LOCATION-TRANSMITTING DEVICE FOR DETERMINING LOCATION OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A location-transmitting device autonomously transmits a signal containing location data for the location-transmitting device to any nearby wireless communication device. The wireless communication device may then transmit said location data to a third party, such as an E-911 dispatch center or a provider of a commercial location-based service. | 11-22-2012 |
20120295637 | Collaborative Location/Orientation Estimation - It is inter alia disclosed to estimate at least one of a location and an orientation of a first-type device ( | 11-22-2012 |
20120295638 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND SERVER FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to an aspect, communication system includes a server and a first mobile communication device. The server is configured to transmit, when acquiring a search request of a mobile communication device, search information related to the search request to the first mobile communication device. The first mobile communication device includes: a first communication unit for communicating with the server, a second communication unit for communicating with a mobile communication device by short-range wireless communication to acquire device information related to the mobile communication device including at least identification information thereof, and a storage unit for storing the device information, and configured to transmit, when receiving the search information, the device information related to a target of the search request to the server. | 11-22-2012 |
20120302252 | System and Method for Generating a Location Estimate Using A Method of Intersections - The location of a wireless mobile device may be estimated using, at least in part, one or more pre-existing Network Measurement Reports (“NMRs”) which include calibration data for a number of locations within a geographic region. The calibration data for these locations is gathered and analyzed so that particular grid points within the geographic region can be determined and associated with a particular set or sets of calibration data from, for example, one or more NMRs. Regions may be defined as a function of any number of parameters and respective predetermined ranges thereof in the NMRs. An intersection of these defined regions may be determined and the location of a mobile device may be estimated as a function of the intersection. | 11-29-2012 |
20120302253 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS BASE STATION, AND MOBILE USER TERMINAL - The communication apparatus includes an IF that receives positioning information of a mobile user terminal from the mobile user terminal which is able to communicate by using at least one wireless communication scheme; and a controller that detects one or more communicable areas that allow communication by using the at least one wireless communication scheme, by determining which area includes a position indicated by the positioning information among a plurality of areas. | 11-29-2012 |
20120302254 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A LOCATION OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - An apparatus, system and method for determining a location of a wireless communication device employing machine-to-machine devices in a communication system. In one embodiment, the apparatus includes a processor | 11-29-2012 |
20120302255 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING IMAGES AND GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION DATA IN A MOBILE DEVICE - A method and system for managing images and associated geographic location data in a mobile device generates images using an integrated camera. After generating an image, the system determines a geographic location associated with the image. The system then stores the image, the associated geographic location data, and a record of the association in the mobile device's storage component. The system associates supplemental information, such as telephone number, category, and street address, with the image. The system provides one or more display modes for displaying the image and the associated information, including a list mode for displaying multiple images and portions of the associated data and a detail mode for displaying a selected image and the full set of associated data. The system may also provide a map display mode for displaying locations associated with one or more images on a map of a geographical area. | 11-29-2012 |
20120309407 | Mode of Operation based on Image Capture Profile - A device to detect a location of a device, identify an image capture profile associated with the location of the device, and modify a mode of operation on the device based on the image capture profile. | 12-06-2012 |
20120309408 | ALTITUDE ESTIMATION USING A PROBABILITY DENSITY FUNCTION - Methods, program products, and systems of location estimation using a probability density function are disclosed. In general, in one aspect, a server can estimate an effective altitude of a wireless access gateway using harvested data. The server can harvest location data from multiple mobile devices. The harvested data can include a location of each mobile device and an identifier of a wireless access gateway that is located within a communication range of the mobile device. The server can calculate an effective altitude of the wireless access gateway using a probability density function of the harvested data. The probability density function can be a sufficient statistic of the received set of location coordinates for calculating an effective altitude of the wireless access gateway. The server can send the effective altitude of the wireless access gateway to other mobile devices for estimating altitudes of the other mobile devices. | 12-06-2012 |
20120309409 | MONITORING GEOFENCE EXIT - Methods, program products, and systems for monitoring geofence exits using wireless access points are disclosed. In general, in one aspect, a mobile device can detect one or more entry gateways that are wireless access points selected for monitoring a geofence. The mobile device can determine that the mobile device is located in the geofence based on the detection. The mobile device can monitor the entry gateways and one or more exit gateways, which can be wireless access points observable by the mobile device when the mobile device is in the geofence. When the mobile device determines, after a number of scans using a wireless processor, that the entry gateways and exit gateways are unobservable, the mobile device can use an application processor to determine whether the mobile device has exited from the geofence. | 12-06-2012 |
20120309410 | Mobile Device Location Estimation - Methods, program products, and systems of location estimation using multiple wireless access gateways are disclosed. In general, in one aspect, a mobile device can scan and detect multiple wireless access gateways. The mobile device can determine an initial estimate of distance between the mobile device and each wireless access gateway. The mobile device can receive, from a server, location data of the detected wireless access gateways. The location data can include an estimated location of each wireless access gateway, an uncertainty of the estimated location, and a reach of each wireless access gateway. The mobile device can assign a weight to each estimated location using the uncertainty, the reach, and the initial estimate. The mobile device can estimate the location of the mobile device using the weighted locations. | 12-06-2012 |
20120309411 | STATE ESTIMATION USING MOTION CONTEXT AND MULTIPLE INPUT OBSERVATION TYPES - Techniques for estimating the current state (e.g., position, velocity) of a mobile device based on motion context and multiple input observation types are disclosed. In some implementations, an Extended Kalman Filter (EKF) formulation is used to combine multiple input observations received from a variety of sources (e.g., WiFi, cell, GPS) to compute a minimum error state estimate. In some implementations, the EKF is updated using position estimates from an active cell and/or a candidate active cell during a cell-hopping event. | 12-06-2012 |
20120309412 | Determining Motion States - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on a computer storage medium, for determining a motion state of a mobile device. Accelerometer data is received from accelerometer sensors onboard the mobile device, wherein the accelerometer data represents acceleration of the mobile device in three-dimensional space. An accelerometer signal vector representing at least a force due to gravity on the mobile device is determined. Two-dimensional accelerometer data orthogonal to the accelerometer signal vector is calculated. A motion state of the mobile device is determined based on the two-dimensional accelerometer data. | 12-06-2012 |
20120309413 | MONITORING A GEOFENCE USING WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS - Methods, program products, and systems for monitoring a geofence using wireless access points are disclosed. In general, in one aspect, a mobile device receives data defining a geofence. The mobile device can select, from multiple wireless access points, one or more wireless access points for monitoring the geofence. The selected wireless access points can be monitored by a wireless processor of the mobile device. The wireless processor can detect a potential entry of the geofence when at least one of the selected one or more wireless access points is detected. Upon a detection of the potential entry of the geofence by the wireless processor, the mobile device can use an application processor of the mobile device to determine whether the mobile device entered the geofence. | 12-06-2012 |
20120309414 | LOCATION AWARE INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS - A location aware intelligent transportation system determines ranges between a plurality of communication devices, including at least one mobile communication device. A method includes receiving receive messages transmitted from a plurality of other communication devices. Each receive message includes a transmit count stamp corresponding to a remote counter value. The mobile communication device generates a receive count stamp for each receive message. The method includes dynamically associating and disassociating the mobile communication device with a plurality of sub-groups of the plurality of other communication devices. The associating and disassociating are based at least in part on receiving receive messages from a predetermined number of other communication devices for each sub-group. For each sub-group currently associated with the mobile communication device, the method includes generating range estimates between the mobile communication device and the other communication devices in the particular sub-group. The range estimates are based on a combination of the transmit count stamps and the receive count stamps. | 12-06-2012 |
20120309415 | MULTIPATH COMPENSATION WITHIN GEOLOCATION OF MOBILE DEVICES - A location of a mobile device within a network is determined. The network includes a plurality of fixed nodes. A method includes receiving, at the plurality of fixed nodes, receive messages transmitted from the mobile communication device. Each of the plurality of fixed nodes generates a receive count stamp for each receive message corresponding to a local counter value at the receipt of the receive message. At each of the plurality of fixed nodes, the method includes processing the receive count stamps to calculate a set of pseudo-ranges between the respective fixed node and the mobile device, and measuring multipath delay included within the set of pseudo-ranges. Based on the measurement, the multipath delay is removed from the set of pseudo-ranges to determine a range estimate between the mobile device and each of the fixed nodes. Based on the range estimates, a location of the mobile device is calculated. | 12-06-2012 |
20120309416 | GEOTHENTICATION BASED ON NETWORK RANGING - A system, method, and apparatus for the authentication of the physical location of a target node are disclosed herein. In one or more embodiments, the authentication of the target node's physical location is achieved by using ping ranging measurements obtained from the amount of time that elapses during ping messages being sent between the target node and at least one trusted node with a known physical location. The physical location of the trusted node(s) is obtained by using satellite geolocation techniques. The accuracy of the ranging measurements may be improved upon by using pre-coordination and/or priority determination of the ping messages being sent between the target node and the trusted node(s). In at least one embodiment, the ping messages are sent by dedicated ping response hardware that is associated with the target node and/or the trusted node(s). In some embodiments, the ping messages include a pseudo random code bit sequence. | 12-06-2012 |
20120309417 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING LOCATION BASED INTERACTION OVER AN AD-HOC MESH NETWORK - An approach is provided for enabling location based interaction between wireless nodes over an ad-hoc mesh network. A location anchoring services module monitors an ad-hoc mesh network for activity information exchanged among one or more nodes within a predetermined proximity. Messages exchanged between wireless nodes are then processed with respect to location information for determining a location anchor. The activity information are then associated with the location anchor. | 12-06-2012 |
20120309418 | Communication Performance Guidance in a User Terminal - A user terminal ( | 12-06-2012 |
20120309419 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPDATING LOCATION INFORMATION FOR A TERMINAL - Discloses is a method for transmitting cell change instruction information, which is to be performed by a terminal in a wireless communication system. The method for transmitting cell change instruction information includes: selecting or reselecting a second cell from a first cell; comparing a first cell ID of the first cell with a second cell ID of the second cell, or comparing a first tracking area code (TAC) of the first cell with a second TAC of the second cell; and transmitting cell change instruction information to a network when the result of the comparison shows that the first cell ID does not match the second cell ID or the first TAC does not match the second TAC. | 12-06-2012 |
20120309420 | Continuous Data Optimization of Moved Access Points in Positioning Systems - Methods and systems of continuously optimizing data in WiFi positioning systems. A location-based services system uses WiFi-enabled devices to monitor WiFi access points in a target area to indicate whether a WiFi access point has moved relative to its previously recorded location. A WiFi-enabled device communicates with WiFi access points within range of the WiFi-enabled device so that observed WiFi access points identify themselves; A reference database is accessed to obtain information specifying a recorded location for each observed WiFi access point in the target area. The recorded location information is used for each of the observed WiFi access points in conjunction with predefined rules to infer whether an observed WiFi access point has moved relative to its recorded location. The reference database is informed of the identity of any observed WiFi access point that is inferred to have moved. | 12-06-2012 |
20120309421 | LOCATION-DETERMINING SYSTEM AND METHOD - A method of determining the location of a mobile device ( | 12-06-2012 |
20120309422 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING PHYSICAL ASSETS - A stolen asset locating and recovery system comprises: a first locating device (LD) associated with a first asset. The first LD has a first wireless communication unit comprising a public mobile radio network (PMRN) enabled communication unit for communicating over a PMRN such as a GSM/GPRS network with any of: an operations control centre; a second LD associated with a second asset; or a mobile location tracking system. The first LD has a second wireless communication unit. The second wireless communication unit uses a different wireless technology or protocol to that of the PMRN enabled communication unit. In the case where the second communication unit is a private radio frequency network (PRFN) operated by the asset location system service provider, the first LD is configured to use said second communication unit to communicate directly over said PRFN with the second LD in order to convey information such as a preprogrammed sequence of signals which assists locating and recovering said asset. In the event that the second communication unit is enabled for communication on a public radio network (PRN), the first LD is configured to communicate with any of the operations control centre, the second LD, or the mobile location tracking system on a PRN such as an IEEE802.11 enabled wireless local area network (WLAN) or an IEEE802.16 enabled wireless metropolitan area network when it is determined at the first LD that the communication cannot be transmitted between said first LD and any of the operations control centre, the second LD, or the mobile location tracking system using the PMRN. | 12-06-2012 |
20120315917 | DETERMINING A COORDINATING SET OF CELLS FOR MULTIPOINT RECEPTION OF UPLINK TRANSMISSION FROM A MOBILE TERMINAL - Methods and apparatus are provided for determining a set of cooperating cells for a mobile terminal in a mobile communication network for CoMP transmission or reception. A cell map is stored in memory of serving base station. The cell map associates one or more coordinating areas within the serving cell with corresponding sets of neighboring cells. To determine the set of cooperating cells for a given mobile terminal within a serving cell, the serving base station determines the current location of the mobile terminal. The current location of the mobile terminal is compared to the cell map stored in memory to determine the coordinating set for the mobile terminal. | 12-13-2012 |
20120315918 | PREDICTION OF INDOOR LEVEL AND LOCATION USING A THREE STAGE PROCESS - A mobile computing device may be localized in an indoor area based on the strength of wireless network signals accessible in the indoor area from different access points. For efficiency, the localization may be performed in stages. In a first stage, a general geographic area, such as an “island” as will be described below, in which the mobile device is located is identified. In a second stage, an altitude or building level of the mobile device is identified. In a third stage, a position of the mobile device on the identified building level is determined. At least some of these stages of localization may utilize information received at the mobile device from surrounding access points. For example, the island on which the user is located may be determined by identifying at least one access point on that island. Further, decision trees may be executed using input related to a received signal strength from the surrounding access points, and outputs of the decision trees may indicate the device's location. | 12-13-2012 |
20120315919 | THIRD PARTY DEVICE LOCATION ESTIMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A third party device location estimation mechanism can be implemented in a wireless communication network. In one embodiment, a distance between an observing communication device and a reference communication device and a distance between the observing communication device and a target communication device are determined. An exchange of messages between the target communication device and the reference communication device is detected at the observing communication device. Timing information associated with the exchanged messages is determined at the observing communication device. A distance between the target communication device and the reference communication device is determined at the observing communication device based, at least in part, on the distance between the observing communication device and the reference communication device, the distance between the observing communication device and the target communication device, and the timing information associated with the messages exchanged between the target communication device and the reference communication device. | 12-13-2012 |
20120315920 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ANALYZING SPATIOTEMPORALLY AMBIGUOUS EVENTS - Principles of the invention provide techniques for analyzing spatiotemporally ambiguous events. In one aspect, an exemplary method includes the steps of storing event data representative of an event, the event data comprising spatiotemporally ambiguous measurements; storing side information, the side information comprising at least one of spatial data and temporal data related to the event in space-time: associating the event data with the side information by soft association to form association data; applying one or more estimation techniques to the association data to form estimation data; and determining at least one of a rate, a factor, a likelihood, a value, a time, a location, and a cause for the event by applying one or more characterization techniques to the estimation data. | 12-13-2012 |
20120315921 | INTEGRATION OF WIRED INFORMATION AND WIRELESS INFORMATION TO LOCATE A WIRELESS DEVICE - One embodiment described herein includes a method of determining the location of a wireless device. The method includes capturing wired information about layer one and layer two used by wired components in a network; capturing wireless information about a wireless device communicatively coupled to the network; integrating at least some of the wired information and the wireless information; and using the integrated wired information and wireless information to locate the wireless device. | 12-13-2012 |
20120315922 | WIRELESS USER BASED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM - A group of wireless device users are notified of an event. A location data determination algorithm is provided to a wireless device, where the algorithm determines a frequency at which the device interacts with network elements to determine its location. The location data is stored in a notification server and used to identify a user at a specific location. When a governmental or commercial entity wishes to issue a notification, a message is provided to those users whose location is identified as being in an area defined by the entity. | 12-13-2012 |
20120322458 | DEPERSONALIZING LOCATION TRACES - Positional information is provided while minimizing the possibility that personally identifiable information can be derived therefrom. Positional information is received in the form of trails that can be aggregated. Individual cells of a grid reflect a quantity of aggregated trails through those cells, an average intensity and direction of movement through those cells, or a more detailed distribution thereof. Alternatively, individual trails are aggregated to an aggregated trail in the form of a line. Further obfuscation of personally identifiable information occurs by resampling aggregated positional information, by introducing false positional information, or by falsely modifying existing positional information, in a manner that does not impact the overall aggregations, and by pruning, or deleting, positional information, especially around sensitive locations, such as a user's home, place of business, or other location that users typically would seek to keep private. Provision of positional information is delayed until a sufficient amount is received. | 12-20-2012 |
20120322459 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE MAINTAINING LIFETRAILS IN A BATTERY EFFICIENT MANNER - A method is used to develop and maintain a user's lifetrail, which is a historical record specifying the location of the user while in possession of a mobile communication device. A mobile device determines its current location by extracting a beacon ID from a signal source and transmitting it to a remotely-located server, which accesses a look-up table to find the corresponding location of the signal source represented by the beacon ID. The location may be specified in accordance with a spatial compression technique. The server transmits the signal source location back to the mobile device so that the mobile device knows that it is located within the coverage area of the signal source. Battery power is conserved by collecting the beacon IDs when it is receiving the beacon signals for some other purpose and not necessarily solely for the purpose of determining its current location. Battery power can be further conserved by deferring the resolution of the beacon IDs so that they are not necessarily associated with their corresponding location when they are received, but only at some later convenient time. In some cases resolution of the beacon IDs may be performed using social graph data received from a social network. | 12-20-2012 |
20120322460 | REAL-TIME LOCATION ESTIMATION OF A MOBILE STATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method is provided for real-time location estimation of a mobile station (MS) on a map of roads using non-Global Positioning Satellite location data ( | 12-20-2012 |
20120322461 | CONNECTION CONTROL DEVICE ESTABLISHING CONNECTION BETWEEN PORTABLE TYPE MOBILE TERMINAL AND INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE BY WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A connection control device acquires information on a position in which a user performs manipulation input to information processing device and information on a travel distance of a portable type mobile terminal. The connection control device compares the acquired pieces of information to determine whether the manipulation input performed by the user corresponds to a travel of the portable type mobile terminal. The connection control device establishes a wireless connection between the information processing device and the portable type mobile terminal according to a determination result. | 12-20-2012 |
20120322462 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING A VALET MODE IN A VEHICLE - A method for providing a valet mode for a vehicle comprises: providing a mobile router in the vehicle; operating the mobile router to substantially continuously determine the current location of the vehicle; providing a valet application program to a wireless device; utilizing the valet application program to program the wireless device to provide a valet user interface; utilizing the valet user interface to activate and deactivate a valet mode at the mobile router; operating the mobile router such that when the valet mode is activated, the mobile router activates a predetermined a boundary of predetermined radius about the current location of the vehicle; automatically operating the mobile router when the valet mode is activated to detect if the boundary is exceeded; and operating the mobile router to automatically cause a notification to be sent to the wireless device upon the router detecting that the vehicle exceeds the boundary. | 12-20-2012 |
20120322463 | VEHICLE WITH VALET MODE - A vehicle comprises: a valet mode program to provide valet mode functionality for the vehicle, a processor operable to execute the valet mode program, a predetermined distance limit, and a predetermined speed limit. The vehicle responds to externally generated commands from a predetermined source to activate or deactivate the valet mode. The processor is operable to determine if the predetermined distance limit is exceeded from the location of the vehicle when the valet mode is activated; and the processor is operable to determine if the vehicle exceeds the predetermined speed limit while the valet mode is activated. | 12-20-2012 |
20120329473 | Anonymous Directional Peer-to-Peer Wireless Communication - A method and system are provided in which a first device may directionally transmitting signals to a second device utilizing beamforming operations on multiple antennas. The first device may receive signals from the second device to establish an anonymous directional peer-to-peer wireless communication link with the second device. The transmitted signals may comprise a request-to-send (RTS) signal and the received signals may comprise a clear-to-send (CTS) signal. In some instances, the direction in which the transmitted signals are sent may be adjusted by changing the weights in the beamforming operation and/or by rotating the plurality of antennas. The transmitted signals may comprise an association identification (ID) corresponding to the first device, which may be embedded in a preamble or other portion of a frame structure. When the link is established, user information, such as profile information, for example, and/or messages may be sent from one device to the other. | 12-27-2012 |
20120329474 | Managing Public Resources - Systems and techniques relating to electronically managing public resources are described. A described technique includes identifying a location of a mobile device based on received information from one or more wireless access points communicably coupled to the mobile device; presenting to the mobile device, information descriptive of an availability of one or more facilities proximate to the mobile device, based on the identified location of the mobile device and receiving a first service request from the mobile device; receiving, from the mobile device, a second service request for provisioning a facility of the one or more facilities based on the presented information; indicating the facility to generate a signal for a provisioning confirmation; and provisioning the facility based on receiving the provisioning confirmation. | 12-27-2012 |
20120329475 | System and Method for Providing Communication Services to Mobile Device Users Incorporating Proximity Determination - In certain embodiments, a method for proximity determination includes receiving one or more network identifiers, each associated with a corresponding network, from a first mobile device. The method further includes receiving one or more network identifiers, each associated with a corresponding network, from a second mobile device. The method further includes processing the network identifiers received from the first and second mobile devices to determine whether the first mobile device and the second mobile device are in proximity to one another. | 12-27-2012 |
20120329476 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS DEVICE POSITIONING IN MULTICARRIER CONFIGURATIONS - The described aspects include methods and apparatus for performing positioning for a user equipment (UE). The UE can communicate with a plurality of serving cells in a multicarrier configuration, and can indicate a plurality of serving cell identifiers corresponding to the plurality of serving cells in a message to a positioning server. The positioning server can obtain location information corresponding to at least a portion of a plurality of cells, or related eNBs, related to the plurality of serving cell identifiers, and can communicate the location information to the UE. The UE can perform positioning based at least in part on the location information. | 12-27-2012 |
20120329477 | ESTIMATING USER DEVICE LOCATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method of estimating user location involving collecting data from the access points in the network. The data can then be used to define a relationship, for example the loss of power experienced by a transmitted signal, between the access points. The relationship can be stored within a matrix, database or any other suitable storage method that can be referenced to determine the position of a user device within the network and correlated with corresponding measurements from a user device to determine the location of the user device within the network. | 12-27-2012 |
20120329478 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING SUBSCRIBER INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING FEMTOCELL - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for managing subscriber information and includes transmitting a tracking area update request message generated for subscriber information handling from a terminal to a mobility management entity; transmitting an update location request message generated for the subscriber information handling from the mobility management entity to a home subscriber server; and handling, at the home subscriber server, the subscriber information according to whether the update location request message includes subscriber information handling configuration and responding according to whether the subscriber information is processed successfully. According to the present invention, the subscriber is capable of handling, i.e. creating or deleting, the Closed Subscriber Group identifier (CSG ID) at each node of the system by means of the UE. | 12-27-2012 |
20120329479 | Exchange of Messages Relating to Positioning Data - A first apparatus generates a request for positioning data, includes in the request an indication that an estimate of the amount of the requested positioning data is to be provided, and causes a transmission of the request. A second apparatus receives the request, generates a response including an estimate of the amount of the requested positioning data, and causes a transmission of the response. The first apparatus receives the response. | 12-27-2012 |
20120329480 | POSITIONING DEVICE AND POSITIONING METHOD - A positioning device includes a WLAN positioning calculation unit that performs first positioning based on first radio waves from access points; a satellite positioning unit that performs second positioning based on second radio waves from positioning satellites; a positioning result determination unit that determines whether a positioning result by the WLAN positioning calculation unit is to be adopted, when the second positioning by the satellite positioning unit has failed; and an output unit that outputs the positioning result by the WLAN positioning calculation unit, when the positioning result determination unit determines to adopt the positioning result by the WLAN positioning calculation unit. | 12-27-2012 |
20120329481 | LOCATION-BASED ACTION TRIGGERING SYSTEM AND METHOD - A target receiver may receive a location-related specification and a time period-related specification, the time period-related specification specifying time period in which to check for the location-related specification. A location monitor may determine current location-related information. A time period monitor may determine current time-related information. An analyzer may determine whether a pair of the location-related specification and the time-period related specification is satisfied by the current-location information and the current time-related information. The analyzer may further provide notification as to whether the pair of the location-related specification and the time-period related specification is satisfied by the current-location information and the current time-related information. | 12-27-2012 |
20130005347 | DISTRIBUTED POSITIONING MECHANISM FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A wireless communication device can determine its position in accordance with a distributed positioning mechanism to minimize bandwidth and power consumption at the wireless communication device. The wireless communication device can detect positioning control messages exchanged between independent pairs of access points in a wireless communication network. The wireless communication device can determine position information associated with each access point of each of the pairs of access points and timing information associated with the pairs of access points based, at least in part, on the detected positioning control messages. The position of the wireless communication device can then be calculated based, at least in part, on the position information and the timing information associated with the pairs of access points. | 01-03-2013 |
20130005348 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GEO-LOCATING MOBILE STATION - A method for estimating a geographic location of a mobile station within a coverage area of a wireless network includes: determining a radial distance of the mobile station from a serving base station based on a round trip measurement and calculating an angular position of the mobile station in relation to the radial distance based on a first signal strength measurement, a second signal strength measurement, and an angular position reference that extends outward from the serving base station. The signal strength measurements representative of power characteristics of RF signals received by the mobile station from first and second sector antennas of the serving base station. An apparatus associated therewith includes a distance module to perform the determining and an angular position module to perform the calculating. The apparatus may be implemented in a base station, a geo-location service node, a network management node, or other communication nodes. | 01-03-2013 |
20130005349 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GEO-LOCATING MOBILE STATION - A method for estimating a geographic location of a mobile station includes calculating an angular position of a mobile station to a base station based on first and second signal strength measurements and an angular position reference for the base station, the signal strength measurements from the mobile station for RF signals from first and second sector antennas of the base station. Another method includes calculating a radial distance of a mobile station from a base station serving the mobile station, determining a signal strength report from the mobile station includes a signal strength measurement for an RF signal from a first sector antenna of the base station, and identifying a geographic location of the mobile station based on intersection of a circle around the base station with a radius of the radial distance with a sub-sector geographic area in an RF coverage map for the first sector antenna. | 01-03-2013 |
20130005350 | OPTIMIZING NETWORK ACCESS - A network access optimization strategy where mobile device may be directed to access particular networks depending on operation requirements and characteristic. The optimization strategy may rely on a traveling speed of the mobile to device to broadly prioritize a network type suitable for the given traveling speed. | 01-03-2013 |
20130005351 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR BROADCASTING THE LOCATION OF A DEVICE - The method includes sending geolocation data of the device to a server, receiving, by the device from the server, a list of venues whose boundaries contain the geolocation data, selecting, on the device, a plurality of venues selected from the list, and sending the plurality of venues to a communication platform for broadcasting thereon. Sending venues to the communication platform may be associated with a privacy setting for each venue, thereby permitting a different venue to be seen by a chosen subset of users. | 01-03-2013 |
20130005352 | LOCATION VERIFICATION FOR MOBILE DEVICES - Methods are provided for verifying whether a mobile device is at a site. An exemplary method involves obtaining a location of the mobile device from the mobile device and obtaining a captured value for a machine-readable code from one of the mobile device and the site, the machine-readable code being presented by the other of the mobile device and the site. When the captured value is equal to a reference value for the code, the mobile device is verified as being at the site when the location of the mobile device corresponds to a location associated with the site. | 01-03-2013 |
20130005353 | RADIO BASED LOCATION POWER PROFILES - Methods and systems of managing radio based power may include a mobile platform having a plurality of radios and logic to detect changes in location for the mobile platform. The logic may also deactivate at least one of the plurality of radios in response to the changes in location. The changes in location may be detected based on location information obtained from one or more active radios in the plurality of radios and connection losses with respect to active radios in the plurality of radios. | 01-03-2013 |
20130005354 | Recognition System - According to various embodiments, a first electronic device may be configured to communicate wirelessly with a second electronic device. If the devices become separated, then various steps may be taken to avoid or to mitigate the loss of one of the devices. | 01-03-2013 |
20130005355 | ASSISTANCE DATA MANAGEMENT - It is disclosed to keep a track of quality information of at least one assistance data, the track of quality information being associated with a current version and at least one previous version of the at least one assistance data, and to determine whether to provide assistance data information associated with at least one assistance data of the at least one assistance data to a mobile device based on tracked quality information of the at least one assistance data of the at least one assistance and based on assistance data handling parameters associated with the mobile device. | 01-03-2013 |
20130005356 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO TERMINAL, RADIO NETWORK, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - A radio terminal, which is operative to perform a measurement on the basis of a measurement condition designated by a radio network and to report the result of the measurement, comprises: a position-determination precision calculating means for calculating a position-determination precision of the radio terminal; a required position-determination precision holding means for holding a required position-determination precision related to a condition of position-determination precision; and a measurement reporting control means for comparing the required position-determination precision with the calculated position-determination precision and for controlling the execution of at least one of the radio terminal's measurement and the radio terminal's reporting of the measurement result to the radio network. | 01-03-2013 |
20130005357 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROL METHOD FOR MOBILE TERMINAL - A positioning portion does not identify a position of a mobile terminal in a case in which a stationary continuation determiner determines that the mobile terminal has continued to be stationary during a period, the positioning portion identifies the position of the mobile terminal in a case in which the stationary continuation determiner determines that the mobile terminal has not continued to be stationary during the period and in which a traveling condition determiner determines that the mobile terminal is in traveling condition, and the positioning portion does not identify the position of the mobile terminal in a case in which the stationary continuation determiner determines that the mobile terminal has not continued to be stationary during the period and in which the traveling condition determiner determines that the mobile terminal is in a stationary condition. | 01-03-2013 |
20130012226 | Method And System For Global Navigation Satellite System Configuration Of Wireless Communication Applications - Methods and systems for global navigation satellite system configuration of wireless communication applications may comprise determining a location of a wireless communication device (WCD) comprising a medium Earth orbit (MEO) radio frequency (RF) path and a low Earth orbit (LEO) RF path utilizing received LEO signals. A wireless function of the WCD may be configured based on the location, and may comprise a power level of WiFi circuitry in the WCD. The determined location and a transaction ID for the POS transaction may be stored utilizing a security processor. The MEO RF path may be powered down based on the determined location. The wireless function may comprise a synchronization of data on the WCD with devices in a home location. The WCD may comprise a femtocell device or a set-top box, and may be controlled by a reduced instruction set computing (RISC) central processing unit (CPU). | 01-10-2013 |
20130012227 | Method and System for Tracking and Determining a Location of a Wireless Transmission - An apparatus for detecting and timing a transmitting device is disclosed. The device includes a receiving system receiving a signal containing at least a preamble code of a known length and at least one pulse within a receive window after the preamble code, a circuit receiving the at least one pulse comprising a zero-crossing circuit for indicting a zero-voltage crossing of the at least one pulse and a trigger device for latching the indication of zero-voltage crossing, and a ripple circuit counter, receiving the latched indication of said zero-voltage crossing and associating a time to the receipt of the latched indication. A system for detecting and locating a transmitting device is further disclosed. The system includes a plurality of sensor apparatus each determining a reception time of a signal and a processor for determining a location based on groups of the reception times | 01-10-2013 |
20130012228 | Network Location Management Entity - The present invention relates to a network location management entity for managing location information indicating a location of a mobile terminal in a communication network. The network location management entity comprises a provider ( | 01-10-2013 |
20130012229 | POSITIONING DEVICE AND POSITIONING METHOD - A positioning apparatus for performing a positioning operation based on distance to an access point includes an access point detection unit configured to detect an access point, a memory unit configured to store the access point detected by the access point detection unit for each of channels, a channel setup unit configured to set a channel to be scanned based on the access points in the memory unit, and a positioning operation unit configured to perform positioning based on the distance to the access point detected by the access point detection unit. The access point detection unit detects the access point based on the channel set by the channel setup unit. | 01-10-2013 |
20130012230 | System and Method To Obtain Calibration Data Using Estimation Techniques - A system and method of determining calibration data at non-calibrated location points is disclosed. A mobile station may be geo-located at most locations, if not all locations, within communication range of one or more serving and/or neighboring base stations of a mobile network. Calibration data may be collected and stored in memory via a data collection procedure. Known calibration data for locations proximate to the mobile station may be necessary when attempting to geo-locate the mobile station. A geographical region may be calibrated via a standard calibration data collection procedure, however, various obstacles, such as, buildings, mountains, ponds etc. may inevitably create deficiencies in the calibration data for one or more areas of the region. Certain techniques may be applied to estimate the calibration data of areas that have not been properly calibrated. | 01-10-2013 |
20130017838 | Spacecraft Development Testbed SystemAANM Vavrina; Matthew AaronAACI SeattleAAST WAAACO USAAGP Vavrina; Matthew Aaron Seattle WA USAANM Vian; John LyleAACI RentonAAST WAAACO USAAGP Vian; John Lyle Renton WA US - A method and apparatus comprising a location reference system and a control module. The location reference system is configured to generate location information for a number of mobile platforms in an environment. The control module is configured to receive the location information for the number of mobile platforms from the location reference system. The control module is further configured to generate command signals for the number of mobile platforms using the location information. The control module is further configured to send the command signals to the number of mobile platforms to operate the number of mobile platforms in the environment such that operation of the number of mobile platforms emulates the operation of a number of spacecraft systems in a non-Earth terrestrial environment. | 01-17-2013 |
20130017839 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAMEAANM LEE; GunhoAACI SeoulAACO KRAAGP LEE; Gunho Seoul KRAANM CHOI; June HoAACI SeoulAACO KRAAGP CHOI; June Ho Seoul KR - An electronic device and a method of operating the electronic device are provided that provide location-based acquaintance information by outputting acquaintance information associated with a specific location among acquaintance information included in a contact list. | 01-17-2013 |
20130017840 | POSITION ESTIMATING FOR A MOBILE DEVICE - Disclosed are methods, techniques and/or systems for selecting and/or determining a strategy and/or approach for searching for signals at a mobile device. Characteristics of and/or information obtained from such searched signals may be used in estimating a location of the mobile device. In one particular example, a strategy and/or approach for searching for wireless signals may be based, at least in part, on an availability of resources at a mobile device. | 01-17-2013 |
20130017841 | Obtaining Reference Time for Positioning When Cells are Unknown - Methods and apparatus for determining an assistance data transmission time to account for cell timing acquisition are disclosed. In an example method, a network node determines whether a target wireless communication node ( | 01-17-2013 |
20130017842 | RADIO MODEL UPDATING - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to systems, methods, apparatuses, devices, articles, and means for updating radio models. For certain example implementations, a method for one or more server devices may comprise receiving at one or more communication interfaces at least one measurement that corresponds to a position of a first mobile device within an indoor environment. At least one radio model that is stored in one or more memories may be updated based, at least in part, on the at least one measurement to produce at least one updated radio model. The at least one radio model and the at least one updated radio model may correspond to the indoor environment. The at least one updated radio model may be transmitted to enable a second mobile device to use the at least one updated radio model for positioning within the indoor environment. Other example implementations are described herein. | 01-17-2013 |
20130023278 | RSS-BASED DOA INDOOR LOCATION ESTIMATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - Method for received signal strength-based direction-of-arrival location estimation for wireless target in an indoor environment is disclosed. The method can use just one DOA sensor node with three antennas, configured substantially in the center of a predetermined confined indoor space. Packet signals can be transmitted by DOA sensor node to the wireless target, and vice versa, where each packet comprising of a fixed sensor node cover range. RSSI values are obtained for the respective RSSI states received from the wireless target at incident angles φ using the triangular antenna array, a 1P2T switch, and a vector signal deconstructor (VSD). A location (θ, φ) of the localized object is calculated using a RSS-based DOA algorithm. A RSS to DOA localization system using the above method is also disclosed. | 01-24-2013 |
20130023279 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR HANDLING TIME-RELATED ISSUES REGARDING SMS COMMUNICATIONS - A SMS time management system is provided for handling time-related issues. The system, in one embodiment, comprises a SMS server; a GSM modem coupled to the SMS server, wherein the GSM modem is configured to send SMS messages instructed by the SMS server through a telephone network; a SMSC server located in a telephone operator, wherein the SMSC server is configured to receive, store, and deliver the SMS messages through the telephone network, and wherein: the SMSC server is connected to the SMS server through an IP network, communicating with each other by SMS messages via the IP network; a mobile phone representing a first user; a mobile phone representing a second user; a mobile phone representing a third user; a processor included in the SMS server; a memory included in the SMS server, wherein the memory storing instructions to cause the process to execute a method, the method comprising: receiving a request to send a SMS message from a first user, wherein content of the SMS message relates to starting a meeting at a time of a first time zone; and sending the SMS message to a second user, wherein the content of the SMS message is changed by the mobile device of the second user from starting the meeting at the time of the first time zone to starting the meeting at a time of a second time zone, in view of a location detected by a location detection device included in the mobile device of the second user. | 01-24-2013 |
20130023280 | Wireless Device Secure Tracking - A mobile device includes: a network interface configured to send messages toward, and receive messages from, a communication network wirelessly; and a message module independent of an OS and a BIOS of the mobile device, the message module being configured to produce and provide a location message to the network interface to be sent toward the communication network. The location message contains information that enables at least one of determination or estimation of a location of the mobile device and identification of the mobile device. The message module is configured to provide the location message to the transmitter without use of the operating system or the BIOS. The message module is configured to produce the location message based on a network communication message received at the mobile device through the network interface. | 01-24-2013 |
20130023281 | SELECTION OF A RADIO ACCESS BEARER RESOURCE BASED ON RADIO ACCESS BEARER RESOURCE HISTORICAL INFORMATION - The disclosed subject matter provides for selecting a radio access bearer resource based on historical data related to the radio access bearer resource. Location information can be employed to determine a radio access bearer resource. Historical information related to the radio access bearer resource can then be employed to determine the suitability of the radio access bearer resource. A set of radio access bearer resources can be ordered or ranked to allow selection of a suitable radio access bearer resource from the set. Incorporation of historical information can provide for additional metrics in the selection of a radio access bearer resource over simple contemporaneous radio access bearer resource information. In some embodiments timed fingerprint location (TFL) information can be employed to determine a location. | 01-24-2013 |
20130023282 | LOCATION DETERMINATION BASED ON WEIGHTED RECEIVED SIGNAL STRENGTHS - Training datasets and test datasets consisting of observations (i.e., RSS measurements) partitioned per a mapping tile system are used to evaluate possible RSS weighting functions for each such tile. The observations from the training dataset are used to determine an optimal weighting function based on the training dataset that minimizes the error for the test data, wherein the error may be a function of the deltas between GPS positions of observations in the test dataset and predicted positions from the RSS weighted functions applied to test data. The accuracy of the optimal weighted function for each tile is characterized to determine whether to use the weighted function or an alternative (such as a non-weighted function) for subsequent inquiries. | 01-24-2013 |
20130023283 | System for Wireless Location Estimation Using Radio Transceivers with Polarization Diversity - A system and method for wireless location estimation of a mobile node using radio transceivers with polarization diversity have been disclosed. The system includes a plurality of pre-defined fixed reference nodes distributed over a predetermined area adapted to transmit fixed reference signals. The system further includes mobile node transmission module at the mobile node adapted to transmit mobile reference signals with respect the mobile node and plurality of pre-defined fixed reference nodes. The horizontal polarization module and vertical polarization module polarize the transmitted mobile reference signals and the strength of the signals is measured. The derivation module derives the range of the signals. Subsequently, a profile of the derived range with reference to the measured signal strength is created by the system. The system further employs a trilateration algorithm to determine localization of the node using the created profile, thereby providing the location estimation for the mobile node. | 01-24-2013 |
20130023284 | PRIVATE NETWORKS AND SPECTRUM CONTROL WITH RF FINGERPRINTING - Private or closed networks configured to provide location or venue specific content or other localization information to mobile computing devices are based on periodic or other reassignments of network access point identifiers. Authorized network subscribers and applications can determine accurate mobile device location based on updated access point identifiers and RF signatures provided by mobile devices. Appropriate venue-based content or services can then be provided to mobile devices, while non-authorized subscribers and applications are hindered in their ability to determine mobile device location. | 01-24-2013 |
20130023285 | Multi-Path Mitigation in Rangefinding and Tracking Objects Using Reduced Attenuation RF Technology - An autonomous system with no Customer Network Investment is described, wherein the system is configurable to operate on a band other than the LTE band. Such system allows the definition of hybrid operations to accommodate the positioning reference signals (PRS) of LTE and already existing reference signals. The system can operate with PRS, with other reference signals such as cell-specific reference signals (CRS), or with both signal types. As such, the system provides the advantage of allowing network operator(s) to dynamically choose between modes of operation depending on circumstances, such as network throughput and compatibility. | 01-24-2013 |
20130023286 | Time and Power Based Wireless Location and Method of Selecting Location Estimate Solution - Disclosed is a method for processing readily available radio network, timing and power information about cellular networks and typical measurements made by the mobile device and network. A probabilistic method is disclosed that uses both time (i.e., range) and power differences with known downlink transmitter antenna characteristics to locate mobiles with accuracy better than cell-ID with ranging, with high capacity, and without the need for field calibration. | 01-24-2013 |
20130023287 | User Profile Based Speech To Text Conversion For Visual Voice Mail - Messages in a message system are converted from one format to another format in accordance with preferred message formats and/or conditions. Message formats can include text messages, multimedia messages, visual voicemail messages, and/or other audio/visual messages. Based on conditions such as recipient device location or velocity and a preferred message format a message can be converted into an appropriate transmission format and transmitted and/or communicated to the recipient in its appropriate format (e.g., text, multimedia, audio, etc. . . . ). | 01-24-2013 |
20130023288 | LOCATION METHOD AND LOCATION SYSTEM FOR ACQUIRING TERMINAL LOCATION - A location method and system are provided for obtaining a location of a terminal. The location method comprises, when a gateway mobile location center is unable to obtain an address of a mobile switching center (MSC) to which the terminal belongs from a home location register (HLR) in a core network by sending location selecting routing signaling, after sending short message type information to trigger the home location register to update the location of the terminal and obtaining the address of the MSC to which the terminal belongs, the gateway mobile location center obtaining location parameters of the terminal by sending location request signaling, and calculating location information of the terminal. | 01-24-2013 |
20130029681 | DEVICES, METHODS, AND APPARATUSES FOR INFERRING A POSITION OF A MOBILE DEVICE - Components, methods, and apparatuses are provided that may be used to characterize a spectral envelope of at least one signal received from one or more inertial sensors of a mobile device co-located with a user engaged in an activity and to infer a position of the mobile device with respect to the user engaged in an activity based, at least in part, on the characterization of the spectral envelope. | 01-31-2013 |
20130029682 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRACKING AND ANALYZING DATA OBTAINED USING A LIGHT BASED POSITIONING SYSTEM - In one aspect, the present disclosure relates to a method for tracking and analyzing information in a location using a light based positioning system. In some embodiments, the method includes determining a position of a device in a location using a light based positioning system, electronically receiving data from the device, and updating a database with said data. In some embodiments, determining the position of the device includes receiving a position determination from the device. In some embodiments, determining the position of the device includes electronically receiving from the device one or more identification codes of one or more light sources that the device has detected using an image sensor on the device and calculating the position of the device using the one or more identification codes. | 01-31-2013 |
20130029683 | WATER-QUALITY MEASUREMENT SYSTEM USING A SMARTPHONE - This invention relates to a system for measuring water quality using a smartphone, and more particularly to a system for measuring water quality using a smartphone, in which, to solve problems of hand-operated and manual water quality measurement methods and in order to increase reliability and accuracy, a water quality meter and a smartphone, which mutually communicate with each other, are utilized, and also, the smartphone is provided with a memory unit, a calculation unit, a GPS unit, etc., thus enabling water quality to be measured in real time and water quality data to be stored and transferred to the outside, so that reliability and accuracy of the measured water quality data may be improved. | 01-31-2013 |
20130029684 | SENSOR NETWORK SYSTEM FOR ACUIRING HIGH QUALITY SPEECH SIGNALS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREFOR - A sensor network system including node devices connected in a network via predetermined propagation paths collects data measured at each node device to be aggregated into one base station via a time-synchronized sensor network system. The base station calculates a position of the signal source based on the angle estimation value of the signal from each node device and position information thereof, designates a node device located nearest to the signal source as a cluster head node device, and transmits information of the position of the signal source and the designated cluster head node device to each node device, to cluster each node device located within the number of hops from the cluster head node device as a node device belonging to each cluster. Each node device performs an emphasizing process on the received signal from the signal source, and transmits an emphasized signal to the base station. | 01-31-2013 |
20130029685 | DISTRIBUTED METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING THE POSITION OF A MOBILE DEVICE USING LONG-RANGE SIGNALS AND CALIBRATING THE POSITION USING SHORT-RANGE SIGNALS - A method and system is described where a plurality of position reference devices use short-range wireless communication protocols to transmit positioning assistance data to nearby mobile devices, and the mobile devices use the assistance data to model errors and re-calibrate their positioning systems. The short-range communication methods include NFC, RFID, Bluetooth®, short-range 802.11, Wi-Fi Direct, and high frequency focused beams such as 60 GHz. The position reference devices are passive or active NFC tags, passive or active RFID tags, other devices that include such tags as their components, Bluetooth®-enabled devices, 60 GHz-enabled devices, and 802.11 access points that can lower their transmit power. The reference devices are located at various indoor and outdoor locations such as smart posters, kiosks, ATM machines, malls, store checkout counters, store security gates, wireless access points, cellular base-stations, tollbooths, traffic lights, and street lamp posts. | 01-31-2013 |
20130029686 | DISTRIBUTED METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CALIBRATING THE POSITION OF A MOBILE DEVICE - A method and system is described where a plurality of position reference devices use short-range wireless communication protocols to transmit positioning assistance data to nearby mobile devices, and the mobile devices use the assistance data to re-calibrate their positioning systems. In some embodiments, mobile device includes an accelerometer and the accelerometer measurements are used to calculate an updated velocity of the mobile device and an updated position of the mobile device based on the accelerometer measurements and previous velocity and position of the mobile device. The short-range communication methods include NFC, RFID, Bluetooth®, short-range 802.11, Wi-Fi Direct, and high frequency focused beams such as 60 GHz. The position reference devices are passive or active NFC tags, passive or active RFID tags, other devices that include such tags as their components, Bluetooth®-enabled devices, 60 GHz-enabled devices, and 802.11 access points that can lower their transmit power. | 01-31-2013 |
20130029687 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING LOCATION INFORMATION FOR COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH AN ACCESS NETWORK - A system and method for providing location information for communications through an access network in accordance with embodiments of the invention are disclosed. The system and method involve receiving a communication including a message from an origination device. The communication includes access point information and the message includes an identifier of the communication. The access point information from the communication is extracted and the access point information or geographic data based on the access point information is stored in a database. The message including the identifier is sent to a destination device of the message. The storing of the access point information or the geographic data in the database enables the destination device to obtain the access point information or the geographic data using the identifier included in the message by querying the database. | 01-31-2013 |
20130029688 | PROCEDURE TO INCREASE POSITION LOCATION AVAILABILITY - A device, method and system are provide which permits the methodology used to make the position determination to change dynamically in connection with achieving a position fix of a desired accuracy. | 01-31-2013 |
20130029689 | INFORMATION COMMUNICATION TERMINAL PROVIDED WITH SECURITY CONTROL FUNCTION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD PERFORMED BY THE TERMINAL - A position information obtaining section | 01-31-2013 |
20130029690 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO DYNAMICALLY PROVISION SUBSCRIBERS IN A NETWORK - Systems and methods to dynamically provision subscribers in a network are disclosed herein. An example method to provision a subscriber in a communication network includes detecting that a location of a subscriber has changed from a first region to a second region, determining that the communication network would benefit from permanently provisioning a customer profile associated with the subscriber to the second region instead of keeping the customer profile provisioned in the first region, instructing a first customer profile repository to transfer the customer profile to a second customer profile repository corresponding to the second region in response to detecting the location change and that the communication network would benefit, and provisioning the customer profile at the second customer profile repository. | 01-31-2013 |
20130035109 | Devices, Methods, and Systems for Radio Map Generation - Systems, devices, methods, and computer-readable mediums for generating a radio map of an area are disclosed. In one aspect, the device, method, and computer-readable medium perform processes that may include receiving in at least one processor first information associated with at least one wireless device at a first location in the area. The processes may include receiving in the at least one processor second information associated with at least one wireless device at a second location in the area and different from the first location. The first location within said area and the second location within the area are unknown to the at least one processor. The processes may also include generating a radio map of the area using the first information and the second information. | 02-07-2013 |
20130035110 | LIKELIHOOD OF MOBILE DEVICE PORTAL TRANSITION - The subject matter disclosed herein may relate to methods, apparatuses, systems, devices, articles, or means for conditionally performing a scan responsive to a likelihood of a portal transition, etc. For certain example implementations, a method for a mobile device may comprise determining an indication of a likelihood that a position of the mobile device is transitioning from a first area identifiable by a first location context identifier to a second area identifiable by a second location context identifier via a portal linking the first area and the second area; and conditionally performing a scan for signals transmitted by one or more transmitter devices corresponding to the second area responsive to the indication of the likelihood that the position of the mobile device is transitioning to the second area via the portal. Other example implementations are described herein. | 02-07-2013 |
20130035111 | PROVIDING WIRELESS TRANSMITTER ALMANAC INFORMATION TO MOBILE DEVICE BASED ON EXPECTED ROUTE - Examples disclosed herein may relate to determining an expected route of a mobile device based, at least in part, on information generated by a navigation application hosted by the mobile device. Examples disclosed herein may further relate to determining a subset of wireless transmitters from a plurality of wireless transmitters based at least in part on the expected route of the mobile device. | 02-07-2013 |
20130035112 | MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE AND POSITIONING METHOD - There are provided a mobile terminal device and a positioning method, in which power saving is enabled. When an environment estimating unit determines that the mobile terminal device is currently located in an indoor environment, an autonomous GPS positioning regulating unit thereof regulates implementation of an autonomous positioning operation by an autonomous GPS positioning unit to enable the suppression of wasteful power consumption caused by the implementation of the autonomous GPS positioning operation that has no possibility of being successful at a current time. In the meanwhile, an assist information acquiring processing unit of an A-GPS positioning unit is made to perform an assist information acquiring process that is a former process of the A-GPS positioning operation. When the location accuracy of outline location information acquired has a good result of a level 3 or higher, the outline location information is provided as a positioning result. | 02-07-2013 |
20130040653 | Numerically Stable Computation of Heading Without a Reference Axis - Systems and methods are described for computing device motion direction and orientation. A system as described herein includes an orientation sensor configured to collect data relating to orientation of the mobile device; an orientation analysis module communicatively coupled to the orientation sensor and configured to determine a three-dimensional orientation of the mobile device relative to an Earth-based coordinate system based on the data collected by the orientation sensor; and a motion direction tracker module communicatively coupled to the orientation analysis module, configured to compute a first direction, that is a three-dimensional direction of motion of the mobile device relative to a coordinate system of the mobile device, and configured to compute a second direction, that is a direction of motion of the mobile device relative to the Earth-based coordinate system, based on the first direction using the three-dimensional orientation of the mobile device relative to the Earth-based coordinate system. | 02-14-2013 |
20130040654 | LOCATION-BASED AUTOMATED CHECK-IN TO A SOCIAL NETWORK RECOGNIZED LOCATION USING A TOKEN - A user with a user account on a social network uses an interface to communicate user identification information and the user's intent to participate in a social network application. The user also communicates an identifier associated with an entitlement token to the social network application. When a server receives, from a device at a fixed location, a message indicative of the user's presence at the fixed location as determined by the receipt of the identifier and a site specific identifier, the server generates and sends a communication sufficient to cause the social network to implement a behavior as if the user had generated a message to the social network from their mobile device. | 02-14-2013 |
20130040655 | MAINTENANCE OF MOBILE DEVICE RF BEAM - A mobile wireless communication device includes: a communication device housing; an antenna module configured to provide an antenna pattern having a directional beam to transmit electromagnetic energy of outgoing signals and to receive electromagnetic energy of incoming signals; a beam-altering module communicatively coupled to the antenna module and configured to alter a three-dimensional direction that the directional beam is pointing; and a three-dimensional orientation sensor module communicatively coupled to the beam-altering module and configured to provide at least one indication of three-dimensional orientation information associated with the communication device; where the beam-altering module is configured to receive the at least one indication of three-dimensional orientation information associated with the communication device and to use the at least one indication of three-dimensional orientation information associated with the communication device to alter the three-dimensional direction that the directional beam is pointing. | 02-14-2013 |
20130040656 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING RELATIVE DISPLACEMENT AND HEADING FOR NAVIGATION - A system and method for determining a location of a mobile object is provided. The system determines the location of the mobile object by determining distances between a plurality of sensors provided on a first and second movable parts of the mobile object. A stride length, heading, and separation distance between the first and second movable parts are computed based on the determined distances and the location of the mobile object is determined based on the computed stride length, heading, and separation distance. | 02-14-2013 |
20130040657 | ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT READING DEVICES - We describe an electronic document reading device comprising: a wireless remote content connection; a physical user interface for receiving device control commands from a user; non-volatile data storage; a non-volatile electrophoretic display screen; and a device controller. The controller has program code to: read an item of electronic document content from said non-volatile data store; wherein the item of electronic document content includes: i) electronic document content display data, ii) a location based permission control object configured to define allowed location-based display of the content display data on the electrophoretic display; determine a physical location of the reading device; and operate with the permission control object to determine whether display of the content display data is permitted at the physical location, wherein operating with the permission control object enables the item of electronic document content to control whether its own content is displayed on the non-volatile electrophoretic display screen. | 02-14-2013 |
20130040658 | MOBILE TERMINATED CONTROL METHOD AND RELATED NETWORK DEVICES - The invention provides for a method of controlling a mobile terminated procedure between a mobile terminal device and a network node device of a mobile radio communications network, and to a related terminal device, and particularly concerning a change in network node connection as part of a Circuit Switched Fallback procedure, and including the step of transmitting a connection-maintaining request such as a follow-on-request from the terminal device to the network node device during the mobile terminated procedure and seeking to maintain connectivity with the network node device so as to allow for a post location update procedure arriving from the network. | 02-14-2013 |
20130040659 | MANAGEMENT OF STORAGE OF MEASUREMENT DATA - A management of storage of measurement Data is provided. A method of managing storage of a set of measurement data comprises the steps of determining whether a value of at least one of said plurality of parameters has changed by more than a threshold amount from a value of the parameter in a previously stored set of measurement data and storing the set of measurement data, dependent upon the determination being affirmative. | 02-14-2013 |
20130040660 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ANALYTIC DATA GATHERING FROM IMAGE PROVIDERS AT AN EVENT OR GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION - The invention relates to a system and method of gathering and analyzing data from device operators aiming their image capture devices and thereby creating a line of sight to an object of interest, for example through the process of obtaining photographs, videos or other digital images of an event or geographical location, where the real-time or embedded location, compass heading, and time data from each of a plurality of image providers are communicated from the plurality of image-capture devices to one or more servers for statistical analysis of the proportionate amount of providers focusing on each image target or sub-target at the event or location. | 02-14-2013 |
20130045750 | WIRELESS LOCALIZATION METHOD BASED ON AN EFFICIENT MULTILATERATION ALGORITHM OVER A WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK AND A RECORDING MEDIUM IN WHICH A PROGRAM FOR THE METHOD IS RECORDED - A wireless localization technology using efficient multilateration in a wireless sensor network is disclosed. After calculating estimated distances from each of at least three reference nodes to a blind node using received signal strength of wireless signals that the at least three reference nodes received from the blind node, the estimated location of the blind node is obtained through multilateration using the calculated estimated distances. To correct error in the estimated location, the estimated distances are used, and the error correction direction and error correction distance for the estimated location are calculated by applying a largest weight to the reference node closest to the estimated location. The error of the estimated location is corrected by move the estimated location of the blind node by the calculated error correction direction and error correction distance. Calculation for the error correction is very simple and fast. | 02-21-2013 |
20130045751 | LOGO DETECTION FOR INDOOR POSITIONING - Example methods, apparatuses, or articles of manufacture are disclosed herein that may be utilized, in whole or in part, to facilitate or support one or more operations or techniques for logo detection for indoor positioning for use in or with a mobile device. Briefly, in accordance with one implementation, a method may include extracting, at a mobile device, visual features from one or more images captured via a camera sensor of the mobile device; and estimating a location of the mobile device based, at least in part, on a match between extracted visual features and one or more brand-specific visual signatures associated with one or more points of interest of one or more known locations. In some instances, an estimated location of a mobile device may be refined based, at least in part, on at least one additional POI of one or more POIs of one or more known locations. | 02-21-2013 |
20130045752 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Provided is an information processing apparatus including a position sensor for detecting position information, and a detection times control unit for acquiring detection accuracy information regarding detection accuracy of the position sensor based on a detection result of the position sensor, and controlling the number of detection times of the position sensor based on the acquired detection accuracy information. | 02-21-2013 |
20130045753 | Geo-Fence Entry and Exit Notification System - A method is provided for determining when a mobile communications device has crossed a geo-fence. The method comprises (a) providing a mobile communications device ( | 02-21-2013 |
20130045754 | Multi-Path Mitigation in Rangefinding and Tracking Objects Using Reduced Attenuation RF Technology - A method and system for identification, tracking and locating in wireless communications and wireless networks. The method and system use reference and/or pilot signals that are present in wireless communications and wireless networks. The method and system can also use RTT, TOA and time-stamping measurements/techniques to determine one or more reference signals traveling time between the Base Station (eN B) or its functional equivalent and mobile device (UE) and or network device. The method and system includes multi-path mitigations processor and multi-path mitigations techniques and algorithms which improve the track-locate accuracy. The method and system allow achieving increased accuracy by using multi-path mitigations processor and multi-path mitigations techniques and algorithms. The techniques of Digital Signal Processing and Software-Defined Radio are used. | 02-21-2013 |
20130045755 | COMPENSATION OF PROPAGATION DELAYS OF WIRELESS SIGNALS - Propagation delay offsets of wireless signals are compensated. Compensation is accomplished through determination of an effective wireless signal propagation delay that accounts for signal path delay and propagation delay over the air. Such determination is based at least in part on statistical analysis of accurate location estimates of reference positions throughout a coverage sector or cell, and location estimates of the reference positions generated through time-of-flight (TOF) measurements of wireless signals. Determination of propagation or signal path delay offset also is attained iteratively based at least in part on reference location estimates and TOF location estimates. High-accuracy location estimates such as those obtained through global navigation satellite systems are employed as reference location estimates. Position of probes or wireless beacons, deployed throughout a sector or cell, also are employed as reference locations. Compensation of propagation delay offset improves accuracy of conventional TOF location estimates and radio network performance. | 02-21-2013 |
20130053053 | LOCALIZATION OF MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICES IN INDOOR ENVIRONMENTS - Various technologies pertaining to localizing multiple mobile computing devices in an indoor environment are described. Pairs of microphone arrays are selectively positioned in an indoor environment. A localization service assigns a frequency and schedule to a mobile telephone, and the mobile telephone begins outputting vibrations at the assigned frequency and in conformance with the assigned schedule. The microphone arrays sense the vibrations, and angles between the microphone arrays, respectively, and the mobile computing device are computed based upon the sensed vibrations. Such angles are subsequently employed to compute the location of the mobile computing device in the indoor environment. | 02-28-2013 |
20130053054 | USING PREDICTIVE TECHNOLOGY TO INTELLIGENTLY CHOOSE COMMUNICATION - Selecting communication settings. A method includes observing at least one of present, prior, or anticipated future movement of a user. Based on the observed user movement, embodiments may predict one or more future locations of the user. Based on the one or more future locations of the user, a communication setting of a device is selected to be used by the user. | 02-28-2013 |
20130053057 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING A LOCATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE AND UTILIZING THE LOCATION IN CONTENT SERVICES - A system and method for controlling a mobile device at a headend includes the mobile device communicating a request for content to the headend. The headend requests geographic coordinate location data from the mobile device and, when geographic coordinate data is available, determines a first geographic region associated with the mobile device in response to the geographic coordinate location data. When geographic coordinate data is not available from the mobile device, the headend extracts an IP address from the request and determines a second geographic region based on the IP address and a confidence level. When the confidence level is below a threshold, the headend determines a third geographic region based on subscriber data for the mobile device. The headend controls the mobile device in response to one of the first geographic region, the second geographic region and the third geographic region. | 02-28-2013 |
20130053058 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR TRANSITIONING BETWEEN INTERNET AND BROADCAST RADIO SIGNALS - Techniques are provided which may be implemented using various methods and/or apparatuses in a mobile device to allow the mobile device to smoothly transition audio input between a current radio signal and a target radio signal received at a mobile device. In one embodiment, the mobile device determines the current radio signal; selects the target radio signal; determines an earlier radio signal comprising the current radio signal or the target radio signal; creates a buffered radio signal by storing the earlier radio signal; transitions from the current radio signal to the buffered radio signal; determines the time offset between the buffered radio signal and the target radio signal; compares the determined time offset to an acceptable time offset; and transitions from the buffered radio signal to the target radio signal. | 02-28-2013 |
20130053059 | Radio Localization Database Generation by Capturing Cognitive Radio Spectrum Sensing Data - Technologies are generally described herein for determining a location of a computing device using radio frequency (“RF”) information. Some example technologies may receive a local RF fingerprint for radio signals detected by the computing device. The technologies may determine a location of the computing device by identifying a subset of RF information matching the local RF fingerprint. The technologies may provide the location to the computing device. | 02-28-2013 |
20130053060 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATION - The invention provides a system and method of communication comprising a USSD interface that is independent of the supporting stack the USSD is operating in. By decoupling the supporting stack from the USSD interface, similar services can be deployed across various service providers or network operators thereby enhancing the usability and efficiency of the USSD interface. The system includes client equipment configured to initiate a session by sending a session identification code, a gateway server coupled to the client equipment, and a USSD platform communicatively coupled to the gateway server via a configurable protocol. The gateway server initiates the session upon receiving the session identification code. The USSD platform communicates in real-time with the client equipment through the gateway server. | 02-28-2013 |
20130053063 | EMERGENCY RESOURCE LOCATION AND STATUS - Augmented reality techniques are employed to improve emergency response and related tasks based upon data gathered from wireless monitoring of emergency equipment. | 02-28-2013 |
20130053064 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING HEADING ANGLE IN WIRELESS LAN - A method determines a heading angle of a user terminal in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) system. The method includes examining whether a rotation of a user is detected, upon detecting the rotation, attaining a movement direction vector at a time when the rotation is detected, and attaining the heading angle by using the movement direction vector at the time when the rotation is detected. | 02-28-2013 |
20130053065 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMING MOBILITY STATE OF TERMINAL - A method and apparatus for determining a mobility state of a terminal is disclosed in embodiments of this invention, which relates to the technical field of wireless communication and is capable of accurately estimating a mobility state of a terminal in a complex network structure, configuring more appropriate network parameters for the terminal, optimizing mobility performance of the terminal and improving overall network performance. A method for determining a mobility state of a terminal is provided in an embodiment of this invention, including: calculating a total moving distance of a terminal in a predetermined period by using a distance estimation strategy; and determining a mobility state of the terminal according to the total moving distance. This invention is applicable to estimation of the terminal's mobility state in a homogeneous network and a heterogeneous network. | 02-28-2013 |
20130059597 | MOBILE DEVICE INCLUDING ZIGBEE MODULE AND METHOD OF OPERATION THEREOF - There are provided a mobile device including a Zigbee module and an method of operation thereof. The mobile device includes: a power supply unit; a Zigbee module operated by receiving power supplied from the power supply unit and connected to external electronic devices so that the Zigbee module communicates with the external electronic devices, to thereby provide a remote control function; and a switching unit controlling a connection between the power supply unit and the Zigbee module, wherein the power supply unit includes a main power supply unit and an auxiliary power supply unit supplying power to the Zigbee module when residual power in the main power supply unit falls to a predetermined reference value or less, whereby the remote control function and the position tracking function using the mobile device can be provided even when there is no sufficient residual power therein. | 03-07-2013 |
20130059598 | INTERACTIVE COMPUTER SOFTWARE PROCESSES AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING, TRACKING, REPORTING, PROVIDING FEEDBACK AND TASKING - A process is provided for carrying out a task, such as enabling a customer to submit a report, feedback or other comments electronically to an online computer program, then providing a prompt on-site response to those comments. The process may be enabled by a system that includes the online computer program, which is accessible from a mobile electronic device, as well as a detectable code unique to a location from which comments are to be provided, and to which the comments may pertain. The detectable code may be scanned or otherwise sensed with the mobile electronic device, which may then communicate with the program (e.g., by way of application software on the mobile electronic device) to provide data regarding the location to the program. The program may then initiate an appropriate response to the data, or task, which may be promptly, or even immediately, carried out at the location. | 03-07-2013 |
20130059599 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING AN INTERCONNECTION IN A BORDER CELL - A system operable to manage an interconnection when a mobile equipment of a subscriber is located in a border cell, or a border location area. The system includes a control device connected to a Home Location Register/Visitor Location Register, and to a Mobile Switching Center. The control device is operable to, prior an interconnection is established, check in the Home Location Register/Visitor Location Register, or the Mobile Switching Center if the current cell, or the current location area of the mobile equipment for the interconnection is a border cell, or a border location area. If it is determined that it is a border cell, or a border location area, the control device is operable to set up a connection between a message system, included in the system, and the mobile equipment. The message system is operable to send a message to the mobile equipment informing the subscriber about the situation with the border cell, or the border location area prior the interconnection is established or disabled. | 03-07-2013 |
20130059600 | SHORT RANGE RF MONITORING SYSTEM - A wireless short range radio-frequency master device adapted to create and maintain a portable private network of wireless short range radio-frequency slave devices wherein the master device is configured to detect and register suitable slave devices for a network, and is capable of determining the proximity of any registered slave device with respect to the master device in use, the master device further being adapted to enable a user to define two or more groups of registered slave devices selected from the total number of registered slave devices and to enable a user to select a defined group of such registered slave devices as an active group, thereby forming an active portable private network of wireless short range radio frequency devices comprising the master device and selected registered slave devices within the selected group. | 03-07-2013 |
20130059601 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING MEDIA ON MOBILE DEVICES - Techniques and mechanisms are provided for sending targeted content and data to mobile devices. Location information associated with a device is determined. In some instances, the location information is manually entered. In other instances, the location information is determined automatically from characteristics associated with the device. Location information can be obtained from global positioning system (GPS) data, cell-site triangulation, Internet Protocol (IP) address detection, etc. Content and advertising can be provided in a location relevant manner to the mobile device. | 03-07-2013 |
20130059602 | LOCATION POSITIONING METHOD AND DEVICE USING WIRELESS LAN SIGNALS - A location positioning methoded device using a wireless LAN signal, comprising: a database that includes a first DB, which matches grid cells distinguished by pCell ID with partial wireless LAN-related information related to a wireless LAN signal and stores the matched information, and a second DB, which stores overall wireless LAN-related information related to the wireless LAN signal; an information reception unit that receives terminal wireless LAN-related information from a terminal, which performs communication by using the WLAN signal; a record determination unit; and a location positioning unit. | 03-07-2013 |
20130065603 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EMPLOYING GEOGRAPHICALLY OVERLAPPING AUTONOMOUS STATIC AND MOBILE WIRELESS NETWORKS FOR ASSET TRACKING - A supply and distribution chain and various systems, methods and elements associated with autonomous static and mobile wireless networks for asset tracking. In one embodiment, the chain includes: (1) masters associated with static sites and configured to establish autonomous static networks for the static sites, (2) mobile units associated with carriers and configured to join the autonomous static networks when in range thereof and create autonomous mobile networks when out of range of the autonomous static networks and (3) sensors associated with assets and configured to join the autonomous static networks when in range thereof and join the autonomous mobile networks when out of range of the autonomous static networks. | 03-14-2013 |
20130065604 | METHOD FOR SEAMLESS TRANSITION FROM URBAN OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENTS TO INDOOR NAVIGATION - Techniques are disclosed for managing operation of multiple estimators in a wireless device. In at least one implementation, techniques for providing relatively seamless transition between dissimilar regions of a state space may be provided. | 03-14-2013 |
20130065605 | KL-Divergence Kernel Regression For Non-Gaussian Fingerprint Based Localization - Embodiments are directed to mobile localization, and more specifically, but not exclusively, to tracking mobile devices. Embodiments include methods that consider probability kernels with distance-like metrics between distributions. Also described are probabilistic kernels that can be used for a regression of location, which can achieve up to about inn accuracy in an office environment. | 03-14-2013 |
20130065606 | BROADCAST DISTRIBUTION CONTROL DEVICE, CALL STATUS CONTROL DEVICE, FEMTO CELL BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, METHOD AND PROGRAMME - Provided is a broadcast control apparatus that realizes broadcasting to a predetermined distribution area, as in an existing public mobile communication network in a communication system using a femto cell base station. The broadcast control apparatus includes a database, in which location information of the femto cell base station existing in a predetermined distribution area section is associated with the distribution area section. The broadcast control apparatus also includes update means for updating the association in the database based on the location information of the femto cell base station received by reception means. | 03-14-2013 |
20130065607 | Method for Monitoring Entities - The inventive method for monitoring entities ( | 03-14-2013 |
20130065608 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IDENTIFYING UNAUTHORIZED USERS OF AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - This is generally directed to identifying unauthorized users of an electronic device. In some embodiments, an unauthorized user of the electronic device can be detected by identifying particular activities that may indicate suspicious behavior. In some embodiments, an unauthorized user can be detected by comparing the identity of the current user to the identity of the owner of the electronic device. When an unauthorized user is detected, various safety measures can be taken. For example, information related to the identity of the unauthorized user, the unauthorized user's operation of the electronic device, or the current location of the electronic device can be gathered. As another example, functions of the electronic device can be restricted. In some embodiments, the owner of the electronic device can be notified of the unauthorized user by sending an alert notification through any suitable medium, such as, for example, a voice mail, e-mail, or text message. | 03-14-2013 |
20130065609 | Geographic Location Notification Based on Identity Linking - A user maintains notification setting information having temporal periods capable of controlling, at least in part, the dissemination of information describing the on-line presence of the user within an instant messaging system or the geographic location of one or more mobile communications devices used by the user. The user may use multiple identities to communicate within the instant messaging system and/or with the mobile communications device or devices. The user can maintain sets of temporal periods for each of the multiple identities. Only one identity may be used at a specific time to communicate to a specific other identity, but the multiple identities of the user may be linked such that on-line presence and/or geographic location associated with one of the identities is disseminated based on the temporal periods set for one or more of the multiple identities. | 03-14-2013 |
20130065610 | Position Location for Wireless Communication Systems - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to position location in a wireless communication system, and may more particularly relate to position location for a mobile station. | 03-14-2013 |
20130072215 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOCATION PREDICTION - A location prediction device ( | 03-21-2013 |
20130072216 | METHODS, APPARATUSES AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR PROVIDING AUTOMATIC MAINTENANCE OF A GEOPOSITION SYSTEM - An apparatus for augmenting associations between places and fingerprints may include a processor and memory storing executable computer code causing the apparatus to at least perform operations including detecting items of fingerprint data from one or more beacon devices, as the apparatus traverses one or more physical places. The fingerprint data may correspond to generated summaries of radio information corresponding to the physical places. The computer program code may further cause the apparatus to detect that the apparatus is stationary in at least one of the physical places for a predetermined time period and determine a location of the apparatus in the physical place based in part on determining fingerprint data, detected from a subset of the beacon devices which are in the physical place, that most accurately resembles canonical fingerprint data corresponding to one of a plurality of physical places. Corresponding methods and computer program products are also provided. | 03-21-2013 |
20130072217 | TIME OF ARRIVAL BASED POSITIONING SYSTEM - A TOA positioning system can be implemented that employs a calculated initial location of a wireless network device. For each of a plurality of reference wireless network devices, a distance between the wireless network device and the reference wireless network device is determined based, at least in part, on a round trip transit time between the wireless network device and the reference wireless network device. An initial location of the wireless network device can be calculated based, at least in part, on a location of each of the plurality of reference wireless network devices. A location of the wireless network device can be estimated based, at least in part, on the calculated initial location, the distance to each of the reference wireless network devices, and an initial distance calibration constant. | 03-21-2013 |
20130072218 | TIME DIFFERENCE OF ARRIVAL BASED POSITIONING SYSTEM - A TDOA positioning system that employs a calculated initial location of a wireless network device can be implemented to minimize sensitivity to the initial location of the wireless network device. For each pair of a plurality of reference network devices, the wireless network device can determine a distance difference between itself and the pair of the plurality of reference network devices based, at least in part, on round trip transit times between the wireless network device and the plurality of reference network devices. The initial location of the wireless network device can be calculated based on a location of each of the plurality of reference network devices. A location of the wireless network device can be estimated based on the calculated initial location of the wireless network device, the distance differences, and the location of each of the plurality of reference network devices. | 03-21-2013 |
20130072219 | HYBRID TIME OF ARRIVAL BASED POSITIONING SYSTEM - A hybrid TOA positioning system can be implemented to improve location estimation of a wireless network device. An initial location of the wireless network device can be calculated based on locations of a plurality of reference network devices. A first intermediate location of the wireless network device and an intermediate distance calibration constant can be determined based, at least in part, on the initial location of the wireless network device and distance between the wireless network device and each of the reference network devices. A second intermediate location of the wireless network device and a target distance calibration constant can be calculated based on the locations of the reference network devices, the first intermediate location, and/or the intermediate distance calibration constant. The location of the wireless network device can be iteratively estimated based, at least in part, on the second intermediate location and the target distance calibration constant. | 03-21-2013 |
20130072220 | HYBRID TDOA AND TOA BASED POSITIONING SYSTEM - A hybrid TDOA-TOA positioning system can be implemented to improve location estimation of a wireless network device. An initial location of the wireless network device can be calculated based on locations of a plurality of reference network devices. An intermediate location of the wireless network device can be determined based, at least in part, on the initial location of the wireless network device and distance differences between the wireless network device and each pair of the reference network devices. A second intermediate location of the wireless network device and a distance calibration constant can be calculated based on the locations of the reference network devices, the intermediate location, and/or round trip transit times between the wireless network device and each reference network device. The location of the wireless network device can be iteratively estimated based, at least in part, on the second intermediate location and the distance calibration constant. | 03-21-2013 |
20130072221 | System and Method For Electronic Communications Between Users In A Similar Geographic Location - A method and system are provided providing electronic communications between users in a similar geographic location. Mobile devices determine geographic location information based on signals received from external devices, such as GPS satellites or cell sites, and web browsers determine geographic location using external devices or third party software, such as Google Loader, or based on the IP address of the computer running the web browser. The system receives geographic location information from a mobile device or web browser in addition to a user-input message. The system distributes the message to users of the system with geographic locations within a predetermined distance from the geographic location that the message was input. | 03-21-2013 |
20130072222 | METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR GATHERING USER EQUIPMENT LOCATION INFORMATION - A non-transitory computer readable medium and a method for gathering user equipment (UE) location information from a radio access network (RAN), the method may include: intercepting a UE location message sent from the RAN towards a core network element configured to process UE location messages, wherein the intercepting is executed by an intermediate entity positioned between the RAN and the core network element; extracting UE location information from the UE location message; and preventing the core network element from receiving the location information embedded in the UE location message. | 03-21-2013 |
20130072223 | LOCATION-BASED DECISION MAKING FOR ASSET TRACKING DEVICES - A method of creating geographic zones may include receiving a selection of a first geographic zone located at least partially within a geographic region, storing a tree data structure that represents the first geographic zone, and sending the tree data structure to be stored on one or more asset tracking devices. The tree data structure may include a plurality of nodes organized into parent-child relationships where each of the nodes represents geographic areas. A root node may represent the geographic region, each child node may represent a sub-area of a geographic area represented by the respective parent node, each node may represent a geographic area that at least partially overlaps with the first geographic zone, and each node representing a geographic area that is entirely within the first geographic zone may include an identifier associated with the first geographic zone. | 03-21-2013 |
20130072224 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An information processing apparatus, method and computer program product estimate position information of the information processing apparatus. A positioning unit determines a position. A storage unit stores positional information obtained by the positioning unit. An estimating unit estimates, when it is determined that the positioning unit does not receive information to perform positioning, an estimated distance of a movement in a first period T | 03-21-2013 |
20130072225 | METHODS CIRCUITS SYSTEMS AND ASSOCIATED COMPUTER EXECUTABLE CODE FOR LOCALIZING AND MESSAGING A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Disclosed are methods, circuits, systems and associated computer executable code for detecting the presence of a mobile computing device in a specific area. Included are means for receiving a message from the mobile device including a coarse location indicator, determining that the received coarse location indicator is in proximity with one or more local (e.g. retailer) stations, and causing at least one of the one or more local stations to transmit a mobile device specific poling signal to the device. | 03-21-2013 |
20130072226 | Systems and Methods for Tracking Mobile Devices - The present application provides for mobile, wireless devices to be tracked passively using triangulation (via cellular towers or solar canopies as explained in some of the related applications identified above and expressly incorporated herein by reference) to provide information to a service regarding when a client device accesses the area. When the client device enters an identified location, which may be designated by a geo-fence, an activation signal is transmitted to the mobile, wireless device to activate a global positioning location module, which provides more accurate position information. The mobile, wireless device may be registered as being located at the identified location. | 03-21-2013 |
20130072227 | Continuous Data Optimization of Moved Access Points in Positioning Systems - Methods and systems of continuously optimizing data in WiFi positioning systems. A location-based services system uses WiFi-enabled devices to monitor WiFi access points in a target area to indicate whether a WiFi access point has moved relative to its previously recorded location. A WiFi-enabled device communicates with WiFi access points within range of the WiFi-enabled device so that observed WiFi access points identify themselves; A reference database is accessed to obtain information specifying a recorded location for each observed WiFi access point in the target area. The recorded location information is used for each of the observed WiFi access points in conjunction with predefined rules to infer whether an observed WiFi access point has moved relative to its recorded location. The reference database is informed of the identity of any observed WiFi access point that is inferred to have moved. | 03-21-2013 |
20130072228 | POST-DEPLOYMENT CALIBRATION FOR WIRELESS POSITION DETERMINATION - Methods and apparatuses are directed to calibrating a misconfigured wireless access point. One method may include receiving a position of mobile station(s) and wireless signal model measurements derived from packets exchanged between the mobile station(s) and a plurality of wireless access points, receiving positions and/or identities of the plurality of wireless access points used in determining the position of the mobile station(s), comparing a position of the mobile station(s) with wireless signal model measurements, and identifying a misconfigured wireless access point based upon the comparing. Another method may include receiving positions associated with a plurality of wireless access points, determining a position of a mobile station based upon a wireless signal model, comparing the position of the mobile station and the wireless signal model with the positions associated with the plurality of wireless access points, and determining whether at least one wireless access point is misconfigured. | 03-21-2013 |
20130072229 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF WIRELESS PROXIMITY AWARENESS - The present application provides a system for proximity awareness for mobile data communication on an electronic communication device comprising a client application on an electronic communication device communicating across a wireless network, and an awareness server that includes a plurality of server objects that monitor multiple devices on a wireless communication network. In addition, the client application on the electronic communication device comprises a plurality of software objects. The client application periodically broadcasts the current wireless tower that the device is communicating on to the awareness server. The awareness server tracks the location of other Tower IDs of other users in the individual's contact list. If there is a match in Tower IDs, an alert is sent to both users that they are in proximity to each other. | 03-21-2013 |
20130079026 | MOBILE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE FOR NEAR FIELD COMMUNICATION (NFC)OPERATIONS AND RELATED METHODS - A mobile wireless communications device may include a satellite position determining device, and a near-field communication (NFC) device being switchable between a first NFC mode and a second NFC mode, wherein the second NFC mode provides a lower power consumption by the NFC device compared to the first NFC mode. A controller may also be coupled with the satellite position determining device and the NFC device. The controller may be configured to switch the NFC device from the first NFC mode to the second NFC mode based upon a determination of movement of the mobile wireless communications device at the rate faster than a threshold rate | 03-28-2013 |
20130079027 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING THE LOCATION OF A STATION IN A WIRELESS ENVIRONMENT - A system for quantifying the shadow fading observed in a wireless environment having multiple wireless access points is also provided. A distance determination module is in signal communication with the wireless access points. The distance determination module determines a distance between a pair of the wireless access points based on location information that relates to the locations of the wireless access points at the wireless environment. A shadow fading determination module is also in signal communication with the wireless access points. The shadow fading determination module determines a shadow fading factor based on the distance between a pair of the wireless access points and based on RSS information received from one of the wireless access points in the pair of wireless access points. | 03-28-2013 |
20130079028 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR UTILIZING LOCATION CAPABLE TWO-WAY RADIO TRANSCEIVERS AS GEO-FENCE POSTS - An infield radio communication device ( | 03-28-2013 |
20130079029 | Multi-modality communication network auto-activation - Disclosed herein are example embodiments for multi-modality communication with network auto-activation. By way of example but not limitation, a network communication device may determine that user interaction with a communication device is to correspond to a second communication modality based, at least partly, on one or more parameters relating to utilization of the communication device. The network communication device may cause activation of at least one feature that causes a communication corresponding to a first communication modality to comprise a multi-modality communication corresponding to the first communication modality and to a second communication modality responsive at least partly to a determination that user interaction with a communication device is to correspond to the second communication modality. | 03-28-2013 |
20130079030 | SPACE RECOGNITION METHOD AND SYSTEM BASED ON ENVIRONMENT INFORMATION - A space recognition system obtains available RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) information for a plurality of fixing devices in the vicinity of a user device in the wireless sensor network environment, collects environment information in a space where the user device is located, and collects environment information in a plurality of spaces in which the fixing devices are respectively located. The system combines the RSSI information and the environment information and performs a recognition function on the combined environment information to recognize the space in which a user having the user device is located. | 03-28-2013 |
20130079031 | UTILIZING RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN PLACES OF RELEVANCE - Methods, systems, computer-readable media, and apparatuses for utilizing relationships between places of relevance are presented. In some embodiments, a mobile computing device may obtain information indicative of a micro-place of relevance visited by the mobile device at a first time. The information may be based on measurements taken by the mobile device at the first time. Further, the mobile device may derive an attribute of the visit to the micro-place of relevance based on the obtained information and a place model that associates micro-places of relevance with macro-places of relevance. | 03-28-2013 |
20130084882 | BECOMING MORE "AWARE" THROUGH USE OF CROWDSOURCING AND DEVICE INTERACTION - Techniques disclosed herein provide for assisted context determination through the use of one or more servers remote to a mobile device. The one or more servers can receive location and/or other information from the mobile device and select, from a list of possible activities, a smaller list of activities a mobile device user is likely engaged in. The one or more servers can return the smaller list to the mobile device, which can use the smaller list to make a faster context determination. In creating the smaller list, the one or more servers can utilize information regarding a region in which the mobile device is located, which can be updated and modified using information received from mobile devices. Furthermore, the one or more servers can gather and share information from nearby mobile devices, enabling a mobile device to use information from nearby mobile devices to facilitate a context determination. | 04-04-2013 |
20130084883 | Location Aware Pre-Caching And Service Delivery - A mobile communication network includes a media controller (MC) for tracking popularity statistics of cells of the network, a location database (LDB) connected to the MC for storing the statistics, a position monitor (PM) connected to the MC for detecting a position of subscribers within the network and at least one local cache (LC) connected to the MC and for pre-storing content to be delivered to the subscribers wherein the MC further includes a communication means for receiving content and subscriber information and for communicating portions of the received information to the PM, to the LDB and to the LC. | 04-04-2013 |
20130084884 | Cell Selection Mechanism in Mobile Relay Operation - The present invention relates to a method in a radio network node of a cellular network, for controlling admission of a UE in a cell covering a region. The method comprises obtaining ( | 04-04-2013 |
20130084885 | INTELLIGENT LOCATION TAGGING FOR DETERMINSTIC DEVICE BEHAVIOR - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, a deterministic device behavior system detects if a device is entering a sensitive location. The sensitive location may be a movie theater, hospital, law enforcement agency, public restroom or locker room, meeting room, factory, or similar location. If the device enters the sensitive location, the device is triggered to query a location database to obtain one or more policies related to deterministic behavior. The policies are transmitted to the device to execute the deterministic behavior while the device is in the sensitive location. The deterministic behavior may include disabling one or more modules of the device such as the camera, microphone, speaker, annunciator, vibrator, and so on, where the use of such modules may be inappropriate or prohibited in the sensitive location. The policies may be implemented manually by the user or automatically by the device. | 04-04-2013 |
20130084886 | PILOT BEACON SYSTEM FOR INDOOR POSITIONING - The system and method uses a one or more pilot beacons to more accurately locate the position of an indoor mobile device. Modulation and level control of the co-pilot beacons provides a third dimension, z-axis, of positioning. An augmented Position Determining Entity (“aPDE”) can be used which does not modify the existing PDE in the network, and facilitates and ensures high-integrity information during a 2D to 3D positioning upgrade. | 04-04-2013 |
20130084887 | USING WIRED ENDPOINTS TO DETERMINE POSITION INFORMATION FOR WIRELESS ENDPOINTS IN A NETWORK - Provided are a computer readable recording media, system, and method for using wired endpoints to determine position information for wireless endpoints in a network. Identification information from a detected wired endpoint connected to the network is received and a command is issued to the detected wired endpoint to cause the detected wired endpoint to transmit signals identifying the wired endpoint. Information is received from a communicating wireless endpoint, comprising one of the wireless endpoints, using wireless communication, including wireless endpoint identification information and information identifying at least one of the wired endpoints transmitting signals received at the wireless endpoint. Position information is determined for the wired endpoint indicated in the information received from the communicating wireless endpoint. Information on the communicating wireless endpoint is updated to associate with the determined position information. | 04-04-2013 |
20130084888 | Location for Minimization of Drive Test in LTE Systems - A method and apparatus for active location acquisition. An active location acquisition controller is included in a device. The active location acquisition controller can be a circuit or code running on a processor included in the device. A measurement collection request is communicated to the device. The device then determines if and how a location information is to be acquired. If the device determines that the location information is to be acquired, the device enables a location acquisition system to acquire the location information and the device then acquires the requested measurement and stores the requested measurement and the location information in the measurement log. If the device determines that the location information is not to be acquired, the device disables a location acquisition system and does not acquire the location information and the device then acquires the requested measurement and stores the requested measurement in the measurement log. | 04-04-2013 |
20130084889 | Spatial Arrangement of a Plurality of Communication Devices and Method for Determining the Spatial Position of a Device - In order to determine the spatial position of a device (D), the device receives position data relating to a plurality of transmitters (T | 04-04-2013 |
20130084890 | Method and Devices for Determining the Distance Between a Radio Beacon and an Onboard Unit - System and method for determining the distance between a radio beacon and a vehicle device passing in the radio beacon, in a road toll system. A signal having a known temporal profile is emitted by one of the radio beacon and vehicle device. The signal is captured in the other component during the passing of the device and the temporal profile of the frequency is recorded in relation to the known temporal profile; a modification in the recoded frequency profile exceeding a first threshold value is detected; two distant wave zones in the frequency profile, lying temporally in front of and behind the detected modification are determined, the zones displaying a frequency modification below a second threshold value are searched for; the recorded frequency profile is scaled in such a way that the distant wave zones take the predetermined values; and the distance is determined from the scaled frequency profile. | 04-04-2013 |
20130090129 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING MEDIA SERVICES SUBJECT TO VIEWING RESTRICTIONS - A system that incorporates teachings of the present disclosure may include, for example, determining that a communication device is outside of a restricted viewing area associated with media content and transmitting the media content for presentation at the communication device responsive to that determination. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 04-11-2013 |
20130090130 | System And Method For Matching Using Location Information - In one embodiment, a method executed by at least one processor includes receiving first historical location information identifying a first location area at which a first user was present at a first time and receiving second location information identifying a second location area at which a second user was present at a second time. The method includes determining that the first historical location information and the second location information each correspond to a particular location area and determining that a characteristic related to the first user corresponds to a preference related to the second user. In response to these determinations, the method includes causing information related to the first user to be presented to the second user. The information related to the first user includes the first location area of the first user relative to the second location area of the second user. | 04-11-2013 |
20130090131 | NFC TAG LOCATION - A computer implemented method includes receiving a tag identifier from a user device, concluding that a location storage does not comprise a valid location for the received tag identifier, obtaining location of the user device, and updating the location of the user device as a location associated with the received tag identifier in the location storage. | 04-11-2013 |
20130090132 | NUMBER OF TERMINAL ESTIMATION DEVICE AND NUMBER OF TERMINAL ESTIMATION METHOD - A number-of-terminals estimation device has a unit to acquire location data; a unit to acquire location acquisition time information of second location data immediately preceding the first location data and third location data immediately following the first location data, from location data including the same identification information; a unit to calculate a feature amount of the first location data, based on at least two of the location acquisition time information of the first to third location data; a unit to acquire observation target location data including location acquisition time information after an observation start time and before an observation end time and including location information corresponding to observation area information; and a unit to estimate the number of terminals located in the observation area during the observation period, based on feature amounts of the observation target location data and the length of the observation period. | 04-11-2013 |
20130095846 | FEMTOCELL MEASUREMENTS FOR MACRO BEAM STEERING - A system and methodology that can utilize attachment data collected by a set of femto access points (FAPs) to localize, predict, and/or weight potential wireless communication traffic within and between areas, is provided. Moreover, the attachment data can be indicative of user equipment (UE) density/traffic within coverage areas of respective femtocells. The attachment data can be consolidated and analyzed to identify location and motion of a UE “swarm”. Moreover an automatic cell planning (ACP) component can be employed to utilize the attachment data for determining an optimal macro site and optimal antenna setting(s) that facilitate steering/tuning the macro antenna beam to focus upon the swarm area. In addition, the ACP component can facilitate reconfiguration of the macro antenna beam as reported swarm concentrations shift between the FAPs. | 04-18-2013 |
20130095847 | METHOD FOR WIRELESS DEVICE LOCATION USING AUTOMATIC LOCATION UPDATE VIA A PROVISIONING DEVICE AND RELATED APPARATUS AND SYSTEM - A method includes identifying a location of a provisioning device at the provisioning device. The method also includes providing data from the provisioning device to a field device in an industrial control system in order to provision the field device. The method further includes communicating the identified location to the field device for storage. In addition, the method includes storing the identified location in association with information identifying the field device at the provisioning device. The location of the provisioning device could represent GPS coordinates of the provisioning device. Also, the data and the identified location can be provided to the field device through an out-of-band communication interface, such as a direct wired interface and an infrared interface. | 04-18-2013 |
20130095848 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INDOOR RF MAPPING - A method is disclosed for determining a location of a mobile electronic device. The mobile electronic device receives an RF signal providing RF fingerprint data and receives a third party location estimate from a third party service. Location data is collected by a dead reckoning system and corresponds to RF fingerprint data and third party estimates collected for a plurality of locations. A correlation between the RF fingerprint data, the third party location estimates, and location data is determined providing a transform for transforming the third party location estimates into a more accurate location estimate of the mobile electronic device. | 04-18-2013 |
20130095849 | SYSTEM AND/OR METHOD FOR PEDESTRIAN NAVIGATION - Disclosed are methods, apparatuses and systems for tracking a location of a mobile device based, at least in part, on measurements over time. In response to measurements, particles in a motion model may be propagated in a first routing graph covering an area. Propagated particles may be indicative of a direction of movement along a second routing graph covering the same area or a larger area in some embodiments. | 04-18-2013 |
20130095850 | Local area network assisted positioning - A system and method of locating a position of a wireless device in range of one or more base stations. Three signals are received that each contain a unique identifier for a base station. An estimate of the distance between the wireless device and each base station is performed. Previously determined locations for each base station are referenced. At least one of the three base stations is capable of communication to remote locations and unavailable to the wireless device for communication to remote locations. | 04-18-2013 |
20130095851 | System and Method for Wireless Communications Activity Within a Predetermined Area and for Generating Messages to Selected Communication Devices - A system and method is disclosed for detecting the presence and level of wireless communications activity within a predetermined area, without disclosing the identity of the wireless users, and for generating a message to certain information and communications devices in response to the detection of a predetermined level of wireless communications activity within the predetermined area. The information detected also may include information relating to the general direction and rate of movement of detected wireless devices. The message generated in response to the detection of wireless communications activity may include wireless messages, including Short Message Service (SMS) messages, to persons desiring or needing to receive such information; messages to public officials and other interested persons; and automatic signals to devices such as computers, computer networks (including the internet and wireless networks), facsimile machines, signs, lights, loudspeakers, and other devices providing information through other communication and information media. | 04-18-2013 |
20130095852 | Methods and Apparatus for Mobile Station Location Estimation - Methods and apparatus for estimating mobile station location include receiving reported signal strengths or other attachment indicator values from a mobile station. The reported signal strengths are compared with characteristic received signal strength values in a coverage area of a mobile network. A mobile switching center determines if a local function is requested and initiates a location estimation process by a mobile location module (MLM). The MLM receives the reported signal strength contours associated with the attachment points. Based on a comparison of the reported attachment indicator values with characteristic values, the MLM provides a mobile location estimate. | 04-18-2013 |
20130095853 | System and Method of UMTS UE Location Using Uplink Dedicated Physical Control Channel And Downlink Synchronization Channel - A system and method for estimating a location of a wireless device in a wireless communication system having a plurality of nodes and a plurality of location measurement units (“LMUs”). A set of signal samples from a first wireless device and a second wireless device may be collected by one or more LMUs in a search window. A first time of arrival (“TOA”) is determined, and a second search window is estimated as a function of the first TOA. A second TOA may be determined within the second search window at a second node or one of the LMUs from the set of signal samples. A range estimate of the wireless device may then be determined, and an estimated location of the wireless device may be determined as a function of the first uplink TOA, the second uplink TOA, or the range estimate and second TOA. | 04-18-2013 |
20130095854 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR USE IN LOCATION DETERMINATION - An apparatus is provided that includes circuitry configured for location determination arranged to obtain a geographic location of the apparatus; circuitry configured receiving connection point identification data, the connection point identification data useable in providing a wireless communication path to a remote circuitry providing a connection point, and wherein the connection point identification data is associated with a geographic location of the remote circuitry; and circuitry configured for associating one or more instances of the geographic location of the apparatus, as provided by the circuitry configured for location determination, with corresponding instances of the connection point identification data. This associating may be used to cross-check/validate the geographical location provided by the circuitry configured for location determination. | 04-18-2013 |
20130102323 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR USE IN DETERMINING A MOTION STATE OF A MOBILE DEVICE - Techniques are provided which may be implemented using various methods and/or apparatuses in a mobile device to classify and/or otherwise determine a “motion state” of the mobile device. The mobile device may, for example, classify a motion state of the mobile device based on sensed data (e.g., from inertial sensors, environmental sensors, etc.) that may be filtered based on a vibration profile. A motion state may then affect operation of one or more other functions performed or supported by the mobile device. | 04-25-2013 |
20130102324 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE RELATIVE LOCALIZATION - Techniques for generating a real-time 3D position of one device relative another device are described herein. In one embodiment, a first device may be equipped with one or more transmitters and receivers to collect location information based on direct localized signal transmission between the first device and a second device. The first device may also be equipped with an accelerometer and/or digital compasses to assist in resolving ambiguous locations when the first device and the second device are not at an alignment position. Each device may transmit part or all of its collected location information to another device to assist in obtaining the relative location. Alternatively, a separate server may receive the location information from the devices and calculate the relative location of each device based on the received location information. | 04-25-2013 |
20130102325 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING THE LOCATION OF A FEMTOCELL - A system and method of determining the geographical location of a femtocell ( | 04-25-2013 |
20130102326 | Mobile Telephone Sudden Impact Warning and Reporting Feature - A warning system for wireless mobile telephones that notifies designated users and broadcast an audible sound when suddenly de-acceleration. The telephone is coupled to a wireless telephone transmitter configured to operate with a nearby compatible wireless telephone network. The telephone includes a display, a speaker, an internal accelerometer and a programmable, impact-activated software program loaded into its working memory. The software program when executed continuously monitors for triggering signals from the internal accelerometer. When a triggering signal is produced, the software program is activated into an alarm state which then performs the notifications tasks designated by the user during the setup steps. The software program is configured to presents various input menus on the display that enables the user to turn the system ON and OFF, selective an alarm mode to be used, select a pre-alarm time period, an alarm duration period, and adjust the sensitivity of the accelerometer. | 04-25-2013 |
20130102327 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE ASSISTED EVENT DETECTION AND AREA OF INTEREST DETERMINATION - An approach is provided for determining the existence of an event based on information collected from mobile devices. Reception is caused, at least in part, of media from a plurality of mobile devices. A plurality of event vectors for the respective mobile devices is determined. Each of the event vectors includes geo-location information and timing information of the corresponding mobile device. The existence of the event is determined based on the received media and the event vectors. | 04-25-2013 |
20130109404 | LOCATION-BASED HOME SERVICES AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT | 05-02-2013 |
20130109405 | Fingerprinting with Radio Channel Related Information | 05-02-2013 |
20130109406 | COMMISSIONING SYSTEM FOR SMART BUILDINGS | 05-02-2013 |
20130115969 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CELL PHONE TARGETING AND TRACKING - In one preferred embodiment the present invention will provide a system and method for tracking a plurality of user cell phones within a defined coverage area, including indoor areas of a buildings and/or within sub-surface structures. Such a system will include: at least one cell phone located within a predefined coverage area; a direction finding receiver, comprising a plurality of sensors, for receiving transmissions from the cell phone; and a location server for calculating the position and tracking movement of the cell phone. In another preferred embodiment, the inventive system will further comprise at least one local cell through which the tracked cell phone communicates with a cellular phone network. | 05-09-2013 |
20130115970 | MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, SWITCHING STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile terminal apparatus for acquiring positional information includes a determination unit configured to determine in acquisition of the positional information whether a measurement condition for measurement of radio quality measurement and investigation of a network is set to the mobile terminal apparatus, a measurement control unit configured to, if the determination unit determines that the measurement condition is set, control to perform the measurement of the radio quality measurement and investigation of the network, a report information generation unit configured to generate report information including a measurement result of the radio quality measurement and investigation of the network and the positional information, and a transmitting unit configured to transmit the report information generated by the report information generation unit to the network. | 05-09-2013 |
20130115971 | CORRELATING WIRELESS SIGNALS TO A LOCATION ON AN IMAGE USING MOBILE SENSOR TECHNOLOGIES - Using ground truth events and sensors available on a first mobile device, an algorithm executed at the first mobile device determines the mobile device's position; the first mobile device also obtains wireless signal information; the wireless signal information is associated with the position determined via the sensor data and ground truth events; the associated data is stored and may be sent to or used by a second device; the second device may then, for example, detect then-current wireless signal information and may locate the second device by looking up the then-current wireless signal information in the associated data. | 05-09-2013 |
20130122925 | GEOLOCATION INFORMATION STORAGE SYSTEM FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS DATA | 05-16-2013 |
20130122926 | GEOLOCATION DATA PRIORITIZATION SYSTEM - Communication session data from a mobile radio communications network ( | 05-16-2013 |
20130122927 | LOCATION MANAGEMENT OF STATIC/LOW SPEED MOBILE DEVICES - In some examples, a method of tracking device location in a communication network is described. The method may include, detecting at a Machine Type Communication (MTC) device, location indicia from one or more access points (APs) in a vicinity of the MTC device. The method may also include determining, based on the detected location indicia, that a current location of the MTC device is different than a preceding location of the MTC device. The method may also include reporting the detected location indicia to a network end in the communication network. The network end may be configured to update location information of the MTC device in response to receiving the detected location indicia. | 05-16-2013 |
20130122928 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IDENTIFYING AND ACTING UPON STATES AND STATE CHANGES - Systems and methods for determining states and state changes on a personal wireless device, and triggering actions upon these state changes. The personal wireless device includes at least a user interface, a positioning system and a system to determine the device acceleration. Examples of these systems are an accelerometer to determine the device acceleration and GPS (Global Positioning System) to determine the device position. States incurred from user movement include, but are not limited to: walking, driving, stationary. In one embodiment, the location of a parked vehicle is automatically saved, and a user interface to display past parking locations and guide the user to one of these parking locations, is offered. | 05-16-2013 |
20130122929 | Enhancing A-GPS Location Accuracy and Yield With Location Measurement Units and Network Timing Measurements - A system and method for determining the location of a mobile device. One or more location measurement units (LMUs) or components may be requested to provide timing relationship information from a respective cell site. These LMUs may then be tasked to measure uplink times of arrival of signals received by the LMUs from a target mobile device. A response message from the target mobile device may be received, the response message having reference epoch frame information whereby a Global Positioning System (GPS) time estimate at the reference epoch that the target mobile device used to make GPS satellite measurements is determined as a function of the requested timing relationship information. Satellite information may then be determined using the determined GPS time estimate, and a location of the mobile device performed using this satellite information. | 05-16-2013 |
20130122930 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING LOCATION ESTIMATION MESSAGE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for transmitting a message through a terminal in a wireless communication system. The terminal receives positioning reference signals (PRS) from a reference cell and at least one of the neighbor cells, receives an auxiliary data provision message including a reference cell PRS muting sequence for indicating a muting pattern of the PRS transmitted through the reference cell and a neighbor cell PRS muting sequence for indicating the muting pattern of the PRS transmitted through at least one of the neighbor cells from an enhanced serving mobile location center (E-SMLC), and transmits a reference signal time difference (RSTD) measured on the basis of the PRS received from the reference cell and the at least one of the neighbor cells to the E-SMLC. | 05-16-2013 |
20130122931 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An information processing apparatus includes a reception unit receiving measurement information on signal strength from a wireless terminal that measures the signal strength of wireless signals transmitted from base stations, a base station information storage unit storing, for each base station, base station position information and an index showing the reliability of the base station position information, a base station position estimating unit estimating position information of a base station based on the received measurement information, an estimation result evaluating unit calculating an index showing the reliability of the estimated position information of the base station, and an information management unit operable when the calculated index shows higher reliability than the index stored in the base station information storage unit, to update the stored base station position information using the position information estimated by the base station position estimating unit. | 05-16-2013 |
20130130708 | WIRELESS REGULATORY COMPLIANCE BASED ON PHYSICAL LOCATION - A wireless device comprises a first medium access controller (MAC) configured to communicate in a first basic service set (BSS) via a first wireless network and logic coupled to said the MAC. The logic is configured to determine a physical location of the wireless device and implement a communication parameter based on the determined physical location. The communication parameter includes at least one of a frequency, a channel, transmit power, and dynamic frequency selection. | 05-23-2013 |
20130130709 | ROUTING SERVICE FOR COMPUTATION OF A CROSS-STREET ASSOCIATED WITH A GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION - Architecture that computes cross-streets of a geographic location using a dynamic routing service. This also means execution can be local on a mobile device without the need to build an additional index of locations and associated cross-streets. Accordingly, the user can now find the cross-streets of a particular location rather than simply the street address. Upon receiving geolocation data for the geographic location, for which the nearest cross-streets are being determined, routing points from which routes are generated to the main point of interest are selected to be sufficiently distant from the main point of interest, since if the routing points are too close, the route may not yield a route sufficiently detailed from which the cross-streets can be inferred. The output is then cross-streets on either side of the geographic location as a means for providing a quick reference to a user seeking the location. | 05-23-2013 |
20130130710 | Combination of Multiple Baselines for Location Estimation - A method for combining a plurality of individual location measurements, for use in a wireless location system, includes the following steps. A quality metric for a single location estimate is computed along with individual quality metrics and individual weightings for each individual location measurement. In addition, weighting operations incorporating a quality metric for a single location are performed, and the measurement weights are adjusted based on information about co-location groups; and a decision metric and common bias accounting for multiple reference measurements are computed. | 05-23-2013 |
20130130711 | PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF PROVIDING LOCATION-BASED INFORMATION ASSOCIATED WITH AN IMAGE - A portable electronic device comprises an image sensor configured to capture at least one image. The at least one image may be output via an optical output device. A processing device is configured to retrieve geographic information associated with the at least one image, and to identify at least one contact included in a set of contacts of the portable electronic device, the at least one contact having captured at least one other image in a geographic area in which the at least one image was captured. An identifier for the at least one contact is displayed. | 05-23-2013 |
20130130712 | TERMINAL APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING POSITION - A terminal apparatus includes a processor. The processor obtains first information relating to communication states between the terminal apparatus and two or more other terminal apparatuses and between the other terminal apparatuses. The processor identifies using trilateration, based on the first information, first relative positional relationships between the terminal apparatus and the other terminal apparatuses. The processor measures, based on second information detected by a sensor, a movement direction and a movement distance of the terminal apparatus when the terminal apparatus has moved. The processor identifies second relative positional relationships between the terminal apparatus and the other terminal apparatuses after the movement of the terminal apparatus. The processor calculates a relative position and a relative direction of the terminal apparatus relative to the other terminal apparatuses, based on the first relative positional relationships, the second relative positional relationships, and the movement distance and the movement direction of the terminal apparatus. | 05-23-2013 |
20130130713 | SELECTION PROCESS FOR AN APPLICATION IN A TERMINAL AND TERMINAL EXECUTING THIS PROCESS - The process according to various aspects can be executed by a terminal for selecting an application executable at least in part by a secure module incorporated into the terminal, and may include a step for obtaining location information of the terminal, from a memory of the secure module, and a selection step of an application from the obtained location information. | 05-23-2013 |
20130130714 | MATCHING DEVICES BASED ON INFORMATION COMMUNICATED OVER AN AUDIO CHANNEL - A first device periodically transmits a first audio signal that encodes a first code over an audio channel that is shared between the first device and a second device, and the second device periodically transmits a second audio signal that encodes a second code over the audio channel. When the first device receives the second audio signal over the audio channel, the first device extracts the second code from the second audio signal and sends the second code to a server. When the second device receives the first audio signal over the audio channel, the second device extracts the first code from the first audio signal and sends the first code to the server. If the server receives the first code from the second device and/or the second code from the first device, the server can conclude that the first device is in proximity to the second device. | 05-23-2013 |
20130130715 | Methods and Systems for Annotating Target Locations - A system for exchanging GPS or other position data between wireless devices for purposes of group activities, child location monitoring, work group coordination, dispatching of employees etc. Cell phones and other wireless devices with GPS receivers have loaded therein a Buddy Watch application and a TalkControl application. The Buddy Watch application communicates with the GPS receiver and other wireless devices operated by buddies registered in the users phone as part of buddy groups or individually. GPS position data and historical GPS position data can be exchanged between cell phones of buddies and instant buddies such as tow truck drivers via a buddy watch server. Emergency monitoring services can be set up with notifications to programmable individuals in case an individual does not respond. Positions and tracks can be displayed. Target locations can be identified and annotated with text, voice or photo notes, photos, and the locations of buddies. | 05-23-2013 |
20130137448 | Method for estimating the geographical latitude, longitude and elevation of a mobile electronic telecommunication device (TD) - A method for estimating the geographical latitude, longitude and elevation of a mobile electronic telecommunication device (TD) is provided. The method draws random information over a given time period from multiple responders. A triangulation and signal quality analysis is performed to determine the possible location of the TD. Using the statistical information and its analysis the location (x, y and z coordinates) as well as the velocity and acceleration of the device is estimated. The present invention provides extremely accurate location information. | 05-30-2013 |
20130137449 | Method of recording proof of driving speeds and related mobile device - A method of recording proof of driving speeds with a mobile device includes receiving position signals indicating a current position of the mobile device, calculating a driving speed at which the mobile device is moving, and searching a speed camera database and determining when the current position of the mobile device is within a threshold distance of a speed camera listed in the speed camera database. When the current position of the mobile device is within the threshold distance of the speed camera, a plurality of consecutive pictures are taken using a camera of the mobile device, each picture showing a time stamp indicating the current time, a geographical tag indicating the current position of the mobile device, and a speed stamp indicating the driving speed at which the mobile device is moving. The pictures are then stored in a storage device. | 05-30-2013 |
20130137450 | ENERGY EFFICIENT LOCATION TRACKING ON SMART PHONES - A GPS-enabled cellular electronic device is operated in an indoor mode. An increase in strength of a cellular signal is detected at the GPS-enabled cellular electronic device. Responsive at least to the increase in cellular signal strength, the GPS-enabled cellular electronic device is transitioned to an outdoor testing mode. Detecting is carried out to determine whether movement of the GPS-enabled cellular electronic device occurs during the outdoor testing mode. If so, the GPS-enabled cellular electronic device is transitioned to an outdoor mode. | 05-30-2013 |
20130137451 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A method includes detecting, at a device coupled to a network, a communication transmitted over the network. The method includes determining whether the communication is associated with an unauthorized data request, and, in response to determining that the communication is associated with the unauthorized data request, determining an access point associated with a source of the communication. The method further includes transmitting a message to a service provider. The message may request identification of mobile communication devices that are located within a threshold distance of the access point. | 05-30-2013 |
20130137452 | TDOA BASED POSITIONING WITH CALCULATION OF CORRECTION FACTORS FOR COMPENSATING THE CLOCK OFFSETS OF UNSYNCHRONIZED NETWORK STATIONS - The present invention presents a method, arrangement and computer program product for clocking exploiting the relative behavior of clocks of individual receiving stations as well as a corresponding modeling to derive a time difference of arrival of a signal from a user device which can be used to correct the time difference of arrival based on the modeled clock behavior and leads to a correct clocking of received user signals without the need of synchronization of the clocks in the various receiving stations. This principle is applicable to a plurality of pairs of receiving stations and beacon signals transmitted amongst them and allows for a correct location estimation of a user device. | 05-30-2013 |
20130137453 | TERMINAL CONTROL APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TERMINAL, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A terminal control apparatus that controls a mobile communication terminal that receives wireless signals at periodical reception times, includes a memory and a processor that estimates a position of the mobile communication terminal at each time including the periodical reception times based on positions identified by the wireless signals, judging whether at least one of the estimated positions is included in a dead zone, based on information indicating the dead zone, calculates, when judged that at least one of the estimated positions is included in the dead zone, at least one time that comes before a time at which the mobile communication terminal enters the dead zone and that comes after one of the periodical reception times before the time at which the mobile communication terminal enters the dead zone, and controls the mobile communication terminal so that the mobile communication terminal receives a wireless signal at the calculated time. | 05-30-2013 |
20130137454 | Positioning Enhancement Systems and Methods - Systems and methods are disclosed to provide positioning enhancement to wireless systems to determine UE positioning using UE measurements. A method implemented by a UE for enabling positioning calculation includes receiving a Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) threshold from a network for filtering positioning measurements and performing a plurality of positioning measurements. The method also includes removing from the positioning measurements each measurement that does not meet the SINR threshold, and sending remaining positioning measurements that meet the SINR threshold to the network. Another method implemented by a network component includes receiving a plurality of positioning measurements with a plurality of corresponding SINRs from a user device and removing from the positioning measurements each measurement with a corresponding SINR that is less than or equal to a pre-determined SINR threshold. The remaining positioning measurements with corresponding SINRs greater than the SINR threshold are then used for positioning calculation. | 05-30-2013 |
20130137455 | WIRELESS ENERGY TRANSFER SYSTEM - A wireless energy transfer system comprising: a transmitter configured to beam scan RF radiation across a plurality of sectors at a first frequency, a receiver storing energy from the RF radiation, and sending acknowledgements at a second frequency, the first frequency being significantly different from the second frequency, and a controller configured to direct wireless energy transfer from the transmitter substantially at the receiver based on the acknowledgements. | 05-30-2013 |
20130137456 | SUMMIT TRACKING AND LOGGING DEVICE - A mobile unit is disclosed for generating a summit log entry in an electronic registry of summits. The unit includes (1) a receiver that is adapted to identify a current position and/or a current time, (2) a local memory being adapted to store the current position or the current time, and (3) a transmitter being adapted to transmit a summit log entry of the mobile unit to a central unit having a summit database. The mobile unit is adapted to combine the current time and/or the current position with a reference for a summit and an identification of a user into a summit log entry. The summit log entry cannot be modified by the user, once it has been created. Similarly, the registry of summits—contained within a central unit—cannot be destroyed or stolen. | 05-30-2013 |
20130137457 | INFRASTRUCTURE FOR LOCATION DISCOVERY - Techniques are generally described for determining locations of a plurality of communication devices in a network. In some examples, methods for creating a location discovery infrastructure (LDI) for estimating locations of one or more of a plurality of communication nodes may comprise one or more of determining a plurality of locations in the terrain to place a corresponding plurality of beacon nodes, determining a plurality of beacon node groups for the placed beacon nodes, and determining a schedule for the placed beacon nodes to be active. Additional variants and embodiments are also disclosed. | 05-30-2013 |
20130137458 | CONTROLLING GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION INFORMATION OF DEVICES OPERATING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus are presented herein for controlling the degree of precision with which geographic information is reported to a requesting entity. A precise geographic location is used to determine an adjusted geographic location, which is then transmitted to the requesting entity rather than the precise geographic location. | 05-30-2013 |
20130137459 | POSITION INFORMATION AGGREGATION DEVICE AND POSITION INFORMATION AGGREGATION METHOD - A position information aggregation device includes a position information receiving unit receives position information related to the positions of a plurality of mobile communication terminals together with a user ID specifying a user of the terminal corresponding to each position information and an address code of the user, an acquisition rate calculating unit that calculates a position information acquisition rate of each address code of the plurality of terminals using population statistics data and position information of each narrow area in a predetermined broad area, and an aggregating unit that aggregates a population distribution in a certain area by extracting the position information corresponding to the certain area based on the position information received by the position information receiving unit and aggregating the position information in which the position information acquisition rate corresponding to the address code included in the position information is reflected. | 05-30-2013 |
20130143584 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USER CONTROL OF LOCATION DETERMINATION - A user can specify rules governing access to location information for a portable device. The rules can impose time, date and location restrictions as well as impose restrictions regarding the type of location information that can be disclosed. The rules for the portable device are stored in association with a unique portable device identifier. Multiple devices owned by the same user can have separate sets of rules or identical rules. A uniform application program interface is provided to permit a third party to request location information. When a request is received, the rules database is accessed to determine whether the request can proceed and what limitations are imposed on the location information. The allowed location information is returned to the third party requester. The system allows the user to allow all or block all location information and provides an override mechanism to allow location information in the event of an emergency call. | 06-06-2013 |
20130143585 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GEOLOCATING A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION UNIT - A method for geolocating a wireless communication unit. The method comprises receiving identifiers for at least two wireless coverage areas visible to the wireless communication unit, obtaining crowd-sourced geographical data for the at least two identified wireless coverage areas, and calculating a geolocation estimate for the wireless communication unit based at least partly on the obtained crowd-sourced geographical data for the at least two identified wireless coverage areas. | 06-06-2013 |
20130143586 | Systems and Methods for Location Sensitive Alerts in a Mobile Communication Network - Systems and methods are provided for providing alerts to users of mobile communications networks based, at least in part, on users' real-time geospatial location at a point in time. Users and third parties set up alerts for themselves or other users that comprise alert details and trigger criteria. Alert details comprise, inter alia, text or other data defining a message to the user to whom the alert is directed. Trigger criteria comprise a geo-fenced area and dates times the alert is active. When the a user enters a geo-fenced area associated with an alert at such date and time the alert is active, the alert is transmitted to the user. | 06-06-2013 |
20130143587 | System and Method for Coordinating Meetings Between Users of a Mobile Communication Network - Systems and methods are provided to coordinate meetings between users of mobile devices on a mobile communications network. Users of the mobile communication network send one another meeting invitations over the network. The system receives the current geospatial position of one or more such users, as well as category selections that relate to attributes of potential meeting locations meetings. The system selects meeting locations for users using the current geospatial positions of the users and the category selections such that meeting locations are located at a geospatial positions between the users. The system can additionally select meeting locations that factor in user preferences and historical activities. | 06-06-2013 |
20130143588 | SYSTEM AND METHODS OF MOBILE GEOLOCATION - A method and system for a cellular mobile communication system ( | 06-06-2013 |
20130143589 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT REPORTING LOCATION INFORMATION AND METHODS THEREOF - Mobile communication circuit reporting location information and methods thereof are provided. The circuit comprises a receiver, a transmitter, and a control circuit. The receiver receives first and second location information requests comprising respective first and second timing periods at first and second reference times respectively. The transmitter transmits first location information at a first reporting time having a first timing lapse from the first reference time in response to the first location information request and the second location information at a second reporting time in response to the second location information request. The control circuit, coupled to the receiver and the transmitter, calculates a timing difference between the first reporting time and the second reporting time, and determines second location information according to the first location information when the timing difference is less than or equal to a predetermined timing difference threshold. | 06-06-2013 |
20130143590 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR USE IN SELECTING A TRANSMITTING DEVICE FOR USE IN A POSITIONING FUNCTION - Methods and apparatuses are provided which may be implemented in various devices having one or more computing platforms to obtain signaling characteristics for one or more transmitting devices. The signaling characteristics may, for example, be based, at least in part, on one or more signals received by a receiving device from the transmitting device(s), and may comprise at least a received signal strength measurement and a propagation time measurement. Such methods and apparatuses may further be implemented to determine whether a mobile station is to use or not use positioning data for one or more transmitting device(s) in a positioning function based, at least in part, on the received signal strength measurement and the propagation time measurement. | 06-06-2013 |
20130143591 | Position Optimization - Described are computer-based methods and apparatuses, including computer program products, for position determination. In some examples, the method includes receiving, by a device, position information from at least one other device. The method further includes modifying, by the device, an initial position based on the position information from the at least one other device to form a refined position. The method further includes transmitting, by the device, the refined position to the at least one other device. The method further includes revising, by the device, the refined position based on refined position information received from the at least one other device to form a final position. | 06-06-2013 |
20130143592 | CLOSED LOOP HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK FOR AUTOMATIC CELL PLANNING - A system and methodology that can utilize measurement data collected by a set of femto access points (FAPs), during a network listen procedure, to detect one or more areas with weak macro network coverage and/or high interference. Moreover, an automatic cell planning (ACP) component can be employed to analyze the measurement data and update a transmission parameter(s) associated with a macro access point. After the update is implemented, the ACP component can trigger another network listen procedure at the set of FAPs and receive new measurement data. The ACP component can evaluate the new measurement data to dynamically verify that the implementation of the update resulted in an improvement of macro network coverage and/or interference within the one or more areas. | 06-06-2013 |
20130143593 | PROCESSING OBJECTS OF A RADIOMAP DATABASE - It is inter alia disclosed to respectively link at least two objects of a plurality of objects to one or more respective regions of a grid of regions. The at least two objects are respectively related to a respective coverage area representation and/or a respective coverage-providing entity. At least two of the at least two objects are associated with each other based on a finding that both have been linked to at least one same region of the grid of regions. At least one of the at least two associated objects is an object related to a first communication system and at least one other of the at least two associated objects is an object related to a second communication system that is different from and/or operated by another operator than said first communication system. | 06-06-2013 |
20130143594 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETECTING A LOCATION OF A WIRELESS DEVICE - In at least one embodiment, an apparatus for determining a location of a portable wireless device in relation to a vehicle is provided. The apparatus comprises a first base station that includes a first transceiver for being positioned about a vehicle. The first transceiver is configured to operate at a first operating frequency for transmitting and receiving at least one first signal to and from the portable wireless device to provide a first distance of the portable wireless device with respect to the vehicle. The first operating frequency generally corresponds to a distance accuracy value and the first distance generally corresponds to an actual distance of the portable wireless device from the vehicle that is adjusted by the distance accuracy value. | 06-06-2013 |
20130143595 | Determining the Position of a Mobile Device Using the Characteristics of Received Signals and a Reference Database - Some embodiments use scanning devices to characterize radio signals received at a number of locations within a geographical area of interest. The signal characteristics along with the location information associated with the characteristics are stored in a centralized reference database. A mobile device characterizes signals it receives at a certain location and compares the characteristics with the signal characteristics stored in the reference database to obtain accurate location information of the certain location. | 06-06-2013 |
20130143596 | SYNCHRONIZING MOBILE AND VEHICLE DEVICES - Location information is received at a mobile device from the memory of a vehicle device. The mobile device is updated based on the location information. Sensor data is received from at least one sensor measuring movement of the mobile device, and an estimated location of the mobile device is calculated based at least in part on the location information and the sensor data. | 06-06-2013 |
20130143597 | POSITION ESTIMATING APPARATUS, POSITION ESTIMATING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An apparatus, method and computer program storage device cooperate to provide a quality position estimation of a mobile communication device by determining a reference area. The reference area includes the position of the mobile communication device as well as a plurality of transmitters. Transmitters that are detected as being outside of the reference area are excluded from contributing to the position estimate. The reference area is centered at a standard position, which may be a previous position or a GPS based position, for example. The range of the reference area includes a component that considers the range of a transmitter, as well as a GPS error or an estimated move distance of the mobile communication device. | 06-06-2013 |
20130150072 | SELECTIVE LOCATION-AWARE PAGING - In one embodiment, a method for efficiently paging home nodes comprises receiving location information from a home node which indicates that a mobile device is attached to the home node, storing the location information in one or more data structures, wherein the location information includes an identity of the mobile device and an identity of the home node, mapping in the one or more data structures the identity of the mobile device to the identity of the home node, receiving a paging request message which contains the identity of a desired mobile device, identifying one or more associated home nodes through the mapping with the identity of the desired mobile device, and forwarding the paging request message to the one or more associated home nodes. | 06-13-2013 |
20130150073 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR UPDATING INFORMATION USED IN GENERATING A SIGNAL PREDICTION MAP - A set of signal prediction map generation parameters, used to generate a signal prediction map to determine mobile device location, are initially modeled as large variance random variables. A network device, e.g., a server, receives estimated positions of mobiles and corresponding signal measurements, e.g., received signal power measurements, taken at those estimated positions by the mobiles. Received signal measurement information and corresponding estimated position information from a mobile is used to update one or more of the signal prediction map generation parameter distributions. After multiple updates to a distribution of a signal prediction map generation parameter, the network node transmits a prediction parameter update signal communicating the new distribution of the signal prediction parameter to be subsequently used by the mobile devices in the system when generating a signal prediction map and estimating its position. | 06-13-2013 |
20130150074 | Crime Investigation Methods, Evidence Generation Methods, And Wireless Communications System Analysis Methods - Crime investigation methods, evidence generation methods, and wireless communications system analysis methods are described. According to one aspect, a crime investigation method includes receiving information regarding a commission of a crime at a time period of interest and at a geographic location of interest, after the receiving and using wireless communications analysis equipment, measuring cellular signals in a geographic area which includes the geographic location of interest during the time period of interest, as a result of the measuring, generating measurement data which is indicative of a parameter of the cellular signals in the geographic area, using the measurement data, calculating a wireless coverage representation for the geographic area and which includes the geographic location of interest, accessing cellular communications records which are indicative of communications via the cellular signals in the geographic area, and using the cellular communications records and the wireless coverage representation, providing information regarding the crime. | 06-13-2013 |
20130150075 | Method and Device for Automatic Vehicle Location Monitoring and Related Communication System - A method of automatic vehicle location (AVL) monitoring for a communication system includes a mobile communication module camping on a cell of the communication system when receiving system information broadcasted by the cell, and the mobile communication module transmitting a message including location information to a location server in the communication system via the cell. | 06-13-2013 |
20130150076 | MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE FOR POSITIONING SYSTEM BASED ON MAGNETIC FIELD MAP AND METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal device for a positioning system based on a magnetic field map and a method thereof, are provided. The mobile terminal includes a memory configured to store a magnetic field map including magnetic field values at positions. The mobile terminal further includes a magnetic field sensor configured to measure a magnetic field value at a position of the mobile terminal. The mobile terminal further includes an inertial measurement unit (IMU) sensor configured to measure an acceleration value and a gyro value of the mobile terminal. The mobile terminal further includes a processor configured to determine the position of the mobile terminal based on the magnetic field map, the magnetic field value, the acceleration value, and the gyro value. | 06-13-2013 |
20130150077 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - Position information indicating the position of a communication apparatus or another communication apparatus when a predetermined message is received from the other communication apparatus, and battery information about the battery of the other communication apparatus are stored. The user is notified of the stored position information and battery information according to a user operation for the communication apparatus. | 06-13-2013 |
20130150078 | SERVICE PROVISION SYSTEM - Under a state where a vehicular navigation apparatus and a cellular phone connect a Bluetooth communication link, the cellular phone acquires position information that is detected by the vehicular navigation apparatus and transmits the position information to a server. The server determines a position of a user who is provided with a service based on the position information received from the cellular phone, and provides the service to the user of which the position is determined. | 06-13-2013 |
20130150079 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING A CHANGE IN A COMMUNICATION SIGNAL AND USING THIS INFORMATION TO IMPROVE SPS SIGNAL RECEPTION AND PROCESSING - Methods and apparatuses for determining a position of a mobile satellite positioning system (SPS) receiver which is coupled to a communication receiver or transceiver. In one exemplary method, a change in a communication signal received by the communication receiver is determined. A parameter, based on the change, is determined, and SPS signals from SPS satellites are processed according to the parameter. According to further details of this method, the change involves the fluctuation of the level of the communication signal and the parameter is a motion information which specifies a frequency range for searching for SPS signals in the process of acquiring the SPS signals from SPS satellites. In an alternative embodiment the change in the communication signal is a change in the transmitted signal in response to power control commands. Apparatuses, such as a mobile communication system which includes an SPS receiver and a communication receiver, are also described. | 06-13-2013 |
20130150080 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING LOCATION INFORMATION FOR A MOBILE HANDSET - Location of a mobile handset is facilitated. A system includes three or more location measurement units that each correspond to a sector of the cell site. The location measurement units transmit location related information to a computation component. The computation component receives the location related information and performs a triangulation calculation on the information to define the location of the mobile handset. | 06-13-2013 |
20130150081 | ESTIMATING A LOCATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE - The approximate location of a directed cell of a cellular network is calculated based on locations in the vicinity of which mobile devices were able to detect the directed cell. A mobile device is able to estimate its own location from the approximate locations of one or more directed cells that it can identify. This estimated location of the mobile device may be used to seed its GPS receiver. | 06-13-2013 |
20130150082 | USING SIGNAL-GENERATED LOCATION INFORMATION TO IDENTIFY AND LIST AVAILABLE DEVICES - A wireless detecting device may be operable to receive one or more signals from a corresponding one or more wireless devices within range of the wireless detecting device. A list of the corresponding one or more wireless devices within range of the wireless detecting device may be displayed on the wireless detecting device. Based on the received one or more signals from the corresponding one or more wireless devices, distance, range or geographic location of the one or more wireless devices, relative to the wireless detecting device may be indicated on the wireless detecting device. | 06-13-2013 |
20130150083 | LOCATION BASED, SOFTWARE CONTROL OF MOBILE DEVICES - Methods are disclosed for controlling mobile computing devices such as laptops, PDAs and cellular telephones, based on their location. A mobile computing device may include a software-rendered map of defined geographic regions, location handlers for defining behavior of a mobile device in a given geographic region, and a location handling engine for determining when a new geographic zone has been entered and exited, and for executing and terminating location handlers accordingly. | 06-13-2013 |
20130157682 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOCATION DETERMINATION AND NAVIGATION USING TEXTUAL INFORMATION - Methods and systems for location determination and navigation using textual information may comprise capturing images of sources of textual information in the vicinity of a wireless communication device (WCD). Text may be extracted from the sources and a position of the WDC may be determined based on a comparison of the extracted text a stored database of textual information. An orientation of the text may be sensed and may be utilized with the extracted text and determined distances from the sources for the position determining. Locations of the sources and/or the captured images may be stored in the database. An instruction to capture images in a different orientation may be received when the positioning does not meet an accuracy requirement. A distance from the sources of textual information may be determined based on known optical properties of a camera in the WCD, such as focal length and/or and focus setting. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157683 | INDOOR LOCALIZATION USING COMMERCIAL FREQUENCY-MODULATED SIGNALS - A commercial frequency-modulated (FM) radio signal indoor localization system and method for finding a location of a mobile embedded device (such as a smartphone) within a building. Indoor localization is performed by receiving commercial FM radio signals on the device, analyzing the signals using signal quality metrics, and generating signal quality vectors for each signal and signal quality metric used for the signal. The signal quality metric can be any physical signal quality indicator. The signal quality vectors are added to obtain a current location fingerprint. The current location fingerprint is compared to fingerprints stored in a fingerprint database. The location associated with the stored fingerprint that is the closest match to the current fingerprint location is designated as the current location in the building of the mobile embedded device. Locally generated radio signals can be used in conjunction with the commercial FM radio signals to improve localization accuracy. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157684 | CROWD DETECTION AND GUIDANCE ON MOBILE DEVICES - Systems and methods to detect an overcrowded area and to provide guidance to people in and in the vicinity of the overcrowded area are provided. A census module is configured to determine a number of mobile client machines located in a defined geographical area. A capacity module is configured to determine that a capacity assigned to the defined geographical area is exceeded. The capacity is a number of people that is used to provide an indication that the defined geographical area is overcrowded. The determination is based on the number of mobile client machines located in the defined geographical area. An exit module is configured to assign an exit route to an exit of the defined geographical area to a client machine of the mobile client machines within the defined geographical area. A navigation module is configured to transmit instructions comprising the exit route to the client machine. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157685 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INCREASING ACCURACY OF WI-FI BASED REAL-TIME LOCATION SYSTEM (RTLS) DEVICES - A method and system for increasing accuracy of Wi-Fi based Real-Time Location System (RTLS) devices is disclosed. The method comprising determining whether a mobile device is in a dampening state and determining a Wi-Fi dampening factor if the mobile device is in the dampening state. The dampening factor is applied to a plurality of Wi-Fi signal strength readings to correct inaccurate readings caused by the dampened state. The system comprises a sensor module for determining whether a mobile device is in a dampening state, and a dampening factor calculator for determining a dampening factor, when the mobile device is in the dampening state. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157686 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND TRACKING METHOD - The disclosure provides an electronic device and a tracking method adapted for the apparatus. The device predefines a time period according to the requirement of a user and an alarm or information receiving party with which the device can communicate. If the device remains stationary during the time period, the device acquires a current location thereof and sends the location to the receiving party using another phone number, or an e-mail address. Therefore, the user associated with the receiving party can track and know the location of the device in real time. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157687 | WIRELESS NETWORK SYSTEM AND WIRELESS TERMINAL CONNECTING METHOD - A wireless network system includes wireless base stations, wireless terminals and a server. Each wireless terminal includes a terminal communications circuit configured to connect the terminal itself to each wireless base station, to get a first piece of information about a communication condition of ongoing communication between itself and each wireless base station, to connect the terminal itself to another wireless terminal, to get a second piece of information about a communication condition of ongoing communication between the two wireless terminals, and to send the first and second pieces of information to the server. The server includes: a server communications circuit configured to get the first and second pieces of information from the terminal communications circuit of each wireless terminal; and a processing circuit configured to locate the wireless terminals by reference to the first and second pieces of information and to output information about their locations. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157688 | MOBILE PHONE NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - A system and methods for maintaining or optimising a mobile phone network by spatially correlating geolocated radio access network (RAN) performance measurement data and geolocated subscriber account data, which in embodiments provides additional technical information on the RAN performance. These data are integrated in a spatial data structure and provided with a spatial querying and data correlation system for identifying, and addressing problem areas of the RAN. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157689 | TERMINAL-COUNT ESTIMATION DEVICE AND TERMINAL-COUNT ESTIMATION METHOD - A number-of-terminals estimation device includes: a location data acquisition unit to acquire location data which are a collection of multiple pieces of location information including location registration information; a first presence count estimation unit to estimate a first presence count to be the number of terminals in observation area during observation period, based on the location data; a signal removal unit to extract location data in accordance with a type of location data from the location data; a second presence count estimation unit to estimate a second presence count to be the number of terminals in observation area during observation period, based on extracted location data; and a third presence count estimation unit to estimate a third presence count to be the number of terminals in observation area during observation period, based on one or both of first and second presence counts. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157690 | METHOD AND DEVICES FOR INTERFACING A PLURALITY OF MOBILE ELEMENTS WITH A COMPUTER SYSTEM IN REAL TIME - The subject of the invention is in particular the real-time interfacing of a plurality of mobile elements with a computing system. After having selected at least one location module integrated into a mobile element, the at least one location module is activated sequentially. At least one signal is then received from the at least one activated location module and at least one item of information relating to the position of the mobile element including the at least one activated location module is calculated in real time on the basis of the at least one signal received. A single location module may be activated at a given instant. | 06-20-2013 |
20130165137 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COLLECTING AUTOMOBILE-RELATED TRAVEL DATA WITH A SMARTPHONE - A technique for collecting automobile-related travel data is disclosed. The technique involves initiating a travel data collection function of a smartphone in response to a stimulus that emanates from an automobile. Once the travel data collection function has been initiated, automobile-related travel data is collected using a location detection function of the smartphone and then the travel data is communicated from the smartphone to a recipient according to a travel distribution function of the smartphone. | 06-27-2013 |
20130165138 | Computational Systems and Methods for Locating a Mobile Device - Systems and methods are described relating to detecting an indication of a person within a specified proximity to at least one mobile device; and presenting an indication of location of the at least one mobile device at least partially based on the indication of the person within the specified proximity. Additionally, systems and methods are described relating to means for detecting an indication of a person within a specified proximity to at least one mobile device; and means for presenting an indication of location of the at least one mobile device at least partially based on the indication of the person within the specified proximity. | 06-27-2013 |
20130165139 | Computational Systems and Methods for Locating a Mobile Device - Systems and methods are described relating to accepting a query from a radio-frequency identification object associated with at least one mobile device; and presenting an indication of location of the at least one mobile device at least partially based on the query response from the radio-frequency identification object associated with the at least one mobile device. Additionally, systems and methods are described relating to means for accepting a query from a radio-frequency identification object associated with at least one mobile device; and means for presenting an indication of location of the at least one mobile device at least partially based on the query response from the radio-frequency identification object associated with the at least one mobile device. | 06-27-2013 |
20130165140 | Computational Systems and Methods for Locating a Mobile Device - Systems and methods are described relating to accepting an indication of an inertial impact associated with at least one mobile device; and presenting an indication of location of the at least one mobile device at least partially based on accepting the indication of the inertial impact associated with the at least one mobile device. Additionally, systems and methods are described relating to means for accepting an indication of an inertial impact associated with at least one mobile device; and means for presenting an indication of location of the at least one mobile device at least partially based on accepting the indication of the inertial impact associated with the at least one mobile device. | 06-27-2013 |
20130165141 | Computational Systems and Methods for Locating a Mobile Device - Systems and methods are described relating to accepting a query from a radio-frequency identification object associated with at least one mobile device; and presenting an indication of location of the at least one mobile device at least partially based on the query response from the radio-frequency identification object associated with the at least one mobile device. Additionally, systems and methods are described relating to means for accepting a query from a radio-frequency identification object associated with at least one mobile device; and means for presenting an indication of location of the at least one mobile device at least partially based on the query response from the radio-frequency identification object associated with the at least one mobile device. | 06-27-2013 |
20130165142 | DETERMINING A LOCATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE USING A LOCATION DATABASE - Methods, program products, and systems for determining a location of a mobile device using a location database are described. The mobile device can host the location database, which can store locations associated with access points. The locations can be distributed in a group of cells of a geographic grid. When the mobile device moves and connects to an access point associated with a location that is outside the group of cells, the mobile device can request an update of the location database. The mobile device can calculate a current location of the mobile device using current access points that are within a communication range of the mobile device by performing a lookup in the location database using identifiers of the current access points. The mobile device can calculate the current location using the locations corresponding to the current access points in the location database. | 06-27-2013 |
20130165143 | TRAINING PATTERN RECOGNITION SYSTEMS FOR DETERMINING USER DEVICE LOCATIONS - A query device scans radio frequencies for visible transmitting devices. The querying device receives at least a signal strength and identifier information associated with each of the transmitting devices. The list of visible devices is used to query a database containing location information for a plurality of visible devices. The list may be sent to a locationing system that may perform a location analysis on the resulting data to return a location to the query device. The weighted average of the locations returned in the database query may be computed to determine the location of the querying device, with the weight for each of the locations being the current signal strength detected by the querying device. Neural network analysis may also be used to determine the location of the querying device. Learning and seeding operations many also be used to populate the database with location information for transmitting devices. | 06-27-2013 |
20130165144 | DATABASE SEEDING WITH LOCATION INFORMATION FOR WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS - A query device scans radio frequencies for visible transmitting devices. The querying device receives at least a signal strength and identifier information associated with each of the transmitting devices. The list of visible devices is used to query a database containing location information for a plurality of visible devices. The list may be sent to a locationing system that may perform a location analysis on the resulting data to return a location to the query device. The weighted average of the locations returned in the database query may be computed to determine the location of the querying device, with the weight for each of the locations being the current signal strength detected by the querying device. Neural network analysis may also be used to determine the location of the querying device. Learning and seeding operations many also be used to populate the database with location information for transmitting devices. | 06-27-2013 |
20130165145 | Method to Modify Calibration Data Used to Locate a Mobile Unit - A method of modifying calibration data used to geo-locate a mobile station located in an indoor environment is disclosed. When a mobile station is located indoors, the signal strength of signals received and/or transmitted by the mobile station have the tendency to be lower than the strength of the signals received by a mobile station located outdoors. As a result of these lower signal strengths, geo-location efforts which rely on signal strengths may result in unsatisfactory location accuracy. Modifying pre-existing calibration data obtained outdoors may provide a way to simulate indoor calibration data characteristics. | 06-27-2013 |
20130165146 | Method and System for Validating a Vehicle-To-X-Message and Use of the Method - A method for validating a vehicle-to-X message, in which the message is received by an antenna arrangement having a least two antenna elements connected with a communication device. An electromagnetic field strength of the message is recorded based on different reception characteristics with different power densities, wherein the message includes an absolute position of a transmitter, and an absolute position of a receiver determined on the basis of global satellite navigation or on a map comparison. A first relative position of the transmitter is calculated from the absolute positions of the receiver and the transmitter. A second relative position is calculated from the ratio of the power densities or read out from a reference diagram. If a comparison of the first and second relative positions reveals a large degree of correspondence, the message is validated, and if a large degree of deviation is detected, the message is rejected. | 06-27-2013 |
20130172004 | Computational Systems and Methods for Locating a Mobile Device - Systems and methods are described relating to detecting an indication of a person within a specified proximity to at least one mobile device; and presenting an indication of location of the at least one mobile device at least partially based on the indication of the person within the specified proximity. Additionally, systems and methods are described relating to means for detecting an indication of a person within a specified proximity to at least one mobile device; and means for presenting an indication of location of the at least one mobile device at least partially based on the indication of the person within the specified proximity. | 07-04-2013 |
20130172005 | CALCULATING WI-FI ACCESS POINT LOCATIONS USING WAVE OF DISCOVERY - A wireless network having a plurality of access points that automatically share positional information with each other without using a central server is disclosed. Each access point includes processor to generate location information associated with the respective access point, a location table having a plurality of entries each for storing location information associated with a corresponding one of the plurality of access points, and a transmitter to automatically broadcast all location information stored in the location table to other visible access points in response to an update in one or more of the entries. | 07-04-2013 |
20130172006 | HYBRID LOCATION USING A WEIGHTED AVERAGE OF LOCATION READINGS AND SIGNAL STRENGTHS OF WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS - A query device scans radio frequencies for visible transmitting devices. The querying device receives at least a signal strength and identifier information associated with each of the transmitting devices. The list of visible devices is used to query a database containing location information for a plurality of visible devices. The list may be sent to a locationing system that may perform a location analysis on the resulting data to return a location to the query device. The weighted average of the locations returned in the database query may be computed to determine the location of the querying device, with the weight for each of the locations being the current signal strength detected by the querying device. Neural network analysis may also be used to determine the location of the querying device. Learning and seeding operations many also be used to populate the database with location information for transmitting devices. | 07-04-2013 |
20130172007 | Single-Site Localization via Multipath Fingerprinting - Single-site localization of wireless emitters in a rich multipath environment is presented. The localization method is based on exploiting the spatio-temporal characteristics of the multipath signals, referred to as the multipath fingerprint, as captured by the base station antenna array. The method is applicable to all modern communication techniques such as WiFi and LTE and to any rich multipath environment in indoors and outdoors. | 07-04-2013 |
20130172008 | System and Method for Determining the Location of a Mobile Device - A system and method for determining the location of a mobile device. A first set of signals from a plurality of radio frequency (“RF”) sources may be received at a mobile device and then downconverted into a second set of signals. The mobile device may then time stamp the second set of signals and transmit the time stamped signals to a location determining system. The location of the mobile device may be determined at the location determining system as a function of the time stamped signals. | 07-04-2013 |
20130172009 | Methods and apparatuses for use in determining a location of a mobile device within a mutli-level physical structure - Methods and apparatuses are provided that may be implemented in a mobile device to determine that the mobile device is located within a particular level of a multi-level physical structure based, at least in part, on a comparison of measured wireless signals and stored measurements of wireless signals. | 07-04-2013 |
20130172010 | METHOD FOR GENERATING IN-BUILDING PROPAGATION ENVIRONMENT MAPS AND DEVICE THEREFOR - An apparatus for generating in-building radiowave environment maps, includes: an in-building map providing unit configured to provide in-building map data to a radiowave measurement device; a reference point setting unit configured to interwork with the radiowave measurement device and set up a reference point of specific area in the in-building map data; a location estimating unit configured to estimate a mobile location of the radiowave measurement device by using motion sensor information received from the radiowave measurement device; a radiowave environment collecting unit configured to collect radiowave environment information from the radiowave measurement device; and an in-building radiowave environment mapping unit configured to generate an in-building radiowave environment map by storing the radiowave environment information onto the in-building map data matchingly with every piece of location estimation information on the mobile location estimated based on the reference point. | 07-04-2013 |
20130178226 | Method of Positioning Using Wireless Signals and Inertial Measurement Units, Electronic Device, and Positioning System Using the Same Method - A method of positioning using wireless signals and an inertial measurement unit is provided. The method includes the following steps: providing a wireless signal strength data base, wherein the wireless signal strength database gathers a radio map and a plurality of wireless signal strength information corresponding to a plurality of orientations at all grid positions on the radio map; using the inertial measurement unit to detect a current orientation at a current position where the electronic device is located; detecting a current wireless signal strength information of the electronic device corresponding to the current orientation at the current position; and determining the current position according to the current orientation, the current wireless signal strength information, and the wireless signal strength data base. | 07-11-2013 |
20130178227 | PROVIDING INDOOR LOCATION, POSITION, OR TRACKING OF A MOBILE COMPUTER USING A ROOM DIMENSION - An apparatus and method for providing indoor location, position, or tracking of a mobile computer using range finding measurements. A dimension of a building is determined based on a range finding measurement. The dimension is used to determine the location of the mobile computer in the building. | 07-11-2013 |
20130178228 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING ANTENNA PROBABILITIES IN SUB-AREAS OF A GEOGRAPHICAL AREA - A system and method are provided for determining antenna probabilities for a plurality of sub-areas of a geographic area covered by a plurality of antennas. In this regard, the antenna probabilities may indicate for each of the plurality of sub-areas a probability that in a respective sub-area a field strength of a particular antenna is higher than a field strength of at least one other of the plurality of antennas, and may indicate the probability that a mobile communication terminal, located in the respective sub-area, uses the particular antenna for communicating. The antenna probabilities may be determined based on field strengths. The antenna probabilities for the plurality of sub-areas may be determined based on normal distributions of field strengths. In this regard, expected field strengths for antenna(s) in each sub-area may be calculated. The real field strengths may be measured, such as by use of mobile terminals. | 07-11-2013 |
20130178229 | Systems and Methods for Providing Geolocation Using Wireless Signals - A system and method for determining location of a wireless communications device using wireless signals. A radio signal is transmitted by each of multiple base stations and received by a wireless communications device. The wireless device captures the waveform of the received radio signal and stores the received radio signal with a time at which the signal was received. The signal is demodulated to a data stream and passed through a virtual transmitter module to recreate the transmitted signal. A time shift for the received signal is calculated, and a position of the wireless device relative to the base stations is determined based on the time shift. A location of the wireless device is determined based on a location of the base stations and the position of the device relative to the base stations. | 07-11-2013 |
20130178230 | ALTITUDE ESTIMATION USING A PROBABILITY DENSITY FUNCTION - Methods, program products, and systems of location estimation using a probability density function are disclosed. In general, in one aspect, a server can estimate an effective altitude of a wireless access gateway using harvested data. The server can harvest location data from multiple mobile devices. The harvested data can include a location of each mobile device and an identifier of a wireless access gateway that is located within a communication range of the mobile device. The server can calculate an effective altitude of the wireless access gateway using a probability density function of the harvested data. The probability density function can be a sufficient statistic of the received set of location coordinates for calculating an effective altitude of the wireless access gateway. The server can send the effective altitude of the wireless access gateway to other mobile devices for estimating altitudes of the other mobile devices. | 07-11-2013 |
20130178231 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COOPERATIVE STOCHASTIC POSITIONING IN A MOBILE ENVIRONMENT - Cooperative stochastic positioning in a mobile environment is provided. Position announcements transmitted wirelessly from objects in the immediate area are received at an object of interest or primary object. The position announcements provide the current position data of the respective object in relation to a common coordinate system. The received position announcements are discretizing to obtain a plurality of data groupings based upon a clustering criteria applied to the received position data. Clustering of the data groupings is performed to determine which clusters dataset from the data groupings provide sufficient and consistent position accuracy to determine a relative position of the primary object. A stochastic automata model is then applied to selected cluster dataset to evaluate relative cluster weights in order to determine the relative position of the object of interest. The accuracy of a current position of the object of interest can then be updated based upon determined relative position. | 07-11-2013 |
20130183998 | FINDING WIRELESS NETWORK ACCESS POINTS - Methods, computer-readable media, and computer systems for finding wireless network access points. Geographic location information describing a geographic location of a computer system within a geographic area is received. From a storage medium that stores information defining multiple geographic cells and, for each cell, information defining multiple wireless network access points, a particular geographic cell within which the geographic location described by the geographic location information is located is identified. Access points within the particular geographic cell are identified, and provided in response to receiving the geographic location information. | 07-18-2013 |
20130183999 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-RESOLUTION ADAPTIVE POSITIONING - Various embodiments are directed to methods and apparatus for mobile device position determination and the efficient communication of mobile device position related information. In different areas different types of reference signals may be available to be used by a mobile device for position determination. Some types of references signal may be well suited for short range in an indoor environment, e.g., audio signals, Bluetooth signals and Wi-Fi signals, while other types of signals may be well suited for an outdoor environment, e.g., GPS signals and cellular base station signals. Different types of signals may facilitate different possible resolution accuracies for a position determination. In various embodiments, in different areas within a geographic coverage region, different sets of reference signals are available to be used by a mobile wireless device to determine its position. In some embodiments, different position determination resolutions are used in different area as a function of the reference signal type which is available. | 07-18-2013 |
20130184000 | MOBILE WiFi NETWORK - A method, computer-readable medium, and system are provided for managing a dynamic wireless network. An aspect of this invention is to identify the occurrence of an overlap of coverage areas provided by separate wireless access points, at least one of which is mobile. | 07-18-2013 |
20130184001 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, PROGRAM, INFORMATION MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method provide logic for managing positional information within a communication network. In one implementation, an information management apparatus includes a history information registration unit, a registration determination unit, and a base station information registration unit. The history information registration unit may be configured to register first and second history information within a storage unit. The registration determination unit may determine whether a difference value between time information associated with the first and second history information is less than a threshold value. The base station information registration unit may subsequently register at least position information associated with a communications apparatus and a base station, when the difference value is less than the threshold value. | 07-18-2013 |
20130184002 | WIRELESS POSITIONING APPROACH USING TIME-DELAY OF SIGNALS WITH A KNOWN TRANSMISSION PATTERN - A method of determining the location of a mobile device is provided. The method receives a signal with a known radio transmission pattern at the mobile device from each of several transmitting devices. The method correlates each received signal with a corresponding signal that has a same known radio transmission pattern to determine the time the signal traveled between the corresponding transmitting device and the mobile device. The method determines the location of the mobile device based on the time the signal travelled between the corresponding transmitting device and the mobile device. In some embodiments, determining the location of the mobile device does not require calculating a distance between the mobile device and any of the transmitting devices. In some embodiments determining the location of the mobile device includes solving a function that is dependent on the time the signals traveled between each corresponding transmitting device and the mobile device. | 07-18-2013 |
20130184003 | LOCATION-BASED SERVICES THAT CHOOSE LOCATION ALGORITHMS BASED ON NUMBER OF DETECTED ACCESS POINTS WITHIN RANGE OF USER DEVICE - In one embodiment, in response to a user application request to determine a location of a user-device having a Wi-Fi radio, the Wi-Fi radio is triggered to transmit a request to Wi-Fi access points within range. Messages are received from the Wi-Fi access points, each message identifying the Wi-Fi access point sending the message. Signal strength of the messages received from the Wi-Fi access points is calculated. A reference database of stored locations for Wi-Fi access points in a target area is accessed to obtain the stored locations for the identified Wi-Fi access points. Based on the number of the identified Wi-Fi access points identified via received messages, a corresponding location-determination algorithm is chosen from a plurality of location-determination algorithms. The location of the user-device is determined using the stored locations for the identified Wi-Fi access points, the signal strengths of the received messages and the chosen location-determination algorithm. | 07-18-2013 |
20130184004 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, POSITIONING APPARATUS AND RADIO BASE STATION - The present invention allows eNB information to be easily acquired from an eNB ( | 07-18-2013 |
20130184005 | SYSTEM FOR DETECTING HIGH-FREQUENCY TRANSCEIVERS AND USES THEREOF - The invention relates to high-frequency technology. In particular, the present invention relates to a system for detecting the position and/or location of at least one high-frequency transceiver with at least one receiving antenna set up such that high-frequency signals transmitted by the at least one high-frequency transceiver can be received by means of said receiving antenna, at least one transmitting antenna set up for transmitting high-frequency signals of at least one frequency band being intended to be received by the at least one high-frequency transceiver and thereby in turn causing the transmitting of high-frequency signals by the at least one high-frequency transceiver, at least one first antenna signal processing device connected to the at least one receiving antenna being set up for analyzing the high-frequency signals received by the at least one receiving antenna in order to therefrom derive a spatial position and/or location and an identification of the transmitting high-frequency transceiver, and at least one data processing device being at least indirectly connected to the first antenna signal processing device and receiving information therefrom about the position, location, and/or identification of the transmitting high-frequency transceiver, where a data structure is provided in a first memory device connected to the at least one data processing device and at least partially comprising a virtual representation of the space supplied by the antenna field of the at least one transmitting antenna, where the virtual representation comprises information about the target position and/or location of at least one high-frequency transceiver having a predefined identification, and transformation information is available to the at least one data processing device on the basis of which an actual position and/or location of at least one high-frequency transceiver having a predefined identification within the virtual representation is associated on the basis of the position, location, and/or identification information obtained from the first antenna signal processing device, and the at least one data processing device carries out a comparison between the target position and the actual position and/or location of a high-frequency transceiver of a predefined identification within the virtual representation, outputting a signal representing a “match” or “no match” as the result of the comparison for further processing. | 07-18-2013 |
20130184006 | AREA RANGE ESTIMATION DEVICE AND AREA RANGE ESTIMATION METHOD - An area range estimation device includes a first location information acquisition unit that acquires first location information containing terminal identification information identifying a mobile terminal and area identification information identifying a location area of the mobile terminal, a second location information acquisition unit that acquires second location information containing the terminal identification information and location information indicating a location of the mobile terminal, a correspondence information generation unit that generates correspondence information based on the area identification information and the location information by using the acquired first location information and second location information, and an area range estimation unit that estimates a range of an area identified by the area identification information based on the generated correspondence information. | 07-18-2013 |
20130184007 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR CONTEXT DETERMINATION - Methods and apparatuses are provided for context determination. A method may include determining a location identifier. The location identifier may be indicative of a location of an apparatus. The method may further include determining a location cluster based at least in part on the location identifier. The method may additionally include determining a first probability for each of one or more contexts based at least in part on the determined location cluster. The method may also include determining a context of the apparatus based at least in part on the determined first probability. Corresponding apparatuses are also provided. | 07-18-2013 |
20130184008 | TERMINAL NUMBER ESTIMATION DEVICE AND TERMINAL NUMBER ESTIMATION METHOD - A terminal number estimation device includes a first location information acquisition unit containing a terminal ID and an area ID identifying a location area of a mobile terminal, a second location information acquisition unit that acquires second location information containing a terminal ID and coordinate information of the mobile terminal, a correspondence information generation unit that generates correspondence information based on the area ID and the coordinate information using the first and the second location information, an area information acquisition unit that acquires area information containing an area ID and area range information about an area range of an area identified by the area ID, an in-area terminal number acquisition unit that acquires the number of in-area mobile terminals, and a terminal number correction unit that corrects the number of terminals based on the correspondence information and the area information. | 07-18-2013 |
20130190004 | Statistics for Continuous Location Tracking - In one embodiment, one or more computing devices receive, from one or more mobile devices respectively associated with one or more users, one or more sets of data, wherein each set of data comprises: a user identifier indicating to which user the set of data corresponds; a location where the corresponding user was at; and a time when the corresponding user was at the location. The computing devices store the one or more sets of data; and extract one or more statistics from the one or more sets of data that represent behavioral pattern of at least one of the one or more users. | 07-25-2013 |
20130190005 | DIRECTIONAL PEER-TO-PEER NETWORKING - Interaction between wireless devices, one of which may be equipped with a directional radio (a radio with a directional antenna for directional sensing capabilities) can be used in directional peer-to-peer networking. A method can include obtaining, at a first device from a serving device, proximity information regarding a second device. The method can also include obtaining, at the first device from the serving device, direction information regarding the second device. The method can further include calculating a position of the second device with respect to the first device based on the proximity information and based on the direction information. The method can additionally include communicating with the second device based on the position. | 07-25-2013 |
20130190006 | Methods and Systems for Enabling User Activity-Aware Positioning - Techniques for using user equipment, UE, activity information, e.g., by a network node in a communications network are described. The network node can obtain the UE activity information, i.e., information associated with at least one of transmission activity and reception activity for a UE, and then use the UE activity information to configure a positioning function. Some examples of the positioning function are positioning method selection, measurement configuration and assistance data provisioning, reserving positioning resources, stopping the positioning session, delaying handover of the UE, deciding on a position session organization such as number of parallel measurements to be performed, and estimating an impact on battery lifetime. | 07-25-2013 |
20130190007 | TRANSMITTER POSITION INTEGRITY CHECKING - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to determining whether a reported position of a wireless transmitter is sufficiently accurate in accordance with an accuracy metric based at least in part on a calculated range between an estimated position of a mobile station and the reported position and also based at least in part on one or more measurements taken from one or more signals transmitted by the wireless transmitter. | 07-25-2013 |
20130190008 | PHYSICAL ACTIVITY MONITORING AND INTERVENTION USING SMARTPHONE AND MOBILE APP - A mobile software application may issue an alert when a user is not achieving a heath objective based on track movement of a mobile computer system that is running the application and being carried by the user and physical characteristics of the user. The software application may map information about the physical characteristics of the user to a user model and determine the energy being expended by the user based on the user model and movement information provided by the mobile computer system. The software application may determine the frequency of steps taken by the user by: bandpass filtering a time domain signal that is representative of the movement, transforming the filtered time domain signal into a frequency domain signal, and equating the step frequency with the frequency of the highest peak in the frequency domain signal. | 07-25-2013 |
20130190009 | Location Option Control for Minimization of Drive Test in LTE Systems - A method of providing location option control for Minimization of Drive Test (MDT) in LTE systems is provided. In one embodiment, a UE or an eNB receives an MDT location request that comprises an MDT location option configuration having one or more location options. The UE or eNB determines a first location option based on the MDT location option configuration and initiates positioning for MDT measurements, reporting, and logging according to the first location option. In one novel aspect, each location option is associated with a priority. In addition to MDT measurements, reporting, and logging, a UE determines the best positioning procedure from a list of available location options. In one novel aspect, under a specific positioning objective, the UE prioritizes the list of available location options based on the signal strength and/or quality of cellular and WLAN signals. | 07-25-2013 |
20130190010 | Method for Indoor/Outdoor Call Judgment - The indoor/outdoor call judgment method comprises the following steps. Firstly, to build an algorithm and indicator function for determining indoor/outdoor call by analyzing drive test data. Secondly, to retrieve the event log data to be judged by the method, and find the position of the retrieved event log data by means of geo-location tools. Thirdly, to determine whether the retrieved event log data are referring to a moving call, if “YES”, then the event log is determined to be referring to an outdoor call. Fourthly, to determine whether or not the event log data are referring to an Indoor call by using the pre-built algorithm and the indicator function. Users' behavior, Cell antenna module and signal strength difference are considered when building the algorithm and indicator function so as to increase the accuracy of the indoor/outdoor call judgment method. | 07-25-2013 |
20130190011 | TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CELL INFORMATION IN TERMINAL - The present invention relates to a method for managing cell informations received from neighbor cells for MDT (Minimization of Drive Text) in the 3GPP system and terminal for performing the method, the terminal including a transceiver which receives cell informations transmitted by at least one neighbor base station; a controller which checks at least one cell information for generating location prediction information to check current location of the terminal among the cell informations received by the transceiver; and a memory which stores the at least one cell information for generating the location prediction information as Minimization of Drive Test (MDT) measurement sample for reporting radio environment under the control of the controller. The terminal is capable of logging the neighbor cell measurement information efficiently depending on whether the terminal logs RF fingerprint information in the idle mode. | 07-25-2013 |
20130190012 | MOBILE STATION DIRECTED TO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING HOME CELL - A mobile station connected to a wireless communication network includes a surrounding environment recording unit configured to record a surrounding environment of the mobile station; a proximity determination unit; and a proximity indication generation unit configured to generate a proximity indication. The proximity determination unit compares a past surrounding environment record that has been recorded by the surrounding environment recording unit with the current surrounding environment record. When the surrounding environment records correspond to each other, or when a degree of similarity between the surrounding environment records exceeds a predetermined degree, the proximity determination unit determines that the mobile station is in proximity to a predetermined home cell base station, and transmits the proximity indication generated by the proximity indication generating unit to a macro cell base station in response to determination that the mobile station is in proximity to the predetermined home cell base station. | 07-25-2013 |
20130196680 | Method and System for Femtocell Positioning - Method and system for femtocell positioning are disclosed. An apparatus includes one or more processors, a femtocell positioning module configured to determine position of a femtocell, and a memory configured to store position of the femtocell. The femtocell positioning module, working with the one or more processors, includes logic configured to identify one or more wireless terminals and receive location information from the one or more wireless terminals via a first communication channel and determine position of the femtocell in accordance with the location information from the one or more wireless terminals. The femtocell positioning module further includes logic configured to obtain multiple set of range measurements between the femtocell and the one or more wireless terminals, logic configured to determine position of the femtocell in accordance with the location information and the multiple set of range measurements between the femtocell and the one or more wireless terminals. | 08-01-2013 |
20130196681 | COMPENSATING FOR USER OCCLUSION IN WI-FI POSITIONING USING MOBILE DEVICE ORIENTATION - Techniques for determining the position of a mobile wireless device are provided. The techniques include a method for determining the position of a mobile wireless device that includes receiving signal characteristics of a signal received from the mobile wireless device at a wireless access point of a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN), determining an orientation of the mobile wireless device relative to the wireless access point, determining a compensation factor based on the orientation of the mobile wireless device relative to the wireless access point, and determining an estimated position of the mobile wireless device based at least in part on the compensation factor. The compensation factor compensates for the effect of user occlusion on at least one characteristic of the signal received from the mobile wireless device. | 08-01-2013 |
20130196682 | CHECKING A VALIDITY OF COVERAGE AREA POSITION INFORMATION - It is inter alia disclosed to identify coverage area position information to obtain identified coverage area position information. The identified coverage area position information comprises at least respective position information for one or more coverage areas associated with a device for which a position estimate is to be determined at least based on at least a part of the identified coverage area position information. The respective position information for the one or more coverage areas is stored in a database. The identifying is at least based on coverage area identification information determined by the device and comprising at least respective identification information for the one or more coverage areas. A validity of respective position information for at least one coverage area is checked. The respective position information for the at least one coverage area is stored in the database, and the checking is at least based on respective position information for at least one of the one or more coverage areas comprised in the identified coverage area position information. | 08-01-2013 |
20130196683 | METHOD FOR POSITIONING AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - Disclosed are a positioning method and an apparatus for performing the same. The positioning method includes performing positioning with respect to a node to be positioned based on signals transmitted from a plurality of transmission nodes, generating reliability information for each channel link between the plurality of transmission nodes and the node to be positioned, and again performing positioning with respect to the node to be positioned based on position information of the node to be positioned that is acquired by performing positioning and the reliability information when a predetermined positioning completion condition is not satisfied. Therefore, it is possible to improve positioning accuracy. | 08-01-2013 |
20130196684 | GENERATING INDOOR RADIO MAP, LOCATING INDOOR TARGET - A method and system of generating an indoor radio map. In order to reduce the influence of multipath effect on indoor localization and improve the accuracy of indoor localization, a technique of processing data for indoor target locating and a technique of locating an indoor target based on the above technique is proposed. The method for generating an indoor radio map performs a smoothing process on the wireless signal strength measured in at least one position by a mobile node based on wireless signal strengths measured by the mobile node at adjacent positions, so as to reduce the influence of multipath effect. | 08-01-2013 |
20130196685 | WEB SERVER AND METHOD FOR HOSTING A WEB PAGE FOR PRESENTING LOCATION BASED USER QUALITY DATA RELATED TO A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A computing device forms a predictive composite score by retrieving geographically based wireless networking performance data derived from at least one mobile device. At least some of the geographically based wireless networking performance data is temporally averaged and geostatistically combined to form the predictive composite score. The predictive composite score is a forecast of expected performance quality of a wireless communication network in a particular geographic region. | 08-01-2013 |
20130196686 | Selective Location Determination - Methods, program products, and systems for selective location determination are described. A mobile device can determine a location of the mobile device using various techniques. When there is a conflict between the locations determined using different techniques, the mobile device can select a most trustworthy location from the locations, and designate the most trustworthy location as a current location of the mobile device. The mobile device can determine a first location of the mobile device (e.g., a coarse location) using a cell identifier (cell ID) of a cellular network. The mobile device can determine a second location of the mobile device (e.g., a fine location) using one or more media access control (MAC) addresses of a WLAN. The first location and second location can be associated with confidence values that can indicate trustworthiness of the first location and second location. | 08-01-2013 |
20130196687 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - In a communication terminal | 08-01-2013 |
20130196688 | GPS ODOMETER - A system is provided that is configured to be transported, carried or worn by a user, such as a portable personal training device or sports watch. The system comprises means for determining the location of the user at a plurality of times during a journey from a first location to a second location, such as a GPS receiver. The system further comprises means for determining a motion state of the user at a plurality of times during the journey. The means can include an accelerometer, and can also utilise data obtained from a GPS receiver. The system further comprises means for determining the distance travelled by the user during at least a portion of the journey using the plurality of determined locations and the plurality of determined motion states, such that the system functions as an odometer. | 08-01-2013 |
20130203436 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RETAILING PREMISES - Spatial positions of a user in relation to one or more products at a retailing premises are monitored. The monitoring may be performed for determining characteristics of the user. A system includes an arrangement of stationary wireless devices deployed in respect of shelves of the retailing premises. The system is operable to interact with a wireless communication device associated with the user in order to generate spatial location information indicative of one or more spatial positions of the wireless communication device within the retailing premises. The arrangement of stationary wireless devices is disposed in respect of the shelves to function as gates for defining corresponding one or more shelf regions. The gates are employed by the system for monitoring movement of the wireless communication device between the shelf regions and thereby in a proximity of products associated with the shelf regions, enabling optimal placement of the products in the shelves. | 08-08-2013 |
20130203437 | CELLS OBTAINING TIMING AND POSITIONING BY USING SATELLITE SYSTEMS WITH HIGH POWER SIGNALS FOR IMPROVED BUILDING PENETRATION - A system, method, and apparatus for cells to obtain timing and positioning by using satellite systems with high power signals for improved building penetration are disclosed herein. In particular, the present disclosure relates to providing timing synchronization and geolocation for small cells or macrocells in attenuated and/or indoor environments. In order to achieve timing synchronization and geolocation, the cells utilize high power signals, which contain timing information, in conjunction with related aiding information. Satellites, such as Low Earth Orbiting (LEO) Iridium satellites, are employed to transmit the high powered signals to the cells. | 08-08-2013 |
20130203438 | METHOD FOR SEARCHING THE LOCATION OF MULTI-SIM MOBILE TERMINAL AND AN APPARATUS THEREOF - A method, apparatus and system for determining a location of a multi-Subscriber Identification Module (SIM) mobile terminal having at least first and second SIMs mounted therein are provided. The first and second SIMs are associated with respective first and second mobile networks using different base stations. A first location is determined based on a location of at least one first base station in the first network and receive signal strength at the mobile terminal of a signal transmitted by the at least one first base station. A second location is determined based on a location of at least one second base station in the second network associated with the second SIM and receive signal strength at the mobile terminal of a signal transmitted by the at least one second base station. The location of the mobile terminal is then estimated from the first and second locations. | 08-08-2013 |
20130210449 | MOBILE GEOLOCATION - Estimating a location of a first mobile communication unit ( | 08-15-2013 |
20130210450 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GEOLOCATING A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION UNIT - A method for geolocating a wireless communication unit. The method comprises receiving measurement data for radio frequency (RF) signals between the wireless communication unit and at least one base transceiver station, calculating an RF measurement based geolocation estimate for the wireless communication unit based at least partly on the received RF signal measurement data, obtaining geographical area data for at least one wireless coverage area visible to the wireless communication unit, determining a geolocation validation area based at least partly on the obtained geographical area data for the at least one wireless coverage area visible to the wireless communication unit, and deriving a confidence factor for the RF measurement based geolocation estimate based at least partly on the determined geolocation validation area. | 08-15-2013 |
20130210451 | Location reporting with secure user plane location (SUPL) - Techniques for supporting periodic and other location services with Secure User Plane Location (SUPL) and other location architectures are described. The techniques can provide position estimates for a SUPL enabled terminal (SET) to a SUPL agent periodically and/or based on trigger events. A Home SUPL Location Platform (H-SLP) receives from the SUPL agent a request for position estimates for the SET. The H-SLP starts a SUPL location session with the SET. For each of at least one reporting event during the location session, the H-SLP obtains a position estimate for the SET and sends the position estimate to the SUPL agent. The position estimate may be derived by the SET and sent to the H-SLP. Alternatively, the position estimate may be derived by the H-SLP based on measurements from the SET. | 08-15-2013 |
20130210452 | METHOD OF PROCESSING POSITIONING INFORMATION AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - A method of processing positioning information in an electronic apparatus having a signal receiving unit, is provided. The method includes receiving at least one positioning signal through the signal receiving unit and obtaining positioning information from the positioning signal. The method further includes selectively adjusting a positioning tolerance according to the positioning information and the positioning tolerance. | 08-15-2013 |
20130210453 | METHOD OF CALCULATING MOVEMENT SPEED AND DEVICE FOR CALCULATING MOVEMENT SPEED - In a baseband processing circuit unit, a reception signal type determination unit determines whether or not a reception signal in a GPS reception unit is an indirect wave. A movement speed calculation unit calculates a movement speed of the GPS reception unit using a correction coefficient of a relative speed determined in accordance with the determination of whether or not the reception signal is an indirect wave, a transmission frequency of a GPS satellite signal and a reception frequency in the GPS reception unit. | 08-15-2013 |
20130210454 | User Path Determining System and Method Therefor - A system for determining a user's path is described. The system comprises a location server arranged to receive location data of a communication device associated with the user, the location data defining the detected position of the communication device at a number of different points in time, the location server further arranged to receive sequence data associated with the location data indicative of the order in which the location data was determined; path determining means for determining the user's path passing through points defined by the received location data and the associated sequence data; and a comparator for comparing the determined path of the user with one or more predetermined user paths; wherein the location server processes the received location data depending upon the result of the comparison and corrects the determined user path with the processed location data. | 08-15-2013 |
20130210455 | AGGREGATING DEMOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION INFORMATION - A method for aggregating demographic distribution information from a plurality of networks, the method comprising, in each network: monitoring the location of each of a plurality of user devices in each of a plurality of location areas; retrieving demographic information associated with a plurality of user devices; transmitting an indication of the demographic distribution for each location area to a data collector; the method further comprising: receiving the indications at the data collector and collating the information to generate an aggregated demographic distribution map. | 08-15-2013 |
20130210456 | RADIO COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE, UNIVERSAL INTEGRATED CIRCUIT CARD AND RELATED METHOD AND COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE - The present invention provides for a UICC interface and related interfacing method, for use in a mobile radio communications device and including an element enabling the UICC to provide an indication that at least one service requiring location data is present in the UICC, an element for UICC to receive notification that a source of location data is available, an element for allowing the UICC to initiate transfer of location data thereto, an element for the actual transfer of the location data to the UICC, and an element enabling the UICC to terminate the transfer of the location data, and wherein the location data can be provided from a GPS module or remotely in a contact-less manner. | 08-15-2013 |
20130210457 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATION OF MOBILE DEVICES IN CONFINED ENVIRONMENTS - The sensor network may include a location capture processing unit; and a plurality of sensors in communication with the location capture processing unit. Each sensor of the plurality of sensors includes a controller and a RF receiver configured to receive RF signals. The RF receiver is in communication with the controller. A localization engine is configured to receive beacon signals transmitted by other sensors in the sensor network. The localization engine is in communication with the controller. The controller of each of the plurality of sensors is further configured to determine a position of its respective sensor using either RF receiver or localization engine or both. The plurality of sensors communicates their position to the location capture processing unit. | 08-15-2013 |
20130210458 | Method and Devices for Positioning Information Reporting - A method, performed in a positioning node of a wireless communication system, for positioning reporting in the wireless communication system comprises providing ( | 08-15-2013 |
20130217408 | LOCATION DETERMINATION OF INFRASTRUCTURE DEVICE AND TERMINAL DEVICE - A method and apparatus determines a physical location of a wireless infrastructure device. At least one coarse location data from an associated terminal device is determined. Additional coarse location data are stored and accumulated. The device location is considered accurate by determining that enough received coarse location data has been received. | 08-22-2013 |
20130217409 | ELECTRIC VEHICLE POWER MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - A system that enables power flow management for electrical devices, such as electric vehicles. Power flow managers can coordinate charging activities. Power flow decisions may be based on site-level information. Power flow management strategies may be optimized. Power spikes may be avoided by using safe failure modes. Generation stacks may be used for reducing cost. AGC commands are used to control power resources. Power regulation are apportioned to power resources, and power regulation ranges may be determined. Power flow strategies are implemented in response to changes in intermittent power flow. Locations of devices may be determined using network fingerprints. Power flow measurements are determined, and AC power flows are inferred from DC power flows. Network traffic consumption are minimized. Communication protocols are translated. Enhanced vehicle communications are provided that communicate to vehicle subsystems, that arbitrate smart charge points, and that use existing hardware, non-specific hardware, or control extensibility systems. | 08-22-2013 |
20130217410 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POSITIONING LOCATION OF WIRELESS ACCESS POINT - A wireless access point location positioning method and terminal operation method for floor information update. A method includes a terminal acquiring absolute location information, and transmitting surrounding Access Point (AP) signal information of an absolute location, together with the absolute location information, to a location server. The location server includes receiving surrounding AP signal information of the absolute location and associated atmospheric pressure information thereof, together with the absolute location information, from a terminal, determining locations of APs based on the received absolute location information and the surrounding AP signal information of the absolute location, and updating a related AP location using the determined locations of the APs. | 08-22-2013 |
20130217411 | BATTERY-SAVING IN GEO-FENCE CONTEXT METHOD AND SYSTEM - While traveling to a destination, potentially traversing geo-fences along the way, a routine on a mobile device estimates arrival at the next geo-fence and performs a location check at the estimated arrival time. Between iterations of this process, the routine may correct the “time of next check” based on correction factors. When the mobile device arrives at the destination, it switches to terrestrial location determining services. In addition, the mobile device monitors its sensors to determine whether motion is gross motion which may warrant performing a location probe or whether motion is not gross motion, in which case location probes may be disabled. | 08-22-2013 |
20130217412 | Cooperating Receiver Selection for UMTS Wireless Location - For Wireless Communications Networks (WCNs) that support soft handover, cooperator receiver selection for a TDOA, AOA, TDOA/AOA, or hybrid network-based or network-overlay Wireless Location System (WLS) must contend with one or more network base stations as a serving cell. When the active set contains more than one member, two techniques for determining a set of cooperating and demodulating receivers to use in the signal collection for location estimation is disclosed. In one embodiment, the active set members are constructively reduced to a single member that is used as a proxy serving cell. In another embodiment, the information contained in the active set membership is retained and a new set of demodulating and cooperator receivers are generated based on the entire membership of the active set. | 08-22-2013 |
20130217413 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GEO-LOCATING MOBILE STATION - A method for estimating a geographic location of a mobile station includes calculating an angular position of a mobile station to a base station based on first and second signal strength measurements and an angular position reference for the base station, the signal strength measurements from the mobile station for RF signals from first and second sector antennas of the base station. Another method includes calculating a radial distance of a mobile station from a base station serving the mobile station, determining a signal strength report from the mobile station includes a signal strength measurement for an RF signal from a first sector antenna of the base station, and identifying a geographic location of the mobile station based on intersection of a circle around the base station with a radius of the radial distance with a sub-sector geographic area in an RF coverage map for the first sector antenna. | 08-22-2013 |
20130225196 | Geo-Fence Generation and Updating Based on Device Movement Patterns - The disclosed implementations provide a system and method of generating or updating a geo-fence surrounding a geographic region based on movement patterns of a device operating within the geographic region. In some implementations, an anchor location is selected by a user or application. A default geo-fence can be generated to surround a region containing the anchor point. Data points are collected by the device based on sensor data and time stamps collected over a selectable period of time. The system analyzes the data points to generate a geo-fence surrounding a geographic region containing the anchor location (if no default geo-fence is defined) or updates the default geo-fence to encompass more or less of the geographic region. | 08-29-2013 |
20130225197 | Low Power Location Beacon - Embodiments provide an “always-on,” accurate, low power, and low cost solution for indoor positioning. The indoor positioning solution is enabled by one or more low power, low cost location beacons, which can be easily configured and installed in any indoor environment to support position determination. In an embodiment, the location beacons use a low power, low data rate wireless radio technology (e.g., Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE)), well suited for typical indoor ranges and data rates needed to support positioning. The location beacons may be rechargeable via ambient light and require no external power source. In addition, the location beacons benefit from a very cost efficient design, which allows for ubiquitous utilization of the enabled indoor positioning solution in a variety of indoor locations, public or private, small or large. | 08-29-2013 |
20130225198 | ESTIMATING LOCATION BASED ON SOCIAL MEDIA - A method for processing a first message group and a second message group submitted by a user on the basis of the date and time submitted with each message includes executing, with a computer, a learning operation and an estimating operation. The learning operation includes extracting a first location message having a specifiable location from the first message group, extracting a first expression message including a specific expression from the first message group; and associating the location and the expression on the basis of the date and time submitted with each message, and for generating learning data. The estimating operation includes extracting a second expression message including a predetermined expression from the second message group, accepting input of a specified date and time for estimating a location; associating the expressions with each other on the basis of the specified date and time; and estimating a location at the specified date and time using coordination filtering on the basis of the learning data and the input data. | 08-29-2013 |
20130225199 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR WIFI-BASED IDENTIFICATION OF PERSON TRACKS - In an implementation, techniques are provided for tracking the location of a device that transmits wireless signal. The wireless signal can be received at a set of receivers. Distances to the device are determined based on signal strength. From the distances, boundaries encompassing possible locations of the device are defined. Boundary intersections are analyzed in order to determine the location of the device. | 08-29-2013 |
20130225200 | Method and Apparatus for the cooperative localization of transmitters and/or receivers on a mobile body - A method and a device for cooperative location of a first node possessed by a first mobile body comprising several nodes able to transmit and/or receive a signal by wireless means, comprises a step of measurements of distances separating the first node from second nodes, each of the second nodes being possessed by one of the following entities chosen from among: the first mobile body, a remote fixed apparatus and a second mobile body both situated within transmission range of the said mobile body, at least two nodes from among all the second nodes used to perform the distance measurements being possessed by two entities of distinct types and/or by the second mobile body, a step making it possible to utilize the measurements so as to locate at least the first node at least in relation to some of the second nodes. | 08-29-2013 |
20130231127 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING USER ESTIMATION OF NAVIGATIONAL INSTRUCTIONS - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided in order to provide navigational instructions in a manner that does not require the user to view the navigational instructions. In the context of a method, user input is received that is representative of an estimation by the user of a navigational instruction. The method also determines whether the estimation by the user matches the navigational instruction. Further, the method causes feedback to be generated at least in an instance in which the estimation by the user fails to match the navigational instruction. A corresponding apparatus and computer program product are also disclosed. | 09-05-2013 |
20130231128 | System for trading and/or exchanging information about geographical locations - According to the disclosed embodiments, information about geographical locations is traded and/or exchanged. Particularly, an indication to sell a spot, which represents one of a parking spot, a bicycle, or a taxi, may be received from a selling user. The indication may include a geographical location associated with the spot obtained by one of a webpage or a mobile device. The indication to sell the spot may further be stored in a database. After receiving the indication to sell the spot, an indication that the spot is available for purchase may be transmitted to one or more users. The indication may include the geographical location associated with the spot. Then, an indication to purchase the spot may be received from a purchasing user. After receiving the indication to purchase the spot, a transaction involving a purchase of the spot between the selling user and the purchasing user may be processed. | 09-05-2013 |
20130231129 | Geolocation Based Action Authorization Application And Method And System Using Same - A system which allows a user to be found in compliance to geolocation requirements. The user may then be able to receive or purchase items related to current or past locations based upon this compliance. The compliance may be determined using an application running on a cell phone. The compliance may be determined at a first point in time, while use of the compliance may be at a significantly later time, when the user is no longer similarly geolocated. The compliance may be used to allow a user to obtain a virtual item used in the playing of an electronic game. | 09-05-2013 |
20130231130 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING WIRELESS DEVICE LOCATION BASED ON PROXIMATE SENSOR DEVICES - A method operational in a mobile device is provided for ascertaining location information for the mobile device by using captured/received locating information broadcast by local sensor devices. The method captures, at the mobile device, a message from a sensor device transmitted, for example, over a local wireless network. The method identifies a locating data in the message and may determine a location of the mobile device based on the identified locating data. | 09-05-2013 |
20130231131 | TAGLESS RADIO FREQUENCY BASED SELF CORRECTING DISTRIBUTED REAL TIME LOCATION SYSTEM - Services based on radio frequencies like GPS, RFID, GSM, CDMA, Wi-Fi or Bluetooth triangulation allows us to know, with some level of confidence, the position of a mobile device. However, those methods rely on special software and/or hardware. They also fail inside buildings since they cannot provide fine granulated values with a high level of accuracy. Each radio frequency device (mobile or not) emits a signal with a given strength and identification (Mac address or similar) to the air. The signal is captured by our nodes (at least 2 of the nodes), that measures the strength of the signal and therefore calculate the distance estimation. Since the signal is affected by electromagnetic noise, number of people in the building, or even temperature, the suggested system self corrects the values by knowing the distance between the nodes and measuring the signal strength. This gives to the system a very low error margin of about 1%. Some applications rely on real time tracking solutions, that traditional tracking systems cannot provide or need to provide tags to follow devices. The system here presented is distributed to be able to process the signal in real time (connected via a high speed network), with low latency and also stores the location estimation, device identification and time collected for analytics and reporting. | 09-05-2013 |
20130231132 | MANAGING A LOCATION DATABASE FOR NETWORK-BASED POSITIONING SYSTEM - Methods, program products, and systems for managing a location database are described. A server computer can receive location information from location-aware mobile devices (e.g., GPS-enabled devices) located within a communication range of access points of a wireless communications network. The server computer can calculate average geographic locations using the received locations for each access point. Based on the average geographic locations, the server computer can assign the access points to cells of a geographic grid. The server computer can filter the access points in each cell based on popularity, stability, longevity, and freshness of the access point and the received data. When a second mobile device connects to an access point in a cell, the server computer can transmit locations of the access points in the cell and in neighboring cells to the second mobile device such that a location of the second mobile device can be estimated. | 09-05-2013 |
20130231133 | Time and Power Based Wireless Location and Method of Selecting Location Estimate Solution - Disclosed is a method for processing readily available radio network, timing and power information about cellular networks and typical measurements made by the mobile device and network. A probabilistic method is disclosed that uses both time (i.e., range) and power differences with known downlink transmitter antenna characteristics to locate mobiles with accuracy better than cell-ID with ranging, with high capacity, and without the need for field calibration. | 09-05-2013 |
20130231134 | METHOD FOR UPDATING LOCATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for updating a location in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes transmitting a request message to enter idle mode, receiving a response message including an Identifier (ID) of a first paging group and an ID of a second paging group in response to the request message, activating a paging group location update timer, when the MS leaves an area of the first paging group, and updating a location according to the paging group location update timer. | 09-05-2013 |
20130231135 | Systems and Methods for Providing Location-Based Application Authentication Using Location Token Service - Systems and methods for implementing a location token service (LTS) to enhance the security of mobile device identity tokens by using the location of the mobile device to augment the tokens. The LTS enforces re-authentication (login) of the mobile device to one or more applications if the mobile device moves beyond a threshold distance from the location of the last use of the token within a time period defined in a temporal threshold. The LTS increases authentication strength and drastically reduces the potential for spoofing or otherwise permitting unauthorized access to one or more applications on the mobile device. | 09-05-2013 |
20130237240 | IDENTIFYING MEETING ATTENDEES USING INFORMATION FROM DEVICES - Physical presence of a mobile device in proximity to a physical meeting place can be recognized. Identifying information can be retrieved from the device, and it can be determined whether the identifying information correlates to identifying information for a profile in an invitee list for a current meeting at the meeting place. If the retrieved identifying information correlates to identifying information for the profile in the invitee list for the meeting at the meeting place, then the profile can be included as an attendee at the meeting (e.g., by including identifying information for the profile in an attendee list). The identifying information such as the attendee list may also be used to perform one or more additional acts, such as sending notifications, personalizing settings, etc. | 09-12-2013 |
20130237241 | LOW POWER GEOGRAPHIC STATIONARITY DETECTION - Identifying geographic stationarity of a mobile device may be achieved by determining whether the mobile device is engaged in high average velocity movement based on radio frequency (RF) environment variation estimation, determining whether the mobile device is engaged in low average velocity movement based on pedestrial stepping information, and declaring a stationary state for the mobile device based on an absence of high and low average velocity movement. | 09-12-2013 |
20130237242 | LOCATION IDENTIFICATION OF A PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE BASED ON CHARACTERISTICS OF AN OPERATING ENVIRONMENT OF THE PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A location label may be determined for a portable electronic device. The location label may provide a textual indication of the particular location of a user of the portable electronic device, such as a restaurant name, or more generally a type of location of the user, such as simply a restaurant. The location label is determined based on a signature vector of operating environment characteristics of the portable electronic device. The operating environment characteristics may include sensor values, visible transmitters, radio connection information, executing applications or other operating environment characteristics that can have a value associated with them. | 09-12-2013 |
20130237243 | WIRELESS BEACON FILTERING AND UNTRUSTED DATA DETECTION - A determination is made, at a device, as to whether data identifying signals detected at the device include data from a non-stationary wireless beacon. If the data includes data from a non-stationary wireless beacon then observation data including both the data and an associated trusted position of the device is maintained in an observation buffer; otherwise, the observation data is dropped by the device. The observation data from the observation buffer is provided to a service, which determines whether the observation data conforms to one or more patterns, the one or more patterns having been identified based on one or more criteria used by the device in providing the observation data to the service. If the observation data conforms to the one or more patterns then the observation data is maintained by the service; otherwise, the observation data is dropped by the service. | 09-12-2013 |
20130237244 | NODE AND METHOD IN A NODE | 09-12-2013 |
20130237245 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING LOCATION OF MOBILE DEVICES IN A FEMTOCELL - Disclosed are system and method for classifying location of a mobile device in a femtocell. In an aspect, the system and method are configured to receive, by a femtocell, location measurement information and performance measurement reports from a mobile device; classify location of the mobile device as indoors or outdoors based on the received location measurement information; and adjust a coverage area, transmit power, and/or radio frequency (RF) channel/band of the femtocell based on the location classification of the mobile device and performance measurements reports. | 09-12-2013 |
20130237246 | Wireless signal model updating using determined distances - An example method for updating a wireless signal model includes: measuring a distance from a mobile station to each wireless access point, of multiple wireless access points, based upon a wireless signal model; calculating a position of the mobile station based upon the measured distance; determining a computed distance to each wireless access point based upon the calculated position of the mobile station; updating the wireless signal model based upon the measured and computed distances to each wireless access point; and determining whether the wireless signal model has converged. | 09-12-2013 |
20130237247 | POSITIONING METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for determining a positioning measurement interval in a wireless communication system are disclosed. The method includes acquiring a message including Observed Time Difference of Arrival (OTDOA) related data in a higher layer, wherein the OTDOA related data includes a plurality of cell identifiers and Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) configuration information of corresponding cells, transmitting the ODTOA related data to a physical layer from the higher layer, and determining the RSTD measurement interval by the following Equation by using a plurality of cell-specific PRS periods obtained using the PRS configuration information in the physical layer: T | 09-12-2013 |
20130237248 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING LOCATION INFORMATION - A method and apparatus for providing location information are provided. The method includes estimating location information is estimated, calculating an error value of the estimated location information, controlling activation of a location determination module according to the error value, and providing location information using at least one of the estimated location information and location information determined by the location determination module. | 09-12-2013 |
20130244684 | PERMISSIONS BASED ON WIRELESS NETWORK DATA - Aspects of the present disclosure relate generally to using position information to grant access. More specifically, wireless network access point data may be used to identify the location of a mobile device in an indoor space. If the identified location is associated with permission information, this information may be used by a permission device to grant or deny the user of the client device some right. For example, the permission information may be used to unlock a door, lock or unlock a feature on the mobile device, delay some action, etc. | 09-19-2013 |
20130244685 | SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING EXTENSIBLE LOCATION-BASED SERVICES - A system for providing location-based services to a mobile device regularly determines the location of the mobile device. Using the device location, the system queries a database of virtual geographic regions to determine if the location of the mobile device falls within one or more of the virtual geographic regions. The virtual geographic regions correspond to service entities that have purchased, rented, leased, or otherwise acquired the virtual geographic regions. If the mobile device is within a virtual geographic region, the system notifies the mobile device. A location-based services application installed on the mobile device launches an applet for the entity that acquired the virtual geographic region within which the mobile device is located. When the mobile device is located within overlapping virtual geographic regions, the system generates a prioritization scheme that defines which of the corresponding service entities should be displayed on the mobile device, and in what order. | 09-19-2013 |
20130244686 | EFFICIENT POWER USAGE IN POSITION TRACKING OPERATIONS - Techniques and tools for reducing power consumption of computing devices (e.g., mobile devices such as mobile phones and tablet computers) that perform position tracking operations are described. In described examples, a low-power processor calculates (e.g., in real time) position information (e.g., GPS position fixes) based on information received from a positioning system (e.g., GPS) and stores the position information for later use in a buffer associated with the low-power processor (e.g., in storage on the low-power processor). Described examples allow position information to be calculated in real time and stored while the device is in a low-power state, and can be used with location-based applications that do not require position information to be delivered to the application in real time. | 09-19-2013 |
20130244687 | Dynamic Reverse Geofencing - A system and method for determination the relative location of a mobile object is described that includes building a database of known/expected locations with the exact longitude and latitude for each location. Next, an estimated location for a mobile object is generated using information from the cellular network and an area boundary is defined around the mobile object that defines, with some probability, where the object is actually located. The known locations in the database that fall within the area boundary are then identified and a relative probability is calculated for each known location that indicates its relative likelihood of where the mobile object is actually located. From this information at least the most probable location of the mobile object is determined along with a measure of estimation confidence. | 09-19-2013 |
20130244688 | Method and System for Signal-based Localization - In an embodiment of the present invention, a GraphSLAM-like algorithm for signal strength SLAM is presented. This algorithm as an embodiment of the present invention shares many of the benefits of Gaussian processes yet is viable for a broader range of environments since it makes no signature uniqueness assumptions. It is also more tractable to larger map sizes, requiring O(N | 09-19-2013 |
20130244689 | DETERMINING THE POSITION OF A MOBILE DEVICE IN AN INDOOR ENVIRONMENT - Technologies and implementations for determining the location of a device in an indoor environment are generally disclosed. | 09-19-2013 |
20130244690 | Task Management Based on Travel Distance - Methods, program products, and systems for task management based on travel distance are disclosed. In general, in one aspect, a method executed on a mobile device can include receiving a request to perform a task in a first subsystem (e.g., an application subsystem) of the mobile device. The request can indicate that the task is to be performed when the mobile device travels at least a threshold distance. The mobile device can determine a duration of silence. The mobile device can configure a second subsystem (e.g., a baseband operating system) of the mobile device to send a notification to the first subsystem notifying that the mobile device has traveled after at least the duration of silence. The first subsystem can receive the notification and determine that the threshold distance has been satisfied based on the received notification. The first subsystem can perform the task upon the determining. | 09-19-2013 |
20130244691 | AUGMENTATION OF INDOOR NAVIGATION METHODS AND APPARATUS WITH MAP MATCHING CONSTRAINTS - A computer-implemented method for determining an estimated user location, implemented in a computing system programmed to perform the method includes receiving a map database associated with a geographic location including a plurality of map features, determining an estimated first user location within the geographic location, receiving a first plurality of physical perturbations from a plurality of physical sensors in response to physical perturbations of the computing system, determining an estimated second user location within the geographic location in response to the estimated first user location and to the first plurality of physical perturbations, determining a modified estimated second user location in response to the estimated second user location and to at least one map feature from the plurality of map features, and providing in the computer system, an indication of the modified estimated second user location with regards to the geographic location. | 09-19-2013 |
20130244692 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR POSITION DETERMINATION USING REGIONAL MINIMAL RESIDUAL ESTIMATION - A computer-implemented method and device for determining a user position, implemented in a user handheld computing device programmed to perform the method. The method includes solving for the position of a user based on ranges, which are computed by estimating power loss between a user and a number of Wi-Fi Access Points. Embodiments of the present invention includes a method that is designed to accommodate the non-linear nature of solving a position solution using power estimates. This method includes solving a two-dimensional solution grid of position residuals, or magnitudes of error between true and computed ranges, using signal strength measurements from multiple Wi-Fi access points in order to determine local minima of the position residuals indicating a user position. Standard approaches in the area such as a Least Squares Solution overly simplify the non-linear components resulting in poor performance. | 09-19-2013 |
20130244693 | Characterizing an indoor structure based on detected movements and/or position locations of a mobile device - Various methods, apparatuses and articles of manufacture are provided which may be implemented in various devices for use in characterizing a signaling environment in an area of location uncertainty within an indoor structure. In an example, a computing device may obtain at least a portion of a travel log indicative measurements gathered by a mobile device within an area of location uncertainty, and a position fix based, at least in part, on one or more signals received at the mobile device within an area of location certainty. The computing device may, for example, determine an estimated trajectory of the mobile device within at least a portion of the area of location uncertainty within an indoor structure, e.g., leading to the position fix, based, at least in part on at least a portion of the plurality of measurements and the position fix. | 09-19-2013 |
20130244694 | METHOD AND A SYSTEM FOR COMMUNICATING INFORMATION TO A LAND SURVEYING ROVER LOCATED IN AN AREA WITHOUT CELLULAR COVERAGE - In a method for requesting network-derived position data from a mobile geographic position aware receiver, a mobile geographic position aware receiver having a first IP address is communicatively coupled with a first port on a router. A wireless transceiver is communicatively coupled with a second port on the router. a wireless communication device is communicatively coupled with a third port on the router. A processor is communicatively coupled with the router; the processor for executing a communications access command sequence. The command sequence comprises: testing for a wireless network connectivity; contacting a source of position data if wireless network connectivity exists; and generating a data message to be sent via the wireless transceiver if the wireless network connectivity does not exist, the data message comprising an Internet Protocol (IP) address of the router, an approximate current location of the mobile geographic position aware receiver, and a request for correction data. | 09-19-2013 |
20130244695 | POSITION UPDATING METHOD AND DEVICE FOR M2M COMMUNICATION - Provided are a position updating method and device for Machine To Machine (M2M) communication. An M2M device transmits a position update capability message including a mobility type and an M2M traffic type to a base station, and receives a position update capability confirmation message including a position update type from the base station. The TC device performs a position update according to the position update type. | 09-19-2013 |
20130252628 | Crowd Sourcing With Robust Device Position Determination - A device records observation data including positions of the device. The position of the device can be determined based on a difference between the timing of receipt, from a wireless source, of repetitive data at a trusted position and the timing of receipt of the repetitive data at a new position. The difference is used to determine a distance the new position is away from the wireless source relative to the trusted position, and this distance is used to determine an identification of the new position. The position of the device can also be determined by recording inertial data even though no position of the device is known. When a trusted position of the device is subsequently identified, the inertial data is used to backtrack along a path that the device moved to identify trusted positions of the device along the path. | 09-26-2013 |
20130252629 | POSITIONING WITH SPLIT ANTENNAS PER CELL - In a split antenna system, a radio network node determines an association between a target wireless terminal and an antenna being used to communicate with the target wireless terminal. The radio network node provides an association information and a signal information of properties of a wireless signal used for communication between the antenna to a positioning node. The association information can include the identity of the antenna, which can be encoded in least significant bits of a position measurement included in the signal information. The positioning node determines a position of the target wireless terminal based on the association information and the signal information. | 09-26-2013 |
20130252630 | GENERIC BROADCAST OF LOCATION ASSISTANCE DATA - Various techniques are provided for Location Services (LCS) Assistance Data broadcast, for example for implementation in LTE and LTE-A systems. The embodiments described herein may use the LPP/LPPe positioning protocol, by making use of existing unsolicited Provide Assistance Data (PAD) messages. Embodiments avoid the need to define and implement a separate broadcast Assistance Data protocol. Additional exemplary embodiments for scheduling and verifying of the broadcast Assistance Data messages are described herein. | 09-26-2013 |
20130252631 | Methods and Systems of Assigning Estimated Positions and Attributes to Wireless Access Points in a Positioning System - Method of and systems for assigning estimated positions and attributes to wireless access points in a positioning system are disclosed. A method of estimating a characteristic of a wireless beacon includes receiving a set of data points. Each data point contains information about characteristics of a wireless beacon. The method also includes dividing at least one dimension into a set of regions in which each region of the set has region boundaries that do not overlap with other regions. The method further includes associating each data point with one corresponding region based on at least one element of the information of the data point lying within the boundaries of the corresponding region and determining an aggregate characteristic for each region based on the information of the data points associated with the corresponding region. The method estimates a characteristic of the wireless beacon based on at least one aggregate characteristic. | 09-26-2013 |
20130252632 | LOCATION-BASED SERVICES IN A FEMTOCELL NETWORK - Traffic and signaling are routed between a set of networked femto access points (APs) and location-based services are enabled. A femto AP in the set of femto APs is functionally linked to a routing platform that manages traffic and signaling, and is functionally connected to a controller component that relays at least part of data and control to a femto network platform. The femto network platform allows access to one or more external networks. Routing platform can exchange signaling with one or more femto APs to enable, at least in part, location-based services based at least in part on identifier(s) for a femto AP, access privileges, or time-of-flight measurements that assess propagation timing between a mobile device and a femto AP. Routing platform can supply timing configuration to enable predetermined spatial resolution of location estimates. Location estimates can be recorded and conveyed to a consumer layer. | 09-26-2013 |
20130252633 | DETERMINING USER STAYS OF A USER OF A MOBILE DEVICE - Methods, systems and apparatuses for automatically determining user stays of a user of a mobile device are disclosed. One embodiment includes a network server operative to receive sensed location information of a mobile device. Further, the network server and/or a controller of the mobile device are operative to determine the mobile device is within a specific distance of a specific location for at least specific minimum time duration based on the location information, determine a start time of a user stay based on the location information, the specific location and the specific distance, and determine an end time of the user stay based on the location information, the specific location and the specific distance. | 09-26-2013 |
20130260781 | LOCATING A MOBILE DEVICE - One or more techniques and/or systems are disclosed for identifying a location of a mobile device (e.g., with user consent). A set of one or more indications of received signal strength (RSS) may be received, comprising a first RSS from a first access point (AP). The set of RSS indications may be used to identify a grid area, comprising a first grid space. An expected distance between the first grid space and the first AP may be identified using the first RSS. The expected distance can be combined with a first known distance between the first grid space and the first AP to determine a first grid score for the first grid space. A second grid score may be determined for a second grid space (e.g., and a third, fourth, etc.), and the grid space comprising a desired grid score (e.g., highest) may be selected as the mobile device location. | 10-03-2013 |
20130260782 | LOCATING A MOBILE DEVICE - Identifying a location of a mobile device is disclosed (e.g., presuming user consent to the same). One or more received signal strengths (RSSs), comprising a first RSS, may be received by a first access point (AP) from the mobile device. The RSSs may be used to identify a grid area, comprising a first grid space. A signal distance between the first grid space and the first AP may be identified using the first RSS, and combined with a first grid space distance, comprising a known distance between the first grid space and the first AP, to determine a first grid space likelihood score for the first grid space. A second grid space likelihood score may be determined for a second grid space (e.g., and a third, etc.), and the grid space comprising a desired grid space likelihood score (e.g., highest) may be selected as the mobile device location. | 10-03-2013 |
20130260783 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROVISIONING SENSING RESOURCES FOR MOBILE SENSOR NETWORKS - An aspect of this invention is a method that includes a computing apparatus estimating geographic locations as a function of time for each of a plurality of sensor nodes. The method further includes estimating a quality of information as a function of time for sensed data to be sensed by the plurality of sensor nodes at the estimated geographic locations; and sending the estimated quality of information as a function of time to one or more applications or consumers of the sensed data. | 10-03-2013 |
20130260784 | PERSONAL ELECTRONIC DEVICE LOCATOR - A cellphone locator for finding a misplaced or lost cellphone or other personal electronic device emits an audible signal or alert when the cellphone has been stationary longer than a period of time typical for normal use. Location is sensed from a GPS, accelerometer or similar locating capability to indicate if the cellphone has remained stationary and unmoved for a predetermined time interval, as when a cellphone cannot be found by the user. Upon an elapsed interval of stationary usage, a beep or buzzing sound independent of a silent mode setting of the cellphone is initiated. The independent audible signal identifies the location even when the user has disabled a ringer function on the cellphone that would prevent locating the cellphone via an incoming call for identifying the location. | 10-03-2013 |
20130260785 | Locating System for Autistic Child and Others - Mentally challenged persons such as autistic children and Alzheimer's patients can become lost and they are hard to find because they have difficulty communicating or they are confused and disoriented. The present invention provides an apparatus, system and methods for locating lost persons (or animals or packages) whether they are indoors or outdoors. The apparatus comprises a cellular telephone unit which can be activated by a RF signal and which a child or patient can wear. The wearable unit can be activated by a caregiver's smart phone having a locating application installed therein. The locating application enables the caregiver to locate the lost person using radio direction finder triangulation when the lost person is within a few hundred feet of the caregiver. When the lost person is further away, the locating application employs cell phone tower triangulation or the wearable unit GPS/Assisted GPS application to determine an approximate location of the lost person. As the caregiver moves close enough to the approximate location, the radio direction finder triangulation is used to calculate a more exact location to find the lost person. | 10-03-2013 |
20130260786 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING FEMTOCELL BASE STATION - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for controlling a femtocell base station which can effectively solve an inter-cell interference problem. A method of controlling a femtocell base station according to an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure includes receiving pilot signals from one or more macro cell base stations located in surroundings of a femtocell and measuring intensities of the pilot signals; receiving use frequency information and pilot signal transmission power information from the one or more macro cell base stations; determining a position of the femtocell within a reference macro cell according to an intensity of a reference pilot signal having a maximum signal intensity among the received pilot signals; determining a use frequency of the femtocell according to the position of the femtocell; and determining a transmission power of the femtocell according to the use frequency and the intensity of the reference pilot signal of the femtocell. | 10-03-2013 |
20130260787 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETECTING A LOCATION OF A MOBILE STATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a mobile communication system, a mobile-station location information management device creates plural transmission-power output data-sets including individual pieces of transmission-power data of plural base-stations with changing the transmission-power of the plural base-stations; creates plural reception-power data-tables individually corresponding to the created plural transmission-power output data-sets and each including plural pieces of divided-area data individually corresponding to plural individual divided-areas within a location-detection target area where each piece of divided-area data includes reception-power data of signals transmitted from the plural base-stations; selects a reception-power data table corresponding to the changed transmission-power data-set from among the created plural reception-power data-tables when the transmission-power of the plural base-stations are changed after the mobile-station has moved into the location-detection target area; and detects, as a location of the mobile-station, an area indicated by divided-area data where a difference from a reception-power data-set received from the mobile-station is slight, within the selected reception-power data-table. | 10-03-2013 |
20130260788 | DETERMINING A TRAVEL TIME OF AN ENTITY - System and method for determining travel or dwell times of entities such as people, animals, vehicles, boats, and airplanes. A start and end time are determined based on measurements from one or more receivers measuring signals emitted by a transmitter transported by the entity. The invention also provides a computer system for determining a travel time based on measurements of signals from the transmitter. | 10-03-2013 |
20130260789 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING LOCATION OF MOBILE DEVICE - Provided herein are system, methods and computer readable storage media in facilitating the determination of a location of at least one mobile device. In providing such functionality, the system may be configured to, for example, receive contextual data corresponding to a contextual state of a mobile device, determine the location of a mobile device, and transmit the location of the mobile device to at least one other mobile device. | 10-03-2013 |
20130260790 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING LOCATION IDENTIFICATION - A method and system for providing location identification, including a server and a corresponding database storing data representing the deployment of network transmitters in a specific area. The system configured to measure, over different selected locations in the specific area, the signal strength as received from one or more network transmitters deployed in the area; map a network signals power scheme for each specific area based on the measured signal strengths; store the mapped power scheme(s) in the database; receive measurements and/or calculations from devices in a previously mapped specific area; compare the local calculated/measured power scheme with one or more power schemes stored in the database; and, upon finding a power scheme that essentially corresponds to the location of the local calculated power scheme, determine the current location of the corresponding device. | 10-03-2013 |
20130260791 | TRAVEL PATTERN DISCOVERY USING MOBILE DEVICE SENSORS - A facility comprising methods and systems for discovering travel patterns based at least in part on data collected from a plurality of dynamic and/or mobile sensor devices is disclosed. The mobile sensor devices sense or detect the presence of nearby devices and record information about each detection, such as the location, the date and time, and an identifier of the detected device and provide this information to the facility. Thus, the facility can leverage the communication capabilities of existing mobile devices and networks to provide a broad, wide-ranging, scalable sensor network that detects the presence of individual devices. By recording and analyzing the encounter data received from various mobile sensor devices, the facility can ascertain or estimate the path of devices and their associated users. Given the availability of mobile devices and mobile networks, the disclosed techniques can be deployed without a substantial investment in infrastructure and maintenance. | 10-03-2013 |
20130260792 | SYSTEM FOR RELATIVE POSITIONING OF ACCESS POINTS IN A REAL TIME LOCATING SYSTEM - A system is described for relative positioning of tags in a real time locating system. The system may include a memory and a processor in communication with the memory. The memory may store layout information for a work area which includes architectural and infrastructure attributes. The processor may determine a number of access points to position in the work area. The processor may determine a placement of a tag in the work area based on readings gathered by the access points. The processor may further determine a level of accuracy for a location of the tag within the work area. The processor may provide a graphical representation of the positioning of the access points in the work area, as well as an indication of the accuracy of the tag within the work area. | 10-03-2013 |
20130260793 | TECHNIQUES FOR MEASURING A LOCATION OF UE - The present invention provides a method for measuring a location. The method comprises: receiving, by a User Equipment (UE) and from a serving cell, information on a bandwidth allocated for a positioning reference signal (PRS); receiving, by the User Equipment (UE) and from at least one or more neighbor cells, information on a bandwidth allocated for a PRS; determining whether there is a difference between the bandwidths; and measuring, by the UE and based on a result of the determination a timing difference between PRSs transmitted from the serving cell and the at least one or more neighbor cells. | 10-03-2013 |
20130267242 | AUTOMATIC DATA ACCURACY MAINTENANCE IN A WI-FI ACCESS POINT LOCATION DATABASE - A method and apparatus for maintaining data accuracy in an access point (AP) location database including a plurality of stored location data are disclosed that can automatically update the AP location database meanwhile maintaining the data accuracy in the database. In some embodiments, the AP location database server receives a first set of location measurements for a first AP from a first mobile device, determines a trustworthiness of the first set of location measurements based on a first comparison between the first set of location measurements and the location data for the first AP stored in the AP location database, and selectively updates the stored location data for the first AP in the AP location database with the received first set of location measurements in response to the determined trustworthiness. | 10-10-2013 |
20130267243 | INDOOR POSITIONING USING JOINT LIKELIHOODS - A method in a mobile terminal for estimating a position of the mobile terminal includes: receiving an expected measurement map indicative of expected measurement values of a parameter; receiving parameters of a matrix corresponding to the expected measurement map; capturing actual measurement values of the parameter for a plurality of communication devices; and utilizing the received parameters and actual measurement values to estimate a position of the mobile terminal, where the expected measurement map includes, for each of a plurality of hypothesis locations (Loc(i,j)), a set of expected measurement values ({right arrow over (μ)} | 10-10-2013 |
20130267244 | INDOOR POSITIONING USING JOINT LIKELIHOODS - A method in a mobile terminal for estimating a position of the mobile terminal includes: receiving an expected measurement map indicative of an expected measurement of a parameter by the mobile terminal; receiving parameters of a matrix corresponding to the expected measurement map; capturing, by the mobile terminal, actual measurements of the parameter for a plurality of communication devices; and utilizing the received parameters and actual measurements to estimate the position of the mobile terminal, where each of the actual measurements and the expected measurement map comprise values indicative of a delay in a communication path between the mobile terminal and one or more of the plurality of communication devices. | 10-10-2013 |
20130267245 | COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An example system causing a computer of an information processing apparatus having a wireless communication unit to function as: an installation location designating unit for designating an installation location of a beacon transmitter; an equipment specifying unit for specifying the beacon transmitter based on a field intensity of radio waves received by the wireless communication unit; and an association unit for associating the beacon transmitter specified by the equipment specifying unit with the installation location designated by the installation location designating unit. | 10-10-2013 |
20130267246 | MEASUREMENT GAP CONFIGURATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - The present invention pertains to the field of radio communication technologies, and discloses a measurement gap configuration method and a communication apparatus. The method includes: determining a gap offset according to positioning reference signal PRS information of a cell engaged in positioning, or determining, according to the PRS information of the cell engaged in the positioning or frequency information of the cell engaged in the positioning, information used for obtaining a gap offset; sending the gap offset or the information used for obtaining a gap offset to a base station of a serving cell. With the present invention, the gap offset is determined according to the PRS information of the cell engaged in the positioning, so that the probability that the terminal detects, within a measurement gap, the PRS of the cell engaged in the positioning is improved, and PRS detection performance is improved. | 10-10-2013 |
20130273934 | ADAPTIVE RADIO AREA NETWORK COVERAGE - Adaptive radio area network (RAN) coverage is described. The azimuth, elevation or carrier-channel power of an antenna of a RAN can be adjusted to adapt the coverage area of the RAN. Monitoring scheduled and unscheduled changes in the characteristics of the coverage area can facilitate determining an adaptation response to adapt the coverage area. This can be performed in a closed-loop and can facilitate optimization of the coverage area with regard to predetermined optimization characteristics. UEs can be employed as mobile reporting components to measure coverage characteristics as a function of the position of the UE in the RAN. The UE can report measurements and the location information of the UE. The location information can be timed fingerprint location information. | 10-17-2013 |
20130273935 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM OF DETERMINING A TIME OF ARRIVAL OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SIGNAL - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and methods of determining a Time of Arrival (ToA) of a wireless communication signal. For example, a method may include receiving a signal over a wireless communication channel, detecting a symbol boundary of a symbol of the signal, and determining a ToA of the signal based on the symbol boundary and a channel estimation of the wireless communication channel. | 10-17-2013 |
20130273936 | POSITION IDENTIFICATION APPARATUS, POSITION IDENTIFICATION METHOD, POSITION IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM, RECORDING MEDIUM, AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM, AND LIGHTING SYSTEM - A locating apparatus comprises a first acquirer requesting multiple installed devices installed within a given space to radio-communicate with each other so as to acquire first radio communication information representing a first physical quantity obtained for each pair of the installed devices for each of the installed devices; a storage recording the first radio communication information acquired by the first acquirer for each of the installed devices; a second acquirer requesting a terminal present within the given space and the multiple installed devices to radio-communicate with each other so as to acquire second radio communication information representing a second physical quantity obtained for each pair of the terminal and installed devices; and a detector detecting the installed device from which the first physical quantity close to the second physical quantity is obtained among the multiple installed devices. | 10-17-2013 |
20130273937 | ACTION PATTERN ANALYSIS DEVICE, ACTION PATTERN ANALYSIS METHOD, AND ACTION PATTERN ANALYSIS PROGRAM - A position information plot means | 10-17-2013 |
20130273938 | METHOD FOR DETERMINATION OF WIRELESS TERMINALS POSITIONS AND ASSOCIATED SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREOF - Conventional position estimation methods require the deployment of more fixed anchors in order to increase the accuracy in a crowded indoor environment, or they suffer from inaccuracies due to multipath fading. The present invention overcomes the problems associated with the prior arts by selecting one or more mobile nodes as virtual anchors when estimating the position of a target mobile node. This takes advantage of the fact that mobile nodes are closer to the target mobile node than the access points in most typical deployments, thus eliminating the need to deploy more access points or fixed anchors for the purpose of position determination. After obtaining an initial estimate of the position of the target mobile node, the target mobile node can serve as virtual anchors to estimate the positions of other mobile nodes, which can then be used to further refine the position estimate of the target mobile node. | 10-17-2013 |
20130281110 | USING PEER DEVICES TO LOCATE A MOBILE DEVICE - To determine the location of a querying mobile device, a request is received from the querying mobile device via a communication network. One or several participating mobile devices that potentially are physically proximate to the querying mobile device are identified. A request to scan for a location broadcast message transmitted by the querying mobile device is sent to the participating mobile devices. One or more location broadcast reports from participating mobile devices are received, where each received location broadcast report indicates that the location broadcast message was received at the corresponding participating mobile device. The location of the querying mobile device is estimated based on (i) the received one or more location broadcast reports and (ii) respective locations of the participating mobile devices from which the one or more location broadcast reports were received. | 10-24-2013 |
20130281111 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR DISTRIBUTED INDOOR THREE-DIMENSIONAL RADIOMAP - Method, apparatus, and computer program product example embodiments provide wireless position determination. According to an example embodiment, a method comprises generating in a mobile wireless device, grid nodes representing one or more floor areas in an enclosed space, based on a map of the enclosed space; estimating locations along a path of motion of a user of the mobile wireless device traversing the one or more floor areas, based on motion observations made by a motion sensor in the mobile wireless device and map information; generating a radiomap of the one or more floor areas by making radio measurements with the mobile wireless device, at the estimated locations along the path of motion, mapping the measurements to the generated grid nodes that are closest to the estimated locations; and compiling a fingerprint data structure of the radiomap, including observation elements representing the radio measurements at the mapped grid nodes. | 10-24-2013 |
20130281112 | Excluding Locations from Location Sharing - Techniques are disclosed that allow a programmable device to suspend sharing the location of the device automatically based upon predetermined criteria, such as a location, time of day, or an activity of the user of the device. Location sharing may be inhibited for some devices while remaining active for others. A server may provide intermediary services, storing location history information in a database for providing to devices registered to receive the location information. | 10-24-2013 |
20130281113 | Apparatus and Method for Determining a Wireless Device's Location after Shutdown - A wireless data processing device is described which periodically exits an unpowered state and transmits location data. For example, one embodiment of a wireless data processing device comprises: power circuitry for maintaining the wireless data processing device in a powered or unpowered state, the power circuitry causing the wireless data processing device to enter into an unpowered state responsive to user input; a timer to periodically power up the wireless device or portion thereof in response to reaching a predetermined time; a location services module determining a current location of the wireless data processing device using one or more specified location determination techniques; a transmit thread transmitting the current location of the wireless device over one or more specified communication channels; and the power circuitry powering down the wireless data processing device a second time after the current location has been transmitted. | 10-24-2013 |
20130281114 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR POSITIONING A MOBILE TERMINAL - A method, system and device of device of terminal positioning in the field of communication technology is disclosed. The method including the following steps of a signal-receiving-end receiving a sound wave signal indicating the position of a signal-sending-end, the signal having been sent by the signal-sending-end which is within the same region. It is possible to obtain the current position information of signal-receiving-end in accordance with the signal to position the terminal in indoor environments and near the building-intensive outdoor environments. | 10-24-2013 |
20130281115 | WIRELESS LOCATION USING LOCATION ESTIMATORS - A wireless location system is disclosed including one or more location centers for outputting locations of mobile stations (MS) for both local and global MS location requests via Internet communication between a distributed network of location centers. The system uses a plurality of MS locating technologies including those based on: two-way TOA and TDOA; pattern recognition; distributed antenna provisioning; GPS signals. Difficulties, such as multipath, poor location accuracy and poor coverage are alleviated via such technologies in combination with: (a) adapting and calibrating system performance according to environmental and geographical changes; (b) capturing location signal data for continual enhancement of an historical database; (c) evaluating MS locations via heuristics and constraints related to terrain, MS velocity and MS path extrapolation, and (d) adjusting likely MS locations. The system is useful for 911 emergency calls, tracking, routing, people and animal location including applications for confinement to and exclusion from certain areas. | 10-24-2013 |
20130281116 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMPENSATING ESTIMATED LOCATION OF WIRELESS NETWORK ELEMENTS ESTIMATED FROM INFORMATION COLLECTED BY HETEROGENEOUS TERMINALS - A method and apparatus for compensating an estimated location of a wireless network element from information collected by heterogeneous terminals rae provided. The method may include receiving information on a received signal strength indication (RSSI) of a wireless network element and location information of a heterogeneous terminal from the heterogeneous terminal by a wireless network element positioning server, compensating the information on the RSSI received from the heterogeneous terminal into information on an RSSI received from a predetermined reference terminal, using a difference value model of the RSSI of the wireless network element between heterogeneous terminals, the difference model generated in advance, and estimating a location of the wireless network element using the compensated information on the RSSI from the reference terminal and the received location information. | 10-24-2013 |
20130281117 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INDOOR POSITIONING OF MOBILE TERMINALS - This invention discloses a system and method for indoor positioning of a mobile terminal. The system comprises a control end and at least one positioning node installed indoors. The at least one positioning node, under the control of the control end, transmits linkage information to the mobile terminal within a specific zone, receives response information responded by the mobile terminal, measures signal strength of the response information, and transmits the received response and signal strength information to the control end. The control end analyzes and calculates on the received response and signal strength information to locate the mobile terminal. Using this invention, a user can realize accurate positioning of an indoor mobile terminal without changing existing mobile terminals. The disclosed positioning system and method is simple and convenient for use and has extensive applicability. | 10-24-2013 |
20130281118 | MECHANISM FOR EMPLOYING AND FACILITATING PROXIMITY AND CONTEXT-BASED DEDUCTION OF GLOBAL POSITIONING OF COMPUTING DEVICES - A mechanism is described for facilitating proximity and context-based deduction of global positioning of computing devices according to one embodiment of the invention. A method of embodiments of the invention includes detecting wireless proximity of a plurality of computing devices with respect to a computing device, and selecting one or more of the plurality of computing devices based on their detected proximity to the computing device. The method may further include receiving contextual information from the one or more computing devices, and semantically deducing location of the computing device based on the received contextual information. | 10-24-2013 |
20130281119 | METHOD OF COMMUNICATION OF THE GEOGRAPHIC POSITION OF A MOBILE TERMINAL AND MOBILE TERMINAL THEREOF - A method of communication between a calling terminal (M | 10-24-2013 |
20130288701 | USER INTERFACE, ASSOCIATED APPARATUS AND METHODS - An apparatus comprising at least one processor; and at least one memory including computer program code, the at least one memory and the computer program code configured to, with the at least one processor, cause the apparatus to perform at least the following: enable determination of a location match between a location of an electronic device and a location of a contact, the contact associated with a contact entry for the electronic device, and enable the contact entry to be prioritised based on the location match. | 10-31-2013 |
20130288702 | Visual Localization Method - There is provided a visual localization method comprising: (a) transmitting data representative of one or more detected visual features from a mobile device to a server; (b) estimating the location of the mobile device at the server based on the visual features | 10-31-2013 |
20130288703 | LOCALIZATION BASED ON INDIVIDUAL LOCATION PATTERNS - A system that uses historical position information accumulated in an apparatus to determine whether locations and/or routes may be classified as significant. A classification of a location or route as significant may be utilized in configuring localization in the apparatus. Localization configuration may include, for example, setting a type technology utilized in determining apparatus position. | 10-31-2013 |
20130288704 | SIGNAL STRENGTH PROFILING - A system for supporting electronic positioning in apparatuses. Apparatuses may receive various wireless signals over time ( | 10-31-2013 |
20130288705 | WIRELESS LOCATION DETERMINATION APPARATUS AND METHOD USING WEIGHTED VALUE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Disclosed is a wireless location determination apparatus using weighted values in a wireless communication network, including: a fixed infrastructure searching unit configured to search and accept information of nodes to be located and neighbor fixed infrastructures; an infrastructure combination generating unit configured to generate fixed infrastructure combinations to be used for location determination from the information of the fixed infrastructures; a location determination information element extracting unit configured to extract location determination information elements between the fixed infrastructures from each generated fixed infrastructure combination; a weighted value calculating unit configured to allocate the weighted values to each fixed infrastructure combination using the extracted location determination information elements; a fixed infrastructure combination selecting unit configured to select the fixed infrastructure combinations for location determination using the allocated weighted values; and a location calculating unit configured to calculate locations of the nodes to be located using the selected fixed infrastructure combinations. | 10-31-2013 |
20130288706 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE OF LOCATION AUTHENTICATION - The present invention relates to a field of communication technology that provides a method, system and device of location authentication. The method comprises the following steps: the mobile device receives the signal marking the position information of the location base station sent by the location base station within the same region. The mobile device would obtain the position information of the location base station after analyzing the signal; the location base station would send the position information to the location authentication server to obtain the location authentication that it is in the same region with the location base station. Thus, this invention performs the location authentication of the mobile device staying in the same region with the location base station. | 10-31-2013 |
20130288707 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING NUMBER OF TERMINALS - An information processing device and a method for estimating a number of terminals, which can accurately count a number of mobile terminals in an analysis target region of which address attribute is an adjacent region, taking the intake phenomenon into account. A terminal counting portion counts numbers of first and second position information pieces. An intake coefficient calculation portion calculates an intake coefficient based on the numbers of position information pieces. An intaked terminal calculation portion calculates a number of intaked terminals based on the counted number of position information pieces at an analysis target time and the calculated intake coefficient, subtracts the number of intaked terminals from the number of position information pieces, and calculates an estimated number of mobile terminals. | 10-31-2013 |
20130288708 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DETERMINING LOCATION USING A CELLULAR AND WLAN POSITIONING SYSTEM BY SELECTING THE BEST WLAN PS SOLUTION - The disclosed subject matter relates to a method and system for increasing the accuracy of a WLAN based position estimate using cellular positioning information. In some embodiments, the method can include determining a set of possible WLAN location solutions for a WLAN and cellular enabled device based on one or more WLAN access points, obtaining cellular measurements from at least one cell tower, and determining the best WLAN location solution from the set of possible WLAN location solutions using the cellular measurements. In one embodiment, the method can include using the cellular measurements from the at least one cell tower to provide a cellular based location estimate for the WLAN and cellular enabled device. | 10-31-2013 |
20130288709 | GEO-LOCATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for geo-location of a wireless communication unit ( | 10-31-2013 |
20130288710 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR LOCATING MOBILE DEVICES USING LOCATION AND PRESENCE INFORMATION - A location based service and method configured to provide recovery assistance for a misplaced or stolen mobile device. The location based system and method is configured to locate (recover) high value mobile devices using location, presence and other IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem) based telecommunications network assets. The method includes leveraging location dips performed for other services to drive a recovery process for a mobile device to thereby reduce resource overhead on a location platform; locating the mobile device using the location dips performed for other services; and sending a notification to a subscriber of the location of the mobile device for recovery of the mobile device. | 10-31-2013 |
20130288711 | TIMED FINGERPRINT LOCATING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A location of user equipment (UE) in a wireless network is determined. Geometric calculations are leveraged for an overlaid bin grid framework mapping the wireless network area to store differential values for each frame of the bin grid framework for each pair of relevant NodeBs. A timing offset can be determined, such that when a time value from a target UE is accessed, the location can be quickly determined. The target UE time value can be searched for in the pre-computed differential value data set indexed by a relevant NodeB site pair to return a set of frames (forming a hyperbola between the site pair) that can be intersected with a second set of frames for a second NodeB site pair for the same UE. The intersecting frames can represent the location of the UE in the wireless network and timing in the network is correctable based on the data. | 10-31-2013 |
20130288712 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SESSION CONTROL IN A NETWORKED LOCATIONING SYSTEM - A session control method includes establishing a locationing session between a mobile device and a remotely located server over a network, sending information related to the geographical location of the mobile device to the remotely located server after establishing the locationing session, and providing two or more notifications via the mobile device, at predetermined intervals or in response to an event, that the locationing session is active. The user may then validate or invalidate the active session, thereby providing greater control of such information. Additional configuration options are provided to the user in order to control the nature and distribution of such locationing data. | 10-31-2013 |
20130288713 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS LOCATION TRACKING - A method and apparatus for wireless location tracking by a wireless device. In one embodiment of the invention, the wireless device has logic to determine the information of a plurality of specific location points and to determine the location of the wireless device based on the information of the plurality of specific location points. The specific location points are selected from a target area where the wireless device is located. By selecting the specific location points in the target area, it allows hidden Access Points (APs) or Base Stations (BSs) to be detected and measured and it increases the accuracy of the tracking of the wireless device. | 10-31-2013 |
20130288714 | MECHANISM FOR EMPLOYING AND FACILITATING GEODETIC TRIANGULATION FOR DETERMINING GLOBAL POSITIONING OF COMPUTING DEVICES - A mechanism is described for facilitating dynamic client-side triangulation to determine global position of computing devices according to one embodiment of the invention. A method of embodiments of the invention includes detecting, at a computing device, first location information associated with static wireless access points. The method may further include detecting, at the computing device, second location information associated with roaming computing devices broadcasting the second location information relating to their current locations, and dynamically determining a current location of the computing device based on the first and second location information. | 10-31-2013 |
20130295951 | DETERMINING SPEED DEPENDENT SCALING FACTORS - Apparatus and methods for self-optimizing speed dependent scaling mechanisms are provided. A user equipment (UE) may determine its mobility state by using the cell reselection parameters included in a system information block message to identify a conjectural average time between cell reselections, calculating a current value of the average time between cell reselections at the UE, and comparing both values to determine its current mobility state. Different speed dependent scaling factors may be selected for a determined mobility state of the UE, allowing adapting the mobility parameters with a finer granularity. The mobility parameters may be adjusted using the corresponding speed dependent scaling factors, which in turn provide enhanced mobility performance for the UE. | 11-07-2013 |
20130295952 | ADAPTIVE UPDATING OF INDOOR NAVIGATION ASSISTANCE DATA FOR USE BY A MOBILE DEVICE - Various methods, apparatuses and articles of manufacture may be implemented for use in one or more computing platforms to adaptively provide and/or obtain indoor navigation assistance data (INAD) update(s) for use by a mobile device. An INAD update may, for example, comprise a subset of INAD available for an indoor environment. Such a subset may be determined based, at least in part, on a bounded region in an electronic map of the indoor environment. Such a bounded region may, for example, have a shape and/or a size based, at least in part, on at least one parameter indicative of a motion state of the mobile device. | 11-07-2013 |
20130295953 | LOCATION-BASED RECOVERY DEVICE AND RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR PORTABLE COMPUTING DEVICES AND DATA - A device and software utilizing Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) technologies for monitoring and recovering portable computing devices and, a method and system for acquiring such devices, protecting data on such devices, and for compensating owners of devices. A GPS mechanism of the invention provides real time tracking of missing devices that may be coordinated with security agencies to intercept and recover missing computing devices. When a stolen device is unrecoverable, the invention may receive a signal to initiate data recovery where a wireless network is available to recover data for the owner. Alternatively, the GPS mechanism instructs the device to encrypt or destroy stored data files to prevent commercial espionage or privacy violations. The invention discloses a software system and method for computing a purchase price of the GPS mechanism, computing compensation for loss of the device and lost data. | 11-07-2013 |
20130295954 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TOPOLOGY MAP DETERMINATION - A method for topology map determination comprises detecting at least one remote apparatus by a first apparatus, wherein each of the at least one remote apparatus and the first apparatus is identified by an identification information. The method further comprises determining a local distance information between the first apparatus and at least one of the at least one remote apparatus and receiving at least one distance measurement report from any one or each one of the at least one remote apparatus. The at least one distance measurement report comprises at least one peer identification information of at least one peer apparatus and an associated peer distance information between the remote apparatus and the at least one peer apparatus, and the method further comprises determining a topology map. | 11-07-2013 |
20130295955 | CONCURRENT GEOFENCES WITH SHARED MEASUREMENTS - A system and method for a mobile device to efficiently use a geofence capability without draining its battery, and to allow flexibility in specifying various parameters related to geofencing, such as the latency and confidence in determining when or where a geofence breach occurs, and reducing the probability of not detecting a geofence breach. | 11-07-2013 |
20130295956 | CALENDAR MATCHING OF INFERRED CONTEXTS AND LABEL PROPAGATION - Methods, systems, computer-readable media, and apparatuses for calendar matching of inferred contexts are described. In one potential embodiment, a mobile device may use context information to generate a calendar of inferred contexts. Label information from raw calendar data may be used to update an inferred context within a calendar of inferred contexts. Additionally, the label may be propagated to future contexts and entries in an inferred context calendar. | 11-07-2013 |
20130295957 | APPLYING INDOOR MAGNETIC FIELDS FOR ACQUIRING MOVEMENT INFORMATION - An apparatus caused at least to acquire information indicating first indoor magnetic field vectors measured by a first portable device inside a building; generate a first indoor magnetic field sequence, IMFS, on the basis of the first indoor magnetic field vectors; acquire information indicating second indoor magnetic field vectors measured by a second portable device inside the building; generate a second IMFS on the basis of the second indoor magnetic field vectors, wherein the first and the second IMFSs represent at least one of the magnitude and the direction of the Earth's magnetic field; perform a comparison between at least part of the first IMFS and at least part of the second IMFS; and acquire information on the relative movement of the first portable device with respect to the second portable device inside the building on the basis of the comparison result. | 11-07-2013 |
20130295958 | Bandwidth-Based Configuration of Measurement Gaps - Processing implemented by a method and apparatus herein advantageously improves the quality of measurements performed on non-serving frequencies and/or the quality of serving cell data reception by intelligently configuring measurement gaps during which a wireless device ( | 11-07-2013 |
20130303183 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR POSITIONING USING MAP-ASSISTED KALMAN FILTERING - Apparatus and method for positioning using map-assisted Kalman filtering. In one embodiment, a wireless device includes a positioning system configured to determine a position of the device based on wirelessly received positioning signals. The positioning system is configured to compute, via a Kalman filter, an initial location of the wireless device. The positioning system is also configured to determine whether the initial location is within a polygon defining a prohibited geographic area. The positioning system is further configured to identify an edge of the polygon nearest the initial location, based on the initial location being determined to be within the polygon. The positioning system is yet further configured to provide information defining the edge of the polygon to the Kalman filter as a measurement for use in computing a final position of the wireless device. | 11-14-2013 |
20130303184 | STATE CHANGE SENSING BASED ON INDIVIDUAL LOCATION PATTERNS - A system for detecting state transitions when apparatuses move between significant places or routes without having to employ high resolution, and high energy cost, localization technologies. Apparatuses may receive position information via lower resolution/lower energy cost localization resources, and this information may be used to determine whether the current position of the apparatus corresponds to a significant place or route. If the apparatus is determined to be positioned in a significant place or route, a further determination may be made as to whether at least one second level classifier exists for the significant place or route. Second level classifiers may be utilized to determine when apparatuses transition from one state (e.g., one significant place or route) to another. Upon detection of a state transition based on the second level classifier, a new localization configuration may be applied in the apparatus. | 11-14-2013 |
20130303185 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OBTAINING LOCATION OF USER - A method of obtaining a location of a user includes obtaining first location information of the user; searching a pre-stored first map for a plurality of candidate areas corresponding to the first location information; selecting at least one search area from the plurality of candidate areas corresponding to the first location information based on second location information of the user; and determining the location of the user using at least one search area. | 11-14-2013 |
20130303186 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND DATABASE FOR DETERMINING LOCATION BY INDIRECTLY USING GPS COORDINATES - A database stores results of scans for wireless (e.g., Wi-Fi) access points, some of them directly associated with GPS coordinates. Mobile electronic devices detect access points, details of which are sent to the database. Contents of the database are analyzed for relations between the scanned access points and previously stored GPS coordinates. If a relation is found, the GPS coordinates are used for determining or estimating the location of the mobile device. | 11-14-2013 |
20130303187 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, PROGRAM, AND INFORMATION STORAGE MEDIUM - Provided is an information processing system capable of, while avoiding running out of storage capacity, increasing the possibility that a program executed in the information processing system can use data according to a calculated position, even when the information processing system cannot receive data from a device. An item communication section ( | 11-14-2013 |
20130310063 | DATA TRANSFER BETWEEN DEVICES - A method of implementing data transfer from a mobile device is described. The method comprises: (i) receiving positional information from the mobile device; (ii) receiving directional information from the mobile device; and (iii) receiving data from the mobile device. The method further comprises: (iv) ascertaining a receiving device based on the received directional information; and (v) providing the data received from the mobile device to the ascertained receiving device. | 11-21-2013 |
20130310064 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SELECTING AND PROVIDING A RELEVANT SUBSET OF WI-FI LOCATION INFORMATION TO A MOBILE CLIENT DEVICE SO THE CLIENT DEVICE MAY ESTIMATE ITS POSITION WITH EFFICIENT UTILIZATION OF RESOURCES - A method of providing a relevant subset of information to a client device is based in part on scanning for Wi-Fi access points within range of the client device, using a Wi-Fi database that covers a large target region to retrieve information about these access points, using this information to estimate the position of the mobile client device, selecting a limited region in the vicinity of the estimated location of the client device, and providing information about Wi-Fi access points within this limited region to the client. For efficient transfer and maintenance of data, the target region may be divided into a hierarchy of fixed geographical tiles. | 11-21-2013 |
20130310065 | LOCATION ESTIMATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE IN A UMTS NETWORK - The present disclosure provides devices, systems, and methods to utilize relative timing offset information reported by one or more mobile devices. When coupled with AGPS information reported by one or more mobile devices, the offset information is be used to calibrate calculations and subsequently to locate all 3G mobiles with GPS-like accuracy, whether or not a GPS receiver is available on said mobile device being located. A determination of a propagation delay between one or more cell sites and a mobile device is reported to a network and used to calibrate unknown information such as a timing offset, to improve the accuracy of a detected location. The relative timing offset can be applied to determine a location for all other mobile devices within the area served by the known base station. The present disclosure utilizes this method in conjunction with information crowd-sourced from a plurality of mobile devices. | 11-21-2013 |
20130310066 | POSITIONING ACCURACY ESTIMATION - A method for fingerprinting positioning decision support includes obtaining a geographic distribution probability of positions of measurement. A first collection of simulated measurements according to a signal model is generated, wherein each simulated measurement is associated with a respective pixel. The signal model is based on base stations located in the area. Fingerprinting positioning reference data is computed from the first collection and positions of the selected pixels. A second collection of simulated measurements is generated, which is statistically independent to the first collection. These simulated measurements are associated with a respective intended position within the area. Fingerprinting positioning is performed by the second collection utilizing the computed fingerprinting positioning reference data. An estimated accuracy of the fingerprinting positioning is calculated using a comparison between the intended position and the estimated position. This is made to evaluate positioning capabilities of fingerprinting positioning based on the measurement strategy. | 11-21-2013 |
20130310067 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS POSITIONING SYSTEM - In a wireless communication apparatus, data transmitted from at least one wireless transmitter is received by direct wireless communication, and its wireless reception condition is detected. Relation reference information setting two or more relations between the wireless reception condition on a reception of transmitted data and location information of the transmitter is stored. Relative distance information of a relative distance between the transmitter and the apparatus is measured. Relation information indicating a relation between the wireless reception conditions and the relative distance information is generated. A relation between the location information and the relative distance information is determined by comparing the relation reference information and the relation information. A current location of the apparatus is determined on the basis of the relation between the location information and the relative distance information and a current wireless reception condition. | 11-21-2013 |
20130310068 | RADIO FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE AWARENESS ASSISTANCE DATA - Systems, methods, apparatuses, and computer-readable media for providing radio frequency interference (RFI) awareness assistance data to global navigation satellite system (GNSS) receivers are described. In some embodiments, a first method includes receiving at a location server RFI situational information. The first method further includes maintaining at least one time and location dependent database of an RFI situation. The first method further includes sending at least one assistance data message to at least one receiver including the RFI situational information. In another embodiment, a second method includes receiving RFI awareness assistance data from a location server. The second method further includes adapting a position location measurement according to the received RFI awareness assistance data. The second method further includes calculating a location of the receiver based at least in part on the adapted position location measurement. | 11-21-2013 |
20130310069 | UTILIZING MAGNETIC FIELD BASED NAVIGATION - There is provided a solution comprising detecting that a positioning device is within a predetermined control area associated with a building, acquiring a first sequence of magnetic field measurements carried out by the positioning device, wherein the first sequence represents at least one of the magnitude and the direction of Earth's magnetic field; determining that an operational environment of the positioning de-vice has changed between an indoor environment and an outdoor environment when a at least one predetermined criterion with respect to the first sequence is met; and causing actuation of a predetermined software function in or with respect to the positioning device when the operational environment of the positioning device has changed. | 11-21-2013 |
20130310070 | Advanced Triggers for Location-Based Service Applications in a Wireless Location System - Methods and systems are employed by a wireless location system (WLS) for locating a wireless device operating in a geographic area served by a wireless communications system. An exemplary method includes monitoring a set of signaling links of the wireless communications system, and detecting at least one predefined signaling transaction occurring on at least one of the predefined signaling links. Then, in response to the detection of the at least one predefined network transaction, at least one predefined location service is triggered. | 11-21-2013 |
20130310071 | POSITION DETERMINATION USING HORIZONTAL ANGLES - An access terminal of a wireless communication system includes a transceiver configured to receive wirelessly multiple reference keypoints and a geographical location of each respective reference keypoint, each geographical location being a location near an estimated position of the access terminal; at least one camera communicatively coupled to the transceiver and configured to capture an image; and a processor communicatively coupled to the at least one camera and configured to calculate a refined position of the access terminal, that is more accurate than the estimated position, using first and second horizontal angles between the geographical locations of respective first and second pairs of reference keypoints determined as each corresponding to a respective image keypoint identified within the image captured by the at least one camera. | 11-21-2013 |
20130310072 | System and Method for Conveying Location Information Via A Plurality of Information-sharing Environments - An improved system and method for defining an event based upon an object location and a user-defined zone and managing the conveyance of object location event information among computing devices where object location events are defined in terms of a condition based upon a relationship between user-defined zone information and object location information. One or more location information sources are associated with an object to provide the object location information. One or more user-defined zones are defined on a map and one or more object location events are defined. The occurrence of an object location event produces object location event information that is conveyed to users based on user identification codes. Accessibility to object location information, zone information, and object location event information is based upon an object location information access code, a zone information access code, and an object location event information access code, respectively. | 11-21-2013 |
20130310073 | Method for Localizing the Position of a Wireless Device in an Environment Comprising a Wireless Network Having at Least One Access Point - A method for localizing the position of a wireless device ( | 11-21-2013 |
20130310074 | Method for Estimating the Distance of a Receiver from a Radio Transmitter, Relative Methods for Calculating the Position of a Mobile Terminal, Mobile Terminal and Localization Device - A method for estimating the distance (d) of a receiver ( | 11-21-2013 |
20130316723 | SYSTEM FOR FACILITATING PARTICIPATION OF A PLURALITY OF PILGRIMS IN AN ANNUAL PILGRIMAGE - A system used to facilitate participation of a plurality of pilgrims in a seasonal pilgrimage throughout predetermined locations in Saudi Arabia to the extent of providing assistance, advertisement and educational information used by all pilgrims who perform the annual pilgrimage (Hajj) ritual in Saudi Arabia. The cities of Mecca and Medina are visited by millions of pilgrims (Hajjis) over a seasonal period of two weeks. Utilizing a plurality of mobile, wireless, interactive communication devices distributed to and operated by the plurality of pilgrims, as well as government/public authority and a plurality of pilgrim guides, the system facilitates transporting, processing, supporting and educating the vast number of pilgrims from various countries throughout the world including their arrival, departure and guidance throughout the locations where the pilgrimage is to be conducted. | 11-28-2013 |
20130316724 | EVENT-TRIGGERED DYNAMIC LANDMARK CREATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - An event-triggered dynamic landmark creation system includes a management system and tracking devices attached to mobile objects. Each tracking device is configured to wirelessly transmit information pertaining to current time, identification and location of tracking devices, and status of mobile objects. The management system is configured to wirelessly communicate with each tracking device and is operable: to receive information transmitted from each tracking device; in response to occurrence of an initial event respecting status of a first mobile object, to create a non-physical dynamic landmark about the first mobile object relative to location of a first tracking device attached thereto; and in response to occurrence of successive subsequent events respecting location of a second tracking device attached to a second mobile object, to record a visit of the second mobile object within the dynamic landmark about the location of the first mobile. | 11-28-2013 |
20130316725 | Operating Geographic Location Systems - Among other things, we describe a method that includes receiving, on a mobile device, an indication that an application executing on the mobile device has entered a background state, receiving, from the application, a value indicating a condition for providing location data to the application, disabling a resource associated with the application, while the resource associated with the application is disabled, storing location data received from a location system of the mobile device, and when the condition indicated by the value is met, enabling the resource associated with the application, and providing the stored location data to the application. | 11-28-2013 |
20130316726 | Efficient Resource Usage For Location Sharing In Computer Networks - A location sharing system and related processes across computer networks are provided that efficiently utilize resources by adjusting location determination techniques at client devices. A rule-based architecture including user-based heuristics facilitates location determination that is accurate while optimizing resource consumption. Current interest in or other behavior associated with a target user or requesting user can be used in selecting a location determination protocol at the client device. An accurate portrayal of a user's location can be provided efficiently by correlating interest to utilize more accurate but larger resource-intensive components when interest is higher and to utilize less accurate but lower resource-intensive components when interest is lower. | 11-28-2013 |
20130316727 | METHODS AND APPARTUS TO DETERMINE DISTANCE BETWEEN DEVICES FOR DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION AND PROXIMITY SERVICES - Various systems, methods, apparatuses, and computer-readable media for communicating from device to device are described. Device to Device (D2D) communication may bypass use of a network when devices are in communicable proximity of each other. Knowledge of the relative locations of devices that either are already in D2D mode or are not yet in D2D mode but are capable of using D2D mode may be useful. Therefore, various techniques are described for determining distance between two or more devices. Relative locations may also be used to determine the proximity of two devices for some proximity service of common interest. | 11-28-2013 |
20130316728 | POSITIONING SYSTEMS FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - The invention provides a method of computing positioning of a mobile device in a wireless network. This positioning method receives associated pings exchanged among a network of nodes. The pings include count stamps of ping transmit and receipt, and a count stamp of a message received by the network nodes from the mobile device. The method evaluates count stamps to determine clock differences among clocks of the network nodes. From the clock differences, the method determines pseudo ranges between the network nodes and the mobile device. The method determines location of the mobile device by evaluating the differences between ranges of candidate positions of the mobile device and the pseudo ranges. It minimizing a function of error associated with the position candidates to determine the mobile device's location. | 11-28-2013 |
20130316729 | POSITION INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, POSITION INFORMATION MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND MANAGEMENT SERVER - A position information management system is disclosed, including a communication apparatus which includes a storage unit which stores therein position information of the communication apparatus; a wireless terminal which includes identification information and which communicates with the communication apparatus; and a management server which manages a position of the wireless terminal, wherein the management server further includes a position information receiving unit which receives the identification information and the position information from the communication apparatus; a storage unit which stores therein the communication apparatus and registered position information of the communication apparatus; a determining unit which determines whether the position information received by the position information receiving unit and stored in the storage unit and the registered position information match; and a management unit which manages a position of the wireless terminal with the identification information and the position information that is determined to match by the determining unit. | 11-28-2013 |
20130316730 | Method for Positioning Wireless Terminal, and Related Device and System - A method for positioning a wireless terminal, and a related device and system are provided. The method includes: obtaining, by a wireless terminal, a positioning service period and an identifier of a positioning channel from a first access point; switching, by the wireless terminal, to the positioning channel in the positioning service period; and broadcasting, by the wireless terminal, a location measurement message through the positioning channel, so that at least three access points in an access point group where the first access point is located obtain positioning measurement data after receiving the location measurement message, so as to estimate a location of the wireless terminal. Embodiments of the present invention can shorten positioning time of the wireless terminal, reduce power consumption, and improve utilization of a network wireless channel. | 11-28-2013 |
20130316731 | FLEET MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD EMPLOYING MOBILE DEVICE MONITORING AND RESEARCH - Systems, apparatuses and methods for monitoring wireless communication performance. A fleet of moving vehicles equipped with communication devices communicate data call records, including a geographic location of the vehicle when the communication was attempted, to a central office. Indications of successful and unsuccessful call record communications attempts are aggregated by geographic area using the geographic location data from the vehicles. Call success rate levels for the geographic areas are determined based on the aggregated indications of successful and unsuccessful call record communication attempts. These levels may be presented on geographical maps or otherwise, and/or used for network analysis purposes. | 11-28-2013 |
20130316732 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING DEVICES - Systems and methods for managing devices, such as computing devices, are disclosed. In an aspect, one method comprises determining one or more available communication networks, determining a first position in association with the one or more available communication networks, if a change is detected in the one or more available communication networks, or if the first position is not of sufficient quality, determining a second position, and if no change in the one or more available communication networks is detected, and the first position is of sufficient quality, retrieving the first position. | 11-28-2013 |
20130316733 | INTUITIVE COMPUTING METHODS AND SYSTEMS - The present disclosure relates generally to mobile devices and content recognition. One claim recites a method employing a mobile device having a processor configured to perform one or more acts of the method, the mobile device including at least one sensor. The method includes: obtaining information from the sensor; and selecting a user profile from among a plurality of different user profiles based on the information. Other claims and combinations are provided as well. | 11-28-2013 |
20130316734 | System and Method for Aggregating and Associating Mobile Device Location Data - A computer-implemented method for processing mobile device location data is provided. Location data is filtered based on age and accuracy or precision of location coordinates. Location data is partitioned based on the location coordinates into a plurality of clusters including a plurality of location data instances. The plurality of clusters are filtered based on a number of data instances in a particular cluster and a period of time over which data instances of the particular data cluster are generated. A distance is determined from a location coordinate corresponding to the data instances of one or more of the plurality of clusters to a particular predetermined location, and the one or more of the plurality of clusters are correlated with the particular predetermined location in response to the distance being less than a predetermined distance. The invention further provides a location data processing system. | 11-28-2013 |
20130324146 | METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION OF LOCATION INFORMATION - The invention relates to communicating location information to mobile devices for display to the users of the mobile devices. An advantageous embodiment of the invention provides method in a server node for communicating location specific information between the server node and a mobile device, comprising at least the steps of receiving at least one request from the mobile device, extracting at least one identifier of a location item channel from a received request, and transmitting to the mobile device at least one location item from a location item channel whose identifier was extracted from a received request. | 12-05-2013 |
20130324147 | Access Node Locations in a Network - Disclosed systems and methods relate to determining and optimizing a location of an access node within a network. In one aspect, a computing device may analyze information related to location, timing delays, and wireless (e.g., Wi-Fi) parameters such as signal strength to confirm and/or optimize the location of an access node. The location information may include global positioning system (GPS) coordinates of the access node and user devices, and the timing delay information may include data associated with delays in transmitting a signal from a provider to a device associated with the access node and nearby devices. | 12-05-2013 |
20130324148 | PRODUCT POSITION TRACKING SYSTEM - An engine frame comprises an engine support structure and a communication device with a serial number and a wireless transceiver. The engine support structure is configured to support an engine for maintenance or transport. The communication device is configured to determine a location of the engine frame, and broadcast a report message including the location of the engine frame and the serial number to a remote server via the wireless transceiver. | 12-05-2013 |
20130324149 | ADAPTIVE CALIBRATION OF MEASUREMENTS FOR A WIRELESS RADIO NETWORK - Adaptive calibration of measurements for a wireless radio network is described. A network location system can employ timed fingerprint location technology to determine location information for UEs in a NELOS enabled wireless network environment. Calibration of observed time measurements can reduce errors in determining location information. Adaptive calibration facilitates the selection of subsets of wireless network radios for calibration updates. The selection of wireless network radios comprising the subsets can be based on prioritization rules including prioritization based on historical calibration information, geographic information, or observation density information for a wireless network radio. Further, a wireless network radio can be deprioritized based on the availability of alternate location information related to the wireless network radio. | 12-05-2013 |
20130324150 | LOCATION ESTIMATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - Disclosed herein is a location estimation apparatus and method. The location estimation apparatus according to the present invention includes a setting unit for setting a coordinate system based on location information. A selection unit selects a target node, a location of which is to be estimated, based on connection information between nodes received from a plurality of nodes constituting a network. An estimation unit estimates location information of the target node depending on a connection relationship between the target node and reference nodes, location information of which is known. | 12-05-2013 |
20130324151 | ASSET TRACKING SYSTEM WITH DATA PING BASED ON ASSET MOVEMENT - An asset tracking system that optimizes the value per ping by tying the ping to movement of the asset. The asset tracking device will send a ping to a remote host (i.e., receiver) when pre-determined condition(s) regarding the movement are met, conditions such as time between movements, the pattern of movement, and number of movements within a time period. In such a manner, the value per ping is optimized, leading to increased battery life and decreased operational cost. To satisfy these conditions and exception events, the asset tracking device is equipped with appropriate sensors, actuators, and trigger mechanism(s). The sensors and actuators detect movements and/or confirm or recognize a sequence of movements. When the detected movements and/or sequence of movements match a predetermined, recognized pattern or condition, the trigger mechanism is activated, after which a data ping is sent. | 12-05-2013 |
20130324152 | ASSET TRACKING SYSTEM ACTIVATED BY PREDETERMINED PATTERN OF ASSET MOVEMENT - An asset tracking system that optimizes the value per ping by tying the ping to a pattern of movements of the asset. The asset tracking device will send a ping to a remote host (i.e., receiver) when pre-determined condition(s) regarding the movement are met, conditions such as the pattern of movement, and number of movements within a time period. In such a manner, the value per ping is optimized, leading to increased battery life and decreased operational cost. To satisfy these conditions, the asset tracking device is equipped with appropriate sensors, actuators, and trigger mechanism(s). The sensors and actuators detect movements and/or confirm or recognize a sequence of movements. When the detected movements and/or sequence of movements match a predetermined, recognized pattern or condition, the trigger mechanism is activated, after which a data ping is sent. | 12-05-2013 |
20130324153 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, POSITION INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, AND POSITION INFORMATION MANAGEMENT METHOD - A communication apparatus which transmits information on a position at which the communication apparatus is positioned is disclosed. The communication apparatus includes a detecting unit which detects one of a first signal which is detected when the communication apparatus is fixed to an installed location and a second signal which is detected when the communication apparatus is brought to a state in which it is not fixed to the installed location; a storage unit which stores therein the position information; and a control unit which erases the position information stored in the storage unit when the second signal is detected after the first signal is detected by the detecting unit. | 12-05-2013 |
20130324154 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOCATION POSITIONING OF USER DEVICE - Devices, systems, and methods for gathering, calculating and sending positioning information at a user device to one or more networks may be disclosed. In a first implementation the user device transforms pseudorange information relating to terrestrial beacons into GNSS pseudorange information. In a second implementation, the user device sends position information using GNSS information elements. In a third implementation, the user device sends position information using non-GNSS information elements. | 12-05-2013 |
20130324155 | System and Method for Locating WIMAX or LTE Subscriber Stations - A system and method for estimating a location of a subscriber station receiving a first signal from a first base station and receiving a second signal from a second base station where the first and second base stations are nodes in a WiMAX or LTE network. A message may be received from the subscriber station containing first and second information, and a range ring determined from the first base station using the first information. A location hyperbola may be determined using the second information wherein the location hyperbola has the first and second base stations as foci. A location of the subscriber station may be estimated using the range ring and the location hyperbola. | 12-05-2013 |
20130324156 | LOCATION SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING THE POSITION OF AN OBJECT - A location system for determining the position of a movable object ( | 12-05-2013 |
20130324157 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOCATION UPDATE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and apparatus for location update in a wireless communication system. A machine-to-machine (M2M) device transmits a mobility access classifier indicating the mobility access classification of the M2M device to a first base station, and receives information on a reattachment zone indicating a list of base stations accessible by the M2M device from the first station. The M2M device transits to an idle mode, and provides a location update to a second base station based on whether or not the second M2M device has exited the reattachment zone. | 12-05-2013 |
20130324158 | MOBILE BROADCAST-BASED LOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS - The present invention, pertaining to the field of wireless communications, discloses a mobile broadcast-based method and apparatus that includes: receiving a mobile broadcast signal; demodulating a location spreading signal inserted in the header of a time slot or a transmission frame of the mobile broadcast signal to acquire navigation message information, and measuring and acquiring location characteristic parameters, wherein the navigation message information includes the identifier of a mobile broadcast station, and the location characteristic parameters correspond to the identifier; and acquiring location data according to the location characteristic parameters and the navigation message information. According to the method and apparatus, a location spreading signal is carried in the header of a time slot or in the header of a transmission frame of the mobile broadcast signal, navigation message information is acquired by demodulating the location spreading signal, and location characteristic parameters are acquired by measurement to acquire location data. | 12-05-2013 |
20130331116 | TRANSMITTING INITIATION DETAILS FROM A MOBILE DEVICE - Act initiation details can be automatically selected based on time information in a time-based object in a mobile device. In response to a gesture made with the mobile device and sensing a proximity of the mobile device to a receiving device, the selected act initiation details can be transmitted to the receiving device. The act initiation details may be call initiation details that can be received from the mobile device at the receiving device. The receiving device can use the call initiation details to place a telephone call represented by the call initiation details without using the mobile device as a telephone for the call. | 12-12-2013 |
20130331117 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WHITE SPACE DATABASE DISCOVERY - Methods, apparatuses, and computer program products herein enable a communication device to determine contact information for at least one white space database. One example method may include causing location indication information to be transmitted to a white space database discovery server. The method may further include receiving address information for one or more white space databases from the white space database discovery server based at least in part on the location indication information. The method may further include causing a connection with at least one of the one or more white space databases based on the address information. | 12-12-2013 |
20130331118 | PERFORMING ENHANCED BACKGROUND LOCATION SCANS TO FACILITATE LOCATION-BASED GEO-FENCING - The disclosed embodiments facilitate location awareness in mobile computing devices while also reducing power consumption. A baseband processor performs background scanning of wireless networks, tracking the status of surrounding wireless networks while a primary application processor operates in a lower-power sleep state. Upon detecting a wireless network of interest, the baseband processor notifies (and wakes up) the application processor. The baseband processor can also be configured to track a subset of the wireless networks detected from previous scans to facilitate trajectory tracing. | 12-12-2013 |
20130331119 | Global-Positioning System (GPS) Update Interval Based on Sensor - In one embodiment, a method includes transmitting at a pre-determined polling frequency an activation signal waking from a sleep mode an application on a mobile computing device and causing the application to activate a location service of the mobile computing device for a pre-determined sampling duration. The pre-determined polling frequency and the pre-determined sampling duration are determined at least in part by detecting a movement of the mobile computing device. The method also includes receiving location data from the mobile computing device after the pre-determined sampling duration. The location data is responsive to a transmission signal. | 12-12-2013 |
20130331120 | POSITIONING - An exemplary method includes: receiving at each of at least three antenna elements of a positioning device a wireless signal having modulated thereon an identifier relating to a transmitting device; obtaining complex signal parameters of a signal received at each of the at least three antenna elements; determining a measure of a strength of the received wireless signal; comparing the measure to a threshold associated with the identifier; if the measure exceeds the threshold, processing the complex signal parameters to determine a bearing of the transmitting device from the positioning device; and if the measure does not exceed the threshold, discarding the complex signal parameters without processing them to determine a bearing. An exemplary apparatus and computer readable medium configured to perform the method are also disclosed. | 12-12-2013 |
20130331121 | WI-FI ENHANCED TRACKING ALGORITHMS - Disclosed herein is the use of Wi-Fi based location estimates of a mobile device to provide global offset corrections (including automated initialization) and enhanced navigation accuracy through delivery of heading corrections. In an embodiment, dead reckoning tracking data may be received for a tracked subject. The tracking data includes a plurality of tracking points forming a tracking path of the tracked subject. A Wi-Fi position system location estimate is also obtained. The Wi-Fi position system location estimate is one of a plurality of Wi-Fi position system location estimates correlated to the dead reckoning tracking data. And a tracking related parameter is determined based on the correlation of the dead reckoning tracking data to the Wi-Fi position system location estimate. | 12-12-2013 |
20130331122 | METHOD FOR IMPROVING DISCOVERY OF PREFERRED MOBILE COMPUTING LOCATIONS - A method for improving discovery of preferred mobile computing locations includes monitoring sensor data corresponding to a mobile computing device (MCD) and monitoring non-GPS network data implemented by the mobile computing device. Additionally, the method determines whether sensor data and non-GPS network data indicate that the mobile computing device is stationary within a cell site as well as scanning any network that the mobile computing device is electronically linked to. In short, the method discovers an improved preferred mobile computing location based on the sensor data and non-GPS network data that provide reliable information that the mobile computing device is stationary within the cell site. The sensor data and non-GPS network data are converged when several corresponding scans produce overlapping results. | 12-12-2013 |
20130331123 | METHOD FOR IMPROVING DISCOVERY OF PREFERRED MOBILE COMPUTING LOCATIONS - A method for improving discovery of preferred mobile computing locations includes monitoring sensor data corresponding to a mobile computing device (MCD) and monitoring non-GPS network data implemented by the mobile computing device. Additionally, the method determines whether sensor data and non-GPS network data indicate that the mobile computing device is stationary within a cell site as well as scanning any network that the mobile computing device is electronically linked to. In short, the method discovers an improved preferred mobile computing location based on the sensor data and non-GPS network data that provide reliable information that the mobile computing device is stationary within the cell site. The sensor data and non-GPS network data are converged when several corresponding scans produce overlapping results. | 12-12-2013 |
20130331124 | Location Tracking - One or more systems, devices, and/or methods for tracking a wireless device are disclosed. For example, a method includes receiving signal strength data for each of a plurality of access points. The signal strength data from the plurality of access points is compared to identify an anchor access point having a highest signal strength. Remaining signal strength data from the plurality of access points are compared to a threshold signal strength to identify at least one attractor access point. A memory is accessed for locations of the anchor access point and the at least one attractor access point. A pull point is calculated along a line from the anchor access point to the at least one attractor access point. A location of the wireless device is estimated as an average of the pull point and the location of the anchor access point. | 12-12-2013 |
20130331125 | COOPERATIVE LOCALISATION OF RADIO APPARATUSES - A cooperative localisation process for determining the absolute position of an apparatus to be localized includes a plurality of cooperator apparata able to cooperate, through the exchange of messages and data, in the localisation of the apparatus to be localized. The cooperator apparata are equipped with at least one direct, apparatus-to-apparatus radio transmission and reception system for messages and data, and components for estimating the distance between apparata of the set of cooperator apparata. The cooperative localisation apparata able to implement this process are also described. | 12-12-2013 |
20130337824 | TIMED FINGERPRINT LOCATING AT USER EQUIPMENT - Systems and techniques for determining the location of user equipment (UE) in a wireless network are disclosed. These techniques leverage geometric calculations for an overlaid local bin grid framework mapping an area of a wireless network to stored differential values for each frame of the local bin grid framework for pairs of relevant NodeB radios. A timing offset can be determined, such that when a time value from the UE is accessed, the location can be quickly determined with minimal real time computation. In an aspect, the UE time value can be searched for in the pre-computed differential value data set indexed by a relevant NodeB radio pair to return a set of frames that can be intersected with a second set of frames for a second NodeB radio pair for the UE. The intersecting frames can represent the location of the UE in the wireless network. | 12-19-2013 |
20130337825 | Space Time Calibration for Networks Using State Model of Node Clock Parameters - A space time calibration method determines location and timing for nodes in a network using a model of the state of clocks in the network nodes and observations of clock count stamps over an observation interval. At least one of the nodes in the network is moving, and the nodes have free running clocks, with corresponding clock error parameters. The method obtains observations of clock stamps for transmissions between nodes occurring over a time interval. It applies the observations to a model of network state, and generates from the model an update of network state. This update is a function of the observations and an estimate of the network state. The network state provides estimates of location parameters and clock parameters of the nodes in the network. | 12-19-2013 |
20130337826 | REFERENCE BASED LOCATION INFORMATION FOR A WIRELESS NETWORK - Determining referenced based location information for a wireless radio network is described. Referenced based location information can include determining location reference information and corresponding location offset information based on location information. In an aspect, location information can be timed fingerprint location information. Location offset information can be communicated in a wireless network at a lower operational cost than the associated location information. As such, use of referenced based location information for a wireless network can reduce bandwidth consumption as compared to location information communicated at similar intervals. This is particularly true in large wireless networks. Moreover, the use of referenced based location information for determining timed fingerprint location information can be highly attractive in light of timed fingerprint location information facilitating location information for many non-GPS enabled devices and being associated with significant increases in the frequency and density of location event requests. | 12-19-2013 |
20130337827 | RELIABILITY FOR LOCATION SERVICES - A system for determining reliability for location resources. A device may be configured to determine device location based on location information received from a location information source, the device including secure systems configured to provide a reliability rating of the location information source. The secure systems may be configured to compare a device location based on the location information to a secondary device location based on secondary information to determine the reliability rating. For example, location information based on location signals received by the device may be compared to sensor information in the device to determine whether the movement described by location information and sensor information agrees. In the same or a different embodiment, a refined reliability rating may be requested from a secure resource in the device or accessible via a network. The secure resource may refine the reliability rating using tertiary information available to the secure resource. | 12-19-2013 |
20130337828 | METHODS FOR SHARING ATHLETIC ACTIVITIES - Methods for sharing athletic activities and systems incorporating the same, wherein some examples include receiving challenger data corresponding to a challenge initiated by challengers, communicating challenger data to challenge record servers, comparing challenger data to owner records to determine if challengers were victorious, and requesting challenge record servers to overwrite owner records if the challengers were victorious. Other examples may additionally or alternatively include storing on challenge record servers one or more server challenge datasets including owner records, receiving challenger data corresponding to challenges completed by challengers, comparing owner records to the challenger data to determine if the challengers were victorious, and overwriting the owner record if the challengers were victorious. Other examples may additionally or alternatively include receiving selected geographic regions, communicating the selected geographic regions to challenge record servers, and receiving from the challenge record servers owner records proximate the selected geographic regions. | 12-19-2013 |
20130337829 | GEOGRAPHIC REDUNDANCY DETERMINATION FOR TIME BASED LOCATION INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS RADIO NETWORK - Determining levels of geographic redundancy among radios of a wireless radio network is described. The level of geographic redundancy for a radio can affect the determination of location information for a user equipment (UE) on the wireless radio network. The disclosed subject matter can be employed in conjunction with timed fingerprint location (TFL) technologies to facilitate selection of radios employed in determining time values for TFL location determination. Levels of geographic redundancy can be employed to rank or order radios of a wireless radio network so as to reduce the likelihood of using geographically redundant radios in location determination. Further, rules can be selected to adjust threshold values and equations employed in determining the levels of geographic redundancy. Moreover, rules can be selected to apply boundary conditions to reduce the number of determinations formed for a set of radios of the wireless radio network. | 12-19-2013 |
20130337830 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING POINTS OF INTEREST OR EVENTS BASED ON GEOTAGGED DATA AND GEOLOCATION SEEDS - An approach is provided for detecting points of interest or events based on geotagged data and geolocation seeds. A maps platform processes and/or facilitates a processing of location information associated with one or more devices to determine one or more geolocation seeds. The maps platform causes, at least in part, a querying for content information based, at least in part, on the one or more geolocation seeds. The maps platform then processes and/or facilitates a processing of the content information to determine one or more points of interest, one or more location-based events, or a combination thereof. | 12-19-2013 |
20130337831 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR NETWORK CENTRIC WLAN LOCATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE - Systems, methods and devices for computing a mobile device location using network centric location measurements are described. In one potential embodiment, a location method comprises performing a user plane location session between a mobile device and a location server in order to reliably coordinate positioning of the mobile device. Based on the network centric coordination, the location server instructs one or more access points to obtain location measurements for the mobile device. The location server may then locate the mobile device based on the location measurements and possibly any mobile centric location measurements obtained from the mobile device using the user plane location session. The coordination of network centric positioning using the user plane location session may comprise transfer of SUPL and possibly LPP/LPPe positioning messages between the mobile device and location server. | 12-19-2013 |
20130337832 | METHOD AND MOBILE DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PAGING MESSAGES - A method of, and a mobile device for, performing idle mode operation carried out by a mobile station. The method includes receiving a first paging information of a first paging group and a second paging information of a second paging group from at least one base station; entering an idle mode at a first coverage belonging to the first paging group and starting a first timer for a periodic location update; determining a paging group of a currently preferred base station; starting a second timer, if the paging group of the currently preferred base station is determined to be the second paging group; and performing a location update when the second timer expires. | 12-19-2013 |
20130337833 | Method of Determining A Location Of A Mobile Device And Method Of Managing A List For Use In Such A Method - Methods of determining a location of a mobile device in a first communication network are presented. The mobile device is in communication with a cellular base station in a second communication network. First, access points within the first communication network are detected with the mobile device. Then, one or more of the detected access points is selected based on information provided by the cellular base station. Finally, the location of the mobile device is determined based on the selected access points. | 12-19-2013 |
20130337834 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF LOCATION ESTIMATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of location estimation of a mobile device. For example, a device may include a location error corrector to provide location data to at least one application executed by the device, the location data indicating an estimated location of the device, which is based on location information from at least one location-information generator; to receive from the application error feedback information indicating an error in the estimated location; to determine a correction based on the error feedback information; and to provide to the application corrected location data based on the correction. | 12-19-2013 |
20130337835 | REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOCATION MEASUREMENT, LOCATION MEASUREMENT METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM USING THE SAME, AND TIME SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD AND DEVICE USING THE SAME - Disclosed are a reference signal transmission method and system for location measurement, a location measurement method, device, and system using the same, and a time synchronization method and device using the same. A method for transmitting reference signals at two signal sources according to an embodiment of the present invention includes step (a) of transmitting a reference signal at a first signal source and transmitting a reference signal (hereinafter, a second reference signal) at a second signal source in response to reception of the reference signal from the first signal source, and step (b) of transmitting a reference signal (hereinafter, a first reference signal) at the first signal source in response to reception of the second reference signal from the second signal source, wherein the steps (a) and (b) are repeatedly performed. | 12-19-2013 |
20130344884 | Methods And Apparatus For Reporting Location Privacy - Privacy evaluation in a mobile electronic device. Location data collected by one or more applications operating on the electronic device is evaluated to determine the precision with which a user's location and movements can be reconstructed based on the location data collected by one or more of the applications. Information relating to such precision may be presented to the user, suitably by a graphic display representing a circle or ellipse within which the user's movement cannot be determined or a set of streets within which the user's movement cannot be determined. | 12-26-2013 |
20130344885 | ELECTRONIC TRACKING DEVICE WITH WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOL TRANSLATION CIRCUITRY AND ASSOCIATED METHODS - An electronic tracking device includes a housing, a motherboard, and a daughterboard coupled to the motherboard. The motherboard includes processing circuitry configured to operate using a first command set corresponding to a first wireless communications protocol. The daughterboard includes tracking circuitry, wireless transceiver circuitry and translation circuitry. The wireless transceiver circuitry is coupled to the tracking circuitry and is configured to operate using a second command set corresponding to a second wireless communications protocol. The translation circuitry is coupled between the wireless transceiver circuitry and the processing circuitry to provide bidirectional translation between the first and second command sets. | 12-26-2013 |
20130344886 | ACCESS POINT LOCATION IDENTIFICATION METHODS AND APPARATUS BASED ON ABSOLUTE AND RELATIVE HARVESTING - A system and method which identifies locations associated with radio-frequency (RF) signal sources in an area, includes receiving multiple measurement sets from a plurality of collector devices. The collector devices obtain contemporaneous information on characteristics of the signal sources and absolute and/or relative location information of the collectors. These measurement sets are processed to discover positioning data for the RF signal sources that may be used to determine locations of devices in the area that are configured to receive or monitor the RF signals. | 12-26-2013 |
20130344887 | D-SLP SERVICE AREA DETECTION USING AREA ID - A method for determining whether a terminal is located inside a discovered Secure User Plane Location Platform (D-SLP) service area is disclosed. The method may comprise identifying a discovered Secure User Plane Location Platform (D-SLP). A terminal may receive from a home Secure User Plane Location Platform (H-SLP) an authorization to use the D-SLP. Additionally, the terminal may receive from the H-SLP a list of Area IDs within a Secure User Plane Location Platform (SLP) service area comprises a first group of Area IDs within the SLP service area. The method may comprise comparing an ID associated with a network access point for the terminal, and the list of Area IDs to determine if the terminal is inside the D-SLP service area. The method may comprise making a D-SLP use determination based on the comparison. | 12-26-2013 |
20130344888 | IDENTIFICATION OF POINTS OF INTEREST AND POSITIONING BASED ON POINTS OF INTEREST - It is inter alia disclosed methods, apparatuses, systems, computer programs and computer-readable mediums for identifying a point of interest, for providing a point of interest, and for receiving a point of interest. According to one aspect of the invention, a respective position-related information collected by at least one device at a plurality of time points is obtained. One or more of the collected position-related information is represented as respective position-related points in a one- or multidimensional space. At least one point of interest is identified by detecting at least one accumulation zone from the position-related points in the space. | 12-26-2013 |
20130344889 | Methods and Arrangements for Handling Positioning in a Radio Communication System - A method in a first radio network node ( | 12-26-2013 |
20130344890 | The Method and Apparatus for Updating Tracking Area in Wireless Communication System Including Mobile Relay Node - A method for updating a tracking area in a wireless communication system is provided. The method may be performed between a mobile relay node and a user equipment. The mobile relay node transmits a tracking area change message to a user equipment (UE) on the mobile relay node, receives a tracking area change response message from the UE as a response to the tracking area change message, transmits a tracking area update (TAU) request message to a donor evolved NodeB (DeNB), receives a TAU accept message from a mobility management entity (MME), and transmits a TAU complete message to the UE. | 12-26-2013 |
20130344891 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING MOBILE DEVICE LOCATION - A computer-implemented mobile device locating method is provided. The method includes determining a current cell sector of a mobile device and comparing the current cell sector with a cell sector list of previously determined cell sectors. A current location of the mobile device is determined if the current cell sector is not listed in the cell sector list. The current location is compared with a last determined location. The current cell sector is added to the cell sector list if the current location is substantially the same as the last determined location. The cell sector list is cleared if the current location is not substantially the same as the last determined location. | 12-26-2013 |
20130344892 | INDOOR LOCALIZATION USING COMMERCIAL FREQUENCY-MODULATED SIGNALS - A commercial frequency-modulated (FM) radio signal indoor localization system and method for finding a location of a mobile embedded device (such as a smartphone) within a building. Indoor localization is performed by receiving commercial FM radio signals on the device, analyzing the signals using signal quality metrics, and generating signal quality vectors for each signal and signal quality metric used for the signal. The signal quality metric can be any physical signal quality indicator. The signal quality vectors are added to obtain a current location fingerprint. The current location fingerprint is compared to fingerprints stored in a fingerprint database. The location associated with the stored fingerprint that is the closest match to the current fingerprint location is designated as the current location in the building of the mobile embedded device. Locally generated radio signals can be used in conjunction with the commercial FM radio signals to improve localization accuracy. | 12-26-2013 |
20130344893 | LOCALIZATION OF MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICES IN INDOOR ENVIRONMENTS - Various technologies pertaining to localizing multiple mobile computing devices in an indoor environment are described. Pairs of microphone arrays are selectively positioned in an indoor environment. A localization service assigns a frequency and schedule to a mobile telephone, and the mobile telephone begins outputting vibrations at the assigned frequency and in conformance with the assigned schedule. The microphone arrays sense the vibrations, and angles between the microphone arrays, respectively, and the mobile computing device are computed based upon the sensed vibrations. Such angles are subsequently employed to compute the location of the mobile computing device in the indoor environment. | 12-26-2013 |
20140004874 | WIFI MAPPING AND MOTION DETECTION | 01-02-2014 |
20140004875 | ASCERTAINING PRESENCE REGIONS FOR MOBILE TELEPHONY | 01-02-2014 |
20140004876 | Indoor/Outdoor Differentiation Using Radio Frequency (RF) Transmitters | 01-02-2014 |
20140004877 | Position Determination Using Round-Trip Delay and Angle-of-Arrival | 01-02-2014 |
20140004878 | LOCATION MEASUREMENT APPARATUS AND METHOD | 01-02-2014 |
20140004879 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-02-2014 |
20140004880 | Mobile Terminal and Parameter Calibration Method for Global Positioning System | 01-02-2014 |
20140004881 | System and Method for Mobile Location By Dynamic Clustering | 01-02-2014 |
20140018094 | SPATIAL DETERMINATION AND AIMING OF A MOBILE DEVICE - Architecture that creates a multi-dimensional spatial model of a mobile device based on data obtained from sensors, such as associated with the mobile device, for example. The spatial model defines the location of the mobile device in space, as well as the device orientation (e.g., heading, and tilt). The spatial model is used to determine a target location (or point) in space at which the mobile device is aiming. The spatial model can be generated based on sensing subsystems that include, but are not limited to, geolocation subsystem (e.g., GPS-global positioning system), a directional (or heading) sensor such as a compass, and gyroscope information to calculate the device tilt relative to the target location. | 01-16-2014 |
20140018095 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CALIBRATION BASED INDOOR GEOLOCATION - In a system facilitating the calibration of a map-point grid for an indoor location determination, the grid includes several map points, each having a radio frequency (RF) data fingerprint being associated therewith. At least one of: (i) RF signal data from several RF sources, (ii) a user specified location indication, and (ii) tracking data from a sensor, the tracking data indicating a user's movement relative to a base map point, are received. The map-point grid is updated based on, at least in part, at least one of (i) adjusted RF data, the received RF data being adjusted using systematic analysis thereof, (ii) the tracking data, and (iii) the location indication. A user's location may be determined based on the fingerprints associated with the map-point grid, and sensor data. | 01-16-2014 |
20140018096 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INDOOR LOCATION MAPPING AND TRACKING - Implementations of the present disclosure involve a system and/or method for indoor mapping. The indoor mapping system may receive wireless signals from wireless devices located in an area and create a wireless signal fingerprint that identifies each signal and the strength of the signal. A user may identify the location that the wireless signal fingerprint was taken on a geo-referenced map. After the wireless signal fingerprints for an area have been mapped, a user may determine a location by taking a wireless signal fingerprint and comparing the wireless signal fingerprint to previously taken wireless signal fingerprints. | 01-16-2014 |
20140018097 | INFORMATION PROCESSING USING A POPULATION OF DATA ACQUISITION DEVICES - Distributed systems, controllers and methods for processing information from a plurality of devices are provided. A distributed system includes a plurality of devices distributed in an environment. Each device has at least a communication capability for interchanging information with others of the devices and/or with a communication system. Each of at least some of the devices has one or more sensors for acquiring sensor data related to the environment proximate to the device. At least one of the communication system or one or more of the devices is configured as a controller configured to: select a subset of devices from among the plurality of devices, receive information based on the acquired sensor data of the selected subset, and combine the received information from the selected subset to determine a characteristic of the environment proximate to one or more of the devices. | 01-16-2014 |
20140018098 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR HANDLING POSITIONING IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method in a first radio network node for handling position measurements is provided. The first radio network node receives from a second radio network node a position measurement associated with a user equipment, and a system frame number. The system frame number is associated with the second radio network node. The system frame number is further related to a point in time when the position measurement was performed. The first radio network node calculates a position estimate of the position of the user equipment based on the position measurement. The first radio network node defines a time stamp which is based on the received system frame number. The first radio network node then signals to a third radio network node a positioning response. The positioning response comprises the position estimate and the time stamp. | 01-16-2014 |
20140018099 | MOBILE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, MOBILE MANAGEMENT SERVER, MOBILE MANAGEMENT METHOD AND MOBILE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM - A mobile node includes: a status acquiring unit for acquiring status information; and a communication module for transmitting the status information to a mobile management server. The mobile management server includes: an input/output unit for receiving the status information from the mobile node; a management data creating unit for analyzing changes in the distribution of the status information, thereby calculating, as characteristic parts, parts having high distribution densities; and a request processing unit for outputting information about the calculated characteristic part. The management data creating unit includes: a node data registering function for storing the status information; a label calculating function for calculating a label in which the status information is multiplexed; and a characteristic part extracting function for extracting, in descending order of distribution density, characteristic parts representative of parts having high label distribution densities. | 01-16-2014 |
20140018100 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND PROGRAM - To improve convenience of a function of rearranging and conveying information registered in an address book. A mobile phone, if any one of users registered in an address book is selected, obtains location information of a mobile phone owned by the selected user from a location search server. The mobile phone, by comparing location information of a home or an office of the selected user registered in the address book and the location information of the mobile phone obtained from the location search server, decides an indication sequence of plural communication addresses registered in the address book for the selected user. | 01-16-2014 |
20140024389 | METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAMS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF COMMUNTING MATRICES USING CALL DETAIL RECORDS AND A USE FOR PROVIDING USER'S MOBILITY INFORMATION - A method for the construction of commuting matrices using call detail records, computer programs and a use for providing user's mobility information, including computing mechanism for constructing a commuting matrix according to phone call records of a user. The method includes: a) providing a user's origin time range; b) providing a user's destination time range or second user's origin time range; c) constructing the commuting matrix based on call detail records using the user's origin time range and the user's destination time range; d) comparing the commuting matrix with a predetermined ground truth matrix and obtaining a comparison result; and e) optimizing the origin time range and/or destination time range based on the comparison result. | 01-23-2014 |
20140024390 | MEASUREMENT SYSTEM SERVICE FOR A VEHICLE INSTRUMENT PANEL - A wireless interface disposed in a vehicle monitors a network for signals transmitted by cellular towers. The signals include a first system identification signal transmitted from a first cellular tower. A computer processing device is communicatively coupled to the wireless interface and includes logic configured to receive the first system identification signal in response to the monitoring. The first system identification signal corresponds to a first system identification. The logic is also configured to retrieve a table of system identifications including the first system identification from a storage device. Each of the system identifications is mapped to a corresponding geographic location in which each of the cellular towers is disposed and a corresponding measurement system utilized in the geographic location. The logic is also configured to identify the measurement system from which the first system identification is mapped, and display indicators of the measurement system within an instrument panel. | 01-23-2014 |
20140024391 | METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR IDENTIFYING THE POSITION OF A TRANSPONDER - A terminal is provided, which has a near-field communication module suitable for receiving signals from a transponder fitted with a circuit presenting a load impedance. The terminal includes a receiver suitable for receiving a first signal relating to the load impedance of the transponder (T | 01-23-2014 |
20140031055 | WIRELESS NETWORK COVERAGE ESTIMATION USING DOWN-SAMPLED CROWD-SOURCED DATA - A method of estimating wireless network coverage includes receiving location data from a plurality of mobile devices located within range of an antenna in a wireless network. The location data is mapped onto a grid of districts and down-sampled for respective districts of the grid. An approximate coverage region of the antenna is calculated based at least in part on the down-sampled location data. | 01-30-2014 |
20140031056 | Method and Node for Intelligent Paging Based on User Location Intelligence - A node of a wireless telecommunications network having a UE includes a network interface unit which receives and records each instance of a wireless protocol message, from the UE, to form a connection in the network or to update the network of its location, including time, date, and one or more sectors of the UE when the UE attempt is made: The node includes a Location Intelligence Database (LIDB), in which the recorded UE location information for the message from the UE over time is stored. The node includes a Location Intelligence Processor or LIP, which aggregates the information stored in the LIDB to form a pattern of UE location information by time, date, and sector within the wireless network. | 01-30-2014 |
20140031057 | MOBILE DEVICE LOCATION AUTHENTICATION - An authentication server and corresponding method to authenticate a location of a mobile device at a location system are disclosed. The authentication server includes a data transfer controller to initiate data transfer between the mobile device and the authentication server in response to an indication of communicative coupling of the mobile device to a network via a small cell associated with the location system. The authentication server also includes a network activity monitor to access a location server associated with the location system in response to the indication of the communicative coupling and to monitor an indication of network activity associated with the small cell provided by the location server to authenticate the location of the mobile device at the location system. | 01-30-2014 |
20140031058 | Wireless Transmitter Identity or Positioning Information Partitioning - Examples disclosed herein may relate to partitioning identity or position information for a plurality of wireless transmitters positioned within a geographical region into a plurality of sub-partitions. | 01-30-2014 |
20140031059 | MOBILE DEVICE POSITIONING IN DYNAMIC GROUPINGS OF COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A location aware intelligent transportation system determines ranges between a plurality of communication devices, including at least one mobile communication device. A method includes receiving receive messages transmitted from a plurality of other communication devices. Each receive message includes a transmit count stamp corresponding to a remote counter value. The mobile communication device generates a receive count stamp for each receive message. The method includes dynamically associating and disassociating the mobile communication device with a plurality of sub-groups of the plurality of other communication devices. The associating and disassociating are based at least in part on receiving receive messages from a predetermined number of other communication devices for each sub-group. For each sub-group currently associated with the mobile communication device, the method includes generating range estimates between the mobile communication device and the other communication devices in the particular sub-group. The range estimates are based on a combination of the transmit count stamps and the receive count stamps. | 01-30-2014 |
20140031060 | Creating Context Slices of a Storyline from Mobile Device Data - Embodiments create and label context slices from observation data that together define a storyline of a user's movements. A context is a (possibly partial) specification of what a user was doing in the dimensions of time, place, and activity. Contexts can vary in their specificity, their semantic content, and their likelihood. A storyline is composed of a time-ordered sequence of contexts that partition a given span of time. A storyline is created through a process of data collection, slicing and labeling. Raw context data can be collected from a variety of observation sources with various error characteristics. Slicing refines the chaotic collection of contexts produced by data collection into a single consistent storyline composed of a sequence of contexts representing homogeneous time intervals. Labeling adds more specific and semantically meaningful data (e.g., geography, venue, activity) to the storyline produced by slicing. | 01-30-2014 |
20140031061 | Systems And Methods For Monitoring Device And Vehicle - Methods and systems for monitoring a device and a vehicle associated with the device are provided. An example method can comprise monitoring a behavior of a first device in a vehicle, collecting the data associated with the behavior of the first device, and transmitting the data to a second device remote from the vehicle. In an aspect, the first and second device can be a mobile device such as a cell phone, smart phone, PDA, tablet, computer or the like. As an example, the behavior of the device can comprise at least one of a speed, an acceleration, a location, and an orientation, a user authentication, a type of use, and a time of use, whether the device is actively used while device is moving, etc. | 01-30-2014 |
20140031062 | WIRELESS CLIENT POSITION ESTIMATING SYSTEM AND METHOD - The present invention comprises a system and method for determining an estimated position of a wireless mobile client device operating in a communications environment covered by a wireless local area network. The received signal strength of the wireless mobile client device is measured by one or more access points serving devices in the communications environment. In a preferred embodiment, the error between the received signal strength measured by the access points and the expected received signal strength at a plurality of locations in the communications environment is calculated. The location of the device is determined from the error. | 01-30-2014 |
20140031063 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PARAMETER UPDATE INFORMATION, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - Disclosed are a method for transmitting and receiving parameter update information and an apparatus for same. A machine to machine (M2M) device for receiving parameter update information according to the present invention comprises: a receiver for receiving, from a base station (BS), a first message containing information indicating that the M2M device belonging to a specific M2M group should perform a location update; and a transmitter for transmitting a second message for location update to the base station. The receiver further receives, from the base station (BS), a third esage as a response to the second message, wherein the third message may further include information on a new M2M group identifier for the M2M device that belongs to the specific M2M group. Here, the first message may be a paging message, the second message may be a ranging request message, and the third message may be a ranging response message. | 01-30-2014 |
20140031064 | Method and System for Automatically Identifying Wireless Signal Quality of a Region - A method for automatically identifying wireless signal quality of a region includes receiving signal quality information associated with wireless signals received by each of a plurality of mobile endpoints and receiving location information identifying locations of each of the plurality of mobile endpoints. The method also includes, based on the received signal quality information and the received location information, identifying a first region of an area, the first region having a first signal quality. | 01-30-2014 |
20140038634 | NETWORK MAP FOR LOCATION-BASED MOBILITY DECISIONS - The exemplary embodiment uses geographical location information to assist the selection of the target cell during reconfiguration, handover and redirection procedures. This process involves defining a network geographical grid and building an associated database of captured data from the user equipment, such as radio measurements, and calculated KPI statistics per geographical location, and then using such data for making mobility and load-balancing decisions. | 02-06-2014 |
20140038635 | Centralized Data Store For Providing All Place-Related Data To Applications On A Mobile Device - A method of managing place data for a mobile device, the method comprising storing place data for the mobile device in a centralized place data store, the centralized place data store storing location data for each of a plurality of places defined by the mobile device, and in response to place data requests from a plurality of applications executing on the mobile device, providing the place data from the centralized place data store to the plurality of applications. | 02-06-2014 |
20140038636 | LOCATION OF COOPERATIVE TAGS WITH PERSONAL ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The present disclosure relates to location and communication systems that can be utilized for locating people, pets and other objects with a software defined radio set. A personal electronic device (PED) such as a cellular telephone, personal data assistant (PDA) or other device that include a software defined radio set can be configured for operation as a locator device. The PED transmits a signal A transponder or micro-transponder (MT) that is tagged to an object is arranged to reply to a transmission received from the PED. The PED based locator is arranged to calculate a distance between the PED and the MT using the time-of-flight (TOF) between the transmission and the receipt of a reply. The absolute geographic position of the PED can be determined using satellite navigation information, while the position of the MT relative to the PED can be determined from the TOF information. | 02-06-2014 |
20140038637 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING RADIO LOCATION ACCURACY WITH MEASUREMENTS - A method and apparatus to utilize a set of measurements (either partial or compete) to improve the accuracy of an initial position estimate for a wireless terminal. The initial position estimate for the terminal is first obtained (e.g., based on a cell-ID or an enhanced cell-ID solution). Measurements are obtained for the terminal. The initial position estimate is then updated with the measurements to obtain a revised position estimate for the terminal. The updating may be performed by (1) deriving a measurement vector based on the initial position estimate and the measurements, (2) forming an observation matrix for the measurements, (3) determining a matrix of weights, (4) deriving a correction vector based on the measurement vector, the observation matrix, and the weight matrix, and (5) updating the initial position estimate with the correction vector. | 02-06-2014 |
20140038638 | System and Method for Using Data Phase to Reduce Position Ambiguities - A geographic tracking system with minimal power and size required at the mobile terminal collects observation data at the mobile terminal and forwards the data to a processor, which calculates the position. The mobile terminal is configured to measure both code phase and data phase of a GPS satellite signal. The code phase and data phase information enables the processor to reduce the number of candidate points to be considered. | 02-06-2014 |
20140038639 | POSITIONING IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for positioning in a communication network with a cellular coverage is disclosed, wherein comprising the following steps: receiving location-dependent data concerning a mobile device; from a plurality of fingerprints, each of which corresponds to one of locations within the coverage, retrieving one having the highest similarity to the location-dependent data; and determining the location corresponding to the fingerprint with the highest similarity as the mobile device's location if the highest similarity exceeds a predetermined threshold. | 02-06-2014 |
20140038640 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ASSOCIATING DEVICES MOVING ALONG THE SAME TRAVEL PATH - A method of temporarily associating a first mobile device | 02-06-2014 |
20140045515 | REAL-TIME PLANOGRAM GENERATION AND MAINTENANCE - Generating a planogram of a facility in real-time, includes positioning a wireless mobile device at a plurality of geometric positions within the facility. A location of the mobile device at each position is then established using a location mechanism. Each geometric position is then associated with that location of the mobile device. The planogram is then updated with information about the geometric position. The geometric positions are associated with physical objects modeled in the planogram. Non-geometric information can also be obtained at the location of the mobile device, and this non-geometric information can be overlaid onto the planogram. | 02-13-2014 |
20140045516 | MUTUAL INTEREST LOCATION MATCHING - Architecture that enables users to define user interests, and when two or more people with matching interests (mutual) are identified in the same geographical area, the architecture actively notifies either one or both of the users (e.g., based on a given scenario). After being notified, either or both users can decide how to act (e.g., the user that wants to buy the car can call the user that wants to sell the car and then set a meeting at a suitable time). The architecture automatically creates dynamic geo-fences in association with users to perform different location-based matching scenarios. The locations of the users are continuously identified as the users move in a geographical area. When a matching interest is identified, the architecture actively notifies the users of items that might be of interest and which are currently occurring in the user vicinity. | 02-13-2014 |
20140045517 | SYSTEM FOR DETERMINATION OF REAL-TIME QUEUE TIMES BY CORRELATING MAP DATA AND MOBILE USERS' LOCATION DATA - A system collects and correlates dynamic mobile user data location with a structure map and determined, for individuals and groups, average queue times for waypoints or average dwell time for areas within the structure. The determined times are made available for use. | 02-13-2014 |
20140045518 | TRACKING LOCATION OF MOBILE DEVICE IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and system for dynamically tracking the location of mobile nodes ( | 02-13-2014 |
20140045519 | HALT CONTINUATION DETERMINATION METHOD AND HALT CONTINUATION DETERMINATION DEVICE - A location of a mobile unit is intermittently measured based on a GPS satellite signal. A halt start time zone (first halt determination region) is set based on the measured location of the mobile unit when the determination is started. An each time zone (second halt determination region) is updated and set by accumulated averaging processing (statistical processing) of results of location measurements in the past. Whether or not the halt state of the mobile unit is continued is determined using whether or not the newly measured location of the mobile unit is contained in any one of the set halt determination regions. | 02-13-2014 |
20140045520 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MEASURING POSITION OF TERMINAL LOCATED IN INDOOR USING WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and apparatus for measuring the position of a terminal located in indoor using a wireless network is disclosed. The method for measuring a position of a terminal located in indoor using a wireless network includes receiving measurement result information obtained by performing measurement with respect to signals from three or more access points (APs), and calculating the position of the terminal using the measurement result information. The measurement result information includes signal strengths measured with respect to signals from a first band and a second band of each of the three APs. | 02-13-2014 |
20140045521 | Multi-Tier Geofence Detection - Methods, program products, and systems for multi-tier geofence detection are disclosed. In general, in one aspect, a mobile device can be configured to perform a task when the mobile device enters a geographic region. The mobile device can monitor a current location using a multi-tier approach. A baseband subsystem can monitor a coarse location of the mobile device using various course location parameters, such as a mobile country code (MCC), a location area code (LAC), or a cell identifier (cell ID), as the mobile device moves closer to the geographic region. Upon determining that the mobile device is in a cell that intersects the geographic region, the baseband subsystem can transfer the monitoring to the application subsystem. The task can be performed when the application subsystem determines that the mobile device is currently located in the geographic region. | 02-13-2014 |
20140045522 | UNSYNCHRONIZED TIME-OF-FLIGHT-BASED WIRELESS POSITIONING SYSTEM USING NETWORK BROADCASTS - In a positioning system, each network access device in a first subset of N1 network access devices transmits a wireless location beacon signal, producing N1 wireless location beacon signals that are transmitted by the first subset. Each network access device in a second subset of N2 network access devices receives the N1 wireless location beacon signals from the first subset and calculates N1 TOAs from each of the N1 received wireless location beacon signals, producing N1×N2 calculated TOAs by the second subset. Using one or more wireless transmissions, one or more network access devices transmits the location coordinates of the network access devices and transmits the N1×N2 calculated TOAs, differences calculated among the N1×N2 calculated TOAs, or a combination of one or more of the N1×N2 calculated TOAs and one or more of the differences calculated among the N1×N2 calculated TOAs. | 02-13-2014 |
20140045523 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR TRACKING LOCATION OF PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The disclosure is directed at a method of determining a location of a user associated with a portable electronic device comprising obtaining a list of addresses associated with the user; comparing the list of addresses with predetermined criteria; and determining addresses within the list of addresses which fit the predetermined criteria. | 02-13-2014 |
20140045524 | Policy Determined Accuracy of Transmitted Information - Systems and methods for controlling accuracy of transmitted information are described. A package is assembled based on a numerical value, such as a measurement, and one or more policies associated with the sender. When the package is received by a receiver, it is unpacked to yield a second value representing the numerical value and having a reduced accuracy with respect to the first value. The accuracy reduction depends on policies associated with the receiver and/or the sender. Examples of numerical values in different applications include geo-location data, medical data, and financial data. | 02-13-2014 |
20140045525 | METHODS OF AND SYSTEMS FOR MEASURING BEACON STABILITY OF WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS - Methods of and systems for measuring beacon stability of wireless access points are provided. A method of determining a measure of likelihood that a designated wireless device exhibits at least one pathological characteristic includes determining a set of reference points associated with a designated wireless device, and retrieving attributes of the reference points, attributes associated with other wireless devices related to the designated wireless device, and/or statistical information. The statistical information includes a temporal distribution of detection of signals of reference points, a spatial distribution of the reference points, and/or a cardinality of the set or a subset of the reference points. The method further includes determining a measure of likelihood that the designated wireless device exhibits at least one pathological characteristic based on attributes of the reference points, attributes associated with the reception of signals, and/or the statistical information. | 02-13-2014 |
20140045526 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DEVICE POSITIONING UTILIZING DISTRIBUTED TRANSCEIVERS WITH ARRAY PROCESSING - A mobile device receives RF signals from base stations each having a plurality of distributed transceivers. Each distributed transceiver comprises an independently configurable antenna array for transmitting the radio frequency signals to the mobile device. The mobile device determines channel characteristics for the received RF signals, generates channel measurements for the received RF signals, and receives a position estimate for the mobile device from a remote location server (RLS). The corresponding transmit diversity configurations are determined by the RLS and applied to the base stations for the (1) channel measurements for mobile device and (2) channel measurements at scanned locations in a location scanning region, which are both calculated by the RLS. The RLS weights the generated channel measurements utilizing one or more scaling factors, which are utilized to determine a relative reliability and contribution of the generated channel measurements. | 02-13-2014 |
20140045527 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DEVICE POSITIONING UTILIZING DISTRIBUTED TRANSCEIVERS WITH ARRAY PROCESSING - A mobile device receives RF signals from base stations in a location scanning region. Each of the base stations includes a plurality of distributed transceivers and each distributed transceiver includes an independently configurable antenna array. The mobile device generates and communicates channel measurements for the received radio frequency signals to a remote location server (RLS). The RLS configures, utilizing one or more channel transmit settings, the independently configurable antenna array for the distributed transceivers in the location scanning region, to transmit the RF signals. The RLS determines a coarse position estimate for the mobile device for the sub-regions within the location scanning region and applies different signature functions to the determined coarse position estimate for the sub-regions to generate corresponding sub-regions position estimates. The RLS determines a position estimate for the mobile device based on the sub-regions position estimates and communicates the position estimate to the mobile device. | 02-13-2014 |
20140045528 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DEVICE POSITIONING UTILIZING DISTRIBUTED TRANSCEIVERS WITH ARRAY PROCESSING - A mobile device receives RF signals from base stations in a location scanning region. Each base station includes a plurality of distributed transceivers and each distributed transceiver includes an independently configurable antenna array. The mobile device generates and communicates channel measurements for the received radio frequency signals to a remote location server (RLS). The RLS configures, utilizing one or more channel transmit settings, the antenna array for the distributed transceivers to transmit the RF signals. The remote location server selects a subset of the communicated channel measurements for determining a position estimate for the mobile device having a desired resolution. The mobile device may receive the determined position estimate from the remote location server. The location scanning region may be determined based on GPS and/or WLAN positioning. The remote location server generates the channel transmit settings and determines the location scanning region in which the mobile device is located. | 02-13-2014 |
20140045529 | Location Intelligence Management System for Border Security - Collection and analysis of network transaction information which includes the mobile device's usage, location, movements coupled with data from non-wireless network sources allow for the automation of analysis for the detection of smuggling or other criminal behaviors and tasking of high-accuracy location surveillance. | 02-13-2014 |
20140051458 | EVENT PREDICTION THROUGH MONITORING A MOBILE DEVICE - A method includes monitoring a geospatial location of a user of a mobile device having a processor communicatively coupled to a memory through the mobile device, date stamping and time stamping the geospatial location of the user through the mobile device, and monitoring, through a server having another processor communicatively coupled to another memory and/or the mobile device, an interaction of the user with the mobile device and/or a device communicatively coupled to the server based on the geospatial location of the user. The method also includes predicting, through the server and/or the mobile device, an event related to the mobile device and/or the device based on the monitoring of the interaction of the user therewith, and enabling, through the server and/or the mobile device, automatic performance of an action on the mobile device and/or the device on behalf of the user in accordance with the prediction of the event. | 02-20-2014 |
20140051459 | System and Method for Improved Location System Accuracy - A plurality of wireless devices can obtain location related information from members of a plurality of location anchors located throughout a region being monitored. The devices can each send probes to the location anchors. The anchors which receive a probe can each respond with a signal carrying at least an anchor address. Each of the devices can process the respective received signal to establish a distance parameter, and, can forward the address and the distance parameter to a displaced location estimating engine. | 02-20-2014 |
20140051460 | POSITIONING USING OBSERVER-BASED TIME-OF-ARRIVAL MEASUREMENTS - A method of determining a position of a target device includes: sending a first measurement signal from a first known-position device; receiving the first measurement signal at a second known-position device; receiving a first acknowledgement signal from the target device at the first known-position device and at the second known-position device; determining the position of the target device using first timing information associated with the first measurement signal and the first acknowledgement signal, a first position of the first known-position device, and a second position of the second known-position device. | 02-20-2014 |
20140051461 | POSITIONING - An exemplary method includes: obtaining I and Q complex signal parameters of signals received from a mobile tag at each of at least three antenna elements forming part of a positioning device; extracting an identifier modulated onto the signals received from the mobile tag; and transmitting the I and Q complex signal parameters and the identifier-to allow a position calculating device to calculate a bearing of the mobile tag from the positioning device, wherein transmitting the I and Q complex signal parameters and the identifier comprises the positioning device wirelessly broadcasting the I and Q complex signal parameters and the identifier. An exemplary apparatus and computer readable medium configured to perform the method are also disclosed. | 02-20-2014 |
20140051462 | LOCATION INFORMATION NOTIFICATION METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND APPLICATION SERVICE GATEWAY - The present invention provides a location information notification method, a user equipment, and an application service gateway. The method includes: acquiring, by a user equipment UE, current camping location information through an application programming interface API; performing, by the UE, matching between the current camping location information and a preset location information configuration table; and sending out, by the UE, corresponding prompt information according to a matching result. In addition, a user equipment and an application service gateway are provided. | 02-20-2014 |
20140057645 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR AUTOMATIC CREATION OF A LOCATION-BASED TALK GROUP CALL WITH REDUCED MESSAGING OVERHEAD - Disclosed is a method of automatic establishment of a location-based talk group call with reduced messaging overhead. The initiating device may be a subscriber unit (SU). The SU determines a geographic reference location and generates location data representative of the location. The SU broadcasts a location-based talk group call header including the location data and including a location-based talk group call identifier field set to cause other SUs receiving the call header to receive and output subsequent data associated with the call header responsive to determining that its current geographic location satisfies the location criterion of the call. The location criterion may be fully determined by the initiating SU and specified in the call header, and may take the form of a specified radius that extends from the geographic reference location represented in the call header. | 02-27-2014 |
20140057646 | INDEX OF EVERYDAY LIFE - A mobile phone connected to a fleet of radio transceiver chips that can be individually identified by the mobile station, which automatically are associated with a photo when the phone camera is used in proximity. The transceiver chips have a small loudspeaker, vibrator and/or light emitter for producing an alarm, and the transceiver chip also can determine and send back its location to the mobile phone. The mobile phone deduces its location by GPS or triangulation, and has an application which can be programmed to check the location of items given predetermined criteria are met, or upon user request. For example the mobile phone can be used to program luggage lists, and check whether everything is with the user at a time. The best mode involves typically a smartphone with relevant application software and RFID tags enhanced by light emitter, loudspeaker and/or vibrator and adhesive. | 02-27-2014 |
20140057647 | MOBILE TERMINAL, CLOUD SERVER, AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING HOT SPOT - A method for identifying hot spots by providing an electronic map and receiving terminal data from plurality of mobile terminals. The terminal data comprising position information of the corresponding mobile terminal, time information when the terminal date from the corresponding mobile terminal is received. The method further determining positions on the electronic map to be hot spots based on the number of the terminal data received from the same position in a predetermined time period according to the terminal data. | 02-27-2014 |
20140057648 | PASSIVE DYNAMIC GEOFENCING FOR MOBILE DEVICES - Systems and methods for passive dynamic geofencing on a mobile device are discussed. For example, a method for passive dynamic geofencing can include operations such as monitoring a first parent geofence and a first plurality of child geofences; detecting crossing a boundary of the first parent geofence into a second parent geofence; loading the second parent geofence and a second plurality of child geofences encompassed by the second parent geofence; and monitoring the second parent geofence and the second plurality of child geofences. | 02-27-2014 |
20140057649 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING LOCATION INFORMATION IN MOBILE DEVICE - A method of location information in a mobile device capable of improving position accuracy of the mobile device using a database (DB) of peripheral auxiliary data when GPS and navigation are performed in the mobile device, and an apparatus thereof is provided. The method of providing location information in a mobile device includes acquiring initial location information of the mobile device when a location based service is executed, transmitting the acquired initial location information to a server, receiving auxiliary data corresponding to the initial location information from the server, classifying satellites to be used to determine a location with reference to the auxiliary data, and determining the location based on a satellite signal of a satellite having a high weight through the classification of the satellites. | 02-27-2014 |
20140057650 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A LOCATION AREA OF A MOBILE USER - A system and a method for determining a location area of a user using a mobile communication terminal in a geographical area covered by a mobile radio network, based on location probabilities for defined sub-areas of the geographical area. The location probabilities may be determined based on, e.g., field strengths expected in the sub-areas from antennas and based on the antenna used by the mobile communication terminal. The location probabilities may indicate, for a sub-area, the probability that the mobile communication terminal is located in the respective sub-area. At least one ellipse defining the location area may be determined, such as based on the location probabilities. The location probabilities may enable determining elliptical location areas of mobile users much smaller than the area each antenna does cover physically, but without the need for measuring at the mobile communication terminal signal properties such as signal strength or observed time differences. | 02-27-2014 |
20140057651 | FILTERING AND CLUSTERING CROWD-SOURCED DATA FOR DETERMINING BEACON POSITIONS - Embodiments analyze crowd-sourced data to identify a moved or moving beacon. The crowd-sourced data involving a particular beacon is filtered based on a cluster start time associated with the beacon. A clustering analysis groups the filtered crowd-sourced data for the beacon into a plurality of clusters based on spatial distance. Timestamps associated with the crowd-sourced data in the clusters are compared to select one of the clusters. The crowd-sourced data associated with the selected cluster is used to determine position information for the moved beacon. The cluster start time for the beacon is adjusted based on the earliest timestamp associated with the positioned observations corresponding to the selected cluster. Adjusting the cluster start time removes from a subsequent analysis the positioned observations associated with one or more prior positions of the beacon. | 02-27-2014 |
20140057652 | Access Point Measurements for Received Signal Prediction - Disclosed is a method for position determination, including altering or generating at least one radio heatmap value in a collection of radio heatmap values, the altering or generating based, at least in part, on a measurement of one or more characteristics of wireless signals received by a receiver at a first wireless network access point and transmitted by a transmitter at a second wireless network access point; and transmitting at least a portion of the collection of radio heatmap values including the altered or generated radio heatmap value to a mobile station as positioning assistance information. | 02-27-2014 |
20140057653 | Positioning With Wireless Local Area Networks And WLAN-Aided Global Positioning Systems - Accurate position capability can be quickly provided using a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN). When associated with a WLAN, a wireless device can quickly determine its relative and/or coordinate position based on information provided by an access point in the WLAN. Before a wireless device disassociates with the access point, the WLAN can periodically provide time, location, and decoded GPS data to the wireless device. In this manner, the wireless device can significantly reduce the time to acquire the necessary GPS satellite data (i.e. on the order of seconds instead of minutes) to determine its coordinate position. | 02-27-2014 |
20140057654 | Positioning With Wireless Local Area Networks And WLAN-Aided Global Positioning Systems - Accurate position capability can be quickly provided using a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN). When associated with a WLAN, a wireless device can quickly determine its relative and/or coordinate position based on information provided by an access point in the WLAN. Before a wireless device disassociates with the access point, the WLAN can periodically provide time, location, and decoded GPS data to the wireless device. In this manner, the wireless device can significantly reduce the time to acquire the necessary GPS satellite data (i.e. on the order of seconds instead of minutes) to determine its coordinate position. | 02-27-2014 |
20140057655 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING DISTANCES, AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING POSITIONS - The present disclosure provides a ranging method by using a first signal transmitted by a first device, and a second signal generated and transmitted by a target device in response to the first signal. The ranging method calculates the distance between the target device and a second device being in communication with the first and target devices, by using: a first time interval from a point in time of first device's transmitting the first signal to a point of receiving first part of the second signal; a second time interval from a point of the second device's receiving the first signal to a point receiving the first part of the second signal; and a delay time interval from a point of the target device's receiving the first signal to a start time of the second signal and a duration of the first part of the second signal. | 02-27-2014 |
20140066087 | PROVIDING LOCATION ASSISTANCE INFORMATION USING DATA FROM SMART METERS - Methods, systems, computer-readable media, and apparatuses for providing location assistance information using data from smart meters are presented. in some embodiments, a smart meter configured to measure service usage at a premises may transmit at least one data message to at least one wireless access point located at the premises, and the at least one data message may include information identifying a location of the smart meter. In addition, the at least one data message may be configured to cause the at least one wireless access point to provide, to at least one mobile device connected to the at least one wireless access point, the location of the smart meter as an estimated position of the at least one wireless access point. | 03-06-2014 |
20140066088 | Estimating The Location of a Wireless Terminal in Wireless Telecommunications Systems That Comprise Distributed And/Or Repeater Antennas - A technique for estimating the location of a wireless terminal at an unknown location in a geographic region is disclosed. The technique is based on the recognition that there are location-dependent traits of electromagnetic signals. In environments where multiple antennas are radiating the same signal, as in the case of distributed antennas or host-repeater configurations, one or more possible locations of the wireless terminal can be designated as improbable based on i) a measure of the propagation delay of a signal traveling between a) a base station and b) the wireless terminal or an infrastructure antenna, or ii) the maximum distance at which a signal is detectable by the wireless terminal. Additionally, the applicable set of values for the location-dependent traits is selected based on similar criteria. | 03-06-2014 |
20140066089 | ANALYTIC AND TRACKING SYSTEMS AND METHODS USING OVER-THE-AIR IDENTIFIERS OF MOBILE DEVICES - Analytic and tracking systems and methods are described that use over-the-air identifiers (OTAIs) of mobile devices for tracking, dispatch, identification, etc. In particular, the analytic and tracking systems and methods can include various OTAI sensors that are communicatively coupled to a server and with one another. The OTAI sensors are configured to identify proximate mobile devices concurrent with at least one additional piece of information. The analytic and tracking systems and methods can process identified mobile devices and the additional pieces of information for a plurality of applications. | 03-06-2014 |
20140066090 | GENERATING GEOFENCES - A method of generating geofences includes a) storing a plurality of stored locations; b) obtaining a first current location of a mobile device; c) identifying a plurality of nearest locations to the first current location; d) identifying an outermost location and determining an outer bound location, the outer bound location being located farther from the first current location than any of the plurality of nearest locations other than the outermost location; e) generating, for each nearest location except the outermost location, a local geofence around the nearest location; f) generating a triggering geofence around the first current location, the triggering geofence perimeter including at least the plurality of nearest locations other than the outermost location but not including the outer bound location; g) upon detecting that the mobile device has exited the triggering geofence iterating steps b) to f) for a new current location of the mobile device. | 03-06-2014 |
20140066091 | System With Wireless Messages To Enhance Location Accuracy - Electronic equipment in a system may transmit and receive wireless advertisement messages. Each wireless message may include location information and may have an associated received signal strength indicator when received from transmitting equipment by receiving equipment. The transmitting equipment may be associated with stationary equipment such as equipment installed at a building, adjacent to a road, or in traffic control equipment or other traffic structures. The receiving electronic equipment may be mobile equipment such as a vehicle or mobile computing equipment such as a cellular telephone or portable computer. Satellite navigation system signals may be received by the receiving electronic equipment in addition to the wireless messages. The receiving electronic information can present alerts to a user based on a location determined using the wireless messages and the satellite navigation system signals. | 03-06-2014 |
20140066092 | ADAPTIVE POSITION REPORTING - A method includes obtaining data indicative of at least a speed of a mobile communication device. A communication scheme for reporting a position of the mobile communication device is determined, based on at least the speed. The mobile communication device is caused to report its position in accordance with the determined communication scheme. | 03-06-2014 |
20140066093 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR POSITION DETECTION AND COMMUNICATION OF A DEVICE - Terminals, apparatuses and methods for position detection and communication of a device performed at a device may include setting a starting position, measuring or determining a positional change amount from the starting position, and calculating or determining a current position of the host device based on the positional change amount, and sharing the calculated or determined current position through communication with an external device. Also, terminals, apparatuses and methods for position detection and communication may include setting a position sharing group including a the terminal and at least one corresponding device, setting a starting position of the terminal through communication with the at least one of a corresponding device or a server device associated with the position sharing group, and verifying a current position of the terminal and a current position of the at least one corresponding device based on the set starting position. | 03-06-2014 |
20140073345 | LOCATING A MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICE IN AN INDOOR ENVIRONMENT - Inferring location of a mobile computing device in an indoor environment and crowdsourcing radio frequency data are described herein. A location of the mobile computing device in the indoor environment is inferred based upon known physical constraints of the indoor environment and data from an inertial sensor of the mobile computing device, wherein an initial location in the indoor environment of the mobile computing device is unknown, a heading offset of the mobile computing device is arbitrary, and wherein a placement of the mobile computing device on a user is arbitrary. | 03-13-2014 |
20140073346 | PROXIMITY HUMAN MOTION DETECTION USING WIRELESS SIGNALS - A device, system, and method are presented for detecting motion. The system may include the device and a first transmitter and a second transmitter configured to transmit a first set of wireless signals and a second set of wireless signals, respectively. The device may have a receiver configured to receive the first and second set of wireless signals, and may further include a processing unit that determines a first value and a second value indicative of fading attenuations experienced by the first set of wireless signals and the second set of wireless signals, respectively. The processing unit may further determine whether the first and second values are each consistent with motion of an object in proximity to the device. The processing unit may cause the device to output an indication of presence of the object if both values are consistent with motion of the object in proximity to the device. | 03-13-2014 |
20140073347 | ENHANCED LTE POSITIONING PROTOCOL INFORMATION TRANSFER PROCEDURES FOR CONTROL PLANE LCS ON LTE - Techniques disclosed herein provide for enhanced LTE Positioning Protocol (LPP) Reliable Transport where the receiver of an LPP message sends a non-piggybacked acknowledgement. An example method for executing on a mobile device a protocol session with a location server includes sending a first protocol session message associated with a first protocol session to the location server, entering a wait-for-acknowledgement state in which uplink transmissions from the mobile device to the location server are suspended while waiting for an acknowledgement from the location server in response to the first protocol session message, receiving a second protocol session message associated with a second protocol session which is not an acknowledgement to the first protocol session message but includes information requested in the first protocol session message; exiting the wait-for-acknowledgement state responsive to receiving the second protocol session message; and performing an action using the information received in the second protocol session message. | 03-13-2014 |
20140073348 | LOCATION-BASED RECOVERY DEVICE AND RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR PORTABLE COMPUTING DEVICES AND DATA - A device and software utilizing Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) technologies for monitoring and recovering portable computing devices and, a method and system for acquiring such devices, protecting data on such devices, and for compensating owners of devices. A GPS mechanism of the invention provides real time tracking of missing devices that may be coordinated with security agencies to intercept and recover missing computing devices. When a stolen device is unrecoverable, the invention may receive a signal to initiate data recovery where a wireless network is available to recover data for the owner. Alternatively, the GPS mechanism instructs the device to encrypt or destroy stored data files to prevent commercial espionage or privacy violations. The invention discloses a software system and method for computing a purchase price of the GPS mechanism, computing compensation for loss of the device and lost data. | 03-13-2014 |
20140073349 | Location-Dependent Selection of a Radio-Based Localization Method for a Mobile Terminal - The techniques described herein relate to a method for the localization of a terminal device by a localization unit that is configured to locate the terminal device on the basis of radio signals received in the terminal device from radio access points. In the method, the activation of the localization is controlled on the basis of the radio signals as a function of an evaluation of radio signals from at least one radio access point that have been detected in the vicinity of the terminal device by at least one receiving unit, and/or as a function of information about installation sites of radio access points. Moreover, the techniques described herein relate to a system that is suitable for carrying out the method. | 03-13-2014 |
20140073350 | USER TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING SERVICE FOR ESTIMATING LOCATION BASED ON CHANGE IN STATE OF USER TERMINAL - A user terminal and a method for providing a service for estimating a location based on a change in a state of the user terminal, are provided. The method includes sensing a change in a state of a terminal while an application that provides the service of estimating the location is being executed, and extracting one or more resources affected by the change from a plurality of resources to be used to provide the service. The method further includes filtering data corresponding to the one or more affected resources, and providing data to the application based on the filtering. | 03-13-2014 |
20140073351 | Determining The Location Of A Mobile Terminal In The Presence Of A Repeater - Data characterizing signal propagation times between a mobile user and a plurality of base stations can be received. A dominant signal propagation path between the mobile user and at least one of the plurality of base stations is via a repeater. A valid mobile user position solution is determined by searching a domain of possible mobile user position solutions using the received data and a predetermined repeater time delay. The valid mobile user position solution can be provided. Related apparatus, systems, techniques, and articles are also described. | 03-13-2014 |
20140073352 | METHOD FOR PRECISE LOCATION DETERMINATION - According to embodiments, methods are presented to for determining precise location of a device by exchanging a plurality of messages with one or more devices (e.g., access points or mobile devices) in vicinity. Embodiments may calculate distance between the devices using round trip time that takes to transmit and receive signals to/from each of the devices. Using definitions that account for multiple input multiple output (MIMO) transmission, the embodiments determine precise location of a device. | 03-13-2014 |
20140073353 | Signal comparison-based location determining method - At least one portable RF communications device in conjunction with at least two fixed-location service-area antenna stations respectively capable of RF communication with the at least one device performs the steps of: (I) using a portable device at a selected location to measure RF communications signals from the plurality of local fixed-location service-area antenna stations and electronically storing at least two of the respective reception signal strength measurements; and (II) monitoring a portable device location by causing the device to measure reception signal strength associated with local fixed-location service-area antenna stations signals, and to electronically compare these measurements with the stored at least two measurements. | 03-13-2014 |
20140073354 | METHOD AND SERVER FOR COLLECTING RADIO FINGERPRINT POSITIONING DATA - The present invention relates to a method and a positioning server in a radio access network for collecting radio fingerprint positioning data records from different nodes. The data records comprise geographical positions and radio network communication parameters and are stored and grouped in clusters in the positioning server. A geometrical shape representing a geographical area based on the network communication parameters in the collected positioning data records in the cluster is computed. When a notification about changed network configuration parameters for a radio cell is received, known positioning servers simply erase all positioning data records related to that radio cell. This results in the unavailability of still valid positioning data. The present invention overcomes this problem by selectively erase positioning data records in the positioning server only when the configuration parameters have changed beyond a predefined value range. | 03-13-2014 |
20140080502 | COMPUTING USER DEVICE LOCATIONS IN LOCATION SERVICE DEAD ZONES - A system may be configured to receive first information regarding a location service dead zone; receive second information regarding a location of a user device; identify, based on the first information and the second information, that the user device is within the location service dead zone at a particular time; compute a location of the user device, within the location service dead zone, at the particular time, based on at least one of the second information regarding the location of the user device, history data associated with the user device, or history data associated with one or more other user devices; and store or output information regarding the computed location of the user device at the particular time. | 03-20-2014 |
20140080503 | Overlay Network-Based Location of E-UTRAN Devices - In an overlay, network-based, wireless location system, passive network probes and Location Measurement Units, typically co-located with eNodeB's, are used to collect identity information and radio signaling both in the forward and reverse channels for use in power-based, timing-based and/or angle-based positioning methods in Long Term Evolution (LTE) and LTE-Advanced wireless communications networks. | 03-20-2014 |
20140080504 | Estimating the Location of a Wireless Terminal Based on the Lighting and Acoustics in the Vicinity of the Wireless Terminal - A technique is disclosed for estimating the location of a wireless terminal at an unknown location in a geographic region. The technique is based on a two-part recognition, the first part being that there are certain lighting and acoustic characteristics that are present in some environments while not being present in others, such as lighting flicker and sound reverberation. The second part of the recognition is that a correlation exists between the presence of flicker and reverberation in the vicinity of a wireless terminal and whether the wireless terminal is indoors or not. Under certain environmental conditions, flicker and reverberation are often present indoors but not outdoors. By accounting for flicker and reverberation being detected or not being detected in the vicinity of the wireless terminal, the disclosed technique is able to estimate whether the wireless terminal is indoors, which the technique also uses to improve the location estimate. | 03-20-2014 |
20140080505 | Estimating the Location of a Wireless Terminal Based on the Lighting and Acoustics in the Vicinity of the Wireless Terminal - A technique is disclosed for estimating the location of a wireless terminal at an unknown location in a geographic region. The technique is based on a two-part recognition, the first part being that there are certain optical and acoustic characteristics that are present in some environments while not being present in others, such as lighting flicker and sound reverberation. The second part of the recognition is that a correlation exists between the presence of flicker and reverberation in the vicinity of a wireless terminal and whether the wireless terminal is indoors or not. Under certain environmental conditions, flicker and reverberation are often present indoors but not outdoors. By accounting for flicker and reverberation being detected or not being detected in the vicinity of the wireless terminal, the disclosed technique is able to estimate whether the wireless terminal is indoors, which the technique also uses to improve the location estimate. | 03-20-2014 |
20140080506 | Ensuring Positioning Quality-of-Service for LTE Positioning - Methods in a radio network node for obtaining positioning QoS information and using the positioning QoS information, as well as corresponding radio network node apparatus, are disclosed. An example method begins with the receiving ( | 03-20-2014 |
20140080507 | TERMINAL APPARATUS, POSITION REGISTRATION METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A terminal apparatus of the present application includes a position acquiring unit, a searching unit, and a transmitting unit. The position acquiring unit acquires position information on the location of the terminal apparatus. The searching unit searches other terminal apparatus located near the terminal apparatus through short range communication. The transmitting unit transmits the position information acquired by the position acquiring unit to a predetermined server apparatus, as the current position of the terminal apparatus and the other terminal apparatus searched by the searching unit. | 03-20-2014 |
20140080508 | POSITIONING SERVICE METHOD AND SYSTEM, AND TERMINAL - The disclosure provides a positioning service method and system, and a terminal. In the above method, a positioned terminal receives a movement track model established by a positioning service platform; the positioned terminal judges whether or not positioning data that are collected satisfy the movement track model; and when the positioning data satisfy the movement track model, it is determined that there is no need to report the positioning data, and when the positioning data do not satisfy the movement track model, the positioning data are reported to the positioning service platform. The technical solution provided by the disclosure can reduce the frequency for the positioned terminal to report the positioning data and also save network data traffic for the user. | 03-20-2014 |
20140080509 | Apparatus and Method for Enhanced UL Positioning Support Via Wireless Device - In one aspect, methods and apparatuses disclosed herein improve positioning based on UL signals in a wireless communication network, by sending UL transmission configuration from wireless devices, and by using that information in the network for performing UL-based positioning of the devices. In this regard, the teachings herein advantageously recognize that obtaining UL transmission configuration information from the wireless devices themselves represents a more efficient, complete and richer mechanism for obtaining parameters relevant to configuring and performing UL-based positioning operations. As a further example advantage, the teachings herein provide for control-plane and/or user-plane signaling of UL transmission configuration information, which comprises, for a given wireless device, at least one of resource allocation information for one or more UL transmissions for the wireless device, and UL signal characteristics information. | 03-20-2014 |
20140080510 | CONTINUOUS DATA OPTIMIZATION OF MOVED ACCESS POINTS IN POSITIONING SYSTEMS - Methods and systems of continuously optimizing data in WiFi positioning systems. A location-based services system uses WiFi-enabled devices to monitor WiFi access points in a target area to indicate whether a WiFi access point has moved relative to its previously recorded location. A WiFi-enabled device communicates with WiFi access points within range of the WiFi-enabled device so that observed WiFi access points identify themselves; A reference database is accessed to obtain information specifying a recorded location for each observed WiFi access point in the target area. The recorded location information is used for each of the observed WiFi access points in conjunction with predefined rules to infer whether an observed WiFi access point has moved relative to its recorded location. The reference database is informed of the identity of any observed WiFi access point that is inferred to have moved. | 03-20-2014 |
20140080511 | FLOW LINE MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, FLOW LINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A flow line management apparatus includes a usage information acquisition unit configured to acquire usage information of an apparatus disposed at a predetermined position, a positional information acquisition unit configured to acquire positional information of a wireless terminal held by a user using the apparatus, and a flow line determining unit configured to determine a flow line when the user uses the apparatus based on the usage information acquired by the usage information acquisition unit and the positional information acquired by the positional information acquisition unit. | 03-20-2014 |
20140080512 | SYSTEM FOR AUTOMATIC SELECTION OF PROFILE BASED ON LOCATION - Systems for automatically selecting a user's profile based on location include a device adapted to being tracked by location and a database that includes a user's preferences for routing calls. The user's calls are routed to the user based on the user's call routing preferences and the location of the device. Other systems and methods are also provided. | 03-20-2014 |
20140080513 | GeoNexus Proximity Detector Network - A GeoNexus proximity network provides quick determination of proximity of a large group of associated mobile devices (e.g., ‘friends’, all devices associated with those who ‘like’ a given posting, etc.) To respond to a given proximity request, a list of identities is obtained for the group of associated mobile devices for which proximity is to be determined. A bucket index is determined of a place to which proximity is to be determined for each of the plurality of associated mobile devices. A target geonexus node associated with the determined bucket index is queried, which in turn queries geonexus nodes adjacent thereto, to quickly determine which of the group of mobile devices are proximate, without the need to individually query for location of each mobile device in the group. | 03-20-2014 |
20140080514 | CHARACTERIZING AN INDOOR STRUCTURE BASED ON DETECTED MOVEMENTS AND/OR POSITION LOCATIONS OF A MOBILE DEVICE - Various methods, apparatuses and articles of manufacture are provided which may be implemented in various devices for use in characterizing environments. In an example, a mobile device may, gather a plurality of measurements during a period of time, including one or more first measurements generated by one or more environmental sensors, and one or more second measurement generated by a radio based, at least in part, on one or more wireless signals received by the radio. In response to a determination that the mobile device is to report a travel history corresponding to at least a portion of the period of time, the mobile device may generate a travel log based, at least in part, on at least one first measurement and at least one second measurement, and transmit the travel log to an external device. | 03-20-2014 |
20140080515 | SYSTEM AND/OR METHOD FOR PEDESTRIAN NAVIGATION - Disclosed are methods, apparatuses and systems for tracking a location of a mobile device based, at least in part, on measurements over time. In response to measurements, particles in a motion model may be propagated in a first routing graph covering an area. Propagated particles may be indicative of a direction of movement along a second routing graph covering the same area or a larger area in some embodiments. | 03-20-2014 |
20140080516 | System and Method for Sharing Location Information - In a particular embodiment, a method includes requesting, at a first communication device, location information from multiple communication devices. The method also includes recording, at the first communication device, a particular location coordinate received from a closest communication device of the multiple communication devices. The method further includes adjusting the particular location coordinate based on triangulation data associated with the closest communication device. | 03-20-2014 |
20140087751 | CYCLIC SHIFT DELAY DETECTION USING SIGNALING - Systems, apparatus and methods for determining a cyclic shift diversity (CSD) mode are presented. Examples communicate the CSD mode in a signaling message. Specifically, a CSD mode is set in an access point the sent to a mobile device. The signaling messages may be either a point-to-point message or a broadcast message. The access point or location server may set the current CSD mode from a plurality of mobile devices by crowd sourcing. For example, the plurality of mobile devices may report what CSD mode was detected. Alternative, the plurality of mobile devices may send a channel impulse response (CIR), or the like, to a location server and the location server may determine what CSD mode is currently used by the access point. | 03-27-2014 |
20140087752 | BLUETOOTH BEACON BASED LOCATION DETERMINATION - Examples disclosed herein relate to utilizing Bluetooth beacons for location determination of a mobile device. A Wi-Fi signal scan and a Bluetooth beacon scan are initiated at the mobile device. A location of the mobile device is determined based on at least on at least one Bluetooth beacon detectable by the mobile device, where the at least one Bluetooth beacon is transmitted from a first location, and where the first location is the location of the mobile device. A user of the mobile device is prompted for location information input, in response to determining that no Bluetooth beacons are detectable by the mobile device or when the at least one Bluetooth beacon detected is determined to be transmitted from a second location different from the location of the mobile device. | 03-27-2014 |
20140087753 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING LOCATION ESTIMATES OF CO-LOCATED SECTORED CELL SITES FOR LOCATION SERVICES - Improved location estimates for transceivers is described. The location estimate of transceivers can be improved for sector transceivers that are co-located at a sectored cell site. The location estimate for each individual co-located sector transceiver can be updated as a centroid of all of the co-located sector transceivers. The location information of the transceivers can be used to provide network location estimation to mobile devices which do not have accurate positioning estimates. | 03-27-2014 |
20140087754 | Detecting Multipath and Determining Positioning Measurement Uncertainty - Techniques are disclosed for determining measurement uncertainty of and/or multipath effects on positioning measurements, based on the residual deviations between timing measurements and high-accuracy location results. An example method begins with collecting ( | 03-27-2014 |
20140087755 | System and Method for the Radio-Based Localization of a Terminal - The techniques described herein relate to a system for the localization of a terminal device using radio signals from radio access points that have been received in the terminal device. The system comprises a unit for providing localization information pertaining to the radio signals from the radio access points, whereby the localization information can be used for the localization of the terminal device. Moreover, the system comprises at least a first radio access point that is connected to the unit via a communication connection and that is configured in such a way that information that is representative of components of the localization information is transmitted to the unit. In this context, the first radio access point can acquire reference signal pattern data for a localization on the basis of pattern recognition, and the transmit power that can be employed for a lateration procedure. In addition to the system, the techniques described herein also proposes a method for the localization of a terminal device. | 03-27-2014 |
20140087756 | ACCELERATED LOCATION INFORMATION ACQUIRING SYSTEM AND METHOD - The present invention relates to a location information acquiring system developed to be used in professional trunked radio devices, comprising a global location data organization unit ( | 03-27-2014 |
20140087757 | METHOD TO DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF A RECEIVER - A method, device, system and use for determining a distance, location and/or orientation including the at least relative determination of a position of at least one object using at least two active anchors. A first signal is emitted by a first of the two anchors and is received at the object and by a second of said two anchors. A phase measurement is performed at said second anchor and wherein a distance determination with respect to said first anchor is performed and/or the distance from said first anchor to said second anchor is known. A second, particularly electromagnetic, signal is emitted from said second anchor, and information on phase measurement and distance between said first and second anchors is made available to a computation unit and at least one phase measurement respectively of said first and second signal is performed at said object and made available to said computation unit. | 03-27-2014 |
20140087758 | POSITIONING SYSTEMS AND METHODS AND LOCATION BASED MODIFICATION OF COMPUTING DEVICE APPLICATIONS - A computerized method of identifying a location of mobile client terminals. The method comprises providing to a mobile client terminal a mapping dataset which defines a plurality of physical locations of a plurality of beacon devices, receiving at the mobile client terminal at least one distinct signal transmitted from at least one of the plurality of beacon devices, extracting from each of the at least one distinct signal an identifier of a beacon device of the plurality of beacon devices, matching between the identifier and one of the plurality of physical locations using the mapping dataset, and identifying a location of the mobile client according to the matching. | 03-27-2014 |
20140094187 | LOCATION ESTIMATION BASED UPON AMBIENT IDENTIFIABLE WIRELESS SIGNAL SOURCES - Described herein are technologies related to estimating location of a mobile device especially while the device is traveling a known and mapped route. That is, the described technologies estimate a user's location when they are traversing a commonly traveled route. More particularly, the described technologies are especially suited to estimating geo-location of a user. This Abstract is submitted with the understanding that it will not be used to interpret or limit the scope or meaning of the claims. | 04-03-2014 |
20140094188 | Enhanced Measurement Gap Configuration Support for Positioning - A base station is configured to serve a wireless device in a serving cell on a serving frequency. The base station obtains information that indicates one or more non-serving frequencies on which the device is to perform one or more positioning measurements. These positioning measurements are to be used for determining the device's geographic position. For at least one non-serving frequency indicated by the information, the base station configures a measurement gap during which the device is to perform a corresponding positioning measurement. Specifically, the base station configures such measurement gap to occur during a period of time in which a neighboring cell transmits a positioning reference signal over that non-serving frequency. A positioning reference signal is specifically designed to be a signal on which a device performs positioning measurements. Thus, by aligning the measurement gap with a positioning reference signal, the positioning measurements will prove more reliable and accurate. | 04-03-2014 |
20140099970 | METHODS AND NETWORK NODES FOR POSITIONING BASED ON DISPLACEMENT DATA - Methods, a radio network node ( | 04-10-2014 |
20140099971 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MEASURING LOCATION OF USER EQUIPMENT LOCATED INDOORS IN WIRELESS NETWORK - A method of measuring a location of a user equipment (UE) located indoors in a wireless network includes receiving signals from a plurality of access points (APs), performing training for machine learning using the received signals or information acquired from the received signals, setting a weight vector to be applied to a relevance vector machine (RVM) method using data subjected to the training for machine learning, and applying RVM regression to the set weight vector and measured strengths of the received signals and determining whether the signals received from the plurality of APs are line of sight (LOS) signals or non line of sight (NLOS) signals. | 04-10-2014 |
20140106773 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF SEMNATIC INDOOR POSITIONING USING SIGNIFICANT PLACES AS SATELLITES - A method for locating a mobile device inside a building by using a plurality of reference areas in the building as satellites. A scan is obtained by the mobile device at an unknown location in the building. The scan includes a plurality of detected WAPs with a corresponding RSSI for each detected WAP. The method to improve accuracy of a semantic indoor positioning system by generating a vector of distance scores based on the scan for comparison with vectors of survey distance scores corresponding to the reference areas. The method includes arranging the detected WAPs into an ordered list, extracting a set of WAP tuples from the ordered list, retrieving a set of probabilities for each reference area, calculating a distance score for each reference area, generating the vector of distance scores, and comparing the vector of distance scores with each of the vectors of survey distance scores. | 04-17-2014 |
20140106774 | SECOND NODE, POSITIONING NODE AND METHODS THEREIN - Some embodiments herein disclose a method in a second node ( | 04-17-2014 |
20140106775 | POSITION CALCULATING METHOD AND POSITION CALCULATING DEVICE - In a position calculating device of a moving object including a satellite positioning unit and an inertial positioning unit, a position calculation accuracy determining unit determines a position calculation accuracy and sets an influence level of measurement result 1 of the satellite positioning unit on measurement result 2 of the inertial positioning unit on the basis of the determined position calculation accuracy. The position of the moving object is calculated by performing a coupling process of coupling measurement result 1 and measurement result 2 on the basis of the set influence level. | 04-17-2014 |
20140106776 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTIMATION OF MOBILE STATION VELOCITY IN A CELLULAR SYSTEM BASED ON GEOGRAPHICAL DATA - A system and method for estimating velocity of a mobile station in a wireless communication system using time-frequency signal processing and a geographical database. The geographical database is used for prediction of ray trajectory and ray power to provide an estimate of propagation delay associated with database points. | 04-17-2014 |
20140106777 | DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM, DATA PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - A data processing system includes a distribution apparatus and a communication terminal. The distribution apparatus includes a distribution unit that distributes a wireless signal containing unique data unique to the distribution apparatus. The communication terminal receives the wireless signal distributed by the distribution apparatus. A position data indicating a position of the distribution apparatus and a predetermined threshold value pertaining to a signal strength of the wireless signal received by the communication terminal are identifiable based on the unique data. The communication terminal includes a determination unit that determines whether to indicate that a current position of the communication terminal is the position data by referring to the predetermined threshold value. | 04-17-2014 |
20140106778 | APPARATUS, METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM FOR DISTRIBUTING POSITION DATA - A distribution apparatus for distributing a wireless signal to a communication terminal includes a distribution unit configured to distribute the wireless signal containing unique data that is unique to the distribution apparatus. A position data indicating a position of the distribution apparatus and a predetermined threshold value pertaining to a signal strength of the wireless signal received by the communication terminal are identifiable based on the unique data. | 04-17-2014 |
20140106779 | LOCATING ELECTROMAGNETIC SIGNAL SOURCES - There is disclosed a method of estimating the location of a plurality of electromagnetic signal sources, comprising: scanning at a first plurality of locations to generate signal source position data, the signal source position data representing estimates of the position of at least one of said signal sources; scanning at a second plurality of locations using a signal detection system to generate signal detection data, the signal detection data relating to signals received at the second plurality of locations from the signal sources; processing the signal source position data in dependence on the signal detection data to correct estimation errors in the signal source position data; and outputting the processed signal source position data. | 04-17-2014 |
20140106780 | CREATING A DATABASE ENTRY - A method comprises determining when a first portable device and a second portable device have been at a same current location for longer than a predetermined duration, and subsequent to determining that the first and second portable devices, have been at the same current location for longer than the predetermined duration, creating a database entry associated with the first portable device, the database entry including information identifying the second portable device. | 04-17-2014 |
20140106781 | Method And System For Monitoring Interactions With A Vehicle - A method and system for monitoring interactions with a vehicle are disclosed, the method comprising associating a mobile device of a user allowed for operating the vehicle with a device capable of providing an indication of a position of the vehicle; obtaining position data from the device capable of providing an indication of a position of the vehicle; obtaining position data from the mobile device associated with the device; comparing the obtained position data from the device with the obtained position data from the mobile device and using the comparison of the position data of the device with the position data of the mobile device to thereby monitor interactions with the vehicle | 04-17-2014 |
20140113650 | SYSTEM AND A METHOD FOR THE DELIVERY OF INFORMATION DATA FROM A SERVER TO A MOBILE DEVICE - In one embodiment, the system includes a plurality of distributed wireless communication terminals. Each wireless communication terminal is configured to advertise an identification signal that uniquely identifies the terminals. At least one mobile wireless communication device is configured to detect the communication terminals within a proximal distance thereof. The mobile wireless communication device is configured to communicate wirelessly with a stationary information processing device. The stationary information processing device is configured to send the communication device information data according to desired criteria. | 04-24-2014 |
20140113651 | SAFETY REPORTING AND NOTIFICATION SERVICE WITH ENHANCED PRIVACY - A personal tracking and notification system includes a personal communication device for a first user being tracked for inputting and transmitting personal safety tracking information and check-in information to a network server. The server provides a check-in notification to a personal communication device of a second user indicating whether or not the check-in information was received from the first user, whether or not check-in information was received from the first user before expiration of a check-in time period, such as at a scheduled time. | 04-24-2014 |
20140113652 | Sensing Distance Between Wireless Devices Using Multiple Scales of Controlled Bandwidth - In one embodiment, at each of a plurality of first instances of time, a phase of a first signal at a first frequency from a transmitter is determined. At each of a plurality of second instances of time, a phase of a second signal at a second frequency from the transmitter is determined. A position or velocity of the transmitter is determined based at least in part on the phases of the first and second signals at the first and second instances of time. | 04-24-2014 |
20140113653 | OPTIMIZED AND SELECTIVE MANAGEMENT OF POLICY DEPLOYMENT TO MOBILE CLIENTS IN A CONGESTED NETWORK TO PREVENT FURTHER AGGRAVATION OF NETWORK CONGESTION - Systems and methods described herein employ techniques for optimized and selective management of policy deployment/delivery to mobile clients in a congested network to, for example, prevent further aggravation of network congestion. In order to address mobile network congestion it is necessary to be able to enforce network management policies on the devices which are specifically in the congested areas. This presents a challenge as the process of knowing and keeping track of where a device is geographically located within the network actually consumes network resources. There is a tradeoff between the accuracy with which you know a given devices location and the amount of resources required to gain this knowledge. Thus, it is crucial to have a way to determine the location of a device in the network with sufficient accuracy such that congestion management policies can be applied effectively while not unduly taxing the network with additional traffic. | 04-24-2014 |
20140113654 | METHOD OF DRIVING A MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A method of driving a mobile communication terminal in a cellular network, includes monitoring with a control unit of the mobile communications terminal, reception power levels between the mobile communication terminal and cellular network base stations at a predefined monitoring rate for each base station. Timing information values for a number of base stations are intermittently monitored by the control unit. Drift of the timing information values for at least two of the base stations is monitored and significant motion of the mobile communication terminal is deemed detected if at least one of the timing information values indicates a drift equal to or exceeding a given timing drift threshold. The predefined reception power level monitoring rate is reduced to a reduced reception power level monitoring rate for at least a number of the base stations as long as the motion of the mobile communication terminal is not significant. | 04-24-2014 |
20140120942 | REAL-TIME SPHERICAL CORRECTION OF MAP DATA - A method of displaying a map on a wireless communications device, the method comprising obtaining map data for rendering the map to be displayed on the wireless communications device and determining a zoom level of the map. If the zoom level of the map exceeds a predetermined zoom level, corrected map data is generated by applying a fixed spherical correction factor to the map data. If the zoom level of the map does not exceed the predetermined zoom level, the corrected map data is generated by computing a spherical correction factor based on a latitude of the map. The method also includes rendering the corrected map data to display the map on a display of the wireless communications device. | 05-01-2014 |
20140120943 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING A POSITION OF A DEVICE RELATIVE TO A VIRTUAL FENCE - The disclosure relates to determining a position of a mobile device relative to a perimeter of a virtual fence. An embodiment receives coordinates representing the perimeter of the virtual fence, determines a proximate location of the mobile device using a hybrid combination of a satellite-based proximate location and an auxiliary local station-based proximate location, and provides feedback based on a comparison of the proximate location of the mobile device to the coordinates representing the perimeter of the virtual fence. | 05-01-2014 |
20140120944 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING LOCATION-BASED SERVICES USING LOCATION-BASED TRACES - An approach is provided for providing contemporaneous traces of user movement for algorithms and methods of location-based applications and/or services. The location traces platform determines a request, from one or more applications, for location information associated with at least one device. The location traces platform determines one or more location traces associated with the at least one device, wherein the one or more location traces represent at least a portion of a movement history associated with the at least one device. The location traces platform causes, at least in part, a return of the one or more location traces, one or more service parameters, one or more service suggestions, or a combination thereof to the one or more applications in response to the request. | 05-01-2014 |
20140120945 | METHODS TO OPTIMIZE AND STREAMLINE AP PLACEMENT ON FLOOR PLAN - Embodiments may automatically place access points (APs) on floor plans by incorporating a number of conventions for identifying types and locations of APs. These conventions may include the name of APs, MAC addresses, lat/lon information, and feature analysis or image recognition techniques for matching visual cues if the AP locations are marked on images. Some embodiment may conduct several other operations to optimize placement of APs. These optimization operations may reduce the number of steps needed to place APs on floor plans, and/or may reduce extraneous and superfluous information from the floor plans that may clutter the annotated floor plan map. | 05-01-2014 |
20140120946 | PORTABLE DEVICE AND ASSOCIATED POSITION METHOD - A portable device and associated positioning method is provided. The portable device, signally connected to a tracking server, includes a transceiver, a positioning unit and a controller. The positioning method includes steps of: fetching a tracking parameter corresponding to the portable device from the tracking server when an activation condition is satisfied; generating at least one set of positioning information through a positioning system; storing the first positioning information to a positioning database; and selectively uploading contents of the positioning database to the tracking server according to the tracking parameter. | 05-01-2014 |
20140120947 | Methods of Positioning in a System Comprising Measuring Nodes with Multiple Receiving Points - Techniques for systems in which a measuring node is associated with multiple antenna, including techniques for selecting and configuring the set of receiving antennas suitable for performing uplink measurements for a given wireless device. An example method, as implemented by a network node, is for controlling measurements of radio signals transmitted by a wireless device, where the measurements are performed by a measuring node associated with two or more receiving points. The example method begins with obtaining a receiving point configuration for at least one measuring node associated with two or more receiving points, and continues with selecting one or more receiving points for performing measurements, based on the obtained configuration. The selected receiving points are then configured for performing the measurements. | 05-01-2014 |
20140120948 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING POSITIONING IN A FEMTOCELL DEPLOYMENT - Methods and apparatuses are provided that facilitate determining positioning for a device that communicates with a femtocell access point. Femtocell access point location parameters can be provided to a gateway or other network component. A positioning server can request location of a femtocell access point from the corresponding gateway by specifying device subscriber information in the request. The gateway can accordingly identify a corresponding femtocell access point with which the device communicates and can obtain related location parameters for providing to the positioning server. | 05-01-2014 |
20140120949 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, SERVER DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication device includes a manipulation unit for receiving an input manipulation for operation mode switching; a position detection unit for detecting a current position; a communication unit for acquiring pieces of position information of other communication device from the other communication device, respectively; a generation unit for generating pieces of proximity information indicating whether the other respective communication device are dose to the communication device; a data storing unit for storing the pieces of proximity information; and a control unit which, when receiving an input manipulation for operation mode switching, urges a user to switch the operation modes of other communication device that are close to the communication device according to a new operation mode of the communication device. | 05-01-2014 |
20140120950 | LOCATION ESTIMATION FOR A MOBILE DEVICE - There is therefore provided a method of estimating the location of a mobile device, the mobile device being configured for use in a cellular mobile communications network comprising a plurality of base stations, the method comprising generating a database of locations visited by the mobile device by obtaining measurements of the position of the mobile device over time using a satellite-based positioning system; obtaining the identity of the base station serving the mobile device at the time of each measurement of the position of the mobile device; and analyzing the measurements to identify locations visited by the mobile device, each location being associated with a particular base station, such that the mobile device is attached to said base station when at said location; and during subsequent use of the mobile device, in the event that it is not possible to use the satellite-based positioning system to measure the position of the mobile device, estimating the location of the mobile device as one or more identified locations that are associated with the base station to which the mobile device is currently attached. Corresponding apparatus and computer program products are also provided. | 05-01-2014 |
20140128093 | PORTAL TRANSITION PARAMETERS FOR USE IN MOBILE DEVICE POSITIONING - Various methods, apparatuses and/or articles of manufacture are provided for use in one or more electronic devices to perform and/or otherwise support certain positioning capabilities with regard to a mobile device. For example, certain positioning capabilities may make use of one or more portal transition parameters that may be based, at least in part, on a determined likelihood that a mobile device, if located in a first region of a specific environment and within a threshold area of a portal connecting the first region to a second region of the specific environment, may or may not make use of the portal to transition from the first region to the second region, e.g., through the portal. | 05-08-2014 |
20140128094 | ENHANCING GEO-LOCATION PRECISION IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A system may be configured to compute an estimated location of a user device based on an estimation coefficient and a measured distance between the user device and a base station. The estimation coefficient may be based on: an actual distance between a reference device and the base station, and a measured distance between the reference device and the base station. The system may store or output the information regarding the estimated location of the device. | 05-08-2014 |
20140128095 | OBTAINING A GEO-FENCE WITHOUT A NETWORK DOWNLOAD - The disclosure is directed to providing and obtaining a geo-fence without a network download. An embodiment generates geo-fence parameters and encodes the geo-fence parameters on a portable storage media, wherein the geo-fence parameters are transferred to a location-enabled mobile device when the location-enabled mobile device scans the portable storage media. An embodiment scans, by a location-enabled mobile device, a portable storage media, wherein the portable storage media stores geo-fence parameters, and wherein scanning the portable storage media transfers the geo-fence parameters to the location-enabled mobile device. An embodiment includes a non-transitory portable storage media comprising geo-fence parameters, including a perimeter of a geo-fence and one or more alert conditions associated with the perimeter of the geo-fence, wherein scanning the portable storage media transfers the geo-fence parameters to a location-enabled mobile device. | 05-08-2014 |
20140128096 | LOCATION-BASED RECOVERY DEVICE AND RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR PORTABLE COMPUTING DEVICES AND DATA - A device and software utilizing Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) technologies for monitoring and recovering portable computing devices and, a method and system for acquiring such devices, protecting data on such devices, and for compensating owners of devices. A GPS mechanism of the invention provides real time tracking of missing devices that may be coordinated with security agencies to intercept and recover missing computing devices. When a stolen device is unrecoverable, the invention may receive a signal to initiate data recovery where a wireless network is available to recover data for the owner. Alternatively, the GPS mechanism instructs the device to encrypt or destroy stored data files to prevent commercial espionage or privacy violations. The invention discloses a software system and method for computing a purchase price of the GPS mechanism, computing compensation for loss of the device and lost data. | 05-08-2014 |
20140128097 | INTERACTIVE ADVISORY SYSTEM - A method for locating at least one individual located remotely from a broadcast network. An analysis unit compares user profiles, dynamic locations stored in the communicator location database, and/or fixed locations entered into the analysis unit. A data set of at least one matching individualized locatee user profile is generated and the individualized locatee user profile is transmitted to the locator via the locator's communicator device. | 05-08-2014 |
20140128098 | AIS ship's transceiver - The invention relates to an AIS ship's transceiver for sending and receiving AIS radio signals, wherein the position can be taken as a basis and/or adjacent ships can be taken as a basis for activating or deactivating the emission of AIS radio signals of a second AIS radio signal type for satellite-assisted monitoring. | 05-08-2014 |
20140128099 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ON-DEVICE POSITIONING USING COMPRESSED FINGERPRINT ARCHIVES - A method and apparatus are provided for on-device positioning using compressed fingerprint archives. The method and apparatus may be configured to provide compression of localization fingerprints, to facilitate efficient on-device positioning based on the RF fingerprint model, and to estimate the physical distance between two or more devices. Embodiments of the method may receive a space-to-access point histogram that corresponds to an access point as observed in a space. The histogram may be normalized and a mean and standard deviation may be calculated from the histogram. A weight may be assigned to the access point corresponding to the frequency with which the access point is observed within the space. A mean, standard deviation, and weight may be calculated and assigned for each of a plurality of access points as observed within a space. The mean, standard deviation, and weight of each access point may be combined to form a data triple. The data triples may be combined to form a fingerprint of access points observed from that space. The data triple or plurality of data triples with the lowest assigned weight(s) may be removed from the fingerprint. | 05-08-2014 |
20140128100 | Binning Venues Into Categories Based On Propagation Characteristics - Example methods, apparatuses, or articles of manufacture are disclosed herein that may be utilized to facilitate or otherwise support one or more processes or operations in connection with binning venues into categories based, at least in part, on signal propagation characteristics associated with such venues. | 05-08-2014 |
20140135033 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DETERMINING LOCATION USING A CELLULAR AND WLAN POSITIONING SYSTEM BY SELECTING THE BEST WLAN PS SOLUTION - The disclosed subject matter relates to a method and system for increasing the accuracy of a WLAN based position estimate using cellular positioning information. In some embodiments, the method can include determining a set of possible WLAN location solutions for a WLAN and cellular enabled device based on one or more WLAN access points, obtaining cellular measurements from at least one cell tower, and determining the best WLAN location solution from the set of possible WLAN location solutions using the cellular measurements. In one embodiment, the method can include using the cellular measurements from the at least one cell tower to provide a cellular based location estimate for the WLAN and cellular enabled device. | 05-15-2014 |
20140141795 | Apparatus and Method for Performing Low-Power Geo-Fence Operations - A geo-fence capable device is disclosed that is capable of performing an accurate geo-fence operation while minimizing power consumption. The device includes sensors, Wi-Fi connectability and GNSS. Sensors intermittently detect whether the device is in motion. When determined to be in motion, Wi-Fi is used to acquire a wireless access point list and to compare the access point list to previously-stored access points in order to determine whether the device is still within a particular region. GNSS is used to confirm exit from a region and to intermittently monitor whether the device has entered a new region. GNSS and application processor use can be minimized by utilizing sensor and Wi-Fi functionality as preliminary region monitors. | 05-22-2014 |
20140141796 | Pathway Matching - Methods, program products, and systems for estimating a location of a mobile device in a venue are provided. The venue can have pathways represented by a path network that includes segments connected by junctions. Estimating the location can include determining a first set of candidate locations for the mobile device, and mapping some of the candidate locations to updated candidate locations that are on or closer to one or more segments of the path network based on distances between the candidate locations and respective segments, resulting in a second set of candidate locations for the mobile device. The location of the mobile device can be derived from the second set of candidate locations. | 05-22-2014 |
20140141797 | METHOD FOR POSITIONING TARGET TERMINAL WHILE PROTECTING PRIVACY OF USER THEREOF - A method of providing location information of a target Secure User Plane Location (SUPL) Enabled Terminal (target SET) while protecting privacy of a user of the target SET in a Home-SUPL Location Center (H-SLC) providing the location information of the target SET, and the H-SLC, are provided. The method includes receiving a location request message from a requester, transmitting an SUPL INITiation (SUPL INIT) message by using a first session IDentifier (ID) to the target SET, the first session ID including a real ID of the target SET, transmitting a Positioning DATA (PDATA) message by using a second session ID to the Home-SUPL Positioning Center (H-SPC), the second session ID including a pseudo-ID for secure connection between the H-SLC and the H-SPC, receiving a positioning result of the target SET from the H-SPC, and transmitting the positioning result to the requester. | 05-22-2014 |
20140141798 | Method and Computer System for Obtaining Weighted Geometric Dilution of Precision Closed Form - A method utilized in a wireless communication system having a mobile device and a plurality of base stations includes obtaining a geometric matrix according to a plurality of relative distances between the mobile device and the plurality of base stations, obtaining a weighted matrix according to the mobile device and the plurality of base stations, obtaining a weighted geometric dilution of precision according to the weighted matrix and the geometric matrix, so as to obtain a weighted geometric dilution of precision closed form, and choosing a plurality of selected base stations from the plurality of base stations according to the weighted geometric dilution of precision closed form to position the mobile device. | 05-22-2014 |
20140141799 | Determination of Receiver Path Delay - Measures for determination of a receiver path delay for timing value measurement. Such measures may comprise causing a temporary signal variation at a start point element of a receiver path for receiving a positioning-related signal for timing value measurement, detecting the temporary signal variation at an end point element of the receiver path, and determining a time difference between a timing of causing the temporary signal variation at the start point element and a timing of detecting the temporary signal variation at the end point element as a delay value of the receiver path. | 05-22-2014 |
20140141800 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal and controlling method thereof are disclosed, which facilitates a terminal to be used in further consideration of user's convenience. The present invention includes sensing a humidity through a humidity sensor, receiving an AP (access point) location information through a wireless communication unit if a variation amount of the sensed humidity per unit time is equal to or greater than a prescribed value, determining whether a current location is an indoor space or an outdoor space based on the received AP location information, and activating a function of indoor location measurement if the determined location is the indoor space. The present invention determines a timing point of an outdoor-to-indoor or indoor-to-outdoor location shift of a mobile terminal and then activates an indoor location measuring function based on the result of the determination. | 05-22-2014 |
20140141801 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATION OF MOBILE DEVICES IN CONFINED ENVIRONMENTS - A distributed antenna system includes a master unit and a plurality of remote units in communication with the master unit. A plurality of sensors are associated with the respective remote units and the sensors include receiver circuitry configured for capturing RF signals from mobile devices and a controller. The sensors are configured for using the RF signals from at least one mobile device captured by the receiver circuitry and determining position information for the at least one mobile device in the distributed antenna system. The receiver circuitry of the sensor includes an RF receiver integrated with a respective remote unit that is operable to receive RF signals from mobile devices for providing RF communications in the distributed antenna system. | 05-22-2014 |
20140141802 | Multi-Tiered Detection of a Geofence - Methods, program products, and systems for multi-tier detection of a geofence are disclosed. In general, in one aspect, a mobile device can be configured to perform a task when the mobile device enters a geographic region. The mobile device can monitor a current location using a multi-tiered approach. A baseband subsystem can monitor a coarse location of the mobile device using a CDMA system identifier, a CDMA network identifier, a CDMA zone identifier, or a CDMA base station identifier, in that order, as the mobile device moves closer to the geographic region. The baseband subsystem can notify an application subsystem when the mobile device is in a cell that intersects the geographic region. The application subsystem can perform the task upon notification. | 05-22-2014 |
20140148192 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ENABLING MOBILE DEVICE APPLICATIONS AND FUNCTIONAL COMPONENTS - A computer-implemented method of enabling device use is provided. The method includes receiving from a first user an indication of at least one geographic area. Location information of a second user corresponding to a mobile device is received. The location information of the second user and the at least one geographic area are compared, and at least one of an application on the mobile device and a functional component of the mobile device are enabled based on the comparison of the location information of the second user and the at least one geographic area. A computing system for enabling device use is also provided. | 05-29-2014 |
20140148193 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF DISCONNECTING A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION LINK - Some demonstrative embodiments include apparatuses, systems and method of disconnecting a wireless communication link. For example, a wireless communication device may include a controller to receive placement-related information indicating a change in one or more placement-related attributes of the wireless communication device, during communication over a wireless communication link, and based on the orientation-related information to disconnect the wireless communication link. | 05-29-2014 |
20140148194 | LOCATION POSITION MOBILE DEVICE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - Embodiments described herein provide approaches relating generally to location position management of mobile devices. Specifically, a mobile device management system is provided for determining a location of a mobile device using wireless communications equipment and controlling the mobile device based on the location. | 05-29-2014 |
20140148195 | LOCATION MEASURMENTS USING A MESH OF WIRELESS TAGS - A method for determining a location of a group of wireless tags, the method may include receiving first information indicative of distances between each wireless tag of the group and between at least three other wireless tags of the group; tracking a first movement of a certain tag of the group of wireless tag in relation to other wireless tags of the group to provide first movement information; receiving, after the performing of the first movement, second information indicative of distances between each wireless tag of the group and between at least three other wireless tags of the group; and determining locations of the wireless tags of the group in response to the first information, second information and the first movement information. | 05-29-2014 |
20140148196 | LOCAITON DETERMINATION IN AN INDOOR SPACE - A method for locating a user within an indoor space, the method comprises: receiving by a computer, distance information about distances between multiple wireless tags that are positioned within the indoor space; wherein the distance information is obtained by the multiple wireless tags during a first type of distance estimation process that comprises wirelessly transmitting messages between the multiple wireless tags; determining locations of the wireless tags in the indoor space in response to the distance information and to calibration information indicative of an actual or estimated location of at least one wireless tag in the indoor space; receiving, from a user device, user device location information related to a location of the user device in relation to a sub-set of the wireless tags; determining a location of the user device within the indoor space in response to the user device location information and to locations of the wireless tags of the sub-set of wireless tags in the indoor space. | 05-29-2014 |
20140148197 | EMERGENCY, SECURITY, AND ACCESSIBILITY APPARATUS AND METHODS - Systems, methods, means and computer program products for determining a position of an object in an environment are disclosed. Certain systems, methods, means and computer program products carry out position determination for asset tracking, emergency evacuations, navigation and other uses. | 05-29-2014 |
20140148198 | Methods and Apparatus for Positioning Measurement in Multi-Antenna Transmission Systems - This document discloses solutions for using a mix of reference signal types in a wireless communications network, e.g., a first type and a second type, in making positioning-related measurements. In one example, a UE uses a “mix” of CRS and PRS. As an example case, a UE receives PRS and, possibly, CRS from one or more cells, while it receives only CRS from one or more other cells. In this case, the UE determines, e.g., received signal timing values for CRS as received from some cells, on a per-cell basis, and for PRS as received from other cells, on a per-cell basis. The UE can measure and report on per-signal/per-cell basis and can perform calculations involving a mix of timing measurements made for both CRS and PRS. In a further aspect, reference signal transmissions are controlled or coordinated on a per-port basis in cells that use multiple antenna ports for transmitting within each such cell. | 05-29-2014 |
20140155082 | Methods and Apparatus for Estimating Time of Arrival Information Associated with a Wireless Signal - Methods and apparatus for estimating time of arrival information associated with a wireless signal are disclosed. In an embodiment, a wireless device ( | 06-05-2014 |
20140155083 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING LOCATION RECORDS - An approach for enabling the generation of a location record at a device based on a location not associated with a pre-stored location record is described. A location reference platform determines at least one location is not associated with one or more pre-stored location records at at least one device. The location reference platform also causes, at least in part, a generation of at least one location record for the at least one location. The location reference platform further causes, at least in part, a transmission of the at least one location record to the at least one device for storage with the one or more pre-stored location records. | 06-05-2014 |
20140155084 | MULTI-MODE WIRELESS POSITION ASSOCIATION - Position information obtained from a first wireless communication point may be associated with a second wireless communication point when signals are received from both the first and second wireless communication points, e.g., at or approximately at the same time. The wireless communication points may be, e.g., wireless network base station, access points, femto cells, etc. The position information may be a position for the first wireless communication point and a position uncertainty, which may be based on distances to the first and second wireless communication points, e.g., determined using wireless signal characteristics. The position information may be an uncertainty region determined based on position information from multiple wireless communication points. The position information associated with the second wireless communication point may be used in an application, e.g., obtaining a GPS position fix. | 06-05-2014 |
20140155085 | Classification Of Indoor And Outdoor Telecommunications Events Of Mobile Telecommunications Networks - Concepts and technologies are described herein for the classification of indoor and outdoor telecommunications events that occur within mobile telecommunications networks. According to one aspect disclosed herein, a method for classifying telecommunications events can include receiving a data set that includes geo-location data and radio signal measurement data for a plurality of telecommunications events that have occurred within a mobile telecommunications network. The method can also include providing the data set as input to a classification model. The method can also include classifying the data set into an indoor results subset and an outdoor results subset using the classification model. The indoor results subset can include a first telecommunications event that is determined by the classification model to have occurred in an indoor location. The outdoor results subset can include a second telecommunications event that is determined by the classification model to have occurred in an outdoor location. | 06-05-2014 |
20140155086 | DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE TO PROVIDE WIRELESS TRANSMITTER POSITIONING - A distributed architecture provides the location of wireless transmitters to mobile devices for positioning, the location determined from at least one of crowdsourcing and wardriving. A server receives location data for wireless transmitters, such as an access point, a femtocell, Bluetooth Transmitter, radio-frequency identification (RFID) and near-field communication (NFC) station etc., from mobile devices. The server determines the locations of the wireless transmitters using the location data and provides the locations to the respective wireless transmitters. The wireless transmitters broadcast their identities and locations. Thus, a mobile device may receive the location directly from the wireless transmitter, eliminating the requirement of contacting a central server and downloading a regional almanac for positioning. This eliminates in a large number of scenarios the need to have data connectivity at the time of position calculation. Additionally, the wireless transmitters may transmit validation data to the server to validate or invalidate the determined location. | 06-05-2014 |
20140155087 | DECISION SUPPORT - Decision support information is exchanged over a secure wireless network among mobile computing devices, and also optionally a central command computer. Each of the mobile computing devices has one or more sensors connected and interfaced to it. Output data from the sensor(s) can be sent over the network to one or more other devices on the network. A command for a sensor also can be sent over the network to cause the sensor to take some action such as turning on or turning off. The mobile computing devices on the network automatically share plug-in software components needed by any of the devices to view transmitted sensor output data and/or act on sensor commands. | 06-05-2014 |
20140155088 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING LOCATION INFORMATION OF USER EQUIPMENT - Disclosed is a method for transmitting location information about user equipment, used for determining the location of user equipment more accurately by the core network, benefitting operations such as accurate charging by the core network. The method includes: a control plane management device receiving location information reported by a relay node (RN), wherein the location information includes relevant information about the donor cell where the RN is located; and the control plane management device determining the location of UE according to the received location information, and sending the latest location information about the UE to a charging function node after the location of the UE has changed. Also disclosed is an implementing method for the charging function node side, and a device used for implementing these methods. | 06-05-2014 |
20140155089 | SYSTEM FOR MONITORING INSTALLED INFRASTRUCTURE - The present patent of invention application relates to a system allowing monitoring and alarming several types of installed infrastructures, such as optical telephone closets, batteries, installed equipment, opening of environments doors and telephone closets, electrical and telephone cables. The need of that type of equipment is due to the large number of cables theft, mostly telephone ones, which causes, in addition to the loss for the providers, a great loss to society in general, as the lack of telecommunications and electrical services interrupts services in hospitals, government departments, banks, among others, causing great trouble. | 06-05-2014 |
20140162681 | System and Method for Detecting and Controlling Transmission Devices - A method of detecting, controlling and managing transmission of a transmitting device within a facility is disclosed. The method involves transmitting information to the transmission device, detecting a response transmission from the transmission device by a least one transmission detection facility, extracting identification information associated with the transmission device in response to the transmitted information; and determining a location of the transmission device based on the response transmission received by the at least one received transmission detection facility, wherein the response transmissions are sorted by the identification information, determining an allowability of the located transmission device with the set area and interacting and manipulating transmission of the detected transmitting device. | 06-12-2014 |
20140162682 | OVERSHOOTING CELL DETECTION FOR SELF OPTIMIZING NETWORK APPLICATIONS - Systems and methods for overshooting cell device detection for application to self optimizing network algorithms are disclosed herein. The system ranks neighbor relationships between first, second, and third cell devices in a cellular network, based on handover statistics directly received from the cellular network. The system thereafter identifies one of the second cell device or the third cell device as an outlier neighbor cell device based on a ranking of the neighbor relationships and identifies, as a function of an azimuth direction and a distance between respective cell devices of a group of screened cell devices, an overshooting cell device that propagates a transmitted radio frequency signal causing interference to a cell device included in the group of screened cell devices. | 06-12-2014 |
20140162683 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF ESTIMATING A LOCATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of estimating a location of a mobile device. For example, a location estimation entity (LE) may be configured to receive from a server location-based location-enabling source (LES) information identifying one or more location-enabling sources based on a location area of a mobile device, and to communicate with the one or more identified location-enabling sources information for estimating the location of the mobile device. | 06-12-2014 |
20140162684 | Long Term Evolution Advanced Location-Sensitive Information Management - LTE advanced location-sensitive information management may include receiving, by a server, location information corresponding to a location of a device that is remote from the server. The server may receive identification information corresponding to a user of the device. The server may organize the location information based on the identification information. The server may receive a list of one or more intended recipients. The server may recommend, based on the identification information, a first time duration during which to expose the location information to the one or more intended recipients. And the server may send the location information to the list of one or more intended recipients. | 06-12-2014 |
20140162685 | DISCOVERY AND SUPPORT OF PROXIMITY - Systems, apparatus and methods for proximity determination between transceivers, such as mobile devices, are presented. Proximity may be a logical combination of geographic proximity, radio proximity and/or cellular proximity. Proximity may be determined using a low overhead coarse test followed by a more intensive accurate test. Proximity may be determined indirectly via one or more intermediary transceivers having a predetermined relationship. | 06-12-2014 |
20140162686 | FEMTO-ASSISTED LOCATION ESTIMATION IN MACRO-FEMTO HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - The disclosed subject matter relates to a wireless communications environment. Femto-assisted location estimation schemes can determine UE location information based on information from either macro base stations or femto base stations in a LTE-A heterogeneous network. Positions information for a femto base station can be employed even though the exact positions of fBS may not be available. The femto base station position information can be depicted as a probabilistic distribution. Bayesian estimation based on TDOA and utilization of a particle filter can facilitate determining UE location information. Furthermore, a simplified scheme can reduce computational complexity. | 06-12-2014 |
20140162687 | TECHNIQUES FOR DETERMINING A STATE OF PROXIMITY BETWEEN MOBILE DEVICES - Techniques are provided to support proximity services for a mobile device. In an example implementation, an electronic device may determine whether a first mobile device and a second mobile device are each operatively provisioned to make use of a common proximity service, and determine whether a state of proximity between the first and second mobile devices is expected to occur at a future time based at least in part on a current or past motion state of at least one of the mobile devices, and/or a historic behavior of at least one of the mobile devices, and/or an identification that the mobile devices are in a common venue. The electronic device may initiate notification of a user and/or an application of at least one of the mobile devices that a state of proximity with the other mobile device has occurred or will occur. | 06-12-2014 |
20140162688 | TECHNIQUES FOR DETERMINING ACTUAL AND/OR NEAR STATES OF PROXIMITY BETWEEN MOBILE DEVICES - Techniques are provided that may be implemented in various methods, apparatuses and articles of manufacture for use by one or more electronic devices to support proximity services for a mobile device. In an example implementation, a computing device may determine whether a first mobile device and a second mobile device are each operatively provisioned to make use of a common proximity service, use a first procedure to determine whether a state of near proximity exists between at least two mobile devices, use a second procedure to determine whether a state of proximity exists between the at least two mobile devices, and initiate notification of a user and/or an application of at least one of the mobile devices in response to one or more of such determinations. | 06-12-2014 |
20140162689 | COMPUTING SYSTEM WITH LOCATION DETECTION MECHANISM AND METHOD OF OPERATION THEREOF - A computing system includes: a communication unit configured to: communicate a cell location A without a grid location A for identifying one of grid cells where a current location A is located, communicate a cell location B with a grid location B for identifying one of grid areas with one of the grid cells where a current location B is located, and a control unit, coupled to the communication unit, configured to: generate a grid identification prediction based on predicting a grid identification of one of the grid areas where the cell location A is located nearest to the cell location B, and generate a proximity result based on the grid identification prediction matching the grid location A for determining whether the current location A is near the current location B. | 06-12-2014 |
20140162690 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING THE LOCATION OF WIRELESS SENSORS - A system and method for determining the location of wireless sensors are disclosed. The system may generally include a plurality of wireless sensor nodes communicatively coupled to a plurality of sensing devices. Additionally, the system may include a paging device configured to wirelessly transmit a page command to at least one of the wireless sensor nodes. Further, the paging device may receive a position indicator as a text string indicating a location of at least one of the plurality of wireless sensor nodes. | 06-12-2014 |
20140162691 | Positioning Method and Wireless Communication System Using the Same - A positioning method is disclosed. The positioning method includes providing a reference information comprising a plurality of predetermined RSSI values corresponding to a plurality of directional antennas receiving signals from a plurality of areas, utilizing the plurality of directional antennas to scan and detect a wireless communication device, calculating a plurality of RSSI values corresponding to the wireless communication device for the plurality of directional antennas, and determining a location position of the wireless communication device according to the reference information and the plurality of RSSI values. | 06-12-2014 |
20140171097 | CROWDSOURCING INFORMATION IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK USING SMALL CELLS - Methods, systems, computer-readable media, and apparatuses for using a small cell as a reliable crowd-sourcing agent are presented. In some embodiments, a small cell installed at a known location may observe one or more wireless signals at the known location, wherein the small cell comprises a built-in network listen receiver for observing cellular downlink signals. Subsequently, the small cell may provide, to at least one crowdsourcing server, information that identifies the location and describes one or more detected properties of the one or more observed wireless signals. In at least one arrangement, the information provided to at least one crowdsourcing server is a Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) configuration based on an observed LTE downlink signals. In at least one arrangement, the information provided to at least one crowdsourcing server is configured to be used by the at least one crowdsourcing server in providing position assistance information. | 06-19-2014 |
20140171098 | LOCATION DETERMINATION USING A STATE SPACE ESTIMATOR - Methods, program products, and systems for using a location fingerprint database to determine a location of a mobile device are described. A mobile device can use location fingerprint data and readings of a sensor to obtain a location observation. The mobile device can use the location observation in a particle filter for determining a location of the mobile device at a venue. Using state of movement of the mobile device and a map of the venue, the mobile device can determine one or more candidate locations of the device. The mobile device can then update the candidate locations using a next observation, and determine a probability density function based on the candidate locations. The mobile device can then present to a user a most probable location as a current location of the device in the venue. | 06-19-2014 |
20140171099 | GEO-FENCING BASED UPON SEMANTIC LOCATION - Described herein are technologies for geo-fencing based upon semantic locations. This Abstract is submitted with the understanding that it will not be used to interpret or limit the scope or meaning of the claims. | 06-19-2014 |
20140171100 | MONITORING A LOCATION FINGERPRINT DATABASE - Methods, program products, and systems for monitoring a location fingerprint database are described. A location fingerprint database can store location data associated with multiple signal sources. A mobile device can use signals of the signal sources and the location data to determine a current location. A location server can monitor the location fingerprint database, including detecting if any one of the signal sources has moved or otherwise becomes unsuitable for location determination. The location server can prevent location data associated with the unsuitable signal source from being used by the mobile device to determine the current location of the mobile device | 06-19-2014 |
20140171101 | DETERMINING A LOCATION OF A WIRELESS ENDPOINT DEVICE IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method, computer readable medium and apparatus for determining a location of a user endpoint device in a wireless network are disclosed. For example, the method receives from each of a plurality of base stations a plurality of signals and a plurality of times of arrival, wherein each of the plurality of times of arrival is associated with a particular signal of the plurality of signals, and determines the location of the wireless endpoint device from the plurality of signals and the plurality of times of arrival. | 06-19-2014 |
20140171102 | MOBILE GEOLOCATION - A method and apparatus for generating reference signatures for use in geolocation in a cellular wireless communication system is provided. A first signature for a mobile communication unit comprises location information, a timestamp, and radio frequency measurement information obtained by a mobile communication unit at a location, but does not contain identification information for the mobile communication unit. The first signature is compared to signatures in a database, to identify a second signature that has a timestamp and radio frequency measurement information that correspond to those of the first signature. A reference signature is created by combining at least a part of the first signature with at least a part of the second signature. Repetition of the comparison and combination steps creates a database of reference signatures, for use in geolocating other received call signatures. | 06-19-2014 |
20140171103 | Method and System for Mobile Reference Signature Generation - A method and an apparatus for generating reference signatures in a cellular wireless communications system are provided. A first signature is obtained for a mobile communication unit at a first location. The first signature comprises first location information, a first timestamp, and radio frequency measurement information, but lacks identification information. The first signature is compared to signatures in a database, to identify a second signature having location information and a timestamp corresponding to the first location information and first timestamp. A reference signature is created by combining at least part of the first signature, such as the radio frequency information, with the second signature. The first signature is from an anonymized call. The second signature may be from an application operational on the communication unit, or from a social media website, and may comprise identification information for the communication unit or user. | 06-19-2014 |
20140171104 | Mobile Communication System - A cellular wireless communications system and method of generating reference signatures for use in geolocation are provided. The cellular wireless communications system identifies a sub-area within the coverage area of a cellular wireless communications system, the sub-area having a density of radio frequency measurements that is below a threshold value. A user of a subscriber mobile communication unit is influenced to enter the sub-area, the subscriber mobile communication unit being a subscriber to the cellular wireless communications system. The cellular wireless communications system obtains radio frequency measurements from the subscriber mobile communication unit in the sub-area, and generates reference signatures and/or location estimates from the radio frequency measurements. The reference signatures may be used to geolocate connections made by other mobile communication units within the sub-areas. | 06-19-2014 |
20140171105 | Enhanced Cell ID Location Method Using Non Uniform Subsectors and Neighboring Cell Centroid - A system and method of determining the location of a mobile device. Network measurement report information may be received from a target mobile device, the NMR having measurement information and range information of the target mobile device from a cell serving the device. The serving cell may be divided a plurality of subsectors and candidate locations placed on an intersection of a range formed from the range information and bisectors of the plurality of subsectors. A subset of neighboring and serving cells may be selected as a function of the NMR measurement information and a radio frequency (RF) coverage centroid determined for each of the selected neighboring cells. A centroid of the determined RF centroids may be determined, and a location of the target mobile device estimated as the candidate location having a minimum distance to the determined centroid. | 06-19-2014 |
20140171106 | Systems and Methods for User Equipment Mobility Prediction - System and method embodiments for mobility prediction in a wireless network enable the wireless network to determine the location of a wireless device with minimal transmissions from the wireless device. In an embodiment, the method includes negotiating with a mobile device to determine a mobility prediction algorithm and a condition upon which the mobile wireless device will report the actual location of the mobile device, training the mobility prediction algorithm using prior mobile wireless device location and timestamp information, determining a predicted location of the mobile device using the mobility prediction algorithm, and setting an predicted location for the mobile device at a time as the actual location for the mobile device at the time when failing to receive a location report from the mobile wireless device, wherein the mobile device transmits actual location information after the training period only if the condition is met. | 06-19-2014 |
20140171107 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS INDOOR LOCALIZATION BASED ON INERTIAL MEASUREMENT UNIT AND MAP INFORMATION - An embodiment disclosing a wireless indoor localization system based on inertial measurement unit (IMU) and map information, including at least a mobile wireless signal transceiving device able to compute, with each including at least a wireless signal transceiver and at least an IMU for collecting environmental information measured by mobile device; at least two fixed wireless signal transceiving devices, configured to provide wireless signal for positioning or wireless signal observation; at least a wireless signal observation device, configured to observe signal strength of fixed signal transceiving devices; at least a training database, configured to store at least a standard comparison information; at least a map information, including indoor spatial description, configured to assist in determining feasibility of movement at continuous time; and at least a computing core unit, configured to compute positioning result based on collected information during training and positioning phases, and comparison with map information. | 06-19-2014 |
20140171108 | DYNAMIC ACCESS POINT BASED POSITIONING - A wireless device that includes an access point (AP) scanner, a transceiver, and a controller coupled to the AP scanner and transceiver. The AP scanner is configured to scan wireless network channels utilized by one or more APs to transmit data packets, probe responses, and beacons. The transceiver is configured to transmit one or more probe requests to the one or more APs and receive one or more probe responses and beacons from the one or more APs. The controller is configured to determine a proximate geographic position of the wireless device based on signal strength of the one or more probe responses and beacons received from the one or more APs. The controller also dynamically adapts a parameter utilized in determining the proximate geographic position of the wireless device. | 06-19-2014 |
20140171109 | DIFFERENTIATED STATION LOCATION - Embodiments allow a station to determine its location and report the location to a access point or other network entity. The station obtains agreement with an access point, group of access points, or other network entity to provide its location to a designated accuracy level and the access point(s) agree to provide services such as access to a location service, the access point(s) location to a designated positional accuracy, etc. The station measures its position and induces an error in its reported location. The induced error prevents an exact location of the station from being determined by the access point(s) or others, thus preserving the privacy of the station. The location reported by the station may be absolute (e.g., geographic coordinates) or relative to a landmark, location, etc. | 06-19-2014 |
20140171110 | POSITION ESTIMATION OF A WIRELESS TERMINAL IN A STRUCTURE USING BASE STATION SIGNAL INFORMATION - A wireless terminal, method, and non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. The wireless terminal includes circuitry configured to receive a wireless signal transmitted from a base station; perform signal intensity measurement of the received wireless signal; receive, via a graphical user interface, section information that identifies a section of a building structure for which the signal intensity measurement is to be performed; and transmit measurement information acquired by the signal intensity measurement of the received wireless signal, base station identification information that indicates a base station of a transmission source of the wireless signal, and the section information. The measurement information is associated with the base station identification information and the section information. The circuitry is further configured to perform the signal intensity measurement of the received wireless signal in response to a predetermined user input operation that is received after the section information. | 06-19-2014 |
20140171111 | Method and Apparatus for Positioning User Equipment - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method and an apparatus for positioning a user equipment. The method includes receiving positioning measurement information sent by a base station. The positioning configuration information includes a sum of a difference between receiving time and sending time on the UE and a difference between receiving time and sending time on the base station. A round trip time between the intermediate node that sends the CRS and the UE is calculated according to the positing in formation. A position of the UE is determined using position coordinates of the intermediate node that sends the CRS and the round trip time. | 06-19-2014 |
20140171112 | Location Service Requests Throttling - A technique to allow a server such as a location server to throttle concurrent or closely timed location requests for the position of a given wireless device such that within a certain time period preferably only one location request will be initiated to the positioning engine and the remaining closely-timed location requests will be buffered or cached. When a position for the given wireless device is returned per the outstanding location request, then the retrieved position will be used to respond to each of the buffered location requests. Thus, a plurality of location requests are satisfied with a single request to the positioning engine. By optimizing the use of cached position requests, throttling of location requests per the invention reduces network traffic significantly, increases the efficiency of a positioning server (therefore reducing business cost), and provides for an improved grade or quality of location based services in general. | 06-19-2014 |
20140171113 | Method and System for Locating a Current Position or a Coupling Location of a Mobile Unit Using a Leaky Waveguide - A method and related system are provided for locating a current position or a coupling location of a mobile unit, which can send or receive for location determining purposes, using a leaky waveguide, wherein a radio signal is fed from the mobile unit into the waveguide or vice versa, wherein the signal is sent by the mobile unit and received by the two transmitting and receiving (T/R) apparatuses, or one signal is sent by each of the two T/R apparatuses and received by the mobile unit, wherein a receiving time is determined for each received signal, and the current position or the coupling location is determined from two such receiving times. The T/R apparatuses, arranged at opposite ends of the waveguide, are synchronized relative to each other prior to the determination of the current position or coupling location, or prior to the reception of the signal. | 06-19-2014 |
20140179336 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SHARING RADIO SPECTRUM RESOURCES AMONG DISPARATE SERVICES - A method for use in mobile station. The method comprises detecting a special code transmitted by first base station, wherein the special code is associated with a border of a restricted area. The method further comprises, in response to detection of the transmitted special code, determining a position of the mobile station and comparing the position of the mobile station to the border of the restricted area. The method also comprises determining whether the mobile station is in the restricted area or a permitted area. | 06-26-2014 |
20140179337 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SELECTING AN OPTIMAL LOCATION SERVICE - Systems and methods are described herein for selecting a location service based, at least in part, on service availability, capability, and/or accuracy. In one instance, the selection may be based, at least in part, on which location service that may result in the least amount of power consumed by a user device. The selection may also be balanced between user preferences and application demands for accurate and timely location services information. | 06-26-2014 |
20140179338 | PROXIMITY DETERMINATION BASED ON DISTANCE RATIOS - Systems and methods of determining proximity of a mobile device to a target location are described herein. A method as described herein includes identifying a signal sent by the mobile device and received by respective ones of a set of receivers including at least a first receiver and a second receiver, wherein the first receiver and second receiver are positioned collinearly to the target location; determining a first signal-quality metric observed at the first receiver and a second signal-quality metric observed at the second receiver with respect to the signal; computing a ratio associated with distances from the mobile device to the first receiver and the second receiver, respectively, based on the first signal-quality metric and the second signal-quality metric; and determining whether the mobile device is within a proximity region defined in relation to the target location based on the ratio. | 06-26-2014 |
20140179339 | Techniques For Wireless Transmitter Location Detection - Techniques for wireless transmitter location detection are described. An apparatus may comprise a processor circuit and a location database generator component. The location database generator component may comprise: a logging component operative on the processor circuit to receive a plurality of location data packages, the location data packages comprising locations and associated wireless transmitter identifiers, and to log the location data packages into a location database, the location database comprising a plurality of tuples of the locations and the wireless transmitter identifiers; and an analysis component operative on the processor circuit to construct a transmitter mapping from wireless transmitter identifiers to locations based on the plurality of tuples of the location database. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 06-26-2014 |
20140179340 | PAIRWISE MEASUREMENTS FOR IMPROVED POSITION DETERMINATION - Approaches for enhancing range-based position determination using pairwise error detection and compensation are provided. One method for enhancing a position estimate of a first node may include performing measurements at the first node using a signal received from a second node, and receiving measurements from the second node. The received measurements may be performed at the second node using a signal provided by the first node. The method may further include determining pairwise comparisons of the performed measurements and the received measurements, and compensating the measurements performed at the first node, based on the pairwise comparisons, for estimating the position of the first node. Systems and apparatuses for performing the various position determination methods are further presented. | 06-26-2014 |
20140179341 | GEO-LOCATION SIGNAL FINGERPRINTING - Disclosed herein is a technology related to low-power, accurate location estimation for mobile devices (such as a smartphone). More particularly, the disclosed technology facilitates estimation of a physical or “real world” location (e.g., geo-location) without relying on the conventional always-on and battery-draining approaches of Global Positioning Systems (GPSs) or some form of telemetry based upon multiple radio signals (e.g., cellular). This Abstract is submitted with the understanding that it will not be used to interpret or limit the scope or meaning of the claims. | 06-26-2014 |
20140179342 | SIGNAL BLOCKING DETECTION IN OFFENDER MONITORING SYSTEMS - An electronic monitoring device for monitoring an individual and detecting signal blocking. The electronic monitoring device may be equipped with GPS and/or RF communication technology that may be interrupted intentionally or unintentionally. The device compares sampled incident energy with a reference level to identify an occurrence of blocking the transmitter signal. The device may also base determination of a signal blocking occurrence on input from a status detection module. Status information is also leveraged to intelligently calibrate the device to more robustly determine a tampering event. | 06-26-2014 |
20140179343 | OPTIMIZING LOCATION SYSTEM CONFIGURATION EXCHANGES THROUGH DYNAMIC LOCATION WORKING PROFILES - A wireless location information system, device, and method are presented that include location system components (LSCs) that perform location-based operations; one or more location work profiles (LWPs) associated with each of the LSCs, in which the LWPs include configuration information of the LSCs; and a controller that controls the configuration information exchanges between the LSCs. As such, the controller component provides, in advance, one or more LWPs to each LSC, in which each of the LWPs is designated with a unique identifier and, upon a change in operational status, the controller provides the LSCs with only the identifier of the LWP affected by the change. | 06-26-2014 |
20140179344 | CONTROLLING WIRELESS SCANS USED TO DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF A PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - Described herein are methods and apparatus for controlling wireless scans used to determine the location of a portable electronic device. In described embodiments, the portable electronic device determines if user notifications are currently suppressed (i.e., if the device is operating in a “do not disturb” mode). In the case that user notifications are currently suppressed on the portable electronic device, the interval between the wireless scans used to determine the location of the portable electronic device is increased. Furthermore, in described embodiments, the portable electronic device determines its location. Then based on its location, it determines a travel time to a boundary (e.g., a geo-fence) and adjusts the frequency of wireless scans used to determine the location of the portable electronic device based on the travel time. | 06-26-2014 |
20140179345 | Localization Configuration to Make Location Information Available in User Equipment - A method of generating location information in a terminal device ( | 06-26-2014 |
20140179346 | PORTABLE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A portable communication device includes a processor, a communication unit to communicate with a server, and a locating unit to determine a location of the communication device. The processor is operable to: determine whether one application belongs to a restricted category when a input unit receives a user input to start the application; obtain a list associated with the location from the storage unit, if the application belongs to a restricted category; and start the application if a name of the application is included in the list, or otherwise ignore the user input. | 06-26-2014 |
20140179347 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEFINING A ZONE - A method of and apparatus for defining a zone, comprising receiving (S | 06-26-2014 |
20140179348 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING WHEN SMARTPHONE IS IN VEHICLE - A device includes a parameter detector, an input component, an accessing component, a comparator and an identifier. The parameter detector detects a first parameter and a second parameter and can generate a detected parameter signature based on the first detected parameter and the second detected parameter. The input component can input the detected parameter signature into a database. The accessing component can access the detected parameter signature from the database. The comparator can generate a comparison signal. The identifier can identify a location based on the comparison signal. The parameter detector can further detect a third parameter and a fourth parameter and can generate a second detected parameter signature based on the third detected parameter and the fourth detected parameter. The comparator can generate the comparison signal based on the detected parameter signature and the second detected parameter signature. | 06-26-2014 |
20140179349 | METHOD AND DEVICES FOR FACILITATING THE LOCATION OF A MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The invention relates to a user-portable electronic device and in particular one which is capable of establishing transmission connection with one or more mobile electronic devices. A user-portable electronic device comprising: transmission connection circuitry arranged to establish transmission connection between the user-portable electronic device and one or more mobile electronic devices; geographic-location determining circuitry arranged to determine a geographic location of the or each mobile electronic device associated with transmission connection of the user-portable electronic device and the or each mobile electronic device; and log circuitry arranged to allow storage of a geographic-location log including at least a last-known geographic location of the or each mobile electronic device. | 06-26-2014 |
20140179350 | POSITIONING OF A WIRELESS DEVICE SERVED BY A FEMTO CELL - Techniques for supporting positioning are described. In an aspect, positioning of mobile stations served by femto cells may be supported by having the femto cells transmit at least one identity used to differentiate the femto cells from other cells/sectors in a wireless network. The at least one identity may also convey certain information for the femto cells, which may be pertinent for positioning of the mobile stations. In one design, a femto cell may send the at least one identity assigned to the femto cell and the location of the femto cell to mobile stations as an aid for positioning. A mobile station may receive and forward the least one identity and the location of the femto cell to a location server. The mobile station and the location server may then perform positioning based on the at least one identity and the location of the femto cell. | 06-26-2014 |
20140179351 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR DETECTING THE PRESENCE AND CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF MOBILE DEVICES WITHIN A VEHICLE - An apparatus, system, and method for determining the presence of a mobile device located in a predetermined detection zone within a vehicle are disclosed. A detection module receives a communication signal, determines that the communication signal was transmitted by a mobile device located within a predetermined detection zone within a vehicle, and a control module transmits a control signal to the mobile device located within the predetermined detection zone. The system further includes a monitoring logic to monitor a functional system of the vehicle activating the transmission of the control signal by the control module when the monitored functional system is activated and the detection module determines that the communication signal was transmitted by the mobile device located within the predetermined detection zone. | 06-26-2014 |
20140187256 | CONTEXT AWARE GEOFENCING - In one embodiment an electronic device comprises a display, a motion sensor, one or more wireless communication devices, and logic configured to receive, in the controller, data indicating that the controller is in motion, determine a velocity of the controller, and activate a first location service to determine a coarse location of the controller when the velocity of the controller falls above a predetermined threshold for a predetermined period of time. Other embodiments may be described. | 07-03-2014 |
20140187257 | INTER-AP DISTANCE ESTIMATION USING CROWD SOURCING - Techniques are provided for utilizing one or more mobile devices to estimate distances between wireless access points (APs). Embodiments can, for example, enable mobile devices, wireless APs, and/or other systems to estimate a distance between two wireless APs using Round-Trip Time (RTT) measurements obtained by one or more mobile devices. The RTT measurements can be utilized based on whether one or more related Received Signal Strength Indication (RSSI) measurements exceed a threshold value. Embodiments can also utilize crowdsourcing to obtain distance estimation data (e.g., distance estimates, RTT and/or RSSI measurements, etc.) from one or more mobile devices and/or propagate a determined distance, based on the distance estimation data, to multiple devices. | 07-03-2014 |
20140187258 | CONTEXT-BASED PARAMETER MAPS FOR POSITION DETERMINATION - In one implementation, a method may comprise: storing a user profile indicative of at least one attribute of a user of a mobile station; determining a measurement value based, at least in part, on a signal from at least one sensor on the mobile station; and estimating a location of the mobile station based, at least in part, on an association of the at least one attribute and the measurement value with a context parameter map database. | 07-03-2014 |
20140187259 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING LOCATION OF WIRELESS DEVICES - To determine a location of a client device in a wireless network having at least first and second network devices, with known locations, one of the network devices transmits a message to the other network device and the other network device responds with an acknowledgement message. A client device receives the message and the acknowledgement message as well as respective times indicating actual times at which the message and the acknowledgement message were processed by one of the first and second network devices. The client device determines its location based on the times at which it received the message and the acknowledgement message and the difference between the actual processing times. This location may be refined by determining an angle between the client device and at least one of the network devices having multiple antennas and being configured for steered beam communications. | 07-03-2014 |
20140187260 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR POSITIONING DEVICE UNDER TEST - A positioning system includes at least one DUT (Device Under Test) and a mobile device. A wireless connection is established between the DUT and the mobile device. The mobile device is moved along a path which includes at least two different measurement positions. The mobile device measures a distance between the DUT and each of the measurement positions. Then, the mobile device obtains a target position, at which the DUT is located, according to the measurement positions and the distances. | 07-03-2014 |
20140187261 | METHODOLOGY TO EXTEND BATTERY POWER IN ASSET-TRACKING DEVICE - A protocol and methodology that extends the battery power in a remote asset tracking device by storing location data more than once (i.e., “n” times), yet transmitting that data only once to a server. In other words, multiple data points are transmitted simultaneously. Devices and systems incorporating the protocol are also provided. | 07-03-2014 |
20140187262 | Apparatus, and Associated Method, for Estimating a Time Zone at Which a Device is Positioned - An apparatus, and an associated method, estimates a time zone at which an electronic device, such as a wireless device, is positioned. Parameters, such as a mobile country code, a GMT offset, a daylight savings time parameter, and geo location parameters are all candidate parameters from which to make an estimate. Received parameters are identified, and selectably used to obtain an estimate that is matched or verified to ensure likely accuracy. | 07-03-2014 |
20140187263 | BASE STATION AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A base station and control method thereof for wireless communication network is provided. The base station comprises: transceiver unit for transmitting and receiving of data with communication nodes and terminals; location information storage unit for storing location information of the terminal in the wireless communication network; range expanding condition information storage unit for storing range expanding condition information of respective communication node which each terminal corresponding to; and control unit for determining a service strategy for the terminals based at least on the location information of the terminal in the wireless communication network and the range expanding condition information of respective communication node which each terminal corresponding to. It is expected to give full play to advantages of eICIC and CoMP for the real channel state of different terminals, achieve combination or conversion between them, so as to optimize the overall network design. | 07-03-2014 |
20140194137 | Method and/or system for obtaining signatures for use in navigation - Disclosed are systems, methods and techniques for obtaining round trip time (RTT) measurements from acquisition of signals at one or more mobile devices, the signals being transmitted by one or more transmitters; approximating locations of the one or more mobile devices while obtaining the RTT measurements; and combining the measurements to determine expected RTT signature values at discrete positions in the area based, at least in part, on the obtained RTT measurements and the approximated locations. | 07-10-2014 |
20140194138 | CONSTRAINING INERTIAL NAVIGATION SYSTEM SOLUTION ACCORDING TO PEDOMETRICAL DATA - Described herein are techniques related to constraining Inertial Navigation System (INS) solution according to pedometrical data. Data from sensors external to an inertial navigation module are leveraged in computing the final solution for indoor navigation. The techniques render the drift and divergence in inertial sensors to be much slower. Additionally, the techniques are not dependent on the attitude of the mobile device used for indoor navigation relative to the user's body. | 07-10-2014 |
20140194139 | LOCATION SENSING USING CHANNEL FADING FINGERPRINTING - A system and method are provided for providing precise location sensing for wireless devices in an indoor environment using channel fading fingerprinting. An indoor environment within which wireless devices are used is surveyed to develop a channel fading database for the indoor environment. The surveying of the indoor environment determines a specific channel fading profile according to 30 subcarrier frequencies in a wireless signal for numerous locations within the indoor environment. A wireless device scans for available wireless access points and extracts a channel fading profile for a current location of the wireless device. The extracted channel fading profile for the current location of the wireless device is compared with the channel fading database. A best match comparison between the extracted channel fading profile and the channel fading database is used to determine an actual physical location of the wireless device in the indoor environment. | 07-10-2014 |
20140194140 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, POSITION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication terminal includes a receiving unit configured to receive position information that has been transmitted from a transmission device for transmitting predetermined position information; a detecting unit configured to detect a change in an acceleration applied to the communication terminal; a movement detecting unit configured to detect a movement of the communication terminal based on the position information and information expressing the change in the acceleration; and a sending unit configured to send the position information to the transmission device, when the movement is detected. | 07-10-2014 |
20140194141 | Directional Positioning Augmented By Proximity Information - A system for estimating apparatus position based on different types of positioning information. In at least one example implementation, an apparatus may sense wireless signals ( | 07-10-2014 |
20140194142 | WIRELESS LOCALISATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is an apparatus for estimating the location of a remote node. The apparatus comprises an antenna array comprising a plurality of elements in a fixed spatial arrangement, at least one element being a transmitting element configured to transmit a first wireless signal to the remote node, and at least two elements being receiving elements configured to receive a second wireless signal transmitted by the remote node in response to the first wireless signal. The apparatus further comprises a signal processing unit connected to the antenna array, the signal processing unit being configured to: estimate a plurality of round trip distances using the wireless signals, each round trip distance being from a transmitting element to the remote node and back to a receiving element; and estimate the location of the remote node using the round trip distance estimates. | 07-10-2014 |
20140194143 | METHOD AND A SYSTEM FOR THE LOCALISATION OF A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - The invention relates to a method for localising a communication device ( | 07-10-2014 |
20140200022 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING ACCURATE MOBILITY STATE ESTIMATION IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS BASED ON COORDINATED RADIAL SPEED ESTIMATION - A method of determining a mobility state of a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communications network, the method comprising: obtaining, at a first device, a first speed measurement, the first speed measurement being a measurement of a radial speed of the UE relative to a first network element; obtaining, at the first device, one or more second speed measurements corresponding, respectively, to one or more second network elements, each of the one or more second speed measurements being a measurement of a radial speed of the UE relative to the corresponding one of the one or more second network elements; generating, at the first device, a comparison result based on the first speed measurement and the one or more second speed measurements; and determining the mobility state of the UE based on the comparison result. | 07-17-2014 |
20140200023 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR GATHERING INFORMATION ABOUT DISCRETE WIRELESS TERMINALS - The present invention is broadly directed to systems and methods for gathering information about wireless transceiver devices in a defined boundary region. To this end, the disclosure is more particularly directed to gathering movement information (e.g., via detection and location) about two-way end-user wireless terminals within three-dimensional boundaries of defined local space (“DLS”) to allow for selective control of the terminals and other subsystems, as desired. Additionally, the data collected can be used to improve accuracy and precision regarding the prediction of behavior characteristics and tendencies of populations based on a sampling of observed terminals. | 07-17-2014 |
20140200024 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINALS, METHOD FOR USING A COMMUNICATION SERVICE AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING INFORMATION RELATED TO A GEOGRAPHICAL POSITION OF A MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - According to an aspect of this disclosure, a mobile communication terminal is provided including determiner configured to determine a value of a parameter related to the mobile communication terminal and configured to determine an imprecision of the determined parameter value; and a controller configured to perform a setting for a communication service depending on the determined imprecision of the determined parameter value and to control the mobile communication terminal to use the communication service depending on the setting. | 07-17-2014 |
20140200025 | LOCATION DISCREPANCY CORRECTIONS BASED ON COMMUNITY CORRECTIONS AND TRAJECTORY DETECTION - Generally, this disclosure describes location discrepancy fixes using a community of users. A method may include correcting a location of a mobile device when a location signal is lost based on a last known location and a trajectory, wherein a corrected location corresponds to an actual location provided by at least one user of a community of users and stored in a list of corrected locations, and the actual location is related to the last known location and the trajectory. | 07-17-2014 |
20140200026 | Methods and Systems for Positioning Based on Observed Difference of Time of Arrival - Disclosed are systems, methods and devices for computing an estimated location of a mobile device based, at least in part, on an observed difference of time of arrival of messages arriving at the mobile device. In particular implementations, such observed time arrival may comprise a difference between receipt at the mobile device a first message transmitted from a first transceiver device to a second transceiver device and receipt at the mobile device of a second message transmitted by the second transceiver device in response to the first message. | 07-17-2014 |
20140200027 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING LOCATION INFORMATION USING VISIBLE LIGHT COMMUNICATION AND GPS - The present disclosure relates to an apparatus and a method for identifying location information by using visible light communication and a GPS (Global Positioning System). The apparatus includes: a GPS signal processor for receiving a GPS signal, and identifying location information; a visible light signal processor for receiving a visible light signal, and identifying location information; a GPS/visible light selector for identifying strengths of signals provided by the GPS signal processor and the visible light signal processor, and controlling an operation of the GPS signal processor and an operation of the visible light signal processor; and a location information output unit for outputting the at least one location information provided by the GPS signal processor and the visible light signal processor. | 07-17-2014 |
20140200028 | ENHANCING GEO-LOCATION PRECISION IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A system may be configured to compute an estimated location of a user device based on an estimation coefficient and a measured distance between the user device and a base station. The estimation coefficient may be based on: an actual distance between a reference device and the base station, and a measured distance between the reference device and the base station. The system may store or output the information regarding the estimated location of the device. | 07-17-2014 |
20140200029 | Measurement Configuration Map for Measurement Event Reporting in Cellular Communications Network - Cells of a cellular communications network are divided into a plurality of areas. For each area, measurement event data is determined, wherein the measurement event data trigger a measurement event in a user equipment, and when the measurement event is detected by the user equipment based on the measurement event data, the measurement event is reported by the user equipment. Map forming data is generated for forming a map associating location data of the user equipment with the measurement event data, and the map forming data is transmitted. A user equipment in the cellular communications network determines location data and, based on the determined location data, derives measurement event data for triggering the measurement event, from the map. When the measurement event is detected based on the derived measurement event data, the user equipment reports the measurement event. | 07-17-2014 |
20140206378 | SYSTEM FOR IDENTIFYING PROXIMITY OF MOBILE DEVICES - Disclosed is a method of testing the proximity of two or more mobile devices by means of a multiple choice test based on sensory signals. A sensory signal is emitted by one ore more emitting device. If a user in a multiple choice test which is presented on an identifying device correctly chooses the emitted signal out of a list of possibly emitted signals the emitting device(s) and the identifying are considered to be in close contact. | 07-24-2014 |
20140206379 | Detecting Mobile Access Points - In some implementations, a method includes receiving, from a server, location data identifying locations of access points and mobile access points. A mobile device may determine an identifier of an access point within a communication range. The identifier is compared with the location data to identify parameters for the access point. The access point is determined to be a mobile access point based on the identified parameters included in the location data. In response to identifying the mobile access point, operating parameters executed by the mobile device are updated. | 07-24-2014 |
20140206380 | FAST GENERATION OF RADIO COVERAGE MAP OF ACCESS POINTS IN AN INDOOR ENVIRONMENT - A method for generating a two-dimensional radio coverage map comprising a plurality of physical levels including a first physical level and a second physical level. The access point is located above the second physical level. A first radio coverage map comprising original points located at a first distance from the access point is generated. Each of the original points has a first predicted value. A distance is selected to place the two-dimensional radio coverage map at the target distance from the access point. Coordinates of map points of the two-dimensional radio coverage map are generated. Each of the map points corresponds to one of the original points. An offset value representing an attenuation due to the target distance being different than the first distance is computed. For each of the map points, a predicted received signal strength value is generated by adding the offset value to the first predicted value of the corresponding one of the original points. | 07-24-2014 |
20140206381 | POSITION ESTIMATION DEVICE, POSITION ESTIMATION METHOD, PROGRAM, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A position estimation device including: a provisional position setting unit which sets current position information indicating an estimated current position of a wireless terminal; a distance estimation unit which estimates, using receiving strengths of signals received from plural wireless stations, distance information indicating distances from the plural wireless stations to the wireless terminal; a possible area calculation unit which calculates, using the distance information and map information indicating a spatial structure, an area in the spatial structure which can maintain the distances indicated in the distance information, as a possible area in the spatial structure in which the wireless terminal is likely to be present; and a correction unit which corrects the current position indicated in the current position information to a position within the possible area when the current position is outside the possible area. | 07-24-2014 |
20140206382 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF ESTIMATING A RELATIVE LOCATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of determining a relative-location of a mobile device. For example, a proximity estimator may receive input information of at least first and second sets of one or more wireless communication devices corresponding to first and second mobile devices, respectively, and may determine a relative location of the first mobile device with respect to the second mobile device based on a relationship between the information of the first and second sets. | 07-24-2014 |
20140206383 | TERMINAL - A terminal to be carried into a moving object includes a first information obtaining unit, a time stamp adding unit, a second information obtaining unit, and an integration unit. The first information obtaining unit obtains positional information of the terminal. The time stamp adding unit adds a timestamp to the positional information obtained by the first information obtaining unit. The second information obtaining unit obtains, from the moving object, the positional information of the moving object having a timestamp added in the same time unit as the timestamp added by the object time stamp adding unit. The integration unit integrates positional information having a timestamp for which no positional information has been obtained by the first information obtaining unit, selectively from the positional information obtained by the second information obtaining unit, with the positional information obtained by the second information obtaining unit. | 07-24-2014 |
20140206384 | WIRELESS POWER CHARGING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CHARGING THE APPARATUS - A wireless power charging apparatus and method are provided, which recognizes location information of at least one wireless power receiving apparatus; selects at least one of at least one wireless power transmitter that supplies power to the at least one wireless power receiving apparatus based on the location information; and supplies power to the at least one wireless power receiving apparatus through the at least one selected wireless power transmitter. | 07-24-2014 |
20140206385 | Method and Arrangement of Determining Timing Uncertainty - A network node such as a positioning node, and a related method of determining an uncertainty of a timing measurement used for positioning of a wireless device are disclosed. The method includes estimating a timing measurement uncertainty, and determining if an uncertainty reducing measurement is available. If an uncertainty reducing measurement is available, the method also comprises determining a timing measurement uncertainty based on the estimated timing measurement uncertainty and the uncertainty reducing measurement. | 07-24-2014 |
20140206386 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR PROVIDING PEER-TO-PEER POSITIONING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Methods and apparatus are provided for use in wireless networks to provide and/or otherwise support peer-to-peer positioning operations. | 07-24-2014 |
20140206387 | CONSTRAINT-BASED SCHEDULING FOR DELIVERY OF LOCATION INFORMATION - Defining subscriptions to location information for a computing device (e.g., a mobile computing device). Application programs, services, and/or peer devices define the subscriptions based on constraints associated with requests for the location information. A location request scheduler coordinates the subscriptions temporally and spatially to reduce the quantity of the requests from the computing device. In some embodiments, the subscriptions are automatically defined based on an observed mobility pattern of the computing device. | 07-24-2014 |
20140206388 | Method and Server for Determining Associations Between Pools of Core Network Nodes and Base Stations - The present invention relates to positioning in a communication network. In Long Term Evolution, LTE networks the positioning server E-SLMC needs routing information in order to communicate with individual base stations, eNodeBs. For LTE networks configured with one Mobility Management Entity, MME or one pool of MMEs, the routing information can be obtained by interrogating the MME or an arbitrary MME in the MME pool. However, if the network is configured with several MME pools serving different sets of eNodeBs, the E-SLMC has now knowledge of which MME or MME pool that is serving a certain eNodeB. The invention includes a method and a position server ( | 07-24-2014 |
20140213279 | ADAPTIVE LOCATION TRACKING SYSTEM - This document presents a location tracking system comprising a plurality of location tracking nodes disposed to cover an area where the location tracking is to be carried out, at least one mobile tag configured to communicate with at least one of said plurality of location tracking nodes at a time for location tracking purposes, and a control apparatus configured to control operational parameters of the plurality of location tracking nodes and the at least one mobile tag. The control apparatus and the plurality of location tracking nodes are configured to carry out an automatic calibration phase during operation of the location tracking system the location tracking nodes transmit and receive test signals between the neighboring nodes, and report measurement results to the control apparatus. The control apparatus then optimizes the operation parameters of the location tracking system on the basis of received measurement reports. | 07-31-2014 |
20140213280 | Sharing Location Information Among Devices - Methods, systems, apparatus, and computer program products that include, on a first device executing a first instance of a location application, receiving an indication to begin sharing data describing a path traveled by the first device, receiving location data describing the path traveled by the first device, the location data received from a location system of the first device, and the location data including a plurality of locations of the first device, and transmitting the location data in a form usable to enable a user interface of a second instance of a location application executing on a second device to indicate the path traveled by the first device. | 07-31-2014 |
20140213281 | DIRECTION COUPLING DISCRIMINATION OF NETWORKED EXCHANGES - A computer implemented method, data processing system or computer program product for activating mobile device activity is disclosed. A mobile device may receive an action association to a stance, wherein the stance comprises a sector of the mobile device relative to a base, wherein a user specifies an action associated to the stance. The mobile device can receive a signal that the mobile device is present in the sector. Further, the mobile device, responsive to receiving the signal, may perform the action. | 07-31-2014 |
20140213282 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING A LOCATION OF A MOBILE STATION - Methods and apparatuses are presented for determining a location of a mobile station. In some embodiments, a mobile station may acquire at least one attribute of a reference base station to obtain the identity of the reference base station. A first and a second locally unique attribute of a local base station may then be acquired. The mobile station may then compute a distance metric from the mobile station to the reference base station based on the at least one attribute, and the first and second locally unique attributes. The location of the mobile station may be determined based at least in part on the distance metric. In some embodiments, the distance metric may include a number of how many base stations away (i.e. “hops” or number of handovers) the mobile station is from the reference base station. | 07-31-2014 |
20140213283 | DETERMINING A LOCATION OF A MOBILE USER TERMINAL - Apparatus comprising a decision processing module arranged to determine whether a first mobile user terminal and a second mobile user terminal are within a relative geographic proximity of one another, in dependence on a property of intermediate network equipment of a packet-switched network to which the first and second mobile user terminals are operable to connect. The apparatus also comprises a location processing module arranged to obtain a geographic location of the second mobile user terminal and, on condition that the first and second user terminals are determined to be within the proximity determined by the decision module, to use the geographic location of the second mobile user terminal in estimating a geographic location of the first mobile user terminal. | 07-31-2014 |
20140213284 | DETECTION OF DEVICE MOTION AND NEARBY OBJECT MOTION - In accordance with various aspects of the disclosure, a system, method, and device for detecting motion based on channel fading characteristics are presented. One or more packets may be received wirelessly from a wireless transmitter. A fading profile may be determined for each packet. From the plurality of fading profiles, one or more parameters indicative of fading change, changes in shape of fading profiles, fading variance, and of other channel characteristics may be determined. A classifier function may be trained to associate parameter values with a lack of motion, with device motion, or with motion of an object in the vicinity of a stationary wireless-enabled device. The classifier function may be used to determine whether there is motion based on one or more subsequently received packets. | 07-31-2014 |
20140213285 | APPARATUSES, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS FOR DETERMINING LOCATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE(S) IN A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM(S) - Distributed antenna systems provide location information for client devices communicating with remote antenna units. The location information can be used to determine the location of the client devices relative to the remote antenna unit(s) with which the client devices are communicating. A location processing unit (LPU) includes a control system configured to receive uplink radio frequency (RF) signals communicated by client devices and determines the signal strengths of the uplink RF signals. The control system also determines which antenna unit is receiving uplink RF signals from the device having the greatest signal strength. | 07-31-2014 |
20140213286 | DIRECTION COUPLING DISCRIMINATION OF NETWORKED EXCHANGES - A method for activating mobile device activity is disclosed. A mobile device may receive an action association to a stance, wherein the stance comprises a sector of the mobile device relative to a base, wherein a user specifies an action associated to the stance. The mobile device can receive a signal that the mobile device is present in the sector. Further, the mobile device, responsive to receiving the signal, may perform the action. | 07-31-2014 |
20140213287 | Methods and Apparatus for Mobile Station Location Estimation - Methods and apparatus for estimating mobile station location include receiving reported signal strengths or other attachment indicator values from a mobile station. The reported signal strengths are compared with characteristic received signal strength values in a coverage area of a mobile network. A mobile switching center determines if a local function is requested and initiates a location estimation process by a mobile location module (MLM). The MLM receives the reported signal strength contours associated with the attachment points. Based on a comparison of the reported attachment indicator values with characteristic values, the MLM provides a mobile location estimate. | 07-31-2014 |
20140213288 | Geographically Constrained Network Services - A method and system arc disclosed for determining the geographic location of a user communicating on a communications network such as the Internet. In one embodiment, a provider of a product or service: (a) receives the user's phone number (or other identification for contacting the user's station), and (b) supplies the user's station with a distinctive identifier. The provider then supplies a location determining service with the user's phone number (or other identification). A phone call is made to the phone number by the location determining service for retrieving the distinctive identifier from the network station having the phone number. If the distinctive identifier is retrieved and the location determining service determines that the user's station is within an appropriate geographical area (or not within an inappropriate area), then the provider can provide the requested product or service to the user. | 07-31-2014 |
20140213289 | METHOD AND DEVICE USING OBSERVED TIME DIFFERENCE OF ARRIVAL FOR POSITIONING MOBILE STATION - A method using OTDOA for positioning a mobile station includes: transmitting to the mobile station an OTDOA capability request message to inquire about a communication system format supported by the mobile station and signal reception quality information of each base station of a communication system supported, where the OTDOA capability request message includes a plurality of communication formats existent in a current service area of the mobile station and corresponding signal reception quality information, provided for the mobile station to select based on the communication system format supported by the mobile station; receiving an OTDOA support capability message returned by the mobile station, where the OTDOA support capability message includes the communication system format supported by the mobile station and corresponding signal reception quality; sending to the mobile station auxiliary positioning information based on the communication system format supported by the mobile station and the corresponding signal reception quality. | 07-31-2014 |
20140213290 | POSITION ESTIMATION DEVICE, POSITION ESTIMATION METHOD, PROGRAM AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A position estimation device which includes: a distance estimation unit which estimates, using a receiving strength of a signal received by a wireless terminal from each of a plurality of base stations communicating with the wireless terminal, distance information indicating a distance from the base station to the wireless terminal; a position estimation unit which estimates a first position to be a current position of the wireless terminal using base station information indicating a position of the base station and the estimated distance information; and a correction unit which corrects the distance information based on an acceleration and a direction of the wireless terminal, the estimated first position, and the base station information. The position estimation unit further estimates a second position to be a current position of the wireless terminal using the base station information and the corrected distance information. | 07-31-2014 |
20140213291 | Methods and Arrangements for High Accuracy Positioning - This disclosure relates to methods and arrangements for positioning of a communication device ( | 07-31-2014 |
20140213292 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICES - Information processing device ( | 07-31-2014 |
20140213293 | Authenticating a User's Location in a Femtocell-Based Network - A method for authenticating a user's location in a femtocell-based network is disclosed. A user is associated to a femtocell connected to a connection point in the wireless network. An indication of the user's location is provided to a remote user. A characteristic of a connection between the femtocell and the connection point is monitored. The monitored characteristic is provided to the remote user to verify user's location. | 07-31-2014 |
20140221001 | Tracking Area Update Method and System - The present invention discloses a method of tracking area update (TAU), including: when a terminal is not a pre-assigned group representative terminal of a terminal group, deactivating a periodic TAU timer of the terminal; after the terminal enters an idle state and when a mobile reachable timer corresponding to the terminal expires, a network side detecting that a paging proceed flag (PPF) of the group representative terminal of a local terminal group to which the terminal belongs is not cleared, then resetting and restarting the mobile reachable timer corresponding to the terminal. Correspondingly, the present invention also discloses a system of TAU, which realizes the periodic TAU for the terminal group, and reduces the signaling interaction required during implementing the periodic TAU by each terminal in the terminal group and the network side, thus saving the signaling resources and improving the efficiency that the terminal group performs the periodic TAU. | 08-07-2014 |
20140221002 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OBTAINING LOCATION INFORMATION FROM A WIRELESS NETWORK - Systems, methods, apparatus and mechanisms for deriving user device location information by exploiting existing voice and/or data capabilities within the Radio Access Network (RAN) layer of a 4G or 3G wireless network, and offering the derived user device location information to network optimization functions, application and/or service providers via an application programming interface (API). | 08-07-2014 |
20140221003 | PEER-BASED COLLABORATIVE DISCOVERY AND SIGNALING OF ANOTHER DEVICE IN LIMITED-SIGNAL AREAS - Generally, this disclosure describes a method and system for peer-based collaborative discovery and signaling of another device in limited signal areas. A method may include, in an embodiment, initiating a sensing mode in a seek mobile device in response to receiving an indication that a location of a lost mobile device is unknown; capturing first position data if a signal from the lost device is detected; capturing second position data in response to losing the signal from the lost device; and determining an estimated location of the lost device based on the first position data and the second position data, wherein the lost device is located in an area of limited or no connectivity and the seek device is moving through the area. | 08-07-2014 |
20140221004 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GEOGRAPHY-BASED CORRELATION OF CELLULAR AND WLAN IDENTIFIERS - Methods and systems for tracking mobile communication terminals based on their identifiers. The disclosed techniques identify cellular terminals and Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) terminals that are likely to be carried by the same individual, or cellular and WLAN identifiers that belong to the same multi-mode terminal. A correlation system is connected to a cellular network and to a WLAN. The system receives location coordinates of cellular identifiers used by mobile terminals in the cellular network, and location coordinates of WLAN identifiers used by mobile terminals in the WLAN. Based on the location coordinates, the system is able to construct routes that are traversed by the terminals having the various cellular and WLAN identifiers. The system attempts to find correlations in time and space between the routes. | 08-07-2014 |
20140221005 | TERRESTRIAL POSITIONING SYSTEM CALIBRATION - Embodiments disclosed aggregate a plurality of crowdsourced measurement sets for antennas received from a plurality of Mobile Stations (MS) with a Base Station Almanac (BSA), based on a measurement location estimate and a measurement location uncertainty estimate associated with each measurement set. A map comprising a plurality of map layers may be obtained, where each map layer associates locations in the BSA with spatially variable Forward Link Calibration (FLC) values for the antenna derived from the updated BSA data, wherein each spatially variable FLC value is associated with a corresponding location in the updated BSA data. Map layers, which may also include multipath map and/or received signal strength layers, may be provided to MS′ as location assistance data. | 08-07-2014 |
20140221006 | COMMUNICATING INFORMATION DESCRIBING ACTIVITY OF COMPUTER SYSTEM USERS AMONG COMPUTER SYSTEM USERS - A computer-implemented method receiving receives information describing a current or future activity from a user of a computing system via a mobile device. The current activity is an activity occurring at a current time when the information is received, while the future activity is an activity occurring at a future time relative to a time when the information is received. The method transmits the information describing the current or future activity to a backend database coupled to the Internet and remote from the mobile device. The information describing the current or future activity is accessible to at least one recipient having access privilege to information associated with the user and describing the current or future activity via the Internet. | 08-07-2014 |
20140221007 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MONITORING A MOBILE STATION PRESENCE IN A SPECIAL AREA - Method for monitoring the presence of a mobile station in at least one special area, wherein a radio communication defining device transmits one radio distinctive defining signal that define the special area by its coverage, the mobile station processes a signal received in order to determine whether or not it is defining signal and more precisely a distinctive one that defines the special area, the mobile station sends an updating signal to a mobile telephone network, the network routes the updating signal to special operating means that adapt the value of an operating parameter. According to the invention, the special area is associated to the mobile station by transmitting to the mobile station a checking data used by the mobile station for determining whether or not the defining signal received is distinctive defining signal. | 08-07-2014 |
20140221008 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING A MOBILE TERMINAL USING SECURE USER PLANE LOCATION - A method and a server for determining a location of a targeted mobile set using Secure User Plane Location (SUPL) in a wireless communications network are provided. The method includes receiving a request message requesting location information of the targeted mobile set, from a SUPL agent; sending a location initiation message (SUPL INIT) to the targeted mobile set in response to the received request message from the SUPL agent; determining a positioning method for the location service of the targeted mobile set after receiving a location capability from the targeted mobile set; and performing each of a plurality of positioning procedures by using the determined positioning method until a timer related to the determined positioning method is due or the target mobile set obtains a new positioning method, wherein the plurality of the positioning procedures are performed when an event of the targeted mobile set occurs or when triggered periodically. | 08-07-2014 |
20140221009 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR COLLECTING LOCATION INFORMATION - Disclosed are a method, a system and an apparatus for collecting location information, belonging to the field of mobile positioning. The method comprises: acquiring a first correspondence between a first terminal, an access point (AP), and location information indicating a location of a second terminal when it connects to the AP, and obtaining location information of the first terminal according to the first correspondence. By means of the present invention, an AP serves as an intermediate between a first terminal and location information of a second terminal, and location information of the first terminal is obtained, so a terminal without positioning function is also enabled to obtain location information of the terminal, and location information collection is high in efficiency, convenient and fast, and low in cost. | 08-07-2014 |
20140221010 | PROCESSING DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, TERMINAL DEVICE CONTROL METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - An analysis unit | 08-07-2014 |
20140235263 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING A CHANGE IN POSITION OF A LOCATION MARKER - The disclosure is directed to determining a change in position of a location marker. In an aspect, it is determined whether the location marker is in a motion state or a static state using sensors integrated into the location marker, in response to the determining, one or more reachable nodes are discovered, and distance measurements are calculated from the location marker to each of the one or more reachable nodes. | 08-21-2014 |
20140235264 | MODIFYING NAVIGATION ASSISTANCE PARAMETERS OF A MOBILE-BASED POSITIONING CAPABILITY BASED ON OBSERVATIONS GATHERED BY A NETWORK-BASED POSITIONING CAPABILITY - Various methods, apparatuses and/or articles of manufacture are provided which may be implemented to obtain navigation assistance parameters (NAP) for a mobile device for use by the mobile device in estimating its movement and/or position within a particular environment based, at least in part, on wireless signal(s) acquired by the mobile device as part of a mobile-based positioning (MBP) capability, and modifying the NAP based, at least in part, on observations of movements and/or positions of a plurality of mobile devices within the particular environment gathered by a network-based positioning (NBP) capability. Various methods, apparatuses and/or articles of manufacture are provided which may be implemented to obtain and provide at least a portion of such modified NAP to a positioning capability of the mobile device for use in estimating a position and/or a movement of the mobile device. | 08-21-2014 |
20140235265 | DYNAMIC PROXIMITY CONTROL SYSTEM - An illustrative dynamic proximity control system uses proximity to a mobile user's mobile station as a proxy for predicting which of several remote-controlled targets the mobile user wishes to remote-control via the mobile station or via a centralized controller in communication with the mobile station. The system dynamically sorts, filters, and arranges how the mobile user perceives the remote-controlled targets. The system and method enhance the mobile user's immediate access to targets that are close by, e.g., within the same room as the mobile user, by dynamically tailoring the choices provided to the user on the mobile station's display. Thus, the mobile user is presented with nearby choices that are likely candidates for remote control. Remote targets are filtered out. The system optionally includes location-beacon devices associated with each of the remote-controlled targets. Beacon signals received from the location-beacon devices enable the illustrative system to estimate the location of a respective target and, based on the location estimate, to tailor the choices of remote-controlled targets that are presented to the mobile user in a user interface on the mobile station's display, and to dynamically update the user interface and remotely control the targets based on proximity changes. | 08-21-2014 |
20140235266 | Focused assistance data for WiFi access points and femtocells - Systems, apparatus and methods for reducing a long list of access points (APs) to a short list of access points are presented. Advantageously, a mobile device only needs to search for and measure access points on the short list to determine a position fix, thereby saving battery power, reducing a time to fix and/or improving location accuracy. Embodiments enable a mobile device to determine which access points should be detectable at a new location of the mobile device. Various embodiments comprise using: (1) linked APs; (2) grouped APs; (3) associated APs; and (4) feedback on APs. | 08-21-2014 |
20140235267 | METHOD FOR RECOGNIZING POSITION OF MOBILE ROBOT BY USING FEATURES OF ARBITRARY SHAPES ON CEILING - The present invention provides a method for recognizing a position of a mobile robot by using arbitrarily shaped ceiling features on a ceiling, comprising: a providing step of providing a mobile robot device for recognizing a position by using arbitrarily shaped ceiling features on a ceiling which includes an image input unit, an encoder sensing unit, a computation unit, a control unit, a storage unit, and a driving unit; a feature extraction step of extracting features which include an arbitrarily shaped ceiling feature from an outline extracted from image information inputted through the image input unit; and a localization step of recognizing a position of the mobile robot device by using the extracted features, wherein, in the feature extraction step, a descriptor indicating the characteristics of the arbitrarily shaped ceiling feature is assigned. | 08-21-2014 |
20140235268 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY MONITORING STATUS IN LOCATION SERVICES - A method and system for reporting a location of an asset. The method includes: receiving a location tracking request for the asset; dynamically determining a status of the asset; and allowing acquisition of the location of the asset based on the determined status. The method further includes: obtaining the location of the asset responsive to the received request and said allowing; and reporting the obtained location of the asset. The system includes: a reporting module for receiving a location tracking request for the asset; a status module for dynamically determining a status of the asset; and a tracking module for obtaining the location of the asset responsive to the determined status. The reporting module reports the location of the asset responsive to the received location tracking request. | 08-21-2014 |
20140235269 | TRACKING LOCATIONS OF A COMPUTING DEVICE AND RECORDING LOCATIONS OF SENSOR UNITS - Systems, methods and apparatuses of tracking locations of a computing device and recording locations of sensor units are disclosed. One method includes tracking a location of a computing device within the area, coupling the computing device with a least one of a plurality of sensor units, and identifying and recording a location of the at least one of the plurality of sensor units based on a tracked location of the computing device and an identifier of the at least one of the plurality of sensor units. | 08-21-2014 |
20140235270 | TIME OF ARRIVAL BASED POSITIONING SYSTEM - A TOA positioning system can be implemented that employs a calculated initial location of a wireless network device. For each of a plurality of reference wireless network devices, a distance between the wireless network device and the reference wireless network device is determined based, at least in part, on a round trip transit time between the wireless network device and the reference wireless network device. An initial location of the wireless network device can be calculated based, at least in part, on a location of each of the plurality of reference wireless network devices. A location of the wireless network device can be estimated based, at least in part, on the calculated initial location, the distance to each of the reference wireless network devices, and an initial distance calibration constant. | 08-21-2014 |
20140235271 | METHOD FOR REPORTING POSITION INFORMATION TOGETHER WITH OTHER INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING SAME - According to one aspect of the present invention, a reporting method in a wireless communication system is provided. The method comprises: determining a service state; controlling positioning for acquiring position information based on the service state; acquiring information on the position of a terminal according to the positioning mode determined by said controlling; and reporting the acquired position information to a network. | 08-21-2014 |
20140235272 | Apparatus for Transmitting Location Based Messages from Vehicles to Stationary Infrastructure - Apparatus for transmitting location based messages from vehicles ( | 08-21-2014 |
20140235273 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING POSITION OF TERMINAL IN CELLULAR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method for determining the position of a terminal. The method for determining the position of a terminal belonging to an overlay network environment comprises: a step in which the terminal transmits a position determination request to a positioning server; and a step in which the terminal receives, from the positioning server, position determination support information comprising a virtual cell ID allocated to transmission points surrounding the terminal. Therefore, using this method for determining the position of a terminal enables highly accurate position determination even in an overlay network environment in which a plurality of transmission points are configured so as to have the same cell ID. | 08-21-2014 |
20140243010 | Cellular Tower Disambiguation for Use in Geo-Location of Mobile Devices - Determining a geo-location estimate of a mobile device determined based on detected radio transmitters needs to uniquely identify at least one of the visible cellular towers. The estimate may be improved if multiple cellular towers can be uniquely identified. However, mobile devices may not determine unique identifiers for each visible cellular tower based upon configuration of the cellular radio protocol stack implementation. It is possible to disambiguate non-unique parameters detected at a mobile device to unique IDs of the cellular towers to aid in geo-location. The disambiguation is accomplished using disambiguation information that is associated with the cellular tower the mobile device is currently camped on. | 08-28-2014 |
20140243011 | LOCATION ESTIMATION BASED ON ADJUSTED DISTANCE VALUES FOR A WIRELESS DEVICE - Embodiments of techniques and systems for distance and location estimation in wireless systems are described. In embodiments, a wireless device may receive wireless signals from reference points in a spatial arrangement. The wireless device may identify a closest reference point and generate arrangement-based distance values for each of the reference points based on a propagation model. The wireless device may adjust the propagation model based on the received wireless signals and the arrangement-based distance values, and may generate adjusted distance values using the adjusted propagation model. The wireless device may use the adjusted distance values and the spatial arrangement to estimate the location of the wireless device. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 08-28-2014 |
20140243012 | SUPPORTING COVERAGE AREA MODELING - A system obtains information on positions stored for a communication node and criteria that are met by the node. The system selects a-priori information on a coverage area size that is stored for nodes meeting the criteria. Different a-priori information is stored for nodes meeting different criteria. The system estimates a value of at least one parameter representing a coverage area of the node based on the information on the positions and the selected a-priori information. The value of the at least one parameter is stored. For generating the a-priori information, the system may extract from a memory information indicating a size of a coverage area for each of a plurality of communication nodes, compute a statistical value based on information indicating a size of a coverage area that is extracted for a plurality of nodes meeting the same criteria, and provide the computed statistical value as a-priori information. | 08-28-2014 |
20140243013 | Determining an Estimated Location of a Base Station - In some implementations, a system for determining an estimated location of a base station includes a server that receives location information from mobile devices located within a communication range of base stations of a wireless communication network, processes the location information, and stores the location information in a data repository. The location information includes a location of a mobile device, the location associated with an identifier of a base station and a received signal strength indication between the mobile device and the base station. The server excludes at least one location of the mobile device from a set of locations of the mobile device using a previously determined coverage area length and a previously determined transmission signal range, and calculates a geographic location of each base station using non-excluded locations of the mobile device by accessing a base station information table using an identifier of each base station. | 08-28-2014 |
20140243014 | USE OF WIRELESS ACCESS POINT ID FOR POSITION DETERMINATION - A mobile computing device comprises a wireless transceiver and a processing circuit. The processing circuit is configured to identify a location, to identify a wireless access point within a predetermined distance of the location, to detect a wireless access point identifier using the wireless transceiver, to compare the detected wireless access point identifier to the identified wireless access point, and to initiate location determination based on the comparison. | 08-28-2014 |
20140243015 | METHOD OF ESTIMATING THE POSITION OF A USER DEVICE - Data concerning the strength of signals received from electromagnetic signal sources within a building is obtained at a plurality of points. Instead of storing the raw data for use in positioning, the data for each electromagnetic signal source is fitted to a function of received signal strength with distance from the electromagnetic signal source. This data is then used to estimate the position of a user device. The advantage of the invention is that the amount of data which requires to be stored is significantly reduced. | 08-28-2014 |
20140243016 | RSS BASED POSITIONING METHOD WITH LIMITED SENSITIVITY RECEIVER - A method for positioning a node within a wireless sensor network in which each node measures RSSs from its neighboring nodes. Path loss parameters of a channel between a regular node and a neighboring node are first obtained. Distances separating each regular node from its neighboring nodes are then estimated on the basis of the measured RSSs, the allocated path loss parameters. Each distance estimate is further corrected by a systematic bias depending upon the actual sensitivity of the receiver. The positions of the regular nodes are estimated from the distance estimates thus corrected. | 08-28-2014 |
20140248898 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETECTING A LOCATION OF A WIRELESS DEVICE - A vehicle system and method is provided for detecting the location of a portable wireless device. The vehicle system includes the portable device and a plurality of base stations positioned about a vehicle. The portable device is configured to transmit a first wireless signal and a second wireless signal indicative of motion data of the portable device. A main base station of the plurality of base stations is configured to determine a first final position of the portable device in response to each of the plurality of base stations successfully receiving the first wireless signal. The main base station is further configured to determine a second final position of the portable device using the first final position and the motion data of the second wireless signal as received at the first base station and after determining that the second base station has not successfully received the second wireless signal. | 09-04-2014 |
20140248899 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING POSITIONING ASSISTANCE DATA - Systems and methods for managing positioning assistance data for large regions are described herein. An example of a method for retrieving positioning assistance data at a mobile device as described herein includes identifying a master region in which the mobile device is located and sub-region definitions associated with the master region, where the sub-region definitions are indicative of area occupied by the sub-regions within the master region; obtaining a first estimated position of the mobile device within the master region; defining a projected area centered at the first estimated position; and obtaining first assistance data corresponding to at least one sub-region that overlaps the projected area. | 09-04-2014 |
20140248900 | Structure Access Characteristics Determined from Mobile Unit Data - In an embodiment, a system receives mobile device data from a plurality of mobile devices. The system compares the mobile device data with cartographic data representing a structure and determines a structure access characteristic based on the comparison. The structure access characteristic may be the location of an entrance or exit to the structure. The structure access characteristic may also be a structure access type, a structure access status, a structure access schedule, or any other structure access characteristic. | 09-04-2014 |
20140248901 | NETWORK-LEVEL DEVICE PROXIMITY DETECTION - A technology for network-level device proximity detection is disclosed. In an example, core network (CN) device can include computer circuitry configured to: Store user equipment (UE) information; calculate proximity between two UEs; and assist the two UEs with direct device discovery based on the calculated proximity. The core network device can include a proximity services (ProSe) server, a gateway mobile location center (GMLC), an evolved serving mobile location center (E-SMLC), or a mobility management entity (MME). | 09-04-2014 |
20140248902 | Systems for and Methods of Determining Likelihood of Reference Point Identity Duplication in a Positioning System - Systems for and methods of determining likelihood of reference point identity duplication in a positioning system are disclosed. A method of determining a measure of likelihood that a designated identifier is shared by wireless devices includes determining reference points associated with any wireless device having a designated identifier. The reference points are a geographic position at which signals from any of the wireless devices were detected and/or wireless devices from which signals were also detected within a selected period of time during which the signals from any of the wireless devices having the designated identifier were detected. The method also includes determining statistical information about a temporal distribution of detection of signals of reference points, a spatial distribution of the reference points, and/or a cardinality of the reference points and determining a measure of likelihood that the designated identifier is shared by wireless devices is based on the statistical information. | 09-04-2014 |
20140248903 | FACILITATION OF DETERMINATION OF ANTENNA LOCATION - Assisted global positioning system (AGPS) information is retrieved from mobile devices and employed to facilitate antenna location. Measurement information, including AGPS information, can be received from a plurality of mobile devices dispersed over a geographical region. The measurement information can include location and timing information for the plurality of mobile devices. A timing difference between co-located antennas of a base station associated with the plurality of mobile devices can be computed. The location of the co-located antennas can be determined based on evaluating errors resultant from estimations based on a plurality of test locations. The measurement information can be aggregated over time and can be employed to update the antenna locations. | 09-04-2014 |
20140248904 | LOCATION ANALYTICS EMPLOYING TIMED FINGERPRINT LOCATION INFORMATION - The disclosed subject matter provides for employing timed fingerprint location information in location analytics. Timed fingerprint location information can provide a location for a user equipment. The location of the user equipment can be compared to a location analytics rule related to the location of a user equipment. Where the location satisfies a condition of the location analytics rule, the user equipment can be associated with a compliance status. Compliance, or noncompliance, can initiate further action. Further action can include reporting the compliance status, verifying the identity of a user associated with the user equipment, enforcing the location analytics rule, etc. Enforcing the location analytics rule can include alerts, fines, reporting to an authority figure or agency, etc. | 09-04-2014 |
20140248905 | MOBILE TERMINAL, METHOD OF COMPUTING ABSOLUTE COORDINATES OF WIRELESS AP BY MOBILE TERMINAL, AND SYSTEM OF COMPUTING ABSOLUTE COORDINATES OF WIRELESS AP USING MOBILE TERMINAL - A mobile terminal capable of receiving a radio signal from a wireless access point (AP) and a method of computing absolute coordinates of a wireless AP thereof are provided. The mobile terminal includes: a main body; a location information unit mounted in the main body and collecting absolute coordinates of the main body; a wireless communication unit computing relative distance information between an external wireless access point (AP) and the main body by using radio signals transmitted and received between the wireless AP and the main body; a detection unit detecting relative coordinates of the main body by using the distance information and relative coordinates of the wireless AP; and a controller computing absolute coordinates of the wireless AP. | 09-04-2014 |
20140248906 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR POSITIONING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - A method of reporting hidden sector information from a base station node in a wireless communication system. The base station node has an internal multi-sector structure that is hidden from the rest of the system. The hidden sector information has sector information of the multi-sector structure is only internally available in the base station node. Enhanced cell-ID measurements associated with a first user equipment communicating with the base station are obtained, and formatted into information elements of a measurement report, each such information element having a plurality of symbols. Subsequently, hidden sector information for the first user equipment is retrieved and has an indication of an antenna sector of the base station in which the first user equipment is located. The retrieved dormant/latent sector information uses at least one selected symbol of the plurality of symbols of the measurement report to provide a transformed measurement report. | 09-04-2014 |
20140248907 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING SPEED OF A MOBILE TERMINAL - Systems, devices and techniques for wireless communications include receiving a plurality of wireless transmissions over an observation period from a transmitter of a mobile terminal, calculating a plurality of frequency offset values based on the received plurality of wireless transmissions and estimating a speed value based on the plurality frequency offset values. In some implementations, the speed value is determined as a function of a computed frequency offset measurement error. Implementations can be made to include estimating channel characteristics in communication between a base station and the mobile terminal based on the estimated speed and optimizing a property in communications with the mobile terminal based on the estimated channel characteristics. In some implementations, the property can include a modulation scheme or scheduling of transmissions for communications between the base station and the mobile terminal. | 09-04-2014 |
20140256346 | ADAPTIVE ASSISTANCE DATA FOR TIERED SERVICE AND EFFICIENCY IN INDOOR POSITIONING - A method for providing tiered indoor positioning service includes: receiving a request for assistance data from a mobile device; receiving expected quality of service information from the mobile device; generating an adaptive assistance data file comprising heat map data based at least in part on the received expected quality of service information; and transmitting the adaptive assistance data file to the mobile device. | 09-11-2014 |
20140256347 | DYNAMIC CHARACTERIZATION OF MOBILE DEVICES IN NETWORK-BASED WIRELESS POSITIONING SYSTEMS - Embodiments disclosed pertain to apparatuses, systems, and methods for dynamically characterizing a mobile station (MS) in a wireless network by determining the variability of measured Round Trip Time (RTT) parameter values, the variability of measured Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) parameter values and other determined characteristics and classifying the MS into at least one of a plurality of classification groups based on the values of at least one of the RTT variability, the RSSI variability, or the other determined characteristics. The classification groups associated with a mobile station may be used to selecting a positioning method to determine the position of the MS. | 09-11-2014 |
20140256348 | USING INFORMATION ON NEIGHBOR CELLS OF OTHER NETWORK TYPES AND/OR OTHER OPERATORS FOR MOBILE TERMINAL POSITIONING - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, a method performed by an apparatus comprises, causing said apparatus at least to perform one of providing and obtaining information on a serving cell that is, at a point of time, serving a mobile terminal and information related to a neighbor cell that is, at least substantially at said point of time, observed by said mobile terminal, wherein said serving cell is a cell of a first communication network, wherein said neighbor cell is a cell of a second communication network, and wherein said first communication network has a type that is different from a type of said second communication network and/or is operated by an operator that is different from an operator of said second communication network. | 09-11-2014 |
20140256349 | Systems for and Methods of Determining Likelihood of Relocation of Reference Points in a Positioning System - Systems for and methods of determining likelihood of relocation of reference points in a positioning system are disclosed. A method of determining a measure of likelihood that an estimated geographic location of a designated wireless device is not its accurate present location includes determining a set of reference points associated with the device, which are a geographic position at which signals from the device were detected and/or other devices having a relationship with the designated device. The existence of the relationship is based on the devices being within signal reception range of a same position within a selected period of time. The method includes retrieving attributes of the reference points and/or of the relationships and determining a measure of likelihood that an estimated geographic location associated with the designated device is not its present location based on the attributes of the reference points of the set and/or of the relationships. | 09-11-2014 |
20140256350 | PUBLISHING LOCATION FOR A LIMITED TIME - A method and user device for limiting a time for which location data sharing is enabled for a user device of a data sharing group, the data sharing group comprising at least two user devices inclusive of the user device, each user device of the data sharing group configured to store data shared by user devices of the data sharing group on the respective user device and to maintain a list of the user devices in the data sharing group. The method comprises receiving an instruction through a user interface on the user device indicating that location data sharing is to be enabled for a limited time period after which location sharing is to be disabled, obtaining location data for the user device during the limited time period; and sending the location data to at least one other user device of the sharing group during the limited time period. | 09-11-2014 |
20140256351 | WIRELESS DEVICE AND METHODS FOR USE IN A PAGING NETWORK - A wireless device includes a user interface that generates a pairing signal in response to an indication from a user to pair the wireless device to at least one remote device and generates a first location request signal in response to a second indication from a user to locate the at least one remote device. A short-range wireless transceiver communicates RF signals to pair the wireless device to the at least one remote device and that transmits a first RF paging signal to the at least one remote device in response to the location request signal. | 09-11-2014 |
20140256352 | METHOD FOR MEASURING POSITION OF USER TERMINAL - A method for measuring a position of a user terminal is provided. The method includes selecting one or more anchor nodes for measuring the position of the user terminal, selecting a relay terminal from neighboring terminals of the user terminal, each of the neighboring terminals securing a Line Of Sight (LOS) with the user terminal and having location information thereof, and measuring the position of the user terminal using the one or more anchor nodes and the relay terminal. | 09-11-2014 |
20140256353 | CHANNEL-TYPE SUPERVISED NODE POSITIONING METHOD FOR A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method for positioning a collection of nodes within a wireless sensor network in which each node measures Respective Strength of Signals (RSSs), from its neighboring nodes, and channels linking regular nodes and its neighboring nodes are classified into different categories and are allocated path loss parameters accordingly. Distances separating each regular node from each of its neighboring nodes, and respective variances thereof, are estimated on the basis of the measured RSSs and the allocated path loss parameters. The positions of the regular nodes are then estimated by Weighted Least Square, optimization where the distances to be matched and the variances used for the weighting are those previously estimated. | 09-11-2014 |
20140256354 | Mobile broadband device and assisted positioning method therefor - A mobile broadband device and an assisted positioning method therefore are disclosed. A host initiates a positioning request to the mobile broadband device; a firmware of the mobile broadband device determines whether an assisted positioning function is needed for the positioning request received from the host, and when the assisted positioning function is needed, the device software initiates a request for acquiring assisted positioning data to the host; after receiving the request for acquiring the assisted positioning data from a device side, the host initiates the request for acquiring the assisted positioning data to a Secure User Plane Location (SUPL) server; the SUPL server sends positioning data to the host; after receiving the assisted positioning data, the host sends the assisted positioning data to the mobile broadband device; and the firmware of the mobile broadband device calculates standard Global Positioning System (GPS) data using the received assisted positioning data, and then outputs the standard GPS data to a positioning application program of the hose side. The disclosure enhances user experience, saves traffic for a user, increases benefits for the user, greatly reduces the load of the device side, improves the performance index of the product, and expands the application scope for the assisted positioning function. | 09-11-2014 |
20140274107 | PERSONALIZED NAVIGATION INFORMATION BASED ON USER BEHAVIOR - A user device may be configured to receive information regarding a set of points of interest that have been determined based on behavior information associated with a user of the user device. The information regarding the set of points of interest may indicate geographical locations associated with one or more of the points of interest, of the set of points of interest. The user device may determine a present geographical location associated with the user device; compare the geographical locations associated with the one or more points of interest to the present geographical location associated with the user device; identify, based on the comparing, a particular point of interest, of the set of points of interest, that is within a particular distance of the present geographical location of the user device; and output, via a display device, information regarding the identified particular point of interest. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274108 | Mobile device positioning responsive to externally generated regional candidate position fix mode selection - Various methods, apparatuses and/or articles of manufacture are provided which may be implemented for use by a mobile device to affect at least one positioning function based, at least in part, on a recommended candidate position fix mode received from another electronic device for use in a particular region of an environment. For example, a mobile device may obtain assistance data indicative of a candidate position fix mode for a partial region of an environment navigable by the mobile device, and in response to a determination that the mobile device is estimated to be located within a threshold proximity of the partial region, affect a wireless signal-based positioning function based, at least in part, on the candidate position fix mode. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274109 | POSITIONING PERFORMANCE PREDICTION - A method of predicting positioning performance of a set of N access points in an indoor region includes: obtaining a signal-strength map including signal-strength vectors and corresponding locations in the indoor region, the signal-strength vectors each including N signal-strength indications that each indicate an expected received signal strength from a corresponding one of the set of N access points; and determining a position uncertainty value using the signal-strength map, the position uncertainty value being indicative of a positioning accuracy at a corresponding point of interest in the indoor region. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274110 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING POSITIONING ASSISTANCE DATA - Systems and methods are provided herein for assistance data generation based on raster images, such as raster images of floor plans. A method provided herein for generating positioning assistance data includes obtaining a first raster image including a floor plan of an area; obtaining geographic reference information corresponding to the area, the geographic reference information including a location of the area; extracting structural features of the area from the floor plan of the area via the first raster image; and generating assistance data for the area based on the extracted structural features and the geographic reference information. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274111 | INTER-DEVICE TRANSFER OF ACCURATE LOCATION INFORMATION - The disclosure is directed to determining a location of a user equipment (UE) in a poor positioning environment based on locations of one or more devices. A first location and a first location uncertainty of the first device is received from a first device, a determination whether or not the first location uncertainty is less than a location uncertainty of the UE is made, and if the first location uncertainty is less than the location uncertainty of the UE, the location of the UE is determined based on the location of the first device and a distance to the first device. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274112 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING A LOCATION OF WIRELESS DEVICE - A system for (a) determining a first direction from a first device toward a second device based on a first set of WiFi® wireless signals received by at least one antenna of the first device from the second device, (b) determining a second direction from a third device toward the second device based on a second set of WiFi® wireless signals received by at least one antenna of the third device from the second device, and (c) based at least on a first location of the first device, the first direction from the first device toward the second device, a second location of the third device, and the second direction from the third device toward the second device: determining a third location of the second device. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274113 | CROWDSOURCING BASED ON BASE STATION ALMANAC QUALITY - Systems, apparatus and methods for a mobile device and a base station almanac server to throttle crowdsourcing information are presented. The crowdsourcing information is used to improve a location of a base station in a base station almanac. A portion of the base station almanac is provided to a mobile device. For example, the mobile device may identify its current cell and request the base station almanac. The mobile device records crowdsourcing information to identify, for each particular base station of at least one base station, a cellular identifier for the particular base station, optional ranging information between the particular base station and the mobile device, and an independent position of the mobile device. The independent position of the mobile device may be formed from global navigation satellite system (GNSS) or station signals independent of the at least one base station. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274114 | Positioning based on signals injected into concealed infrastructure - Disclosed are systems, methods and devices for positioning operations based, at least in part, on measurements or observations of energy emanating from building infrastructure concealed in walls obtained a mobile device. In one implementation, the energy emanating from the building infrastructure in emanates in response to one or more signals injected into the building infrastructure. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274115 | TRACKING DEVICE AND REMOTE MONITORING SYSTEM - A system includes a remote monitoring device configured to detect and measure one or more signals and to convey detected and measured signal information to a central location. The central location is configured to determine the location of the remote monitoring device based on the received signal information and is also configured to determine at least one hypothetical path of the remote monitoring device. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274116 | MOBILE DEVICE LOCATION ESTIMATION - The present disclosure is directed towards mobile device location estimation, and more particularly, to indoor mobile device location estimation. One computer-implemented method includes using indoor floor map, indoor wireless local area network (WLAN) access point (AP) location map and constructing a pseudo-AP map associated with an indoor location, wherein the pseudo-AP map includes at least one pseudo-AP, each pseudo-AP a function of at least a radio-frequency (RF) signal strength indication (RSSI) associated with at least one actual AP associated with the indoor location; estimating a mobile device location within the boundaries of the indoor location using at least one actual AP associated with the indoor location, and at least one pseudo-AP from the pseudo-AP map associated with the indoor location; and using the estimated mobile device location for indoor navigation within the indoor location. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274117 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DETERMINING TO USE GEO-FENCING BY USING STRAIGHT-LINE DISTANCES BETWEEN LOCATIONS - Systems and methods are described herein for determining whether a user device is within a geofenced region using lower powered location tracking techniques. In one instance, the user device may determine the minimum distances to geofenced regions. The user device may track the distance between locations and compare those distances to the minimum distances to determine the likelihood the user device is within one of the geofenced regions. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274118 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR APPROXIMATING GEO-FENCING LOCATIONS - Systems and methods are described herein for determining whether a user device is within a geo-fenced region using lower powered location tracking techniques. In one instance, the user device may generate simplified versions of the geo-fenced regions to reduce the complexity for determining whether the user device is located within the geo-fenced regions. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274119 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INDOOR POSITIONING BASED ON WIRELESS LANDMARKS - Embodiments include using a wireless access point (AP) as a landmark to aid precise wireless indoor positioning of a mobile device. The AP transmits a wireless indoor positioning signal with a predetermined or known frequency and power that is typically only able to be detected and decoded by any of various types of mobile devices that are within a predetermined “close” range of the AP. Based on positioning the mobile device within the predetermined range, the device may calibrate one or more physical sensors of the mobile device for indoor positioning. Such wireless landmarks provide more accurate, efficient, automated and reliable wireless indoor positioning and sensor calibration. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274120 | Method and Apparatus For Mobile Device Localization - Because GPS does not work indoors, mobile electronics devices that use GPS for activities do not work inside a building. An embodiment of the present invention is uses ultrasonic tone generators in each room. The ultrasonic tone generators can be built into cameras or separate devices. Each device may emit a unique tone that has a high enough frequency that most people cannot hear the frequency or combination of frequencies. Using a built-in microphone on a mobile device, the incoming audio may be analyzed in the frequency domain to determine the loudest tone above the human hearing threshold. This tone may be mapped to a specific room that can then be sent to the mobile electronics device to perform any location-aware actions. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274121 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOCATING A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Systems and methods for communications systems and more particularly to systems and methods for locating a mobile communication device are disclosed. When attempting to locate a misplaced, lost or stolen mobile communication device, if the mobile communication device may be in the possession of another party, the mobile communication device may be remotely controlled such that remote operations are independent of the normal mobile communication device operations. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274122 | Multi-Factor Location Verification - In one embodiment, a method includes accessing at least two determinations of the location of a mobile computing device, with each determined location having been determined without reference to explicit location information manually input by a user of the mobile computing device. At least one first determined location is compared with at least one second determined location, with comparisons being made between location determinations made based on different location determination input. A functionality associated with the mobile computing device is allowed if the first determined location corresponds to at least one of the second determined locations. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274123 | MOBILE CONTROL ROOM WITH REAL-TIME ENVIRONMENT AWARENESS - A method and apparatus track the location of a mobile device within a process plant and display present information about the location of the mobile device in the process plant relative to equipment of the process plant. A location awareness component generates information pertaining to the location of the mobile control room device. A first routine interprets information generated by the location awareness component according to information stored in a database to determine a relationship between the location of the device and a layout of the process plant. A second routine generates a graphic for depiction on the display according to the determined relationship between the location of the device and the layout of the plant. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274124 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING WIRELESS APPARATUS - The present disclosure provides an identifying device, an identifying system and a method for identification between a transmitting wireless apparatus and a receiving wireless apparatus, wherein the transmitting wireless apparatus senses a plurality of wireless apparatuses to provide sense information, calculate relative location information between the transmitting wireless apparatus and the wireless apparatuses based on the sense information and convert the relative location information into an identification datum. The transmitting wireless apparatus transmits a broadcast message having the identification datum. When the receiving wireless apparatus receives the broadcast message from the transmitting wireless apparatus, the identification information of the broadcast message is compared with sense information sensed by the receiving wireless apparatus. When the error value between the identification information and the sense information sensed by the receiving wireless apparatus is less than a permissible value, the receiving wireless apparatus is determined as an object receiving the broadcast message. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274125 | PERFORMANCE ENHANCEMENTS FOR LOCAL NETWORK OF BEACONS - Described are systems and methods for estimating a position of a receiver within a venue using localized networks of beacons. Certain aspects relate to different configurations of the networks. Other aspects relate to estimating the position of the receiver when the receiver approaches an edge of a localized network of beacon. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274126 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS PROVIDING TRANSMIT DIVERSITY TO COMBAT MULTIPATH EFFECTS IN POSITION ESTIMATION - Described are systems and methods for estimating a position of receiver using co-located transmitters. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274127 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING A MOBILE DEVICE - A system and method for locating a mobile device are presented. A mobile device is configured to transmit a beacon signal encoding an identifier of the mobile device. A relay device has a known location and is configured to receive the beacon signal from the mobile device, the beacon signal having a signal level, encode the identifier of the mobile device, the signal level, and an identifier of the relay device into a message, and transmit the message. A console device is configured to decode the message received from the relay device to identify an approximate location of the mobile device. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274128 | INDOOR LOCALIZATION METHOD AND SYSTEM - An indoor localization method for estimating the location of nodes (n | 09-18-2014 |
20140274129 | MAPPING OF POSITION DATA FOR A NETWORK SERVICE IN A CELLULAR TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A system providing a network service in a cellular telecommunications network, the system comprising one or more processing entities that are configured: to receive first information identifying a mobile terminal being a party to the network service; to receive second information comprising information identifying the mobile terminal being a party to the network service; to map the information identifying the mobile terminal contained in the second information to the first information; and to map the second information to information indicating a position of said mobile terminal. | 09-18-2014 |
20140287772 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION DEVICE - There is discussed a location system for locating the position of a mobile communications device that communicates with a communication network using wireless signals. The location system includes a receiver which detects a wireless signal transmitted between the mobile communications device and a base station forming part of the communication network, and a processing means which processes the detected wireless signal to extract identification information for the mobile communications device. The extracted identification is stored in a data store in association with data indicative of the base station. The processing means and the data store are independent from the communication network, and therefore do not affect the operation of the mobile network. | 09-25-2014 |
20140287773 | WIRELESS NETWORK CONNECTIVITY PREDICTION BASED ON USER PATTERNS AND BEHAVIOR - Disclosed in some examples is a method including determining a plurality of user locations, the plurality of user locations determined based upon a clustering of wireless networks scanned by a network interface card communicatively coupled to the processor during an active period of the processor; determining a current location of the user, the current location being one of the plurality of user locations; and scanning for a plurality of wireless networks associated with one or more next locations, the one or more next locations selected from the plurality of user locations based upon the current user location and a measured probability. | 09-25-2014 |
20140287774 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING MOBILE INFORMATION TERMINAL AND MOBILE INFORMATION TERMINAL - A method of controlling a mobile information terminal including a positioning sensor includes creating a speed profile to a destination location based on a distance to the destination location, information on a speed of a mode of travel to the destination location, and information on stopping before the destination location, and calculating a crock time to cause the positioning sensor to perform positioning based on the speed profile. | 09-25-2014 |
20140287775 | MOBILE INFORMATION TERMINAL, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A mobile information terminal includes a setting unit configured to store position information for browsing patient information. The mobile information terminal downloads the patient information from a server via a communication unit to store the patient information in a data storage unit according to a result of comparing position information specified by a terminal position specifying unit with the position information stored by the setting unit. | 09-25-2014 |
20140287776 | RANGE ESTIMATION METHOD BASED ON RSS MEASUREMENT WITH LIMITED SENSITIVITY RECEIVER - A method for estimating a range between a radio signal emitter and a receiver. A first range estimate is obtained from a signal strength of a received signal and a path loss model with predetermined path loss parameters. This range estimate is further corrected with a systematic bias depending upon an actual finite sensitivity of the receiver. Optionally a corrected variance of the range estimate can be calculated. | 09-25-2014 |
20140295874 | POSITION LOCATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A position location system for determining a position of a player within a playing area includes a wireless communication arrangement, a wireless-enabled projectile, a target region, and a computing arrangement. The projectile includes a wireless interface for communicating with the wireless terminal to exchange data, and a sensing arrangement for sensing a first distance travelled by the projectile relative to the playing area. The computing arrangement receives a wireless signal from the projectile, and processes the wireless signal to determine a second distance of the projectile from the wireless terminal. The computing arrangement receives data from the projectile indicative of a start and end time of a trajectory of the projectile, the first distance travelled by the projectile as sensed by the sensing arrangement and processes the data as a function of the start and end time to determine the position of the player within the playing area. | 10-02-2014 |
20140295875 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF ENHANCED PILOTS FOR IMPROVED MOBILE STATION POSITIONING - A system and method of enhancing transmission of highly detectable pilots (HDPs). At least one base station transmits at least one cellular signal in which each cellular signal includes repetitive HDP cycles. Each HDP cycle has a duration of N power control groups (PCGs) and includes an HDP period having a duration of M PCGs in which N is greater than M. Traffic and overhead channels are gated during each HDP period. An enhanced HDP symbol is transmitted during a selected HDP period for each set of X HDP cycles of each cellular signal. For single carrier configurations, only one enhanced HDP is transmitted at a time, or multiple HDPs are transmitted in different directions. Standard 1x pilots may be transmitted. The enhanced HDP may be a boosted standard 1x pilot or an additional standard HDP pilot. Multicarrier configurations are described with PCG or sub-chip and/or phase offsets. | 10-02-2014 |
20140295876 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR LOCATING PERIPHERAL DEVICES - A system and method for locating peripheral devices by determining a current location of a computing device, searching for peripheral devices based on the current location of the computing device, displaying an indication of the peripheral devices based on the current location of the computing device, receiving a selected peripheral device of the peripheral devices, and transmitting information to the selected peripheral device. | 10-02-2014 |
20140295877 | Scalable Multi-Channel Ranging - Techniques are presented herein to coordinate ranging exchanges between base stations in order to enable any number of wireless devices in the vicinity of the base stations to obtain signals associated with ranging exchanges between base stations, time-of-departure report messages transmitted by the base stations to each other and time-of-arrival report messages transmitted by the base stations to each other, for use in computing the location of the wireless devices. Based on the multi-channel time-of-arrivals computed for the wireless device with respect to each base station, the multi-channel time-of-arrivals contained in the time-of-arrival report messages transmitted between base stations and the known locations of the base stations, a physical location is computed for the wireless device. | 10-02-2014 |
20140295878 | SIMULTANEOUS LOCALIZATION AND MAPPING USING SPATIAL AND TEMPORAL COHERENCE FOR INDOOR LOCATION - This document discloses one or more systems, apparatuses, methods, etc. for detecting precise indoor location of a portable wireless device based on a WiFi simultaneous localization and mapping (SLAM) algorithm that implements spatial and temporal coherence. In an implementation, a SLAM algorithm includes WiFi similarities and inertial navigational system (INS) measurements data as location estimates (i.e., references) for the spatial and temporal coherences implementations to constitute the WiFi SLAM algorithm. | 10-02-2014 |
20140295879 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING USER EQUIPMENT LOCATION INFORMATION - Disclosed is a method for sending user equipment location information, used for a network side to accurately determine the location of a user equipment. The method comprises: a relay node (RN) receives configuration information representing the reporting condition of user location information from a control interface management device; and when the reporting condition is satisfied, the RN sends cell-related information representing the user location information to the control interface management device. Also disclosed is an apparatus for implementing the method. | 10-02-2014 |
20140295880 | Data Routing For Positioning - A system for implementing a positioning functionality. An apparatus (e.g. a directional transceiver) ( | 10-02-2014 |
20140295881 | DETERMINATION OF DIFFERENTIAL FORWARD LINK CALIBRATION IN LTE NETWORKS FOR POSITIONING - Techniques are provided which may be implemented using various methods and/or apparatuses to determine time difference of arrival of signals from two base stations as received at a mobile device, to use the time difference of arrival to determine differential forward link calibration for at least two base stations, and also to determine location using the differential forward link calibration for at least two base stations, determined using the time difference of arrival of signals from at least two base stations as received by a mobile device. | 10-02-2014 |
20140295882 | Methods and Systems for User Equipment Positioning Using Intercell Interference Coordination - Methods, devices and systems for determining positions of user equipments (UEs) based on uplink position signals are described. Cooperating base stations measure received positioning signals and report measurements to serving base stations. Cooperating base stations can also adapt resource allocation to mitigate interference on the uplink to positioning signals. Cooperation between base stations can be coordinated via inter-base station links, e.g., X2 interfaces in LTE systems. | 10-02-2014 |
20140295883 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING THE LOCATIONS OF TERMINALS IN A MULTINODE SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for detecting the locations of terminals in a multi-node system. A plurality of nodes transmit location reference signals which are distinguished by node, and a terminal performs feedback of channel information on each node using the location reference signals. Various signaling for detecting the locations of the terminals may be performed for each node, that is, for each point, rather than cell-based signaling. | 10-02-2014 |
20140295884 | RADIO NETWORK NODE, A NETWORK MANAGEMENT NODE AND METHODS THEREIN - A method in a radio network node is disclosed for handling positioning data in a radio communications network, which radio network node serves a user equipment in a cell. The radio network node obtains positioning data from the user equipment, which positioning data is associated with a positioning measurement for positioning the user equipment. The radio network node associates the obtained positioning data with an on-going trace session of the user equipment. The radio network node then sends a trace record to a network management node, which trace record includes information associated with the positioning data. | 10-02-2014 |
20140295885 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING TELEMATICS LOCATION INFORMATION AND RELIABILITY OF E911 CALLS - System, devices and methods are provided to automatically initiate an enhanced 911 (E911) call from a telematics control unit (TCU) (e.g., a TCU deployed with cellular modem or mobile phone in a vehicle) to an answering point (e.g. public safety answering point or access point (PSAP)). A wireless carrier (e.g., mobile service center (MSC)) employs a positioning determining entity (PDE) and algorithm to improve caller location determination using information provided by the TCU (e.g., GPS and dead reckoning information generated at the vehicle) and network location information when needed, and provides PDE estimated location of the caller to the PSAP (e.g., using a data channel and optionally a voice channel) to mitigate errors in TCU location data and reduce potentially conflicting location information provided to PSAPs from TCUs and wireless carriers or other phone service providers. | 10-02-2014 |
20140302869 | BEACON AND ASSOCIATED COMPONENTS FOR A RANGING SYSTEM - A beacon for a ranging system includes an electronic scanned array (ESA) antenna and a transceiver. The ESA antenna is configured to emit a separate radio frequency (RF) phased-array narrow beam for each of a plurality of segments of an arc, and receive from an end user node a response signal based on at least one of the RF phased-array narrow beam. Each segment of the arc is scanned at a specified time interval. The transceiver is configured to transmit a pulsed signal via the RF phased-array narrow beam, and receive the response signal. | 10-09-2014 |
20140302870 | METHOD FOR POSITIONING USER EQUIPMENT AND POSITIONING SERVER - The present invention discloses a method for positioning a user equipment and a positioning server and relates to the field of wireless positioning technologies. The method includes: acquiring a round trip time and information about an angle of arrival of the user equipment relative to a serving base station that serves the user equipment, where the information about the angle of arrival includes information about a horizontal angle of arrival and information about a vertical angle of arrival; and performing positioning to obtain three-dimensional location information of the user equipment according to the round trip time and the information about the angle of arrival. Positioning can be performed to obtain three-dimensional location information of the user equipment by implementing the technical solutions in the present invention, so as to resolve a problem of accurately positioning a location of the user equipment in an urban environment full of skyscrapers. | 10-09-2014 |
20140302871 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR REQUESTING/PROVIDING ASSISTANCE DATA ASSOCIATED WITH VARIOUS SATELLITE POSITIONING SYSTEMS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Systems and methods for requesting and providing assistance data for a satellite positioning system are described herein. A method as described herein includes receiving, at a base station over a wireless communication link, a first message from a mobile station, wherein the first message comprises a first field identifying requested assistance data associated with a first Satellite Positioning System (SPS) and a second field identifying a requested format of the requested assistance data, and wherein the requested assistance data are available in a plurality of formats that includes the requested format; and transmitting a second message from the base station to the mobile station over the wireless communication link, wherein the second message includes the requested assistance data in the requested format. | 10-09-2014 |
20140302872 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING BASE STATION POSITION INFORMATION AND USING POSITION INFORMATION TO SUPPORT TIMING AND/OR FREQUENCY CORRECTIONS - A wireless terminal receives base station position over an airlink, determines its relative position with respect to the base station and determines a timing adjustment correction. The determined timing correction is applied to control uplink signaling timing and achieve synchronization at the base station's receiver. The wireless terminal determines its relative velocity with respect to the base station and determines a Doppler shift adjustment which it adds to the uplink carrier frequency or to its baseband A wireless terminal determines position of a moving base station and determines timing and/or frequency corrections. Base station position is determined from the current time and stored information correlating the base station position with time, for a geo-synchronous satellite. Base station position information is determined from broadcast information, e.g., GPS base station position, for an aircraft base station. Wireless terminals maybe mobile and include a GPS receiver for WIRELESS TERMINAL position determination. | 10-09-2014 |
20140302873 | LOCATION VERIFICATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method of verifying the location of a home base station ( | 10-09-2014 |
20140302874 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PAGING OFF-LINE STATE TERMINALS - A communications terminal is arranged to transmit/receive data to/from a mobile communications network. A mobility manager tracks a location of a communications terminal within the mobile communications network for routing data to or receiving the data from a communications terminal via a radio network part in accordance with context information of the communications terminal, and the mobile communications network includes a virtual mobility manager. The communications terminal is configured to transmit an indication that the communications terminal is entering an off-line state, and the virtual mobility manager, in response to that indication, can store at least part of the context information of the communications terminal, upon a triggering event occurring, to receive a paging message from the virtual mobility manager at the off-line communications terminal, and to establish with mobile communications network a communications bearer, for communicating the data after the communications terminal has moved to an attached state. | 10-09-2014 |
20140308970 | DYNAMIC GUIDANCE TO A TARGET CONVERSATION AREA WITH A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Embodiments disclosed herein provide systems and methods for dynamically guiding a user to a target conversation area with a communication device. In a particular embodiment, a method provides receiving a call request to establish a call with a communication device and determining a location of the communication device. The method further provides determining a target conversation area for a user of the communication device to participate in the call based on the location of the communication device. The method also provides directing the user to the target conversation area. | 10-16-2014 |
20140308971 | Vehicle System for Detecting a Three-Dimensional Location of a Wireless Device - A vehicle system is provided with a portable device that is configured to provide a wireless signal. The vehicle system includes at least three base stations for being positioned about a vehicle within a first plane and a fourth base station for being positioned within the vehicle and vertically offset from the first plane to define a second plane with two of the at least three base stations. Each base station is configured to receive the wireless signal and to generate a message indicative of a time of flight of the wireless signal. The fourth base station is further configured to determine a three-dimensional location of the portable device based on the message generated by each base station. | 10-16-2014 |
20140308972 | MOBILE BROADCAST SIGNAL DEMODULATION CHIP FOR LOCATION - The present invention, pertaining to the field of wireless communications, discloses a mobile broadcast signal demodulation chip for location. The demodulation chip includes a reception and demodulation module and a measurement module, where the reception and demodulation module is configured to demodulate a location spreading signal inserted in the header of a time slot or in the header of a transmission frame of a received mobile broadcast signal to acquire navigation message information; and the measurement module is configured to measure and acquire location characteristic parameters. The demodulation chip is not only capable of demodulating broadcast data in a mobile broadcast signal, but also capable of demodulating a location spreading signal inserted in the header of a time slot or in the header of a transmission frame of a received mobile broadcast signal to acquire navigation message information and location characteristic parameters, thereby effectively improving location accuracy. | 10-16-2014 |
20140308973 | VARYING PROCESSES TO CONTROL TRANSMISSION CHARACTERISTICS FOR POSITION DETERMINATION OPERATIONS - Disclosed are systems, apparatus, devices, methods, media, products, and other implementations, including a method that includes controllably modifying, at a first wireless device, an original unmodified value of at least one PHY-layer signal parameter, such as amplitude, frequency, timestamp, gain, signal equalization, and/or any combination thereof, of a signal according to at least one pre-determined varying signal modification process. The method further includes transmitting to a second wireless device the signal with the controllably modified value of the at least one PHY-layer signal parameter, with the transmitted signal configured to facilitate position determination of the second wireless device when the original unmodified value of the at least one PHY-layer signal parameter is determined at the second wireless device from the controllably modified value of the at least one PHY-layer signal parameter. | 10-16-2014 |
20140308974 | POSITIONING METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM IN MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - Disclosed are a positioning method, device and system in a multi-carrier system, relating to communications technology. When positioning in a multi-carrier system, the embodiments of the present invention respectively perform positioning measurements under a plurality of carriers and position user equipment according to the measurement results of the respectively performed positioning measurements under the plurality of carriers. Since the number of parameters for reference is increased when positioning, the positioning precision is improved. | 10-16-2014 |
20140308975 | METHOD FOR THE DETERMINATION OF A RECEIVER FOR LOCATION INFORMATION - The invention relates to a radio network controller (RNC) for receiving a LOCATION | 10-16-2014 |
20140315569 | Positioning System in a Wireless Communication Network - Machines, systems and methods for determining position of a target device in a target area are provided. The method comprises positioning sensors | 10-23-2014 |
20140315570 | LOCALIZATION SYSTEMS AND METHODS - A system and method for providing localization of a mobile electronic device within an environment includes at least one server in communication with the mobile electronic device. The at least one server is adapted to receive at least one picture and at least one accelerometer measurement from the mobile electronic device. The at least one server includes a localization module that provides localization to the mobile electronic device based on the at least one picture, the at least one accelerometer measurement and on at least one 3-dimensional map of the environment. | 10-23-2014 |
20140315571 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING DYNAMIC ACCESS TOKENS FOR LOCATION-BASED SERVICES - An approach is provided for a mechanism to determine dynamic information for generating dynamic access tokens to a location-based service. The approach includes a method for determining one or more dynamic information items associated with at least one location in which at least one service is available. The approach also includes a method for determining at least one procedure for generating one or more access tokens associated with the at least one service. The approach further includes a method for processing and/or facilitating a processing of the one or more dynamic information items using, at least in part, the at least one procedure to cause, at least in part, a generation of the one or more access tokens. | 10-23-2014 |
20140315572 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING TIMING MEASUREMENT FOR LOCATION ESTIMATION OF AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITH AID OF ONE REQUEST SENT TO MULTIPLE PEER DEVICES, AND ASSOCIATED APPARATUS - A method and apparatus for performing timing measurement for location estimation of an electronic device are provided, where the method includes the steps of: sending a pre-association broadcast request frame to trigger multiple responders in a wireless network system to initiate timing measurement; and performing timing measurement according to a plurality of timestamps, for determining a location of the electronic device, wherein for a specific responder of the responders, a first timestamp and a second timestamp within the plurality of timestamps respectively correspond to a time of departure (ToD) and a time of arrival (ToA) of a pre-association uni-cast response frame received from the specific responder, and a third timestamp and a fourth timestamp within the plurality of timestamps respectively correspond to a ToD and a ToA of an acknowledgement frame corresponding to the pre-association uni-cast response frame, the acknowledgement frame sent from the electronic device to the specific responder. | 10-23-2014 |
20140315573 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DEVICE LOCATION DETERMINATION - A controlling device such as a remote control has programming for transmitting a signal response to a plurality of control environments, each environment including a signaling device. Each signaling device in receipt of the signal request sends a signal response having a unique ID which is chosen to be characteristically attenuated by the surroundings of the environment. Because the controlling device can only be in one environment at a given time, and given the attenuation characteristics of the signal response from each signaling device, only one signal response will be received by the controlling device in each environment. Location definitions associated with the received unique ID may be used by programming in the controlling device to recall saved devices states, commands sets, macros, and even to dynamically generate commands based on the location information. | 10-23-2014 |
20140315574 | METHOD OF DETERMINING LOCATION - A method of locating a mobile device ( | 10-23-2014 |
20140315575 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR USE IN DETERMINING THAT A MOBILE STATION IS AT ONE OR MORE PARTICULAR INDOOR REGIONS - Methods and apparatuses are provided which may be implemented in various devices for to determine or assist in determining that a mobile station is at one or more particular indoor regions and to provide positioning assistance data and/or the like to the mobile station with regard to at least the one or more particular indoor regions. | 10-23-2014 |
20140315576 | FEMTO CELL VISITATION HISTORY FOR LOCATION BASED SERVICES - Collection and communication of data are provided on handset attachment procedure, or visitation, to one or more femto cells to provide location information. A mobility component receives actual subscriber and femto access point (AP) attachment signaling and extracts visitation data that facilitates generation of real-time or historical visitation reports. Location information is conveyed through visitation reports which can include mobile device identifier(s), femto AP location, and a timestamp. Visitation reports also can include processed visitation data such as mobility matrices, historical mobility patterns or profiles, and predicted mobility events. Provision of location information occurs without the need for dedicated handset functionality, and associated hardware, or additional battery draw. | 10-23-2014 |
20140315577 | COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - A communication method is provided. The communication method includes specifying, by a communication apparatus, a position of a coverage hole which is a region where a terminal does not receive a radio wave with an intensity which allows communication to be performed, the communication apparatus being included in a wired network in which the terminal performs communication via a base station. The communication method also includes determining, by the communication apparatus, a hole proximity terminal which has a possibility of coming close to the coverage hole. The communication method also includes transmitting, by the communication apparatus, to the hole proximity terminal a notification message for notifying of hole information to specify a position of the coverage hole. | 10-23-2014 |
20140323145 | BASE STATION PAGING BASED ON TRAFFIC CONTENT TYPE - A system may be configured to receive traffic that is destined for a user device, determine a type of content associated with the traffic, determine, based on the type of content, a base station paging scheme, and locate the user device by using the base station paging scheme. In some implementations, a system may include a traffic content analyzer device to analyze header information of a data packet to identify a type of content of the data packet, and output a message that is based on the identified type of content; and a mobile management entity device to receive the message from the traffic content analyzer device, and locate an intended recipient of the data packet by paging one or more base stations using a paging scheme that is based on information in the message. | 10-30-2014 |
20140323146 | Apparatuses and Methods For Reducing Location Update Signaling Between Network Nodes of a Mobile Communication Network - This disclosure describes apparatuses, methods and computer program products for reducing location update signaling in a mobile communications network. In some embodiments, a method is provided in which a mobility management and control (MMC) rule is provided to a location aware network node (LANN) (e.g., an MME). The MMC rule includes location information that specifies a location and an action associated with the location. In response to receiving mobility information pertaining to a mobile communication device (MCD), the LANN uses the mobility information and the location information to determine whether or not to perform the action associated with the location information. | 10-30-2014 |
20140323147 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OBTAINING INFORMATION OF USER EQUIPMENT - A method for determining a position of a user equipment includes: receiving, by a location server, time difference information for the user equipment from a base station, the time difference information including a difference between a received timing of an uplink frame from the user equipment at the base station and a transmit timing of a downlink frame to the user equipment at the base station; and identifying, by the location server, a serving remote unit among a plurality of remote units, the serving remote unit communicating with the user equipment by using the time difference information and a unique delay that corresponds to each of the remote units. | 10-30-2014 |
20140323148 | WIDE AREA LOCALIZATION FROM SLAM MAPS - Exemplary methods, apparatuses, and systems for performing wide area localization from simultaneous localization and mapping (SLAM) maps are disclosed. A mobile device can select a first keyframe based SLAM map of the local environment with one or more received images. A respective localization of the mobile device within the local environment can be determined, and the respective localization may be based on the keyframe based SLAM map. The mobile device can send the first keyframe to a server and receive a first global localization response representing a correction to a local map on the mobile device. The first global localization response can include rotation, translation, and scale information. A server can receive keyframes from a mobile device, and localize the keyframes within a server map by matching keyframe features received from the mobile device to server map features. | 10-30-2014 |
20140323149 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A LOCAL POSITIONING SYSTEM - A local positioning system uses a power delivery network throughout a facility to easily deploy inexpensive electromagnetic receivers for capturing location fingerprints from the transmission of wireless devices. These captured fingerprints are then compared with a database of similar fingerprints compiled from a facility surveying process. Location of the wireless device is inferred from the known location corresponding to that survey-derived fingerprint that is most highly correlated with the fingerprint derived from the wireless device. The known location may then be used to provide a logical mapping of the wireless device within facility floor plans or the like. | 10-30-2014 |
20140323150 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING LOCATION SERVICES IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Described herein are methods, systems, apparatuses and products for managing location services in wireless networks. One aspect provides a method of receiving in a mobile device an identifier broadcast from a terrestrial wireless device located at a particular position; and using the identifier broadcast from the terrestrial wireless device to determine a physical location of the mobile device even in absence of a logical connection existing between the mobile device and the terrestrial wireless device. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 10-30-2014 |
20140323151 | DISTANCE ESTIMATION - A method, a network access node and a computer program product are disclosed. The method of estimating a distance between at least one network access node and a network node of a wireless communications network, comprises: measuring total path losses between the at least one network access node and the network node on at least two different frequencies; determining frequency-dependent path losses of transmissions by the at least one network access node on the at least two different frequencies; and estimating a distance between the network node and the at least one network access node using the total path losses and the frequency-dependent path losses on the at least two different frequencies. By measuring the total path losses between network nodes on different frequencies and using frequency-dependent path losses determined for those frequencies, it is possible to estimate the distance between network nodes. This effectively removes the effects of the frequency-dependent path losses for the different frequencies in order to estimate the distance between network nodes. | 10-30-2014 |
20140323152 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RELATIVE TIMING MEASUREMENTS - The present invention relates to radio base station and to a related method for supporting positioning. The method includes measuring a relative time of arrival of two reference signals, where a first of the two reference signals is transmitted from a first neighboring radio base station. The method also includes transmitting the measured relative time of arrival to a positioning node, connected to the radio base station and the first neighboring radio base station. | 10-30-2014 |
20140329536 | SYNTHETIC WIDEBAND RANGING DESIGN - A method includes sequentially transmitting a ranging signal a predetermined number of times in different frequency bands to form a wideband ranging signal. The method further includes receiving a range estimate based at least in part on the wideband ranging signal. | 11-06-2014 |
20140329537 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING A POSITION OF A ROUTER AND SYSTEM TEHROF - The present invention provides a method for determining a position of a router having Bluetooth 4.0 or a later version communication function and WiFi communication function, comprising: providing a plurality of LED lamps each having Bluetooth 4.0 or a later version communication function; constructing a map comprising the locations of the plurality of LED lamps, and saving the map on a cloud server; periodically scanning in the router's Bluetooth communication range Bluetooth identifications (BTIDs) and received signal-strength indicators (RSSIs) of one or more of the plurality of LED lamps, and transmitting via WiFi the BTIDs and RSSIs to the cloud server; and determining the position of the router in the map based on BTIDs and RSSIs of at least three of the plurality of LED lamps by a triangulation method. | 11-06-2014 |
20140329538 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR CHARACTERIZING AND AFFECTING MOBILE DEVICE LOCATION ACCURACY AND/OR UNCERTAINTY - Techniques are provided, which may be implemented via various methods, apparatuses, and/or articles of manufacture. For example, an electronic device may obtain an estimated location of a mobile device, determine a quality of a geometric distribution of transmitting devices capable of transmitting wireless signals to the mobile device at the estimated location, and assign an uncertainty to the estimated location. In certain implementations, an electronic device may further determine an adapted transmission setting for a transmitting device and transmit a corresponding message to the transmitting device. In certain implementations, an electronic device may identify adapted assistance data for the mobile device and transmit a corresponding message to one or more other electronic devices. | 11-06-2014 |
20140329539 | DETERMINING LOCATION OF MOBILE DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a method and apparatus for determining the location of a mobile device. Specifically, the method comprises: receiving the location message from a neighboring mobile device, the location message comprising the location of the neighboring mobile device at the current time which is obtained by the neighboring mobile device through calculation utilizing signals received from satellites; and estimating the location of the mobile device at the current time based on stored locations of the mobile device at historical time, stored locations of the neighboring mobile device at the historical time, and the received location of the neighboring mobile device at the current time. | 11-06-2014 |
20140329540 | SCALABLE REAL-TIME LOCATION DETECTION BASED ON OVERLAPPING NEURAL NETWORKS - A system and method for real-time location detection consists of three groups of components. Mobile subjects to be tracked are equipped with wireless transceivers capable of sending and optionally for receiving data over pre-determined radio frequency (RF) band(s). Router/base station access point devices are equipped with wireless transceivers capable of sending and receiving data over pre-determined radio frequency (RF) band(s) in order to communicate with mobile units. Routers are combined into specific overlapping router groups, with each group forming a spatial sub-network. System central processing and command station(s) perform data processing and implementation of computational models that determine the mobile unit location. System deployment consists of three phases: collection of training and testing data, network training and testing, and network adaptive maintenance. | 11-06-2014 |
20140329541 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR HEURISTIC LOCATION TRACKING - A method and system for provision of a notification based on location of a target device and heuristic information, the method maintaining, in a storage module, a location profile of a target mobile device based on heuristic information for the target mobile device; receiving the current location of the target mobile device; verifying whether the current location deviates from the location profile; and if the current location deviates from the location profile, triggering a notification to an observer device. | 11-06-2014 |
20140329542 | WIRELESS DEVICE LOCATION SERVICES - A system for determining location information for a wireless device is described. The system includes a UE, a LE and multiple LMUs. The LE sends, to the LMUs, reception instructions with characteristics of the signal transmission from the UE and each LMU receives, from the LE, the reception instructions. The UE sends a signal transmission. Each LMU receives the transmitted signal from the UE, determines locating information based at least in part of the received signal and sends the locating information to the LE. The LE receives the locating information regarding the transmitted signal and determines a location of the UE based at least in part on the received locating information. Methods, apparatus and computer readable media are also described. | 11-06-2014 |
20140329543 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND POSITION ESTIMATION METHOD - A radio communication device performs radio communication with a tag which includes a first short-range radio communication module, wherein the radio communication device includes a second short-range radio communication module that measures electric field strength of a radio wave from the tag, a sensor that detects a motion of the radio communication device, a location estimation unit that estimates a location of the tag, based on the electric field strength measured by the second short-range radio communication module, and the motion of the radio communication device detected by the sensor, and an output unit that outputs information indicating the location of the tag, wherein the location of the tag is estimated by the location estimation unit. | 11-06-2014 |
20140335884 | LOCATION BASED USE OF THE DSRC SPECTRUM - Methods, systems, and devices are described for using location information to determine whether to use at least a portion of a dedicated short range communications (DSRC) spectrum. Current location information of a multi-mode device is determined. The multi-mode device is operating outside of the DSRC spectrum. The current location information is used to determine whether the multi-mode device is located outside of geographical region attributed to DSRC transmissions. Upon determining that the multi-mode device is located outside of the geographical region, at least a portion of the DSRC spectrum is used for transmissions by the multi-mode device. | 11-13-2014 |
20140335885 | INITIATOR-CONDITIONED FINE TIMING MEASUREMENT SERVICE REQUEST - Embodiments for providing initiator-conditioned fine timing measurement service request are generally described herein. In some embodiments, a range management module is arranged to initiate transmission of a fine timing measurement request message for determining a timing measurement to a responding device. Timing measurement information is received in response to the transmission of the fine timing measurement request message. The timing measurement information is received according to the condition instructions provided in the fine timing measurement request message. A timing measurement is calculated based on the timing of receiving the timing measurement information. | 11-13-2014 |
20140335886 | NETWORK IDENTIFIER POSITION DETERMINING SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SAME - A network identifier position determination system and method. The network identifier position determination system includes a network identification module. When a terminal is connected to a network system through a wired/wireless network, the network identification module checks a network identifier that the terminal uses in order to be connected to the network system. A positioning module checks position information of a user corresponding to the terminal that is connected to the network system using the network identifier. A control module which maps a determination position that is determined based on the position information checked by the positioning module to a position of the network identifier. | 11-13-2014 |
20140335887 | GPS AND WLAN HYBRID POSITION DETERMINATION - The present disclosure provides a method for determining a real-time position of a mobile device using a global positioning system (GPS) and wireless local area network (WLAN) hybrid positioning mode. The method includes determining, by a mobile device, the mobile device's environment area based on GPS satellite signals; determining an absolute position of the mobile device based on the GPS satellite signals while the mobile device is moving from an outdoor area to an indoor area; estimating a reference position of the mobile device based on the determined absolute position and WLAN access point signals while moving to a shadow area; and while moving to an indoor area, determining an estimated position of the mobile device based on calculated regressive coefficients and the WLAN access point signals, and updating the estimated position of the mobile device based on motion information and indoor floor map information. | 11-13-2014 |
20140335888 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND RECEIVING DEVICE - In a communication system, a transmitting unit divides each of latitude data and longitude data of a current location transmitted from a GPS receiver, at a predetermined digit position, into high order data and low order data. The transmitting unit makes a high order frame containing the high order data of each of the latitude data and the longitude data, and a low order frame containing the low order data of each of the latitude data and the longitude data, and transmits the high order frame and the low order frame, independently to a CAN bus. A receiving unit combines the high and low order data regarding the latitude data together, and further combines the high and low order data regarding the longitude data, extracted from the received high and low order frames in order to reconstruct the latitude data and the longitude data of the current location. | 11-13-2014 |
20140335889 | METHOD AND DEVICES FOR DETERMINING THE POSITION OF A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method for determining the position of a mobile communications device of a wireless communication network includes determining observational values, providing position information, and executing an optimization algorithm with respect to multiple mobile communications devices. The communications devices define a temporary geometric position network. | 11-13-2014 |
20140335890 | LOCATING SYSTEM - A locating system for locating an object is provided. The locating system comprises a transmitting device for transmitting a signal with the transmitting device communicable with a Bluetooth device. A receiving device receives the signal from the transmitting device with the receiving device releasably securable to the object. The locating system allows location of the object upon the receiving device being located a predetermined distance from the transmitting device. | 11-13-2014 |
20140335891 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF OFFLOADED POSITIONING FOR DETERMINING LOCATION OF WLAN NODES - This disclosure includes systems and methods for determining the location of each of a plurality of STAs of a WLAN where an AP measures the round-trip time (RTT) and the angle of arrival (AOA) to each STA from implicit packet exchange, such as data frame and ACK frame. The AP may then report the RTT and AOA measurements to each STA using a dedicated beacon information element (IE) which multicasts RTT and AOA measurements to the STAs. By employing an additional parameter, namely, angle of arrival AOA, a single AP may compute the two-dimensional location of each associated STA. Further, another beacon IE may multicast mapping of the AIDs to MAC addresses so that the associated STAs can understand such mapping for STAs in a network so that one STA may know the location of other STAs. Encryption may be employed to achieve privacy. | 11-13-2014 |
20140335892 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR USE IN PROVIDING NAVIGATION ASSISTANCE DATA TO MOBILE STATIONS - Methods and apparatuses are provided which may be implemented in various devices to provide navigation assistance data and/or the like to a mobile station with regard to at least one of a plurality of different indoor regions. For example, a computing platform of a map inference device may establish encoded metadata for at least a portion of an indoor region based, at least in part, on an electronic map, an access point locator, or some combination thereof, and provide such encoded metadata to a repository device that may provide at least a portion of the encoded metadata to a mobile station. | 11-13-2014 |
20140335893 | GENERATING AND USING A LOCATION FINGERPRINTING MAP - A computerized method for building a multisensory location map, the method may include: receiving, by an interface, multiple multisensory data vectors acquired by multiple mobile devices at multiple locations and location estimates indicative of the multiple locations; wherein at least a majority of the multiple locations are located within an area in which a granularity of global positioning system (GPS) based navigation is below an allowable threshold; wherein the location estimates are at least partially generated by internal navigation systems of the multiple mobile devices; and calculating, by a map calculator, in response to the multiple multisensory data vectors and the location estimates, a location fingerprinting map that comprises multiple grid points, wherein each grid point comprises a multisensory grid point fingerprint and grid point location information. | 11-13-2014 |
20140335894 | COLLECTING POSITIONING REFERENCE DATA - It is inter alia disclosed to obtain or generate a plurality of sets of positioning reference data, at least one set of positioning reference data of the plurality of set of positioning reference data comprising a respective position information obtained or generated based on position-related information from at least one sensor, and comprising a respective signal characteristic representation associated with at least one received signal from at least one wireless coverage providing entity. | 11-13-2014 |
20140335895 | Location-Aware "Ghost" Caching in a Balloon Network - Methods and systems are disclosed herein that may help to provide location-aware caching and/or location-specific service profiles in a balloon network. An exemplary method may be carried out by a balloon that is at a location associated with the first geographic area in a balloon network that includes a plurality of defined geographic areas, and may involve: (a) determining that a location-aware cache of a balloon should be updated with user-data associated with the first geographic area; and (b) in response to determining that the location-aware cache should be updated: (i) sending a location-aware cache-update request; (ii) receiving, as a response to the location-aware cache-update request, user-data that corresponds to the first geographic area; and (iii) storing the user-data that corresponds to the first geographic area in a location-aware cache of the balloon. | 11-13-2014 |
20140342750 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING A POSITION IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method in which a first station receives position information using a second station positioned in the vicinity of the first station. The method includes the steps of: receiving a station identifier (STID) and at least one fake identifier (ID) from a base station; obtaining a fake ID of the second station; requesting position information on the second station from the base station using the fake ID of the obtained second station; and receiving the position information on the second station of the base station, wherein the fake ID is an identifier used for position measurement and is mapped to the STID. | 11-20-2014 |
20140342751 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USING HISTORIC NETWORK INFORMATION FOR DETERMINING APPROXIMATE POSITION - Systems and techniques to determine an approximate location for a mobile device using historic location information. In an aspect, a SUPL Location Platform (SLP), which is a location server in SUPL, may receive data from SUPL Enabled Terminal (SET). The data may include the Multiple Location IDs Parameter. The real time Location ID Parameter may not have a current status. The SLP may determine an approximate position for the SET based on the Multiple Location IDs Parameter data received from the SET. The SLP may then send the approximate position to the SET or a SUPL Agent, or may use the approximate position information in another way. | 11-20-2014 |
20140342752 | TECHNIQUES FOR COMPUTING LOCATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE BASED ON OBSERVED WI-FI ACCESS POINTS - In one embodiment, characteristics of signals received from Wi-Fi access points during a traversal of a number of drivable streets within a geographic area having a radius of one or more miles are determined, the characteristics of a given signal including a unique identifier of a Wi-Fi access point that transmitted the signal, a location where the signal was observed, and an observed signal strength at the location where the signal was observed. Using the characteristics, a reference database is built including records descriptive of Wi-Fi access points in the geographic area. To determine a current location of a mobile device, an observed signal strength of one or more Wi-Fi access points observed by the mobile device from the current location is determined and a current location of the mobile device is computed using at least the observed signal strength of the one or more Wi-Fi access points observed by the mobile device in comparison to information in the reference database. | 11-20-2014 |
20140349670 | AUGMENTATION OF CALL DATA INFORMATION TO DETERMINE A LOCATION OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Embodiments disclosed herein provide systems and methods for augmenting call data information to determine a location of a wireless communication device. In a particular embodiment, a method provides receiving wireless signals transmitted from a plurality of base stations and determining signal strengths for at least some of the wireless signals. The method further provides identifying at least three geographically diverse ones of the base stations having signal strengths that satisfy a location-determination strength threshold. The method further provides transmitting base station identifiers and associated signal strengths for the geographically diverse base stations. | 11-27-2014 |
20140349671 | INDOOR POSITIONING WITH ASSISTANCE DATA LEARNING - Methods, apparatus, and computer program products for determining a position of a mobile device in a network service area are described. An example of a method for determining the position of the mobile device includes receiving a positioning request for the position of the mobile device and, in response to receiving the positioning request, receiving signal characteristic measurements, estimating an a priori mobile device position area based on the signal characteristic measurements, determining a selected AD model, and determining the position of the mobile device using the selected AD model. | 11-27-2014 |
20140349672 | SYSTEM AND METHOD WITH AUTOMATIC RADIUS CROSSING NOTIFICATION FOR GPS TRACKER - Systems and methods with automatic radius cross notification for a GPS tracker are provided. Some methods can include receiving user input requesting a dynamic creation of a geo-fence, and, responsive thereto, creating the geo-fence. Some methods can include determining when a GPS tracker device has been stationary for a predetermined period of time, and responsive thereto, dynamically creating a geo-fence. | 11-27-2014 |
20140349673 | GEO-PROXIMATE DEVICES-COUPLING SYSTEM AND METHOD - Disclosed system and method enable a location-unaware device to know its approximate location by wirelessly near-field coupling it to a geo-proximate location-aware device such as a Global Navigation Satellite System—(GNSS)-enabled mobile phone. The geo-location data are conveyed in accordance with a predefined signaling protocol. Request and response mechanisms within the devices take the form of predefined data packets that convey geo-location and the devices' unique identification (ID) information. | 11-27-2014 |
20140349674 | TRILATERATION PROCESSING OF ABNORMAL LOCATION DATA - Embodiments of the invention address how trilateration processes, used to obtain a location of a mobile computing device, are affected by physical placement and sub-optimal selection of peer devices (PDs). Embodiments of the invention describe processes for selecting nearest PDs over further PDs, as received signal strength indicator (RSSI) measurements are more reliable—i.e., said “nearest PDs” provide more accurate distance measurements while improving the probability of finding more intersection points. Embodiments of the invention selectively utilize abnormal location poll data when executing location determination processes. Embodiments of the invention further enhance trilateration processes by utilizing dampening values for calculated location poll data. | 11-27-2014 |
20140349675 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF ESTIMATING A LOCATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of estimating a location of a mobile device. For example, an apparatus may include a wireless communication unit to communicate Time of Flight (ToF) accuracy information corresponding to a location area. The ToF accuracy information may include at least one accuracy indicator corresponding to at least one wireless communication device. The accuracy indicator may indicate an accuracy of a ToF measurement at the location area with the wireless communication device. | 11-27-2014 |
20140349676 | PORTABLE DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING A PORTABLE DEVICE - A portable device includes: a memory; and a processor coupled to the memory and configured to determine whether to perform a process of acquiring information from an external device, based on values of a plurality of indices related to movement of the portable device acquired at different points in time. | 11-27-2014 |
20140349677 | POSITIONING METHOD, POSITIONING SERVER, TERMINAL AND BASE STATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a positioning method, a positioning server, a terminal and a base station. The positioning method includes: notifying a terminal of difference threshold information; receiving cell subset information that is determined by the terminal according to the difference threshold information, where the cell subset information is used to indicate a cell pair whose reference signal measured value exceeds the difference threshold, or the cell subset information is used to indicate a cell pair whose reference signal measured value does not exceed the difference threshold; determining a configuration of a PRS according to the cell subset information, and notifying the terminal of the configuration of the PRS; and receiving an RSTD that is obtained by the terminal through measurement according to the configuration of the PRS, and determining a location of the terminal according to the RSTD. | 11-27-2014 |
20140349678 | Wireless TeleCommunications Location Based Services Scheme Selection - An intelligent system for choosing selection schemes to be tried in a predetermined order for determining the location of a wireless mobile client, including retrieving a last known position record from a cache, checking serving network capability, choosing an initial selection scheme according to parameters including at least the required response time and the requested location method, including a method employing navigational satellites, attempting to retrieve a current position record, trying successive untried selection schemes in turn according to a predetermined algorithm if no current position record has been retrieved, and returning the current position record and updating the last known position record, or returning an error if no current position record has been retrieved, and returning the last known position record if an error has been returned, the last known position record exists in the cache and the last known position record has not expired. | 11-27-2014 |
20140349679 | Modifying A User's Contribution To An Aggregate Profile Based On Time Between Location Updates And External Events - A server that obtains current locations of a plurality of mobile devices and compute confidence levels for the current locations is provided. In one embodiment, the server obtains current locations of the plurality of mobile devices. A crowd is formed based on at least a subset of the plurality of mobile devices and crowd data regarding the crowd is generated. A confidence level of the current location of at least one of the plurality of mobile devices is computed based on an amount of time since a location update for the current location of the at least one of the plurality of mobile devices was received. The confidence level of the current location of the at least one mobile device is utilized to perform an action associated with the crowd data. | 11-27-2014 |
20140357290 | DEVICE LOCALIZATION USING CAMERA AND WIRELESS SIGNAL - A source wireless fingerprint is associated with a source image. One or more eligible cataloged wireless fingerprints having a threshold similarity to the source wireless fingerprint are found. Similarly, one or more eligible cataloged images having a threshold similarity to the source image are found. A current location of a device that acquires the source wireless fingerprint and source image is inferred as a chosen cataloged location of a chosen eligible cataloged wireless fingerprint and a chosen eligible cataloged image. | 12-04-2014 |
20140357291 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNAL-BASED POSITIONING - A method, apparatus, and computer program product are disclosed to normalize signal strengths and compensate for the variety of factors that may cause erroneous distance estimation, thereby increasing the accuracy of the distance estimation. In the context of a method, signal information is received relating to a signal transmitted by a first device and measured by a second device. Normalization information is accessed relating to the first device or the second device and normalized signal information is generated based on the signal information and the normalization information. A distance between the first device and the second device is estimated based on the normalized signal information. A corresponding apparatus and computer program product are also provided. | 12-04-2014 |
20140357292 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF ESTIMATING A LOCATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of estimating a location of a mobile device. For example, an apparatus may include a controller to control a first wireless communication device to communicate a probe request with a second wireless communication device and to communicate a probe response with the second wireless communication device, wherein the probe response includes a delay value representing a delay period between a reception of the probe request and a transmission of a frame in response to the probe request. | 12-04-2014 |
20140357293 | Proximity Alert Using Signal Strength - A monitoring device may monitor its proximity to a monitored station. The monitored station may transmit a proximity indicator to the monitoring device. For example, the proximity indicator may include the received signal strength of a signal sent by the monitored station. Wireless interface control circuitry at the monitoring device may monitor the status of the proximity indicator for changes. If one or more criteria set by an application processor are met by a detected change, the wireless interface control circuitry may send a status update to the application processor. In the criteria are not met, generation of the status update may be forgone. The application processor need not monitor the proximity indicator status and may remain in a reduced power consumption mode for longer periods. | 12-04-2014 |
20140357294 | Locationing Via Staged Antenna Utilization - A communication network of the present disclosure can determine a location of a communication device, such as a mobile communication device, a wireless access point, and/or a base station to provide some examples, within its geographic coverage area based upon one or more communication signals that are communicated within the communication network and/or between the communication network and another communication network. The communication network can implement a multilateration technique to determine the location of the communication device based upon the one or more communication signals as received over various signal pathways. In, an embodiment, the communication device can include multiple receiving antennas for receiving the one or more communication signals over multiple first signal pathways. The multilateration technique can use the one or more communication signals as received over the multiple first signal pathways to estimate a coarse location of the mobile communication device. Thereafter, the multilateration technique can, optionally, be used to effectively refine the coarse location based upon the one or more communication signals as received over multiple second signal pathways within the communication network to estimate a fine location of the mobile communication device. | 12-04-2014 |
20140357295 | GEOSPATIAL ASSET TRACKING SYSTEMS, METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ACQUIRING, MANIPULATING AND PRESENTING TELEMATIC METADATA - A convenient, easy to use ubiquitous governance system to help manage and maintain the plurality of semi-autonomous devices that will be loosely coupled to and communicate via the Internet or other network, more commonly referred to as the network of things. | 12-04-2014 |
20140357296 | LOCATING METHOD AND LOCATING SYSTEM - The present invention, pertaining to the field of communications technologies, discloses a locating method and a locating system. The method includes: receiving a locating request and a locating feature parameter from a terminal, where the locating feature parameter is acquired by demodulating a locating spread spectrum signal inserted in a timeslot header or a transmission frame header of a mobile broadcast signal after the terminal receives the mobile broadcast signal; and locating the terminal by using a grid-based feature parameter matching algorithm according to the locating feature parameter. According to the present invention, a locating feature parameter that is acquired after a terminal demodulates a received mobile broadcast signal is received from the terminal; and the terminal is located by using a grid-based feature parameter matching algorithm according to the locating feature parameter. This, on the premise of not affecting normal receiving and demodulation of mobile broadcast signals, not only achieves an effect of real-time and high-precision location and implements wide-area high-precision location and navigation of mass of terminals, but also implements integration of a broadcast system and a mobile communication system. | 12-04-2014 |
20140357297 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO STATION, RADIO TERMINAL, NETWORK OPERATION MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION QUALITY CONFIRMATION METHOD - The present invention is a radio communication system having quality measurement means configured to execute quality measurement related to a service quality in communication between a radio terminal and a radio station, and information collection means configured to collect information related to a location of the radio terminal to be a target for the quality measurement, the radio communication system comprising: means configured to associate the information related to the location of the radio terminal when a predetermined condition is satisfied in an execution period of the quality measurement with results of the quality measurement. | 12-04-2014 |
20140357298 | TESTING OF LOCATION INFORMATION SIGNALING RELATED TO MINIMIZATION OF DRIVE TESTS AND CONFORMANCE TESTS - Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, are provided for testing of wireless devices. In one aspect there is provided a method. The method may include receiving, at a user equipment, location information provided by a network node ( | 12-04-2014 |
20140364138 | UTILIZING MOBILE WIRELESS ACCESS GATEWAYS FOR LOCATION AND CONTEXT PURPOSES - Methods, program products, and systems of using a mobile WAP for location and context purposes are disclosed. In general, in one aspect, a server can estimate an effective location of a wireless access gateway using harvested data. The server can harvest location data from multiple mobile devices. The harvested data can include a location of each mobile device and an identifier of a wireless access gateway that is located within a communication range of the mobile device. In some implementations, the server can identify a mobile wireless access gateway based on a distance comparison. Data indicating the mobility of a wireless access gateway can be used by a mobile device to initiate one or more actions, including managing power of the mobile device, modifying entrance and exit conditions of virtual fences and determining a context of the mobile device. | 12-11-2014 |
20140364139 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR EXCHANGING MAP INFORMATION - Methods and mechanisms for exchanging map information in a wireless communication. In an embodiment, map information to represent at least a portion of a map is advertised by a first communication device communication independent of any request for the map information being received in a data session or a voice session. In another embodiment, a second communication device receives the wireless communication and generates a representation of the map based on the advertised map information. | 12-11-2014 |
20140364140 | Sensor Interface with Mobile Terminal Satellite Modem and Global Location System - A system and method for implementing a low-power local-area network for use with a mobile terminal satellite modem. This low-power local-area network enables sensors on an asset to transmit sensor data to a mobile terminal affixed on the asset. The mobile terminal reports the sensor data along with asset position information to a centralized facility via a communications satellite. | 12-11-2014 |
20140364141 | Method, Apparatus, and Computer Program Product Improving Registration With Real Time Location Services - Systems, methods, apparatuses, and computer readable media are disclosed for improving, in some examples, registration of radio frequency tags with a location system. Example embodiments may include a method for registering a participant with a radio frequency (RF) location tag. The method may include determining tag derived data from the one or more registered RF location tags, identifying at least one unregistered RF location tag, determining an identity of a participant for registration with the unregistered RF location tag based at least in part on the tag derived data from the one or more registered RF location tags, and registering the unregistered RF location tag with the participant. | 12-11-2014 |
20140364142 | TDOA BASED POSITIONING WITH CALCULATION OF CORRECTION FACTORS FOR COMPENSATING THE CLOCK OFFSETS OF UNSYNCHRONIZED NETWORK STATIONS - The present invention presents a method, arrangement and computer program product for clocking exploiting the relative behavior of clocks of individual receiving stations as well as a corresponding modeling to derive a time difference of arrival of a signal from a user device which can be used to correct the time difference of arrival based on the modeled clock behavior and leads to a correct clocking of received user signals without the need of synchronization of the clocks in the various receiving stations. This principle is applicable to a plurality of pairs of receiving stations and beacon signals transmitted amongst them and allows for a correct location estimation of a user device. | 12-11-2014 |
20140364143 | PROVIDING LOCATION ASSISTANCE INFORMATION USING DATA FROM SMART METERS - Methods, systems, computer-readable media, and apparatuses for providing location assistance information using data from smart meters are presented. In some embodiments, a smart meter configured to measure service usage at a premises may transmit at least one data message to at least one wireless access point located at the premises, and the at least one data message may include information identifying a location of the smart meter. In addition, the at least one data message may be configured to cause the at least one wireless access point to provide, to at least one mobile device connected to the at least one wireless access point, the location of the smart meter as an estimated position of the at least one wireless access point. | 12-11-2014 |
20140364144 | ALTITUDE ESTIMATION USING A PROBABILITY DENSITY FUNCTION - Methods, program products, and systems of location estimation using a probability density function are disclosed. In general, in one aspect, a server can estimate an effective altitude of a wireless access gateway using harvested data. The server can harvest location data from multiple mobile devices. The harvested data can include a location of each mobile device and an identifier of a wireless access gateway that is located within a communication range of the mobile device. The server can calculate an effective altitude of the wireless access gateway using a probability density function of the harvested data. The probability density function can be a sufficient statistic of the received set of location coordinates for calculating an effective altitude of the wireless access gateway. The server can send the effective altitude of the wireless access gateway to other mobile devices for estimating altitudes of the other mobile devices. | 12-11-2014 |
20140364145 | AREA WATCHER FOR WIRELESS NETWORK - Dynamic and current information is provided regarding a wireless device's entry into or exit from a geographically defined “watched” area. An area watcher application monitors preconfigured wireless devices entry/exit into preconfigured watched areas. The watched areas may watch for any/all subscribers, or for select, preconfigured subscribers listed in an appropriate table or database. Provision of location information is triggered by a wireless subscriber's entry, exit or changing between designated ‘watched’ areas or locations. Continuous polling may be used, or the mobile device itself or network element may be triggered to push its own location upon notification of its entry into or out of watched areas from an area watcher. A third party may be notified when a wireless user enters an area surrounding their retail store, and be sent a message such as “sale inside”, or “Your rentals are overdue”, on their wireless device. | 12-11-2014 |
20140370909 | REDUCED POWER LOCATION DETERMINATIONS FOR DETECTING GEO-FENCES - Various different areas of interest are identified, these areas being geographic areas that are also referred to as geo-fences. Whether a computing device is in a geo-fence can be determined based on the location of the geo-fence and the location of the computing device. The location of a computing device can be determined using various different location determination techniques, such as wireless networking triangulation, cellular positioning, Global Navigation Satellite System positioning, network address positioning, and so forth. Various power saving techniques are implemented to determine which techniques are used and when such techniques are used to reduce power consumption in the computing device. | 12-18-2014 |
20140370910 | DETECTING GEO-FENCE EVENTS USING VARYING CONFIDENCE LEVELS - The location of a computing device is determined, and the location of an area of interest that is a geographic area referred to as a geo-fence is identified. The accuracy of the determined location of the computing device has an associated uncertainty, so the exact position of the computing device cannot typically be pinpointed. In light of this, the uncertainty associated with the determined location is evaluated relative to the size of the geo-fence in order to determine whether the computing device is inside the geo-fence or outside the geo-fence. Based on this determination, various actions can be taken if the user is entering the geo-fence, exiting the geo-fence, remaining in the geo-fence for at least a threshold amount of time, and so forth. | 12-18-2014 |
20140370911 | COALESCING GEO-FENCE EVENTS - A device location is determined, and the location of an area of interest that is a geographic area referred to as a geo-fence is identified. Multiple geo-fences can be identified by the device, and different geo-fences can be associated with different programs on the device. An operating system of the device implements multiple different periods of operation for the device, including a conservation period during which certain programs are not typically scheduled to run, and an execution period during which such programs are typically scheduled to run. A system identifies geo-fence events, which occur when the device enters or exits the geo-fence. The system maintains a record of the geo-fence events for each of multiple geo-fences, and provides to a program selected ones of those geo-fence events at a time when the program is scheduled to run on the device during an execution period of the operating system. | 12-18-2014 |
20140370912 | INDOOR LOCATION USING A PACKET SYNCHRONIZED RECEIVER ARRAY - Location of one or more devices in a monitored environment based at least in part on data communications between a device and a communication array disposed relative to the monitored environment. The communication array may include a plurality of nodes, at least two of which may be in operative communication with a mobile device. The plurality of nodes may be synchronized to a common time base with communications over a packet-switched communication network (e.g., employing IP communications or the like). In turn, communications between nodes of known location and a device may be used to determine ranging values at least in part based on characteristics (e.g., time of flight) of the communication. As such, a location may be determined by, for example, multilateration of a plurality of ranging values. | 12-18-2014 |
20140370913 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL, AND PROCESSOR - A user terminal includes: a transmitter that transmits a measurement report including a measurement result of radio environments, to a base station; a receiver that receives request information requesting the user terminal to make detailed location information available using GNSS (Global Navigation Satellite System), from the base station; and a controller that attempts to make the detailed location information available so as to include the detailed location information in the measurement report, in a case where the receiver receives the request information. | 12-18-2014 |
20140370914 | METHOD FOR REPORTING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Provided is a method for reporting by a terminal in a wireless communication system. The method comprises: acquiring measurement results; starting to acquire location information related to the measurement results; determining whether measurement results satisfy reporting conditions; starting a delay timer; and if the location information is acquired before the delay timer expires, transmitting a reporting message comprising the measurement results and the acquired location information via a network. | 12-18-2014 |
20140370915 | METHOD FOR LIMITED POSITIONING-BASED REPORTING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Provided is a method for reporting by a terminal in a wireless communication system. The method comprises: receiving positioning-limiting information from a network; and determining whether to allow positioning on the basis of the positioning limiting information. The method additionally comprises, if the positioning is allowed, acquiring location information by means of positioning, and reporting the location information via a network. | 12-18-2014 |
20140370916 | AREA WATCHER FOR WIRELESS NETWORK - Dynamic and current information is provided regarding a wireless device's entry into or exit from a geographically defined “watched” area. An area watcher application monitors preconfigured wireless devices entry/exit into preconfigured watched areas. The watched areas may watch for any/all subscribers, or for select, preconfigured subscribers listed in an appropriate table or database. Provision of location information is triggered by a wireless subscriber's entry, exit or changing between designated ‘watched’ areas or locations. Continuous polling may be used, or the mobile device itself or network element may be triggered to push its own location upon notification of its entry into or out of watched areas from an area watcher. A third party may be notified when a wireless user enters an area surrounding their retail store, and be sent a message such as “sale inside”, or “Your rentals are overdue”, on their wireless device. | 12-18-2014 |
20140370917 | LOCATOR BEACON AND RADAR APPLICATION FOR MOBILE DEVICE - A locator beacon, method and system for identifying a first-in-line device, including: a first antenna configured to send a first signal; a second antenna configured to send a second signal and spaced apart from the first antenna such that a delta value between a first Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) value of the first signal and a second RSSI value of the second signal measured at a predefined location, is within a range of values; a receiver for receiving wireless signals configured to receive an authentication signal from a mobile device adapted to measure the first and second RSSI values, the authentication signal including authentication data related to the measured RSSI values; and a processing unit, configured to determine whether the mobile device is the first-in-line device based on whether a delta value between the first RSSI value and the second RSSI value is within a predefined value range. | 12-18-2014 |
20140370918 | TRANSMITTER POSITION INTEGRITY CHECKING - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to determining whether a reported position of a wireless transmitter is sufficiently accurate in accordance with an accuracy metric based at least in part on a calculated range between an estimated position of a mobile station and the reported position and also based at least in part on one or more measurements taken from one or more signals transmitted by the wireless transmitter. | 12-18-2014 |
20140370919 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DRIVER IDENTIFICATION - A method of determining a position of a mobile device in a vehicle includes obtaining accelerometer data collected using a accelerometer in the mobile device, obtaining angular orientation data collected using a gyroscope in the mobile device, and determining a start time of a driving event. The method also includes determining an entry side for the mobile device prior to the driving event, detecting an acceleration event, aligning the mobile device to a reference frame of the vehicle, and determining a front/back location of the mobile device. The method further includes detecting a braking event, determining an end time of the driving event, determining an exit side for the mobile device after the driving event, and determining the position of the mobile device during at least a portion of the driving event. | 12-18-2014 |
20140378158 | ARCHITECTURE AND METHOD TO 4G-MOBILE POSITIONING - A mobile device and a method and circuit for determining a position of the mobile device is disclosed. A positioning signal is received at a communication circuit of the mobile device. The received positioning signal is sent from the communication circuit to a position-determining module for determining the position of the mobile device from the positioning signal. A switch may be configured to selectively couple the position-determining module to the communication circuit. | 12-25-2014 |
20140378159 | USING MOVEMENT PATTERNS TO ANTICIPATE USER EXPECTATIONS - An adaptive navigation system anticipates a user's interactions with a device, modifying the device in the future based on past user movements and interactions. The system records a user's movement patterns and correlates movement patterns with how the user interacts with the device. When the movement patterns recur, the system modifies at least one behavior of the device based upon past interaction of the user with the device. | 12-25-2014 |
20140378160 | METHOD OF CORRECTING GLOBAL POSITION ERROR - Provided is a method of processing information on a tuple comprising latitude, longitude, and a timestamp collected from a position information collection device. The method includes changing a significant level value for calculating the statistical value of the speeds of past tuples in order to determine whether the current tuple has an error. | 12-25-2014 |
20140378161 | METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZING TIME MEASUREMENTS CARRIED OUT IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION NETWORK FOR GEOLOCATION PURPOSES - The invention relates to a system for forming an asynchronous communication network for receiving client transmitters, comprising base stations that are remote from one another, said network enabling the geolocation of the client transmitters. For this purpose, the system comprises a plurality of stationary reference transmitters, the positions of which are known and each of which transmits a specific beacon signal in a frequency band included within the frequency band of the network. The geolocation of a client transmitter is carried out by multilateration by taking pairs of base stations into consideration, each pair consisting of base stations capable of receiving the signals from the client transmitter and the signals from a single reference transmitter, and by calculating the difference between the times the signal from the client transmitter arrived at the base stations, said difference being determined by calculating, for each base station, the difference between the times of arrival of the signal transmitted by the client transmitter and of that transmitted by the reference transmitter. | 12-25-2014 |
20140378162 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR ENHANCING LOCATION INFORMATION - A method, system and apparatus for obtaining enhanced location information for a mobile device. The mobile device is configured to allow a determination of its location, for example via GPS. Location data for the mobile device, exemplarily obtained via GPS, may be further specified using context information for the mobile device. Additional data is obtained and processed to obtain context information for the mobile device. Enhanced location information is determined for the mobile device at least in part based on processing the location data in association with the context information. Additional data may comprise, for example, ambient noise, speech, images or text. | 12-25-2014 |
20150011235 | MOBILE DEVICE TRAJECTORY ESTIMATION - Disclosed is a novel system and method for utilizing information gathered at a based station for tracking a trajectory of a mobile device. Three types of information may be used including radio-layer information, ID information, session based information, or a combination thereof. The information is gathered at cellular base-stations to localize a mobile device. Cell towers have wide penetration and extensive coverage, and base-stations/mobile-devices have access to a lot of information. In one example, a method for tracking mobile device locations at a based station begins with accessing a list of mobile device information previously collected from mobile devices communicatively coupled over the wireless communications network to the base station. Currently active mobile device information measured by the network elements is accessed. A trajectory of the mobile device communicatively coupled to the base station is estimated by mapping the list of information previously collected with the currently active mobile device information. | 01-08-2015 |
20150011236 | Wireless Device, Measuring Node, Network Node, Methods Therin, Computer Program, and Computer-Readable Storage Medium - Embodiments herein relate to a method in a wireless device ( | 01-08-2015 |
20150011237 | GEO-FENCE ENTRY AND EXIT NOTIFICATION SYSTEM - A method is provided for determining when a mobile communications device has crossed a geo-fence. The method comprises (a) providing a mobile communications device ( | 01-08-2015 |
20150011238 | Unilateral Geolocation for Mobile Terminals - Systems and methods for enabling accurate unilateral geolocation in a user equipment (UE) are provided. In one embodiment, the UE utilizes network attachments steps to determine an estimate of a propagation time difference between two base stations. The UE then estimates a transmit time difference between the two base stations using the estimate of the propagation time difference and Observed Time Difference of Arrival (OTDOA) assistance data received from the network. The UE computes its position based on the transmit time difference and OTDOA measurements. In another embodiment, the UE uses measurements from multiple receive antenna elements to measure an Angle Difference of Arrival (ADO) between multiple base stations and a reference base station, and computes its position based on the ADOA measurements. | 01-08-2015 |
20150011239 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING LOCATION INFORMATION OF UE DURING MDT PROCEDURE - Disclosed are a method and device for determining user equipment (UE) positioning information during a minimum drive test (MDT) process to ensure that during the MDT realization process, the acquisition of the UE position information is not limited by the positioning capabilities of a network positioning server or the UE, that is, a network side can determine the UE position information required by the MDT without the positioning support function of the positioning server and the UE. The method of the present invention for determining the user equipment (UE) positioning information during a minimum drive test (MDT) process comprises: selecting a UE in a connected state, and determining an MDT measurement result corresponding to the UE (S101); determining the UE positioning information, and adding the UE positioning information to the MDT measurement result corresponding to the UE (S102). | 01-08-2015 |
20150011240 | NETWORK POSITIONING METHOD AND RELATED EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention discloses a network positioning method and related equipments, the method includes: receiving, by a user equipment (UE), positioning signals of at least three positioning nodes, where the at least three positioning nodes include at least one auxiliary UE, where the auxiliary UE is located within an end-to-end communication range of the UE, and valid position information of the auxiliary UE exists currently; measuring the positioning signals of the at least three positioning nodes, and acquiring a measurement result which comprises time difference of receiving the positioning signals of the at least three positioning nodes by the UE; calculating, a current position of the UE according to the measurement result and the valid position information of the at least three positioning nodes. The technical solution provided by the present invention can effectively enhance the network positioning precision. | 01-08-2015 |
20150011241 | Statistics for Continuous Location Tracking - In one embodiment, one or more computing devices receive, from one or more mobile devices respectively associated with one or more users, one or more sets of data, wherein each set of data comprises: a user identifier indicating to which user the set of data corresponds; a location where the corresponding user was at; and a time when the corresponding user was at the location. The computing devices store the one or more sets of data; and extract one or more statistics from the one or more sets of data that represent behavioral pattern of at least one of the one or more users. | 01-08-2015 |
20150018003 | CROWDSOURCING METHOD TO DETECT BROKEN WIFI INDOOR LOCATIONING MODEL - Aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques for detecting breaks in a wireless network data model. An exemplary method includes determining neighboring access points from scans of network access points in a space. Each neighboring access point occurs together in a scan of a particular level of the space. Wireless data is received from a plurality of mobile devices moving through a space. A set of all access points for the space is identified based on the wireless data. A ratio is derived based on a difference between the neighboring access points and the set of all access points. The ratio represents a percentage of missing access points for the particular level of the space. | 01-15-2015 |
20150018004 | Communication Device Having Automatic Reply Function and Method for Performing Automatic Reply Thereof - Disclosed is a communication device having an automatic reply function and a method for performing automatic reply thereof The communication device includes a communication module for receiving a communication request signal; a positioning module for generating positioning information according to a current position of the communication device; a vibration detection module configured to detect a vibration of the communication device to generate a vibration signal; and a processing module. In an interval upon the communication module receiving the communication request signal, the processing module is configured to calculate a velocity of the communication device according to the positioning information and calculate an incidence of vibration of the communication device according to the vibration signal. And the processing module is configured to conduct the communication module transmitting a reply message according to a velocity range corresponding to the calculated velocity and an incidence range corresponding to the calculated incidence. | 01-15-2015 |
20150018005 | CELL LOCATIONS - Method and system for testing base station location information comprising identifying a second base station neighbouring a first base station. Obtaining information describing the locations of the first base station and the second base station. Determining if the location of the first base station and the location of the second base station are further apart than a predetermined threshold, wherein if the location of the first base station and the location of the second base station are further apart than a predetermined threshold then indicating a first error. | 01-15-2015 |
20150018006 | METHOD FOR OPERATING A FIELD DEVICE, FIELD DEVICE AND SERVER FOR A WIDE-AREA AUTOMATION NETWORK - The invention relates to a method for operating a field device ( | 01-15-2015 |
20150018007 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR MANAGEMENT OF MOBILE FIELD ASSETS VIA WIRELESS HANDHELD DEVICES - Communication from enterprise servers to handheld devices in the field supports dispatch, data synchronization, logistics and personnel. Bi-directional data delivery from enterprise-based servers over wireless data networks is enabled using wireless capabilities resident in handheld personal computing devices. Real time communications facilitates real-time access to remote programs, assistance and/or information related to the field operations and asset (personnel and inventory) resource management. Management is facilitated for at least one of: construction industry project analysis, HVAC system analysis, project management, equipment readiness inspection, troubleshooting, inventory tracking, inventory ordering, sales (e.g., providing cost estimates to customers), customer invoicing, conducting legal investigations, field data collection, and multi-user remote function coordination. | 01-15-2015 |
20150018008 | LOW ACCURACY POSITIONAL DATA BY DETECTING IMPROBABLE SAMPLES - An embodiment of the invention provides a method of determining a location of a mobile target that processes locations for the target provided by a wireless location technology tracker system to determine moving averages of velocity of the target, determines if the locations are outliers responsive to the moving averages, discards locations that are determined to be outliers, and uses locations determined not to be outliers as locations for the target. | 01-15-2015 |
20150018009 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS NETWORK HYBRID POSITIONING - Methods and apparatuses for position determination and other operations. In one embodiment of the present invention, a mobile station uses wireless signals from a plurality of wireless networks (e.g., with different air interfaces and/or operated by different service providers) for position determination (e.g., for data communication, for obtaining time and/or frequency information, for range measurement, for sector or altitude estimation). In one embodiment of the present invention, mobile stations are used to harvest statistical data about wireless access points (e.g., the locations of mobile stations that have received signals from the wireless access points, such as from cellular base stations, wireless local area network access points, repeaters for positioning signals, or other wireless communication transmitters) and to derive location information (e.g., position and coverage area of the wireless access points) for the wireless networks from the collected statistical data. | 01-15-2015 |
20150024772 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING WHETHER OR NOT A MOBILE DEVICE IS INDOORS - The disclosure is directed to determining whether or not a mobile device is indoors. The mobile device obtains a position fix based, at least in part, on an outdoor positioning system, and obtains one or more shape-files for one or more objects that are in proximity of the position fix. | 01-22-2015 |
20150024773 | GEOFENCES BASED ON RF FINGERPRINTS - Systems, apparatus and methods in a mobile device for creating and/or using a geofence are presented. When creating a geofence, a mobile device collects at least one RF fingerprint. Each RF fingerprint includes transmitter information from a plurality of transmitters. The transmitter information includes information identifying the transmitter (e.g., location or MAC address of the transmitter) referred to here as absolute information. The transmitter information may also include information indication a relative position of the mobile device with respect to the transmitter (e.g., RTT or RSSI) referred to here as relative information. The RF fingerprints are used to define a geofence. Granularity may further be used to define a geofence. A first mobile device creates the geofence and sends it to a second mobile device, which looks for the geofence. When using the geofence, a second mobile device may trigger an application when a breach of the geofence is detected. | 01-22-2015 |
20150024774 | Method, Device and System for Determining Topology of a Wireless Communication Network - A method for determining a topology of a wireless communication network ( | 01-22-2015 |
20150024775 | METHOD FOR REPORTING POSITIONING STATUS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Provided is a method for reporting positioning status by a terminal in a wireless communication system. The method comprises: confirming a positioning status related to whether location information of a terminal can be provided; and when the positioning status is confirmed, transmitting a positioning status reporting message via a network. The positioning status reporting message comprises positioning status information indicating the positioning status of the terminal. | 01-22-2015 |
20150024776 | OPTIMIZING COOPERATION AREAS AND COVER SHIFTS IN CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK SYSTEMS - In a cellular communications network system comprising a plurality of cells including a first cell and second cells different from and present in the neighborhood of the first cell, measurement reports are repeatedly received from user equipments, each including a first signal strength value corresponding to a signal strength measured from the first cell over a short time period and n second signal strength values corresponding to signal strengths measured over the short time period from n second cells, which correspond to the n strongest signal strengths measured from the second cells, n being an integer greater than one. A value of a counter is incremented which corresponds to a potential cooperation area formed by the first cell corresponding to the first signal strength value and the n second cells corresponding to the n second signal strength values. | 01-22-2015 |
20150024777 | SELECTED ACKNOWLEDGMENT POSITIONING OPTIMIZATIONS - A location server, such as a Serving Mobile Location Center (SMLC) or E-SMLC and mobile terminal selectively implement the reliable transport mechanism used in, e.g., LPP or LPPe protocols, thereby decreasing unnecessary delays. The reliable transport mechanism may be selectively implemented by not requiring an acknowledgement for specific messages, such as an unsolicited assistance data message. When assistance data is solicited, however, the responsive assistance data message includes an acknowledgement request as per the reliable transport mechanism. | 01-22-2015 |
20150024778 | COMMENTING ON LOCATION INFORMATION FOR MOBILE DEVICES - Providing location information on a mobile device includes receiving signals from external devices. Each signal includes information that specifies a geographic location for the external device that has provided the signal. A geographic location for the mobile device is calculated by using the information contained in each of the received signals. A representation of the geographic location of the mobile device is generated. The representation of the geographic location is included within an electronic message that provides information describing a user of the mobile device to other users of an electronic communications system. The electronic message is transmitted to another device to provide an indication of the geographic location for the user to one of the other users of the electronic communications system. | 01-22-2015 |
20150031387 | COMPENSATION OF THE SIGNAL ATTENUATION BY HUMAN BODY IN INDOOR WI-FI POSITIONING - A mobile wireless device that includes a positioning system to determine a position of the mobile wireless device and to compensate a received signal strength indicator (RSSI) signal received from an access point (AP) when there is a line-of-sight (LOS) channel and the positioning system determines the body of the user of the mobile wireless device is attenuating the received RSSI signal due to the user's body being between the mobile wireless device and the AP. | 01-29-2015 |
20150031388 | GENERATING GEOFENCES - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on computer storage media, for generating geofences. One of the methods includes receiving, at a mobile device, a signal emitted by a merchant device associated with a merchant. If the signal is emitted by a merchant device associated with a merchant and the distance between the mobile device and the merchant device satisfies a threshold, a notification is provided on the mobile device indicating proximity of the merchant associated with the merchant device. | 01-29-2015 |
20150031389 | Positioning Database Management Applied to Server-based Positioning System - Systems and methods are provided for positioning determination for mobile devices. A system includes: a database configured to store positioning data associated with one or more base stations in a network, and a data management component configured to compare the parameters with one or more parameter thresholds, and update the positioning data based at least in part on the comparison of the parameters and the parameter thresholds. The updated positioning data is used for positioning determination of a mobile device. | 01-29-2015 |
20150031390 | METHOD FOR LOCALISATION AND MAPPING OF PEDESTRIANS OR ROBOTS USING WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS - The method for localisation and mapping of pedestrians or robots using Wireless Access Points comprises the following steps: Wireless Signal Strength and/or time delay measurements from wireless access points (e.g. Wireless Local Area Network access points (WLAN, Wifi, WIMAX), or mobile radio base stations (e.g. GSM, UMTS, LTE, 4G, IS95 or RFID tags or transmitters) are taken at regular or irregular time instances by a device carried by the pedestrian or robot in addition to odometry measurements (e.g. human step measurements, human pedestrian dead-reckoning, robot or wheelchair wheel counter measurements, robot motor or wheelchair motor control inputs), and providing a particle filter which has a state model that comprises the pedestrian or robot location history for each particle, and also the location probability distribution of one or more wireless access points, wherein at each time-step of the particle filter each particle of the particle filter is weighted and/or propagated according to the odometry measurements and weighted and/or propagated according to the wireless measurement, wherein at each time-step of the particle filter the location probability distribution of the wireless access points for each particle is updated according to the measurement and the previous location probability distribution of that particle, and wherein the location of the pedestrian or robot and/or the map of the wireless access point(s) is extracted from the particle population (e.g. from the state of the particle with greatest weight, from the weighted state across all particles, from the state of a randomly chosen particle, from the state of the maximum likelihood particle). | 01-29-2015 |
20150031391 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DEVICE POSITIONING UTILIZING DISTRIBUTED TRANSCEIVERS WITH ARRAY PROCESSING - A mobile device receives signals from base stations each with multiple distributed transceivers. Each distributed transceiver may operate at different carrier frequencies. Each distributed transceiver is equipped with an independently configurable antenna array handling transmissions of the radio frequency signals to the mobile device. The mobile device generates channel measurements for the received signals, and subsequently receives a position estimate from a remote location server. The location server determines corresponding transmit diversity configurations applied to the base stations for conducting the channel measurements for the mobile device, and channel measurements at scanned locations in a location scanning region. The location server selects and utilize a signature function to calculate the position estimate for the mobile device over the transmit diversity configurations. A multi-level positioning process may be performed by adopting various signature functions, subsets of transmit configurations and/or subspaces of the location scanning region for accurate device positioning. | 01-29-2015 |
20150031392 | PROXIMATE BEACON IDENTIFICATION - Among other things, one or more techniques and/or systems are disclosed for identifying a proximate beacon to a mobile device. One or more first received signal strengths (RSSs), relative to the mobile device, may be received and used to determine a first average signal strength (RSS) and a first average RSS deviation for a first beacon during an observation period. An average RSS deviation for the observation period can be determined using the first average RSS deviation (e.g., and other average RSS deviations). If the average RSS deviation meets a desired deviation threshold, the first beacon may be identified as the proximate beacon. In this manner, if the user of the mobile device consents to the same, the user may be provided with relevant information (e.g., advertisements) on the mobile device while in a locale (e.g., store) corresponding to the (known) location of the beacon, for example. | 01-29-2015 |
20150038160 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO DETERMINE A BASE STATION LOCATION - Methods, apparatus, systems and articles of manufacture are disclosed to determine a base station location. A disclosed example method includes identifying first signals comprising a same first signal identifier, identifying second signals comprising a same second signal identifier; identifying a first location associated with one of the first signals having a highest signal quality value and a second location associated with one of the second signals having a highest signal quality value; and determining that the first signals and the second signals are transmitted from a first base station if a distance between the first location and the second location satisfies a threshold. | 02-05-2015 |
20150038161 | Mashing mapping content displayed on mobile devices - A method and apparatus for mapping addressable information (e.g. locations denoted by name or address, street addresses, landmarks, etc.) off of disparate applications on a mobile device, onto an existing map on the mobile device, are disclosed. An application on a mobile device may display addressable information (e.g. a website displaying a location name and/or address, an email containing an address, etc.) In response to a user's selecting the addressable information and invoking a mapping command, a map-display application (e.g. Google Maps® , Yahoo! Maps®, Windows Live Search Maps®, MapQuest®, iPhone® maps, Waze® etc.) may be automatically presented (e.g. launched, become visible, displayed, etc.) displaying the addressable information in addition to at least one prior mapping content previously displayed by the map-display application. | 02-05-2015 |
20150038162 | INFERRING A CURRENT LOCATION BASED ON A USER LOCATION HISTORY - Systems and methods for inferring a current location of a user or device based on an analysis of a user location history are provided. In particular, when the current location of a device requesting a location-enhanced service cannot be determined with sufficient precision, a plurality of historical locations provided by the user location history can be scored according to a variety of parameters. The historical location receiving the highest score can be inferred to be the current location of the user, permitting the requested location-enhanced service to be performed. | 02-05-2015 |
20150038163 | MECHANISM FOR PROXIMITY DETECTION BASED ON WI-FI SIGNALS - A mechanism is described for proximity detection based on Wi-Fi signals. A method of embodiments of the invention includes determining strength of one or more signals being communicated between one or more antennae of a first device and two or more antennae of a second device. The one or more signals are associated with a broadcast packet. The method further includes determining proximity of the first device and the second device based on the determined strength of the one or more signals. | 02-05-2015 |
20150038164 | SYSTEM FOR ANALYZING MOBILE TELEPHONE USERS LOCATIONS AND CLASSIFICATIONS, WHILE MAINTAINING USERS PRIVACY CONSTRAINTS - A system provides a database ready for querying and analyzing locations of mobile phone users. The database is secured from possibility of breaching a privacy of a single user, has: (a) a signal tracker; (b) an aggregator-classifier and a step aggregator; (c) a timer; (d) a sector gate keeper and a step gate keeper for inspecting each aggregated registration record and each aggregated step record, and for forwarding to a sector gate keeper and to a step gate keeper respectively only those aggregated registration records and aggregated step records that evolve from at least a predefined number N of different users; (e) a sector writer and a step writer for receiving aggregated registration records, and aggregated step records, each evolving from at least a predefined number N of different users, and for writing all said records within a database. | 02-05-2015 |
20150038165 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR INDOOR NAVIGATION CONTROL BY LED LIGHTING DEVICES - Systems and methods for indoor navigation control by LED lighting devices are provided. The indoor navigation control system includes at least two LED lighting devices each including a Wi-Fi module as a wireless access node to receive a Wi-Fi signal and to transmit the received Wi-Fi signal to an adjacent node such that nodes within a Wi-Fi signal coverage area has an access to Internet or LAN. A location server is configured to store location information of the Wi-Fi module of each LED lighting device with a unique MAC address. The at least two LED lighting devices and the location server are configured to communicate with a smart terminal to calculate a position, a moving direction, and a moving speed of an object according to the location information of each LED lighting device along with a moving time length of the object for an indoor navigation. | 02-05-2015 |
20150038166 | FACILITATION OF DELAY ERROR CORRECTION IN TIMING-BASED LOCATION SYSTEMS - Computation of delay error offset information is facilitated. A method can include receiving measurement information indicative of a location of a mobile device, calibrating the measurement information resulting in calibrated measurement information, comparing the calibrated measurement information and historical calibrated measurement information, and computing a measurement error based, at least, on the comparing, wherein the measurement error includes delay error offset information. | 02-05-2015 |
20150038167 | System and Method to Collect and Modify Calibration Data - A system and method modifies calibration data used to geo-locate a mobile station. Calibration data measured via a calibration data collection device may contain errors due to the physical limitations of the collection device and/or the collection process. Any data collection device may produce some degree of signal degradation or drop-out. Dead reckoning provides a remedy for signal drop-out, however, it often produces data results that may be unsatisfactory to perform an accurate location estimate. To ensure the integrity of the collected calibration data, a data modification and/or data replacement algorithm may be implemented to enhance the accuracy of the collected data. In addition, current collection procedures used to generate a calibration database may be laborious, time-consuming and expensive. Simplifying the test and measurement equipment needed, and the procedures for obtaining calibration data may save time and expenses. | 02-05-2015 |
20150038168 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOCATION IDENTIFICATION AND PRESENTATION - Method and apparatus to analyze and present location information in an easy-to-digest manner are disclosed. In one embodiment, each piece of location information can include a piece of location-designating information and a piece of location-related information. Location-designating information is primarily for identifying location. Location-related information is information related to location-designating information. The location-designating information and the location-related information can be supplied by a mobile device. With the help of location-related information, each piece of location-designating information can be more accurately transformed into a label to help identify a location. The amount of location information can be reduced. All of the location-designating information pertaining to a given area can be consolidated into one piece of location-designating information related to the label. Consolidation of some of the information may not occur if a piece of location-related information changes by more than a preset value. To better present location information in an easy-to-digest manner, location information can be compared to standards. Presentation can be on a display with respect to a reference location. | 02-05-2015 |
20150038169 | GEOGRAPHIC REDUNDANCY DETERMINATION FOR TIME BASED LOCATION INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS RADIO NETWORK - Determining levels of geographic redundancy among radios of a wireless radio network is disclosed. The level of geographic redundancy for a radio can affect the determination of location information for a user equipment (UE) on the wireless radio network. The disclosed subject matter can be employed in conjunction with timed fingerprint location (TFL) technologies to facilitate selection of radios employed in determining time values for TFL location determination. Levels of geographic redundancy can be employed to rank or order radios of a wireless radio network so as to reduce the likelihood of using geographically redundant radios in location determination. Further, rules can be selected to adjust threshold values and equations employed in determining the levels of geographic redundancy. Moreover, rules can be selected to apply boundary conditions to reduce the number of determinations formed for a set of radios of the wireless radio network. | 02-05-2015 |
20150045053 | PRIVACY-HARDENED GEOLOCATION SYSTEM - A lightweight, wireless geolocation node monitors mobile wireless devices for the purpose of the geolocation and has restricted functionality to better preserve privacy information. MAC addresses acquired from probe signals of mobile wireless devices may be one-way encrypted before being transmitted from the node. Reduced transmission strength may be used for localized transmission without consumer tracking. | 02-12-2015 |
20150045054 | Systems and Methods for Floor Determination of Access Points in Indoor Positioning Systems - Systems and methods are disclosed for determining the floors on which APs are located for WiFi-based indoor positioning systems. A data collection phase is followed by a data analysis phase. During data collection, measurement data to observed APs may be collected from various locations on different floors. The measurements data may include received signal strength indication (RSSI), optional round-trip-time (RTT) data to the APs, and floor information of the measurement locations. Measurement data may also be collected from crowd sourced data without floor information of the measurement locations. In data analysis, the collected measurement data are analyzed using various algorithms to determine if APs belong to the same floor and to assign APs on the same floor to the same cluster. APs on different floors may thus be assigned to different clusters. If the floor information of the measurement locations is known, each cluster may be assigned a floor number. | 02-12-2015 |
20150045055 | TIME OF FLIGHT RESPONDERS - Apparatus and techniques are described, such as for providing indoor location services. Embodiments include active, passive or independent time-of-flight (ToF) responders that are adapted to provide a device with fine time measurement information to a device in order to determine a distance between the device and the network equipment or a responder. Embodiments may include network equipment coupled to one or more active ToF responders such that the active ToF responders provides ToF information to a device when the network equipment does not support a ToF protocol. Embodiments may include a server coupled to the network equipment, the server being arranged to receive location information from a plurality of devices over a network connection provided by an access point other than the network equipment, and to determine the location of the network equipment and one or more ToF responders coupled to the network equipment based on the location information. | 02-12-2015 |
20150045056 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POSITION DETERMINATION IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A scaling apparatus and method scales uncertainty criteria (horizontal and vertical accuracy requirements) originally received from an end user before the uncertainty criteria is sent on to a wireless terminal ( | 02-12-2015 |
20150045057 | Method and System for User Equipment Location Determination on a Wireless Transmission System - Neighbor cell hearability can be improved by including an additional reference signal that can be detected at a low sensitivity and a low signal-to-noise ratio, by introducing non-unity frequency reuse for the signals used for a time difference of arrival (TDOA) measurement, e.g., orthogonality of signals transmitted from the serving cell sites and the various neighbor cell sites. The new reference signal, called the TDOA-RS, is proposed to improve the hearability of neighbor cells in a cellular network that deploys 3GPP EUTRAN (LTE) system, and the TDOA-RS can be transmitted in any resource blocks (RB) for PDSCH and/or MBSFN subframe, regardless of whether the latter is on a carrier supporting both PMCH and PDSCH or not. Besides the additional TDOA-RS reference signal, an additional synchronization signal (TDOA-sync) may also be included to improve the hearability of neighbor cells. | 02-12-2015 |
20150045058 | PERFORMING DATA COLLECTION BASED ON INTERNAL RAW OBSERVABLES USING A MOBILE DATA COLLECTION PLATFORM - An image that includes a point of interest is captured using an image capturing device that is part of the mobile data collection platform. Raw observables are obtained from a GNSS chipset that is internal to the mobile data collection platform. A position fix of the mobile data collection platform is determined based on the raw observables where the position fix defines a location of an antenna. A location of an entrance pupil is calculated as an offset of the location of the antenna. Orientation information comprising a tilt angle and an azimuth angle is determined. The position fix and the orientation information are associated with a three dimensional location that the mobile data collection platform is at when the image was captured. Scale information is captured. The image, the position fix, the scale information, and the orientation information are stored in hardware memory of the mobile data collection platform. | 02-12-2015 |
20150045059 | PERFORMING DATA COLLECTION BASED ON EXTERNAL RAW OBSERVABLES USING A MOBILE DATA COLLECTION PLATFORM - An image that includes a point of interest is captured using an image capturing device that is an integral part of the mobile data collection platform. Raw observables are obtained from a GNSS raw observables provider that is external to and coupled with the mobile data collection platform. A position fix of the mobile data collection platform is determined based on the raw observables where the position fix is a location of an antenna. A location of an entrance pupil is calculated as an offset from the location of the antenna. Orientation information comprising a tilt angle and an azimuth angle is determined. The position fix and the orientation information are associated with a three dimensional location of the mobile data collection platform when the image was captured. Scale information is captured. The image, the position fix, the scale information, and the orientation information are stored in hardware memory of the mobile data collection platform. | 02-12-2015 |
20150045060 | DETERMINING PROXIMITY OF USER EQUIPMENT FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - Embodiments of apparatus, packages, computer-implemented methods, systems, devices, and computer-readable media (transitory and non-transitory) are described herein for ascertaining, e.g., by a traffic detection function (“TDF”), that a first user equipment (“UE”) and a second UE are, potentially, sufficiently proximate to each other to wirelessly exchange data directly. In various embodiments, an evolved serving mobile location center (“E-SMLC”) may be instructed, e.g., by the TDF, to obtain location change data associated with the first and second UEs. In various embodiments, a determination may be made, e.g., by the TDF, based on the location change data, whether the first and second UEs are sufficiently proximate to exchange data directly, and whether the first and second UEs are likely to remain proximate for at least a predetermined time interval. In various embodiments, the first and second UEs may be caused to commence device-to-device (“D2D”) communication based on the determination. | 02-12-2015 |
20150050944 | DETECTING EARLIEST CHANNEL PATH IN LOCATION TRACKING SYSTEMS - Methods, systems, and devices for detecting earliest channel path and/or determining time of arrival of signals in location tracking systems are described. An ultra-wideband (UWB) signal may be received from a tag. A noise estimation level above which the UWB signal is detectable may be determined using a noise estimation metric. A channel impulse response (IR) energy level may be determined using a channel energy metric. A leading edge window of the UWB signal may be identified. The leading edge window may be based on, at least in part, the noise estimation level and the channel IR energy level. | 02-19-2015 |
20150050945 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE TRACING - A method of tracing a mobile wireless communication device geographic location in a wireless telecommunications network, and a method of notifying a mobile wireless communication device tracing unit of a mobile wireless communication device geographic location in a wireless telecommunications network, and devices and computer program products operable to perform said methods. The method of tracing comprises: receiving notification of an identity of a communication device of interest; initiating paging of the communication device of interest and requesting an indication of geographic location of the communication device of interest; monitoring for receipt of an indication of geographic location and, on receipt of the indication of geographic location, determining the geographic location of the communication device of interest. The method of notifying comprises: assessing whether predetermined trace trigger criteria have been met; and, if so, determining a geographic location of the mobile wireless communication device; establishing a communication link with the tracing unit; and transmitting an indication of the determined geographic location to the mobile device tracing unit. Aspects provide wireless network initiated methods to track lost, stolen or missing mobile communication devices, such a smart-phones or tablets. | 02-19-2015 |
20150050946 | SUPPORTING STORAGE OF DATA - An apparatus determines for each of a plurality of sub-areas of an area an amount of measurement results that are received for the respective sub-area. The apparatus further determines a sub-area, for which the determined amount of measurement results exceeds a reference value. The apparatus further sets up for the determined sub-area a focus grid with a density that is higher than a lowest density of a basic grid assigned to the area. Measurement results received for the determined sub-area may then be stored at least with a mapping to grid points of the focus grid. | 02-19-2015 |
20150050947 | SUPPORTING LOCATION BASED OPERATIONS - An apparatus performs continuous measurements on terrestrial signals transmitted by nodes of a communication network to obtain results of measurements. Furthermore, the apparatus continuously determines a position of the mobile device based on the results of measurements at the mobile device and based on data stored in the mobile device, the data including data on characteristics of nodes of at least one communication network that are based at least partly on results of measurements at a plurality of mobile devices on terrestrial signals transmitted by nodes of the at least one communication network. | 02-19-2015 |
20150050948 | POSITIONING DATA DISTRIBUTION APPLIED TO SERVER-BASED POSITIONING SYSTEM - Aspects of the disclosure provide a method for positioning data management. The method includes checking a reset condition that is used to trigger a reset of boundaries of signal strength values for clustering a group of positioning data associated with a wireless station into subsets. Each positioning data associates position information of a location with an identifier of the wireless station for providing wireless connection at the location and a strength of a signal received at the location. Further, the method includes updating, when the reset condition is satisfied, one or more boundaries to re-allocate the group of positioning data in order to increase a population uniformity across the subsets, and storing the updated boundaries. | 02-19-2015 |
20150050949 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING ANTENNA PROBABILITIES IN SUB-AREAS OF A GEOGRAPHICAL AREA - Methods and systems are provided for determining signal source probabilities. For example, signal source probabilities for a plurality of sub-areas of a geographic area covered by a plurality of signal sources may be determined. The signal source probabilities may indicate for each of the plurality of sub-areas probable field strength of the plurality of signal sources, and the signal source probabilities may indicate the probability that a mobile device, located in a respective sub-area, is operable to detect the particular signal source for communicating. Determining signal source probabilities may comprise calculating expected field strengths in the plurality of sub-areas. Determining signal source probabilities may comprise obtaining power information indicating a detected power of respective signals received by the mobile device from multiple transmitters. A probability model, including the signal source probabilities, may be determined. The probability model may be a three dimensional model. | 02-19-2015 |
20150050950 | CHECKPOINT SYSTEM AND PROCESS - A checkpoint system includes a plurality of checkpoint tags, each checkpoint tag located at a different checkpoint location. Each checkpoint tag has a storage device storing a checkpoint tag identification code. The system includes at least one mobile processor device that reads the checkpoint tags when the mobile processor device is brought within a predefined vicinity of the checkpoint location, and obtains location information corresponding to the location of the mobile processor device when the mobile processor device reads a checkpoint tag. The mobile processor device is configured to transmit data corresponding to the checkpoint tag identification code, location information and other information over the communication network to a backend or other processor device, in accordance with rule-base processes. | 02-19-2015 |
20150057012 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING HIGH PRECISION GEO-FENCING USING BUSINESS PROPERTY BOUNDARIES - Systems and methods for determining a high-precision geo-fence boundary for a business utilizing the property boundaries of a business are provided. The property boundaries for a business are obtained, and the longest diagonal of the polygon of the property is determined. This diagonal is used as a diameter to create a circle for a primary geo-fence monitoring area for the business. When a user enters the primary geo-fence monitoring area, a location updating feature of the mobile device can be activated to get the real time coordinates of the mobile device. The real time coordinates of the mobile device can then be used to accurately determine if the user is actually in the polygon of the business property. | 02-26-2015 |
20150057013 | NETWORK-ENABLED LIGHT FIXTURE FOR LOCATING MOVABLE OBJECT - In one embodiment, a method comprises a wireless detector in a lighting element detecting a movable object within a prescribed detection zone of the wireless detector; and the lighting element sending a message identifying detection of the movable object to a remote gateway, allowing the remote gateway to locate the movable object. | 02-26-2015 |
20150057014 | Use of a Trained Classifier to Predict Distance Based on a Pair of Wireless Scans - The present disclosure describes methods, systems, and apparatuses for determining the distance between two wireless scans of a mobile computing device. The distance is determined by scanning for wireless networks with a computing device. The scanning includes a receiving a plurality of network attributes for each wireless networks within the range of the mobile computing device. Further, the distance is determined by comparing the plurality of network attributes from the scanning with a reference set of network attributes. The comparing of network attributes is used to determine an attribute comparison. Finally, the distance between a position associated with the reference set of network attributes and the computing device, based on the attribute comparison, determines a position associated with the network. | 02-26-2015 |
20150057015 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION WITH A TRACKING DEVICE - A system and method for providing communication with a tracking device are disclosed. An example tracking device includes a location detector, a communication device, memory, a processor, and a configuration routine. The location detector is operative to determine locations of the tracking device. The communication device is operative to communicate with a remote system. The memory stores data and code, the data including location data determined by the location detector and configuration data. The processor is operative to execute the code to impart functionality to the tracking device. The functionality of the tracking device depends at least in part on the configuration data. The configuration routine is operative to modify the configuration data responsive to communications from the remote system. Thus, functional access to the tracking device is provided to the remote system. | 02-26-2015 |
20150057016 | DISTRIBUTED METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CALIBRATING THE POSITION OF A MOBILE DEVICE - A method and system is described where a plurality of position reference devices use short-range wireless communication protocols to transmit positioning assistance data to nearby mobile devices, and the mobile devices use the assistance data to re-calibrate their positioning systems. In some embodiments, mobile device includes an accelerometer and the accelerometer measurements are used to calculate an updated velocity of the mobile device and an updated position of the mobile device based on the accelerometer measurements and previous velocity and position of the mobile device. The short-range communication methods include NFC, RFID, Bluetooth®, short-range 802.11, Wi-Fi Direct, and high frequency focused beams such as 60 GHz. The position reference devices are passive or active NFC tags, passive or active RFID tags, other devices that include such tags as their components, Bluetooth®-enabled devices, 60 GHz-enabled devices, and 802.11 access points that can lower their transmit power. | 02-26-2015 |
20150057017 | DISTRIBUTED METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING THE POSITION OF A MOBILE DEVICE USING LONG-RANGE SIGNALS AND CALIBRATING THE POSITION USING SHORT-RANGE SIGNALS - A method and system is described where a plurality of position reference devices use short-range wireless communication protocols to transmit positioning assistance data to nearby mobile devices, and the mobile devices use the assistance data to model errors and re-calibrate their positioning systems. The short-range communication methods include NFC, RFID, Bluetooth®, short-range 802.11, Wi-Fi Direct, and high frequency focused beams such as 60 GHz. The position reference devices are passive or active NFC tags, passive or active RFID tags, other devices that include such tags as their components, Bluetooth®-enabled devices, 60 GHz-enabled devices, and 802.11 access points that can lower their transmit power. The reference devices are located at various indoor and outdoor locations such as smart posters, kiosks, ATM machines, malls, store checkout counters, store security gates, wireless access points, cellular base-stations, tollbooths, traffic lights, and street lamp posts. | 02-26-2015 |
20150057018 | WIRELESS NETWORK HYBRID POSITIONING - Methods and apparatuses for position determination and other operations. In one embodiment of the present invention, a mobile station uses wireless signals from a plurality of wireless networks (e.g., with different air interfaces and/or operated by different service providers) for position determination (e.g., for data communication, for obtaining time and/or frequency information, for range measurement, for sector or altitude estimation). In one embodiment of the present invention, mobile stations are used to harvest statistical data about wireless access points (e.g., the locations of mobile stations that have received signals from the wireless access points, such as from cellular base stations, wireless local area network access points, repeaters for positioning signals or other wireless communication transmitters) and to derive location information (e.g., position and coverage area of the wireless access points) for the wireless networks from the collected statistical data. | 02-26-2015 |
20150057019 | OPTIMIZED AND SELECTIVE MANAGEMENT OF POLICY DEPLOYMENT TO MOBILE CLIENTS IN A CONGESTED NETWORK TO PREVENT FURTHER AGGRAVATION OF NETWORK CONGESTION - A method of managing deployment of policies in a mobile network is provided. The method includes sending, by a proxy server, a stability notification including a stability interval for delivery to mobile devices in a mobile network, receiving location notifications initiated by one or more of the mobile devices, wherein each location notification indicates a stable location of a corresponding mobile device initiating the location notification, and processing the location notifications to maintain a congested area list indicating congested areas within the mobile network. A related server is also disclosed. | 02-26-2015 |
20150065159 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF COLLABORATIVE LOCATION ERROR CORRECTION - Sonic demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of collaboratively correct location errors. For example, a device may include a collaborative location error corrector to collaboratively correct location errors for at least one group of two or more wireless communication devices, the location error corrector is to receive from at least a first wireless communication device of the group an error report indicating an error in an estimated location of the first wireless communication device, to determine correction information based at least on the error report from the first wireless communication device, and to provide the correction information to at least a second wireless communication device of the group. | 03-05-2015 |
20150065160 | RADIO REPEATER SYSTEM FOR AVOIDING MOBILE DEVICE LOCATION INTERFERENCE - A radio repeater system is described that disables itself to avoid interfering with mobile network performed multilateration of mobile devices. The radio repeater provides additional network coverage for a localized area. The localized area can include enclosed spaces such as buildings or transportation terminals. The radio repeater system can monitor the signals received from cell towers, and if there are at least three signals of a predetermined signal strength, the radio repeater can disable itself to avoid interfering with mobile locating performed by the network. The radio repeater can remain disabled until the conditions that led to the disabling have passed. | 03-05-2015 |
20150065161 | Sending Geofence-Related Heuristics to Multiple Separate Hardware Components of Mobile Devices - Methods and apparatus are directed to geofencing-related heuristics for computing devices. A computing device with a plurality of sensors can receive a plurality of heuristics. Each heuristic can be configured to generate command(s) for the sensors based on one or more heuristic inputs. The heuristic input(s) can include an input related to a geofence. The computing device can receive a plurality of signals from the sensors. The computing device can determine, based on the plurality of signals, an activity class for the computing device. The activity class can specify an activity associated with the computing device. The computing device can select a heuristic from the plurality of heuristics at least based on the activity class. The computing device can execute the selected heuristic to generate the command(s) for the sensors. | 03-05-2015 |
20150065162 | POSITION SPECIFYING SERVER, POSITION SPECIFYING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM RECORDING POSITION SPECIFYING PROGRAM - A position specifying server includes a storage unit, a communication unit, an estimation unit, and a specifying unit. The storage unit stores GMMs corresponding to base stations of radio waves receivable by a terminal device on each floor. The communication unit receives measured values of the radio wave strengths of the radio waves which the terminal device receives from the base stations. The estimation unit estimates a position of the terminal device for each floor based on the received measured values of the radio wave strengths and the GMMs. The specifying unit calculates the estimated values of the radio wave strengths at the estimated position of the terminal device on each floor based on the GMMs and specifies the floor on which the terminal device is present based on the calculated estimated values of the radio wave strengths and the measured values of the radio wave strengths. | 03-05-2015 |
20150065163 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND BATTERY SAVING METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile terminal in a mobile communication system is disclosed, the mobile terminal including a location measurement unit configured to obtain location information, an area ID obtaining unit configured to obtain information of an identifier of an area in which the mobile terminal resides, a control unit configured to cause the location measurement unit to obtain the location information in the case where the identifier of the area in which the mobile terminal currently resides is different from the identifier of the area in which the mobile terminal resided in the past, and a reporting unit configured to report the location information obtained by the location measurement unit to a server. | 03-05-2015 |
20150065164 | Information Determination in a Portable Electronic Device Carried by a User - A method of determining the location of a device on the body of a user carrying it, comprising determining a mathematical representation of a transformation between a device reference frame and an earth reference frame at the device; receiving information from a sensor arrangement of the device capable of measuring device movement while the user is walking, and transforming information from the sensor arrangement, using said mathematical representation, into the earth reference frame at the device; and performing statistical analysis on at least one component of the information from the sensor arrangement obtained in the transformation to identify one or more features corresponding to a specific location of the device. Also provided is a method of determining the orientation of a user's body relative to a reference frame, using a device carried by a user. The method comprising determining a location of a device on the body of a user carrying it, and selecting a method out of a plurality of methods for determining the orientation of the user relative to the reference frame based on the determined location of the device. | 03-05-2015 |
20150065165 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE POSITIONING - A method and system for determining a position of a UE includes a first network node receiving a request for positioning information about the UE. The first network node requests a first positioning procedure at a first location node. The first location node determines using the first positioning procedure that involvement by a second location node is needed. The first location node initiates a trigger for positioning information about the UE to be sent to the second location node. The second location node, upon receiving the trigger for positioning information and determining the presence of an environment measurement parameter, determines the position information of the UE by performing a second positioning procedure based on the environment measurement parameter, and sends a position calculation response with the positioning information. | 03-05-2015 |
20150065166 | LOCATION SPOOFING DETECTION - A spoofed location detection system using information collected from a radio signal or information from multiple receivers collecting multiple radio signals to validate a location estimate. | 03-05-2015 |
20150065167 | ACTIVATING BUILDING ASSETS BASED ON AN INDIVIDUAL'S LOCATION - The disclosure includes a method for locating an individual or an object with respect to a building and activating an asset associated with the building based upon the individual or the object's location. The method includes using a Global Positioning System or a cellular triangulation system to generate a position fix of the individual or object. If the position fix is within a predetermined distance of the building, the method further includes activating an asset associated with the building. | 03-05-2015 |
20150065168 | MOBILE SURVEILLANCE - In some embodiments, a technique for logging an item encountered by a mobile device comprises automatically detecting an item in an uncontrolled environment, extracting an identity associated with the item, logging an encounter, wherein the encounter includes the identity, and deleting the encounter after a predetermined period of time has elapsed, wherein the encounter is not marked as relevant. | 03-05-2015 |
20150065169 | Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - Method and arrangement in a network node for improving conditions for ground-based positioning of mobile terminals in a wireless communication system are disclosed. The method and arrangement concerns adaptation of an antenna arrangement associated with the network node, so that a virtual positioning cell is formed in a positioning radio resource, in which positioning reference signals are transmitted or received. In one exemplary embodiment, the antenna arrangement is adapted to form the virtual positioning cell by changing the radiation pattern of at least one antenna used for communication of user data traffic. | 03-05-2015 |
20150072703 | NON-TRANSITORY RECORDING MEDIUM ENCODED WITH COMPUTER READABLE INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, CAPABLE OF ENHANCING ZEST OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A non-transitory storage medium encoded with a computer readable information processing program executable by a computer of an information processing apparatus having a wireless communication function. The information processing program causes the computer to function as position data obtaining means for obtaining position data indicating a position of the information processing apparatus, data transmission and reception means for transmitting the position data obtained by the position data obtaining means to another information processing apparatus within coverage through wireless communication and receiving position data obtained by position data obtaining means of another information processing apparatus through wireless communication, and processing performing means for performing predetermined information processing based on the position data received from another information processing apparatus through the data transmission and reception means. | 03-12-2015 |
20150072704 | MECHANISM FOR FACILITATING DYNAMIC DETECTION AND COMMUNICATION OF GEO-LOCATIONS FOR DEVICES - A mechanism is described for facilitating detection and communication of geo-locations for devices according to one embodiment. A method of embodiments, as described herein, includes tracking, at a first smart device, one or more devices including a second smart device, and first and second smart devices including a computing device, and establishing a first connection with the second smart device, establishing further comprising exchanging first location data between the first smart device and the second smart device, establishing further including communicating a first current location associated with the first smart device to the second smart device. The method may further include identifying a second current location associated with the second smart device. The second current location may be initially recorded and iteratively rewritten at a first local memory of the first smart device. | 03-12-2015 |
20150072705 | System and Method for Virtual User-Specific Connectivity Management - A method embodiment includes configuring, by a virtual user-specific connectivity manager (v-u-CM) on a processor, a location estimation scheme for a user equipment (UE) in accordance with UE configuration. The v-u-CM is created in accordance with registration of the UE in the network. The method further includes tracking, a location of the UE in accordance with the location estimation scheme. | 03-12-2015 |
20150072706 | DETERMINING A MOBILITY STATE OF A USER EQUIPMENT - It is described a method for determining a mobility state of a user equipment within a cellular network system, the cellular network system comprising a plurality of cells. The method comprises performing, by the user equipment, measurements for a predefined time period for detecting cells being within a range of the user equipment, determining a number of cells being detected during the predefined time period, and determining the mobility state of the user equipment based on the number of cells, wherein the mobility state of the user equipment is indicative for a velocity of the user equipment relatively to the plurality of cells. | 03-12-2015 |
20150072707 | MOBILE SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MARKING LOCATION - A system and method enable a user to pin a location in a mobile positioning system and transmit the location to a server for later access. The system and method also can recognize features of the location to determine a name and/or address of the location. | 03-12-2015 |
20150072708 | METHOD FOR MEASURING POSITION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to one embodiment of the present specification, provided is a method for measuring a position in a wireless communication system. The method for measuring a position comprises the steps of: receiving observed time difference of arrival (OTDOA) assistance data from a positioning server; increasing an FFT sampling size when the value of a bandwidth of a positioning reference signal (PRS) included in the OTDOA assistance data is less than a first value; processing a plurality of received PRSs through the increased FFT sampling size; and calculating a reference signal time difference (RSTD) between the plurality of received PRSs | 03-12-2015 |
20150072709 | INTEGRATION OF A COMPUTER-BASED MESSAGE PRIORITY SYSTEM WITH MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICES - Methods for integrating mobile electronic devices with computational methods for assigning priorities to documents are disclosed. In one embodiment, a computer-implemented method first receives a new document such as an electronic mail message. The method assigns a priority to the document, based on a text classifier such as a Bayesian classifier or a support-vector machine classifier. The method then alerts a user on an electronic device, such as a pager or a cellular phone, based on an alert criteria that can be made sensitive to information about the location, inferred task, and focus of attention of the user. Such information can be inferred under uncertainty or can be accessed directly from online information sources. One embodiment makes use of information from an online calendar to control the criteria used to make decisions about relaying information to a mobile device. | 03-12-2015 |
20150072710 | INDOOR POSITIONING SYSTEM, AND DEVICE AND METHOD THEREFOR - A terminal device for indoor positioning includes a communication module to receive access point (AP) radio environment information from one or more Aps, a memory module to store the AP radio environment information in a preset number of frame areas, the AP radio environment information being stored in order of reception, and a terminal control module to calculate an estimated location of the terminal device based on the order of the AP radio environment information stored in the preset number of frame areas. | 03-12-2015 |
20150080011 | Systems and Techniques for Colocation and Context Determination - Methods and systems for grouping computing devices together based on the devices being colocated with one another or being associated with complementary usage contexts, and then using the location or usage context of one device in the group to estimate the location or usage context of another device in the group are described. An example method may include receiving first sensor data from sensors of a first computing device; receiving second sensor data from sensors of a second computing device; determining, based on the received sensor data, that the first and second computing devices are colocated with one another; identifying, based on the first sensor data, a context associated with the first computing device; and determining, based at least in part on the context associated with the first computing device, a context associated with the second computing device. | 03-19-2015 |
20150080012 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DETECTING ASSOCIATED DEVICES - Systems and methods are disclosed for detecting associated devices. In accordance with one implementation, a method is provided for detecting associated devices. The method includes obtaining information about a target device and determining, based on the information about the target device, one or more target observations that include a target time and a target location. The method also includes identifying one or more second observations of one or more candidate devices, wherein the candidate observations include a second time and a second location that correspond with the target time and the target location. In addition, the method includes determining, from the one or more candidate devices, any associated devices that may correspond with the target device. | 03-19-2015 |
20150080013 | Using broadcast position and transmit power from access points to form assistance data - Systems, apparatus and methods for preparing assistance data in a location server from coverage report messages of one or more access points from a plurality of mobile devices are presented. Several mobile devices each collect information from and about one or more access points. This crowd-sourced information is sent from a mobile device to a location server and may include ranging information (such as RSSI or RTT) and/or broadcast information (such as broadcast position and/or transmit power level) and/or computed information (such as path loss). Using this crowd-sourced information, the location server may form assistance data for an assistance data database, which may later be tailored for and send to a specific mobile device. | 03-19-2015 |
20150080014 | INDOOR LOCATION DETERMINATION OF ACCESS POINTS USING MOBILE DEVICE INDOOR LOCATION INFORMATION - The present disclosure relates to computer-implemented methods and systems for determining the location of an access point. An example method may include receiving a plurality of data elements from a plurality of mobile devices. Each data element includes at least an indoor location of a respective mobile device. Each data element further includes a list of one or more radio frequency devices in the vicinity of the respective mobile device, and an indication of a signal strength between each of the one or more radio frequency devices in the vicinity of the respective mobile device and each respective mobile device. The method may also include analyzing the plurality of data elements to determine a location for a radio frequency device in the list of radio frequency devices. Furthermore, the method may include adding the determined location for the radio frequency device to a database. | 03-19-2015 |
20150080015 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MONITORING A MOBILE STATION PRESENCE IN A SPECIAL AREA - Method for monitoring the presence of a mobile station in at least one special area, wherein a radio communication defining device transmits one radio distinctive defining signal that define the special area by its coverage, the mobile station processes a signal received in order to determine whether or not it is defining signal and more precisely a distinctive one that defines the special area, the mobile station sends an updating signal to a mobile telephone network, the network routes the updating signal to special operating means that adapt the value of an operating parameter. According to the invention, the special area is associated to the mobile station by transmitting to the mobile station a checking data used by the mobile station for determining whether or not the defining signal received is distinctive defining signal. | 03-19-2015 |
20150080016 | METHOD OF CONVEYING A LOCATION INFORMATION REPRESENTING A PHYSICAL LOCATION OF A COMMUNICATION DEVICE, A COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR EXECUTING THE METHOD, AND THE COMMUNICATION DEVICE FOR CONVEYING THE LOCATION INFORMATION - A method of conveying a location information representing a physical location of a communication device ( | 03-19-2015 |
20150080017 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING GEOGRAPHIC POSITION OF MOBILE TERMINALS - A method of determining geographic position of mobile terminals in a mobile communication network comprises receiving raw measurement data in the mobile communication networkadapting the raw measurement data to be stored in an image format, and determining geographic position of mobile terminals based on the raw measurement data stored in the image format. | 03-19-2015 |
20150080018 | LOCATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A location management system includes: user equipment that periodically repeats an operating state and a standby state with a predetermined time interval, transmits a short-range wireless communication signal including its own identification information; a user equipment managing server that collects and manages user management information including the identification information of the user equipment and manager information of a manager who manages the management target and that monitors and provides location information of the management target, the location of which needs to be monitored, to the manager; and a location information relay terminal that stores identification information of a signal previously transmitted from the user equipment and that provides the acquired location information and time information along with the identification information to the user equipment managing server when both pieces of information agree to each other. | 03-19-2015 |
20150080019 | TECHNIQUES FOR COMPRESSING RF HEAT MAPS FOR ACCESS POINTS - Techniques for providing access point (AP) vicinity information are disclosed. In one example, the techniques include determining a first set of vicinity information corresponding to signal values for an AP at a set of grid points for the coverage area of the AP, encoding the first set of AP vicinity information based at least on a difference between AP vicinity information values for adjacent grid points to generate a second set of AP vicinity information, and providing the second set of AP vicinity information to a device. In one example, the techniques include receiving, for a set of grid points, a first set of AP vicinity information that is compressed based at least on a difference between AP vicinity information values for adjacent grid points, and performing decompression to obtain a second set of AP vicinity information corresponding to signal values for an AP at the set of grid points. | 03-19-2015 |
20150080020 | TECHNIQUES FOR COMPRESSING AND ALIGNING RF HEAT MAPS FOR ACCESS POINTS - Techniques are described for providing assistance data corresponding to a plurality of access points (APs). The techniques include, in part, providing assistance data to a mobile device. The assistance data comprises group data that is common among the plurality of APs. The group data is associated with a group identifier (ID). The techniques further include providing the group ID and a set of AP-specific information for at least one of the plurality of APs. The group data may include information corresponding to a common grid, common location area and/or common characteristics of the APs. | 03-19-2015 |
20150080021 | MOBILE DEVICE UTILIZING TIME OF FLIGHT FOR PERSONAL SECURITY AND LOCALIZATION - A mobile device case for functional connection and physical attachment to a mobile device, the mobile device case comprises an application adapted to run in the mobile device and a cradle configured for removable attachment with the mobile device, the cradle comprising a controller capable of functional connection with the application, where the cradle is adapted to protect the mobile device while attached to the mobile device and the cradle is adapted to functionally pair with the application to create at least a portion of a mesh network. | 03-19-2015 |
20150080022 | Systems and Methods For a Location Server to Efficiently Obtain Location Information From a Location Management Entity - In one aspect there is provided a method performed by a first location management entity, LME (e.g., an MME or an SGSN), for providing location information to a location server (e.g., a GMLC). The method includes the first LME receiving from the location server a first request for location information pertaining to a terminal. The method also includes the first LME determining whether the terminal is in a connected state. The method further includes the first LME, in response to determining that the terminal is in a connected state, performing a method comprising: i) transmitting a stop paging message to a second LME; ii) obtaining the requested location information pertaining to the terminal; and iii) transmitting the obtained location information to the location server. | 03-19-2015 |
20150080023 | SERVICE METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING REWARD USING MOVING PATH OF USER - Disclosed are a system and a service method for providing a digital content based on a moving path of a user. A service method may include storing and managing data in which coordinates of a map are converted to Geo-Hash coordinates according to a Geo-Hash algorithm, receiving location information from a terminal of a user, converting the location information to the Geo-Hash coordinates, and providing, to the terminal, information about digital content allocated to a Geo-Hash area including adjacent Geo-Hash coordinates based on the Geo-Hash coordinates. The terminal may be configured to determine the digital content to be provided to the terminal based on information about the digital content allocated to the Geo-Hash area and new location information of the terminal. | 03-19-2015 |
20150087327 | Contextually Aware Mobile Device - A method for determining if a mobile device is in a vehicle includes monitoring an acceleration of the mobile device for a time interval during a period of time. The method also includes calculating one or more characteristics of the acceleration of the mobile device during the time interval and comparing the one or more characteristics of the acceleration to a set of threshold values. The method further includes determining the state of the mobile device based on the comparison of the one or more characteristics of the acceleration to the set of threshold values, wherein the state of the mobile device includes an in-vehicle state, a non-vehicle state. | 03-26-2015 |
20150087328 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING POSITIONING ACCURACY OF A MOBILE DEVICE WITH A LOWER POSITIONING CAPABILITY - Example methods, apparatuses, or articles of manufacture are disclosed herein that may be utilized, in whole or in part, to facilitate or support one or more operations or techniques for improving positioning accuracy of a mobile device with a lower positioning capability, such as, for example, via one or more proximate mobile devices with a higher positioning capability. | 03-26-2015 |
20150087329 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOCATION DETERMINATION - Embodiments described by the present disclosure provide improved systems and methods for determining the location of a mobile device. In one embodiment, a system comprises a distributed antenna system (DAS) configured to relay signals to and from the mobile device. Further, the DAS comprises a hub unit; and multiple remote antenna units coupled to the hub unit, wherein signals relayed between the remote antenna units and the hub unit are delayed such that different signal paths between the remote antenna units and the hub unit have different delay times. The system also comprises a base station coupled to the hub unit, wherein the base station receives the signals from the hub unit and determines the delay of signals transmitted between the mobile device and the base station, wherein the system determines the location of the mobile device by using the delay for RF pattern matching. | 03-26-2015 |
20150087330 | INDOOR POSITION LOCATION USING DOCKED MOBILE DEVICES - Examples are disclosed for a mobile device to determine its location by trilateration with docked mobile devices and, optionally, wireless access points. Locations are determined to within an accuracy of within three feet. The docked mobile devices are at fixed locations such as docked to a docking station. In some examples, a mobile device may perform ranging to the docked mobile devices and fixed wireless stations. Ranging may use a time-of-flight (ToF) process, and may compensate for multipath interference. Trilateration may consider relative accuracies of ranging components. Other examples are described and claimed. | 03-26-2015 |
20150087331 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF WI-FI-BASED POSITIONING - A method and system for providing Wi-Fi positioning. The method includes transmitting multiple messages by an electronic device. A received signal is reconstructed using the multiple messages by another electronic device. Each message of the multiple messages is arranged in a particular order for reconstructing the received signal through a determination of relative time difference between the multiple messages. | 03-26-2015 |
20150087332 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING A DEVICE IMPLEMENTING THE SAME - There is provided a method of controlling a device that comprises a receiver and a movement sensor, the method comprising (a) deactivating the receiver; (b) while the receiver is deactivated, analyzing measurements from the movement sensor to determine a measure of the distance the device has moved from a first location; and (c) in the event that it is determined from the measurements from the movement sensor that the device has moved from the first location by more than a threshold distance, activating the receiver and using the receiver to obtain a second measurement of the location of the device. | 03-26-2015 |
20150087333 | METHOD FOR CORRECTING POSITION INFORMATION - As a method for estimating a true value of a location having an error when acquired at a position information acquiring device, the estimating method is disclosed wherein the true value is estimated by interpolating among the location values acquired prior to and after the location having the error, and when a second location value acquired consecutively from the location having the error also has an error, the second location value is calibrated in advance. | 03-26-2015 |
20150087334 | System and Method For Improving Location Estimates Of Co-Located Sectored Cell Sites For Location Services - Improved location estimates for transceivers is described. The location estimate of transceivers can be improved for sector transceivers that are co-located at a sectored cell site. The location estimate for each individual co-located sector transceiver can be updated as a centroid of all of the co-located sector transceivers. The location information of the transceivers can be used to provide network location estimation to mobile devices which do not have accurate positioning estimates. | 03-26-2015 |
20150087335 | OBSCURING TRUE LOCATION FOR LOCATION-BASED SERVICES - A location of a client device may be obscured by using generated random offsets and/or a set of regions. In one implementation, the location of a client device may be obscured using a first random offset and a second random offset. A pseudo-location may be determined based on the location of the client device, the first random offset, and the second random offset. The pseudo-location may be transmitted to a third-party for a location-based service. In another implementation, the location of a client device may be obscured using a first random offset and a set of regions. An intermediate location may be determined based on the location of the client device and the first random offset. A region of the set of regions may be determined based on the intermediate location. A pseudo-location may be transmitted to a third-party for a location-based service based on the determined region. | 03-26-2015 |
20150087336 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING POSITIONING ERROR WITHIN A WLAN-BASED POSITIONING SYSTEM - In one embodiment, a technique is provided for estimating and using an expected error of a position estimate of a wireless local area network (WLAN)-enabled mobile device. The WLAN-enabled mobile device received signals transmitted by a plurality of WLAN access points that are in range. A position of the WLAN-enabled mobile device is estimated based on the signals from one or more of the plurality of WLAN access points. An expected error of the position estimate is estimated based on a combination of correlated parameters, such as a spatial spread of geographic positions of the one or more WLAN access points, the signal coverage areas of the one or more WLAN access points, and a number of the one or more WLAN access points. Based on the expected error, the position estimate may be weighted or excluded from use in deriving a position, speed, or direction of travel. | 03-26-2015 |
20150087337 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MONITORING A MOBILE STATION PRESENCE IN A SPECIAL AREA - Method for monitoring the presence of a mobile station in at least one special area, wherein a radio communication defining device transmits one radio distinctive defining signal that define the special area by its coverage, the mobile station processes a signal received in order to determine whether or not it is defining signal and more precisly a distinctive one that defines the special area, the mobile station sends an updating signal to a mobile telephone network, the network routes the updating signal to special operating means that adapt the value of an operating parameter. According to the invention, the special area is associated to the mobile station by transmitting to the mobile station a checking data used by the mobile station for determining whether or not the defining signal received is distinctive defining signal. | 03-26-2015 |
20150087338 | Methods and Apparatuses for Reduction of Interference During Positioning Measurements - The exemplary embodiments of the present invention relate to methods and apparatuses enabling reduction of interference in a wireless system in order to assist a user equipment in performing positioning measurements. According to exemplary embodiments of the present invention, a radio network node is configured to: receive a measurement report from the UE comprising signal quality measurements related to interfering cells; to select a set of most interfering cells and to determine a level of reduction of transmission activity to be executed at specific time for a determined duration. | 03-26-2015 |
20150094080 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CHECKING A USER INTO A LOCATION USING A PACKET SEQUENCE INCLUDING LOCATION INFORMATION - Systems and methods are disclosed which may allow a user having a mobile device to check in to a location using a packet sequence that includes information for identifying the location transmitted by one or more Bluetooth® Low Energy (BLE) beacons at or near the location. The user may be able to store packet sequences for various locations that may allow the user to automatically check into these locations using the store packet sequences. | 04-02-2015 |
20150094081 | DETERMINING COORDINATES OF ACCESS POINTS IN AN INDOOR POSITION LOCATION SYSTEM - Methods, systems, and devices are described for determining and updating coordinates of access points (APs) within a location tracking system. Tools and techniques are described that may provide for automatically determining a coordinate set, which represents coordinates of at least three neighboring APs within a location tracking area. These techniques may be utilized at the time of the APs' deployment and/or when APs are moved or relocated to a new location. The methods, systems, and devices may be applicable to single- and multi-floor location tracking systems. Coordinate and/or coordinate sets of APs may be stored in a location tracking server, and they may used in determining a location of tracking tags with the location tracking area. The stored coordinates and/or coordinate sets may be updated as the location of APs change. | 04-02-2015 |
20150094082 | CHANNEL ESTIMATION USING CYCLIC CORRELATION - Methods, systems, and devices for channel estimation and/or earliest path detection in a location tracking system are described. The described tools and techniques may involve accumulation of energy of multiple copies of a periodic sequence, which may be contained and/or associated with a signal transmitted from a location tracking tag. One or more access points within the location tracking system may receive and process multiple copies of the sequence, employing period-wise coherent accumulation, and estimate an earliest path, or a corresponding delay associated with an earliest path, of the sequence. The access point(s) may transmit information related to the earliest path, including the corresponding delay, to a tracking management server, which may use the information to estimate and/or determine a location of a tag. | 04-02-2015 |
20150094083 | EXPLICIT AND IMPLICIT TRIGGERS FOR CREATING NEW PLACE DATA - A method, performed by a mobile device, of creating place data, the method comprising receiving a place-marking trigger by the mobile device, in response to the trigger, determining current location data for a current location of the mobile device, determining if the current location corresponds to a place for which place data already exists in a place data store, if the place data store does not contain any place data corresponding to the current location, creating new place data for the place corresponding to the current location, and transferring the place data to the place data store. | 04-02-2015 |
20150094084 | DISTRIBUTION DEVICE, DISTRIBUTION METHOD, AND TERMINAL DEVICE - A distribution device according to the present application includes a receiving unit, a calculation unit, and a distribution unit. The receiving unit receives location information from a terminal device owned by a user. The calculation unit calculates, once the receiving unit receives the location information, an expected time within which the user arrives from a first coverage region in which communication is possible by way of an out-of-coverage region in which communication is impossible to a second coverage region. The distribution unit distributes an alert to a predetermined distribution destination if the location information of the second coverage region is not received from the terminal device within the expected time calculated by the calculation unit. | 04-02-2015 |
20150094085 | ACCESS POINT SELECTION FOR NETWORK-BASED POSITIONING - A method for network-based positioning of a mobile device as described herein includes selecting a first set of access points (APs) to take first positioning measurements from the mobile device; obtaining the first positioning measurements from the first set of APs; selecting, based on the first positioning measurements, a second set of APs to take second positioning measurements from the mobile device; obtaining the second positioning measurements from the second set of APs; and determining a location of the mobile device based on the first positioning measurements and the second positioning measurements. | 04-02-2015 |
20150094086 | WIRELESS POSITIONING - This disclosure concerns estimating the location of a transmitter using multiple pairs of locator nodes with known locations and measuring time of arrival of a signal received from a transmitter. A processor of a location estimation node first determines time difference of arrival values from time of arrival values measured by each pair of locator nodes. The processor then determines likelihood information for multiple candidate locations of the transmitter and estimates the location of the transmitter from the likelihood information. A processor further determines an initial time of arrival value for the received signal and channel impulse response for a radio channel between the transmitter and receiver. The processor then determines a time correction from the channel impulse response based on a first peak of the channel impulse response and a leading edge of the first value. The processor finally determines an improved time of arrival value of the received signal. | 04-02-2015 |
20150094087 | LOCATION MODEL UPDATING APPARATUS AND LOCATION ESTIMATING METHOD - A location model updating apparatus updates a location model based on data uploaded from a mobile terminal. A certainty of data observed at a location having a location name designated by a user is computed based on a previous histogram, for each most recent check-in data uploaded during a time from previous to current histogram updating, and a most recent histogram is generated based on the certainty. The location is detected using the previous histogram, based on a received signal strength included in each most recent check-in data, in order to judge whether the check-in data is correct, depending on whether a location name of the detected location matches the location name designated by the user and included in each most recent check-in data. | 04-02-2015 |
20150094088 | LOCATION MODEL UPDATING APPARATUS AND POSITION ESTIMATING METHOD - A location model updating apparatus generates attribute data including an attribute of a location and an attribute between locations. A peripheral location is extracted by including each location from a current location of a terminal apparatus to a first front as a member of a definite peripheral location list, including each location from the first front to a second front as a member of a candidate peripheral location list, and updating each location that is a member of the definite peripheral location list and exists from the current location to the first front, and each location that is a member of the candidate peripheral location list and exists from the first front to the second front, using the current location of the terminal apparatus as a query. Data of a peripheral location model of the extracted peripheral location is transmitted to the terminal apparatus. | 04-02-2015 |
20150094089 | HYBRID PHOTO NAVIGATION AND MAPPING - Embodiments disclosed obtain a plurality of measurement sets from a plurality of sensors in conjunction with the capture of a sequence of exterior and interior images of a structure while traversing locations in and around the structure. Each measurement set may be associated with at least one image. An external structural envelope of the structure is determined from exterior images of the structure and the corresponding outdoor trajectory of a UE. The position and orientation of the structure and the structural envelope is determined in absolute coordinates. Further, an indoor map of the structure in absolute coordinates may be obtained based on interior images of the structure, a structural envelope in absolute coordinates, and measurements associated with the indoor trajectory of the UE during traversal of the indoor area to capture the interior images. | 04-02-2015 |
20150094090 | CACHING OF LOCATIONS ON A DEVICE - Various devices, systems and methods for obtaining a location from a cache on a device are described. In various embodiments, the obtained location is based on data generated at the mobile device. Additional embodiments relate to cache hit determination techniques and techniques for sharing, managing and prepropagating the cache. | 04-02-2015 |
20150094091 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING POSITIONING MEASUREMENTS - A method and apparatus for supporting positioning measurements. The methods include designating a reference cell, choosing a positioning signal, and, for inter-frequency measurements, determining which inter-frequency cell to measure and how to make such an inter-frequency positioning measurement. | 04-02-2015 |
20150094092 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - There is provided a method in a cellular telecommunications network, the cellular telecommunications network comprising at least a first cell and a second cell. The method comprises the steps of transmitting first periodic physical signals, usable by a device to determine its location, to the first cell; and transmitting second periodic physical signals, usable by a device to determine its location, to the second cell. The second periodic physical signals are synchronized with the first periodic physical signals and have a timing offset, such that the first periodic physical signals and the second periodic physical signals are not transmitted simultaneously. The method is characterized in that transmission of data or control signals to the first cell is inhibited when the second periodic physical signals are transmitted to the second cell. | 04-02-2015 |
20150099531 | INSPECTING EQUIPMENT OF A POWER SYSTEM - A method of inspecting equipment of a power system can involve identifying a geographical area including a presumed faulty piece of equipment with a central computer system of the power system; determining a contact (e.g., a person) at the geographical area; sending a request for inspecting local equipment in the geographical area to the person; taking a picture, by the person, of a piece of local equipment; transmitting the picture to the central computer system; and evaluating at the central computer system, whether the piece of local equipment in the picture is faulty or not. | 04-09-2015 |
20150099532 | Method and Apparatus for Determining the Location of a Subscriber - A method of determining whether or not a subscriber is located within the vicinity of a Home Zone defined by a geographical coordinate set. The method comprises receiving from a mobile positioning system a shape specifying a location of the subscriber taking into account a degree of uncertainty, and scaling the received shape to account for an extent of the Home Zone vicinity. It is then determined whether or not the Home Zone lies within the scaled shape. | 04-09-2015 |
20150099533 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR CORRECTING AND COMMUNICATING LOCATION INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENT - Disclosed are methods and systems for correcting and communicating location information of a node in a wireless communication network environment. The method comprises the steps of: calculating atleast a position offset, obtaining position coordinates of atleast a localizer, calculating atleast position coordinates of atleast a communicator, and communicating the position coordinates of the communicator as the location information of the node. | 04-09-2015 |
20150099534 | LOCATION ESTIMATION DEVICE AND LOCATION ESTIMATION METHOD FOR ESTIMATING LOCATION OF INTERFERENCE SOURCE - A wireless communication network system includes: a location estimation device includes: a processor; and a memory which stores a plurality of instructions, which when executed by the processor, cause the processor to execute: collecting information, for each wireless device in a pair of wireless devices communicating with each other in the wireless communication network, as to the number of occurrences of duplicate reception caused by the data retransmission performed when the reception acknowledgement does not reach the transmitting wireless device; and estimating the location of an interference source of radio wave in a wireless communication network based on the collected information as to the number of occurrences of duplicate reception such that the location of the interference source is closer to one of wireless devices in the pair with a less number of occurrences of duplicate reception than to the other one of the wireless devices in the pair. | 04-09-2015 |
20150099535 | OBTAINING A GEOGRAPHICAL POSITION OF A MOBILE DEVICE - A method obtains a geographical position of a mobile device, which comprises a Bluetooth transceiver and a storage unit for storing an offline map. The mobile device establishes Bluetooth capability in order to enable a Bluetooth connection with the mobile device. The mobile device, via the Bluetooth connection, requests geographical coordinates using two bits of a Frequency Hopping Synchronization data packet of the Bluetooth protocol. The mobile device, via the Bluetooth connection, receives geographical coordinates, and maps the received geographical coordinates to the offline map in order to obtain the geographical position of the mobile device in the offline map. | 04-09-2015 |
20150099536 | SUPL-WiFi Access Point Controller Location Based Services for WiFi Enabled Mobile Devices - A WiFi Access Point (AP) controller with location capabilities (e.g., an MSE) provides location to a SUPL location server platform (SLP), for response to a network location request. WiFi AP controllers are enabled to communicate with the SLP. WiFi location measurements are transferred via SUPL to the SUPL location server. An AP to WiFi AP controller mapping database provides an association of a WiFi AP controller list to the access points (AP) they manage. The AP to WiFi controller mapping database, together with SUPL messaging between a SUPL location server and the AP controllers, provides WiFi-determined precise location across networks from the SLP. A specific MSE is identified by the AP to WiFi controller mapping database, and queried, by the SLP for WiFi based positioning of mobile devices. In other embodiments a plurality of MSE's are identified, and queried, and a WiFi location is received from at least one. | 04-09-2015 |
20150099537 | SKI AREA INCIDENT REPORTING AND INCIDENT RESPONSE SYSTEM - The techniques described herein identify and/or verify that devices of snow riders and patrol members are located within a pre-defined geo-fence. In response, one or more functions of an application may be enabled that allow the devices to communicate with each other and/or locate each other. | 04-09-2015 |
20150099538 | Multiple Antenna AP Positioning in Wireless Local Area Networks - A method of indoor positioning using Fine Timing Measurement (FTM) protocol with multi-antenna access point (AP) is proposed. In a wireless local area network, an AP has multiple antennas that are strategically located in different physical locations. The AP is used to exchange FTM frames with a wireless station for timing measurement of the FTM frames via its multiple antennas independently. The timing measurement result (e.g., timestamps of transmitting and receiving FTM frames) is then used to determine an absolute location of the station. A simplified Indoor Location operation with simplified deployment is achieved. | 04-09-2015 |
20150099539 | Use of RF-Based Fingerprinting for Indoor Positioning by Mobile Technology Platforms - A method is provided for determining the position of a mobile technology platform within a structure, wherein the mobile technology platform is equipped with a gyroscope, a magnetometer and at least one accelerometer. The method includes deploying a set of RF (radio frequency) beacons within the structure, wherein each RF beacon emits an RF signal; recording, at each of a set of sampling locations within the structure, the RF signature created by the RF signals received at the location; forming an RF fingerprint of the structure from the recorded RF signatures; and using the RF fingerprint, in conjunction with readings from the gyroscope, magnetometer and at least one accelerometer to determine the location of the device within the structure. | 04-09-2015 |
20150099540 | Positioning Node, User Equipment and Methods Therein - Embodiments herein relate to a method in a user equipment for enabling positioning of the user equipment in a radio communications network. The user equipment is served in a first cell controlled by a radio network node. The user equipment knows or can obtain a system frame number of at least one cell. The user equipment, a positioning node, and the radio network node are included in the radio communications network. The user equipment receives, from the positioning node, a message comprising positioning assistance data, wherein the positioning assistance data comprises information associated with the at least one cell for which the system frame number is known or can be obtained by the user equipment. The user equipment also performs a positioning measurement using the positioning assistance data and the system frame number of the at least one cell to enable positioning of the user equipment. | 04-09-2015 |
20150099541 | INTEGRATION OF WIRED INFORMATION AND WIRELESS INFORMATION TO LOCATE A WIRELESS DEVICE - One embodiment described herein includes a method of determining the location of a wireless device. The method includes capturing wired information about wired components in a network. Capturing wired information includes one or more of: reading information from a storage device associated with a connector of a wired communication media, or communicating a signal over an out-of-band conductor included in a cable in addition to the in-band conductors. The method also includes capturing wireless information about a wireless device communicatively coupled to the network, and integrating at least some of the wired information and the wireless information. The integrated wired information and wireless information is used to locate the wireless device. | 04-09-2015 |
20150099542 | INTERACTIVE ADVISORY SYSTEM - A method for locating at least one individual located remotely from a broadcast network. An analysis unit compares user profiles, dynamic locations stored in the communicator location database, and/or fixed locations entered into the analysis unit. A data set of at least one matching individualized locatee user profile is generated and the individualized locatee user profile is transmitted to the locator via the locator's communicator device. | 04-09-2015 |
20150099543 | METHOD FOR POSITIONING TARGET TERMINAL WHILE PROTECTING PRIVACY OF USER THEREOF - A method of providing location information of a target Secure User Plane Location (SUPL) Enabled Terminal (target SET) while protecting privacy of a user of the target SET in a Home-SUPL Location Center (H-SLC) providing the location information of the target SET, and the H-SLC, are provided. The method includes receiving a location request message from a requester, transmitting an SUPL INITiation (SUPL INIT) message by using a first session IDentifier (ID) to the target SET, the first session ID including a real ID of the target SET, transmitting a Positioning DATA (PDATA) message by using a second session ID to the Home-SUPL Positioning Center (H-SPC), the second session ID including a pseudo-ID for secure connection between the H-SLC and the H-SPC, receiving a positioning result of the target SET from the H-SPC, and transmitting the positioning result to the requester. | 04-09-2015 |
20150105096 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRACKING A MOBILE USER - A method, system, and/or apparatus for automatically tracking a mobile user using the user's mobile device. This invention is particularly useful in the field of social media, such as for detecting and tracking the location and activity of a user and her community. The method or implementing software application uses or relies upon location information available on the mobile device from any source, such as cell phone usage and/or other device applications. The method provides a tracking functionality that uses less battery power than a GPS system. The method includes a location module configured to receive location transmissions, places the location module into a sleep mode when possible, awakens the location module upon receipt of a location transmission, and determines a location with the location module and the location transmission. These steps are desirably repeated to continually and automatically track the mobile user. The location transmission can be provided by WiFi triangulation and/or a cellular phone system upon crossing a boundary between antennae cells and/or a boundary between a plurality of established and contiguous geofences. | 04-16-2015 |
20150105097 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASYNCHROSOUS POSITIONING OF WIRELESS BASE STATIONS - Various arrangements for determining a location of a base station without timing synchronization are presented. A mobile device may determine that it is moving faster than a threshold velocity. The mobile device may capture a first unsynchronized time of arrival (TOA) measurement and determine an associated first location, wherein the first unsynchronized TOA measurement is based on a first unsynchronized timing measurement of a first received reference signal. The mobile device may capture a second unsynchronized TOA measurement and determine an associated second location, wherein the second unsynchronized TOA measurement is based on a second unsynchronized timing measurement of a second received reference signal. Based on the mobile device moving faster than the threshold velocity, the first location, the second location, the first unsynchronized TOA measurement, and the second unsynchronized TOA measurement may be used for determining the location of the base station. | 04-16-2015 |
20150105098 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING LOCATION CHANGES AND MONITORING ASSISTANCE DATA VIA SCANNING - Example methods, apparatuses, or articles of manufacture are disclosed herein that may be utilized, in whole or in part, to facilitate or support one or more operations or techniques for detecting location changes and monitoring assistance data via scanning for use in or with a mobile device. Briefly, in accordance with at least one implementation, a method may include obtaining, at a mobile device, a rough estimate of a location of the mobile device; identifying a plurality of transmitters within a signal acquisition range of the roughly estimated location; transmitting probe requests addressed to at least some of the transmitters; and selectively initiating a passive scan at a receiver of the mobile device if a number of responses to the probe requests received from the transmitters is less than a threshold number. | 04-16-2015 |
20150105099 | BEACON GROUP INFORMATION ASSISTED WIRELESS LOCATION DETERMINATION - Disclosed are systems, apparatus, devices, methods, media, products, and other implementations, including a method that includes receiving, at a server, beacon data indicative of a location of an asset tag device, the beacon data determined based on one or more beacon signals received at the asset tag device from one or more transmitters that is each associated with a respective one of group values identifying a corresponding one of a plurality of assigned transmitter groups comprising the respective each of the one or more transmitters. The method also includes determining, at the server, the location of the asset tag device based on the beacon data received at the server from the asset tag device and on the group values respectively associated with the one or more transmitters from which the one or more beacon signals received at the asset tag device were transmitted. | 04-16-2015 |
20150105100 | INFORMATION ASSOCIATION SYSTEM - An information association system for identifying a mobile terminal owned by a driver accurately is disclosed. The information association system is allowed to communicate with the mobile terminal and sensors arranged in a vehicle, and configured to identify the mobile terminal owned by the driver based on information about a detected signals transmitted form the mobile terminal(s) and sensor(s). | 04-16-2015 |
20150105101 | Method And System For Spatio-Temporal Adjustment Of Geolocation Permissions - A method to manage the location of a user of at least one apparatus that includes a device for geolocation of the latter being able to transmit geolocation data to a plurality of receivers. the method includes parameterization of a filter for defining at least one spatio-temporal criterion of accessibility of the geolocation data by at least one of the receivers, the parameterization being done by a user interface allowing the user to parameterize by himself a database associating the receivers and the associated spatio-temporal criteria; activation, or deactivation, by the filter of the transmission of the geolocation data to each receiver as a function of the spatio-temporal criterion (or criteria) associated therewith. The user having a plurality of apparatuses the parameterization is carried out for several apparatuses. | 04-16-2015 |
20150105102 | System and Method for Mobile Location by Dynamic Clustering - A system and method for determining the location of a mobile device in a communications network. A set of network measurement reports (NMR) may be provided for a region in the network. NMRs in the first set may be clustered as a function of observed measurement information in the NMRs. A candidate NMR for a mobile device may be received, and the candidate NMR may then be associated with a selected cluster of NMRs. The candidate NMR and a second set of NMRs may then be clustered, and a location of the mobile device determined as a function of the clustered candidate NMR and second set of NMRs, where the NMRs in the second set are associated with the selected cluster. | 04-16-2015 |
20150111597 | LOCATIONING SYSTEM PERFORMANCE IN NON-LINE OF SIGHT CONDITIONS - An apparatus and method for improved locationing system performance in non-line of sight conditions of a mobile device within an environment includes providing a model of the environment that maps transmitters within and objects that obstruct signals from the transmitters, including mapped areas where the signal from a nearby transmitter is obstructed. A location of a device moving within the environment is tracked using the signals. When it is determined that the device is moving into a mapped area having an obstructed signal from a nearby transmitter, a locationing system parameter is modified for that obstructed signal so that the mobile communication device can be located using at least the modified signal parameter. | 04-23-2015 |
20150111598 | POSITION IDENTIFICATION SERVER AND POSITION IDENTIFICATION METHOD - A position identification server according to the present application includes a storage unit that stores coefficients of parameters of a discriminant function that indicates whether or not a terminal device is located on each floor and a maximum value of pre-measured radio wave strength of each base station on each floor, a communication unit that receives an actual measurement value of radio wave strength of radio waves received by the terminal device from the base station, and a discrimination unit that calculates the parameters of the discriminant function for each floor based on the actual measurement value of radio wave strength received by the communication unit and the maximum value of radio wave strength stored in the storage unit, calculates a solution of the discriminant function for each floor based on the calculated parameters and the coefficients of the parameters stored in the storage unit, and when there are floors where the solution of the discriminant function is greater than or equal to a predetermined value, discriminates that a floor where the solution of the discriminant function is the greatest is a floor where the terminal device is located. | 04-23-2015 |
20150111599 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, TRANSMISSION INTERVAL CONTROL DEVICE, METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING LOCATION INFORMATION, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION INTERVAL OF LOCATION INFORMATION, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A communication device, which is to be mounted on a vehicle, includes: identifying means that identifies a location of the communication device; communication means that successively transmits location information that indicates the location of the communication device that is identified by the identifying means; and setting means that sets a transmission interval at which the location information is to be transmitted in accordance with the location of the communication device that is identified by the identifying means. | 04-23-2015 |
20150111600 | Server-based Positioning System Architecture - Systems and methods are provided for location determination in wireless communication networks. A client device with a location provider installed is configured to provide location data to a data engine server and to obtain location service from a positioning engine server or the location provider itself. The location provider based on one or more components implements the reference data delivery function and the client location determination function. The data engine server is configured to process the location data received from one or more client devices and maintain a location database. The data engine server based on one or more components implements the reference data retrieval function, station position calculation function, reference data management function, and assistance data delivery function, as it interacts with the client device. The positioning engine server is configured to process the location request data received from one or more client devices and calculate the locations of the client devices. The positioning engine server based on one or more components implements the positioning data retrieval function and device position calculation function, as it interacts with the client device. The location database stores the previously obtained location data. | 04-23-2015 |
20150111601 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DISPLAYING DISTANT IMAGES AT MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICES - Systems and methods for displaying distant images at mobile computing devices are disclosed herein. According to an aspect, a method includes determining a geographic location of a mobile computing device. The method includes determining an orientation of the mobile computing device. Further, the method includes using a user interface of the mobile computing device to receive input of a viewing distance between the geographic location of the mobile computing device and another geographic location. The method also includes communicating to a remote computing device, the geographic location of the mobile computing device, the orientation of the mobile computing device, and the viewing distance. The method also includes receiving from the remote computing device, one or more images associated with the geographic location, the orientation, and the viewing distance. Further, the method includes using a display of the mobile computing device to display the images. | 04-23-2015 |
20150119065 | INTEGRATED LTE RADIO ACCESS ENODE B WITH SENSOR ARRAY CONTROLLER SYSTEM - A sensor controller may receive a trigger and determine a first location associated with the trigger. Based at least in part on the determined first location, a first set of one or more sensors may be identified. The sensor controller may instruct the first set of one or more sensors to detect first data associated with a mobile device and/or a missing person. The first data associated with the mobile device may be received via the first set of one or more sensor. Based on the received first data, a second location corresponding to the mobile device and/or person may be determined. The second location may have increased accuracy as compared to the first location. | 04-30-2015 |
20150119066 | METHOD FOR ENHANCING POSITIONING MEASUREMENT AND COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS UTILIZING THE SAME - A communications apparatus is disclosed. A receiving module receives an observed time difference of arrival (OTDOA) request and a search list of cells provided by a network at a second time point. A comparing module compares the received search list to a stored search list of cells which is received at a first time point and stored in a database. A searching module searches at least one of the cells from the received search list by using different search ranges adjusted according to the comparison result, and stores the at least one of the cells in the database. A measuring module performs OTDOA measurements by detecting positioning reference signals (PRS) from the at least one of the cells. | 04-30-2015 |
20150119067 | AUTOMATIC MODE CHANGE IN ULTRASONIC LOCATIONING - A method and system for changing modes for ultrasonic locationing of a mobile device includes transmitting ultrasonic pulses using a transmit schedule by fixed ultrasonic emitters. When a fixed access point begins serving a new mobile device, those ultrasonic emitters proximal to the access point are deactivated and associated microphones are activated to receive an acoustic tone from the new mobile device. This acoustic tone is used to establish an initial location of the new mobile device using measurements of the received acoustic tone at each proximal microphone. The transmit schedule is adapted to accommodate the new mobile device at the initial location, and the proximal ultrasonic emitters are returned to transmit mode. In this way, an accurate starting position of the new mobile device is established without greatly interrupting other mobile devices that are currently being located. | 04-30-2015 |
20150119068 | UTILIZING A MOBILE DEVICE TO LEARN PARAMETERS OF A RADIO HEAT MAP - Example methods, apparatuses, or articles of manufacture are disclosed herein that may be utilized, in whole or in part, to facilitate or support one or more operations or techniques for utilizing a mobile communication device to learn parameters of a radio heat map for use in or with a mobile communication device. | 04-30-2015 |
20150119069 | System, Method and Apparatus for Device Management and Tracking - Embodiments of the present disclosure provide systems, apparatus and methods for device management and tracking. Embodiments further disclose systems, apparatus and methods for conserving battery power to extend the operational life of the device. Tracking features may include redundant elements or operations for determining a device's movement or location. Such redundant elements or operations may be prioritized based upon power consumption rates associated with the element or operation. System features may include management controls for tracking, alerts and operations. The management controls may be operational through monitoring devices, web portals or other remote devices. | 04-30-2015 |
20150119070 | System, Method and Apparatus for Device Management and Tracking - Embodiments of the present disclosure provide systems, apparatus and methods for device management and tracking. Embodiments further disclose systems, apparatus and methods for conserving battery power to extend the operational life of the device. Tracking features may include redundant elements or operations for determining a device's movement or location. Such redundant elements or operations may be prioritized based upon power consumption rates associated with the element or operation. System features may include management controls for tracking, alerts and operations. The management controls may be operational through monitoring devices, web portals or other remote devices. | 04-30-2015 |
20150119071 | METHOD OF ESTIMATING THE POSITION OF A USER DEVICE USING RADIO BEACONS AND RADIO BEACONS ADAPTED TO FACILITATE THE METHODS OF THE INVENTION - Disclosed is the estimation of the position of a user device ( | 04-30-2015 |
20150119072 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MOBILE LOCALIZATION USING FAKE LOCATION UPDATES - A method including defining mappings between coordinates of interest and fake location areas. The method may further include providing an application to a terminal, and distributing the mappings to the terminal. The method may further include receiving a location update generated from the terminal, wherein the location update is based upon a fake location area, and determining location information of the terminal based upon the location update. | 04-30-2015 |
20150119073 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING OBJECT MOTION BY CAPTURING MOTION DATA VIA RADIO FREQUENCY PHASE AND DIRECTION OF ARRIVAL DETECTION - Methods and systems for determining the motion of an object by capturing motion data. The methods and systems may comprise the use of motion sensor tags adapted for disposal on an object, wherein motion data may be collected by said motion sensor tags and transmitted via radio frequency signal for processing of collected data comprising the motion data, direction of arrival data, amplitude data, and phase data. The same system may also be adapted to determine the position of a UAV or aircraft by intercepting radio frequency communications signals emanating from the object. | 04-30-2015 |
20150119074 | DETERMINING POSITIONAL INFORMATION FOR AN OBJECT IN SPACE - The technology disclosed relates to determining positional information about an object of interest is provided. In particular, it includes, conducting scanning of a field of interest with an emission from a transmission area according to an ordered scan pattern. The emission can be received to form a signal based upon at least one salient property (e.g., intensity, amplitude, frequency, polarization, phase, or other detectable feature) of the emission varying with time at the object of interest. Synchronization information about the ordered scan pattern can be derived from a source, a second signal broadcast separately, social media share, others, or and/or combinations thereof). A correspondence between at least one characteristic of the signal and the synchronization information can be established. Positional information can be determined based at least in part upon the correspondence. | 04-30-2015 |
20150119075 | Integrated Land Mobile Radios (LMRs) with Cellular Location Nodes - A system and method to locate a person who happens to be carrying multiple devices when one network (LMR or cell) is incapable of providing a current location of a mobile person for whatever reason (network outage, weather-related outage, emergency, etc.), while the other network (cell or LMR) is able to provide current location information. | 04-30-2015 |
20150119076 | SELF-CALIBRATING MOBILE INDOOR LOCATION ESTIMATIONS, SYSTEMS AND METHODS - A system for estimating a device's location is presented. Disclosed systems utilize a known digital map of an area to determine when a device's location violates one or more forbidden zones. When such an intrusion is detected, the system updates tunable parameters of a corresponding location estimation algorithm to minimize estimated intrusions. Thus, the location estimation algorithm can be self-calibrated based on real-time, in-the-field data. | 04-30-2015 |
20150119077 | 3D Location Based on Wireless Time of Flight Calculation - A method and system for indoor location of a mobile device, including: a server, the server adapted to calculate a position of a mobile device within a predefined area; a Master Beacon including: a first radio communications capability, a second radio communications capability, and a master processor, adapted to send data relating to the scan request packets via the second radio communications capability to the server, the data being sent together with a time stamp reflecting a time of receiving the scan request packets; and a plurality of Slave Beacons, each including: the first radio communications capability, a slave processor, adapted to send data relating to the scan request packets to the server, together with a time stamp; the server is adapted to calculate a respective distance of each the beacons from the mobile device. | 04-30-2015 |
20150119078 | SYSTEM AND/OR METHOD FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION UPDATES TO A LOCATION SERVER - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to a system and method for acquiring signal received from satellite vehicles (SVs) in a satellite navigation system. In one example, although claimed subject matter is not so limited, information processed in acquiring a signal from a first SV may be used in acquiring a signal from a second SV. | 04-30-2015 |
20150119079 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATION OF MOBILE DEVICES IN CONFINED ENVIRONMENTS - A distributed antenna system comprising a master unit configured for interfacing with at least one signal source, a plurality of remote units coupled with the master unit and configured for interfacing with a user device, a remote unit including filtering circuitry for decomposing uplink signals from a user device into a plurality of narrowband signals and processing circuitry for evaluating the plurality of uplink narrowband signals and providing data for a power profile that is associated with the uplink signals of a specific user device, and location measurement circuitry coupled with the remote units and configured to receive data for a plurality of different power profiles from a plurality of different remote units wherein the plurality of power profiles are associated with the same specific user device, the location measurement unit configured for processing the power profile data from the different remote units to determine the location of the specific user device with respect to the distributed antenna system. | 04-30-2015 |
20150126213 | System for Mapping an Indoor Space Using Wireless Network and Method - The present invention provides a system and method for electronic indoor/outdoor mapping and localization. The system may include a map and a mapper to detect conditions of an indoor space. The disclosed system may utilize data collected from a location detecting device, such as a global positioning systems (GPS) sensor and/or an accelerometer, a network detecting device, a compass, and/or other sources. The other sources may include wireless providers, user live sketches, and/or WLAN monitors to create a best effort optimized indoor/outdoor map. The system may determine a position of walls, wireless networking devices, and other objects within the indoor space. A method is provided for mapping an indoor space. | 05-07-2015 |
20150126214 | LONG-LIFE ASSET TRACKING - A method and system for long-life asset tracking is disclosed. One example utilizes an activation module to provide an activation signal to at least a portion of the long-life asset tracker. A position determiner receives the activation signal and determines a location of the long-life asset tracker with a first level of accuracy or a second level of accuracy, wherein the second level of accuracy is more accurate than the first level of accuracy and wherein a default mode of operation is to utilize a radio locator for position determination instead of a navigation satellite system module to extend the life of a power source of the long-life asset tracker. An information provider module to broadcast the location of the long-life asset tracker is also disclosed. | 05-07-2015 |
20150126215 | DETECTING INCORRECTLY PLACED ACCESS POINTS - Embodiments provide techniques for detecting access points on a position map, particularly incorrectly placed access points. For each access point in a plurality of access points, a subset of the plurality of access points that neighbor the access point are identified. Embodiments estimate a location of the access point, based on a respective indication of signal strength from each neighboring access point in the subset of access points and a respective position of each of the neighboring access points in position map. A difference between a recorded position of the access point in the position map and the estimated location of the access point is calculated. Embodiments then determine that the position within the position map for a first one of the plurality of access points is incorrect, based on the determined difference for the first access point. | 05-07-2015 |
20150126216 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication device ( | 05-07-2015 |
20150126217 | METHODS, SYSTEMS AND DEVICES FOR PROVIDING LOCATION BASED SERVICES IN A VENUE - Disclosed are methods, systems and devices for providing location based services in a venue. To estimate its location, in a particular implementation, a mobile device may obtain a measurement of a range to a transponder device positioned at a known location based on measurements of a signal round-trip time (RTT) in a message exchange with the transponder device. Positioning assistance data from a server may enable the mobile device to measure a delay at the transponder device in providing a response to a probe message to thereby more accurately measure the signal RTT. | 05-07-2015 |
20150126218 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING POSITIONS OF APPARATUSES WIRELESSLY COUPLED WITHIN A CASE - A system includes a plurality of information processing apparatuses, a case including a plurality of stages each configured to accommodate information processing apparatuses in a row, and a controller. The controller specifies, for each of the plurality of information processing apparatuses, a first fixed antenna among fixed antennas fixed to predetermined positions within the case or adjacent information processing apparatuses adjacent to the each information processing apparatus by causing the each information processing apparatus to conduct a wireless communication using the fixed antennas or antennas provided for the adjacent information processing apparatuses. The controller estimates a position of the each information processing apparatus within the case, based on the specified adjacent information apparatuses or the specified first fixed antenna. | 05-07-2015 |
20150133143 | MOBILE DEVICE POSITIONING SYSTEM - Techniques for predicting a future location of a mobile device are included herein in which a previous location of the mobile device can be detected. Additionally, a current location of the mobile device can be detected. Furthermore, the future location of the mobile device can be predicted based at least in part on the previous location of the mobile device, the current location of the mobile device, and a location history. | 05-14-2015 |
20150133144 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF PROVIDING CONNECTION SOURCE RECOMMENDATIONS USING A DATABASE OF HISTORIC DATA ON CONNECTIVITY - A method of providing connection source recommendations using a database of historic data on connectivity starts with a processor receiving location and connection information from each mobile device. Location information may identify a location of each mobile device, respectively. Connection information may identify one of the connection sources as a preferred connection source used to identify the location of each mobile device, respectively. Processor may then store, in database, location and connection information. Database may include a plurality of location information and a history of connection information for each location information. When processor determines that mobile device has changed location, processor may transmit to mobile device connection information recommendation based on an analysis of database. Processor may transmit conservation command to each mobile device, respectively, to reduce operation of sensors to connection sources other than the preferred connection source for each mobile device, respectively. Other embodiments are described. | 05-14-2015 |
20150133145 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR USE IN DETERMINING AN ALTITUDE OF A MOBILE DEVICE - Various methods, apparatuses and articles of manufacture are provided which may be used in determining an altitude of a mobile device. For example, an electronic device may select a subset of reporting mobile devices located within a particular environment, estimate a reference parameter that is indicative, at least in part, of a reference altitude within the particular region, e.g., based, at least in part, on one or more altitude measurements for one or more of the reporting mobile devices, and initiate transmission of the reference parameter to at least a target mobile device. In another example, a mobile device may obtain such a reference parameter, and estimate its altitude based, at least in part, on the reference parameter. | 05-14-2015 |
20150133146 | FEATURE SELECTION FOR IMAGE BASED LOCATION DETERMINATION - Feature selection is provided for geometry data in an image-based based location determination. For example, one or more computing devices, may receive information collected at a particular area. The one or more computing devices may identify one or more features and associated locations from the received information. The identified one or more features may be ranked according to relative uniqueness among the identified one or more features. A set of geometry data for locating a mobile device at the particular area is generated based on selected ones of the ranked features and the associated locations. | 05-14-2015 |
20150133147 | WIRELESS INDOOR LOCATION AIR INTERFACE PROTOCOL - Embodiments of a system and method for establishing a physical location of a device are generally described herein. In some embodiments a device may include a wireless device configured to communicate with an access point through the use of a wireless protocol, and to receive timing information from the access point. In some embodiments a device may receive unsolicited timing information from one or more network devices that intercept communications between the device and the access point. In some embodiments a module in a device may determine a range between the device and the access point or the one or more network devices. In some embodiments a plurality of access points may monitor a communication protocol and provide unsolicited timing information in response to communications between a device and an access point without establishing a connection with the device. | 05-14-2015 |
20150133148 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SIMULTANEOUSLY AND AUTOMATICALLY CREATING DATABASES OF WIFI SIGNAL INFORMATION - A method of generating wireless signal information includes receiving relative movement data generated by sensors and wireless signal data generated by a wireless signal module at a computing system, the sensors and module for detecting wireless signals located in a portable electronic device (PED). The method further includes generating landmark information at a landmark detection module based on the relative movement data, the sensor data and the wireless signal data. The method further includes generating a plurality of Simultaneous Localization and Mapping (SLAM) estimate locations based on the landmark information and the relative movement data at a SLAM optimization engine. The method further includes assembling a first database of locations and corresponding wireless signal strength and access points. The method further includes generating additional information concerning locations and wireless signal information based on the first database. | 05-14-2015 |
20150133149 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RECOGNIZING LOCATION OF TERMINAL BASED ON RADIO FINGERPRINT MAP - An apparatus for recognizing the location of a terminal based on a radio fingerprint map corrects a radio pattern received by a user terminal based on a difference in reception sensitivity between a reference terminal serving as a reference for the creation of a radio fingerprint map and the user terminal, and estimates the location of the user terminal by comparing the corrected radio pattern of the user terminal with the radio patterns in the radio fingerprint map. | 05-14-2015 |
20150133150 | APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING INDOOR LOCATION AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING INDOOR LOCATION IN MULTI-STORY BUILDING USING THE SAME - Disclosed is a method for determining an indoor location which includes receiving signals including IDs and information on floors from a plurality of APs that is provided at floors of the multi-story building; measuring reception signal strengths of the received signals, and selecting candidate floors by using the measured reception signal strengths; predicting reception signal strengths of the other candidate floors by using the reception signal strengths of the APs provided at the respective candidate floors; and calculating variance values for the reception signal strengths of the candidate floors, and estimating a current location by using the variance values. | 05-14-2015 |
20150133151 | METHOD FOR EVALUATING CORRELATION VALIDITY BETWEEN ESTIMATION RESULT AND LOCATION INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS SUPPORTING SAME - Provided is a method for evaluating correlation validity between an estimation result and location information performed by a network object in a wireless communication system. The method comprises: obtaining from user equipment the estimation result from a first point in time; obtaining from the user equipment location information from a second point in time; obtaining correlation validity information for determining correlation and evaluating the correlation validity; and performing the correlation validity evaluation on the basis of the correlation for determining whether the location information is highly correlated to the estimation result. When the location information is determined to have a high correlation to the estimation result through the correlation validity evaluation, the location information is used for optimizing network performance. When the location information is determine to have a low correlation to the estimation result through the correlation validity evaluation, the estimation result is used for optimizing network performance. | 05-14-2015 |
20150133152 | TECHNIQUES AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING CROWDSOURCING FROM A MOBILE DEVICE - Systems, apparatus and methods for crowdsourcing measurements of wireless base stations, access points and/or other transmitters from a mobile device to a server are presented. A crowdsourcing request sent by a server to a mobile device may comprise control parameters and measurement parameters. Control parameters may determine when a mobile obtains and reports measurements and measurement parameters may determine which types of measurements a mobile device obtains. Control parameters may comprise trigger parameters for crowdsourcing activation, measurement, reporting and duration. Crowdsourcing may be instigated by a control server and reported to a different data server. Crowdsourcing may be anonymous and may comprise basic or advanced reporting. | 05-14-2015 |
20150133153 | POSITIONING SATELLITE SIGNAL RECEIVING METHOD AND POSITIONING SATELLITE SIGNAL RECEIVING APPARATUS - A method includes tracking positioning satellite signal using a first data string obtained by sampling received signal of the positioning satellite signal at a first sampling rate that is a non-integer multiple of a chip rate, and capturing the positioning satellite signal using a second data string obtained by sampling the received signal at a second sampling rate that is an integer multiple of the chip rate. | 05-14-2015 |
20150133154 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DELIVERING ASSISTANCE DATA FROM A SERVER TO A DEVICE IDENTIFYING VIRTUAL ACCESS POINTS - Methods and apparatus for processing positioning assistance data are provided. An exemplary method includes receiving, from a positioning server, virtual access point (VAP) data including a list of unique identifiers, and determining a location of a mobile device by using the VAP. The VAP data indicates that the unique identifiers included on the list identify signals originating from the same physical access point. The unique identifiers can be MAC addresses. In an example, the location determining the can include actively scanning a signal identified by a unique identifier on the list and not actively scanning a different signal identified by a different unique identifier also on the list. Not scanning the other MAC addresses that are on the access point's list and assigned to the mobile device keeps the mobile device from performing duplicative scanning that wastes time, processor cycles, and energy. | 05-14-2015 |
20150133155 | Object Location Tracking Using Mobile Communication Device - An object location tracking system may include an object, a mobile communication device, and a data storage system. The object may include a wireless short range communication system that wirelessly transmits object identification information over a short range that uniquely identifies the object. The mobile communication device may have a location detection system that generates location information indicative of the location of the wireless communication device; a wireless short range communication system that wirelessly receives the object identification information from the object when the object is in close proximity to the mobile communication device; and a wireless data communication system that wirelessly communicates the location information and the object identification information to a data storage system. The data storage system may receive and store the location information and the object identification from the wireless data communication system in the mobile communication device. | 05-14-2015 |
20150133156 | FEMTOCELL CALIBRATION FOR TIMING BASED LOCATING SYSTEMS - A femtocell calibration solution is provided that uses the known location of the femtocell to calibrate timing based locating systems. The calculated time differences of different signals sent between macrocells and a mobile device can be used to solve for a reference time difference that accounts for the timing differences of the unsynchronized macrocells. The reference time difference can then be used to solve for the location of another mobile device if the calculated time differences between that mobile device and the macrocells are known. The solution can include taking many measurements of the calculated time difference at the first mobile device in order to average them to get a more accurate reference time difference. The solution can further include ceasing measurements at the first mobile device when the mobile device is no longer within range of the femtocell. | 05-14-2015 |
20150133157 | Positioning Method, Control Device, and Mobile Communications System - Embodiments provide a positioning method, a control device, and a mobile communications system. A control device receives a first positioning measurement parameter used for positioning a user equipment (UE). The first positioning measurement parameter is received through one communications system interface or multiple communications system interfaces among N communications system interfaces supported by the control device. The control device positions the UE according to the received first positioning measurement parameter. | 05-14-2015 |
20150141034 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RANGING USING CHANNEL ESTIMATION WITH INTERFERENCE REJECTION - A ranging procedure is performed using interference cancellation using preamble messages from a plurality of objects, each of which includes a pre-defined orthogonal design coded modulation patterns. A channel for an object may be estimated using the pre-defined orthogonal design coded modulation patterns in the preamble messages received from objects to remove interference of the preamble message received from other objects. A range to an object may be determined based on a determined delay in the preamble message from that object. The range may be used to assist in determining the position of the object. The pre-defined preamble message may be transmitted by receiving a schedule for an access point in a network for a ranging procedure and periodically transmitting a pre-defined preamble message for the ranging procedure, the pre-defined preamble message includes an orthogonal design coded modulation pattern. | 05-21-2015 |
20150141035 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CLASSIFYING A MOBILE DEVICE LOCATION - Methods, apparatus, and computer program products for classifying a mobile device location are described. An example of a method for classifying the mobile device location includes mapping the mobile device location to a pixel address in a dilated test texture, wherein the dilated test texture corresponds to an uncertainty estimation associated with the mobile device location and determining an in-out classification of the mobile device location based on a query of a pixel value associated with the pixel address in the dilated test texture. | 05-21-2015 |
20150141036 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING TRAFFIC SPEED - A method, computer-readable storage device and an apparatus for estimating the traffic speed for segments of roads using location information of wireless devices in a wireless network are disclosed. For example, the method computes a speed and a speed error for travelling between at least two locations of the plurality of locations, correlates the speed and speed error with one or more segments of one or more roads, aggregates the speed and the speed error that are correlated with the respective segment of the respective road, within a pre-determined time interval, computes an average speed, a composite speed error, and a speed variance to a predefined accuracy level for the respective segment of the respective road, in accordance with the plurality of speeds and speed errors that are correlated with the respective segment of the respective road, and provides the average speed as the traffic speed. | 05-21-2015 |
20150141037 | IMPROVING SCALABILITY AND RELIABILITY OF HARDWARE GEO-FENCING WITH FAILOVER SUPPORT - Systems and methods disclosed herein may include tracking one or more geo-fences using a GNSS hardware processor within a computing device. The tracking may use at least one GNSS signal. State changes of the one or more geo-fences during the tracking may be saved in a shared state database. The shared state database may be shared between the GNSS hardware processor and an application processor within the computing device. Upon detecting a deterioration of the at least one GNSS signal, tracking the one or more geo-fences may be switched from using the GNSS hardware processor to using the application processor. After the switching, an initial state of each of the one or more geo-fences may be set by using states currently stored in the shared state database prior to the switching. | 05-21-2015 |
20150141038 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING A PROBABILITY FOR A GEO-FENCE - A method, computer-readable storage device, and an apparatus for determining a probability for a particular geo-fence in a wireless network are disclosed. For example, the method receives a mobile identification, a location record, and an accuracy level, identifies a bin in a database of record, identifies one or more geo-fences in which the bin is located, identifies one or more geo-fences that are pre-associated with the mobile user endpoint device, determines an intersection of: the one or more geo-fences that are identified as being pre-associated with the user endpoint device, and the one or more geo-fences that are identified as being geo-fences in which the bin is located, and determines for each particular geo-fence in the intersection, the probability of being in the particular geo-fence, wherein the probability of being in the particular geo-fence is determined in accordance with the accuracy level associated with the location record. | 05-21-2015 |
20150141039 | UPDATING OF COVERAGE AREA REPRESENTATIONS BASED ON NEGATIVE HITS - It is inter alia disclosed to obtain or generate detection data. The detection data comprises position data that is indicative of a position of a terminal and one or more identifiers respectively related to one or more coverage areas detected by the terminal. A negative hit for at least a region of a coverage area representation associated with a coverage area is detected, if at least all of the following conditions (i)-(iii) hold: (i) a class of the coverage area matches at least one class of one or more coverage areas for which respective identifiers are comprised or at least expected to be comprised in the detection data, (ii) the position of the terminal is within the region, and (iii) the detection data does not comprise an identifier related to the coverage area associated with the coverage area representation. At least information on the detected negative hit is used and/or provided for deciding if the region of the coverage area representation shall remain part of the coverage area representation or shall be removed from the coverage area representation, and/or for deciding whether a frequency of generating detection data shall be increased. | 05-21-2015 |
20150141040 | METHOD FOR REPORTING INFORMATION BASED ON LOCATION ESTIMATION AND ESTIMATING LOCATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING SAME - According to one embodiment, provided is a method for user equipment reporting information based on location estimation in a wireless communication system. The method comprises: transmitting to a network an estimation result from a specific point in time; obtaining information based on a first location estimation from a first point in time; transmitting to the network the information based on the first location estimation; obtaining information based on a second location estimation from a second point in time; and transmitting to the network the information based on the second location estimation. A location related to the estimation result is estimated by the network on the basis of the information based on the first location estimation and the information based on the second location estimation. | 05-21-2015 |
20150141041 | POSITIONING AND TRACKING DEVICE - A tracking error covariance matrix updating unit | 05-21-2015 |
20150141042 | MOBILE TERMINAL, SYSTEM AND METHOD - One aspect of the present invention relates to a mobile terminal having a continuous positioning function, including a radio positioning unit configured to derive a position of the mobile terminal in continuous positioning, a movement detection unit configured to detect a movement distance and a traveling direction of the mobile terminal, a target zone setting unit configured to set a target zone based on a confirmed position of the mobile terminal determined as being valid in the continuous positioning and the movement distance and the traveling direction of the mobile terminal detected by the movement detection unit, the target zone comprising an area to which it is estimated that a user has moved and a validity determination unit configured to determine whether the position of the mobile terminal measured by the radio positioning unit is included in the set target zone to determine validity of the measured position of the mobile terminal. | 05-21-2015 |
20150141043 | CORRECTIVE NAVIGATION INSTRUCTIONS - Systems and methods are provided for corrective navigation instructions are. In one implementation, an operation associated with a relatively lower likelihood of compliance can be identified from a set of navigational operations. One or more notifications corresponding to the operation can be provided. | 05-21-2015 |
20150141044 | GEOLOCATION AID AND SYSTEM - A method and system for geolocation using a street light system having transponding technology. A predetermined band of radio frequencies employing spread spectrum technology is used to identify locations relative to an individual street light. | 05-21-2015 |
20150141045 | GEOFENCE - A mobile device can include an application configured to set an update interval for location information characterizing a location of the mobile device based on a current location of the mobile device and a location of a wireless device has an associated geofence. The update interval can define an interval of time between queries for the location information. | 05-21-2015 |
20150141046 | REFERENCE BASED LOCATION INFORMATION FOR A WIRELESS NETWORK - Determining referenced based location information for a wireless radio network is described. Referenced based location information can include determining location reference information and corresponding location offset information based on location information. In an aspect, location information can be timed fingerprint location information. Location offset information can be communicated in a wireless network at a lower operational cost than the associated location information. As such, use of referenced based location information for a wireless network can reduce bandwidth consumption as compared to location information communicated at similar intervals. This is particularly true in large wireless networks. Moreover, the use of referenced based location information for determining timed fingerprint location information can be highly attractive in light of timed fingerprint location information facilitating location information for many non-GPS enabled devices and being associated with significant increases in the frequency and density of location event requests. | 05-21-2015 |
20150141047 | Methods and Apparatus for Supporting Inter-Frequency Measurements - The invention relates to methods and devices for supporting configuration of a measurement gap pattern for a user equipment requiring measurement gaps for performing an inter-frequency measurement. A radio network node receives an indication from the user equipment that the user equipment is going to perform an inter-frequency measurement for positioning, which inter-frequency measurement requires measurement gaps. The radio network node may determine a measurement gap pattern for performing the inter-frequency measurement and may signal, to the user equipment, information to initiate use of the determined measurement gap pattern in the user equipment. Alternatively the user equipment configures the measurement gap pattern itself based on a set of pre-defined rules. | 05-21-2015 |
20150141048 | METHOD OF DETERMINING A POSITION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREOF - A method of determining a position in a wireless communication system and apparatus thereof are disclosed. The present invention includes receiving system information including information on a reference cell and at least one neighbor cell from a location server, receiving positioning reference signals (PRSs) from the reference cell and the at least one neighbor cell using the system information, measuring reference signal time difference (RSTD) of each of the at least one neighbor cell for the reference cell, and transmitting the at least one measured RSTD to the location server. And, the RSTD is a relative timing difference between two cells. Moreover, the system information includes at least one cell for obtaining a system frame number (SFN) by the UE, as the reference cell or the at least one neighbor cell. | 05-21-2015 |
20150141049 | ENHANCED LTE POSITIONING PROTOCOL INFORMATION TRANSFER PROCEDURES FOR CONTROL PLANE LCS ON LTE - Techniques disclosed herein provide for enhanced LTE Positioning Protocol (LPP) Reliable Transport where the receiver of an LPP message sends a non-piggybacked acknowledgement. An example method for executing on a mobile device a protocol session with a location server includes sending a first protocol session message associated with a first protocol session to the location server, entering a wait-for-acknowledgement state in which uplink transmissions from the mobile device to the location server are suspended while waiting for an acknowledgement from the location server in response to the first protocol session message, receiving a second protocol session message associated with a second protocol session which is not an acknowledgement to the first protocol session message but includes information requested in the first protocol session message; exiting the wait-for-acknowledgement state responsive to receiving the second protocol session message; and performing an action using the information received in the second protocol session message. | 05-21-2015 |
20150141050 | APPLYING INDOOR MAGNETIC FIELDS FOR ACQUIRING MOVEMENT INFORMATION - An apparatus caused at least to acquire information indicating first indoor magnetic field vectors measured by a first portable device inside a building; generate a first indoor magnetic field sequence, IMFS, on the basis of the first indoor magnetic field vectors; acquire information indicating second indoor magnetic field vectors measured by a second portable device inside the building; generate a second IMFS on the basis of the second indoor magnetic field vectors, wherein the first and the second IMFSs represent at least one of the magnitude and the direction of the Earth's magnetic field; perform a comparison between at least part of the first IMFS and at least part of the second IMFS; and acquire information on the relative movement of the first portable device with respect to the second portable device inside the building on the basis of the comparison result. | 05-21-2015 |
20150148055 | System and Method for Location Boosting Using Proximity Information - A system and method for determining the location of a target mobile device in a communications network. A set of mobile devices in proximity to the target mobile device may be determined as a function of a common parameter of information observed by mobile devices in the set. Measurement data may be shared for the set of mobile devices and the target mobile device, and a location of the target mobile device determined as a function of the shared measurement data. This sharing of measurement data may occur amongst the set of mobile devices and the target mobile device or may also occur at a communications network entity. | 05-28-2015 |
20150148056 | Methods, Devices, and Computer Readable Storage Devices for Collecting and Reporting Location Data with a High Frequency - A mobile communication device collects and reports location data associated with itself and with mobile communication devices within a proximity The mobile communication device determines its location and detects the presence of another communication device located within the proximity of the mobile communication device. The mobile communication device determines a location of the other mobile communication device. The mobile communication device reports it location and the location of the other mobile communication device. | 05-28-2015 |
20150148057 | MOTION STATE BASED MOBILE DEVICE POSITIONING - Various techniques are provided which may be implemented as methods, apparatuses and articles of manufacture for use by a mobile device or one or more computing devices to provide for or otherwise support motion state based mobile device positioning. In an example, a method may be implemented at a mobile device to identify two or more subsets of grid points corresponding to an electronic map representing a particular environment, select one of the two or more subsets of grid points for use in position estimation based, at least in part, on a motion state of the mobile device, and determine an estimated position of the mobile device based, at least in part, on the selected subset of grid points. | 05-28-2015 |
20150148058 | MOBILE DEVICE ANALYTICS - A computing device generates profiles based on mobile device data. The computing device receives a plurality of mobile device records of a plurality of mobile devices in a region, that each include a timestamp, a location data, and an activity data, and assigns each of the plurality of mobile device records to one of a plurality of space-time boxes. The computing device performs analytics on the mobile device records assigned to the plurality of space-time boxes to yield a resulting plurality of profiles, which can include a mobility profile indicating the number of locations in the region that each mobile device occupies during a span, a hangout profile indicating the number of mobile devices that occupy each location in the region during a span, and a buddy profile indicating the mobile devices that occupy the same location in the region as a given mobile device. | 05-28-2015 |
20150148059 | TIME DISTANCE OF ARRIVAL BASED MOBILE DEVICE LOCATION DETECTION WITH DISTURBANCE SCRUTINY - Techniques for locating a mobile device using a time distance of arrival (TDOA) method with disturbance scrutiny are provided. In an aspect, for respective combinations of three base station devices of a number of base station devices greater than or equal to three, intersections in hyperbolic curves, generated using a closed form function with input values based on differences of distances from the device to pairs of base station devices of the respective combinations of three base station devices, are determined. The intersection points are then tested for robustness against measurement errors associated with the input values and a subset of the intersection points that are associated with a degree of resistance to the measurement errors are selected to estimate a location of the device. | 05-28-2015 |
20150148060 | GEOFENCE COMPOSITIONS - Architecture that enables geofence combinations and compositions where multiple correlated geofences are generated for an entity such as a point of interest. The geofences can have varying radii relative to a specific entity and represent distinct areas or aspects of the entity. The geofences can relate to correspondingly different categories to which the entity can belong. The geofences can be of differing shapes than circular, such as polygons (e.g., rectangles, squares, etc.). Moreover, these differently shaped geofences can be applied to a single entity. Each geofence of a geofence set associated with an entity can be assigned to represent different parts of an entity such as a part a shopping mall. Geofence composition is obtained by combining multiple primitive geofences to compose more complex geofence(s) for an entity and for embedding the relationship of the primitive geofences into such compositions. | 05-28-2015 |
20150148061 | GEOFENCES FROM CONTEXT AND CROWD-SOURCING - Architecture that enables the capability to more effectively define and resize geofences to provide improved geofence utility based on rich context and crowd-sourced data. The architecture enables the intelligent placement of geofences based on rich context that includes both user context and ambient context such as the (predicted or implicitly/explicitly defined) user's travel path, mode of transport, the type of the entity to be visited by the user and geofenced, and the user incentive for visiting the entity to be geofenced. The ambient context includes non-user specific information such as external conditions that may limit or thwart user mobility such as traffic and weather conditions. The rich context and crowd-sourced data assist in improving the spatiotemporal accuracy of suggested/constructed geofences thereby creating a “shaped” geofence that is sufficiently defined to approximate the shape of the entity being geofenced with some degree of accuracy. | 05-28-2015 |
20150148062 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING MOBILE RELAY NODE TRACKING AREA AND LOCATION UPDATE - A method and apparatus for mobile relay node tracking area configuration and location update. The method includes: configuring a dedicated tracking area for a Donor eNodeB (DeNB); configuring a dedicated tracking area for a mobile Relay Node (RN) accessing the DeNB; when a terminal (UE) accessing the mobile RN registers or tracking area updates, allocating a tracking area identifier list containing the dedicated tracking area to the UE; the dedicated tracking area is a tracking area code dedicated to a mobile relay. The method and apparatus try the best to guarantee that a paging area list allocated to the UE contains the tracking area configured for the mobile relay serving the UE, thereby avoiding that numerous UEs served by the RN trigger location update simultaneously in the process of the RN moving. | 05-28-2015 |
20150148063 | VARIABLE-POSITIONING BASED REPORTING METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE SUPPORTING SAME - Provided is a reporting method performed by a terminal in a wireless communication system. The method comprises receiving positioning duration setting from a network, evaluating a positioning enabling condition, and if the positioning enabling condition is satisfied, starting a positioning duration timer, enabling positioning, acquiring position information through the enabled positioning, and transmitting a report message including a measurement result and the position information to the network. | 05-28-2015 |
20150148064 | METHOD, NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM, DEVICE AND SYSTEM - The present application relates to a method whereby the communication traffic between a wireless communication apparatus such as a smartphone and another device such as a map information providing server and/or server managed by mobile virtual network operator MVNO. According to a first aspect, the communication traffic can be reduced by dividing items of geographical information that are sent to the smartphone are divided into static information and dynamic information and the two types of information are separately processed in that the map data is updated less often than information such as traffic congestion, weather information or the congestion level of a base station. According to a second aspect, congestion information is derived by averaging over time the number of vehicles which pass through a certain point. According to a third aspect, the updating interval, i.e. the frequency by which new information will be downloaded from the server, is adapted to degree of change of the dynamic information over time. According to a fourth aspect, the updating interval is adapted to the movement speed of the smartphone. According to a fifth aspect, download rates of a communication carrier are displayed on top of a map, thereby providing some sort of geobrowsing. According to a sixth aspect, an MVNO informs its subscribers about base station related information, such as signal intensity and the base station's congestion level. According to a seventh aspect, the smartphone selects, on the basis of the various items of information received, another network, either manually or automatically. | 05-28-2015 |
20150148065 | TERMINAL DEVICE, SCANNING METHOD AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - A terminal device includes a memory, and a processor coupled to the memory and configured to execute scanning for a wireless signals at a first frequency for a first time period after the terminal device changes from a stationary state to a movement state or for a second time period after the terminal device changes from the movement state to the stationary state, and stop the scanning or execute the scanning at a second frequency lower than the first frequency after the first time period has elapsed or after the second time period has elapsed. | 05-28-2015 |
20150148066 | DEVICE LOCATION MONITORING - Method of monitoring a first device proximity to a second device, comprising:
| 05-28-2015 |
20150148067 | POSITIONING DATA BASED CELL MANAGEMENT - A mobile communication network comprises a first cell ( | 05-28-2015 |
20150148068 | METHOD FOR ESTIMATING SPEED OF USER DEVICES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method of user speed estimation in a mobile network ( | 05-28-2015 |
20150148069 | Method And System For Map Generation For Location And Navigation With User Sharing/Social Networking - Methods and systems for map generation for location and navigation with user sharing/social networking may comprise a premises-based crowd-sourced database that receives images and location data from a plurality of users of wireless communication devices, and for each of said plurality of users: receiving a determined position of a wireless communication device (WCD), where the position is determined by capturing images of the surroundings of the WCD. Data associated with objects in the surroundings of the WCD may be extracted from the captured images, positions of the objects may be determined, and the determined positions and the data may then update the premises-based crowd-sourced database. The position of the WCD may be determined utilizing global navigation satellite system (GNSS) signals. The elements may comprise structural and/or textual features in the surroundings of the WCD. The position may be determined utilizing sensors that measure a distance from a known position. | 05-28-2015 |
20150148070 | CROWDSOURCING BASED ON BASE STATION ALMANAC QUALITY - Systems, apparatus and methods for a mobile device and a base station almanac server to throttle crowdsourcing information are presented. The crowdsourcing information is used to improve a location of a base station in a base station almanac. A portion of the base station almanac is provided to a mobile device. For example, the mobile device may identify its current cell and request the base station almanac. The mobile device records crowdsourcing information to identify, for each particular base station of at least one base station, a cellular identifier for the particular base station, optional ranging information between the particular base station and the mobile device, and an independent position of the mobile device. The independent position of the mobile device may be formed from global navigation satellite system (GNSS) or station signals independent of the at least one base station. | 05-28-2015 |
20150293206 | Methods and Systems for Positioning Based on Observed Difference of Time of Arrival - Disclosed are systems, methods and devices for computing an estimated location of a mobile device based, at least in part, on an observed difference of time of arrival of messages arriving at the mobile device. In particular implementations, such observed time arrival may comprise a difference between receipt at the mobile device a first message transmitted from a first transceiver device to a second transceiver device and receipt at the mobile device of a second message transmitted by the second transceiver device in response to the first message. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296331 | BLUE TOOTH COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR MOBILE - A blue tooth communication system for a mobile device includes a mobile device and a cooperated device. The mobile device has a blue tooth module. The cooperated device has a blue tooth module and a radio emitting-receiving module. The blue tooth module of the cooperated device is in communication with the blue tooth module of the mobile device. A network is established between the user with the blue tooth communication system and different users with the same systems. The user is able to send messages, pictures and precise positions by using GPS. When there is no service signals for the mobile device, the system is used as a radio communication device. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296333 | TRACKING DEVICE AND TRACKING DEVICE CONTROL METHOD - A tracking device and a tracking device control method with intelligent safe-zone demarcation are provided. The tracking device includes a positioning module, a long-range transceiver and a microcontroller. The microcontroller is configured to operate the long-range transceiver to regularly transmit position information of the tracking device to a server during a data-collection period for behavior analysis of a tracked object equipped with the tracking device and for safe-zone demarcation of the tracking device. The safe-zone demarcation is adaptive to habitual behaviors of the tracked object, and the habitual behaviors are obtained from the behavior analysis. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296340 | APPARATUS, SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR VISUALLY CONNECTING PEOPLE - A method for visually finding and interacting with people, operable on a computing system including a server and a mobile device comprising a processor, a display and a camera, the method comprising: detecting the current location of members of a group, which a user of the mobile device has created or is a member of, if the group members have similar mobile devices and if they have set to permit their visibility when the user or other group members wish to locate them by scanning their surroundings with the camera of their mobile device; and, for each group member detected while the user is scanning user's surroundings, and having a position falling in the direction the mobile device's camera points to at a particular moment, displaying on the mobile device's display a group member representation associated with the group member's position. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296342 | Portable Device And Method For The Geolocation And Continuous Location Of An Object Moving In A Constrained Environment - The invention includes a portable device and a method for the geolocation and continuous location of an object moving in a constrained environment. This device includes:
| 10-15-2015 |
20150296343 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULING LOCATION MEASUREMENTS - System and method for determining when to initiate radio signal measurements to determine mobile device location. The method includes determining a plurality of locations of one or more mobile devices based on radio signal measurements. Acceleration of the one or more mobile devices between the plurality of locations is determined based on sensor measurements. A first location of a particular mobile device is determined and acceleration is measured by the particular mobile device. It is determined when to initiate radio signal measurements by the particular mobile device to determine a second location of the particular mobile device based on the measured acceleration of the particular mobile device, the determined plurality of locations of the one or more mobile devices, and the determined acceleration of the one or more mobile devices. Radio signal measurements are initiated by the particular mobile device to determine the second location of the particular mobile device. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296344 | DETERMINING POSITION OF A WIRELESS DEVICE USING REMOTE RADIO HEAD DEVICES - It is presented a method for assisting the determining of a position of a wireless device, the method being performed in a network node connected to a plurality of remote radio head devices via a combiner. The method comprises the steps of: receiving an uplink signal via the combiner; comparing a carrier frequency of the uplink signal with a set of manipulation schemes for a carrier frequency of uplink signals, wherein the manipulation schemes are different for at least some of the plurality of remote radio head devices; and providing a proximity indication that the position of the wireless device is in the vicinity of a remote radio head device the frequency manipulation scheme of which best matches the uplink signal. A corresponding network node, computer program, and computer program product are also presented. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296345 | LOCATION INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION, SERVICE MANAGEMENT SERVER, MOVEMENT SENSING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A location information management system includes: a mobile station ( | 10-15-2015 |
20150296346 | USER LOCATION TRACKING - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on a computer storage medium, for receiving information from a remote system comprising one or more time periods during which a location of the client device can be tracked and monitoring the location of the client device during each of the time periods by obtaining a plurality of location coordinates from the client device during the time period and persistently storing the location coordinates on the client device. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296348 | POLLING BETWEEN WIRELESS DEVICE AND VEHICLE TRANSCEIVERS - Polling methods and systems are described to allow a wireless device to establish communication with a base, e.g., a vehicle, in an efficient manner. The polling signal includes a plurality of time separated, polling transmission signals and a single receive time period. The polling transmission signals are separated by a non-transmission time period that is greater than a transmission time of the time separated transmission signals. The polling scheme can be repeated the polling signal until a poll response signal from the base is received. Energy savings for the wireless device are provided by limiting the number of receive actions and time periods in the wireless device. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296473 | SMALL CELL ASSISTED LOCATION IDENTIFICATION FOR A USER DEVICE - A device may initiate a location determination for a user device. The device may receive information identifying a set of base stations for performing the location determination. The device may retrieve, from a data structure and utilizing the information identifying the set of base stations, particular base station information associated with the set of base stations. The particular base station information may include location information for the set of base stations. The device may determine one or more signal strength measurements for one or more signals provided by the set of base stations. The device may determine an approximate location for the user device based on the location information for the set of base stations and the one or more signal strength measurements. The device may provide information associated with the approximate location for the user device. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296475 | METHOD AND/OR SYSTEM FOR POSITIONING FROM A REFERENCE SIGNAL - Techniques are provided that provide for or otherwise support positioning and related services for mobile devices via wireless signals. In an example, a mobile device in a communication network may acquire a first downlink signal from a first node in the communication network and a second downlink signal from a second node in the communication network. The first node may also be configured to transmit a data service signal and/or a voice service signal via the first downlink signal. However, the second node, by design, is not configured to transmit either a voice service signal or a data service signal via the second downlink signal. An estimated location of the mobile device may subsequently be determined, for example, based, at least in part, on the first and second terrestrial positioning signals. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296476 | POSITIONING BEACON AND METHOD - A method of determining a position of a mobile electronic device with respect to a beacon is provided. The beacon transmits three or more radio signals having unique identifiers in different directions within a plane. The method includes receiving the radio signals and determining the received signal strength of each of the received radio signals. The method also includes calculating signal strength difference values for pairs of the received radio signals and determining an azimuth of the mobile electronic device relative to the beacon based on the calculated signal strength difference values for the pairs. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296477 | WIRELESS PAIRING AND TRACKING SYSTEM FOR LOCATING LOST ITEMS - The present invention relates to a wireless pairing and tracking system for lost item searching, the system includes: a) an observing device (NODE Owner); b) at least one associating identifier device (NODE) with wireless or Radio Frequency (RF) link; c) at least one participating observing device; and d) a host apparatus; wherein the observing device (NODE Owner) and the participating observing device are implemented with suitable application software (NODE-APP) in association with the host apparatus; and wherein any lost identifier devices (LOST-NODE) is discovered by any participating observing device whenever the participating observing device comes near within Radio Frequency (RF) range of the LOST NODE. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296478 | USER LOCATION WHEN ACCESSING A 3GPP NETWORK THROUGH A FIXED NETWORK - The present invention addresses apparatuses, methods and computer program product for providing user location in network interworking (a mobile device accessing a 3GPP network through a broadband fixed network, a.k.a. UMA, WLan femto-Cell). When the policy and charging rules function PCRF contacts broadband network policy function BPCF after the IP-CAN session establishment for setting up an S9a control session between BPCF and PCRF, the BPCF uses the tunnel information, i.e. the IP tunnel address received from PCRF, to retrieve the line identifier of the subscriber line corresponding to the IP tunnel address of the DSLAM end of the tunnel, i.e. the IP address allocated earlier by the fixed broadband access network to the fixed network user/UE, and sends the line identifier to PCRF. Then, the PCRF sends the line identifier, accompanied with relevant 3GPP user/UE identification, to P-CSCF and possibly to other network elements that may need the user location information, e.g. to PCEF/PGW/GGSN. | 10-15-2015 |
20150304811 | Positioning With Wireless Local Area Networks And WLAN-Aided Global Positioning Systems - Accurate position capability can be quickly provided using a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN). When associated with a WLAN, a wireless device can quickly determine its relative and/or coordinate position based on information provided by an access point in the WLAN. Before a wireless device disassociates with the access point, the WLAN can periodically provide time, location, and decoded GPS data to the wireless device. In this manner, the wireless device can significantly reduce the time to acquire the necessary GPS satellite data (i.e. on the order of seconds instead of minutes) to determine its coordinate position. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304812 | EVENT PREDICTION THROUGH MONITORING A MOBILE DEVICE - A method includes monitoring a geospatial location of a user of a mobile device having a processor communicatively coupled to a memory through the mobile device, date stamping and time stamping the geospatial location of the user through the mobile device, and monitoring, through a server having another processor communicatively coupled to another memory and/or the mobile device, an interaction of the user with the mobile device and/or a device communicatively coupled to the server based on the geospatial location of the user. The method also includes predicting, through the server and/or the mobile device, an event related to the mobile device and/or the device based on the monitoring of the interaction of the user therewith, and enabling, through the server and/or the mobile device, automatic performance of an action on the mobile device and/or the device on behalf of the user in accordance with the prediction of the event. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304816 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A POSITION OF A MOBILE UNIT | 10-22-2015 |
20150304817 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - Provided are a mobile communication device and communication control method for imposing a limitation so that, under a situation in which transmission and/or reception of information to and/or from another communication device is unnecessary, the transmission and/or reception of the information to and/or from the another communication device is not carried out to avoid unnecessary transmission/reception of the information, to thereby reduce a power consumption. The mobile communication device, which is provided in a mobile object, includes: a movement detection sensor for detecting movement of the mobile object; a communication unit for communicating to/from another communication device; and a control unit for determining whether the mobile object is moving or not based on an output of the movement detection sensor, in which the control unit transmits and/or receives information to and/or from the another communication device through the communication unit only when determining that the mobile object is moving. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304818 | Handling Location Data in a Mobile Communications Network - A method and apparatus for handling location data in a mobile communications network. A network node obtains an average geographical location of a mobile device over a predetermined time period and uses the average geographical location in an area of interest in an Origin Destination matrix. The advantage of using an average geographical location over a period of time is that much less data needs to be stored compared to storing all geographical data, but the data can be reused to define new Origin Destination matrices. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304820 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MONITORING LOCATIONS OF MOBILE DEVICES - A method of identifying mobile computing devices includes sending a request from a first mobile computing device to a second mobile computing device for the location of the second mobile computing device, and receiving the location of the second mobile computing device at the first mobile computing device. The method further includes providing a notification to one of the first and second mobile computing devices based upon the location of the second mobile computing device. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304979 | CHARACTERIZING MULTIPATH DELAYS IN ANTENNA ARRAY AND SYNTHETIC APERTURE RADAR SYSTEMS - Multiple radio transmissions are processed to determine, for each of a number of directions of arrival of the radio transmissions, a most direct direction of arrival, for example, to distinguish a direct path from a reflected path from the target. In some examples, the radio transmissions include multiple frequency components, and channel characteristics at different frequencies are compared to determine the direct path. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304981 | Method for Detecting Cell Disconnection and Locating Disconnected Cell in Son of Cellular Mobile Communication System - In a monitoring region including multiple cells, UE reports KPI parameters and location information to an eNodeB when triggering an A3 event representing that QoS of a neighboring cell is better than a predefined offset of a serving cell. The eNodeB reports the KPI parameters and the location information to an OAM device in each monitoring cycle. The OAM device classifies UEs according to the KPI parameters and a cluster analysis method, and determines according to a cluster analysis result whether there is a disconnected cell in the monitoring region; when determining that there is a disconnected cell in the monitoring region, counts the number of disconnected cells, determines disconnection types of the disconnected cells, locates the disconnected cells according to the location information of the UEs in the SON, and triggers a compensation measurement for each disconnected cell according to the disconnection type of the disconnected cell. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304984 | DETERMINING WIRELESS COVERAGE INFORMATION USING WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS - Aspects of the disclosure relate to various approaches to gathering information about access nodes serving in an area and using the information to generate a coverage map. The coverage map may be generated by detecting broadcasted signal strengths from a plurality of access nodes as detected by other access nodes. The broadcasted signal strengths can be used in combination with the location of the access nodes receiving the broadcasted signal to estimate a location of each of the plurality of access nodes. A coverage map may be generated based on the estimated locations of each of the plurality of access nodes using an effective coverage range for each access node based on the access node type. The coverage of each access node may be refined by analyzing signal data received by neighboring nodes. The coverage map may be used to identify unauthorized devices. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304985 | Mobile Terminal and Method for Obtaining Location Information about Mobile Terminal - The embodiment of the present document provides a mobile terminal and a method for obtaining location information about a mobile terminal. The method for obtaining location information about the mobile terminal comprises: turning on a satellite locating module of the mobile terminal, turning off the satellite locating module after current location information about the mobile terminal is obtained, and regarding the current location information as initial location information; a sensing module of the mobile terminal collecting motion information about the mobile terminal, and calculating variation of displacement of the mobile terminal according to the motion information; and obtaining actual location information about the mobile terminal according to the initial location information and the variation of displacement of the mobile terminal. | 10-22-2015 |
20150312712 | PERSONAL ITEMS NETWORK, AND ASSOCIATED METHODS - A personal items network, comprising a plurality of items, each item having a wireless communications port for coupling in network with every other item, each item having a processor for determining if any other item in the network is no longer linked to the item, each item having an indicator for informing a user that an item has left the network, wherein a user may locate lost items. A method for locating lost personal items, comprising: linking at least two personal items together on a network; and depositing one or both of time and location information in an unlost item when one of the items is lost out of network. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312717 | METHOD OF SELECTING A SIM FOR A LOCATION SERVICE AND MULTI-SIM DEVICE UTILIZING THE SAME - A method of selecting a SIM for a location service and a multi-SIM device utilizing the same are disclosed. The method, adopted by a multi-SIM device, includes: acquiring Secure User Plane Location (SUPL) information from a corresponding communications network which each SIM is in connection with; determining which communications network supports a location service based on the SUPL information; and requesting the location service on a SIM that is in connection with the supported communications network. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312720 | MOBILE DEVICE FOR DISTINGUISHING USER'S MOVEMENT, METHOD THEREFOR, AND METHOD FOR GENERATING HIERARCHICAL TREE MODEL THEREFOR - A mobile device for distinguishing a user's movement, a method therefor, and a method for generating a hierarchical tree model therefor. Particularly, the mobile device includes: an acceleration sensor; a buffer for collecting the acceleration data outputted from the acceleration sensor according to a user's specific movement; an extraction unit for extracting the characteristic elements of the user's specific movement based on the acceleration data collected by the buffer; and a movement judgment unit for determining to which class the user's specific movement belongs by inputting the characteristic elements extracted by the extraction unit into a pre-structured hierarchical tree model, wherein the hierarchical tree model is pre-structured based on the characteristic elements extracted for each movement. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312721 | DETERMINING LOCATION BASED ON BOTH A DETECTED LOCATION AND A PREDICTED LOCATION - A system and method is described that computes an estimated current location for a client device based on both the detected current location and the predicted current location of the client device. By utilizing the predicted current location, the system and method may account for and compensate for anomalies and inaccuracies in the detected current location. Accordingly, the system and method provides a more accurate estimation for the current location of the client device based on examination of heuristics and a priori environmental data. In particular, the system and method compensates for detected locations that are impossible or improbable based on previous locations of the client device, the layout of the environment in which the client device is traversing, data describing the user of the client device, and/or data describing the client device. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312724 | FILTERING OUT ACCESS POINT DATA BASED ON NON-CONFORMITY WITH OTHER ACCESS POINT DATA - Methods and systems are described for filtering out signal strength data associated with access points and a client device using heuristic and intra-access point analysis. The filtered data may be used to approximate the location of the client device. By filtering signal strength values through a heuristic and intra-access point analysis; the systems and methods described eliminate inaccurate or anomalistic values, which may negatively alter the estimated location of the client device. Accordingly, the systems and methods may produce more accurate client device location estimates by intelligently examining detected signal strength values. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312725 | LOCATION INFORMATION SERVICE SYSTEM, LOCATION INFORMATION SERVICE METHOD EMPLOYING ELECTRONIC TAG, PORTABLE INFORMATION TERMINAL, AND TERMINAL PROGRAM - A system enables desired information to be delivered to, or jump into a portable information terminal such as a smartphone which is carried by a user, without relying on GPS or network environment. The system, provided with an electronic tag transmitter, is configured to broadcast the first identification information (management equipment number) such that the application, executed in common by the plurality of the portable information terminal, and a management device configured to receive an inquiry based on the first identification information received by the portable information terminal; transform the first identification information into a second identification information (application identification number) which is to be managed by the portable information terminal; and transmit the second identification information to the portable information terminal having made the inquiry, wherein the portable information terminal is configured to execute the application based on the second identification information. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312875 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CLIENT DEVICE LOCALIZATION - A system includes one or more hardware processors causing performance of operations. The operations include transmitting, by a first access point, a set of one or more wireless signals that include a request for feedback information. The set of wireless signals incorrectly identifies a second access point as the sender of the set of wireless signals instead of correctly identifying the first access point as the sender of the set of wireless signals. The operations further include receiving, from a client device associated with the second access point, a feedback information corresponding to the receipt of the set of wireless signals by the client device, and, based on the feedback information: determining a distance between the first access point and the client device that is associated with the second access point. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312876 | MONITORING A QUALITY OF A TERRESTRIAL RADIO BASED POSITIONING SYSTEM - An apparatus generates at least one request for determination of a location of a mobile device based on information on terrestrial radio signals determined by the mobile device and based on stored positioning data. The stored positioning data is based on information on terrestrial radio signals provided by at least one mobile device. The apparatus further determines a value of at least one quality parameter by evaluating a response to the request in view of an indication of a position of the mobile device that has been determined based on satellite signals. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312880 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM, AND METHOD - In order to know a communication state similar to an actual usage state of a user over a wide area, provided is an information processing apparatus that sends and receives information to and from a communication terminal via a network. The information processing apparatus includes a log information acquiring section that acquires, from the communication terminal, one or more pieces of log information in which position information identifying each of one or more positions and information relating to a communication environment of the communication terminal at each of the one or more positions are associated with each other; and a statistical information generating section that generates statistical information relating to the communication environment at a position, based on the one or more pieces of log information. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312881 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR NETWORK BASED POSITIONING - Disclosed is a system, apparatus, computer readable storage medium, and method to perform a bandwidth efficient network based positioning (NBP). A positioning request for a mobile device is received within an environment, the environment comprising one or more access points (APs). An AP coverage area including the mobile device is determined A NBP load for the AP is measured, wherein the NBP load comprises a direct NBP load and an indirect NBP load. If the NBP load is less than a threshold, the AP is instructed to process the first positioning request. Multiple APs may process positioning requests concurrently and positioning requests may be scheduled according to timeout and/or relative expiration. | 10-29-2015 |
20150319129 | Method of Providing a Location-Based Social Media and Networking Application by Executing Computer-Executable Instructions Stored On a Non-Transitory Computer-Readable Medium - A location-based social media and networking application provides the ability to connect users within and across geographical locations by organizing user messages by location identifier code, such as a zip code. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319564 | METHOD FOR ROUTING DATA PACKETS USING AN IP ADDRESS BASED ON GEO POSITION - Method of routing data over a network in which contact is made with a home network to determine the reported geo-position, using this geo-position to transmit data to the device over a path through a node in which the node reads the geo-position, accesses a list of possible recipients and their geo-positions, compares its location to the positions, selects a recipient based at least in part on the proximity of the recipient to the device, and transmits the data over the best path. Eventually, the device becomes the recipient. A geo-position may be transmitted as part of an IP address, or as geo-position data or XML tagged geo-position information contained in a data packet or IP addressed message or IP addressed voice calls (VoIP). The geo-position information can be generated from a GPS receiver. This method and/or IP address may be used in a method of doing business in which the geo-position is used to identify the source and location for delivery. This information may be incorporated into a purchase order or confirmation receipt. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319568 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING, DISPLAYING AND IMPLEMENTING A GEO-FENCE USING LOCATION DETERMINATION OF MOBILE DEVICES WITHIN A LOCATION-BASED GROUP - Method of generating, displaying, and implementing geo-fence using location determination of mobile devices (MHSDs) within location-based group starts with server receiving geo-fence information and generating geo-fence based on geo-fence information. Server receives location data and proximity information from MHSDs. Location data received from first MHSD includes first MHSD's location. Proximity information received from first MHSD includes identification of MHSDs within proximity sensitivity radius of first MHSD's location. Server forms subgroup of MHSDs based on proximity information from each MHSD. Subgroup include first MHSD and MHSDs that have provided proximity information that identifies first MHSD are being within proximity sensitivity radiuses of the MHSDs, respectively. Server refines the fixed location of the first MHSD, which includes identifying an intersection of the proximity sensor sensitivity of MHSDs that are in subgroup. Server generates and transmits alert to display device when refined location of first MHSD crosses the geo-fence. Other embodiments are described. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319569 | MOBILE DEVICES AND RELATED METHODS FOR CONFIGURING A REMOTE DEVICE - A method for configuring a remote device in a mobile device is provided. The method includes the steps of providing a dialogical user interface, obtaining a first position of the remote device, displaying a question message including information of the first position via the dialogical user interface, receiving an answer message corresponding to the question message via the dialogical user interface, and determining whether to set the first position as a safe zone for the remote device in response to whether the answer message is a confirmation message or a rejection message, wherein when the answer message is the conformation message, setting the first position as the safe zone of the remote device and displaying the setting result via the dialogical user interface. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319570 | Geofence with Kalman Filter - A least squares geofence method that minimizes trigger misfires caused by data variability and location blunders and minimizes delayed/missed entry triggers generated under urban or indoor conditions. The least squares geofence method uses a weighted least squares (LS) model to compute a location estimate for a target device. A LS location estimate is used to determine if a target device is located inside or outside a predefined geofence. The present invention additionally comprises a Kalman filter geofence method that further improves the accuracy of entry/exit geofence triggers. A Kalman filter geofence method uses a Kalman filter to filter location data retrieved for a target device. Filtered location data is used to determine if a target device is located inside or outside a predefined geofence. A Kalman filter geofence method estimates velocity and heading information for a target device to generate accurate entry/exit geofence triggers for devices in fast moving mode. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319571 | NETWORK INDEPENDENT LOCATION SERVICES - Techniques for supporting network independent location services (LCS) are described. In one design, a location center may communicate with a terminal to establish an account for the terminal with the location center for location services. The location center may establish the account for the terminal independent of a home network or a serving network for the terminal. During signup to establish the account, the location center may (i) provide address information for the location center, security information, and/or other information for the location center and (ii) receive public identity information and/or other information for the terminal. The location center may thereafter provide location services to the terminal based on the established account and without interacting with the home or serving network for the terminal. Techniques for supporting delivery of assistance data are also described. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319572 | Systems and Methods of Location and Tracking - A position location system is described for determining position of mobile Tags attached to assets or people. Zone Tags are installed in the venue to assist in position location estimation of mobile Tags. Time is divided into intervals, each interval comprising at least one range measurement sub-interval, and an idle sub-interval where zone Tags and mobile Tags go to sleep to save power. A zone Tag or mobile Tag is designated as the anchor network element. The anchor network element contends and seizes the communications channel at the beginning of each interval to start the range measurement phase. Mobile Tag position location estimates are made periodically. Between the periodic range measurement based position estimates, mobile Tag sensor readings are used to update the mobile Tag's position location. The period between range measurement based position updates is adjusted based on the statistics of the differences between the range measurements based position estimate and the sensor based position updated. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319573 | LOCATION MONITORING FEATURE OF A MOBILE DEVICE FOR ACTIVATING AN APPLICATION SUBSYSTEM - Methods, program products, and systems for baseband location monitoring and related functions are disclosed. A mobile device can monitor its own current location using its baseband subsystem and decide whether to selectively activate its application subsystem based on whether particular conditions are satisfied by the current location. The mobile device can also correlate location and cellular signal information using its baseband subsystem and provide the correlated location and cellular signal information to a server. The server can receive the correlated location and cellular signal information from the baseband subsystems of a large number of widely distributed mobile devices and generate respective profiles of cellular network base stations that transmitted the cellular signals to the mobile devices. The profiles of the cellular network base stations can be used by the server in fulfilling subsequent positioning requests from mobile devices that do not currently have the baseband location monitoring enabled. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319576 | TAGGING GEOGRAPHICAL AREAS - A method of tagging a geographical area includes obtaining, with a processing device, attribute information and mobile tracking data of a plurality of mobile objects, wherein the mobile tracking data comprises sampling time and corresponding sampling point locations of the mobile objects; converting the mobile tracking data of the plurality of mobile objects into new mobile tracking data according to the correspondence relationship between the sampling time and a time slices, wherein the new mobile tracking data include time slices and corresponding sampling point locations; and obtaining a set of attribute information of at least one geographical area with respect to the time slices based on the new mobile tracking data, wherein the at least one geographical area is obtained by clustering the sampling point locations. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319577 | POSITION DETERMINATION USING A WIRELESS SIGNAL - A mobile station determines its position using measured parameters of a wireless signal to improve a satellite positioning system (SPS) enhanced dead reckoning based position estimate. The mobile station uses SPS enhanced dead reckoning to estimate a current position. The mobile station receives wireless signals from a plurality of access points and determines the round trip time. The estimated position of the mobile station is improved based on estimated positions of the plurality of access points and wireless signal based distance estimates from the plurality of access points that are determined using a channel model and the round trip time for the wireless signals. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319579 | HANDLING POSITIONING MESSAGES - Apparatus ( | 11-05-2015 |
20150319580 | WIRELESS POSITION ESTIMATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A wireless position estimation apparatus may include a wireless communications unit receiving radio signals including positional information related to a plurality of APs from the plurality of APs including a plurality of antennas, a radio signal processing unit combining radio signals received from the plurality of antennas or selecting one of the radio signals, depending on whether or not channel gains of the respective antennas are changed, for a respective AP, a distance calculating unit measuring received signal strength indication (RSSI) values of the radio signals combined or selected by the radio signal processing unit and calculating distance values to the APs using the measured RSSI values, and a position estimating unit estimating a position of a terminal using the calculated distance values and the positional information. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319582 | TRACKING A MOBILE UNIT IN A HOUSING FACILITY FOR MOBILE UNITS - A mobile unit in a housing facility for mobile units may be tracked by activating a first reading device at a first location of the housing facility upon detecting a first mobile unit arriving at or departing from the first location, wherein the first mobile unit has a first tag having an identification code (ID) readable by the first reading device. A set of readings may be performed by the first reading device to read a set of tag IDs during a time interval. Upon an ending of the time interval, tag IDs, in the set of tag IDs, that correspond to the first tag ID are identified based on the set of readings. A record is updated to associate the first tag ID with the first location. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319729 | POSITIONING ACCURACY USING 3D BUILDING MODELS - A mobile device adjusts the extents to which it depends on various satellites to estimate its global position based on the predicted probability for each such satellite that a ray extending from that satellite to the mobile device is obstructed by a building. The mobile device can predict the probabilities of building obstructions based on a digital model of the environment in which the mobile device is estimated to be. The mobile device weights the extent of uncertainty for each satellite's global positioning data based on the predicted probability of obstruction for that satellite. Using these weighted uncertainties, the mobile device selects the extents to which it relies on each satellite's global positioning data when estimating the mobile device's current global position. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319731 | POSITIONING PROCESSING METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention provide a positioning processing method, apparatus, and system. The method includes: acquiring coexistence interference information of a terminal; instructing, according to the coexistence interference information, the terminal to perform measurement on a suitable positioning signal resource; and positioning the terminal based on a positioning measurement result reported by the terminal. According to the positioning processing method, apparatus, and system provided in the embodiments of the present invention, precision of terminal positioning can be improved. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319732 | CROWDSOURCING BASED ON BASE STATION ALMANAC QUALITY - Systems, apparatus and methods for a mobile device and a base station almanac server to throttle crowdsourcing information are presented. The crowdsourcing information is used to improve a location of a base station in a base station almanac. A portion of the base station almanac is provided to a mobile device. For example, the mobile device may identify its current cell and request the base station almanac. The mobile device records crowdsourcing information to identify, for each particular base station of at least one base station, a cellular identifier for the particular base station, optional ranging information between the particular base station and the mobile device, and an independent position of the mobile device. The independent position of the mobile device may be formed from global navigation satellite system (GNSS) or station signals independent of the at least one base station. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319733 | CROWDSOURCING BASED ON BASE STATION ALMANAC QUALITY - Systems, apparatus and methods for a mobile device and a base station almanac server to throttle crowdsourcing information are presented. The crowdsourcing information is used to improve a location of a base station in a base station almanac. A portion of the base station almanac is provided to a mobile device. For example, the mobile device may identify its current cell and request the base station almanac. The mobile device records crowdsourcing information to identify, for each particular base station of at least one base station, a cellular identifier for the particular base station, optional ranging information between the particular base station and the mobile device, and an independent position of the mobile device. The independent position of the mobile device may be formed from global navigation satellite system (GNSS) or station signals independent of the at least one base station. | 11-05-2015 |
20150323644 | POSITIONING METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for determining a positioning measurement interval in a wireless communication system are disclosed. The method includes acquiring a message including Observed Time Difference of Arrival (OTDOA) related data in a higher layer, wherein the OTDOA related data includes a plurality of cell identifiers and Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) configuration information of corresponding cells, transmitting the ODTOA related data to a physical layer from the higher layer, and determining the RSTD measurement interval by the following Equation by using a plurality of cell-specific PRS periods obtained using the PRS configuration information in the physical layer: T | 11-12-2015 |
20150323645 | RADIO NETWORK NODE AND METHOD FOR USING POSITIONING GAP INDICATION FOR ENHANCING POSITIONING PERFORMANCE - A wireless communications network is described herein in which positioning measurements (e.g., inter-frequency OTDOA measurements and inter-frequency E-CID measurements) may be performed on different frequencies and measurement gaps may be requested for such measurements. In one embodiment, a radio network node (e.g., eNodeB, responsible node) is described for configuring a measurement gap for positioning to be used by a user equipment (UE). | 11-12-2015 |
20150324812 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR OBTAINING CUSTOMER TRAFFIC DISTRIBUTION - A method and a device for obtaining a customer traffic distribution are provided. The method comprises steps of: obtaining position information of mobile terminals; determining at least one cluster center in a preset range and a heat value of each cluster center according to the position information; and generating the customer traffic distribution according to the at least one cluster center and the heat values. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327006 | METHOD FOR FINDING WIRELESS DEVICE BY WI-FI DIRECT - The present invention provides a method for finding a wireless device. The exemplary method comprises: storing a Wi-Fi direct connection profile between the wireless device and an electronic device; enabling the Wi-Fi direct function of the wireless device when a condition is met; and establishing a Wi-Fi direct connection with the wireless device in the electronic device to control the wireless device. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327007 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING A LOCATION OF A TERMINAL - Embodiments of the present application relate to a method, apparatus, and system for determining a location of a terminal. The method includes acquiring a Media Access Control (MAC) address of a network equipment used by a terminal to access a network, determining whether a database indicating locations associated with respective MAC addresses includes the acquired MAC address, and in the event that the database indicating locations associated with respective MAC addresses includes the acquired MAC address, determining that a current location of the terminal corresponds to a location associated with the acquired MAC address that is stored in the database, and outputting the current location of the terminal. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327010 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DETECTING AND USING EQUIPMENT LOCATION IN A BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - Systems and methods for detecting and using equipment location in a building management system are provided. Location information (e.g., GPS coordinates, altitude data, etc.) is measured by one or more measurement devices at a physical location of building equipment. The measured location information is used to automatically determine the physical location of the building equipment in or around a building. The location of the building equipment is integrated with an architectural model of a building served by the building equipment and a graphical visualization of the integrated model is generated. The location of the building equipment can be used to automatically associate the building equipment with other building equipment or with a building zone, to automatically generate control parameters and control algorithms, and/or to generate an augmented reality display of the building equipment in the building. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327012 | PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICES HAVING A SEPARATE LOCATION TRIGGER UNIT FOR USE IN CONTROLLING AN APPLICATION UNIT - A portable electronic device ( | 11-12-2015 |
20150327014 | Location Agent Geofence - A least squares geofence method that introduces inventive geofence steps and modifies existing geofence steps to minimize trigger misfires caused by data variability and location blunders and to minimize delayed/missed entry triggers generated under urban and/or indoor conditions. The least squares geofence method periodically retrieves sample locations for a target wireless device to determine that device's geographic location and to evaluate a corresponding side condition. Sample locations retrieved with accuracies greater than 1 km are filtered. If a potential change in side condition is detected for a given device, the least squares geofence method retrieves five fast location fixes for that device and evaluates a weighted least squares (LS) location estimate based on sample locations retrieved. A LS location estimate is then filtered according to an anticipated trigger event and the least squares geofence method evaluates a final geofence side condition based on the LS location estimate previously computed. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327016 | Methods, Devices, and Computer Readable Storage Devices for Tracking the Locations of Mobile Target Communication Devices with Respect to the Location of a Host Communication Device over Time - A distance between a host communication device and a mobile target communication device at multiple times over a time period based on a received signal emitted by the mobile target communication device. An amount of time that the distance between the host communication device and the mobile target communication device is within a distance threshold is also determined. A determination is further made whether the amount of time the distance between the host communication device and the mobile target communication device is within the distance threshold is less than a predetermined amount of time. If the amount of time that the distance between the host communication device and the mobile target communication device is within the distance threshold is less than the predetermined amount of time, transmission of a notification to a third party is initiated via a gateway. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327022 | ADAPTIVE POSITION DETERMINATION - A system and method for calculating a position in response to a position request. Observed beacon data associated with the request is used to select a calculation method based on available data for a venue and device capabilities. If sufficient venue data based on previously verified beacon positions is available, a position calculation can resolve floor and venue information. If insufficient previously observed data is available for a venue, the position is calculated using 2D data based on GPS observations. Following the choice a calculation model, the calculation position is returned in response to the position request. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327208 | LOCATION TRUST SCORE - A gateway can be configured to receive measurement data that can characterizes measurements taken at a mobile device. The measurement data can include location information for the mobile device. The gateway can also be configured to calculate a location trust score for the mobile device. The location trust score can characterize the likelihood that the location information is at least one of accurate and trustworthy. The gateway can be further configured to generate trusted location information that characterizes a location of the mobile device based on the location trust score. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327209 | CROWDSOURCING BASED ON BASE STATION ALMANAC QUALITY - Systems, apparatus and methods for a mobile device and a base station almanac server to throttle crowdsourcing information are presented. The crowdsourcing information is used to improve a location of a base station in a base station almanac. A portion of the base station almanac is provided to a mobile device. For example, the mobile device may identify its current cell and request the base station almanac. The mobile device records crowdsourcing information to identify, for each particular base station of at least one base station, a cellular identifier for the particular base station, optional ranging information between the particular base station and the mobile device, and an independent position of the mobile device. The independent position of the mobile device may be formed from global navigation satellite system (GNSS) or station signals independent of the at least one base station. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327212 | REDUCTION OF POWER CONSUMPTION AND TIME FOR TIME-OF-FLIGHT POSITIONING VIA NEIGHBOR LIST - Systems and methods are directed to use of a neighbor list for wireless indoor navigation. The neighbor list may include related information regarding all neighboring access points (APs). The neighbor list can be transmitted, at least partially, to include the related information of a desired number of or all APs in the neighbor list from one AP to a wireless device. The neighbor list can be transmitted in a Neighbor Report Response (NRR) or a time-of-flight (ToF) Response and allow the wireless device to scan for minimal number of APs for ToF measurements. By using the neighbor list, power consumption and time can be significantly reduced during wireless indoor navigation. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327214 | Systems and Methods for Power Efficient Tracking - Various embodiments of the present invention provide systems and method for power efficient tracking. | 11-12-2015 |
20150334522 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOCATION PREDICTION USING SHORT TEXT - A method, non-transitory computer readable medium, and apparatus for predicting a location of a short text are disclosed. For example, the method trains a model for each parent node of a grid of a plurality of parent nodes of a geographical area using a plurality of previously received short texts having a known location, receives the short text, applies a hierarchical modeling algorithm to the short text to calculate a weighted probability for one or more child nodes of one or more of the plurality of parent nodes and predicts the location of the short text within the grid of the geographical area based upon a child node of the one or more child nodes having a highest weighted probability. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334523 | A METHOD, AN APPARATUS AND A SYSTEM FOR ESTIMATING A NUMBER OF PEOPLE IN A LOCATION - An apparatus, method, system and computer program for estimating a number of people within a location. The estimation includes obtaining a plurality of estimates of the number of mobile transmitters and respective estimates of the number of people within a first location during a first period of time, and determining a mapping function providing a mapping between an estimate of the number of mobile transmitters at a location and an estimate of the number of people at the location on basis of the plurality of estimates of the number of mobile transmitters and the respective plurality of estimates of the number of people for determination of a second estimate of the number of people within a second location during a second period of time on basis of a second estimate of the number of mobile transmitters obtained at the second location during the second period of time. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334524 | WIRELESS TRACKING DEVICE - An apparatus and method for a tracking device to inconspicuously track a person to be monitored (such as a child or at-risk adult) are presented. Some embodiments of the present invention combine a positioning receiver (e.g., a GPS receiver) and a locking mechanism to act as a tracking device, which attaches to an article of clothing or fabric wearable by the person to be monitored. Some embodiments of the present invention keep a positioning receiver and a radio frequency identification tag (RFID tag) or other RF tag, which are physically separate but in RF proximity of each other. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334527 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An electronic device is disclosed. The electronic device comprises an antenna module, a direction detecting module and a signal processing module. The antenna module is provided for communicating with a wireless communication device. The direction detecting module is provided for detecting strength of N wireless signals that the antenna module received from a first offset angle to N-th offset angle with respect to the wireless communication device to determine a directivity of the wireless communication device, in which N is a positive integer larger than 1. The signal processing module is provided for comparing the offset angles corresponding to the strength of the N wireless signals at the directivity of the wireless communication device with a look-up table for obtaining an angle of the wireless communication device with respect to the electronic device. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334530 | MONITORING SYSTEM AND METHOD - A monitoring system for monitoring spatial positions of user devices within a region is provided. The monitoring system includes at least one control centre arranged to be in communication, via a constellation of data hubs, with the devices. The user devices are operable to emit signals, which are received by one or more spatially-adjacent data hubs, which then communicate corresponding signals to the at least one control centre. An identity of the spatially adjacent data hubs is provided to the at least one control centre for the at least one control centre to determine therefrom the spatial positions of the user devices. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334531 | Methods and Systems for Monitoring Moving UE/Vehicle Speed in Wireless Networks - A network node in a mobile network monitors vehicle speed based on the registered User Equipments (UEs)/Vehicles. The network node receives information of the moving UE/Vehicle from other network nodes in the mobile network, and determines the corresponding UE/Vehicle moving speed information based on the collected information. For each UE/Vehicle, the network node creates a speed information record indicating the UE/Vehicle moving speed information. The network node then transmits the speed information record to other messaging nodes in order to (i) send warning message to the moving UE/Vehicle when the speed is about to exceed or has exceeded the speed limit, and (ii) to deliver the speed information record to the responsible/ticketing authorities/entities when the moving UE/Vehicle has violated the speed limitation in a certain area. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334576 | Geo-location error correction for small cell placement - To effectively plan small cell placement within a current macro cell network, it is necessary to identify the traffic hotspots. Small cells can be placed in hotspot locations in order to effectively offload traffic from the corresponding macro cell. Hotspots can be identified based on information about traffic from/to mobile users, particularly, the observed User Equipment (UE) locations and amount of data transmitted from/to the UEs. Provided are systems and methods for accounting for geo-location errors in identifying hotspots and determining small cell placement. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334676 | Managing Wireless Beacon Devices - Wireless transmissions from beacon devices are received at a plurality of receiver devices. The wireless transmissions comprise packets that carry information used for location-based services for mobile wireless devices. Content of one or more fields of the beacon packets received by one or more of the plurality of receiver devices is obtained. Measurement data associated with the transmissions received at the plurality of receiver devices is generated. Locations of the respective beacon devices are computed from the measurement data obtained by the plurality of receiver devices. Information identifying detected beacon devices and their locations are stored to maintain a location history of beacon devices over time locations. Changes from information contained in the location history are detected based on the locations computed for respective beacon devices from the measurement data and content of one or more fields of detected beacon packets. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334677 | LEVERAGING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TRAFFIC OPPORTUNISTICALLY - Example methods, apparatuses, or articles of manufacture are disclosed herein that may be utilized, in whole or in part, to facilitate or support one or more operations or techniques for leveraging wireless communication traffic opportunistically, such as within an indoor or like environment, for example, for use in or with a mobile communication device. | 11-19-2015 |
20150338496 | POSITIONING - An exemplary method includes: obtaining I and Q complex signal parameters of signals received from a mobile tag at each of at least three antenna elements forming part of a positioning device; extracting an identifier modulated onto the signals received from the mobile tag; and transmitting the I and Q complex signal parameters and the identifier to allow a position calculating device to calculate a bearing of the mobile tag from the positioning device, wherein transmitting the I and Q complex signal parameters and the identifier comprises the positioning device wirelessly broadcasting the I and Q complex signal parameters and the identifier. An exemplary apparatus and computer readable medium configured to perform the method are also disclosed. | 11-26-2015 |
20150338501 | Positioning method and device for drive test - Provided is a positioning method for a drive test, and the method includes: fixed parking sampling points of a testing vehicle in drive test data are determined; location information of the fixed parking sampling points of the testing vehicle is determined according to serving cell identification information of the fixed parking sampling points of the testing vehicle in the drive test data and information of a route matching the drive test data; and location information of a moving sampling point between the fixed parking sampling points of the testing vehicle in the drive test data is determined according to the information of the route. Further provided is a positioning device for a drive test, and by means of the embodiments of the present disclosure, positioning of sampling points in drive test data can be implemented efficiently and accurately, thus having low cost for implementation. | 11-26-2015 |
20150338502 | DETERMINING A POSITION OF A TERMINAL - It is disclosed an apparatus, a method and a computer program for determining a position of a terminal. It is checked if an intersection of all areas of a set of areas that are associated with one or more communication nodes and represent and/or limit possible positions of a terminal is potentially non-empty. Each of the areas is associable with a respective bounding box. The intersection is defined to be potentially non-empty if an intersection of all of the bounding boxes would be non-empty. A position of the terminal is determined in dependence on a result of the checking if the intersection of all areas of the set of areas is potentially non-empty. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341226 | WEB SERVER AND METHOD FOR HOSTING A WEB PAGE FOR PRESENTING LOCATION BASED USER QUALITY DATA RELATED TO A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A computing device forms a predictive composite score by retrieving geographically based wireless networking performance data derived from at least one mobile device. At least some of the geographically based wireless networking performance data is temporally averaged and geostatistically combined to form the predictive composite score. The predictive composite score is a forecast of expected performance quality of a wireless communication network in a particular geographic region. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341753 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INDOOR/OUTDOOR DETECTION USING AMBIENT SIGNALS - Systems and methods for determining whether a mobile device is indoors or outdoors based on ambient signal measurements are described herein. A method for performing indoor/outdoor detection for a mobile device as described herein includes identifying one or more selected radio channels, including at least one of amplitude modulation (AM) radio stations, frequency modulation (FM) radio stations, or television stations, in an area of the mobile device; obtaining information relating to reference outdoor signal strengths for the respective selected radio channels; calculating measured signal strengths for signals received via the selected radio channels; comparing the reference outdoor signal strengths and the measured signal strengths; and classifying the mobile device as indoors or outdoors based on a result of the comparison. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341822 | Systems and Methods for Data Transmission in Mobile Networks - Systems and methods are provided for data transmission in a mobile network. For example, a data transmission request is received; location information associated with a current location of a mobile terminal is acquired; one or more transmission parameters determined based on at least information associated with network condition information corresponding to the location information are acquired; and data is uploaded to a server based on at least information associated with the transmission parameters. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341891 | LOCATION-BASED MONITORING OF ENVIRONMENT AND CONTROLLING THERETO - A method for determining information for at least one mobile terminal within an area, wherein location of the at least one mobile terminal is determined within the area and measurement information from the area is retrieved from at least one sensor. The method includes a step of comparing measurement information of at least one sensor with at least one default value. In response of a detection of a mismatch of the retrieved measurement information and the default value it is determined information relevant in the location of the at least one sensor. Additionally, at least one mobile terminal residing within a predetermined distance from the location of the at least one sensor is determined and delivery of the determined information relevant in the location of the at least one sensor is initiated. A server implementing the method is also described. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341893 | MOBILE DEVICE POSITIONING IN DYNAMIC GROUPINGS OF COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A wi-fi based mobile positioning system determines mobile device positioning by count stamped packets communicated between the mobile device and access points according to a standard wifi protocol. Ad-hoc groups of wifi network nodes are formed and then broken with a mobile device as that mobile devices moves relative to fixed nodes, such as access points. Within an ad-hoc group, the nodes count stamp packets by latching a local counter within each node. Count-stamps are collected and used to generate ranges for a mobile device relative to nodes in an ad hoc group. A positioning services determines the position of the mobile device from the ranges. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341894 | USE OF RF SIGNATURES TO DETECT MOVED WIRELESS TRANSMITTERS - Location-independent approaches are provided for determining, using a mobile device, whether a wireless transmitter has been moved to a new location. An example method includes obtaining at least a portion of a reference radio frequency (RF) signature database; measuring signals from a plurality of wireless transmitters proximate to the mobile device; identifying a candidate wireless transmitter; deriving an observed radio frequency (RF) signature for the candidate wireless transmitter from signals from at least one wireless transmitter of the plurality of wireless transmitters other than the candidate wireless transmitter; determining whether the candidate wireless transmitter has been moved to a new location by comparing the observed RF signature for the candidate wireless transmitter to a reference RF signature associated with the candidate wireless transmitter; and generating an indicator that the candidate wireless transmitter has been moved responsive to the candidate wireless transmitter having been moved. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341895 | POSITIONING - Presented are methods and apparatus for generating an inaccuracy characteristic for a fingerprinting positioning algorithm calculation associated with a user equipment location. Fingerprinting positioning measurements are compared to high-accuracy positioning measurements and an error value is determined. The error values are accumulated and the inaccuracy characteristic is generated based on an inaccuracy calculation. For areas where insufficient data is available, an inaccuracy characteristic value can be interpolated or extrapolated from adjacent areas containing sufficient data. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341899 | REDUCING PAGING DELAYS USING LOCATION ANALYTICS IN COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS - A method is provided in one example embodiment and includes querying by a first communications network a database maintained by a second communications network for location data comprising a path typically taken by a mobile device; using the location data to identify network elements of the first communications network located proximate the path; and sending a page request for the mobile device only to the identified network elements. The method may further include mapping a first identifier for the mobile device to the second identifier for the mobile device; and using the second identifier to perform the querying. In certain embodiments, the mapping is initiated responsive to a call received for the mobile device. | 11-26-2015 |
20150346315 | METHOD FOR ENHANCING POSITIONING MEASUREMENT AND COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS UTILIZING THE SAME - A method for enhancing positioning measurement and a communications apparatus are disclosed. The method includes receiving an observed mobility difference of arrival (OTDOA) request and a search list of cells provided by a network at a second time point, comparing the received search list to a stored search list of cells which is received from the network at a first time point and stored in a database, searching at least one of the cells from the received search list by using different search ranges adjusted according to the comparison result, and storing the at least one of the cells in the database, and performing OTDOA measurements from the at least one of the cells. The corresponding communications apparatus includes a receiving module, a comparing module, a searching module, and a measuring module, configured to carry out the above-identified operations. | 12-03-2015 |
20150346316 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETECTING AND LOCATING TRAPPED PEOPLE - A method and system for detecting and locating trapped people are provided. The method includes the following steps: (a) transmitting a first wireless signal based on a transmission power, and recording the transmission power; (b) when a first mobile device registers to the system for detecting and locating trapped people in response to the first wireless signal, recording identity information of the first mobile device; (c) determining whether the transmission power is a maximum transmission power; (d) if no, increasing the transmission power, and repeating the steps (a) to (d); if yes, calculating a relative location between the first mobile device and the system for detecting and locating trapped people based on the recorded transmission power and the recorded identity information. | 12-03-2015 |
20150346317 | Deduplicating Location Fingerprint Data - Methods, systems, and computer program product for deduplicating location fingerprint data for a venue are described. A system including a location server, or a mobile device, or both, can deduplicate the location fingerprint data. Deduplicating the location fingerprint data can include identifying correlated signal sources the signals of which are mutually dependent such that measurements of one signal source can be used to predict measurements of another. The system can determine a mutual information entropy value for each pair of signal sources, and identify the correlated signal sources based on high mutual information entropy value. The system can adjust weights of the correlated signal sources in location determination | 12-03-2015 |
20150350822 | Electronic Devices with Motion Characterization Circuitry - An electronic device may include a motion sensor for detecting movement of the electronic device. Applications that run on the electronic device such as fitness applications or activity logging applications may use motion sensor data to track a user's physical activity. To avoid mischaracterizing a user's movement, motion sensor circuitry in the electronic device may supplement motion sensor data with additional information in instances where motion sensor data alone may be insufficient to distinguish between different types of physical activity. For example, information on a user's speed may be synthesized with motion sensor data to help characterize a user's movement. Information on a user's speed may be determined based on location information. The location information may, for example, be gathered using IEEE 802.11 transceiver circuitry or, in more rural areas, may be gathered using Global Positioning System receiver circuitry. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350824 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DETERMINING POSITION - The present disclosure provides a method and a terminal for determining a position. The method includes detecting a position request of a designated application and acquiring a position coordinate of the terminal through a positioning function. The method also includes determining a designated region to which the position coordinate belongs, in pre-stored correspondence relationships between position coordinate ranges and designated regions. The method further includes responding to the position request of the designated application according to the designated region to which the position coordinate belongs. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350825 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING POSITION ASSOCIATED INFORMATION AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE SUPPORTING THE SAME - A position associated information providing method, implemented by an electronic device supporting the same, includes identifying a condition of position information set to an application running or execution-requested, obtaining position information corresponding to the identified condition of the position information, and providing the obtained position information to the application. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350827 | GEO-FENCE NOTIFICATION MANAGEMENT - Embodiments for geo-fence notification management are generally described herein. A mobile device for geo-fence notification management may include a geo-location module to: determine a geographical location of the mobile device; and determine whether the mobile device is located in a geo-fenced area for longer than a threshold period of time; and a presentation module to present a notification on the mobile device when the mobile device is located in the geo-fenced area for longer than the threshold period of time. A server and mobile device may work cooperatively to obtain a position of a mobile device; determine whether the mobile device is located in a geo-fenced area; determine whether the geo-fenced area has a software application associated with it; and present the software application to the mobile device when the geo-fenced area has a software application associated with it. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350829 | WIRELESS POSITIONING AND WIRELESS POSITIONING METHOD AND APPARATUS - An apparatus for wireless positioning includes a first delimitation unit configured to delimit an initial boundary for a predetermined space to divide the predetermined space into at least two areas, each area of the at least two areas comprising multiple zones, the multiple zones including a boundary zone adjacent to the initial boundary; a detection unit configured to detect signal feature values of respective wireless access points in the boundary zone and determine an identifier set of the detected wireless access points; and a second delimitation unit configured to re-determine the boundaries of the at least two areas for the wireless positioning based on the detection results in the boundary zone. With the method and apparatus of embodiments of the present invention, it is possible to reduce the positioning calculation time while maintaining high positioning accuracy. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350830 | WIRELESS POSITIONING AND WIRELESS POSITIONING METHOD AND APPARATUS - An apparatus for wireless positioning includes a first delimitation unit configured to delimit an initial boundary for a predetermined space to divide the predetermined space into at least two areas, each area of the at least two areas comprising multiple zones, the multiple zones including a boundary zone adjacent to the initial boundary; a detection unit configured to detect signal feature values of respective wireless access points in the boundary zone and determine an identifier set of the detected wireless access points; and a second delimitation unit configured to re-determine the boundaries of the at least two areas for the wireless positioning based on the detection results in the boundary zone. With the method and apparatus of embodiments of the present invention, it is possible to reduce the positioning calculation time while maintaining high positioning accuracy. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350831 | WWAN Almanac Integrity Monitoring System - Method, apparatus and computer program product for monitoring wireless wide area network almanac integrity in a wireless wide area network are disclosed. In one embodiment, the method comprises receiving crowdsourcing data from a plurality of mobile devices, determining a change to a wireless wide area network almanac using the crowdsourcing data, and updating a database in accordance with the change to the wireless wide area network almanac. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350834 | METHOD FOR GENERATING A TRACK FILE THAT CONTAINS NOTIFICATION INFORMATION, A COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT, AND A NAVIGATION METHOD - A method for generating a track file that contains notification information includes obtaining a raw track file and a road network data, determining whether each of consecutive two of recorded locations of the track file is on or off road segments of the road network data, generating a notification of change in road status when the consecutive two of the recorded locations are determined to be respectively on and off the road segments, calculating an included angle between two line segments which connect in sequence consecutive three of the recorded locations, determining whether the included angle is greater than a threshold value, and generating a notification of turning when the included angle is determined to be greater than the threshold value. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350836 | Method and System for Providing Enhanced Location Based Information for Wireless Handsets - Methods, devices and systems for generating enhanced location information on or about a mobile device may include hybrid lateration and/or trilateration solutions in which the mobile device determines whether information obtained via a geospatial system of the mobile device is accurate, collects location information from a plurality of mobile devices in a communication group in response to determining that the information obtained via the geospatial system of the mobile device is not accurate, computes computing more precise location information (including three-dimensional location and position information) based on the location information collected from the plurality of mobile devices, and using the generated location and position information to provide an enhanced location based service, such as an emergency location service, a commercial location service, an internal location service and/or a lawful intercept location service. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350837 | Method and System for Providing Enhanced Location Based Information for Wireless Handsets - Methods, devices and systems for generating enhanced location information on or about a mobile device may include hybrid lateration and/or trilateration solutions in which the mobile device determines whether the mobile device is able to acquire satellite signals and navigation data from a geospatial system, collects location information from a plurality of mobile devices in a communication group in response to determining that the mobile device is not able to acquire satellite signals and navigation data from the geospatial system, computes computing more precise location information (including three-dimensional location and position information) based on the location information collected from the plurality of mobile devices, and using the generated location and position information to provide an enhanced location based service, such as an emergency location service, a commercial location service, an internal location service and/or a lawful intercept location service. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350838 | ELECTRONIC LOCATION INFORMATION TO MOBILE DEVICE - The present invention describes a method and system how to get the location information to a mobile device indoors or outdoors. The method and system includes that one or several nodes capable to communicate with short-distance communication network having two or more pieces of location information in their identification are placed into the area where the mobile device capable to communicate with short distance communication network should get the location information. Method and system also includes in the mobile device an application which is able to detect, analyze and deduce the location based on the pieces of location information got from the node or nodes. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350840 | ESTIMATED TIME OF ARRIVAL (ETA) BASED ON CALIBRATED DISTANCE - One example of determining an estimated time of arrival (ETA) based on calibrated distance includes a method implemented by a processor included in a mobile device to be carried by a user. An estimated distance between a starting location and an ending location is received. A calibration factor based on a location of the mobile device on the user's body and a movement pace of the user is determined. The estimated distance between the starting location and the ending location is modified based, in part, on the determined calibration factor resulting in a modified estimated distance. An estimated time to arrive (ETA) at the ending location is determined based, in part, on the modified estimated distance. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350846 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR POSITION ESTIMATION - Systems, apparatus and methods disclosed herein facilitate vision based mobile device location determination. In some embodiments, a method for estimating a position of a mobile device may comprise: detecting that the mobile device is in communication with at least one of a plurality of devices, where each of the plurality of devices associated with a corresponding device identifier. The capture of at least one image by an image sensor coupled to the mobile device may be triggered, based, in part on: the device identifier corresponding to the device in communication with the mobile device, and/or a field of view of the image sensor. A location of the mobile device may then be determined, based, in part, on the at least one captured image. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350849 | Location Determination Using Dual Statistical Filters - Methods, systems, and computer program product for location determination using dual statistical filters are described. A mobile device can determine a location of the mobile device using a particle filter and a Kalman filter. The particle filter can filter candidate locations of the mobile device using measurements of environment variables in the venue. The Kalman filter can filter inputs from a sensor of the mobile device for measuring angular movement of the mobile device. The particle filter and the Kalman filter can be linked by heading of the mobile device. Output of the Kalman filter can be used to determine where to place particles, or candidate locations, in a next iteration of the particle filter. Output from the particle filter can be used to determine a center mode of the Kalman filter and to determine a bias of the sensor for measuring angular movement. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350850 | LOCATION SUPPORT USING A DEVICE IDENTIFICATION CONVEYED BY A POSITIONING PROTOCOL - Techniques for using device-related information for positioning of a mobile device include providing non-unique device-related information by a mobile device to a location server. Such device-related information can be conveyed from a mobile device to a server in positioning protocols. The device related information may comprise information about an Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) for a mobile device, a model, a version and information about wireless chip OEMs, models and versions and may enable a positioning characteristic for the mobile device to be retrieved from stored data to support positioning of the mobile device. Techniques can also include a location server gathering information regarding a positioning characteristic for a mobile device and storing this information in association with the mobile device type which may reduce or avoid the need to configure stored data. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351067 | DISTANCE AND VELOCITY MEASUREMENTS USING CARRIER SIGNALS - Systems and methods for performing distance and velocity measurements, such as by using carrier signals, are disclosed. A measurement method may include transmitting a first signal from an originator device to a transponder device, the first signal having a first carrier frequency; and determining a carrier phase of the first signal at the transponder device. The method may include transmitting a second signal from the transponder device to the originator device, the second signal having a second carrier frequency; and determining a carrier phase of the second signal at the originator device. The method may include estimating a distance between the originator device and the transponder device using the carrier phase of the first carrier signal and the carrier phase of the second carrier signal. The method may include estimating the distance between the originator device and the transponder device using a frequency difference between the first carrier frequency and the second carrier frequency. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351068 | TEMPORAL AND SPATIAL BOUNDING OF PERSONAL INFORMATION - Apparatus, systems, and/or methods to temporally and spatially bound personal information. A pseudo random number corresponding to time based on a random number time seed and generate a pseudo random number corresponding to location based on a random number location seed may be generated. In addition, the pseudo random number corresponding to time may be mixed with the pseudo random number corresponding to location to generate a combined pseudo random number corresponding to a specific user at a specific location at a specific time. The combined pseudo random number may be used to store and/or read personal information in an anonymous manner. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351069 | DETERMINING LOCATION OF A USER OF A MOBILE DEVICE - A method of determining location of a user of a mobile device based on Call Detail Records (CDRs) includes determining data in CDRs related to the user; determining base stations associated with communication locations of the user and corresponding statistical data about communication frequency according to the determined data in the CDRs; and determining location of the user based on at least three determined base stations and the corresponding statistical data about communication frequency as well as physical coordinates of the three base stations. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351071 | Location Classification Accuracy for Devices Inside and Outside of a Deployment Area - Techniques are presented to optimize location classification accuracy for wireless devices. A controller in communication with one or more wireless access points receives measurement data associated with signals received at one or more wireless access points from a plurality of wireless clients. The controller classifies each of the measurement data associated with a corresponding client as indicative a location inside of a particular region or outside of the particular region. The controller determines information of an actual location for each of the clients and classifies the information of the actual location as indicating a location inside of the particular region or outside of the particular region. For a given client whose classification of the information of the actual location does not match the classification of the corresponding measurement data, the controller modifies the information of the actual location of the given client. | 12-03-2015 |
20150354970 | POSITION INDICATION CONTROLS FOR DEVICE LOCATIONS - Aspects of the disclosure relate generally to localizing mobile devices. In one example, a first location method associated with a first accuracy value may be used to estimate a location of the mobile device. A confidence circle indicative of a level of confidence in the estimation of the location is calculated. The confidence circle may be displayed on a mobile device. When other location methods become available, the size of the displayed confidence circle may be expanded based on information from an accelerometer of the client device or the accuracy of the other available location methods. This may be especially useful when the mobile device is transitioning between areas which are associated with different location methods that may be more or less accurate. | 12-10-2015 |
20150355308 | RFID TAG SEARCH METHOD, NON-TRANSITORY STORAGE MEDIUM STORING RFID TAG SEARCH PROGRAM, AND RFID TAG SEARCH DEVICE - A method to be executed by a user terminal for searching for locations of one or more wireless devices that are located within an area in which the one or more wireless devices can wirelessly communicate with the user terminal, wherein each of the one or more wireless devices periodically transmits a beacon signal. The method includes detecting a number of the one or more wireless devices that are located within the area based on the beacon signals; determining a transmission period for transmitting the beacon signals depending on the number of the one or more wireless devices; and instructing the one or more wireless devices that are located within the area to transmit the beacon signals in accordance with the determined transmission period. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358767 | INTELLIGENT DEVICE CONNECTION FOR WIRELESS MEDIA IN AN AD HOC ACOUSTIC NETWORK - Techniques associated with intelligent device connection for wireless media in an ad hoc acoustic network are described, including receiving a radio signal at an intelligent device connection unit implemented in a media device, determining a source of the radio signal to be outside of an acoustic network being associated with the media device, generating a location data associated with a location of the source, receiving an acoustic signal from the source, evaluating the acoustic signal and metadata associated with the acoustic signal to determine additional location data, updating the location data, generating acoustic network data using the location data, the acoustic network data associating the source with the acoustic network, and sending setup data to the source. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358768 | INTELLIGENT DEVICE CONNECTION FOR WIRELESS MEDIA IN AN AD HOC ACOUSTIC NETWORK - Techniques associated with intelligent device connection for wireless media in an ad hoc acoustic network are described, including receiving a radio signal from an outside media device, determining whether the radio signal includes identifying information, evaluating the radio signal to calculate location data associated with a location of the outside media device, determining whether the location of the outside media device is within a threshold proximity of a primary media device, sending request to the outside media device, the request comprising an instruction to the outside media device to provide an acoustic output, receiving response data from the outside media device, capturing an acoustic signal using an acoustic sensor, determining the acoustic signal to be associated with the acoustic output from the outside media device, and generating acoustic network data using the acoustic signal, the acoustic network data identifying the outside media device as being part of the acoustic network. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358771 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR REAL TIME LOCATION SYSTEM REFERENCING IN PHYSICALLY AND RADIO FREQUENCY CHALLENGED ENVIRONMENTS - Systems, methods, apparatuses, and computer readable media are disclosed for improving, in some examples, reference in a location system. In one embodiment, a method is provided comprising: receiving reference tag blink data from a plurality of receivers; calculating, using a processor, a reference phase offset between the plurality of receivers; and generating a suspended reference phase offset table, wherein a suspended reference phase offset table is generated by causing the reference phase offset to be stored in a memory for later tag location calculations. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358772 | Device and Methods for Signal-Broadcasting Sockets - The present disclosure is directed to an electronic socket device that transmits radio signals, which can be used to approximate the location of a person or device in a room. In one embodiment, the device may be installed in a standard electrical outlet and powered by an AC power source. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358773 | LOCATION-BASED NETWORK SYSTEM AND LOCATION-BASED COMMUNICATION METHOD - A location-based network system is provided. The location-based network system includes a plurality of communication nodes to transmit a data packet based on the location of each node and a distance between each node and a destination node. A location-based communication method is also provided. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358775 | GEO-FENCING BASED FUNCTIONS - Systems and methods are provided for geo-fencing using a mobile device. In certain instances, the geo-function setting sets boundaries relating to when alerts may be presented to a user of the electronic device, or when an alert may be transmitted to another electronic device. A geo-function setting may relate a perimeter around a location, or may relate to a perimeter bracketing a pre-defined route traversed by a person carrying the electronic device. When the electronic device crosses a perimeter, an alert may be presented or transmitted according to the operating system setting. In other instances, a geo-function may be initiated though a user interface of the electronic device, and may relate to the learning of a route traversed by a person carrying the electronic device. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358781 | TERMINAL APPARATUS, POSITION ESTIMATING METHOD, POSITION ESTIMATING SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A mobile terminal communicable with a plurality of base stations narrows down candidate positions of the mobile terminal estimated from signals received from the plurality of base stations, based on missing data of the signals received from a certain base station, and estimates a position of the mobile terminal from the narrowed down candidate positions, based on an observation probability of intensities of the signals received. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358783 | HOLD STATE JUDGING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - In order to accurately determines the hold state of a mobile device possessed by a user while moving, provided is a hold state judging apparatus including an acquiring section that acquires output signals of sensors mounted in a mobile device held by a user; a pattern storage section that stores, in association with each other, information indicating a plurality of hold states of the mobile device and reference characteristic amounts of the output signals of the sensors obtained in advance respectively for the plurality of hold states; a hold state judging section that judges the hold state of the mobile device based on which of the reference characteristic amounts stored in the pattern storage section characteristic amounts of the output signals of the sensors acquired by the acquiring section correspond to. Also provided is a program. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358784 | LOCATING METHOD, DRIVE TEST TERMINAL AND HAND-HELD TERMINAL - The present invention provides a locating method, a drive test terminal and a hand-held terminal. Herein, the locating method comprises: a first terminal receiving an included angle value between a current advancing direction of a user and a due north direction, which is sent from a second terminal, wherein the first terminal is provided with a gyroscope, the second terminal is used to calculate the included angle value of the included angle between the current advancing direction and the due north direction according to the current advancing direction input by the user and a due north direction indication diagram, and send the included angle value to the first terminal; and the first terminal using the included angle value to correct an output angle of the gyroscope, so as to locate the first terminal. By the present invention, the directional angle may be accurately determined without using a magnetometer. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358936 | METHOD OF ESTIMATING A POSITION OF A SIGNAL SOURCE, AND SERVER AND MOBILE DEVICE UTILIZING THE SAME - A method of estimating a position of the signal source and a server and a mobile device utilizing the same are provided. The method, adopted by a computing device, includes: collecting a plurality of signal strengths of a signal source from a plurality of positions; fitting a curve to the pluralities of signal strengths and positions; and determining the position of the signal source based on the fitted curve. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358938 | Receiver Processor For Adaptive Windowing And High-Resolution TOA Determination In A Multiple Receiver Target Location System - The present invention provides methods for a high-resolution active RTLS tag location determination system that provides for <1 ns TOA accuracy and resolution and significantly reduces the channel effects of multipath interference, even in low SNR applications. To accomplish these objectives, the present invention provides for an iterative and adaptive windowing function in each of the receivers of a receiver grid that captures multiple reflections of multiple transmissions from each of the associated target RTLS tags. The adaptive windowing function is used in conjunction with an asynchronous transmit and receive clock function that effectively increases resolution of TOA detection to levels less than the minimum detection window width associated with each of the receivers in the receiver grid. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358939 | Mobile Activity Status Tracker - A technique and apparatus to provide status tracking of presence and/or location of a mobile, wireless device to a requesting entity even outside of a particular wireless system. This allows wireless service providers the ability to monitor and log changes in the status of mobile stations within and/or outside their networks. Embodiments are disclosed wherein presence and/or location information is provided to entities outside of a particular servicing wireless network using the mechanisms of call processing components of a mobile network (e.g., call setup procedures), and using standard mechanisms currently available to any appropriately conforming Mobile Switching Center (MSC) element. A mobile activity status tracker (MAST) is disclosed which contains a database of information similar to the information contained in the Home Location Register. The MAST tracks and reports status and activity of mobile wireless devices in a wireless network using mobile registration message, mobile inactivity message forwarding, and/or mobile automatic notification of subscriber status to TCP/IP entities (e.g., application servers on the Internet or Intranet). The MAST system duplicates the same or similar information contained in a corresponding HLR, but is available as an external database entity which is not restricted by SS7 standards. The tracking need not track call-specific information, e.g., called telephone numbers or information regarding conversations sustained by the tracked wireless subscribers. | 12-10-2015 |
20150362581 | ROTATION BASED ALIGNMENT OF A GROUP OF WIRELESS TAGS - A method for determining a location of a wireless tag, the method may include generating or receiving, by a tagged mobile device, an estimated location of another tag that communicates with the tagged mobile device; receiving or generating, by the tagged mobile device, multiple distance measurements that are obtained during different points of time; wherein the multiple distance measurements are obtained during a rotational movement of the tagged mobile device and represent distances between the tagged mobile device and the other tag; finding a certain angle of rotation of the mobile device that corresponds to a minimal distance measurement of the multiple distance measurements; and amending the estimated location of the other tag based upon the certain angle of rotation. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365787 | User Location and Identity Awareness - Systems and methods for performing actions based on a user's location are described. A user profile correlating automated actions with locations may be generated and/or stored. The user's location may be determined by determining the location of a device, such as the user's mobile device. Several different wireless communication protocols and/or wireless networks (e.g., Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, Cellular, and/or GPS) may be used in a hierarchical manner to determine the user's location. When the user's location is determined, one or more actions may be performed based on the user's location and/or profile. For example, an instruction may be sent to a display device or set-top box located in the same room as the user to turn on the display device or set-top box or to display a content recommendation for the user. As another example, an instruction may be sent to the user's home to deactivate a home security system when the user is within a predetermined distance from the home. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365788 | METHOD, LOCATION DETERMINER, COMPUTER PROGRAM AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR DETERMINING A LOCATION OF A MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - It is presented a method for determining a location of a mobile communication terminal. The method is performed in a location determiner and comprises the steps of: obtaining, using a first location source, a first location indicator of the mobile communication terminal; obtaining using a second location source, a second location indicator of the mobile communication terminal; determining an inconsistency condition to be true when one, and only one, of the first and second location indicators indicates the mobile communication terminal to be located within the coverage of its home network; and when the in-consistency condition is true, disregarding the location indicator indicating the mobile communication terminal to be located within the coverage of its home network. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365789 | LOCATION REPORTING OF USER EQUIPMENT IN A CELLULAR NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - An example method is provided in one example embodiment and includes receiving, by a user equipment device, a list including at least one location identifier associated with an area for location reporting and an area identifier identifying the area for location reporting. The method further includes receiving a location identifier broadcast by a wireless network element, and determining whether the broadcast location identifier matches the at least one location identifier associated with the area for location reporting. The method further includes sending a location reporting message by the user equipment device to a first network node when it is determined that the broadcast location identifier matches the at least one location identifier associated with the area for location reporting. The location reporting message is indicative of the user equipment device either entering or exiting the area for location reporting. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365793 | METHOD OF SETTING INITIAL LOCATION OF USER TERMINAL VIA INTERACTION WITH USER AND USER TERMINAL - A method of setting an initial location of a user terminal via an interaction with a user and a user terminal is provided. The method includes measuring a magnetic field at a current location of the user terminal, and estimating a candidate initial location of the user terminal based on the magnetic field. The method further includes displaying the candidate initial location, and selecting the candidate initial location. The method further includes setting the initial location based on the selection. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365805 | Fine Timing Measurement Positioning and Improvements in Wireless Local Area Networks - A method of indoor positioning using Fine Timing Measurement (FTM) avoiding co-located access point (AP) is proposed. In a wireless local area network, an AP obtains neighboring AP location information and determines a list of co-located BSSIDs. In a first option, an STA first selects an AP and query for AP location and co-located BSSID information using ANQP (Access Network Query Protocol). In a second option, the STA first selects an AP and initiates FTM protocol with the selected AP and thereby obtaining AP location and co-located BSSID information. Upon obtaining the AP location and the co-located BSSID list, the STA can initiates FTM protocol with additional non-co-located BSSs for determining an accurate STA location. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365836 | TECHNIQUES FOR MEASURING A LOCATION OF UE - The present invention provides a method for measuring a location. The method comprises: receiving, by a User Equipment (UE) and from a serving cell, information on a bandwidth allocated for a positioning reference signal (PRS); receiving, by the User Equipment (UE) and from at least one or more neighbor cells, information on a bandwidth allocated for a PRS; determining whether there is a difference between the bandwidths; and measuring, by the UE and based on a result of the determination a timing difference between PRSs transmitted from the serving cell and the at least one or more neighbor cells. | 12-17-2015 |
20150373487 | LONG LIFE CONTAINER TRACKING DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DETECTING TAMPERING WITH THE TRACKING DEVICE - A tracking device is provided having a normally open passive switch for detecting when the tracking device has been removed from a container on which it has been installed. The device includes a powered communication system and the normally open passive switch that is biased toward a closed position. The switch is maintained in the normally open condition via a magnet disposed near the switch. The magnet is disposed on the container and aligned with the switch. The switch includes a magnetically reactive element coupled thereto. When the tracking device is moved away from the container, the magnetic force on the switch will be reduced, and the bias in the switch will cause the switch to move to the closed position. Upon moving the switch to the closed position, the communications system will transmit a message that the device has been removed. When the switch is in the normally open state, the circuit on which the switch is disposed will not draw any power. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373489 | MATCHING USERS IN A LOCATION-BASED SERVICE - Embodiments of the present application relate to a method, apparatus, and system for matching users in connection with a Location-Based Service. The method includes receiving service messages from a plurality of terminals, wherein the service messages include communication attributes, geographic location information, and user feature identifiers, extracting the communication attributes, the geographic location information, and the user feature identifiers from the received service messages, determining whether two or more of the plurality of terminals are within a threshold range, determining whether the extracted user feature identifiers corresponding to the terminals are the same, and in the event that one or more of the plurality of terminals are within the threshold range and the extracted user feature identifiers are the same, setting a terminal of the one or more terminals as a message receiving terminal if a service message associated with the terminal includes a communication attribute corresponding to receiving. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373490 | DETERMINING IF A TARGET DEVICE IS COLLOCATED WITH OTHER DEVICES IN A USERS CONTACTS LIST - A method to determine whether a target device is collocated with at least one other device within a plurality of devices associated with a user's contact list is provided. The method may include determining location information for each of the plurality of mobile devices associated with the user's contact list. The method may also include selecting a target device within the plurality of devices. The method may further include determining, based on the location information, whether the selected target device is collocated with the at least one other device within the plurality of devices. Additionally, the method may include displaying the at least one other collocated device to the user. The method may also include determining if the at least one other collocated device is selected by the user. The method may include connecting the target device and the selected at least one other collocated device to the user's device. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373491 | METHOD FOR MEASURING LOCATION OF TERMINAL IN WIRELESS NETWORK AND DEVICE THEREFOR - A method for measuring, by a terminal, the location of a terminal in a wireless network according to the present invention includes the steps of: determining based on a received signal whether the number of access points (APs) that transmit the signal is three or more; storing location information on a first AP obtained based on the received signal and distance information between the terminal and the first AP at a point receiving the signal if the number of the APs is less than three; measuring a travel distance and a travel direction according to the movement of the terminal from the point receiving the signal; obtaining, based on the signals received from a second and a third AP, location information on the second and third APs and distance information between the terminal and each of the second and third APs at the current point, if it is determined that the number of the APs that transmit signals from the current point according to the movement to the terminal is three or more; and calculating the location of the current point of the terminal based on the distance information between the terminal and each of the second and third APs at the current point, distance information between the terminal and the first AP, and the measured travel distance and the measured travel direction. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373492 | LOCATION-BASED SERVICE PROVISIONING - A geographic map is seeded with location-based service offering in real-time. A whistle for services in a geographic location within the geographic map is monitored. Service providers having characteristics indicative of suitability for timely providing at the geographic location a location-based service identifiable from the location-based service offerings when a whistle event requesting the location-based service is created are alerted. Provisioning of the location-based service provided in response to the whistle for services is tracked. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373494 | DETERMINING A POSITION OF A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method of determining a position of a mobile telecommunication device ( | 12-24-2015 |
20150373499 | Method and System for Saving and Retrieving Spatial Related Information - The present invention is directed to a method and apparatus for storing, referencing, retrieving, and graphically displaying spatial and non-spatial related information of a mobile computing device, such as a laptop computer or a cellular telephone. The spatial-related information may be obtained by using positioning tracking systems such as a global positioning system, whereas the non-spatial related information may include communication activities associated with the mobile computing device, such as phone calls, e-mails, text messages, pages, etc. The present invention also provides methods and apparatus of sharing event information between mobile communication devices as well as related navigational information for traveling to an event from a real-time position of a mobile communication device. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373500 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MULTI-HYPOTHESIS LOCATION TESTING - Systems, apparatus and methods to perform hypothesis localization are presented. An access point (AP) is associated with one specific area, such as an LCI (location context identifier). Each specific area defines area information comprising an identifier, a list of APs, and a map of the specific area. Each specific area, and associated APs from the list of APs, is hypothesized as the specific area containing a mobile device. For each hypothesized area, a mobile device trajectory is formed using just listed APs from that area, to form a plurality of mobile device trajectories. After evaluating the resulting plurality of mobile device trajectories, a selection is made of the best fitting mobile device trajectory. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373501 | METHOD OF ANALYSING DATA COLLECTED IN A CELLULAR NETWORK AND SYSTEM THEREOF - There is provided a method of analysing data collected in a cellular network and system thereof. The method comprises: repeatedly processing a first subset of the collected data to geo-locate mobile devices, thereby giving rise to geo-location data informative of geo-located mobile devices and associated time-stamped geo-locations thereof, wherein geo-locating is provided with the help of a geo-locating transformation function generated by unsupervised learning, by the processor, of a second subset of the collected data. The method further comprises processing the geo-location data to obtain time-stamped track points, each track point is associated with a respective mobile device and is characterized by geo-location, azimuth and velocity; storing the obtained track points in association with data indicative of respective mobile devices and time-stamps, thereby generating a geo-location database; and processing the geo-location database, to obtain one or more metrics of the cellular network as a function of, at least, respective geo-coordinates. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373503 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POSITIONING SYSTEM ENHANCEMENT WITH VISIBLE LIGHT COMMUNICATION - Method, mobile device, computer program product, and apparatus for performing Positioning System Enhancement is described. A visible light communication (VLC) signal is received at a mobile device in an environment and the mobile device measures an external field in response to receiving the VLC signal. The mobile device decodes an identifier from the VLC signal and determines a relative position to the VLC signal source. The mobile device sends information to a server. The information sent to the server includes the identifier, position, and external field measurement. The server calculates position within the heatmap according to the identifier and relative position received from the mobile device. The server updates the heatmap according to the position of the mobile device and respective external measurements at the position. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373665 | Scalable Multi-Channel Ranging - Techniques are presented herein to coordinate ranging exchanges between base stations in order to enable any number of wireless devices in the vicinity of the base stations to obtain signals associated with ranging exchanges between base stations, time-of-departure report messages transmitted by the base stations to each other and time-of-arrival report messages transmitted by the base stations to each other, for use in computing the location of the wireless devices. Based on the multi-channel time-of-arrivals computed for the wireless device with respect to each base station, the multi-channel time-of-arrivals contained in the time-of-arrival report messages transmitted between base stations and the known locations of the base stations, a physical location is computed for the wireless device. | 12-24-2015 |
20150378045 | MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE FOR POSITIONING SYSTEM BASED ON MAGNETIC FIELD MAP AND METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal device for a positioning system based on a magnetic field map and a method thereof, are provided. The mobile terminal includes a memory configured to store a magnetic field map including magnetic field values at positions. The mobile terminal further includes a magnetic field sensor configured to measure a magnetic field value at a position of the mobile terminal. The mobile terminal further includes an inertial measurement unit (IMU) sensor configured to measure an acceleration value and a gyro value of the mobile terminal. The mobile terminal further includes a processor configured to determine the position of the mobile terminal based on the magnetic field map, the magnetic field value, the acceleration value, and the gyro value. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382139 | IMPROVEMENTS RELATED TO TRACKING MOVING OBJECTS - A control system for tracking moving objects and controlling an action at a selected one of a plurality of geographic locations is described. The system comprises: a receiver for receiving location data from a plurality of mobile devices; a tracking module for recording the location data from each of the plurality of location devices in a tracking database; a cluster formation module for grouping a plurality moving mobile devices into a cluster using the recorded location data over time, each cluster comprising a plurality of moving mobile devices which have substantially no relative movement with respect to each other; a route extrapolator for determining a geographic location at which the cluster of mobile devices will be at a future point in time using the tracked history of the cluster and a predetermined network of pathways along which the cluster can travel; and an action module for sending out an instruction regarding an action to be carried out at the selected geographic location where the cluster is predicted to arrive at the future point in time. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382143 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING LOCATION OF WIRELESS DEVICES - A method for determining the location of a client device in a wireless network having at least a first and a second other network devices each with a known location is disclosed. The first other network device and the second other network device each transmit to the other two messages, and each acknowledges the first message sent by the other. The client device receives these messages, the acknowledgement messages, and respective timing information indicating the actual time when the message and the acknowledgement message were processed by the first and the second other network devices. The client device utilizes the difference between the actual processing times to determine its location. This method allows the location determination to be independent of the accuracy of the time of flight between the first other network device and the second other network device. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382149 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING TIMELY MESSAGES BASED ON ARRIVAL AT A LOCATION - A system and method for retrieving both public and private location-based messages. The system and method utilize location-based services and processing to determine when the mobile device has arrived at, is in the vicinity of, is dwelling at, and has left a particular location and then can deliver private messages based upon this information and other user specified criteria. Additionally upon arrival at new location, the mobile device will query a server to determine if there is any category specific public information related to this new location. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382155 | System and Method for Reporting Use of a Mobile Communication Device While Driving - A method for reporting use of a mobile device may include: (1) determining whether a wireless communication signal is received by a mobile device, (2) determining whether the mobile device is in a driver compartment of a vehicle, (3) determining whether the vehicle is moving, (4) determining whether the mobile device is in use, and (5) reporting the use of the mobile device when the mobile device is in the driver compartment and the vehicle is moving. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382156 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DETECTING DRIVER PHONE OPERATION USING DEVICE POSITION AND ORIENTATION DATA - A method for determining the position in a vehicle of a first device in communication with a microprocessor may include receiving, at the microprocessor, a first set of inertial data from at least one sensor of the first device; receiving, at the microprocessor, a second set of inertial data from at least one sensor of a reference device disposed within the vehicle; and determining, using the microprocessor, the position of the first device in the vehicle by comparing the first set of inertial data with the second set of inertial data. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382204 | AUTOMATIC DETERMINATION OF COMPONENT TYPES AND LOCATIONS FOR WIRELESS NETWORK DESIGN - A computer implemented method and system for determining component types and locations in a network design. The method includes automatically determining component types and locations according to a riser location as an entry point and antenna locations as a plurality of end points. The automatically determining component types and locations includes determining, by a processor of the computer, a first set of component types and locations according to a tree topology, according to the entry point and the plurality of end points, determining, by the processor, a second set of component types and locations according to a hybrid topology, according to the entry point and the plurality of end points, and determining, by the processor, one of the first set of component types and locations and the second set of component types and locations. | 12-31-2015 |
20160007146 | METHOD OF LOCATING A MOBILE DEVICE AND MOBILE DEVICE UTILIZING THE SAME - A method of locating a mobile device and the mobile device utilizing the same are provided. The method, adopted by a mobile device, includes: scanning for a first signal of a first signal source in a vicinity of a first location to obtain first signal source information; receiving a logging request to log the first location; and upon receiving the logging request, recording a first location identifier and the first signal source information in a location log, wherein the first location identifier represents the first location. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007147 | CELL LOCATION ESTIMATION - Techniques are disclosed for estimating a cell center and/or coverage area of an antenna, and geographic coverage of cell IDs associated therewith, using crowdsourcing data from mobile phones. The techniques described herein can utilize two different data sets to accommodate changes in the geographical coverage associated with a cell ID and reduce the probability of putting the cell center estimate in awkward or unlikely locations. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007149 | SERVICE PROVISION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and system for providing information about stations of a communication system, and more particularly information of stations that are located within a defined area. In an embodiment a search is triggered in a location information service for information concerning wireless stations within the defined area. At least one such access entity of the communication system is selected that covers partially or entirely the defined area. A location information request is subsequently generated and broadcast in the selected cells. A response including information concerning wireless stations within the cell area is generated and signalled to the location information service. According to another aspect the system is adapted to provide services for those stations only that have been determined to be located within the defined area. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007154 | GeoNexus Proximity Detector Network - A GeoNexus proximity network provides quick determination of proximity of a large group of associated mobile devices (e.g., ‘friends’, all devices associated with those who ‘like’ a given posting, etc.) To respond to a given proximity request, a list of identities is obtained for the group of associated mobile devices for which proximity is to be determined. A bucket index is determined of a place to which proximity is to be determined for each of the plurality of associated mobile devices. A target geonexus node associated with the determined bucket index is queried, which in turn queries geonexus nodes adjacent thereto, to quickly determine which of the group of mobile devices are proximate, without the need to individually query for location of each mobile device in the group. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007157 | AGGREGATION OF MOBILE DEVICE DATA FOR FACILITATION OF RULE-BASED ACTION - A network device can be placed in a central location to detect and disseminate mobile device data via a wireless network. The network device actions can be determined by an end-user device that receives subscription-based data. The end-user can determine parameters for communication between the network, network device, and the mobile device and determine actions based on the communication. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007159 | NETWORK SERVICES DEPENDENT UPON GEOGRAPHICAL CONSTRAINTS - A method and system arc disclosed for determining the geographic location of a user communicating on a communications network such as the Internet. In one embodiment, a provider of a product or service: (a) receives the user's phone number (or other identification for contacting the user's station), and (b) supplies the user's station with a distinctive identifier. The provider then supplies a location determining service with the user's phone number (or other identification). A phone call is made to the phone number by the location determining service for retrieving the distinctive identifier from the network station having the phone number. If the distinctive identifier is retrieved and the location determining service determines that the user's station is within an appropriate geographical area (or not within an inappropriate area), then the provider can provide the requested product or service to the user. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007164 | Methods and Apparatus for Resolving Wireless Signal Components - Methods and apparatus enabling a wireless network to generate data that can be used by a receiver (e.g., UE) to resolve the contributions of individual transmitters, such as to determine its location without resort to external devices such as GPS satellites. In one embodiment, the wireless network comprises a single frequency network (SFN), and a unique base station identifier is embedded within the data, and encoded in a manner which allows the UE to calculate path characteristics (such as path latency, and Direction of Arrival) to triangulate its position. In one variant, the data encoding comprises weighting frames of data from different base stations using an orthogonal matrix. Advantageously, the encoding and embedded identifier are also transparent to legacy UE, thereby allowing for implementation with no infrastructure or UE modifications other than software. Network and user apparatus implementing these methodologies, and methods of doing business, are also disclosed. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007318 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, LOCATION ESTIMATING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An electronic apparatus for acquiring a location, comprising: a location acquiring unit which acquires a current location of the electronic apparatus; a correction area setting unit which, based on a link attribute indicating an attribute of an adjacent area of a link in map data, sets a correction area within the adjacent area, the correction area being referred to correct the current location to a location on the link; and a location correcting unit which, in a case in which the current location acquired by the location acquiring unit belongs to the correction area set within the adjacent area, corrects the current location to a location on the link which corresponds to the correction area. | 01-07-2016 |
20160011294 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING LOCATION, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS COMPRISING THE APPARATUS | 01-14-2016 |
20160011295 | DETERMINING LOCATION OF A RECEIVER WITH A MULTI-SUBCARRIER SIGNAL | 01-14-2016 |
20160014559 | GEO-FENCE SOLVER | 01-14-2016 |
20160014561 | GEOLOCATION MESSAGING SERVICES | 01-14-2016 |
20160014565 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF PERFORMING A POSITION MEASUREMENT | 01-14-2016 |
20160014566 | Operating a User Equipment in a Wireless Communication Network | 01-14-2016 |
20160014674 | METHOD FOR LOCATION BASED ACCESS CONTROL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR | 01-14-2016 |
20160014713 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ROBUST NAVIGATION AND GEOLOCATION USING MEASUREMENTS OF OPPORTUNITY | 01-14-2016 |
20160018508 | WIRELESS POSITIONING SYSTEMS - A time-reversal positioning system includes a storage storing first data representing channel impulse responses derived from probe signals sent from a plurality of positions and second data representing coordinates of the positions. A data processor determines a position of a terminal device based on the stored channel impulse responses and a time-reversed signal determined based on a time-reversed version of a channel impulse response that is estimated based on a channel probing signal sent from the terminal device. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020861 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CALIBRATING BLUETOOTH LOW ENERGY SIGNAL STRENGTHS - Disclosed is a system and method for calibrating BLE signal strengths to high-accuracy/precise distances. The present disclosure involves auto-calibrating BLE-based tracking systems, such as, for example, those used indoors using acoustic signals. The present disclosure enables BLE-based distance estimation to be accurate to decimeters and centimeters. The disclosed systems and methods utilize signals communicated to and from roaming devices in order to determine the distance(s) between the roaming device and installed BLE units. A signal-strength to distance map can then be constructed for reuse on any device with a Bluetooth component. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021155 | METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR PERFORMING EXCHANGE OF MESSAGES - An electronic device is provided that, while traveling, easily performs message exchange exploiting unit information. An electronic device includes: a display unit; a wireless communication unit that receives information including user information related to a sender and message information desired by the sender to be transmitted to a correspondence party which are sent and received, the user information including identification information for identifying the sender and unit information for identifying an affiliation of the sender; and a display mode control unit that provides a first display position associated with the attribute information in the display unit, and displays at least either of the identification information or unit information by arranging at the first display position. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021497 | INTERACTIVE ADVISORY SYSTEM - A method for providing information to a plurality of vendors located remotely from a broadcast network. A plurality of user-defined parameters are received by a user input database with at least one of the user-defined parameters including a user profile. Each of the user profiles includes a user identifier code identifying a communicator device associated with a particular user. Real-time data indicative of the spatial locations of the communicator devices is received by a communicator location database. Search information is received independently from a plurality of vendors and a data set is generated for each vendor. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021498 | Deduplicating Location Fingerprint Data - Methods, systems, and computer program product for deduplicating location fingerprint data for a venue are described. A system including a location server, or a mobile device, or both, can deduplicate the location fingerprint data. Deduplicating the location fingerprint data can include identifying correlated signal sources the signals of which are mutually dependent such that measurements of one signal source can be used to predict measurements of another. The system can determine a mutual information entropy value for each pair of signal sources, and identify the correlated signal sources based on high mutual information entropy value. The system can adjust weights of the correlated signal sources in location determination. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021502 | CONTROL BASED ON GEO-DEPENDENT CONDITIONS - A network device capable of performing rule-based actions dependent on geolocation-based conditions or realtime conditions from an external source. The network device can obtain its geolocation, obtain a rule based on a condition, query sources for and/or calculate updated statuses of the condition based on the geolocation, and perform actions based on the updated status of the condition, the geolocation, and the rule. The network device is capable of safely shutting down when voltage supplied to the network device falls outside of and acceptable range. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021503 | MACHINE LEARNING-BASED GEOLOCATION AND HOTSPOT AREA IDENTIFICATION - Machine-learning based geolocation techniques may be used to provide the geolocations of user devices and determine the locations of hotspot areas. A coarse geolocation of a user device may be determined based on the wireless communication network usage information of the user device. Device data that includes the coarse geolocation of the use device may be inputted into a trained geolocation model of a machine learning algorithm. A refined geolocation of the user device that is more accurate than the coarse geolocation of the user device may be determined by using the machine learning algorithm to process the device data via the trained geolocation model. The refined geolocation of the user device may be further stored in a data store. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021636 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR INDOOR LOCATION SERVICES - Many indoor location services do not require precise knowledge of the position of a mobile device, but simply whether a mobile device is within a particular zone of an indoor area. Existing signals in an indoor space may provide enough information to distinguish between different zones of an indoor area, allowing a server to provide indoor location services without requiring the installation of new signal sources in the indoor area. | 01-21-2016 |
20160028836 | System and Method for Conveying Event Information Based on Varying Levels of Administrative Privilege under Multiple Levels of Access Controls - An improved system and method for defining an event based upon an object location and a user-defined zone and managing the conveyance of object location event information among computing devices where object location events are defined in terms of a condition based upon a relationship between user-defined zone information and object location information. One or more location information sources are associated with an object to provide the object location information. One or more user-defined zones are defined on a map and one or more object location events are defined. The occurrence of an object location event produces object location event information that is conveyed to users based on user identification codes. Accessibility to object location information, zone information, and object location event information is based upon an object location information access code, a zone information access code, and an object location event information access code, respectively. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029158 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF AN EVENT TIMING SYSTEM HAVING INTEGRATED GEODETIC TIMING POINTS - A system and method for determining a route or waypoints along a route to be or being traveled by a participant, the system including a location device associated with the participant having a location data receiver for receiving location data from a location providing source, and a wireless communication interface, the location detection device receiving location information from the location providing source, time stamping each received location information, and transmitting location data associated with the location device over the wireless interface; a location detection device in at least periodic wireless communication with the location device for receiving the transmitted location data, and transmitting the received location data; and an event/timing system receiving the transmitted location data, and determining a route or waypoints along a route to be or being traveled by a participant that will be tracked. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029159 | INTERACTIVE WEATHER ADVISORY SYSTEM - A method for providing information to a plurality of vendors located remotely from a broadcast network. A plurality of user-defined parameters are received by a user input database with at least one of the user-defined parameters including a user profile. Each of the user profiles includes a user identifier code identifying a communicator device associated with a particular user. Real-time data indicative of the spatial locations of the communicator devices is received by a communicator location database. Search information is received independently from a plurality of vendors and a data set is generated for each vendor. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029160 | WIRELESS BRIDGE HARDWARE SYSTEM FOR ACTIVE RFID IDENTIFICATION AND LOCATION TRACKING - In various example embodiments, a system and method for facilitating proximity detection and location tracking using a mobile wireless bridge are provided. The system includes a beacon badge, a beacon tag, and a real-time location services (“RTLS”) server communicatively coupled to the beacon badge, such as via a wireless network or the like. The beacon tag broadcasts a beacon message receivable by the beacon badge. The beacon badge determines whether it is proximate to the beacon badge based on the signal strength of the received beacon message. The beacon badge further communicates identifying information contained with the received beacon message to the RTLS server. The RTLS server uses the identifying information to determine the proximate location of the beacon badge. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029162 | VERIFYING GENERIC BROADCAST OF LOCATION ASSISTANCE DATA - Various techniques are provided for Location Services (LCS) Assistance Data broadcast, for example for implementation in LTE and LTE-A systems. The embodiments described herein may use the LPP/LPPe positioning protocol, by making use of existing unsolicited Provide Assistance Data (PAD) messages. Embodiments avoid the need to define and implement a separate broadcast Assistance Data protocol. Additional exemplary embodiments for scheduling and verifying of the broadcast Assistance Data messages are described herein. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029166 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING WHETHER A DEVICE IS LOCATED WITHIN A GEO-FENCE - Methods, systems, and apparatuses for comparing multi-dimensional datasets are provided. A multi-dimensional dataset comparison includes receiving a plurality of datasets, each including a plurality of coordinates, wherein a subset of coordinates defines a geo-fence. For a coordinate within a geo-fence of one of the plurality of datasets, determining analogous coordinates in each of the other datasets, the analogous coordinates defining a coordinate input set, and performing in parallel an operation on the coordinate input set to determine whether an entry is present at a coordinate of the coordinate input set. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029170 | INFERRING POSITIONS WITH CONTENT ITEM MATCHING - Embodiments infer position information using captured content items. A computing device such as a mobile computing or a cloud service analyzes one or more content items to generate information describing the content items. For content items that include photographs, for example, the photographs are processed to identify faces, objects, places, text, etc. The generated information is compared to reference content items (e.g., image comparison), user data (e.g., calendar data, contact information, etc.), and/or public data (e.g., address information, event information, etc.) to identify at least one match. Location information associated with the matched reference content items, user data, and/or public data is obtained. A position is determined for the content items based on the location information obtained from the matched reference content item, user data, and/or public data. In some embodiments, the obtained location information is used to refine a position determined using a beacon-based positioning service. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029171 | WIRELESS BEACON FILTERING AND UNTRUSTED DATA DETECTION - A determination is made, at a device, as to whether data identifying signals detected at the device include data from a non-stationary wireless beacon. If the data includes data from a non-stationary wireless beacon then observation data including both the data and an associated trusted position of the device is maintained in an observation buffer; otherwise, the observation data is dropped by the device. The observation data from the observation buffer is provided to a service, which determines whether the observation data conforms to one or more patterns, the one or more patterns having been identified based on one or more criteria used by the device in providing the observation data to the service. If the observation data conforms to the one or more patterns then the observation data is maintained by the service; otherwise, the observation data is dropped by the service. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029175 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOCATION IDENTIFICATION AND PRESENTATION - Method and apparatus to analyze and present location information in an easy-to-digest manner are disclosed. In one embodiment, each piece of location information can include a piece of location-designating information and a piece of location-related information. Location-designating information is primarily for identifying location. Location-related information is information related to location-designating information. The location-designating information and the location-related information can be supplied by a mobile device. With the help of location-related information, each piece of location-designating information can be more accurately transformed into a label to help identify a location. The amount of location information can be reduced. All of the location-designating information pertaining to a given area can be consolidated into one piece of location-designating information related to the label. Consolidation of some of the information may not occur if a piece of location-related information changes by more than a preset value. To better present location information in an easy-to-digest manner, location information can be compared to standards. Presentation can be on a display with respect to a reference location. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029178 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF ESTIMATING A LOCATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of estimating a location of a mobile device. For example, an apparatus may include a wireless communication unit to communicate a message between an access point and a mobile device, the message including a group identifier to indicate the access point belongs to a group of two or more access points having local coordinates measured with respect to a common origin point. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029186 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM FOR FILTERING RECIPIENTS BASED UPON GEOGRAPHICAL PROXIMITY - A system for communications between senders and recipients within a geographic location comprising: a portable device having a transceiver, GPS receiver, display and device computer readable medium; a server in communications with the portable device having a server computer readable medium; a database of records representing potential recipients in communications with the server wherein each record includes a unique user id and is associated with a user's portable device wherein each portable device includes current geolocation information; and, a set of device computer readable instructions on the device computer readable medium for creating message, associating a broadcast distance with the message, transmitting the message to the server to deliver to users within a distance represented by the broadcast distance relative to the device geolocation information. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029224 | DETERMINATION OF ENVIRONMENT CHARACTERISTICS FROM MOBILE DEVICE-BASED SENSOR MEASUREMENTS - Disclosed are methods, devices, systems, apparatus, processor-readable media, and other implementations, including a method that comprises receiving from multiple mobile devices, at a processor-based server, measurement data representative of sensor measurements performed by at least one sensor of each of the multiple mobile devices, and determining environmental characteristics associated with one or more environments at which each of the multiple mobile devices are located based on one or more environmental rules applied to the measurement data received from the multiple mobile devices. Also disclosed are methods, devices, systems, apparatus, processor-readable media for determining environmental rules based on sensor measurements provided by mobile devices for known locations or known environments. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029338 | REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION AND NETWORK USAGE WHEN LOCATING A USER DEVICE - A user device may determine an access point within communication range of the user device; determine whether location information, associated with the access point, is stored by the user device in the data structure; and obtain, based on the determination that the location information is not stored by the user device, a location of the user device. When obtaining the location information of the user device, the user device may invoke location identification hardware. The user device may store the obtained location information of the user device, in the data structure, as location information corresponding to the access point; obtain, based on the determination that the location information is stored in the data structure, the location information of the user device from the data structure; generate a location record identifying the location of the user device; and store or output the location record. | 01-28-2016 |
20160037287 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING A SCANNING OPERATION - A method in an electronic device is provided, including: transmitting, to a server, location-related information associated with the electronic device; receiving, from the server, service-related information associated with at least one short-range communication device, wherein the service-related information is received in response to the location-related information; and performing a scan for the short-range communication device based on the service-related information. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037294 | DISTRIBUTED LOCATION DETECTION IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS - The wireless sensor network can including a plurality of anchor sensors each including a signal receiver, a processing module, and a transmitter. The signal receiver can be configured to detect a received signal. The received signal can include noise and further can include a transmitted signal from the node when the node is transmitting the transmitted signal. The node can be located at an exact location that is unknown to each of the plurality of anchor sensors. The exact location can be in a region that is known to each of the plurality of anchor sensors. The transmitted signal can be wirelessly transmitted from the node when the node is transmitting the transmitted signal. The wireless sensor network also can include a fusion center. The processing module of each anchor sensor of the plurality of anchor sensors can performs acts. The acts can include determining a probability of whether the node is present at each of a plurality of grid points of the region. The acts also can include determining a local detection determination of whether the node is detected by the anchor sensor based at least in part on the probabilities of whether the node is present at the plurality of grid points. The transmitter of each anchor sensor of the plurality of anchor sensors can send the local detection determination from the anchor sensor to the fusion center. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037295 | USER DEFINED NAMES FOR DISPLAYING MONITORED LOCATION - A user's location may be tracked by tracking a device associated with the user. The user's location may be published (e.g. on a website) using a user defined name or some other name that is not related to the coordinates of the location based on the tracked location of the device. If published to a website, the name may be uploaded to the website in a user-editable area of the website, which area may or may not be directed to tracking the location of the user. The device may also be configured to trigger reminders based on whether the device is leaving an area and/or based on whether the device is approaching a location based on a location's membership in a class of locations (e.g. approaching a grocery store). | 02-04-2016 |
20160037304 | A METHOD AND SYSTEM OF PROVIDING DATA SERVICE ACCORDING TO A USER'S FUTURE LOCATION - According to one aspect of the present invention there is provided a method for controlling data service for a vehicle-based user of a telecommunication network. The method comprising: retrieving data associated with location behaviour of the user within the network; predicting, based on said data and on a current user location within the network, a future user location within the network; performing a determination of network capability at the future user location; and modifying, in response to the determination, a configuration of the network and/or a service parameter associated with the user. A network element, system and computer program product are also provided. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037305 | BUILDING FLOOR DETERMINATION FOR A LOCATION BASED SERVICE - A device stores an indication of a current floor of a multiple floor building on which a device is located. The device measures signal strengths of signals received at the device from transmitters having known locations on the floors of the building. The device selects one of the multiple floors as a candidate floor based in part on the measured signal strengths. The device increases a confidence level associated with the indication of the current floor if the candidate floor corresponds to the current floor, and decreases the confidence level if the candidate floor does not correspond to the current floor. The device replaces the indication of the current floor with the candidate floor if the confidence level is below a threshold. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037477 | WIRELESS POSITIONING USING SCHEDULED TRANSMISSIONS - A station (STA) receives a schedule from a reference device in a wireless network. The schedule provides a measurement time for each of one or more wireless channels. The STA tunes to a first channel of the one or more wireless channels in accordance with the schedule. While tuned to the first channel in accordance with the schedule, the STA receives a first message from a first access point (AP). The first message, which includes a time-of-departure timestamp from the reference device, is time-stamped with a time-of-arrival timestamp. The STA receives an indication of a time at which the reference device received the first message from the first AP. The STA determines its position based in part on the time-of-departure timestamp, the time-of-arrival timestamp, and the time at which the reference device received the first message. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037478 | Association Management in a Wireless Node Network - Methods and systems for association management within a wireless node network of nodes and a server are described. A method may identify a first node as a potential for associating with a second node based, for example, upon status information about the nodes. An association request is transmitted by the second node to the server. The server may determine the locations of the nodes, determine if associating the nodes is desired based on the locations, and record new association data if association should occur. Upon receiving a permissive response from the server, which may include one or more authorization credentials, the first node and second node may be associated. Then with authorization credentials, the first and second nodes may securely connect and share data. And once associated, responsibility for a task previously done by the first node may be shifted to the second node after the nodes are associated. | 02-04-2016 |
20160043747 | PREEMPTIVE TUNING - A media receiver identifies attributes of a media station to which the media receiver is currently tuned. The media receiver monitors the signal quality of the media station. If the signal quality of the media station drops below a quality threshold, the receiver chooses an alternate station having similar content, and then tunes to the alternate station until the signal quality of the original station improves. When the signal quality of the original station rises above a re-tune threshold, the receiver can switch back to the original station. The receiver can monitor and record user listening patterns, station-switching patterns, and situational parameters, to identify times or locations at which station switches occur. This information can be used to select appropriate alternative stations, to perform pre-emptive station switches, and to determine when a station's content will be buffered with the expectation that a station's signal will drop below the quality threshold. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044449 | TRANSACTION BASED TEMPORARY AND SECURE ACCESS - A system includes a location tracking services server (LTSS) in communication with a location owner device. A tracking packet is sent from the location owner device to the LTSS. The tracking packet includes a unique transaction identifier that uniquely identifies the tracking packet as being associated with a transaction between the location owner and a location consumer. The LTSS sends to the location owner device a link that points to the tracking packet. The location owner device uses the link to send to the LTSS information (e.g., a GPS ID) that uniquely identifies a device associated with a location provider selected to fulfill the transaction. This information is used to update the tracking packet. The LTSS provides access for a temporary period defined by the tracking packet to location data that enables the location consumer device to display the geographical location of the device associated with the selected location provider. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044452 | MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, MOBILE APPARATUS, AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A management apparatus including a memory; and a processor coupled to the memory and configured to: receive identification information of the management target apparatus and positional information of a mobile apparatus from the mobile apparatus installed at a same location as a management target apparatus, and generate management information of the management target apparatus including information identifying an installation site of the management target apparatus based on the received identification information and positional information. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044453 | GENERATION AND USE OF A USER EQUIPMENT LOCATION DISTRIBUTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Methods, apparatuses, and systems are described related to generating and using a user equipment (UE) location distribution in a wireless communication network. In embodiments, an evolved Node B (eNB) may determine an angle of arrival (AoA) and a timing advance (Tadv) for individual UEs of a plurality of UEs that are in a connected mode with the eNB. The eNB may assign the individual UEs to one of a plurality of bins to generate a UE location distribution. Individual bins of the plurality of bins may correspond to a range of values for the AoA and a range of values for the Tadv to indicate a physical location of the corresponding UEs. The eNB may transmit the UE location distribution to a network management entity, which may adjust one or more parameters of the eNB, based on the UE location distribution, using a capacity and coverage optimization (CCO) function. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044455 | TECHNIQUES FOR MULTIPLE PASS GEOLOCATION - Techniques for multiple pass geolocation are disclosed. In one particular exemplary embodiment, the techniques may be realized as a system for multiple pass geolocation. The system may comprise one or more processors communicatively coupled to a mobile communications network. The one or more processors may be configured to conduct a first geolocation pass to identify one or more geolocation estimates under consideration. The one or more processors may also be configured to conduct at least one additional geolocation pass to refine one or more geolocation estimates under consideration. The one or more processors may further be configured to determine an approximate location of one or more mobile devices within an estimated coverage area of a network based on at least the first geolocation pass and the at least one additional geolocation pass. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044457 | PROXIMITY FENCE - A proximity fence can be a location-agnostic fence defined by signal sources having no geographic location information. The proximity fence can correspond to a group of signal sources instead of a point location fixed to latitude and longitude coordinates. A signal source can be a radio frequency (RF) transmitter broadcasting a beacon signal. The beacon signal can include a payload that includes an identifier indicating a category to which the signal source belongs, and one or more labels indicating one or more subcategories to which the signal source belongs. The proximity fence defined by the group of signal sources can trigger different functions of application programs associated with the proximity fence on a mobile device, when the mobile device moves within the proximity fence and enters and exits different parts of the proximity fence corresponding to the different subcategories. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044463 | ELECTRONIC SYSTEM WITH TRANSFORMABLE MODE MECHANISM AND METHOD OF OPERATION THEREOF - An electronic system includes a control unit configured to determine a physical configuration based on a sensor reading; determine a device location for establishing a device proximity to a target device; generate an operational mode based on the physical configuration and the device proximity; and a communication unit, coupled to the control unit, configured to send an input signal for interacting with the target device through a client device. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044464 | Estimating the Lateral Location of a Wireless Terminal Based on Temperature and Atmospheric Pressure - A technique is disclosed for estimating the lateral location of a wireless terminal in a geographic region. The technique is based on the recognition that some three-dimensional locations of the wireless terminal are improbable, and that measurements of temperature and atmospheric pressure at the wireless terminal and outside can be used to determine which lateral locations of the wireless terminal are improbable. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044626 | Mobile terminal, and locating method and device - A mobile terminal, and a locating method and device are provided, wherein the mobile terminal includes a first antenna, configured to transmit a first signal to an anchor node, wherein the first signal is used by the anchor node to detect the signal strength of the first antenna; a second antenna, arranged with the first antenna according to a preset angle and configured to transmit a second signal to the anchor node, wherein the second signal is used by the anchor node to detect the signal strength of the second antenna. The preset angle enables the coverage of the first antenna and the second antenna to be overlapped to some extent. The signal strength of the first antenna and the signal strength of the second antenna are used for determining a location of the mobile terminal. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044627 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING A PASSIVE INDOOR LOCALIZATION OF A MOBILE ENDPOINT DEVICE - A method, computer readable storage device and an apparatus for locating a mobile endpoint device in an indoor environment are disclosed. For example, the method generates a location map having a predicted signal strength for each respective location on the location map, receives a signal strength associated with the mobile endpoint device within the indoor environment, compares the signal strength to the location map having the predicted signal strength for each respective location on the location map and locates the mobile endpoint device as being at a particular location within the indoor environment. | 02-11-2016 |
20160047886 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING A RADIO TAG - A system comprises a target node having an unknown location and at least three reference nodes within communication range of the target node. Each of the reference nodes has a known location. At least one of the reference nodes is configured to initiate a two-way time of flight transaction with one or more of the other reference nodes by transmitting a respective request to the one or more other reference nodes. Each of the reference nodes is configured to transmit a reply in response to a received request. The target node is configured to observe the request and reply of each two-way time of flight transaction and to determine a respective time differential between when the target node received each respective request and its corresponding reply of each observed two-way time of flight transaction. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050521 | STAND ALONE SOLUTION FOR LOCATION OF A CELLULAR PHONE - A method for locating of a wireless device, performed by a third party, comprising: communicating with the wireless device in a silent call, to compel the wireless device to continuously emit signals; activating a monitoring apparatus to monitor the signals emitted from the wireless device; resetting an idling timer means of the wireless device, such that the silent call is not ended by the wireless device; identifying a relative location from which the signals become stronger and locating the wireless device; and terminating the silent call. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050523 | INTERACTIVE ADVISORY SYSTEM - A method for providing information to a plurality of vendors located remotely from a broadcast network. A plurality of user-defined parameters are received by a user input database with at least one of the user-defined parameters including a user profile. Each of the user profiles includes a user identifier code identifying a communicator device associated with a particular user. Real-time data indicative of the spatial locations of the communicator devices is received by a communicator location database. Search information is received independently from a plurality of vendors and a data set is generated for each vendor. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050530 | Method and system for determining locations of tags - Techniques for detecting the presence of a tag are described. According to one aspect of the present invention, a plurality of devices are deployed around an establishment, each of the devices is executing a client module to communicate with a server and receive a broadcast from a tag attached to an object (e.g., a human being or an item). As the object approaches to a device, the broadcast from the tag is received by a device that reports to the server. As a result, the server executing a server module can determine a movement trajectory of the object from those devices that have received the broadcast from the tag. One embodiment of the present invention can be used to track an asset or facilitate a location-based service to a user wearing the tag. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050537 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GEOGRAPHY-BASED CORRELATION OF CELLULAR AND WLAN IDENTIFIERS - Methods and systems for tracking mobile communication terminals based on their identifiers. The disclosed techniques identify cellular terminals and Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) terminals that are likely to be carried by the same individual, or cellular and WLAN identifiers that belong to the same multi-mode terminal. A correlation system is connected to a cellular network and to a WLAN. The system receives location coordinates of cellular identifiers used by mobile terminals in the cellular network, and location coordinates of WLAN identifiers used by mobile terminals in the WLAN. Based on the location coordinates, the system is able to construct routes that are traversed by the terminals having the various cellular and WLAN identifiers. The system attempts to find correlations in time and space between the routes. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050639 | Determining Effects on Communication Signals | 02-18-2016 |
20160050641 | LOCATING COMPUTER-CONTROLLED ENTITIES - A beacon device is provided in proximity to a computing system within a computing center. A request to locate the computing system in the computing center is triggered on a central control unit. In response to the request to locate the computing system, the control unit generates specification data for a unique radio signal identifier, sends an activation request and the specification data to the beacon device, and provides the specification data to a portable device and stores the specification data on the portable device. In response to receiving the activation request, the beacon device sends a radio signal identifier generated from the specification data. | 02-18-2016 |
20160057577 | RTT PROCESSING BASED ON A CHARACTERISTIC OF ACCESS POINTS - Systems, apparatus and methods for estimating a location of a mobile device are presented. Before computing a location estimate, the mobile device groups a plurality of access points into two or more categories (for example, a first list of access points having a first characteristic and a second list of access points having a second characteristic). Round-trip time (RTT) measurements are computed for access points in the first list. A Short Interframe Space (SIFS) value may be determined for each access point in the first list or generally SIFT representing the first list as a whole. The RTT measurements are compensated with the appropriate SIFS value. The mobile device then computes its location or position fix estimate using the compensated RTT values while excluding less accurate RTT values from other access points. As a result, the location estimate eliminates adverse influent from some access points. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057578 | CAPACITIVE PROXIMITY SENSOR AND MOBILE DEVICE - A proximity sensor for detecting proximity of a body portion in a first region while avoiding unwanted detection of a body portion in a second region, based on the capacities seen by a plurality of electrodes. An application of the inventive detector to a mobile phone, whereby the display is switched off, or various energy saving measure are taken, when the proximity sensor determines directional proximity with a body part, indicating that the user has brought the phone to the ear for placing a call. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057580 | RADIO FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE AWARENESS ASSISTANCE DATA - Systems, methods, apparatuses, and computer-readable media for providing radio frequency interference (RFI) awareness assistance data to global navigation satellite system (GNSS) receivers are described. In some embodiments, a first method includes receiving at a location server RFI situational information. The first method further includes maintaining at least one time and location dependent database of an RFI situation. The first method further includes sending at least one assistance data message to at least one receiver including the RFI situational information. In another embodiment, a second method includes receiving RFI awareness assistance data from a location server. The second method further includes adapting a position location measurement according to the received RFI awareness assistance data. The second method further includes calculating a location of the receiver based at least in part on the adapted position location measurement. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057582 | BAN SYSTEM, TERMINAL APPARATUS, BAN COMMUNICATIONS METHOD, AND COMPUTER PRODUCT - A BAN system includes multiple terminal apparatuses connected by wireless communication, where a terminal apparatus of the multiple terminal apparatuses is configured to identify in which direction acceleration has changed, the direction being identified based on a measurement result of a sensor of the terminal apparatus, the sensor being configured to measure acceleration; and to refer to information that specifies corresponding to places where the plurality of terminal apparatuses is to be attached to a body, directions in which acceleration changes when the body performs a given behavior, and determines based on the identified direction, a place where the terminal apparatus is attached to the body. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057727 | ANONYMOUS DEVICE POSITION MEASURING SYSTEM AND METHOD - A system for measuring in an anonymous manner one or more spatial positions of one or more user devices within a region, wherein the system includes a wireless arrangement for receiving signals from the one or more user devices for determining the one or more spatial positions of the one or more user devices, wherein the wireless arrangement is operable to receive one or more user identification codes from the one or more user devices, wherein the one or more user identification codes include N bits; the system is operable to apply a mapping function to map the one or more user identification codes to form one or more corresponding secondary identification codes by decreasing an entropy of the one or more user identification codes by K bits; and the system is operable to modify the one or more corresponding secondary identification codes by increasing entropy of the one or more corresponding secondary identification codes by M bits. | 02-25-2016 |
20160061933 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING DISTANCE - An apparatus is provided comprising: a communication interface; and at least one processor configured to: synchronize the apparatus with at least one electronic device, receive, via the communication interface, a signal from the electronic device, and determine a distance between the apparatus and the electronic device based on a transmission time and a reception time of the signal. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066136 | Systems and Methods for Identifying Merchant Locations Based on Transaction Records - Disclosed are exemplary embodiments of systems and methods for identifying a merchant location based on transaction records for the merchant. In an exemplary embodiment, a method generally includes accessing multiple router records. Each router record is assigned to one of multiple cells of a grid structure indicative of geographic location. Each router record is associated with a target merchant. The method further includes, for each of the multiple router records, searching for a match between the router record and at least one of multiple transactions at the target merchant, based on time, and reporting one or more of the multiple cells as a location associated with the target merchant, when a number of matching router records assigned to said one or more of the multiple cells exceeds a predetermined threshold. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066137 | SYSTEMS, METHODS AND DEVICES FOR ASSET STATUS DETERMINATION - A system for determining real time location of leaf node device, the system including at least one battery-powered Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) enabled leaf node device, wherein the at least one leaf node device is associated with a corresponding monitored asset; and at least one beam forming reader node in communication, via BLE, with the at least one leaf node, the reader node creating a plurality of sectorized beams in a plurality of sectors and collecting data related to the at least one leaf node device from at least one of the plurality of sectors, wherein a location processing facility determines the real-time location of the at least one leaf node device based on the data collected by the beam forming reader node. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066138 | LONG-LIFE ASSET TRACKING - A method and system for long-life asset tracking is disclosed. One example utilizes an activation module to provide an activation signal to at least a portion of the long-life asset tracker. A position determiner receives the activation signal and determines a location of the long-life asset tracker with a first level of accuracy or a second level of accuracy, wherein the second level of accuracy is more accurate than the first level of accuracy and wherein a default mode of operation is to utilize a radio locator for position determination instead of a navigation satellite system module to extend the life of a power source of the long-life asset tracker. An information provider module to broadcast the location of the long-life asset tracker is also disclosed. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066141 | EFFICIENT GEO-FENCE DATA TRANSFER AND NOTIFICATIONS USING A TIME TO REACH VALUE - A system and method for using time to reach determinations to improve the usability of geo-fences is disclosed. A computer system accesses a current location of a client system and identifies one or more nearby geo-fences. The computer system then calculates the time to reach each of these geo-fences. If the calculated time to reach value for a particular geo-fence is within the notification range associated with that geo-fence, then the computer system generates a notification to display to a user. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066142 | WIRELESS SERVICE PROVIDER MANAGEMENT OF GEO-FENCED SPACES - A wireless provider system can manage services provided to a plurality of electronic wireless devices based upon geo-fenced spaces defined by respective sets of points in space. A wireless provider system can provide wireless access service to the plurality of electronic wireless devices. The wireless provider system can detect that a particular electronic wireless device of the plurality of electronic wireless devices is within a particular geo-fenced space. In response to this detecting, the system can identify at least one service associated with the particular geo-fenced space. The wireless provider system can, in response to the identifying, modify the wireless access service provided to the wireless device by attaching the at least one service to the particular electronic wireless device. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066146 | System And Method For Device-Centric Location Detection And Geofencing - A system and a plurality of methods for location detection are disclosed. In some cases, the user's present location is represented by a circle, having a center and a radius, where the radius is indicative of the accuracy of the present location. The desired destination location, or geofence, is also defined as a circle, having a center and a radius. The various methods disclosed are used to determine when a user has entered or exited the geofence. In some embodiments, these methods attempt to minimize power consumption or another parameter. In another embodiment, the methods attempt to achieve the highest degree of accuracy possible or required for the task. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066148 | DETERMINING A CONTEXT-DEPENDENT VIRTUAL DISTANCE USING MEASUREMENTS OF STIGMERGIC INTERFERENCE - Systems and methods are disclosed for determining a context-dependent virtual distance based on stigmergic interference. The method may include obtaining environmental status information relating to an environment in proximity to a client device, calculating, based on the obtained environmental status information, the context-dependent virtual distance between the client device and a user of the client device, and controlling a user signaling pattern of the client device based on the calculated context-dependent virtual distance. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066150 | Dynamic Configuration of a Positioning System - Methods and apparatuses of configuring positioning estimations dynamically are disclosed. According to aspects of the present disclosure, the method may include receiving one or more user interface inputs and one or more sensor measurements at a mobile device, determining an intention score of a user according to the one or more user interface inputs and the one or more sensor measurements, selecting a positioning estimation scheme from a plurality of positioning estimation schemes based at least in part on the intention score of the user, and generating a positioning estimation at the mobile device using the positioning estimation scheme selected. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066151 | SELECTIVE CROWDSOURCING OF LOCATION-RELATED DATA - Example methods, apparatuses, or articles of manufacture are disclosed herein that may be utilized, in whole or in part, to facilitate or support one or more operations or techniques for selective crowdsourcing of location-related data, such as within an indoor or like environment, for example, for use in or with a mobile communication device. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066154 | METHOD FOR MANAGING BEACON, TERMINAL DEVICE, SERVER AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A beacon managing method is provided. The method includes receiving a first beacon signal from a first beacon at a first time; receiving a second beacon signal from a second beacon at a second time; and identifying a location error of at least one of the first beacon and the second beacon, based on first movement information of a terminal between the first time and the second time. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066156 | Selection of Location-Determination Information - An indication that a wireless computing device (WCD) is moving toward a physical setting may be received. The physical setting may include a particular topography. There may be at least (i) location-determination information of a first type and (ii) location-determination information of a second type. The location-determination information of the first type may facilitate low-resolution location determinations in the physical setting and the location-determination information of the second type may facilitate high-resolution location determinations in the physical setting. Based on the physical setting and the particular topography, location-determination information may be selected from at least (i) the location-determination information of the first type or (ii) the location-determination information of the second type. At least some of the selected location-determination information may be used to estimate a location of the WCD. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066158 | METHOD FOR INDOOR LOCALIZATION USING NOMADIC ACCESS POINTS - A method for indoor localization using nomadic access points, comprising the following steps: a target object transmits a modulated signal over wireless channels to nearby access points, wherein the access points include both static access points and nomadic access points; the access points measure channel state information via the signal from the target object, after that, the static access points export the channel state information to a server, the nomadic wireless access point report the channel state information along with their coordinates of the current sites to the server; and based on the channel state information, the server determines the target object's relative proximity to two arbitrary access points, then based on the result of the relative proximity determination and the coordinates, the server estimates a feasible region for the target object with a space partition-based algorithm. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066644 | Smart Shoes With Wireless Transmitter - A locating and tracking system includes shoes, which carry a wireless module. A user walking the area causes clicking or intermittent energizing a transmitter carried in the module. The transmitter communicates with a plurality of fixed wireless access points, to provide the position and tracking for persons in the area. | 03-10-2016 |
20160069978 | Enhancing Client Location via Beacon Detection - A computing entity, such as a server, obtains a first, second, and third set of measurements based on wireless transmissions between one or more beacon devices, a wireless client device, and one or more wireless access points in a wireless network. The first set of measurements is associated with wireless transmissions from the beacon device(s) received at the wireless access points. The second set of measurements is associated with wireless transmissions between the wireless client device and the wireless access points. The third set of measurements is associated with wireless transmissions from beacon devices received at the wireless client device. An estimated location of the wireless client device is generated based on the first set of measurement data, the second set of measurement data, and the third set of measurement data. | 03-10-2016 |
20160069983 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPROVED LOCATION ACCURACY - Systems and methods for improved location accuracy are provided. For example, some systems can include a location engine, and a plurality of location anchors. In some embodiments, each of the plurality of location anchors can transmit or receive signals to or from an object for determining an angular orientation of the object with respect to the plurality of location anchors, and based on the angular orientation, the location engine can estimate a location of the object. In some embodiments, each of the plurality of location anchors can transmit first signals to the location engine, the location engine can receive a second signal from an object, based on the first signals and the second signal, the location engine can determine a differential pressure between the plurality of location anchors and the object, and based on the differential pressure, the location engine can estimate an altitude of the object. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073225 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IDENTIFYING AND COMMUNICATING LOCATIONS - A method of producing a location identifier comprising: obtaining the geographical coordinates of a location; converting the geographical coordinates into single unique value n; converting the single unique value n into a unique group of a plurality of values; converting the plurality of values into an equal plurality of respective words; and providing the plurality of words as a location identifier, and a method of identifying a location comprising: obtaining a location identifier for a location, the location identifier comprising a plurality of words; converting the plurality of words into a unique group of an equal plurality of respective values; converting the unique group of a plurality of values into a single unique value n; converting the single unique value n into geographical coordinates; and outputting the geographical coordinates. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073228 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GENERATING EXPECTED GEOLOCATIONS OF MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICES - A computer-implemented method for generating a geographical information database associating users with one or more geolocations. The method includes the steps of receiving user identification data, geolocation data, and date and time data associated with the geolocation data from the personal computing devices of a plurality of users. The data is normalized into a predetermined format, and stored in the database. The method further includes periodically requesting updated geolocation data, and date and time data associated with the updated geolocation data from the personal computing devices of the plurality of users. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073231 | DISPATCH CONSOLE CLIENT FUNCTIONALITY - Systems and methods are disclosed for setting a control zone configuration for members of a communication group. A dispatcher device establishes a geofence associated with a geographic area including one or more members of the communication group, determines the control zone configuration for members of the communication group within the geofence, and sends the control zone configuration to the one or more members of the communication group. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073238 | PORTABLE TYPE INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - A portable type information processing apparatus includes a plurality of sensing units that acquire information convertible into place information indicating a current location and detect an event which occurs in relation to the place information obtained through conversion from the information, a storage unit that stores event transition information indicating a relation between order of transitions between events and transition time periods spent on the transitions, and a control unit that obtains, as a current event, a latest event and controls an operating state of a sensing unit to detect a transition destination event of an event corresponding to the current event in the event transition information based on a relation between a transition time period spent on a transition from the event to the transition destination event in the event transition information and an elapsed time period since detection of the current event. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073331 | Circuit Switched Fallback Optimization In Wireless Devices - Instead of barring an LTE network for the Long Bar Time duration (LBT) if the LTE cell doesn't support CSFB, a wireless communication device may perform a scan for LTE networks before expiration of the LBT if the UE has changed its location. When the UE is in LTE acquisition mode, or the necessary information about a CS network for CSFB is unavailable, the UE may maintain its state on both the LTE and CS network, and check CS paging messages to see if the UE can decode any status. Unlike for CSFB, checking for overhead messages may be performed over the LTE system, and the UE may wake up on CS pages to determine if a suitable network is available. By maintaining its state on both types of networks, the UE may use LTE for data services which would otherwise be provided by different systems for the CS networks when messages transmitted over LTE do not include CS registration information. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073373 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING PHYSICAL ASSETS - A stolen asset locating system includes a first locating device ‘LD’ associated with a first asset and having a first wireless communication unit for communicating over a public mobile radio network PMRN with any of: an operations control centre; a second LD associated with a second asset; or a mobile location tracking system. A second wireless communication unit uses a different wireless technology or protocol to that of the first wireless communication unit. When the second communication unit is a private radio frequency network ‘PRFN’ operated by an asset location system service provider, the first LD may use the second communication unit to communicate directly with the second LD to convey information. When the second communication unit communicates on a public radio network PRN, the first LD may communicate on a PRN, when it is determined that communication cannot be transmitted by the first LD using the PMRN. | 03-10-2016 |
20160077188 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR ENABLING LOCATION DETERMINATION USING MULTIPLE SIMULTANEOUS LOCATION DATABASES - Examples are disclosed for techniques for a new method of calculating multiple locations of a wireless communication device based on the same or a subset of the same raw data measurements (such as WiFi Time-Of-Flight/Fine-Time-Measurements or RSSI) and client specific fixed location device locations sources and/or database. Additionally, new APIs and implementation methods to support the new method are disclosed. | 03-17-2016 |
20160078396 | MONITOR SYSTEM - A monitor system for monitoring a status of one or more equipment includes a plurality of mobile terminals respectively operated by a plurality of operators. Each of the plurality of mobile terminals includes a communicator that receives status information with regard to the status of the equipment via a communication line; a display that displays, when the status according to the status information received from one of the mobile terminals indicates that the equipment requires a specified operation, information showing that the specified operation is required; and a territory setter that sets a territory in which one or more operations for the equipment to be performed by the operator of the each of the plurality of mobile terminals. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080898 | PROXIMITY COMMUNICATION METHOD - A method of handling communication between devices | 03-17-2016 |
20160080901 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND POSITIONING METHOD - An electronic device receives data packets from wireless devices. The electronic device parses the data packets of each wireless device to obtain position information of each wireless device. The electronic device calculates a position of the electronic device according to the position information of each wireless device. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080902 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE INCLUDING POSITIONING MEANS AND METHOD FOR USING POSITIONING COORDINATES TO AUTOMATICALLY SERVE SERVICE PERSONNEL WITH MACHINE SERVICE INFORMATION - A portable communication device including a processor and application software for managing data relating to one of: a maintenance check or service check of multiple distributed machines, a database storing position coordinates of the distributed machines to be checked and a positioning system for determining position coordinates of the portable communication device. The application software is configured to identify the machine being checked based on a comparison of the position coordinates of the distributed machines with the position coordinates of the portable communication device, and to select machine-specific machine service information relating to the identified machine. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080906 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DEMODULATING A SIGNAL - A method for demodulating a signal is provided. The method includes: acquiring a reference clock signal provided by a power management unit (PMU) in a mobile terminal; determining a moving velocity of the mobile terminal; determining, based on the moving velocity, a Doppler frequency shift value generated when the mobile terminal receives a radio frequency (RF) signal transmitted by a base station; and demodulating, according to the reference clock signal and the Doppler frequency shift value, the received RF signal. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080907 | Method and System for Managing People by Detection and Tracking - The present invention is a system and method of managing event-based people detection and tracking, the method including: capturing attributes of an event, people, timings, location, ambience and incidents; profiling people based on the event location, event timings, event ambience, and event incidents; categorizing people based on the profiling; generating user-defined rules detection and tracking of people; providing recommendations in connection with detection and tracking of people; and tracking the efficacy of the recommendations. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080911 | ACCOUNTING FOR INDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSITIONS DURING POSITION DETERMINATION - A determination of whether a mobile computing device is indoors or outdoors can incorporate any of a variety of factors to make an efficient and accurate determination of indoor-outdoor status. Such a status can be useful for use in conjunction with positioning services. Features such as bounding boxes, activity determination, and the like can be used to strike a balance between power consumption and accuracy. A positive user experience with fewer false detections can result. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080914 | POSITIONAL INFORMATION SHARING SYSTEM, POSITIONAL INFORMATION SHARING METHOD, AND POSITIONAL INFORMATION SHARING PROGRAM - A positional information sharing system, a positional information sharing method, and a positional information sharing program that is capable of sharing further accurate positions of respective users between each other. The positional information sharing system includes: a current position detecting part that detects a vehicle position on a basis of information directly obtained from a vehicle; a communication part that is installed in the vehicle and performs communication; a current position detecting part that detects a terminal position using a GPS; a communication part that is installed in a portable terminal and performs communication; and a communication availability determining part that determines whether mutual communication between the communication part and the communication part is available, in which, in a case in which it is determined that the mutual communication is available, the portable terminal mutually shares the vehicle position with a different portable terminal, and in a case in which it is determined that the mutual communication is not available, the portable terminal mutually shares the terminal position with the different portable terminal. | 03-17-2016 |
20160084936 | Method and System for Providing Enhanced Location Based Service (ELBS) Trilateration using a Single Device - Methods, devices and systems for generating enhanced location information on or about a mobile device may include receiving (via a processor of the mobile device) location information from one or more of a sensor of the mobile device and an external system, generating (via the processor) a first waypoint based on the received location information, receiving network provided location information, generating a second waypoint based on the received network provided location information, retrieving dead reckoning location information, generating a third waypoint based on the received network provided location information, applying the first, second and third waypoints to a kalman filter to generate precise location information, and using the precise location information to provide the enhanced location based service. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088429 | LOCATION ASSISTANCE INFORMATION DETERMINATION - Methods and apparatus are described for providing location assistance information to a mobile device. An example of a method for providing location assistance information to the mobile device by a femto base station includes receiving a macro base station signal during a monitoring time period during which the femto base station is substantially stationary, obtaining location assistance information, the location assistance information being based, at least in part, on the received macro base station signal, and transmitting the location assistance information to the mobile device. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088430 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DETERMINING THE PRESENCE OF A PERSON - A method, device, or system is arranged to determine the presence of a person. The system includes a data store that stores a plurality of locations and stores a subset of the plurality of locations. The system includes a server in communication with the data store that is arranged to i) associate the subset of locations of the plurality of locations with the person and ii) associate a mobile device with the person. The system also includes a mobile device arranged to i) monitor the geographic position of the mobile device, ii) store the subset of the plurality of locations, iii) determine that the geographic position of the mobile device is within a vicinity of a first location of the subset of locations; and iv) provide a first indication that the mobile device is within the vicinity of the first location. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088431 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MONITORING A LOCATION OF A MOVABLE INFORMATION APPARATUS - A first monitoring device is disposed at a predetermined position and configured to monitor a location of an information apparatus that is movable, by performing a radio communication with the information apparatus. A second monitoring device is movable and configured to monitor a location of the information apparatus by performing the radio communication with the information apparatus. An apparatus monitoring device causes the radio communication with the information apparatus to be taken over between the first monitoring device and the second monitoring device, and collects results of monitoring the information apparatus, from the first monitoring device or the second monitoring device which has taken over the radio communication with the information apparatus. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088434 | MOBILE DEVICE AND SERVER FOR TASK ASSIGNMENTS BASED ON PROXIMITY - Mobile device for communicating arrival information at a waypoint, communicating that information to a server, receiving a set of tasks (statically assigned or dynamically assigned) for the user (for example, from the server or from another user), displaying the set of tasks to the user, receiving a completion response (successful or unsuccessful) from the user, and proceeding to the next waypoint along a route/trip plan. A coordination server facilitates communication of a list of tasks assigned to a user to be performed at a specified location. The list of tasks is delivered to the user of the first mobile device by the coordination server (if such tasks exist) when the coordination server receives notification from the first mobile device indicating arrival at a specific location. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088440 | MOBILE DEVICE SENSOR AND RADIO FREQUENCY REPORTING TECHNIQUES - Method, mobile device, computer program product, and apparatus for optimizing sensor reporting are described. A mobile device can measure radio frequency (RF) signal characteristics while receiving data from one or more mobile device sensors. The mobile device may determine its relative displacement between RF signal measurements. The mobile device can send a representation of the RF signal characteristics and the displacement data to one or more servers. The representation displacement data may include one or more reliability characteristics and/or a displacement reliability rating. A server can obtain the displacement data and RF signal characteristics to determine positioning of wireless transmitters in an environment and build a positioning database. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088442 | Method, Apparatus, and System for Screening Augmented Reality Content - A method, an apparatus, and a system for screening AR content is presented. The method includes shooting, by a terminal, a panoramic photo of a location of the terminal, and determining location information of the terminal and related information of a first target according to the panoramic photo; sending, by the terminal to a server, a first request message that carries an identifier of the terminal and the location information of the terminal; receiving, by the terminal, a first response message that carries at least one behavior and is from the server; sending, by the terminal, a second request message to the server; receiving, by the terminal, a second response message that carries AR content corresponding to the first behavior; and presenting, by the terminal, the first target and the AR content after combination according to the related information of the first target. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088444 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF ESTIMATING A LOCATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE - Some demonstrative embodiments include apparatuses, systems and/or methods of estimating a location of a mobile device. For example, an apparatus may include a radio to receive location information including locations of a plurality of detected access points; and a location estimator to select from the plurality of detected access points a plurality of selected access points, based on the location information, and to estimate a location of the mobile device based on communications from the plurality of selected access points. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088445 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING LOCATION-BASED SERVICE USING INDOOR POSITIONING - An apparatus for providing a location-based service includes: a rules registry unit to register an event rule information based on an inheritance module for setting rules; a positioning information acquisition unit to obtain a positioning-related information of a user terminal device from a positioning apparatus; an event determining unit to determine whetheran event with respect to the event rule information occurs or not by using the positioning-related information to generate a determination result information; an event processing unit to generate a process information based on the determination result information; and a service providing unit configured to transmit the process information to the user terminal device. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088581 | DETERMINING UPLINK AND DOWNLINK DELAYS BETWEEN A BASEBAND UNIT AND A REMOTE RADIO HEAD - A baseband unit independently determines one or both of an uplink delay or a downlink delay for frames transmitted from the baseband unit to a remote radio head based on a round-trip time between the baseband unit and the remote radio head and times determined at the baseband unit, a downlink node associated with the remote radio head, and an uplink node associated with the remote radio head. The times are determined at different nodes after an interval of frames. The baseband unit then may determine a location of user equipment based on one or both of the uplink delay or downlink delay. | 03-24-2016 |
20160094936 | CONTEXT-BASED MANAGEMENT OF WEARABLE COMPUTING DEVICES - Technologies for context-based management of wearable computing devices include a mobile computing device and a wearable computing device. The wearable computing device generates sensor data indicative of a location context of the wearable computing device and transmits the sensor data to the mobile computing device. The mobile computing device generates local sensor data indicative of a location context of the wearable computing device and fuses the local sensor data with the sensor data received from the wearable computing device. The mobile computing device determines a context of the wearable computing device based on the fused sensor data. The mobile computing device determines whether an adjustment to the functionality of the wearable computing device is required based on the determined context. The mobile computing device manages the functionality of the wearable computing device in response to determining that an adjustment to the functionality is required. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094941 | POSITIONING MOBILE TERMINAL BASED ON ELECTROMAGNETIC SIGNALS - Example positioning techniques include: generating an initial particle set, randomly allocating different moving step lengths for each particle in the initial particle set, updating position information of each particle at a previous moment to obtain a current particle set, rating usability of each particle according to position information of each particle in the current particle set and a signal fingerprint received at a current moment, acquiring a moving step length of each particle having a rating higher than a first predetermined threshold in the current particle set, and updating a moving step length of each particle having a rating lower than the first predetermined threshold according to the acquired moving step length. The techniques of the present disclosure obtain a moving step length closest to the actual step length of a person, and update the moving step length in time with the change of the step length of the person. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094943 | LOCATION-BASED COMMUNICATIONS ACROSS TIME - A first user at a location creates content (e.g., a text, voice message, photograph, image, video, or other content) associated with the location and sends the content to a service provider server using a first user device. The service provider server stores the content for future visitors of the location to access. When a second user with a second user device is subsequently at or close to the location associated with the content, the service provider server provides access to the content based on a location of the second user device and one or more criteria, such as a search area criterion, time interval criterion, access area criterion, and/or user interest criterion. The second user may then view the content on the second user device. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094944 | SUPER GEO-FENCES AND VIRTUAL FENCES TO IMPROVE EFFICIENCY OF GEO-FENCES - A system and method for using super geo-fences and virtual fences to improve efficiency of geo-fences is disclosed. A server system stores geo-fence data for a plurality of geo-fences and receives a request for updated geo-fence data from a client system. The server system selects one or more geo-fences and generates a super geo-fence that encompasses all the selected geo-fences. The server system determines a super geo-fence reduction factor. The server system reduces the size of the super geo-fence based on the determined reduction factor. The server system then transmits the generated super geo-fence and the selected one or more geo-fences to the client system. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094947 | Bluetooth-Based Positioning Method and Apparatus - A Bluetooth-based positioning method and an apparatus thereof are disclosed. The method includes a mobile terminal receiving a Bluetooth signal transmitted by at least one Bluetooth beacon device; obtaining a media access control (MAC) address of each Bluetooth beacon device according to the received Bluetooth signal, and selecting Bluetooth beacon devices having a respective MAC address as a first MAC address to be reference devices; obtaining a Bluetooth signal strength and a broadcast beacon identifier of each reference device; and calculating a position of the mobile terminal according to the obtained Bluetooth signal strength and the obtained broadcast beacon identifier of each reference device. The method sets all the Bluetooth beacon devices to have a same MAC address, and MAC addresses of other normal Bluetooth devices are different from the MAC address of these Bluetooth beacon devices, thus effectively eliminating an interference from the other Bluetooth devices and preventing a malicious Bluetooth device from disguising a same beacon identifier to implement an accurate positioning. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094950 | MODELING CONNECTIVITY OF TRANSIT SYSTEMS - Methods, program products, and systems for using a location fingerprint database to determine a location of a mobile device are described. A mobile device can use location fingerprint data received from a server to determine a location of the mobile device at the venue. The mobile device can obtain, from a sensor of the mobile device, a vector of sensor readings, each sensor reading can measure an environment variable, e.g., a signal received by the sensor from a signal source. The mobile device can perform a statistical match between the vector and the location fingerprint data. The mobile device can then estimate a current location of the mobile device based on the statistical match. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094951 | WI-FI FINGERPRINT LOCATION DATABASE CREATION AND UPDATE FROM CROWD SOURCED DATA - Disclosed herein are techniques to update a wireless fingerprint location database. According to such techniques, an update server updates a location database based on trajectories of a number of computing devices. The trajectories corresponding to sensor data collected by the computing devices, the sensor data including at least indication of RSSIs and inertial measurements. The RSSIs corresponding to wireless APs within an interior of a structure and represented in the location database. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094952 | AUTO-CONFIGURING RADIO BEACONS - Various embodiments each include at least one of systems, methods, devices, and software for auto-configuring of radio beacon devices. One embodiment includes a method that detects a beacon device has been connected to a computing device and retrieving beacon identifying data from the beacon device. The method may then query a backend system based on the beacon identifying data to determine whether the beacon identifying data has been previously configured in the backend system. When the beacon device has been previously configured in the backend system, the method includes issuing a command to the backend system to remove the previous configuration of the beacon device then issuing a data write command to the backend system to configure the beacon device in the backend system in association with the computing device. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095080 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE ASSISTED POSITIONING IN WIRELESS CELLULAR TECHNOLOGIES - The position of User Equipment (UE) may be determined based on information communicated through direct UE-to-UE communications to obtain additional measurements of position metrics that can be used to determine relative or absolute positions of the UE. In one implementation, a UE may receive, via a direct connection with a second UE, a positioning reference signal from which timing information, relating to distance between the UE and second UE, is derivable; determine, based on the positioning reference signal, a first position metric that relates to a position of the UE with respect to the second UE; and determine, based at least on position metric, a location of the UE. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095082 | POSITION AUTHENTICATION - A method performed under control of an electronic device may include receiving at least one signal from at least one anchor point; calculating a location of the electronic device based at least in part on the at least one received signal; generating a position proof based at least in part on the at least one received signal; and in response to receiving a position proof request from a server, transmitting the position proof to the server, when the position proof corresponds to the position proof request. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095085 | SELECTING AN OPERATING MODE BASED ON USER PROXIMITY - One embodiment provides a method, comprising: detecting, using a processor, a notification at an information handling device; detecting, using a processor, availability of an input associated with an user at the information handling device; and selecting, using a processor, an operating mode of the information handling device, wherein the selected operating mode of the information handling device comprises a mode that modulates a noise. Other aspects are described and claimed. | 03-31-2016 |
20160097836 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MULTIMODE WI-FI BASED RTLS - Dual-mode position-locating tag, including: a transmitter module configured to communicate with a Wi-Fi network; a transceiver module configured to communicate with a non-Wi-Fi network; a processor coupled to the transmitter module and the transceiver module; and at least one location sensor coupled to the processor, the location sensor coupled to a secondary technology receiver. The transmitter module may transmit a signal to produce a first location measurement. The secondary technology receiver may receive a signal usable to calculate a second location measurement that is more accurate than the first location measurement. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100282 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR USING BLUETOOTH BEACON INFORMATION TO OBTAIN AND PUBLISH FINE GRAINED USER LOCATION INFORMATION - The subject matter described herein includes methods, systems, and computer readable media for utilizing Bluetooth beacon identification information to obtain and publish fine grained user location information. One method includes storing a plurality of Bluetooth beacon identifiers in a mobile device. The method further includes, receiving, from a Bluetooth beacon, a Bluetooth beacon identifier. The method further includes determining whether the received Bluetooth beacon identifier corresponds to one of the stored Bluetooth beacon identifiers. In response to determining that the received Bluetooth beacon identifier corresponds to one of the stored Bluetooth beacon identifiers, the method includes querying a Bluetooth beacon location server for location information corresponding to the Bluetooth beacon identifier. The method further includes receiving Bluetooth beacon location information from the server and publishing the Bluetooth beacon location description to subscribers of a user of the mobile device. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100283 | LOCATION DETERMINATION OF INFRASTRUCTURE DEVICE AND TERMINAL DEVICE - A method and apparatus determines a physical location of a wireless infrastructure device. At least one coarse location data from an associated terminal device is determined. Additional coarse location data are stored and accumulated. The device location is considered accurate by determining that enough received coarse location data has been received. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100286 | DETERMINING A LOCATION OF A TARGET WIRELESS DEVICE - Various techniques and systems are provided for determining a location of a target wireless device. Specifically, various techniques and systems are provided for determining a location of a wireless device using timestamps assigned to communications transmitted between the wireless device and one or more other wireless devices on a same WiFi channel as the wireless device. Implementations describe devices, computer-program products, and methods including transmitting a first frame by a network device on a channel of a radio frequency band, assigning a first timestamp to the frame, assigning a second timestamp to a second frame, determining a time difference between the first timestamp and the second timestamp, receiving an alternative time difference corresponding to an alternative network device, and determining a location of the client device using the time difference and the alternative time difference. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100287 | DETERMINING A LOCATION OF A TARGET WIRELESS DEVICE - Various techniques and systems are provided for determining a location of a target wireless device. Specifically, various techniques and systems are provided for determining a location of a wireless device using timestamps assigned to communications transmitted between the wireless device and one or more other wireless devices on a same WiFi channel as the wireless device. Implementations describe devices, computer-program products, and methods including transmitting a beacon frame by a network device on a channel of a radio frequency band, receiving a first frame that corresponds to the client device, assigning a first timestamp to the first frame, transmitting a second frame in response to the client device communication, assigning a second timestamp to the second frame, determining a time difference between the first timestamp and the second timestamp, receiving an alternative time difference corresponding to an alternative network device on the channel, and determining a location of the client device using the time difference and the alternative time difference. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100288 | TECHNIQUES FOR OPTIMIZING HTTP IMPLEMENTATION AS A TRANSPORT PROTOCOL FOR EPC-LEVEL PROXIMITY SERVICES (PROSE) DISCOVERY - Example methods and apparatuses for managing polling in devices implementing proximity services are presented. For instance, an example method of polling management in a ProSe system is presented, which includes receiving, at a network entity, a polling message from a first UE. In addition, the example method may also include receiving, at the network entity and after receiving the polling message, one or both of a first location report associated with the first UE and a second location report associated with a second UE. Furthermore, the example method may include determining whether to generate a polling response message upon receiving one or both of the first location report and the second location report, wherein the polling response message includes a next polling time for the first UE that is based on a location reporting schedule associated with one or both of the first UE and the second UE. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100290 | Method and System for Providing Enhanced Location Based Information for Wireless Handsets - Methods, devices and systems for generating enhanced location information on or about a mobile device may include configuring a mobile device to receive first location information from a plurality of other devices, and use the received first location information to determine an approximate location of the mobile device to a first level of accuracy. The mobile device may then group itself with one or more wireless transceivers in proximity to the mobile device, and send the approximate location to the wireless transceivers in the communication group. In response, the mobile device may receive second location information from the one or more wireless transceivers in the communication group in response to sending the determined approximate location, and use the received second location information to determine a more precise location of the mobile device to a second level of accuracy. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100291 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING LOCATION CHANGES AND MONITORING ASSISTANCE DATA VIA SCANNING - Example methods, apparatuses, or articles of manufacture are disclosed herein that may be utilized, in whole or in part, to facilitate or support one or more operations or techniques for detecting location changes and monitoring assistance data via scanning for use in or with a mobile device. Briefly, in accordance with at least one implementation, a method may include obtaining, at a mobile device, a rough estimate of a location of the mobile device; identifying a plurality of transmitters within a signal acquisition range of the roughly estimated location; transmitting probe requests addressed to at least some of the transmitters; and selectively initiating a passive scan at a receiver of the mobile device if a number of responses to the probe requests received from the transmitters is less than a threshold number. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100300 | Ping Compensation Factor for Location Updates - In one embodiment, a computing device receives a location update corresponding to a user. The user corresponds to one or more demographic categories, and the location update is provided by one or more location methods which are implemented by a mobile device of the user. The computing device determines that the location update is associated with a visit to a particular place. The computing device determines a total number of visits to the particular place within a period of time for a particular demographic category of users. The computing device calculates a ping compensation factor based at least in part on a subset of the visits determined by a first location method, and the total number of visits. The computing device stores the ping compensation factor on a data store of a social-networking system. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100377 | INDEPENDENTLY VERIFYING A TRANSIT POINT IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - An example method for independently verifying a transit point in a network environment is provided and includes receiving, at a transit point in a packet network, at least two radio signals from corresponding different radio sources, receiving, at the transit point, a sampling request in an packet message, and transmitting in another packet message a sample of the at least two radio signals such that by comparing the sample with an expected sample, a location of the transit point is determined. The expected sample can comprise another sample of the at least two radio signals that would have been received by the transit point at an expected location at a time of receipt of the sampling request, and if the expected sample matches the sample, the transit point is determined to be at the expected location. | 04-07-2016 |
20160103201 | INDOOR POSITIONING SYSTEM, POSITIONING SERVER, AND INDOOR POSITIONING METHOD - An indoor positioning system, a positioning server and an indoor positioning method are provided. The indoor positioning system is applied to detecting a position of a portable device in an indoor environment. The positioning system includes a first wireless detector, a second wireless detector, a third wireless detector and a positioning server. The first, the second and the third wireless detectors are in communication with the portable device. The first wireless detector and the second wireless detector respectively generates first wireless detecting information and second wireless detecting information corresponding to the portable device through a first wireless communication standard and a second wireless communication standard. The third wireless detector generates third wireless detecting information corresponding to the portable device. The positioning server retrieves the position of the portable device in the indoor environment according to the first, the second, and the third wireless detecting information. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105765 | Power Preservation Through Motion-Activated Location Reporting - A tracking device can securely communicate with a secondary device by generating a hash value based on the identity of the tracking device. If the secondary device cannot resolve the hash value, the hash value can be provided to a tracking server, such as a cloud server, for resolving the hash value. Upon resolving the hash value, the tracking server can store a location of the tracking device in association with the identity of the tracking device. To preserve power, the secondary device can activate location-detection functionality (such as a GPS receive) only in response to the detection of movement of the tracking device, can obtain location information, and can de-activate the location-detection functionality upon providing the location information to the tracking server. The tracking server can associate one or both of a previous location and the current location information based on movement of the tracking device. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105766 | SECURE AND PRIVATE CLOUD BASED BROADCAST IDENTIFICATION - A tracking device can securely communicate with a secondary device by generating a hash value based on the identity of the tracking device. If the secondary device cannot resolve the hash value, the hash value can be provided to a tracking server, such as a cloud server, for resolving the hash value. Upon resolving the hash value, the tracking server can store a location of the tracking device in association with the identity of the tracking device. To preserve power, the secondary device can activate location-detection functionality (such as a GPS receive) only in response to the detection of movement of the tracking device, can obtain location information, and can de-activate the location-detection functionality upon providing the location information to the tracking server. The tracking server can associate one or both of a previous location and the current location information based on movement of the tracking device. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105767 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND MOBILE TERMINAL FOR COLLECTING LOCATION INFORMATION - A self-reporting mobile device can allow a user to local the mobile device, regardless of whether the mobile device is reachable via a wireless or wired network. During operation, the mobile device can read one or more local data sources to obtain contextual information corresponding to a state of the mobile device. The mobile device can analyze the contextual information based on a condition for capturing location-identifying information for the mobile computing device to determine whether the contextual information satisfies the condition. If so, the mobile device may collect location-identifying information from one or more sensors of the mobile device, and can upload the location-identifying information to a server. Making this location-identifying information available on the server can facilitate a user to locate the mobile computing device. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105807 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DETERMINING SIGNAL STRENGTH IN INDOOR ENVIRONMENTS - Methods and systems for determining cellular signal strength information. The method includes receiving a location of interest, for which said cellular signal strength information is to be determined, from a customer-computing device. Thereafter, a crowdsourcing task corresponding to said location of interest is generated, wherein said crowdsourcing task comprises at least an instruction for a movement of a mobile device in said location of interest. The method further includes receiving at least one or more received signal strength indication (RSSI) values for said location of interest during said movement, wherein said received one or more RSSI values are utilizable to alert a user of a mobile device for a low RSSI value in said location of interest. | 04-14-2016 |
20160109552 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TRACKING A USER'S LOCATION - Techniques for tracking a current location of a user are described. According to various embodiments, an ambient noise signal proximate to a user device is detected using a microphone. Audio sample information may be accessed, where the audio sample information identifies various audio samples and, for each of the audio samples, a source of the corresponding audio sample. Thereafter, a specific audio sample corresponding to the ambient noise signal may be identified. Moreover, a current location of the user device may be determined, based on the source of the specific audio sample. | 04-21-2016 |
20160109553 | METHOD FOR LOCATING AND POSITIONING USING BROADCAST FM SIGNALS AND PHASE DIFFERENCE COMPUTATION TECHNIQUE - Improved systems for locating and positioning using broadcast frequency modulation signals is provided for previous U.S. Pat. No. 7,990,314. In addition, three or more LPFM local broadcasting stations are used for determination for indoor and/or outdoor 2-D or 3-D locating and positioning system. | 04-21-2016 |
20160109556 | MITIGATING EFFECTS OF MULTIPATH DURING POSITION COMPUTATION - Estimating an unknown position of a receiver. In some embodiment, trilateration techniques that quantify uncertainty in the estimate of the unknown position are applied. One such technique for estimating a two-dimensional or three-dimensional position of a receiver uses an L-1 norm computation instead of an L-2 norm computation. | 04-21-2016 |
20160109582 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOCATION POSITIONING OF USER DEVICE - Devices, systems, and methods for gathering, calculating and sending positioning information at a user device to one or more networks. In a first implementation, a user device transforms pseudorange information relating to terrestrial beacons into GNSS pseudorange information. In a second implementation, a user device sends position information using GNSS information elements. In a third implementation, a user device sends position information using non-GNSS information elements. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112830 | Method and Apparatus for Detecting Smartphone Application Users Utilizing Globally Unique Identifiers and Wireless Sensors - A method capable of detecting a location and activities of smartphone application users by combining the use of Globally Unique Identifiers (GUID) and various physical sensor infrastructure technologies. GUID (or UUID) is also known as ‘Globally Unique Identifier’ or ‘Universally Unique Identifier’ which uses a 128-bit integer number to identify resources. The physical sensor infrastructure technology includes WiFi, iBeacon and/or Near Field Communications. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112835 | Method and System Of Zone Suspension In Electronic Monitoring - A tracking device and system are described where a location data collector device to receive location data of the tracking device and one or more communication devices that send the location data to a central facility and that receives a defined location package that includes location information where the tracking device is placed in either a suspension or active tracking mode. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112840 | LOCATION-TRANSMITTING DEVICE FOR DETERMINING LOCATION OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - In a wireless communication device, an example method of transmitting location data for a location of the wireless communication device includes using a short-range radio communication protocol to receive, without prior interrogation, radio signals from any nearby autonomously transmitting radio-transmitting device, detecting the location data in a radio signal from a nearby autonomously transmitting radio-transmitting device, wherein the radio signal is the strongest radio signal that includes location data, measuring a received signal level of the radio signal from the autonomously transmitting radio-transmitting device, and transmitting the location data and the received signal level of the radio signal to a third party. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112845 | INDOOR POSITIONING METHOD AND APPARATUS - The invention discloses an indoor positioning method and apparatus. The method includes: acquiring current cell signal strength information of a terminal located indoors; determining, according to 3D indoor positioning matching information, horizontal position information and height information of an indoor grid that are corresponding to the current cell signal strength information, where the 3D indoor positioning matching information includes a correspondence between cell signal strength information of the indoor grid and the horizontal position information and the height information of the indoor grid; and determining, according to the horizontal position information and the height information of the indoor grid, a horizontal position at which the terminal is located indoors and a height at which the terminal is located. In this way, high-accuracy 3D indoor positioning can be implemented. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112855 | ICON COMMUNICATION LINKING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF USE THEREOF - The invention comprises a method and apparatus used to establish a communication link via selection of a graphic of a person or group overlaid on a map, such as via use of a communication aircraft or satellite without timely knowledge by a caller, without lookup, of the called person's or group's identity and/or phone number. Communication is aided by personal communicators worn and/or carried by the caller and person or group called. The established communication is optionally and preferably supplemented with a local representation of the environment, such as terrain, natural resources, available man-made resources, identification of teams, weather, visibility, and/or competing elements. The communication link is optionally integrated into a firefighting command and control system, a friend network, a company group, and/or for a team so time is not spent looking up a phone number. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112982 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR THE RETENTION OF UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICTION ENABLED DEVICES - A system and method are provided for substantially preventing the loss of a first electronic device. The system and method establish a short distance wireless communications between the first electronic device and a second electronic device according to a first wireless communications protocol. The second electronic device monitors a signal level strength of the first wireless communication signals between the first electronic device and the second electronic device. The system and method then provide an alert when the signal level strength of the first wireless communication signals falls below a first predetermined short distance communications signal level strength threshold. | 04-21-2016 |
20160116566 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING SIGNAL SOURCE LOCATION IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - Systems and methods for determining signal source location in wireless local area networks are disclosed. An example method includes receiving, from a first signal reader, a first time-of-arrival measurement for a first radio frequency (RF) signal generated by a first wireless local area network (WLAN) signal source located at a first known location, the first time-of-arrival measurement being relative to a first clock of the first signal reader; receiving, from a second signal reader, a second time-of-arrival measurement for the RF signal, the second time-of-arrival measurement being relative to a second clock of the second signal reader, wherein the first clock is not synchronized with the second clock; defining a first time relationship between the first clock and a system time based on the first time-of-arrival measurement; and defining a second time relationship between the second clock and the system time based on the second time-of-arrival measurement. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119759 | Device, methods, and systems for proximity localization using beacon switches - The present disclosure is directed to an electronic device that transmits radio signals for indoor proximity localization and digital content delivery. In one embodiment, the device may be installed in a standard electrical wall switch and powered by an AC power source. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119760 | TRACKING MOBILE RESOURCE AT MANUFACTURING SITE - A system for tracking a mobile resource in a manufacturing site is described. The system includes a transmitter mounted on the mobile resource to transmit a first signal indicative of a location of the mobile resource at the manufacturing site. The system also includes a transceiver disposed at the manufacturing site to receive the first signal via a wireless network and transmit a second signal indicative of a location of the mobile resource and a duration for which the mobile resource is located at the manufacturing site. The system also includes a controller to communicate with the transceiver and a database. The controller is configured to receive the second signal, identify the location of the mobile resource based on the second signal and information in a database, determine location of the mobile resource with respect to a fixed resource, and determine operational characteristics of the mobile resource. | 04-28-2016 |
20160124073 | WIRELESS SIGNAL IDENTIFICATION - Technologies are generally described for identifying whether a propagation path between a mobile device and an access point is line-of-sight. In some examples, a method performed under control of a mobile device may include receiving, from an access point, a first signal transmitted at a first frequency band; receiving, from the access point, a second signal transmitted at a second frequency band; measuring a difference value between propagation properties of the first signal and the second signal; and identifying whether a propagation path between the mobile device and the access point is line-of-sight or non-line-of-sight based at least in part on the difference value. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127087 | Video Multimode Multimedia Data Communication Systems - Multimode multimedia mobile wireless data communication system provides received demodulated location finder signal with a mobile device generated photo camera generated signal into a cross-correlated in-phase and quadrature-phase filtered baseband signal and modulates and transmits the cross-correlated signal. Mobile device for receiving and converting a video signal, generated in mobile device, into an OFDM video signal and providing OFDM video signal to a modulator and transmitter. Mobile device receives and demodulates a modulated spread spectrum baseband signal and provides the spread spectrum baseband signal to an OFDM baseband unit for modulation and transmission of OFDM baseband signal. Converting a user generated touch screen signal into a touch screen control signal, for control of mobile device. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127862 | Search and Recovery of Mobile Devices - Search and recovery is performed for a lost or stolen mobile device. When the mobile device is lost or stolen, the mobile device may transmit a recovery signal for receipt by another device. If an acknowledgment is received, the mobile device confirms discovery by sending its current location. Moreover, seeker devices may be conscripted to search for the lost or stolen mobile device. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127864 | METHOD, RECORDING MEDIUM AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE OF 3D GEOLOCATION - A method, a recording medium and an electronic device of 3D geolocation are provided. The method includes the following steps: distributing a plurality of samples that are already 2D-geolocated into a plurality of geographic areas according to 2D locations of the samples, wherein each sample includes a measurement report provided by a user equipment attached to a mobile network; generating a relative sequence of altitudes of the samples in each geographic area according to altitude-related data obtained from the samples in the geographic area; and determining the altitudes of the samples in each geographic area according to the relative sequence of the geographic area. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127869 | METHOD OF OPERATING COMMUNICATION AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR SUPPORTING SAME - A communication method and an electronic device for supporting the same are provided. The communication method includes forming a group for communication with at least one external electronic device, receiving location information from the at least one external electronic device, selecting at least one of the at least one external electronic device to communicate with, based on a motion of the electronic device, and communicating with the at least one selected external electronic device. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127870 | DETERMINING PROXIMITY OF USER EQUIPMENT FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - Embodiments of apparatus, packages, computer-implemented methods, systems, devices, and computer-readable media (transitory and non-transitory) are described herein for ascertaining, e.g., by a traffic detection function (“TDF”), that a first user equipment (“UE”) and a second UE are, potentially, sufficiently proximate to each other to wirelessly exchange data directly. In various embodiments, an evolved serving mobile location center (“E-SMLC”) may be instructed, e.g., by the TDF, to obtain location change data associated with the first and second UEs. In various embodiments, a determination may be made, e.g., by the TDF, based on the location change data, whether the first and second UEs are sufficiently proximate to exchange data directly, and whether the first and second UEs are likely to remain proximate for at least a predetermined time interval. In various embodiments, the first and second UEs may be caused to commence device-to-device (“D | 05-05-2016 |
20160127873 | METHOD OF PREDICTING LOCATION OF RENDEZVOUS AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR PROVIDING SAME - A method of predicting a location of a rendezvous and an electronic device for providing the same are provided. The electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a screen executing a schedule management service application and a predicted rendezvous, a storage unit configured to store schedule information input into the application, data related to a place and a region, and a user location history, and a controller configured to recognize the input of the schedule information, score place data based on a schedule place name of the schedule information, and predict a rendezvous based on at least one piece of place data having a high score among the pieces of scored place data. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127874 | Methods, Systems, and Products for Location Determination - Location may be determined based on electrical outlets in a home or business. One or more of the electrical outlets may wirelessly communicate with a mobile device, thus updating a database with the location of the mobile device. As the mobile device moves within the home or business, a current location of the mobile device may be continually logged by passing one of the electrical outlets. Rules and operations may then be performed, based on the current location. | 05-05-2016 |
20160131736 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING ANTENNA PROBABILITIES IN SUB-AREAS OF A GEOGRAPHICAL AREA - Methods and systems are provided for determining signal source probabilities. Signal source probabilities, for a plurality of sub-areas of a geographic area covered by a plurality of signal sources, may be determined. For each one of the plurality of sub-areas, the signal source probabilities may be determined based on probable field strengths of the plurality of signal sources for the one of the plurality of sub-areas, and the signal source probabilities for that one of the plurality of sub-areas indicate the probability that a mobile device, located in that one of the plurality of sub-areas, is operable to detect a particular signal source for communicating. Determining signal source probabilities may comprise calculating expected field strengths in the plurality of sub-areas. Determining signal source probabilities may comprise obtaining power information indicating a detected power of respective signals received by the mobile device from multiple transmitters. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134336 | DIRECTIONAL PROXIMITY DETECTION - This disclosure concerns wearable and/or handheld mobile electronic devices and methods for directional proximity detection of other wearable and/or handheld mobile electronic devices. A first wearable and/or handheld mobile electronic device ( | 05-12-2016 |
20160134715 | AUTOMATIC DETERMINATION OF AND REACTION TO MOBILE USER ROUTINE BEHAVIOR BASED ON GEOGRAPHICAL AND REPETITIVE PATTERN ANALYSIS - A pattern associated with a mobile device is determined based at least in part on time information and location information associated with the mobile device. A mobile device behavior to be associated with the pattern is determined. The mobile device is configured to exhibit the mobile device behavior automatically during at least a portion of a subsequent repetition of the pattern. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135001 | Proximity-Based Item Data Communication - A method includes receiving an audio signal at a mobile computing device and determining whether the audio signal is within a particular frequency range using an application executing at the mobile computing device. When the audio signal is within the particular frequency range, the audio signal may be processed to determine speaker location data encoded within the audio signal that indicates a location associated with a speaker generating the audio signal. A message including information associated with the speaker location data may be sent from the mobile computing device to a server, and item data from the server may be received at the mobile computing device. The item data is related to an item that is located proximate to the speaker, and information descriptive of the item may be displayed at the mobile computing device. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135002 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR USER EQUIPMENT POSITIONING USING INTERCELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION - Methods, devices and systems for determining positions of user equipments (UEs) based on uplink position signals are described. Cooperating base stations measure received positioning signals and report measurements to serving base stations. Cooperating base stations can also adapt resource allocation to mitigate interference on the uplink to positioning signals. Cooperation between base stations can be coordinated via inter-base station links, e.g., X2 interfaces in LTE systems. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135005 | SCALABILITY AND RELIABILITY OF HARDWARE GEO-FENCING WITH FAILOVER SUPPORT - A computing device includes at least one processor and a memory, the memory storing computer-executable instructions for causing the device to be configured to load a subset of geo-fences from secondary storage to primary storage for tracking by the computing device, the subset of geo-fences selected from a set of available geo-fences stored in the secondary storage, based on a selection criteria. The computing device further creates a boundary geo-fence with a radius corresponding to a distance between a current location of the computing device and an edge of a geo-fence in the subset of geo-fences that is furthest from the current location of the computing device. Upon detecting a geo-fence event associated with a new location of the computing device in relation to the boundary geo-fence, a new subset of geo-fences is re-loaded, and a new boundary geo-fence is created based on the new location of the computing device. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135008 | POSITION DETECTION UNIT, AND LENS APPARATUS, IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS, AND LENS COMMAND APPARATUS EACH INCLUDING THE POSITION DETECTION UNIT - A position detector of a mover relative to a stator includes: an output unit outputting displacement signals including a first signal in a first period and a second signal in a period longer than the first period, while switching among the displacement signals, according to a change in the position of the mover; and a deriver that derives an absolute position as the position of the mover based on the displacement signals, and derives a relative position as a displacement amount with respect to a predetermined absolute position of the mover, wherein in deriving the absolute position, the signal output unit outputs the first signal, the second signals, and the first signal in this order, and the deriver derives the absolute position based on the displacement signals, in deriving the relative position, the position deriver derives the relative position based on the first signal and the second signals. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135012 | APPLYING INDOOR MAGNETIC FIELDS FOR ACQUIRING MOVEMENT INFORMATION - An apparatus caused at least to acquire information indicating first indoor magnetic field vectors measured by a first portable device inside a building; generate a first indoor magnetic field sequence, IMFS, on the basis of the first indoor magnetic field vectors; acquire information indicating second indoor magnetic field vectors measured by a second portable device inside the building; generate a second IMFS on the basis of the second indoor magnetic field vectors, wherein the first and the second IMFSs represent at least one of the magnitude and the direction of the Earth's magnetic field; perform a comparison between at least part of the first IMFS and at least part of the second IMFS; and acquire information on the relative movement of the first portable device with respect to the second portable device inside the building on the basis of the comparison result. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135013 | MOBILE DEVICE UTILIZING TIME OF FLIGHT FOR PERSONAL SECURITY AND LOCALIZATION - A mobile device case for functional connection and physical attachment to a mobile device, the mobile device case comprises an application adapted to run in the mobile device and a cradle configured for removable attachment with the mobile device, the cradle comprising a controller capable of functional connection with the application, where the cradle is adapted to protect the mobile device while attached to the mobile device and the cradle is adapted to functionally pair with the application to create at least a portion of a mesh network. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135026 | Framework and Applications for Proximity-Based Social Interaction - A framework for use in developing proximity-based social interactions (PSIs) shows energy efficiency, topology robustness, and a lessened load for group participants. Implementations of the framework may include PSI-specific application hints to aggregate and schedule pending transmissions and match delivery requirement, topology structure and maintenance schemes that provide robustness and improve efficiency, and load-distributing group dissemination protocols. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135037 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANAGING A SUBSCRIBER DEVICE - A method for managing a subscriber device includes a first detection step in which a first device detects a first status relating to a presence of a subscriber device under a radio coverage of a home mobile network. In the first detection step, the first device intercepts a message for requesting whether the subscriber device has or has not been stolen, as request message, the request message originating from a Mobile Switching Center relating to the home mobile network and being addressed to an Equipment Identity Register relating to the home mobile network. A corresponding first device is also disclosed. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135140 | POSITIONING FOR WLANS AND OTHER WIRELESS NETWORKS - Techniques to support positioning for access points and terminals in WLANs and other wireless networks are described. In one aspect, WLAN positioning is supported with Secure User Plane Location (SUPL). A terminal obtains measurements for an access point in a WLAN and/or receives measurements made by the access point for the terminal. The terminal determines WLAN AP information for the access point and/or the terminal based on the measurements and sends the WLAN AP information to a SUPL Location Platform (SLP). The SLP determines a location estimate for the terminal based on the WLAN AP information. In another aspect, the terminal receives supported network information from the SLP. The terminal obtains network measurement information (e.g., measurements) for a radio access network and determines which particular network measurement information to send based on the supported network information. The terminal sends network measurement information permitted by the supported network information to the SLP. | 05-12-2016 |
20160139236 | DIFFERENTIATED STATION LOCATION - Embodiments allow a station to determine its location and report the location to a access point or other network entity. The station obtains agreement with an access point, group of access points, or other network entity to provide its location to a designated accuracy level and the access point(s) agree to provide services such as access to a location service, the access point(s) location to a designated positional accuracy, etc. The station measures its position and induces an error in its reported location. The induced error prevents an exact location of the station from being determined by the access point(s) or others, thus preserving the privacy of the station. The location reported by the station may be absolute (e.g., geographic coordinates) or relative to a landmark, location, etc. | 05-19-2016 |
20160139239 | DETERMINING DEVICE LOCATIONS USING MOVEMENT, SIGNAL STRENGTH - Techniques for precisely determining a location of a mobile computing device based on both wireless signal strengths measured at the mobile computing device and movement of the device. The wireless signal strengths may represent the strength of a connection between the device and wireless access points (WAPs), cellular towers, or the like. Furthermore, the techniques described herein may utilize movement data provided by the device. For instance, the device may include an accelerometer, a gyroscope, and/or any other components configured to recognize when a device is moving, a direction that the device is moving, or the like. In one example, the accelerometer reports when the device has moved by a certain amount, while the gyroscope reports a direction in which the device is moving. The techniques then utilize this information in addition to the wireless signal strengths to estimate locations of the device as the device moves over time. | 05-19-2016 |
20160139242 | MOBILE UNIT LOCATION USING MOBILE UNITS IN PROXIMITY - A wireless location system/method is disclosed having one or more location centers for locating mobile units. Mobile unit location requests can utilize Internet communication between a network of location centers. A plurality of mobile unit locating technologies may be used, including those based on: TOA, TDOA, GPS, locations of other mobile units in proximity of the mobile unit being located, indoor wireless signal detection units; and reduced coverage base stations. Location determination strategies disclosed: adapting and calibrating system performance according to environmental and geographical changes, using location signal data for enhancing a database of predictive location data, heuristically evaluating mobile unit estimates related to terrain, mobile unit velocity and path, and adjusting mobile unit location estimations adaptively or statistically. The system/method is useful for emergency calls, tracking, routing, people and animal location, including applications for confinement to and exclusion from certain areas. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142870 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND INFORMATION IDENTIFICATION METHOD - A radio communication system has a base station that forms a cell identified by a cell identifier, a geographic information storage unit that stores a geographic information element indicating a geographic characteristic of a location at which a cell is formed, a cell visit detector that detects that a user equipment that was visiting a first cell and starts to visit a second cell differing from the first cell, a cell information obtainer that obtains a second cell identifier corresponding to the second cell when the cell visit detector detects the visit to the second cell, and a geographic information identifier that retrieves, based on the second cell identifier, a geographic information element of the second cell that corresponds to the second cell identifier from the geographic information storage unit. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142871 | TECHNIQUE FOR EFFECTIVE ORGANIZATION AND COMMUNICATION OF INFORMATION - In a communication arrangement in accordance with the invention, a server is employed to collect and organize information for mobile device users according to the user profiles, e.g., personal profile, business profile, vacation profile, etc., which reflect different user personae. Moreover, with the server, incoming messages for the user are organized and stored according to the source of the messages and the user criteria established in the user profiles. Further, information in a mobile device may be organized using electronic information cards, referred to as “E-cards,” which facilitate, among others, transfer of information from the mobile device to the server, or other mobile devices to conduct various commercial and data transactions. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142872 | MOBILE NETWORK BASED GEOFENCING - Managing a geofence of a mobile device in a network is provided, which includes: identifying, by a first application operable with the mobile device, the geofence associated with the mobile device or a user of the mobile device; based on identifying the geofence, registering the identified geofence with a network component; identifying, to a first granularity, a first location for the identified geofence; monitoring, to a second granularity, a location of the mobile device, where the first granularity is more coarse-grained than the second granularity; and based on the mobile device triggering the geofence, pushing a notification to the application; and based on receiving the notification, performing an operation associated with the geofence. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142873 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING A DIGITAL MEETING TOOL - Systems and methods include data storage that stores user information for a plurality of user devices, a beacon that is configured to be associated with a first unique identifier, a meeting server that receives, from the data storage, data that includes user information one of the user devices, assigns the first unique identifier to one of the user devices based in part on similarities between the user information and an entity associated with the beacon, and creates a digital asset that includes the first unique identifier and first information, and a communication interface associated with the meeting server that transmits, via a network, the digital asset to the one of the user devices. The beacon broadcasts the first unique identifier via a short-range transmission at a first location and the one of the user devices detects the first unique identifier at the first location, compares it to the identifier associated with the digital asset, and displays a notification that includes the first information if there is a match. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142874 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RECOGNIZING NEARBY DEVICE USING DISTANCE AND INTIMACY - Disclosed herein is an apparatus and method for recognizing a nearby device, which measure distances between devices and calculate intimacies between the devices, thus notifying a user of the distances to and intimacies with nearby devices. The apparatus includes a distance determination module unit for determining distances to a plurality of nearby devices based on signals for distance determination, received from the respective nearby devices. A zone determination module unit determines zones to which the respective nearby devices belong, among multiple zones, depending on the distances to the respective nearby devices. A nearby device recognition module unit recognizes the nearby devices using received information of the nearby devices. An intimacy determination module unit determines intimacies with the nearby devices, based on previously stored information required for intimacy determination. A user interface unit displays results of distance determination and intimacy determination to a user. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142877 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A SEAT LOCATION OF A MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICE IN A MULTI-SEAT ENVIRONMENT - A system and method for associating a mobile computing device with a particular seat in a seating environment. The system collects first sensor data from device sensors of a first mobile computing device based on activity detected within the seating environment. The system then determines, for each of a plurality of seats in the seating environment, a degree of correlation with the mobile computing device based at least in part on the first sensor data, and associates the mobile computing device with the seat, among the plurality of seats, having the highest degree of correlation with the first mobile computing device. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142878 | LOCATION-BASED HEALTHCARE COLLABORATION, DATA MANAGEMENT AND ACCESS CONTROL - The locations of electronic devices in an institutional facility are determined based on interaction with the wireless mobile devices of users who roam though the facility and interact with (or are detected by) the devices. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142880 | Enhanced Mobile Base Station - Systems and methods for an in-vehicle base station are described. In one embodiment, a mobile base station is disclosed comprising a first access radio for providing an access network inside and outside a vehicle; a second backhaul radio for providing a backhaul connection to a macro cell; and a global positioning system (GPS) module for determining a location of the mobile base station, and for transmitting the location of the mobile base station to a core network, wherein a transmit power of the first access radio is configured to increase or decrease based on a speed of the vehicle. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142881 | TRACKING ASSET COMPUTING DEVICES - One or more processors send a signal from a first computing device to a second computing device through a hardwire connection. One or more processors determine a change between the signal as sent by the first computing device and the signal as received by the second computing device. The change is caused, at least in part, by the distance the signal travels. One or more processors determine a geo-location of the second computing device based, at least in part, on the change. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142882 | MEETING NOTIFICATION AND MODIFICATION SERVICE - Techniques are described for providing a meeting notification and automatic modification service. A system may be configured to identify an appointment in a calendar application, identify a geographic location of the appointment, and identify, before the appointment time, a geographic location of a first participant of the appointment. Based on the geographic information, the system may identify a route extending from the geographic location of the first participant to the geographic location of the appointment, and may identify a travel time associated with the route. Based on the travel time and the appointment time, the system may determine whether the first participant is estimated to arrive at the appointment on time and, based on the determination, the system may send a message to participants of the appointment or dynamically reschedule the appointment. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142883 | Mobile Device Location Estimation Using Categorized Local Location Data From Various Sources - Methods and program products of mobile device location estimation using categorized local location data from various sources. For example, a method includes: detecting one or more wireless access gateways on a mobile device; for at least one detected wireless access gateway, determining whether or not location data of the gateway exists among part or all of a predetermined collection of data on the mobile device, the location data including a location estimate of the gateway, and none or at least one of: an uncertainty value associated with the location estimate; or a confidence value related to the likelihood that the gateway is stationary; determining whether or not a condition related to location estimation of the device is true; determining a location estimate of the device using the existing location data of the detected gateways on the device or other location estimation methods, based on the determination of the condition. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142995 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERACTIVE MOBILE OFFER SYSTEM BASED ON PROXIMITY OF MOBILE DEVICE TO MEDIA SOURCE - Content which is related to content being provided by a media source is synchronized with content being provided by the media source. A mobile device operates to receive content which is related to the content being provided by the media source. The system operates based on mobile device location, and the media source location. Based on the location, a server can determine what content is being provided by the media source and can therefore serve related content based on that to the mobile device. It works passively with periodic regular updates of the mobile device location or actively through the use of a button (touch screen, keyboard, etc.) on the mobile device to signal the server to check its location and therefore identifying which media source the mobile device is near. | 05-19-2016 |
20160150359 | Smart Machine To Machine Behavior Tracking - Smart M2M devices may be utilized to discover, generate, develop, and use customer behavior information. Security, marketing, and sales may be made through the use of short-range communication mechanisms, and customer behavior information may be gathered while providing devices with product information and other content. In an example configuration, smart M2M devices may determine the location of a device in a venue and compare it to historical location information associated with the device to determine whether authentication should be requested. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150361 | ADAPTIVE LOCATION PERTURBATION - An example of adaptive location perturbation can include selecting, by a processing resource of a mobile device executing instructions stored on a non-transitory medium, between a plurality of localization technologies to perturb a location measurement of the mobile device. The perturbed location measurement of the mobile device can be sent to a location-based service provider. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150363 | Software Development Kit for Phone App with Location Data - A smart phone used by an end user includes a positioning circuit; a computer readable memory; and an app resident on the computer readable memory. The app is configured to cause the positioning circuit periodically to determine a preferred location of the smart phone and transmit the preferred location to a remote server via a network. The app executes a plurality of local rules based on the preferred location and receives location-specific content that is selected based on the preferred location from the server via the network. The location-specific content is presented to the end user. A software development kit for generating a smart phone app facilitates quick app generation. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150368 | VIRTUAL SENSOR APPARATUS AND METHOD - Apparatuses, methods and storage medium associated with provision and receipt of virtual sensor service, are disclosed. In embodiments, an apparatus may comprise a virtual sensor server configured to provide virtual sensor service to one or more mobile client devices to virtualize one or more sensors of each of the one or more mobile client devices. Virtualization of the one or more sensors of each of the one or more mobile client devices may comprise provision of sensor data to each of the one or more mobile client devices, or reporting of sensor data to one or more recipients external to the one or more mobile client devices on behalf of respective one or ones of the one or more mobile client devices. The provision or the reporting supersedes the corresponding sensor on the respective one or more of the mobile client devices. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150369 | ASSET MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR OUTDOOR LUMINAIRES - Systems, methods and articles for providing automatic collection of asset management data of outdoor illumination systems. A central asset management system organizes the collected data into electronic reports (e.g., spreadsheets, maps) presentable to a user. The asset management data may include, for example, identification information, location information, installation date, installation cost, installation details, type of luminaire, maintenance activities, specifications, purchase date, cost, expected lifetime, warranty information, service contracts, service history, spare parts, comments, or anything other information that may be useful to users (e.g., management, purchasers, installers, maintenance workers). A smart appliance with location determination capabilities, such as a global positioning system (GPS) receiver, provides location information to a luminaire when the smart appliance is positioned proximate a luminaire. The luminaires in the illumination system send location information and identification information to the central asset management system over a wired and/or wireless data communications channel. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150372 | GEOLOCATION CHECK-IN SYSTEM - Embodiments of the invention are directed to systems, methods and computer program products for providing a geolocation check-in system. An exemplary apparatus is configured to collect positioning data related to a user. After collecting position data the apparatus may be configure to determine, based at least partially on the positioning data that the user has crossed a threshold of a geofence associated with a merchant's location. Based at least partially on this determination the apparatus may be configured to initiate a merchant check-in associated with the user and transmit user information to the merchant. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150374 | RTT PROCESSING BASED ON A CHARACTERISTIC OF ACCESS POINTS - Systems, apparatus and methods for estimating a location of a mobile device are presented. Before computing a location estimate, the mobile device groups a plurality of access points into two or more categories (for example, a first list of access points having a first characteristic and a second list of access points having a second characteristic). Round-trip time (RTT) measurements are computed for access points in the first list. A Short Interframe Space (SIFS) value may be determined for each access point in the first list or generally SIFT representing the first list as a whole. The RTT measurements are compensated with the appropriate SIFS value. The mobile device then computes its location or position fix estimate using the compensated RTT values while excluding less accurate RTT values from other access points. As a result, the location estimate eliminates adverse influent from some access points. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150380 | AUTOMATED WLAN RADIO MAP CONSTRUCTION METHOD AND SYSTEM - An automated WLAN radio map construction method and system is provided. The automated WLAN radio map construction method includes: collecting WLAN fingerprints obtained by mobile device in an indoor space, machine-learning a learning model which is generated based on a state diagram in which divided areas of an indoor map are expressed by location states, arranging the collected WLAN fingerprints in corresponding location states, and storing a result of the arranging. Accordingly, collection locations of WLAN fingerprints collected in a plurality of unspecific smartphones without reference location information such as GPS signals can be automatically labeled. | 05-26-2016 |
20160154083 | ENHANCED POSITIONING SYSTEM USING HYBRID FILTER BACKGROUND | 06-02-2016 |
20160156764 | PERSONALIZING INTERACTION WITH A STRUCTURE | 06-02-2016 |
20160157053 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR POSITIONING USER EQUIPMENT | 06-02-2016 |
20160157055 | NOTIFICATION OF ACCESS CONTROL REQUEST AND EXPLANATION INDICATIVE OF THE ACCESS CONTROL REQUEST ON A COMMUNICATION DEVICE | 06-02-2016 |
20160157058 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, TERMINAL SEPARATION DETERMINATION SYSTEM AND TERMINAL SEPARATION DETERMINATION METHOD | 06-02-2016 |
20160157060 | PROVIDING STREAMING GEOLOCATION INFORMATION | 06-02-2016 |
20160157201 | Wideband Angle-Of-Arrival Location Determination Using Bandwidth Partitioning | 06-02-2016 |
20160157202 | METHOD OF UTILIZING CONSUMER ELECTRONICS IN WORK MACHINE TRACKING | 06-02-2016 |
20160157203 | CELL-ID TRANSLATION IN A LOCATION BASED SYSTEM (LBS) | 06-02-2016 |
20160161591 | Method and Apparatus for Efficiently Reducing Number of Access Points in a Radio Map Using Grids - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, an apparatus comprises at least one receiver configured to receive a grid corresponding to an area, at least one processor configured to assign at least one access point in the area to at least one node in the grid, and the at least one processor configured to select a predetermined number of access points assigned to the at least one node for inclusion in a partial radio map. | 06-09-2016 |
20160161593 | Method and Apparatus for Uploading Radio Maps - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, an apparatus comprises a first receiver configured to receive a first partial radio map and a second partial radio map, a processor configured to compare the first partial radio map and the second partial radio map, and the processor further configured to determine to replace the first partial radio map with the second partial radio map based at least in part on a result of the comparison. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165388 | METHODS AND MOBILE DEVICES TO IMPLEMENT TRAVELER INTERACTIONS AND ACTIVITY TO CHANNELIZE CUSTOMIZED DATA - Various embodiments relate generally to electrical and electronic hardware, computer software, wired and wireless network communications, and wearable computing devices for identifying activities and/or destinations of relative importance. More specifically, a system, a device and a method are provided to determine interactions at a mobile computing device predict activities based on one or more types of interactions. Examples of activities include preferential activities available at a geographic region association with lodging In one or more embodiments, a method can include receiving data representing an interaction with a user interface, generating data summarizing the interaction to include an interaction type, and determining data representing a prioritized value indicative of a degree of the interaction. The method also may include predicting participation in an activity as a function of the prioritized value, and generating customized advisory data based on prioritized values of one or more interaction types. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165389 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR USING SPATIAL AND TEMPORAL ANALYSIS TO ASSOCIATE DATA SOURCES WITH MOBILE DEVICES - Various embodiments of the present technology generally relate to data delivery. More specifically, some embodiments of the present technology relate to systems and methods for using spatial and temporal analysis to associate data sources with mobile devices. The delivery of data to support a wide variety of services for and about mobile devices that are based on data stored in corporate, commercial, and government databases which is not currently linked to individual mobile devices. Some embodiments allow advertisers to better target their ads to relevant target audience with greater accuracy. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165390 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR USING SPATIAL AND TEMPORAL ANALYSIS TO ASSOCIATE DATA SOURCES WITH MOBILE DEVICES - Various embodiments of the present technology generally relate to data delivery. More specifically, some embodiments of the present technology relate to systems and methods for using spatial and temporal analysis to associate data sources with mobile devices. The delivery of data to support a wide variety of services for and about mobile devices that are based on data stored in corporate, commercial, and government databases which is not currently linked to individual mobile devices. Some embodiments allow advertisers to better target their ads to relevant target audience with greater accuracy. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165393 | DETERMINING TIMING FOR DETERMINATION OF APPLICABLE GEO-FENCES - Embodiments of the present application relate to a method and apparatus for determining positioning of a device in connection with a geo-fence. The method includes obtaining fence information associated with a plurality of geo-fences from a local storage, determining whether to perform geo-fence determination, and in the event that geo-fence determination is determined to be performed, sequentially determining whether the mobile device is currently located within one of the plurality of geo-fences, wherein a sequence according to which the sequential determination is performed is based at least in part on distances between corresponding ones of at least two of the plurality of geo-fences and a current location of the mobile device, and determining, based at least in part on a location of a geo-fence among the at least two of the plurality of geo-fences that is currently nearest to the mobile device, a determination time for a next geo-fence determination. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165396 | Assigning Location Information to Wireless Local Area Network Access Points - An apparatus receives a message including results of measurements on signals of a WLAN access point. The apparatus determines as a first condition whether the message comprises no indication of a position obtained in a non-cell based positioning and/or no information enabling a non-cell based positioning. The apparatus determines as a second condition whether the message comprises in addition results of measurements on signals of at least one cell of a cellular communications network. If the conditions are met, the apparatus determines a position based on the results of measurements on signals of the at least one cell of a cellular communications network and causes storage of location information that is based on the determined position in a memory for the WLAN access point, in case no location information has previously been stored in the memory for the WLAN access point. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165400 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DEVICE POSITIONING UTILIZING DISTRIBUTED TRANSCEIVERS WITH ARRAY PROCESSING - A mobile device receives signals from base stations each with multiple distributed transceivers. Each distributed transceiver may operate at different carrier frequencies. Each distributed transceiver is equipped with an independently configurable antenna array handling transmissions of the radio frequency signals to the mobile device. The mobile device generates channel measurements for the received signals, and subsequently receives a position estimate from a remote location server. The location server determines corresponding transmit diversity configurations applied to the base stations for conducting the channel measurements for the mobile device, and channel measurements at scanned locations in a location scanning region. The location server selects and utilize a signature function to calculate the position estimate for the mobile device over the transmit diversity configurations. A multi-level positioning process may be performed by adopting various signature functions, subsets of transmit configurations and/or subspaces of the location scanning region for accurate device positioning. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165401 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATION ASSURANCE OF A MOBILE DEVICE - A method for forging location measurements at a wireless device can include determining, at the wireless device, a Cell-ID for a cell in a vicinity of a false location. The method can also include receiving, at the wireless device, an identification of a set of satellites that are within view from the false location. The method can further include generating, at the wireless device, forged location measurements that characterize satellite signals from a subset of the set of satellites that would be received at the false location. The method can still further include providing, from the wireless device, the forged location measurements. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165404 | FEMTO CELL VISITATION HISTORY FOR LOCATION BASED SERVICES - Collection and communication of data are provided on handset attachment procedure, or visitation, to one or more femto cells to provide location information. A mobility component receives actual subscriber and femto access point (AP) attachment signaling and extracts visitation data that facilitates generation of real-time or historical visitation reports. Location information is conveyed through visitation reports which can include mobile device identifier(s), femto AP location, and a timestamp. Visitation reports also can include processed visitation data such as mobility matrices, historical mobility patterns or profiles, and predicted mobility events. Provision of location information occurs without the need for dedicated handset functionality, and associated hardware, or additional battery draw. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165405 | DEVICES AND METHODS FOR INDOOR GEOLOCATION - Simple methods and low-cost apparatuses for remote geolocation of subjects in an indoor environment. Each subject wears or caries a device that transmits low-power radio-frequency (RF) signals. A gateway unit in each room may relay the received low-power signals to a server on the Internet via an existing available wireless network such as WiFi or a cellular network that is connected to the Internet, and the server may determine which room each subject is located and send the information to registered users inside and/or outside the subjects' indoor environment. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165415 | PUBLISHING MESSAGES BASED ON GEOGRAPHIC AREA - Embodiments relate to methods, systems and computer program products for publishing messages within a geographic area. Aspects include receiving a location from each of a plurality of user devices and creating a geo-hash tree based on the location of each of a plurality of user devices. Aspects also include receiving a message with the geographic area, computing a geo-hash grid for a region that includes the geographic area and identifying one or more nodes of the geo-hash tree that corresponds to the geo-hash grid. Aspects further include transmitting the message to one or more of the plurality of user devices associated with the one or more identified nodes. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165566 | METHOD FOR BUILDING DATABASE FOR FINGERPRINTING POSITIONING AND FINGERPRINTING POSITIONING METHOD USING THE BUILT DATABASE - A method for building a database for fingerprinting positioning including: generating, by a database building device, raw data by collecting received signal strengths (RSSs) for access points (APs) at each sample point (SP); and generating a cluster table by clustering SPs for each of the APs according to the RSS for the AP, using the generated raw data. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165568 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION, ALERTS, AND/OR COMMENTS TO PARTICIPANTS BASED ON LOCATION INFORMATION - The present invention generally relates to systems and methods for sharing information related to a location also referred to herein as a “spot,” such as spot alerts and/or spot comments (e.g., shared information, advertisements, etc.) received, displayed, played, and/or actuated, for example, on recipient mobile electronic devices proximately located to such location (e.g., spot). Users of the system can create spot alerts in which designated recipients can receive messages, such as spot alerts and/or spot comments (e.g., shared information, advertisements, etc.) received, displayed, played, and/or actuated, for example, on respective recipient mobile electronic devices, when located within a proximity of a defined location (e.g., spot). | 06-09-2016 |
20160170005 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR ASSISTING POSITIONING DETERMINATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE | 06-16-2016 |
20160174026 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND LOCATION CHARACTERISTIC DETERMINATION METHOD | 06-16-2016 |
20160174028 | USER IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM AND PROCESS | 06-16-2016 |
20160174029 | POSITIONING | 06-16-2016 |
20160174030 | Method And System For MAP Generation For Location And Navigation With User Sharing/Social Networking | 06-16-2016 |
20160174031 | MULTI-SIGNAL GEOMETRIC LOCATION SENSING FOR ACCESS CONTROL | 06-16-2016 |
20160174037 | AUTONOMOUS IN-DEVICE GNSS AUGMENTATION SYSTEM | 06-16-2016 |
20160174040 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING NODES WITHIN A WIRELESS NETWORK | 06-16-2016 |
20160174042 | LOCATION, TIME, AND CONTEXT-BASED DEFERRED NOTIFICATIONS ON A MOBILE DEVICE | 06-16-2016 |
20160174043 | METHOD FOR DECIDING LOCATION OF TARGET DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREOF | 06-16-2016 |
20160174045 | Method and System for Saving and Retrieving Spatial Related Information | 06-16-2016 |
20160174047 | LOCATION, TIME, AND CONTEXT-BASED DEFERRED NOTIFICATIONS ON A MOBILE DEVICE | 06-16-2016 |
20160174184 | DYNAMIC IDENTIFIER MODIFICATION OF PHYSICAL RESOURCES FOR RESOURCE DISCOVERY IN A DATA CENTER | 06-16-2016 |
20160174185 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOCATION ESTIMATION | 06-16-2016 |
20160174186 | LOCATION CONFIGURATION INFORMATION | 06-16-2016 |
20160178725 | TECHNIQUES FOR ESTIMATING A POSITION OF A USER DEVICE USING A WPS DEDICATED DEVICE AND OPTIMIZED SCANNING | 06-23-2016 |
20160178726 | Method and Apparatus for Determining Quality of Radio Maps | 06-23-2016 |
20160178728 | Indoor Positioning Terminal, Network, System and Method | 06-23-2016 |
20160183041 | TRIGGERING EXTERNAL SERVICES BASED ON GEO-LOCATION AND TIME | 06-23-2016 |
20160183042 | LOCATION BLE BEACON | 06-23-2016 |
20160183044 | USER EQUIPMENT, RADIO ACCESS NETWORK NODE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF DETERMINING A RELATIVE POSITION OF USER EQUIPMENTS | 06-23-2016 |
20160183045 | POSITIONING DEVICE AND POSITIONING METHOD THEREOF | 06-23-2016 |
20160183046 | PORTABLE APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING LOCATION INFORMATION OF PORTABLE APPARATUS | 06-23-2016 |
20160183049 | DEVICES AND METHODS FOR GEO FENCING | 06-23-2016 |
20160183050 | Systems And Methods For Localization | 06-23-2016 |
20160183053 | DETERMINATION OF A LOCATION OF A DEVICE BASED ON INFORMATION THAT IDENTIFIES LOCATIONS OF OTHER DEVICES | 06-23-2016 |
20160183054 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND MOVEMENT DISTANCE CALCULATION SYSTEM | 06-23-2016 |
20160183057 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR HYBRID LOCATION DETECTION | 06-23-2016 |
20160183061 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION STATION HAVING SELECTABLE POSITION LATENCY FOR POSITION ESTIMATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK | 06-23-2016 |
20160183108 | MEASUREMENT HOUSING FOR A COMMUNICATION DEVICE | 06-23-2016 |
20160183116 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF POSITIONING MOBILE TERMINAL BASED ON GEOMAGNETISM | 06-23-2016 |
20160183164 | ENFORCEMENT OF PROXIMITY BASED POLICIES | 06-23-2016 |
20160187458 | DETERMINING NETWORK SYNCHRONIZATION STATUS - Methods, systems, computer-readable media, and apparatuses for determining a position of a mobile device connected to a network are presented. In various embodiments, the mobile device obtains a synchronization status of the network associated with one or more base stations. If the synchronization status indicates that the network is synchronous, the mobile device determines the position of the mobile device using previously collected crowdsourced time correction data for the synchronous network. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191094 | METHOD FOR VERIFYING LOCATION INFORMATION OF A TERMINAL CONNECTED TO A CELLULAR TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method for verifying location information of a terminal equipped with a UICC card, connected to a cellular telecommunications network and located in a current cell, said terminal storing in the UICC card an identifier of the current cell and at least one identifier of a previous cell in which the terminal was previously located. This method comprises the following steps, implemented by a processing server connected to the network: receiving said identifiers coming from the terminal via the communication network; determining first location information using the identifier of the current cell; estimating second location information using the identifier of at least one previous cell; detecting a location error if the two items of location information correspond to different geographical positions according to a defined criterion. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192127 | CONSEQUENTIAL LOCATION DERIVED INFORMATION - The number of messages required in networks where location services are deployed may be reduced, by providing updated location information regarding particular subscribers, or even all subscribers, to subscribed or otherwise logged applications or services upon obtaining and providing location information for a different application or service. Consequential watch services in accordance with the principles of the present invention provide location information to one or more services OTHER than or in ADDITION to the service currently requesting location information, based on subscription to a suitable service. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192132 | INTELLIGENT GEO-FENCING - A method and system of establishing a fence network is provided. The fence network comprises a plurality of fence nodes in communication with each other and a plurality of fence vertices defining a geographic fence. The method comprises configuring the plurality of fence nodes, setting up a coordinate system to determine a position of each fence node of the plurality of fence nodes, and, for each fence vertex, setting a location marker at a position of the fence vertex and using the location marker to register the position of the fence vertex. At least one fence vertex may be located at a position other than a position of a fence node. The plurality of fence vertices may be registered in sequential order and connected in order of registration. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192136 | IDENTIFICATION OF ROGUE ACCESS POINTS - Technologies for identifying rogue access points having an actual location different from a registered location include a computing device to receive a unique identifier of each access point of a plurality of access points within a communication range of the computing device from the corresponding access point. The computing device determines a registered physical location of each access point based on the unique identifier. Additionally, the computing device determines a reference distance between the computing device and each access point based on a transmitted signal received from each corresponding access point and a spatial distance between each access point and each other access point based on the registered locations of the access points. Based on the spatial distances and reference distances, the computing device identifies which of the access points are rogue access points. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192138 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF RANGE ESTIMATION - Some demonstrative embodiments include apparatuses, devices, systems and methods of range estimation. For example, a mobile device may include a radio to receive from an Access Point (AP) statistical channel information of a plurality of wireless communication channels in a region covered by the AP; a channel estimator to estimate, based on the statistical channel information, a time of arrival (ToA) of a wireless communication signal from the AP via a line of sight (LOS) channel between the AP and the mobile device; and a range estimator to estimate a range between the mobile device and the AP based on the ToA. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192144 | MULTI-PATH MITIGATION IN RANGEFINDING AND TRACKING OBJECTS USING REDUCED ATTENUATION RF TECHNOLOGY - An autonomous system with no Customer Network Investment is described, wherein the system is configurable to operate on in a band in addition to the LTE band. Such system allows the definition of hybrid operations to accommodate the positioning reference signals (PRS) of LTE and already existing reference signals. The system can operate with PRS, with other reference signals such as cell-specific reference signals (CRS), or with both signal types. As such, the system provides the advantage of allowing network operator(s) to dynamically choose between modes of operation depending on circumstances, such as network throughput and compatibility. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192145 | METHOD OF AND SYSTEM FOR ESTIMATING POSITION - A method of estimating the position of a user device is provided. The user device is initially in electronic communication with a positioning system controller through a communication network. The method comprises determining that a user device meets one or more proximity criteria with respect to an offline region where electronic communication between the user device and the positioning system controller, through the communication network, is expected to meet one or more failure criteria. Responsive thereto and in advance of the user device entering the said offline region, the positioning system controller transmitting local positioning data to the user device, the local positioning data comprising data concerning electromagnetic signal sources in the said offline region. The user device subsequently estimates its position whilst it is within the offline region by measuring signal data from a plurality of electromagnetic signal sources and processing the measured signal data and the local positioning data. The method may be used by, for example, a smartphone to estimate its position. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192147 | HEAT MAP GENERATION WITH PEER-TO-PEER MOBILE DEVICE NETWORK - Methods, systems, computer-readable media, and apparatuses are presented for excluding peer-to-peer mobile device signal data from a heat map. In response to receiving an identifier of a mobile device in a peer-to-peer network group, a server may generate resultant data by excluding data associated with a signal generated by the mobile device from data used to generate a heat map. The server can generate the heat map using the resultant data. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192150 | LOCATION UNCERTAINTY IN SEARCH - A method and apparatus for providing search results based at least in part on uncertainty. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192153 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CONNECTION CONTROL METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY RECORDING MEDIUM RECORDING CONNECTION CONTROL PROGRAM - A wireless communication apparatus includes an antenna unit, a wireless communication unit, an arithmetic unit, and an antenna control unit. The antenna unit receives wireless signals from wireless communication terminals existing in a communication area, and can change a direction of directivity. The wireless communication unit acquires pieces of position information contained in the wireless signals. The arithmetic unit calculates moving directions and moving speeds of the wireless communication terminals, and calculates remaining times based on the pieces of position information, the moving directions, and the moving speeds. The antenna control unit changes the direction of directivity of the antenna unit from a set first direction of directivity to a second direction of directivity based on the remaining time. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192154 | Localization of a Device Using Multilateration - Systems, apparatuses, and methods are provided for determining the geographic location of an end-user device using a multilateration calculation. The end-user device collects a depth map at a location in a path network. Two-dimensional feature geometries are extracted from the depth map, and a number of control points are identified in the extracted feature geometries. Distances are calculated between the end-user device and the identified control points. Location reference information is received for each identified control point from an external database. A geographic location of the end-user device in the path network is determined through a multilateration calculation using the location reference information of the identified control points and the calculated distances between the end-user device and each identified control point. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192155 | FACILITATING ESTIMATION OF MOBILE DEVICE PRESENCE INSIDE A DEFINED REGION - Estimation of mobile device presence inside a defined region is facilitated. In one example, a device receives location information representing locations of a mobile device and corresponding time information for the locations of the mobile device. The device determines an estimated path of travel for the mobile device based on the location information and, based on the corresponding time information for the locations of the mobile device, determines whether the estimated path of travel traverses, at a defined time period of interest, a defined region that includes a defined portion. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192156 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING AUDIENCE CHARACTERISTICS OF A MUSIC CONCERT BASED ON MOBILE PHONE TRACKING AND MOBILE DATA TRANSMISSION - A concert profiling server (CPS) obtains and analyzes information about a venue hosting a music concert and mobile phone location information related to the audience members attending the concert. Based on this information, the CPS determines the size of the audience in attendance. The CPS also obtains and analyzes sentiment information related to audience members at the concert with which the CPS determines the audience's sentiment toward the concert as favorable or unfavorable. The CPS further obtains and analyzes other information with which it makes a profile of the demographics of the audience and the audience members' levels of engagement. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192157 | 3D Sectorized Path-Loss Models for 3D Positioning of Mobile Terminals - A method performed by an apparatus is disclosed. The method comprises obtaining position information on a position and received signal strength information representative of a strength of a signal from a communication node receivable at the position. The method further comprises generating or updating a 3D sectorized path-loss model associated with the communication node at least based on the position information and the received signal strength information, wherein the position information and the received signal strength information are used to generate or update one or more path-loss parameters for a 3D sector of a set of one or more 3D sectors of the 3D sectorized path-loss model in which 3D sector the position is located. Furthermore, a method performed by an apparatus is disclosed, the method comprising at least one of storing, providing or obtaining information on or derived from a 3D sectorized path-loss model associated with a communication node, the 3D sectorized path-loss model comprising one or more 3D sectors with one or more respective path-loss parameters, the information on or derived from the 3D sectorized path-loss model useable, together with received signal strength information representative of a strength of a signal received from the communication node by a device, in a process of determining an estimate of a position of the device. According apparatuses, computer programs and computer readable media storing such computer programs are disclosed. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192158 | SEAT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A seat management system includes a moving apparatus capable of wirelessly communicating directly with each of a plurality of terminal devices while autonomously moving, and an information management apparatus. The information management apparatus includes a first storage section storing therein a seat layout chart, a receiving section operable to receive identification information of a user of each of the terminal devices and current position of the moving apparatus, acquired and transmitted by the moving apparatus, a seat specifying section operable, based on layout positions of a plurality of seats indicated in the seat layout chart, and the received current position, to specify one of the seats on which a specific one of the terminal devices as a replier of the identification information is used, and a seat layout chart update section operable to add the identification information to the specified seat in the seat layout chart. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192159 | WIRELESS BEACON DEVICES FOR USE IN TRACKING USER LOCATIONS DURING GROUP TRAVEL - There are provided systems and methods for wireless beacon devices for use in tracking user locations during group travel. A user may take a trip on a vehicle, such as a bus, train, cruise ship, or other large travel vehicle. The users may disembark the vehicle in order to visit a location but plan to travel further on the vehicle. Thus, when the vehicle is attempting to leave the location where the users have left the vehicle, the vehicle may be required to again account for each passenger. The vehicle may utilize a wireless beacon located near an entrance and/or onboard the vehicle to account for each passenger. The wireless beacon may connect to a communication device of each user when the communication device is in proximity to the wireless beacon and, thus, inform the vehicle's operator that each user in located on the vehicle. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192243 | Method and Apparatus for Connection Context Aware Radio Communication Management with Predictive Mobile Path - An information handling system includes a wireless adapter for communicating with a wireless link and a storage device for storing a spatial-temporal user profile comprising wireless device usage trend data for a location where the information handling system is operating. The information handling system further includes positional detector and an application processor that determines a trajectory estimation during a future time interval. The application processor correlates the wireless device usage trend date for a location in or near the trajectory estimation. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192314 | Positioning Method and Apparatus and Computer Program Product - Various embodiments concern positioning. The method comprises receiving information relating to radio fingerprint of an apparatus from at least two apparatuses ( | 06-30-2016 |
20160192315 | APPARATUSES, METHODS, AND RECORDING MEDIUMS FOR PROVIDING LOCATION SHARING SERVICES - A location sharing service apparatus including a memory having computer-readable instructions stored therein; and at least one processor configured to execute the computer-readable instructions to receive a location sharing request and a location setting request, the location sharing request indicating one more friend terminals, detect a current location of a user terminal in response to the location sharing request, periodically receive a second location of the one or more friend terminals, in response to the location sharing request, designate the current location or a set location included in the location setting request as a first location of the user terminal, generate map data including the first location and the second location of the one or more friend terminals, and display the map data. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192316 | METHOD FOR LOCATING A TERMINAL CONNECTED TO A CELLULAR TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method for locating a terminal equipped with a UICC card, connected to a cellular telecommunications network and located in a current cell, the terminal storing in the UICC card an identifier of the current cell and at least one identifier of a previous cell in which the terminal was previously located. This method comprises the following steps, implemented by a processing server connected to the network: receiving said identifiers received from the terminal via the communication network; estimating location information for the terminal using location coordinates associated with at least one previous cell identified by an identifier stored in the terminal. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192317 | POSITIONING IN THE PRESENCE OF PASSIVE DISTRIBUTED ELEMENTS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate transmitting positioning reference signals (PRS) differently for passive distributed elements. PRSs for passive distributed elements can be transmitted over disparate resources than those utilized for PRSs at a related access point, using different symbol sequences, and/or the like. In this regard, wireless devices can differentiate between PRSs from access points and those from passive distributed elements, which can mitigate confusion for processes involving such RSs, such as position determining. Alternatively, passive distributed elements can refrain from transmitting PRSs, and a corresponding access point can indicate to wireless devices to only determine positioning based on PRSs. Thus, the wireless devices can utilize the PRSs transmitted from the access point (and not other reference signals transmitted from the passive distributed element) to determine a position. | 06-30-2016 |
20160195601 | Positioning in a Shared Cell | 07-07-2016 |
20160195603 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POSITION DETERMINATION | 07-07-2016 |
20160198286 | SENSOR INSTALLATION LOCATION DETERMINATION SUPPORT SYSTEM AND SENSOR INSTALLATION LOCATION DETERMINATION SUPPORT METHOD | 07-07-2016 |
20160198292 | Geographic Information for Wireless Networks | 07-07-2016 |
20160198293 | WIRELESS DEVICE, WIRELESS BASE STATION, AND CONTROL METHOD | 07-07-2016 |
20160198298 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND APPARATUS FOR A GEO-FENCE SYSTEM | 07-07-2016 |
20160198302 | PRESENCE DETECTION BASED ON CROWD SURFING SIGNAL STRENGTH | 07-07-2016 |
20160198308 | Pathway Matching | 07-07-2016 |
20160198309 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING INDOOR GEOSPATIAL INFORMATION FOR INDOOR LOCATION-BASED SERVICES, AND USER TERMINAL | 07-07-2016 |
20160198310 | VEHICLE WIRELESS DEVICE DETECTION | 07-07-2016 |
20160198429 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF ONE-SIDED ROUND-TRIP-TIME (RTT) MEASUREMENT | 07-07-2016 |
20160202344 | LOCATION REPORTING FOR EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) DEVICES | 07-14-2016 |
20160202345 | SITE LOCATION DETERMINATION USING CROWD SOURCED PROPAGATION DELAY AND LOCATION DATA | 07-14-2016 |
20160205499 | LTE-A SYSTEMS AND METHOD OF DRS BASED POSITIONING | 07-14-2016 |
20160205503 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO IDENTIFY A PREDEFINED GEOGRAPHICAL REGION IN WHICH A MOBILE DEVICE IS LOCATED | 07-14-2016 |
20160205504 | Assistant Wireless UE Positioning Method and Device | 07-14-2016 |
20160205508 | LOCATION REPORTING OF A WIRELESS DEVICE | 07-14-2016 |
20160205509 | MECHANISM FOR DETERMINING LOCATION HISTORY VIA MULTIPLE HISTORICAL PREDICTORS | 07-14-2016 |
20160205510 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO IDENTIFY HOME ADDRESSES OFMOBILE DEVICES | 07-14-2016 |
20160205511 | Categorized Location Identification Based on Historical Locations of a User Device | 07-14-2016 |
20160205514 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM | 07-14-2016 |
20160205651 | DEVICES AND METHODS FOR SENDING OR RECEIVING ASSISTANCE DATA | 07-14-2016 |
20160205652 | LOCATION POSITIONING USING M2M ECOSYSTEM | 07-14-2016 |
20160205656 | DETERMINATION OF OBJECT-TO-OBJECT POSITION USING DATA FUSION TECHNIQUES | 07-14-2016 |
20160255462 | WEARABLE APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF | 09-01-2016 |
20160255463 | DISTRIBUTION AND UTILIZATION OF ANTENNA INFORMATION FOR LOCATION DETERMINATION OPERATIONS | 09-01-2016 |
20160255465 | Mobile Internet Protocol (IP) Location | 09-01-2016 |
20160255476 | Place-Specific Buddy List Services | 09-01-2016 |
20160255603 | DISTRIBUTION AND UTILIZATION OF ANTENNA INFORMATION FOR LOCATION DETERMINATION OPERATIONS | 09-01-2016 |
20160255604 | DISTRIBUTION AND UTILIZATION OF ANTENNA INFORMATION FOR LOCATION DETERMINATION OPERATIONS | 09-01-2016 |
20160381498 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTER GEO-LOCATION IN MOBILE PLATFORMS - Described herein are architectures, platforms and methods for implementing a direct estimation of a transmitter's position based upon raw radio frequency (RF) signals that are received by a portable device. A mathematical operation such as a maximum-likelihood estimation (MLE) algorithm, which utilizes collected snapshots from the received raw RF signals as variables, is implemented to perform direct estimation. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381502 | SYSTEM AND METHOD WITH AUTOMATIC RADIUS CROSSING NOTIFICATION FOR GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS) TRACKER - Systems and methods with automatic radius cross notification for a GPS tracker are provided. Some methods can include receiving user input requesting a dynamic creation of a geo-fence, and, responsive thereto, creating the geo-fence. Some methods can include determining when a GPS tracker device has been stationary for a predetermined period of time, and responsive thereto, dynamically creating a geo-fence. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381503 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM, RECORDING MEDIUM STORING THEREON INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM - An information processing apparatus acquires posting data which is transmitted via a mobile communication network from a mobile terminal as a transmitter and which includes a keyword indicating a predetermined spot. The information processing apparatus acquires the position information corresponding to the keyword included in the posting data acquired by the first acquiring unit from a storing unit that stores the keyword indicating the predetermined spot and position information indicating a position of the spot in association with each other. The information processing apparatus outputs the acquired position information as information indicating a position at which it is possible to connect to the mobile communication network via which the acquired posting data was transmitted. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381504 | Positioning Techniques for Narrowband Wireless Signals Under Dense Multipath Conditions - Techniques and systems for position determination using narrowband signals are disclosed. A disclosed technique includes receiving, at a wireless device, signals that are transmitted at different times, each of the signals having a different carrier frequency and representing a different subchannel of a wireless channel; determining estimated magnitudes of the subchannels based respectively on the signals; determining estimated group delays of the subchannels based respectively on the signals; determining an estimated channel frequency response of the wireless channel based on the estimated magnitudes and the estimated group delays; determining a propagation delay of the signals based on the estimated channel frequency response; and generating position information based on the propagation delay. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381506 | DATA ANALYSIS SYSTEM WITH MOVEMENT PATTERNS FOR MEDICAL WELLNESS CORRELATION - A computer program product comprising a tangible storage medium readable by a processing circuit and storing instructions for execution by the processing circuit for implementing a data analysis method is provided. The data analysis method includes generating first data identifying traversed cellular areas and time spent by a mobile device in each, wherein the mobile device is disposable to be carried by a user from first to second locations and to thereby traverse the cellular areas, generating second data identifying the first and second locations as well as time spent by the mobile device in each and performing, by a processor for output to a wellness professional, a wellness analysis of a user based on medical data and the first and second data. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381509 | TECHNIQUES FOR DETERMINING ACTUAL AND/OR NEAR STATES OF PROXIMITY BETWEEN MOBILE DEVICES - Techniques are provided that may be implemented in various methods, apparatuses and articles of manufacture for use by one or more electronic devices to support proximity services for a mobile device. In an example implementation, a computing device may determine whether a first mobile device and a second mobile device are each operatively provisioned to make use of a common proximity service, use a first procedure to determine whether a state of near proximity exists between at least two mobile devices, use a second procedure to determine whether a state of proximity exists between the at least two mobile devices, and initiate notification of a user and/or an application of at least one of the mobile devices in response to one or more of such determinations. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381510 | METHOD OF LOCATING A MOBILE DEVICE AND A CLOUD COMPUTER SYSTEM EMPLOYING SAME - A method and system are disclosed for tracking mobile devices. The system comprises a computer cloud having one or more computer servers, and a plurality of mobile devices. Each mobile device broadcasts a Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) beacon, and also scans BLE beacons broadcast from nearby devices. When one or more mobile devices detect the beacon of another mobile device, they report to the cloud the location ranges of the mobile device that they detected. The cloud then uses the reported location ranges of the mobile device to determine the location of the target mobile device, and reports the determined location to the user of the mobile device. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381512 | REFERENCE BASED LOCATION INFORMATION FOR A WIRELESS NETWORK - Determining referenced based location information for a wireless radio network is described. Referenced based location information can include determining location reference information and corresponding location offset information based on location information. In an aspect, location information can be timed fingerprint location information. Location offset information can be communicated in a wireless network at a lower operational cost than the associated location information. As such, use of referenced based location information for a wireless network can reduce bandwidth consumption as compared to location information communicated at similar intervals. This is particularly true in large wireless networks. Moreover, the use of referenced based location information for determining timed fingerprint location information can be highly attractive in light of timed fingerprint location information facilitating location information for many non-GPS enabled devices and being associated with significant increases in the frequency and density of location event requests. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381513 | INDOOR POSITIONING METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the invention disclose an indoor positioning method and apparatus. The method includes: acquiring current cell signal strength information of a terminal located indoors; determining, according to three-dimensional (3D) indoor positioning matching information, horizontal position information and height information of an indoor grid that are corresponding to the current cell signal strength information, where the 3D indoor positioning matching information includes a correspondence between cell signal strength information of the indoor grid and the horizontal position information and the height information of the indoor grid; and determining, according to the horizontal position information and the height information of the indoor grid, a horizontal position at which the terminal is located indoors and a height at which the terminal is located. In this way, high-accuracy 3D indoor positioning can be implemented. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381542 | GROUP MANAGEMENT OF DEVICES METHODS, APPARATUSES, AND SYSTEMS - Embodiments include apparatuses, methods, and systems including a wireless transceiver, a processor coupled to the wireless transceiver, and a group management module operated by the processor to control the wireless transceiver to receive information pertaining to services offered by a plurality of devices co-located with the apparatus at a location, transmit the received information pertaining to the services offered by the plurality of devices, and information pertaining to services offered by the apparatus; and detect a response to the transmission by a new device; and manage, as a master device, the received information pertaining to the services offered by the plurality of devices and the services offered by the apparatus to enable the new device to join and cooperate with the plurality of devices and the apparatus at the location. Other embodiments may also be described and claimed. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381577 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An information processing system includes a mobile terminal, a plurality of base stations, and an information processing device. The information processing device includes: a first processor that executes a first process including: first generating information to be transmitted to the mobile terminal; and first transmitting the generated information to the plurality of base station. The plurality of base stations include a second processor that executes a second process including receiving the information transmitted from the information processing device, then second generating a radio signal in a shortwave frequency band that corresponds to the information, and second transmitting the generated radio signal to the mobile terminal. The mobile terminal includes a third processor that executes a third process including acquiring the information from the radio signal transmitted from one base station among the plurality of base stations in a case where the radio signal is received. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381654 | Positioning Systems and Methods For Determining The Location of a Mobile Communication Device - A localization approach based on cable length detection. In one aspect, a method performed by a positioning system for determining the location of a mobile communication device (MCD) is provided. In some embodiments, the method includes the positioning system determining a cable length value representative of the length of the cable connecting a base station to a radio head serving the MCD. The positioning system then determines a location of the MCD based on the determined cable length. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381655 | LOCATION ESTIMATION AND WIRELESS DISPLAY DEVICE CONNECTION METHOD AND DEVICE - A location estimation method and a communication device configured to estimate location and automatically connect to one or more wireless display devices based on the determined location. The estimation of location can be based on one or more location signatures that include information of the wireless display device(s). The location estimation method can include identifying available access points (APs) and wireless display adapters, determining wireless characteristics of the available APs and wireless display adapters, calculating match scores based on the wireless characteristics of the available APs and the wireless characteristics of the available wireless display adapters, determining a location signature based on the determined match scores, and determining a location based on the location signature. The communication device can be configured to automatically connect to the wireless display device(s). The communication device can operate in a standby display mode upon the connection. | 12-29-2016 |
20170238131 | POSITIONING METHOD AND CORRESPONDING TERMINAL AND SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |
20170238133 | USE OF GEOFENCES FOR LOCATION-BASED ACTIVATION AND CONTROL OF SERVICES | 08-17-2017 |
20170238135 | TECHNIQUES FOR INFINITE RANGING SESSION | 08-17-2017 |
20170238140 | LOCATOR BEACON AND RADAR APPLICATION FOR MOBILE DEVICE | 08-17-2017 |
20170238142 | PERSONAL MONITORING USING A REMOTE TIMER | 08-17-2017 |
20170238146 | Systems and Methods for Improving Indoor Position Detection | 08-17-2017 |
20170238147 | INDOOR LOCATION DETECTION USING CEILING PATTERNS | 08-17-2017 |
20170238155 | PROXIMITY BASED SOCIAL NETWORKING CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION | 08-17-2017 |
20170238274 | Method and Apparatus for Controlling Broadcast Packet Sending Frequency, and Terminal | 08-17-2017 |
20180025607 | REMOTELY CONFIGURABLE LOCATION TRACKING TAGS | 01-25-2018 |
20180027370 | Cognitive Geofencing | 01-25-2018 |
20180027380 | Method and System for Context Awareness of a Mobile Device | 01-25-2018 |
20180027381 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM | 01-25-2018 |
20180027383 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTEGRATED TRACKING OF VISITORS | 01-25-2018 |
20180027384 | SYSTEM AND METHODS OF DEPLOYING LOCATION TRACKING TAGS | 01-25-2018 |
20180027385 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD | 01-25-2018 |
20180027399 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UNIQUELY IDENTIFYING WIRELESS DEVICES | 01-25-2018 |
20180027517 | Method and System for Tracking and Determining a Location of a Wireless Transmission | 01-25-2018 |
20180027519 | POSITIONING SYSTEM AND METHOD | 01-25-2018 |
20190146056 | DIRECTIONAL AWARENESS FOR WIRELESS SENSOR NODES | 05-16-2019 |
20190149611 | VEHICLE CABIN MOBILE DEVICE DETECTION SYSTEM | 05-16-2019 |
20190149612 | VEHICLE CABIN MOBILE DEVICE SENSOR SYSTEM | 05-16-2019 |
20190149943 | PROACTIVE ACTIONS ON MOBILE DEVICE USING UNIQUELY-IDENTIFIABLE AND UNLABELED LOCATIONS | 05-16-2019 |
20190149946 | PROXIMITY-BASED ITEM DATA COMMUNICATION | 05-16-2019 |
20190149949 | SCALING OUT MOVING OBJECTS FOR GEO-FENCE PROXIMITY DETERMINATION | 05-16-2019 |
20190149950 | PORTABLE DEVICE DETECTION | 05-16-2019 |
20190149954 | ASSOCIATION OF DIGITAL CONTENT WITH GEOLOCATION TAGS | 05-16-2019 |
20190149955 | ENABLING AND DISABLING LOCATION SHARING BASED ON ENVIRONMENTAL SIGNALS | 05-16-2019 |
20190149958 | Methods, Apparatuses and Computer Program for Transmission Format/Retransmission Adaptation in Wireless Network | 05-16-2019 |
20220137175 | Positioning And Self-Calibration Mechanism Using Moving AoA Locator - A system and method for determining a position or a movable device is disclosed. The present system utilizes a movable device equipped with a locator device that has an antenna array such that it may determine the angle of arrival of a plurality of incoming beacon signals. In certain embodiments, the movable device is also able to measure its distance travelled. By knowing its distance moved and the angle of arrival from each beacon, the locator device is able to calculate its position as well as the position of each beacon. This procedure may be executed at regular intervals so that the movable device accurately determines its position. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141618 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR ANONYMIZING TRAJECTORIES INCLUDING ENDOGENOUS EVENTS - Embodiments described herein relate to anonymizing of trajectories of mobile devices through the introduction of gaps between sub-trajectories and accommodating endogenous events. Methods may include: receiving a set of probe data points defining a trajectory; receiving a mode, where the mode is established based on a preceding set of probe data points defining a trajectory, where the mode includes an indication of whether a preceding set of probe data points terminated during a sub-trajectory or a gap, and a time at which the sub-trajectory or the gap of the preceding set of probe data points began; receiving an indication of an event occurring at an event time; determining whether to transmit a sub-trajectory including a sub-set of the set of probe data points based on the mode and the event time; and transmitting the event to a service provider for use in providing location-based services. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141620 | MOBILE DEVICE-BASED ALERTING - Systems and methods are provided for correlating a person/event of interest with other persons based on mobile device usage/location. Personally identifiable information can be kept hidden/obfuscated to protect user privacy in the case of a person of interest, as well as persons correlated to that person/event of interest. Information can be anonymized and posted for sharing with mobile device service providers, such as cellular carriers. A remotely-executed and customizable correlation engine can identify those cellular subscribers that were near/in the same location as the user. A notification alert can be sent, e.g., via an Amber Alert-like system to cellular subscribers that have been in proximity to the user or known areas in which events-of-interest have occurred. Location-based datasets can be flattened into an optimized data structure reflecting preferred location logics, and an application programming interface (API) and obfuscation layer can be used based on the flattened datasets. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141623 | Generating Unexpected Location Notifications - In some implementations, a first computing device can send notifications at times that the first computing device is not in an expected location. A user of a second computing device can remotely configure an expected location for the first computing device, which may be a particular location for a certain period of time. During that time, the first computing device can monitor its own location and check whether it is within the expected location. If the first computing device unexpectedly leaves or fails to enter the expected location, the first computing device may transmit a notification to the second computing device. Similarly, if the first computing device loses connectivity with other devices, a server device may notify the second computing device that the location of the first computing device cannot be determined. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141791 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MATCHING USING LOCATION INFORMATION - In one embodiment, a method executed by at least one processor includes receiving first historical location information identifying a first location area at which a first user was present at a first time and receiving second location information identifying a second location area at which a second user was present at a second time. The method includes determining that the first historical location information and the second location information each correspond to a particular location area and determining that a characteristic related to the first user corresponds to a preference related to the second user. In response to these determinations, the method includes causing information related to the first user to be presented to the second user. The information related to the first user includes the first location area of the first user relative to the second location area of the second user. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141794 | TERMINAL, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A terminal ( | 05-05-2022 |